ARDEN REALTY GROUP INC
S-11/A, 1996-10-01
OPERATORS OF NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Previous: FILM ROMAN INC, 424B4, 1996-10-01
Next: SENDX MEDICAL INC, 15-12G, 1996-10-01



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 1, 1996
    
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-8163
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              -------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                       TO
                                   FORM S-11
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              -------------------
    
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
      (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Governing Instruments)
                            ------------------------
                            9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                             East Tower, Suite 700
                        Beverly Hills, California 90212
                                 (310) 271-8600
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
                            ------------------------
 
                                Richard S. Ziman
                            9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                             East Tower, Suite 700
                        Beverly Hills, California 90212
                                 (310) 271-8600
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
                            ------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
          William J. Cernius                      J. Warren Gorrell, Jr.
           Latham & Watkins                      Joseph G. Connolly, Jr.
        650 Town Center Drive                     Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
              Suite 2000                             Columbia Square
     Costa Mesa, California 92626              555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
            (714) 540-1235                     Washington, D.C. 20004-1109
                                                      (202) 637-5600
 
                              -------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE  PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO
THE PUBLIC: As  soon as  practicable after this  Registration Statement  becomes
effective.
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /  ________________.
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /  ________________.
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box.  / /
                              -------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                                   PROPOSED MAXIMUM           PROPOSED MAXIMUM
    SECURITIES TO BE             AMOUNT TO BE              OFFERING PRICE           AGGREGATE OFFERING             AMOUNT OF
       REGISTERED               REGISTERED(1)               PER SHARE(2)                 PRICE(2)               REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                        <C>                        <C>                        <C>                        <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par
  value per share.......          21,674,500                   $20.00                  $433,490,000               $149,479(3)
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 2,827,000 shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
    solely to cover overallotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
   
(3) This amount was previously paid.
    
                            ------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the registration statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there by any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS        Subject to Completion, dated October 1, 1996
    
                               18,847,500 SHARES
 
   
 G                             ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ----------------
 
   
    Arden Realty,  Inc. (the  "Company")  is a  Maryland corporation  which  was
formed  on May 1, 1996 to continue and  expand the real estate business of Arden
Realty Group, Inc.,  a California  corporation, formed  on March  22, 1991,  and
certain  affiliated entities which  are engaged in  owning, acquiring, managing,
leasing and renovating office properties in Southern California. Upon completion
of the offering  (the "Offering"),  the Company  will own  24 office  properties
containing  approximately 4.0  million rentable  square feet,  all of  which are
located in  Southern  California.  The  Company  will  be  a  fully  integrated,
self-administered and self-managed real estate company and expects to qualify as
a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for federal income tax purposes.
    
   
    All of the shares of the Company's common stock (the "Common Stock") offered
hereby  are being sold by the Company and will represent approximately 86.69% of
all outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock (or interests  exchangeable
for Common Stock). The remaining approximately 13.31% of the equity will be held
by   officers  and  directors   of  the  Company   and  certain  other  parties,
substantially all of which is in the form of limited partnership interests  ("OP
Units") of Arden Realty Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership (the
"Operating  Partnership").  To  assist  the Company  in  complying  with certain
qualification requirements applicable to  REITs, the Company's charter  provides
that  no  stockholder  or  group  of  affiliated  stockholders  may  actually or
constructively own more than  9.0% of the outstanding  Common Stock, subject  to
certain specified exceptions. See "Capital Stock -- Restrictions on Transfer."
    
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between
$19.00  and $21.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information relating to the
factors to be considered in determining  the initial public offering price.  The
Common  Stock has  been approved  for listing  on the  New York  Stock Exchange,
subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "ARI."
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE  16 FOR CERTAIN FACTORS RELEVANT TO  AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING:
  - The  possibility  that  the  consideration  paid  by  the  Company  for  the
    Properties and other assets contributed to the Company in its formation  may
    exceed  their fair market value; no  third-party appraisals were obtained by
    the Company regarding these Properties and other assets;
  - The possibility that the  Company may not be  able to refinance  outstanding
    debt  (initially expected to  be approximately $104  million) upon maturity,
    that indebtedness  might be  refinanced on  less favorable  terms, and  that
    interest  rates  might  increase on  variable  rate  indebtedness (including
    amounts drawn under  the Company's proposed  $100 million credit  facility);
    and the lack of limitations in the Company's organizational documents on the
    amount of indebtedness which the Company may incur;
  - Real  estate investment  and property management  risks such as  the need to
    renew leases or relet space upon lease expirations, the instability of  cash
    flows and changes in the value of office properties owned by the Company due
    to economic and other conditions;
  - Concentration  of the Properties in  Southern California which increases the
    risk of the Company being adversely  affected by a downturn in the  Southern
    California economy or office markets;
  - Conflicts  of interest in  connection with the  transactions relating to the
    formation of the Company and material benefits to officers and directors  of
    the Company, including receipt of an aggregate of approximately 2,740,718 OP
    Units  and stock options to  purchase an aggregate of  868,500 shares of the
    Common Stock, special  allocations of interest  deductions of  approximately
    $12.6 million and repayment of approximately $398 million of indebtedness;
  - The  lack of operating history of the Properties under the management of the
    Company; the majority of the Properties  have been owned by the Company  for
    less than one year;
  - The possibility that the Board of Directors of the Company may in the future
    amend  or  revise  the investment,  financing,  borrowing,  distribution and
    conflicts of  interest  policies of  the  Company,  without a  vote  of  the
    Company's stockholders;
  - Taxation of the Company as a regular corporation if it fails to qualify as a
    REIT,  taxation of the Operating Partnership as a corporation if it fails to
    qualify as a partnership  and the resulting decrease  in cash available  for
    distribution; and
  - Risks  that certain types of losses,  such as from earthquakes, could exceed
    the  Company's  insurance  coverage  which  currently  includes   earthquake
    coverage for all of the Properties.
 
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE SECURITIES
    AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION   OR   ANY   STATE   SECURITIES   COMMISSION
       NOR  HAS  THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE
          SECURITIES  COMMISSION   PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY   OR
             ADEQUACY   OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION
                        TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Price to           Underwriting Discounts         Proceeds to
                                                       Public             and Commissions (1)           Company (2)
<S>                                           <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share...................................             $                         $                         $
Total (3)...................................             $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
    liabilities, including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933,  as
    amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $6,224,750 payable by the Company.
(3)  The Company has granted the Underwriters  a 30-day option to purchase up to
    2,827,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions
    as set forth above solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is
    exercised in full,  the total  Price to Public,  Underwriting Discounts  and
    Commissions  and Proceeds to  Company will be $            , $           and
    $         , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                          ---------------------------
 
    The shares of  Common Stock offered  by this Prospectus  are offered by  the
Underwriters  subject to prior sale, to withdrawal, cancellation or modification
of the offer without notice, to  delivery to and acceptance by the  Underwriters
and  to certain further conditions.  It is expected that  delivery of the shares
will be made at the  offices of Lehman Brothers Inc.,  New York, New York on  or
about            , 1996.
 
                          ---------------------------
LEHMAN BROTHERS
 
            ALEX.BROWN & SONS
                  INCORPORATED
 
                         DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
                                         A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
 
                                                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.  LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               INCORPORATED
 
           , 1996
<PAGE>
    THE  ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED
THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A  LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE   NEW  YORK  STOCK  EXCHANGE,  IN   THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER  MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH  STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                [Graphics--To Come]
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY........................................................    1
  The Company.............................................................    1
  Risk Factors............................................................    2
  Business and Growth Strategies..........................................    4
  The Properties..........................................................    5
  Structure and Formation of the Company..................................    7
  Financing Policies......................................................   11
  Mortgage Financing, CMBS Offering and Credit Facility...................   11
  The Offering............................................................   12
  Distributions...........................................................   12
  Tax Status of the Company...............................................   12
  Summary Selected Combined Financial Data................................   13
 
RISK FACTORS..............................................................   16
  Price to be Paid for Properties and Other Assets May Exceed Their Fair
   Market Value...........................................................   16
  Formation Transactions Not Arm's Length.................................   16
  Real Estate Financing Risks.............................................   16
  No Limitation on Debt...................................................   17
  Real Estate Investment Risks............................................   17
  Concentration of Properties in Southern California......................   19
  Conflicts of Interests in the Formation Transactions and the Business of
   the Company............................................................   19
  Risk Associated with the Recent Acquisition of Many of the New
   Properties; Lack of Operating History..................................   20
  Potential Risks Regarding Change-of-Control Consents on Ground Leases...   21
  Changes in Policies Without Stockholder Approval........................   21
  Risk of Acquisition, Renovation and Development Activities..............   21
  Adverse Consequences of Failure to Qualify as a REIT; Other Tax
   Liabilities............................................................   22
  Failure of the Operating Partnership to Qualify as a Partnership for
   Federal Income Tax Purposes............................................   23
  Insurance...............................................................   23
  Dependence on Key Personnel.............................................   23
  Limits on Changes in Control............................................   23
  Historical Losses.......................................................   24
  Possible Environmental Liabilities......................................   25
  Effect on Common Stock Price of Shares Available for Future Sale........   26
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
  Effect on Holders of Common Stock of an Issuance of Preferred Stock.....   26
  Immediate and Substantial Dilution......................................   26
  Absence of Prior Public Market for Common Stock.........................   26
  Influence of Executive Officers, Directors and Principal Stockholders...   26
  Risks of Fee Management Business........................................   27
  Effect of Market Interest Rates on Price of Common Stock................   27
 
THE COMPANY...............................................................   28
 
BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES............................................   30
  Business Strategies.....................................................   30
  Growth Strategies.......................................................   31
 
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................   34
  Mortgage Debt to be Repaid..............................................   35
 
DISTRIBUTIONS.............................................................   35
 
CAPITALIZATION............................................................   40
 
DILUTION..................................................................   41
 
SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA..........................................   42
 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
 OPERATIONS...............................................................   45
  Overview................................................................   45
  Results of Operations...................................................   45
  Pro Forma Operating Results.............................................   50
  Liquidity and Capital Resources.........................................   51
  Cash Flows..............................................................   53
  Inflation...............................................................   53
 
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ECONOMY AND OFFICE MARKETS............................   54
  Southern California Economy.............................................   54
  Southern California Office Markets......................................   56
 
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES...................................................   59
  General.................................................................   59
  Properties..............................................................   59
  Tenants.................................................................   61
  Tenant Diversification..................................................   61
  Lease Distributions.....................................................   61
  Lease Expirations - Portfolio Total.....................................   62
  Lease Expirations - Property by Property................................   63
  Tenant Retention and Expansions.........................................   68
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
  Historical Lease Renewals...............................................   68
  Historical Tenant Improvements and Leasing Commissions..................   69
  Historical Capital Expenditures.........................................   70
  Historical Occupancy....................................................   70
 
OFFICE SUBMARKETS AND PROPERTY INFORMATION................................   70
  Los Angeles County Office Market and Properties.........................   71
  Los Angeles West Office Market Sector...................................   73
  Los Angeles North Office Market Sector..................................   77
  Los Angeles South Office Market Sector..................................   81
  Orange County Office Market and Properties..............................   84
  San Diego County Office Market and Property.............................   86
  C&W Market Study........................................................   88
  Competition.............................................................   89
  Insurance...............................................................   89
  Environmental Regulations...............................................   89
  Legal Proceedings.......................................................   90
  Employees...............................................................   90
 
MANAGEMENT................................................................   91
  Directors and Executive Officers........................................   91
  Committees of the Board of Directors....................................   93
  Compensation of Directors...............................................   94
  Executive Compensation..................................................   94
  Employment Agreements...................................................   95
  Stock Incentive Plan....................................................   95
  401(k) Plan.............................................................   96
  Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.............................   96
 
STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY....................................   97
  The Operating Entities of the Company...................................   97
  The Formation Transactions..............................................   98
  Consequences of the Offering and the Formation Transactions.............   99
  Determination and Valuation of Ownership Interests......................   99
  Benefits of the Formation Transactions and the Offering to Affiliates of
   the Company............................................................  100
 
POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES...............................  101
  Investment Policies.....................................................  101
  Dispositions............................................................  102
  Financing Policies......................................................  102
  Conflict of Interest Policies...........................................  103
  Policies with Respect to Other Activities...............................  104
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS......................................................  104
  Formation Transactions..................................................  104
  Partnership Agreement; Redemption/ Exchange Rights......................  104
  Registration Rights.....................................................  104
  Certain Transactions Involving Director Nominee.........................  104
 
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT.....................................................  105
  Management..............................................................  105
  Transferability of Interests............................................  105
  Capital Contributions...................................................  106
  Redemption/Exchange Rights..............................................  106
  Issuance of Additional OP Units, Common Stock or Convertible
   Securities.............................................................  106
  Tax Matters.............................................................  107
  Operations..............................................................  107
  Duties and Conflicts....................................................  107
  Certain Voting Rights of Limited Partners...............................  107
  Term....................................................................  107
  Indemnification.........................................................  107
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS....................................................  108
 
CAPITAL STOCK.............................................................  109
  General.................................................................  109
  Common Stock............................................................  109
  Preferred Stock.........................................................  109
  Power to Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock....  110
  Transfer Agent and Registrar............................................  110
  Restrictions on Transfer................................................  110
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND THE COMPANY'S CHARTER AND BYLAWS...  112
  Board of Directors - Number, Classification, Vacancies..................  112
  Removal of Directors....................................................  113
  Business Combinations...................................................  113
  Control Share Acquisitions..............................................  113
  Amendment to the Charter................................................  114
  Dissolution of the Company..............................................  114
  Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business.................  114
  Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of the
   Charter and Bylaws.....................................................  114
  Rights to Purchase Securities and Other Property........................  114
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE..........................................  115
  General.................................................................  115
  Registration Rights.....................................................  116
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES...........................................  116
  Taxation of the Company.................................................  116
  Failure to Qualify......................................................  121
  Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders Generally.........................  121
  Backup Withholding......................................................  122
  Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders.....................................  122
  Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders.......................................  123
  Tax Aspects of the Operating Partnership................................  125
  Other Tax Consequences..................................................  127
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................................  127
  Employment Benefit Plans, Tax-Qualified Pension, Profit Sharing or Stock
   Bonus Plans and IRAs...................................................  128
  Status of the Company and the Operating Partnership under ERISA.........  128
 
UNDERWRITING..............................................................  130
 
EXPERTS...................................................................  131
 
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................  132
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................  132
 
GLOSSARY..................................................................  133
</TABLE>
    
 
                              CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
 
    INFORMATION   CONTAINED   IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS   CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS" RELATING TO, WITHOUT LIMITATION, FUTURE ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE,  PLANS
AND  OBJECTIVES OF MANAGEMENT  FOR FUTURE OPERATIONS  AND PROJECTIONS OF REVENUE
AND OTHER FINANCIAL ITEMS, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING
TERMINOLOGY SUCH AS "MAY," "WILL," "SHOULD," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"  "ESTIMATE"
OR  "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON OR COMPARABLE
TERMINOLOGY. THE  CAUTIONARY  STATEMENTS  SET  FORTH  UNDER  THE  CAPTION  "RISK
FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THE PROSPECTUS IDENTIFY IMPORTANT FACTORS WITH RESPECT
TO  SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, INCLUDING  CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES,
THAT COULD  CAUSE  ACTUAL  RESULTS  TO DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM  THOSE  IN  SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.
UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES
THAT  (I) THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE IS $20.00 PER SHARE (THE MIDPOINT OF
THE PRICE  RANGE SET  FORTH ON  THE COVER  PAGE OF  THIS PROSPECTUS),  (II)  THE
UNDERWRITERS'  OVERALLOTMENT  OPTION IS  NOT  EXERCISED, (III)  THE TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIBED UNDER "STRUCTURE  AND FORMATION  OF THE COMPANY"  ARE CONSUMMATED  AND
(IV)  NONE  OF THE  OP UNITS  REDEEMABLE FOR  CASH  OR, AT  THE ELECTION  OF THE
COMPANY, EXCHANGEABLE  FOR COMMON  STOCK  HAVE BEEN  SO REDEEMED  OR  EXCHANGED.
ALTHOUGH  THE COMPANY AND  THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP  ARE SEPARATE ENTITIES, FOR
EASE OF REFERENCE AND UNLESS THE  CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, ALL REFERENCES  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS  TO  THE  "COMPANY"  REFER TO  THE  COMPANY  AND  THE OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP, COLLECTIVELY. ALL REFERENCES IN  THIS PROSPECTUS TO THE  HISTORICAL
ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY REFER TO THE ACTIVITIES OF THE ARDEN PREDECESSORS. SEE
"GLOSSARY" FOR THE DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The  Company has been formed to continue and expand the real estate business
of Arden Realty  Group, Inc.,  a California corporation  ("Arden"), and  certain
affiliated  entities (collectively, the "Arden  Predecessors") which are engaged
in owning,  acquiring, managing,  leasing and  renovating office  properties  in
Southern  California. The  Company's founders,  Richard S.  Ziman and  Victor J.
Coleman, along  with the  other five  senior officers  at the  Company, have  an
average  of more than 18  years of experience in  the real estate industry. Upon
completion of  the Offering,  the Company  will own  24 office  properties  (the
"Properties")  containing approximately 4.0 million rentable square feet. All of
the Properties  are located  in Southern  California, with  21 in  suburban  Los
Angeles  County, two in Orange County and one  in San Diego County. As of August
1, 1996, the Properties had a  weighted average occupancy rate of  approximately
89%.  Arden  currently manages  22  of the  Properties.  Upon completion  of the
Offering, the Company  will manage  all of  the Properties  and four  additional
properties  containing  approximately  325,000 rentable  square  feet  which are
currently managed by  Arden for  institutional investors  and other  third-party
owners.   The  Company  will  be   a  fully  integrated,  self-administered  and
self-managed real estate company  and expects to qualify  as a REIT for  federal
income tax purposes.
 
   
    The  Company  believes that  all  of the  Properties  are located  in strong
submarkets which  generally  have  significant  rent  growth  potential  due  to
employment  growth, declining  vacancy rates, limited  new construction activity
and existing rental rates at levels  significantly below those required to  make
new  construction economically  feasible. The  Company's portfolio  is comprised
primarily of Class A suburban office properties. The Company generally considers
Class A suburban office  properties to be those  which have desirable  locations
and  high quality finishes,  are well maintained  and professionally managed and
are capable of achieving  rental and occupancy rates  which are typically  above
those  prevailing in their  respective markets although  the determination of an
office property's class  designation is subjective  and consequently others  may
have  a different view. Of the Company's  24 Properties, 20 Properties have been
built since 1980 and 14 Properties, including all four built prior to 1980, have
been substantially renovated within the last three years.
    
 
   
    The  Company  believes  that  certain  economic  fundamentals  in   Southern
California provide an attractive environment for owning, acquiring and operating
Class  A  suburban  office  properties. According  to  AMERICA'S  OFFICE ECONOMY
prepared by  Cognetics,  Inc.,  Metropolitan Los  Angeles  (which  includes  Los
Angeles  and Orange Counties),  in which 23  of the Company's  24 Properties are
located, is projected  to be  the number  one market  in the  United States  for
primary  office  employment  growth during  the  period  from 1995  to  2005. In
addition, the Economic Development Corporation  of Los Angeles County (the  "Los
Angeles EDC") has forecast that economic activity will increase twice as fast in
Los  Angeles County  than in the  nation as a  whole during 1996  and 1997, with
inflation-adjusted gross  product growing  at a  rate of  5.2% and  5.0% in  Los
Angeles  County as compared to 2.5% and 2.4% for 1996 and 1997 for the nation as
a whole. Finally, since  1992, there has been  very limited construction of  new
office  properties in the Southern California  region. The Company believes that
this   limited   construction    of   office   properties    coupled   with    a
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
growing economy will continue to result in increased demand for office space and
positive  net absorption in the Southern  California region, and particularly in
the selected submarkets where most of the Properties are located. See  "Southern
California Economy and Office Markets."
 
    Richard  S. Ziman, the Chairman and  Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
has been involved in the  real estate business for over  25 years. In 1979,  Mr.
Ziman  co-founded, as managing general partner, Pacific Financial Group ("PFG"),
whose primary  focus was  to acquire  underperforming office  buildings in  good
locations  and  then  actively  manage, lease  and  renovate  the  properties to
increase cash flow and enhance their value. During the early and mid 1980's, PFG
acquired over  4.0  million  square  feet  of  commercial  office  space  almost
exclusively  in Los Angeles County and Orange  County. In order to capitalize on
the escalation of prices for Southern  California office properties in the  late
1980's,  PFG sold  substantially all of  its interests in  its office properties
portfolio at a gain prior to the  general downturn in the real estate market  in
Southern California.
 
   
    In  1993,  in anticipation  of a  recovery in  the Southern  California real
estate market,  the  Company  began to  selectively  acquire  commercial  office
properties  located in suburban  Los Angeles County.  In assembling its existing
portfolio and as part of its operating strategy, the Company primarily  acquired
office  properties that were  located in submarkets  with growth potential, were
underperforming or needed  renovation and  which offered  opportunities for  the
Company  to  implement  its value-added  strategy  to increase  cash  flow. This
strategy includes active  management and aggressive  leasing efforts, a  focused
renovation  and refurbishment program for  underperforming assets, reduction and
containment of operating  costs and emphasis  on tenant satisfaction  (including
efforts  to  maximize  tenant  retention at  lease  expiration  and  programs to
relocate tenants to other spaces within the Company's portfolio). The  Company's
commitment  to tenant satisfaction  and retention is  evidenced by its retention
rate of  approximately 82%  (based on  square feet  renewed) from  1993  through
August 1, 1996 and management's on-going relationships with multi-site tenants.
    
 
   
    The  Company  believes  that  it has  been  successful  in  implementing its
value-added strategy  as  evidenced  by increased  occupancy  rates  and  rental
revenue  at the Properties.  As of August  1, 1996, the  Properties owned by the
Company for  more  than  one year  had  a  weighted average  occupancy  rate  of
approximately 88%, compared to a weighted average occupancy of approximately 80%
as  of the  respective dates  such Properties were  acquired by  the Company. In
addition, the Company's  occupancy rates  at many  of its  Properties are  above
market  averages in the applicable submarkets based on information included in a
market study prepared by Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc. ("C&W") for the
Company (the "C&W  Market Study"). As  of August 1,  1996, the weighted  average
occupancy  rate  of  the  21  Properties  located  in  Los  Angeles  County  was
approximately 90%, compared to weighted average occupancy rates, as of  December
31,  1995, of approximately 81% for all office properties throughout Los Angeles
County and approximately 83% for all office properties in the Los Angeles County
submarkets in which such Properties are located  (based in each case on the  C&W
Market Study).
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    An  investment in the  Common Stock involves  various risks, and prospective
investors should carefully consider the  matters discussed under "Risk  Factors"
prior to an investment in the Company. Such risks include, among others:
 
    - the  possibility that the consideration to be  paid by the Company for the
      Properties and  the  other  assets  contributed  to  the  Company  in  its
      formation  may exceed their  fair market value;  no third-party appraisals
      were obtained by the Company regarding these Properties and other assets;
 
    - the possibility that the Company may not be able to refinance  outstanding
      indebtedness  upon maturity  (including the $104  million interim Mortgage
      Financing (as defined below) and the proposed $100 million Credit Facility
      (as  defined  below)  which  will  mature  in  one  year  and  two  years,
      respectively),  that  interest  rates  might  increase  on  variable  rate
      indebtedness, including any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility,
      and that such indebtedness might be refinanced at higher interest rates or
      otherwise  on  terms   less  favorable  to   the  Company  than   existing
      indebtedness, which
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
      could   adversely   affect  the   Company's   ability  to   make  expected
      distributions to stockholders and  its ability to qualify  as a REIT,  and
      the  lack of limitations in the  Company's organizational documents on the
      amount of indebtedness which the Company may incur;
 
    - real estate investment and property management  risks such as the need  to
      renew  leases or relet space upon lease  expirations and, at times, to pay
      renovation and  reletting costs  in connection  therewith, the  effect  of
      economic  and other conditions  on office property  cash flows and values,
      the ability of tenants to make  lease payments, the ability of a  property
      to  generate  revenue  sufficient to  meet  operating  expenses, including
      future debt service, and the  illiquidity of real estate investments,  all
      of  which  may adversely  affect the  Company's  ability to  make expected
      distributions to stockholders;
 
    - concentration of all  of the  Properties in Southern  California, and  the
      dependence  of the  Properties on  the conditions  of the  economy and the
      office markets  of  Southern  California and,  particularly,  Los  Angeles
      County,  which increases the risk of  the Company being adversely affected
      by a downturn in the Southern California or Los Angeles County economy  or
      office markets;
 
   
    - conflicts  of interests in connection  with the Formation Transactions and
      the acquisition  and refinancing  of the  Properties, including  conflicts
      relating to material benefits to officers, directors and affiliates of the
      Company  which include receipt of  an aggregate of approximately 2,740,718
      OP Units and stock options to  purchase an aggregate of 868,500 shares  of
      Common  Stock, special allocations of interest deductions of approximately
      $12.6 million and repayment of approximately $398 million of indebtedness,
      a substantial portion of which  represents the repayment of mortgage  debt
      to  an affiliate of the  lead managing underwriter of  the Offering out of
      the net proceeds of the Offering and the Mortgage Financing;
    
 
    - conflicts of  interest involving  management of  the Company  and  certain
      members  of the  Board of  Directors in  business decisions  regarding the
      Company, including  conflicts  associated  with  any  prepayment  of  debt
      secured  by the  Properties that  may arise  due to  the more  adverse tax
      consequences of such prepayment  to certain members  of management and  of
      the Board of Directors as holders of OP Units;
 
    - the  risks that,  given the  Company's recent  acquisition of  many of the
      Properties and the lack of operating history of such Properties under  the
      Company's management (3 1/2 years or less for all Properties and less than
      one  year for a majority of the Properties), newly acquired properties may
      have characteristics or deficiencies unknown to the Company affecting  the
      value  or revenue potential  thereof, may fail to  perform as expected, or
      may be  difficult  to integrate  into  the Company's  existing  management
      operations;
 
    - the  possibility that  the Board  of Directors of  the Company  may in the
      future amend or revise the investment, financing, borrowing,  distribution
      and  conflicts of interest policies  of the Company without  a vote of the
      Company's stockholders;
 
    - taxation of the Company as a corporation if it fails to qualify as a  REIT
      for federal income tax purposes, treatment of the Operating Partnership as
      an  association  taxable as  a corporation  if  it fails  to qualify  as a
      partnership for federal income tax purposes (and the resulting failure  of
      the  Company to  qualify as a  REIT), the Company's  liability for certain
      federal, state and  local income  taxes in  such event  and the  resulting
      decrease in cash available for distribution;
 
    - risks that certain types of losses, such as from earthquakes, could exceed
      the  Company's  insurance  coverage  which  currently  includes earthquake
      coverage for all of the Properties;
 
    - dependence on certain key personnel;
 
    - anti-takeover effect  of  limiting  actual or  constructive  ownership  of
      Common  Stock of the Company by a single person to 9.0% of the outstanding
      capital stock, subject  to certain  specified exceptions,  and of  certain
      other  provisions contained in the organizational documents of the Company
      and the
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
      Operating Partnership, which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
      preventing a transaction or  change in control of  the Company that  might
      involve  a premium price for the Common  Stock or otherwise be in the best
      interests of the Company's stockholders;
    
 
    - existence of net losses of the Arden Predecessors, on a combined basis, of
      approximately $2.1 million  for the  six months  ended June  30, 1996  and
      approximately $576,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995;
 
    - possible  environmental  liabilities  in  connection  with  the  Company's
      ownership and/or operation of the Properties;
 
    - effect of shares  available for  future sale on  the price  of the  Common
      Stock;
 
    - immediate  and substantial  dilution in  the net  tangible book  value per
      share of the shares of Common Stock purchased in the Offering; and
 
    - absence of a prior public market for the Common Stock.
 
                         BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
    The Company's primary  business objectives  are to maximize  growth in  cash
flow and to enhance the value of its portfolio in order to maximize total return
to  its stockholders.  The Company believes  it can achieve  these objectives by
continuing to implement its business  strategies and capitalize on the  external
and  internal growth opportunities  described below. The  Company also believes,
based on its  evaluation of  market conditions, that  a number  of factors  will
enhance  its  ability  to achieve  its  business objectives,  including  (i) the
continuing improvement  in the  Southern California  economy; (ii)  the  limited
construction  of new office properties in  the Southern California region due to
the substantial  cost  to develop  new  office properties  compared  to  current
acquisition  prices and  substantial building  construction limitations  in many
submarkets, which  provides opportunities  to maximize  occupancy rates,  rental
rates  and  overall  portfolio  value; and  (iii)  the  limited  availability of
conventional real estate financing for new construction of office properties  in
Southern California.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGIES
 
    The  Company's primary business  strategies are to  (i) acquire and renovate
underperforming office properties or properties which provide attractive  yields
with  stable  cash flow  in submarkets  where  it can  utilize its  local market
expertise and  extensive  real  estate  experience;  (ii)  actively  manage  its
portfolio;  and  (iii) selectively  provide real  estate management  services to
third parties. When market conditions permit,  the Company may also develop  new
properties in submarkets where it has local market expertise.
 
    Based   on  its  historical  activities  and  its  knowledge  of  the  local
marketplace, the Company believes that (i) the Southern California region offers
growth opportunities for companies like  the Company that are  well-capitalized,
experienced owners of real estate with extensive local market expertise and (ii)
being a public company will enhance its ability to obtain acquisition financing,
to  take advantage of  opportunities to acquire  additional office properties at
attractive prices and to develop office properties, when feasible, at attractive
returns. Through  four regional  offices, the  Company implements  its  business
strategies  by: (i) emphasizing tenant  satisfaction and retention and employing
intensive  property  marketing  programs;  (ii)  utilizing  a  multidisciplinary
approach  to acquisition, management, leasing  and renovation activities that is
designed to  coordinate decision-making  and  enhance responsiveness  to  market
opportunities  and tenant needs; and  (iii) implementing cost control management
and systems that  capitalize on  economies of scale  arising from  the size  and
location   of   the  Company's   portfolio.  The   Company  believes   that  the
implementation of these operating practices  has led to the increased  occupancy
rates and rental revenue of its existing portfolio.
 
GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
    EXTERNAL  GROWTH:  Based on its  own historical activities and its knowledge
of the local marketplace,  the Company believes  that opportunities continue  to
exist  to  acquire additional  office  properties that:  (i)  provide attractive
initial yields with significant potential for  growth in cash flow; (ii) are  in
desirable
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
locations  within  submarkets which  the Company  believes have  economic growth
potential; and (iii) are underperforming or need renovation, and which therefore
provide opportunities for  the Company to  increase the cash  flow and value  of
such properties through active management and aggressive leasing.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  continue  to  acquire  office  properties  within
submarkets  in   Southern  California   which  the   Company  believes   present
opportunities  for long-term  stable and rising  rental rates  due to employment
growth,  population  movements  within  the  region  and  restrictions  on   new
development.  The Company generally targets properties which are underperforming
or need renovation  and offer  opportunities for  the Company  to implement  its
value-added  strategy to increase cash flow. For  example, as of August 1, 1996,
the Properties  owned by  the Company  for more  than one  year had  a  weighted
average occupancy rate of approximately 88%, compared to approximately 80% as of
the  respective  dates  such  Properties  were  acquired  by  the  Company. Upon
completion of  the  Offering,  the  Company will  have  a  debt-to-total  market
capitalization  ratio of approximately 19.3% and expects to finance acquisitions
through its proposed $100 million Credit Facility, although it may employ  other
financing alternatives.
 
    In  addition, the Company  will seek to acquire  properties at a significant
discount to  replacement  cost in  the  relevant office  submarkets.  Since  the
beginning  of  1993, the  Company has  acquired its  Properties in  suburban Los
Angeles County  at a  cost which  the Company  believes is  significantly  below
replacement  cost  based on  estimates of  replacement costs  of Class  A office
buildings included in the C&W Market Study. See "Southern California Economy and
Office Markets."
 
    The Company believes it has certain competitive advantages which enhance its
ability to identify and capitalize on acquisition opportunities, including:  (i)
management's  significant local  market expertise,  experience and  knowledge of
properties, submarkets  and potential  tenants  within the  Southern  California
region;  (ii) management's long-standing relationships with tenants, real estate
brokers and institutional and other owners of commercial real estate; (iii)  its
fully  integrated  real estate  operations which  allow  the Company  to respond
quickly to  acquisition  opportunities and  enable  it to  provide  real  estate
management   services  to  third   parties  as  a   means  of  identifying  such
opportunities; (iv) its  access to capital  as a public  company, including  the
Company's  proposed $100  million Credit  Facility; (v)  its ability  to acquire
properties in exchange for OP  Units or Common Stock  if the sellers so  desire;
and   (vi)  management's  reputation  as  an  experienced  purchaser  of  office
properties in Southern  California which  has the ability  to effectively  close
transactions.
 
    The  Company also  may seek  to take  advantage of  management's development
expertise to develop office space when market conditions support office building
development. The Company believes, however,  that opportunities exist for it  to
continue  to acquire  office properties  within selected  submarkets in Southern
California at less than  replacement cost and,  therefore, currently intends  to
focus on acquisitions rather than development.
 
    INTERNAL  GROWTH:  The Company believes that opportunities exist to increase
cash flow  from its  existing  portfolio and  that  such opportunities  will  be
enhanced  as the  Southern California  office market  continues to  improve. The
Company intends to  pursue internal  growth by  (i) continuing  to maintain  and
improve  occupancy rates through active  management and aggressive leasing; (ii)
realizing fixed contractual base rental  increases or increases tied to  indices
such  as the Consumer Price Index  (the "CPI"); (iii) re-leasing expiring leases
at increasing  market  rents which  are  expected  to result,  over  time,  from
increased  demand  for office  space  in Southern  California;  (iv) controlling
operating expenses through  the implementation  of cost  control management  and
systems;  (v) capitalizing on  economies of scale  arising from the  size of its
portfolio; and  (vi) increasing  revenue generated  from parking  facilities  at
certain  Properties where the  Company is currently offering  free parking as an
amenity or charging below market rates.
 
                                 THE PROPERTIES
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the  Company will own 24 office  properties
containing  approximately  4.0  million  rentable  square  feet.  The Properties
consist primarily of Class A  suburban office properties and individually  range
from  approximately 49,000 to 540,000 rentable square feet. The Company believes
that  the  Properties  have  desirable  locations  within  established  business
communities and are well-maintained. Of
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
the  Company's 24 Properties,  20 Properties have  been built since  1980 and 14
Properties, including  all four  built prior  to 1980,  have been  substantially
renovated  within the  last three  years. The  average age  of the  buildings is
approximately 12.6 years.
 
   
    Management believes that  the location  and quality of  construction of  the
Properties,  as well as the  Company's reputation for providing  a high level of
tenant service, have enabled the Company to attract and retain a diverse  tenant
base.  As of August 1, 1996, the Properties  were leased to over 540 tenants, no
single tenant  accounted  for more  than  approximately 3.3%  of  the  aggregate
Annualized Base Rent of the Company's portfolio and only 16 tenants individually
represented more than 1% of such aggregate Annualized Base Rent.
    
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth certain  information  about  each  of the
Properties as of August 1, 1996:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PERCENTAGE
                                                                                                       OF TOTAL
                                                                                       APPROXIMATE     PORTFOLIO
                                                                        YEAR BUILT/      RENTABLE      RENTABLE       PERCENT
SUBMARKET/PROPERTY                              LOCATION                 RENOVATED     SQUARE FEET    SQUARE FEET     LEASED
- ----------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------  ------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>                   <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>
LOS ANGELES COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------------
LOS ANGELES WEST
  BEVERLY HILLS/CENTURY CITY
    9665 Wilshire                               Beverly Hills         1972/92-3            158,684           3.9%         95.1%
    Beverly Atrium                              Beverly Hills         1989                  61,314           1.5         100.0
    Century Park Center                         Los Angeles           1972/94              243,404           6.0          83.2
  WESTWOOD/WEST LOS ANGELES
    Westwood Terrace                            Los Angeles           1988                 135,943           3.4          82.3
    1950 Sawtelle                               Los Angeles           1988/95              103,772           2.6          77.5
  MARINA AREA/CULVER CITY/LAX
    400 Corporate Pointe                        Culver City           1987                 164,598           4.1          90.2
    Bristol Plaza                               Culver City           1982                  84,014           2.1          78.6
    Skyview Center                              Los Angeles           1981,87/95(3)        391,675           9.7          86.0
  PARK MILE/WEST HOLLYWOOD
    The New Wilshire                            Los Angeles           1986                 202,704           5.0          83.9
LOS ANGELES NORTH
  SIMI/CONEJO VALLEY
    5601 Lindero Canyon                         Westlake              1989                 105,830           2.6         100.0
    Calabasas Commerce Center                   Calabasas             1990                 123,121           3.1         100.0
  WEST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    Woodland Hills Financial Center             Woodland Hills        1972/95              224,955           5.6          89.8
  CENTRAL SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    16000 Ventura Blvd.                         Encino                1980/96              174,841           4.3          84.1
  EAST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY/TRI-CITIES
    425 West Broadway                           Glendale              1984                  71,589           1.8          95.9
    303 Glenoaks (4)                            Burbank               1983/96              175,449           4.3          97.4
    70 South Lake                               Pasadena              1982/94              100,133           2.5          81.4
LOS ANGELES SOUTH
  LONG BEACH
    4811 Airport Plaza Drive                    Long Beach            1987/95              121,610           3.0         100.0
    4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive                 Long Beach            1987/95              150,403           3.7         100.0
    5000 East Spring                            Long Beach            1989/95              163,358           4.0          89.6
    100 West Broadway                           Long Beach            1987/96              191,727           4.7          90.0
  CERRITOS/NORWALK
    12501 East Imperial Highway (4)             Norwalk               1978/94              122,175           3.0          94.7
ORANGE COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------------
  WEST COUNTY
    5832 Bolsa Avenue                           Huntington Beach      1985                  49,355           1.2         100.0
  TRI-FREEWAY AREA
    Anaheim City Centre                         Anaheim               1986/91              175,391           4.3          93.0
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------------
  SAN DIEGO MARKET
    Imperial Bank Tower                         San Diego             1982/96              540,413          13.4          82.2
                                                                                       ------------        -----         -----
    Total/Weighted Average                                                               4,036,458         100.0%         88.9%
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot - All Leases
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot - Full Service Gross Leases
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot - Net Leases
 
<CAPTION>
                                                   ANNUALIZED
                                                  NET EFFECTIVE      ANNUALIZED
                                                      RENT            BASE RENT
                                                   PER LEASED        PER LEASED
SUBMARKET/PROPERTY                               SQUARE FOOT (1)   SQUARE FOOT (2)
- ----------------------------------------------  -----------------  ---------------
<S>                                             <C>                <C>
LOS ANGELES COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------------
LOS ANGELES WEST
  BEVERLY HILLS/CENTURY CITY
    9665 Wilshire                                   $   29.34         $   31.45
    Beverly Atrium                                      18.88             22.83
    Century Park Center                                 19.75             21.38
  WESTWOOD/WEST LOS ANGELES
    Westwood Terrace                                    23.22             25.30
    1950 Sawtelle                                       17.69             20.02
  MARINA AREA/CULVER CITY/LAX
    400 Corporate Pointe                                23.42             19.91
    Bristol Plaza                                       16.67             18.10
    Skyview Center                                      15.90             17.01
  PARK MILE/WEST HOLLYWOOD
    The New Wilshire                                    18.04             20.35
LOS ANGELES NORTH
  SIMI/CONEJO VALLEY
    5601 Lindero Canyon                                 10.49             11.15
    Calabasas Commerce Center                           15.54             17.14
  WEST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    Woodland Hills Financial Center                     20.09             22.29
  CENTRAL SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    16000 Ventura Blvd.                                 18.55             20.21
  EAST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY/TRI-CITIES
    425 West Broadway                                   15.79             19.35
    303 Glenoaks (4)                                   --                 20.35
    70 South Lake                                       16.28             20.80
LOS ANGELES SOUTH
  LONG BEACH
    4811 Airport Plaza Drive                             9.30              8.64
    4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive                          8.40              7.80
    5000 East Spring                                    16.61             18.76
    100 West Broadway                                   22.26             20.42
  CERRITOS/NORWALK
    12501 East Imperial Highway (4)                    --                 16.27
ORANGE COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------------
  WEST COUNTY
    5832 Bolsa Avenue                                   13.38             13.35
  TRI-FREEWAY AREA
    Anaheim City Centre                                 13.47             15.07
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------------
  SAN DIEGO MARKET
    Imperial Bank Tower                                 19.47             18.31
                                                       ------            ------
    Total/Weighted Average
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot -      $   17.86         $   18.70
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot -      $   18.08(5)      $   20.03(5)
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot -      $   11.90         $   11.52
</TABLE>
    
 
- -----------------
   
(1) Annualized Net  Effective Rent  is calculated for  each lease  in effect  at
    August  1, 1996. For leases in effect  at the time the relevant Property was
    acquired, Annualized  Net  Effective  Rent is  calculated  by  dividing  the
    remaining  lease payments under the lease  by the number of months remaining
    under the lease and  multiplying the result by  12. For leases entered  into
    after  the relevant Property was acquired,  Annualized Net Effective Rent is
    calculated by dividing all lease payments  under the lease by the number  of
    months  in the lease and multiplying the result by 12. The foregoing amounts
    were in all cases adjusted  for tenant improvements and leasing  commissions
    paid or payable by the Company.
    
 
(2)  Annualized Base  Rent is the  monthly contractual base  rent under existing
    leases as of August 1, 1996 multiplied by 12.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
(3) Skyview  Center consists  of two  Class  A 11-  and 12-story  office  towers
    completed in 1981 and 1987, respectively, which were both renovated in 1995.
 
(4) Acquisition Property to be acquired concurrently with the Offering.
 
(5) The weighted average rent per leased square foot is calculated based only on
    rent  which is received from tenants  under full service gross leases, which
    represent approximately  84%  of the  total  portfolio leased  square  feet.
    Excluded  are 5601 Lindero Canyon, 4811 Airport Plaza Drive, 4900/10 Airport
    Plaza Drive,  5832 Bolsa  Avenue, 55.6%  of leased  space at  400  Corporate
    Pointe  leased  to  Pepperdine  University, and  48.3%  of  leased  space at
    Calabasas Commerce Center leased to two net tenants.
 
                     STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
 
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
    Concurrently with  the consummation  of the  Offering, the  Company and  the
Operating  Partnership,  together with  the partners  and  members of  the Arden
Predecessors and other parties which hold ownership interests in certain of  the
Properties  (collectively, the "Participants"), will engage in certain formation
transactions (the  "Formation Transactions").  The Formation  Transactions  have
been  designed  to (i)  enable the  Company  to raise  the necessary  capital to
acquire the Properties and  repay certain mortgage  debt relating thereto,  (ii)
provide  a vehicle for  future acquisitions, (iii) enable  the Company to comply
with certain  requirements under  the federal  income tax  laws and  regulations
relating to REITs, (iv) facilitate potential securitized mortgage financings and
(v)  preserve  certain  tax  advantages  for  certain  Arden  Predecessors.  The
Formation Transactions are as follows:
 
    - The Company will sell shares of Common Stock in the Offering.
 
    - Pursuant to  separate option  agreements  (the "Option  Agreements"),  the
      Company  will acquire  for cash  from certain  Participants (not including
      Messrs. Ziman  and Coleman  who will  not receive  cash in  the  Formation
      Transactions)  the interests owned by such  Participants in certain of the
      Arden Predecessors and in certain of the Properties. The Company will  pay
      approximately $26.8 million from the net proceeds of the Offering for such
      interests  which  represent  31.7%  of  the  ownership  interests  in  the
      Properties to be acquired by the Company.
 
    - The Company will contribute  (i) the interests  in the Arden  Predecessors
      and  in the Properties acquired pursuant to the Option Agreements and (ii)
      the  net  proceeds  from   the  Offering  (after   payment  of  the   cash
      consideration to certain Participants as described above) to the Operating
      Partnership  in  exchange for  a 86.69%  general  partner interest  in the
      Operating Partnership.
 
    - Pursuant  to   separate   contribution   agreements   (the   "Contribution
      Agreements"),  the following additional contributions  will be made to the
      Operating Partnership  in  exchange  for  OP  Units  representing  limited
      partner  interests: (i) certain Participants will contribute the remaining
      interests in  the Arden  Predecessors  and in  certain of  the  Properties
      (I.E.,  all interests not  acquired by the Company  pursuant to the Option
      Agreements)  and  (ii)  Arden  will  contribute  certain  of  its  assets,
      including  management contracts relating to  certain of the Properties and
      the contract rights to purchase  the Acquisition Properties (303  Glenoaks
      and   12501  East   Imperial  Highway).   The  Participants   making  such
      contributions (a total of seven  individuals and entities including  Arden
      and  Messrs. Ziman and Coleman), will receive an aggregate of 2,889,071 OP
      Units, with an estimated value of approximately $57.8 million based on the
      assumed initial public offering price of the Common Stock.
 
    - The Company, through the Operating Partnership, will borrow  approximately
      $104 million aggregate principal amount under a one year interim loan (the
      "Mortgage  Financing") which will  be non-recourse to  the Company and the
      Operating  Partnership  and  secured  by  fully  cross-collateralized  and
      cross-defaulted  first  mortgage  liens  on nine  of  the  Properties (the
      "Mortgage Financing  Properties").  The Mortgage  Financing  will  require
      monthly  payments of  interest only, with  all principal due  on the first
      anniversary of the closing of the Mortgage Financing.
 
   
    - Approximately $35 million of the net proceeds of the Offering will be used
      by the Operating Partnership to purchase the Acquisition Properties.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    - Approximately $398 million  of the net  proceeds of the  Offering and  the
      $103  million net proceeds of  the Mortgage Financing will  be used by the
      Operating Partnership  to  repay  certain mortgage  debt  secured  by  the
      Properties  and  indebtedness  outstanding  under lines  of  credit  to be
      assumed by the Operating Partnership in the Formation Transactions.
 
    - The Company, through the Operating Partnership, expects to enter into  the
      proposed  $100 million Credit Facility at  or shortly after the closing of
      the foregoing Formation Transactions.
 
    Additional information  regarding the  Formation Transactions  is set  forth
under "Structure and Formation of the Company."
 
   
    Upon  completion of  the Formation  Transactions, the  Operating Partnership
will hold substantially all of the assets of the Company, including 100% of  the
interests in all of the Properties. Based on the assumed initial public offering
price  of the Common Stock,  (i) the purchasers of  Common Stock in the Offering
will own substantially all of the  outstanding Common Stock (or 86.69%  assuming
exchange  of all OP Units for shares of  Common Stock), (ii) the Company will be
the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership and will own 86.71% of the
interests in the Operating Partnership and (iii) Messrs. Ziman and Coleman  will
beneficially  own, directly or indirectly  through affiliates (including Arden),
2,185,229 OP  Units  (representing a  10.05%  limited partner  interest  in  the
Operating  Partnership).  Pursuant to  the  partnership agreement  governing the
Operating Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement"), the Participants  receiving
OP  Units in the Formation Transactions  will have certain rights, beginning one
year after consummation of the Offering,  to cause the Operating Partnership  to
redeem  their OP Units for cash or, at  the election of the Company, to exchange
their OP  Units  for  shares of  Common  Stock  (on a  one-for-one  basis).  See
"Underwriting" for certain transfer restrictions applicable to the OP Units held
by  Messrs. Ziman and Coleman  and to shares of  Common Stock issued in exchange
for such OP Units.
    
 
    The aggregate estimated value  of the cash  and OP Units to  be paid by  the
Company   and  the  Operating  Partnership  for   the  interests  in  the  Arden
Predecessors, the direct interests in certain  of the Properties and the  assets
of  Arden  is  approximately $84.6  million.  The  aggregate book  value  of the
interests and  assets  to  be  transferred to  the  Company  and  the  Operating
Partnership  is  approximately  $14.1  million,  of  which  approximately $2,000
constitutes the  aggregate  book  value  of  the  interests  and  assets  to  be
transferred to the Operating Partnership by Messrs. Ziman and Coleman.
 
    No  independent third-party appraisals, valuations or fairness opinions have
been obtained  by the  Company in  connection with  the Formation  Transactions.
Accordingly,  there can be no assurance that the  value of the OP Units and cash
received by the Participants in the Formation Transactions is equivalent to  the
fair  market  value of  the interests  and  assets acquired  by the  Company and
contributed to the Operating Partnership. See "Risk Factors -- Price to be  Paid
for Properties and Other Assets May Exceed Their Fair Market Value."
 
STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY
 
   
    The  Company will be the sole  general partner of the Operating Partnership.
The Company will conduct substantially all of its business through the Operating
Partnership, which will hold all of  the Company's interests in the  Properties.
As  the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, the Company will have
exclusive power to manage and conduct the business of the Operating Partnership,
subject to  certain limited  exceptions.  See "Structure  and Formation  of  the
Company  -- The Operating Entities of the Company" and "Partnership Agreement --
Management." In connection with the  refinancing of the Mortgage Financing,  the
Company  expects that  it will form  financing subsidiaries  (as depicted below)
into which  the  Mortgage Financing  Properties  will be  transferred.  See  "--
Mortgage Financing and Credit Facility."
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
    The following diagram depicts the ownership structure of the Company and the
Operating  Partnership  upon  completion  of  the  Offering  and  the  Formation
Transactions and  assuming the  completion of  the CMBS  Offering (the  entities
depicted  with dotted lines  represent the ownership  structure of the financing
subsidiaries which the Company intends to form):
    
 
   
                         STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY UPON
           COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING AND THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
                AND ASSUMING THE COMPLETION OF THE CMBS OFFERING
    
 
    The chart entitled "Structure of the Company Upon Completion of the Offering
and the Formation Transactions" depicts the following:
 
    (i) Arden Realty  Group, Inc. (the  "Company") is owned  100% by the  public
stockholders;
 
    (ii)  the Company holds  on 86.32% General Partner  Interest in Arden Realty
Group Limited Partnership (the "Operating Partnership");
 
    (iii) Richard S.  Zimon and  Victor J.  Coleman collectively  hold a  10.28%
Limited Partner Interest in the Operating Partnership; and
 
    (iv)  the Other Participants in the Formation Transactions held an aggregate
3.40% Limited Partner Interest in the Operating Partnership.
 
BENEFITS TO RELATED PARTIES
 
    Certain affiliates of the Company will realize certain material benefits  in
connection with the Formation Transactions, including the following:
 
   
    - In  exchange  for  their  respective  ownership  interests  in  the  Arden
      Predecessors and  the assets  of  Arden, Messrs.  Ziman and  Coleman  will
      become  beneficial owners of a  total of 2,185,229 OP  Units, with a total
      value of approximately $43.7 million  based on the assumed initial  public
      offering  price of the Common Stock, which  value may differ from the fair
      market value of such interests and assets and compares to a book value  of
      such interests and assets of approximately $2,000 as of June 30, 1996. The
      Company  does not believe that the book values of the interests and assets
      exchanged are equivalent to the fair  market values of such interests  and
      assets.
    
 
    - Approximately  $398 million of indebtedness  secured by the Properties and
      indebtedness outstanding under lines of credit, and the related additional
      and accrued interest thereon, to  be assumed by the Operating  Partnership
      will be repaid in the Formation Transactions.
 
    - Pursuant  to the Partnership  Agreement, certain Participants  who hold OP
      Units,  including  Messrs.  Ziman   and  Coleman,  will  receive   special
      allocations of interest deductions of approximately $12.6 million relating
      to the repayment of mortgage debt on certain of the Properties.
 
    - Messrs.  Ziman and  Coleman will  serve as  directors and  officers of the
      Company and  the  Operating Partnership  and  will enter  into  employment
      agreements  providing  for annual  salaries, bonuses,  severance packages,
      participation in the Company's Stock Incentive Plan and other benefits for
      their services.
 
    - So long as  he is  Chief Executive Officer,  Mr. Ziman  will have  certain
      proportional purchase rights in connection with future issuances of Common
      Stock  by the Company or OP Units  by the Operating Partnership which will
      enable him to maintain  his overall percentage  ownership of the  combined
      equity of the Company and the Operating Partnership.
 
    - Certain  Participants  including  Messrs.  Ziman  and  Coleman  will  have
      registration rights  with respect  to  shares of  Common Stock  issued  in
      exchange for OP Units.
 
    Additional  information  regarding these  and certain  other benefits  to be
received  by  affiliates  of  the  Company  in  connection  with  the  Formation
Transactions  is  set forth  under "Structure  and Formation  of the  Company --
Benefits of the  Formation Transactions and  the Offering to  Affiliates of  the
Company," and
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
"Management  --  Employment  Agreements."  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Conflicts of
Interest in Formation Transactions and the  Business of the Company --  Benefits
from the Formation Transactions" and "Certain Transactions."
 
DETERMINATION AND VALUATION OF OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
    The   Company's  percentage  interest  in   the  Operating  Partnership  was
determined  based  upon   the  percentage  of   estimated  Cash  Available   for
Distribution  (as defined herein)  required to pay  estimated cash distributions
resulting in an  annual distribution  rate equal to  8% of  the assumed  initial
public  offering  price  of the  Common  Stock.  The ownership  interest  in the
Operating Partnership allocated to  the Company is equal  to this percentage  of
estimated  Cash Available  for Distribution  and the  remaining interest  in the
Operating Partnership will be allocated  to the Participants receiving OP  Units
in  the Formation Transactions. The parameters  and assumptions used in deriving
the  estimated   Cash   Available   for   Distribution   are   described   under
"Distributions."
 
    The  Company did not obtain  appraisals with respect to  the market value of
any of the  Properties or  other assets that  the Company  will own  immediately
after  consummation of the Offering and the Formation Transactions or an opinion
as to  the  fairness of  the  allocation of  shares  to the  purchasers  in  the
Offering.  The initial public offering price  has been determined based upon the
estimated Cash  Available  for  Distribution and  the  factors  discussed  under
"Underwriting," rather than a property-by-property valuation based on historical
cost  or current market value. This methodology has been used because management
believes it is appropriate  to value the Company  as an ongoing business  rather
than  with a  view to values  that could be  obtained from a  liquidation of the
Company or of individual properties owned by the Company.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
 
    Under  the  Partnership  Agreement,   the  Participants  in  the   Formation
Transactions  are  prohibited from  transferring  their OP  Units,  except under
certain limited circumstances. Messrs. Ziman and Coleman have agreed not to sell
any shares of  Common Stock acquired  by them upon  exchange of OP  Units for  a
period  of two years after the completion of the Offering without the consent of
Lehman Brothers Inc. See "Partnership Agreement -- Transferability of Interests"
and "Underwriting."
 
RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
 
    Due to limitations  on the  concentration of ownership  of stock  of a  REIT
imposed  by the  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986, as  amended (the  "Code"), the
charter of the Company (the  "Charter") prohibits any stockholder from  actually
or  constructively owning  more than  9.0% of  the outstanding  shares of Common
Stock (the "Ownership Limit"), except that Mr. Ziman and certain family  members
and  affiliates  may  actually  and  constructively  own  up  to  13.0%  of  the
outstanding shares of Common  Stock. See "Risk Factors  -- Limits on Changes  in
Control" and "Capital Stock -- Restrictions on Transfer."
 
                               FINANCING POLICIES
 
    As a general policy, the Company intends, but is not obligated, to limit its
debt  to total market capitalization ratio to no more than 50%. Since such ratio
is based upon market  values of equity,  it will fluctuate  with changes in  the
price  of  the  Common Stock;  however,  the  Company believes  that  this ratio
provides an appropriate indication  of leverage for a  company whose assets  are
primarily  real estate. The Company's debt  to total market capitalization ratio
at the  time  of  the  Offering  will  be  approximately  19.3%  (17.6%  if  the
Underwriters'  overallotment option  is exercised  in full).  See "Policies With
Respect To Certain Transactions -- Financing Policies."
 
             MORTGAGE FINANCING, CMBS OFFERING AND CREDIT FACILITY
 
    MORTGAGE FINANCING.  The  Company has received a  commitment for an  interim
loan  (the "Mortgage Financing") in the amount of $104 million from an affiliate
of Lehman Brothers Inc. The Mortgage Financing is expected to have a maturity of
one year and  bear interest at  a floating  rate equal to  one-month LIBOR  plus
1.50%  for  the  first  six  months increasing  to  one-month  LIBOR  plus 2.00%
thereafter through maturity. The proceeds of the Mortgage Financing will be used
primarily to refinance a portion of the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Company's  existing  mortgage  indebtedness.  The  Mortgage  Financing  will  be
non-recourse and secured by fully cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted first
mortgage liens on the nine Mortgage Financing Properties. The Mortgage Financing
will  require monthly payments of  interest only, with all  principal due on the
first anniversary of the closing of the Mortgage Financing.
 
   
    The Company intends to refinance the Mortgage Financing through an  offering
of  commercial mortgage-backed securities (the "CMBS  Offering") to be made by a
financing subsidiary which the  Company intends to form  for that purpose in  an
amount  of  approximately $104  million with  a  term of  seven years.  The CMBS
offering is expected  to bear  interest at a  floating rate  based on  one-month
LIBOR.  The Company intends  to enter into  a swap agreement  with a major money
center bank  in the  notional amount  of $104  million upon  completion of  this
Offering  and  the  Formation  Transactions  or  shortly  thereafter  (the "Swap
Agreement"). The Swap Agreement will result in effective fixed interest payments
equal to the yield on U.S. Treasury Notes with a maturity of seven years plus  a
spread which, if determined on the date hereof, would result in an interest rate
of  7.51%. The CMBS Offering is expected to require monthly payments of interest
only with  all principal  due in  a  balloon payment  at maturity.  The  Company
expects  to pursue the CMBS Offering promptly after the closing of this Offering
and the Formation  Transactions, although  there can  be no  assurance that  the
Company will complete a CMBS Offering or enter into a Swap Agreement.
    
 
    THE CREDIT FACILITY.  The Company is currently negotiating with a commercial
bank,  the terms of a  two-year, $100 million revolving  credit facility, with a
one-year extension option (the "Credit  Facility"). The Credit Facility will  be
used,  among other  things, to  finance the  acquisition of  properties, provide
funds for tenant improvements and capital expenditures, and provide for  working
capital  and other  corporate purposes.  The Company  intends to  enter into the
Credit Facility  contemporaneously  with  the Offering  or  shortly  thereafter,
although  there can be no assurance that  the Company will enter into the Credit
Facility.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
    All of the shares of  Common Stock being offered  in the Offering are  being
offered by the Company.
 
Common Stock Offered by the Company...    18,847,500 shares
 
Common Stock Outstanding After the
  Offering (1)........................    18,852,500 shares
 
Use of Proceeds.......................    Payments to certain Participants (not
                                          including Messrs. Ziman and Coleman
                                          who will not receive cash in the
                                          Formation Transactions) for their
                                          interests in the Arden Predecessors
                                          and in certain of the Properties,
                                          repayment of mortgage debt on the
                                          Properties, including accrued and
                                          additional interest on such mortgage
                                          debt, purchase of the Acquisition
                                          Properties, tenant improvements and
                                          capital expenditure reserves, and for
                                          working capital purposes. See "Use of
                                          Proceeds," "Capitalization," and
                                          "Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                          of Financial Condition and Results of
                                          Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
                                          Resources."
 
New York Stock Exchange Symbol........    "ARI"
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Assumes no OP  Units are exchanged for  Common Stock. If  all OP Units were
    exchanged for Common Stock, there would be 21,741,571 shares of Common Stock
    outstanding after the Offering.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
    The  Company  intends  to  make  regular  quarterly  distributions  to   its
stockholders. The Company intends to pay a PRO RATA distribution with respect to
the  period commencing on the closing of the Offering and ending on December 31,
1996, based upon $0.40  per share for  a full quarter.  On an annualized  basis,
this  would be $1.60 per share (of which $0.21 may represent a return of capital
for tax purposes), or an  annual distribution rate of  8%, based on the  assumed
initial public offering price per share of $20.00. The Company intends initially
to  distribute  annually approximately  94.5%  of estimated  Cash  Available for
Distribution. The  Company  established this  distribution  rate based  upon  an
estimate  of  Cash  Available  for  Distribution  that  will  be  available  for
distributions after the Offering. See "Distributions" for information as to  how
this  estimate  was  derived.  The  Company  intends  to  maintain  its  initial
distribution rate  for the  twelve-month period  following consummation  of  the
Offering  unless  actual results  of  operations, economic  conditions  or other
factors  differ  materially   from  the  assumptions   used  in  its   estimate.
Distributions  by the Company will  be determined by the  Board of Directors and
will be  dependent upon  a number  of  factors. The  Company believes  that  its
estimate  of Cash Available for Distribution  constitutes a reasonable basis for
setting the initial distribution;  however, no assurance can  be given that  the
estimate  will  prove  accurate,  and  actual  distributions  may  therefore  be
significantly different from the expected  distributions. In addition, in  order
to  maintain its qualification as a REIT under the Code, the Company is required
to distribute  currently 95%  of its  taxable income.  See "Distributions."  The
Company  does not intend  to reduce the  expected distribution per  share if the
Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised.
    
 
                           TAX STATUS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company  intends to  elect to  be taxed  as a  REIT under  Sections  856
through  860 of the Code,  commencing with its taxable  year ending December 31,
1996, and believes its organization and proposed method of operation will enable
it to  meet the  requirements for  qualification  as a  REIT. To  maintain  REIT
status,  an  entity  must  meet  a  number  of  organizational  and  operational
requirements, including a requirement that it currently distribute at least  95%
of its taxable income to its stockholders. As a REIT, the Company generally will
not  be subject to federal income tax  on net income it distributes currently to
its stockholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year,
it will  be  subject to  federal  income tax  at  regular corporate  rates.  See
"Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Risk Factors -- Adverse Consequences of
Failure  to  Qualify as  a REIT;  Other  Tax Liabilities."  Even if  the Company
qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company may be subject to certain federal,
state and local taxes on its income and property.
 
                    SUMMARY SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following  sets  forth   selected  combined  financial  and   operating
information  on a pro forma  basis for the Company  and on a combined historical
basis for the Arden  Predecessors. The following information  should be read  in
conjunction  with the financial statements and  notes thereto of the Company and
of the Arden Predecessors  included elsewhere in  this Prospectus. The  selected
combined   historical  financial   and  operating   information  of   the  Arden
Predecessors at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and  1993, has been  derived from the  historical combined  financial
statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, whose report with
respect  thereto is included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected combined
financial and operating information for the  six months ended June 30, 1996  and
June  30, 1995 has been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements
of the Arden Predecessors included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    The unaudited selected pro forma financial and operating information for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995 is presented
as if the Offering,  the Formation Transactions (including  the purchase of  the
Acquisition  Properties), and the acquisitions of the Properties acquired during
1996 prior to the Offering (the  "1996 Acquired Properties") and the  Properties
acquired  during 1995 (the "1995 Acquired  Properties") had all occurred by June
30, 1996 for  the combined  balance sheet  and at  the beginning  of the  period
presented for the combined statements of operations. The pro forma balance sheet
information  also gives  effect to  the recording  of minority  interests for OP
Units, as if
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
these  transactions  occurred  on  June  30,  1996.  The  pro  forma   financial
information  is not necessarily indicative of what the actual financial position
or results of the Company would have  been as of and for the periods  indicated,
nor  does it  purport to  represent the  Company's future  financial position or
results of operations.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                          THE COMPANY (PRO FORMA) AND
                    ARDEN PREDECESSORS (COMBINED HISTORICAL)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            ------------------------------
                                                             COMBINED
                                            PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL
                                            ---------   ------------------
                                              1996        1996      1995
                                            ---------   --------  --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>       <C>
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                     SHARE DATA)
OPERATING DATA:
Revenue:
  Rental..................................   $33,493    $ 19,404  $  2,822
  Tenant reimbursements...................     2,049       1,425       177
  Parking.................................     3,090       2,121       220
  Other...................................     2,005       1,521       649
                                            ---------   --------  --------
    Total revenue.........................    40,637      24,471     3,868
 
EXPENSES:
  Property operating expenses.............    14,124       8,252       934
  General and administrative expenses.....     1,900         830       684
  Depreciation and amortization...........     5,774       3,036       638
  Interest expense........................     4,058      14,741     1,403
                                            ---------   --------  --------
    Total expenses........................    25,856      26,859     3,659
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Equity in net income (loss) of noncombined
  entities................................     --            (94)      108
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Income (loss) before minority interests...    14,781      (2,482)      317
Minority interests........................    (1,964)        344        (7)
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Net income (loss).........................   $12,817    $ (2,138) $    310
                                            ---------   --------  --------
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Net income per common share...............   $   .68
                                            ---------
                                            ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    COMBINED HISTORICAL
                                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                                                               THE
                                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                                              MARCH
                                                                                               22,
                                                                                              1991
                                            PRO FORMA                                          TO
                                            ---------                                         DECEMBER
                                              1995        1995       1994      1993    1992   31, 1991
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenue:
  Rental..................................   $66,691    $   8,832  $  5,157  $  3,034  $--    $--
  Tenant reimbursements...................     2,910          403       217        35   --    --
  Parking.................................     5,895          750       382       279   --    --
  Other...................................     3,795        1,707       796       314    324  11
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
    Total revenue.........................    79,291       11,692     6,552     3,662    324  11
EXPENSES:
  Property operating expenses.............    30,091        3,339     2,191     1,480   --    --
  General and administrative expenses.....     3,800        1,377       689       386    471  7
  Depreciation and amortization...........    11,549        1,898     1,143       646      2  --
  Interest expense........................     8,076        5,537     1,673       499      9  --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
    Total expenses........................    53,516       12,151     5,696     3,011    482  7
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Equity in net income (loss) of noncombined
  entities................................     --            (116)      201         4   --    --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Income (loss) before minority interests...    25,775         (575)    1,057       655   (158) 4
Minority interests........................    (3,425)          (1)        1     --      --    --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Net income (loss).........................   $22,350    $    (576) $  1,058  $    655  $(158) $4
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Net income per common share...............   $  1.19
                                            ---------
                                            ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -----------------------------------------
                                                   JUNE 30, 1996
                                               ----------------------              COMBINED HISTORICAL
                                                            COMBINED    -----------------------------------------
                                               PRO FORMA   HISTORICAL     1995      1994     1993    1992   1991
                                               ---------   ----------   --------  --------  -------  ----  ------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>   <C>
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Commercial office properties -- net of
  accumulated depreciation...................  $410,160     $254,749    $160,874  $ 34,977  $25,404  $--    $--
Total assets.................................   436,581      286,165     182,379    46,090   27,911   134      10
Mortgage loans payable and unsecured lines of
  credit.....................................   104,000      265,959     168,451    32,944   24,356   250    --
Total liabilities............................   111,468      277,917     174,163    34,148   25,190   287       5
Minority interest............................    43,231          718         100        99    --      --     --
Owners'/Stockholders' equity.................   281,882        7,530       8,116    11,843    2,721  (153)      5
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                          THE COMPANY (PRO FORMA) AND
                    ARDEN PREDECESSORS (COMBINED HISTORICAL)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            ------------------------------
                                                             COMBINED
                                            PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL
                                            ---------   ------------------
                                              1996        1996      1995
                                            ---------   --------  --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>       <C>
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                             SHARE DATA, PERCENTAGES AND
                                                NUMBER OF PROPERTIES)
OTHER DATA:
Funds from Operations (1):
  Income (loss) before minority
    interests.............................   $14,781    $ (2,482) $    317
  Depreciation and amortization...........     5,774       3,036       638
                                            ---------   --------  --------
  Funds from Operations...................    20,555         554       955
Company's Share Percentage................     86.69%
Company's Share of Funds from
  Operations..............................    17,819         554       955
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Cash flows from operating activities......     --          2,013       458
Cash flows from investing activities......     --        (96,827)   (5,578)
Cash flows from financing activities......     --         94,937     4,550
Number of Properties owned at period
  end.....................................        24          21        10
Gross rentable square feet of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     4,036       3,547     1,408
Occupancy at period end of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     --             89%       84%
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    COMBINED HISTORICAL
                                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                                                               THE
                                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                                              MARCH
                                                                                               22,
                                                                                              1991
                                            PRO FORMA                                          TO
                                            ---------                                         DECEMBER
                                              1995        1995       1994      1993    1992   31, 1991
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>
 
OTHER DATA:
Funds from Operations (1):
  Income (loss) before minority
    interests.............................   $25,775    $    (575) $  1,057  $    655  $(158) $4
  Depreciation and amortization...........    11,549        1,898     1,143       646      2  --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
  Funds from Operations...................    37,324        1,323     2,200     1,301   (156) 4
Company's Share Percentage................
Company's Share of Funds from
  Operations..............................    32,356        1,323     2,200     1,301   (156) 4
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Cash flows from operating activities......     --           2,830       834     1,186   (258) 7
Cash flows from investing activities......     --        (123,358)  (17,921)  (25,965)  --    --
Cash flows from financing activities......     --         120,707    16,845    25,632    250  1
Number of Properties owned at period
  end.....................................        24           17         8         3   --    --
Gross rentable square feet of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     4,036        2,634     1,130       530   --    --
Occupancy at period end of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     --              88%       82%       84%  --    --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) The White Paper on Funds from Operations approved by the Board of  Governors
    of  the National Association of Real  Estate Investment Trusts ("NAREIT") in
    March 1995 (the "White Paper") defines  Funds from Operations as net  income
    (loss)  (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from
    debt  restructuring  and  sales  of  property,  plus  real  estate   related
    depreciation  and  amortization  and  after  adjustments  for unconsolidated
    partnerships and joint ventures. Management considers Funds from  Operations
    an  appropriate  measure of  performance  of an  equity  REIT because  it is
    predicated on cash flow analyses. The Company computes Funds from Operations
    in accordance with standards established by the White Paper which may differ
    from the methodology for calculating Funds from Operations utilized by other
    equity REITs and, accordingly,  may not be comparable  to such other  REITs.
    Funds  from Operations  should not  be considered  as an  alternative to net
    income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of the Company's
    financial performance or to cash flow from operating activities  (determined
    in  accordance with GAAP) as a measure of the Company's liquidity, nor is it
    indicative of funds available  to fund the  Company's cash needs,  including
    its ability to make distributions.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    An  investment  in  the  Common Stock  involves  various  risks. Prospective
investors should  carefully consider  the following  information in  conjunction
with the other information contained in this Prospectus before making a decision
to purchase Common Stock in the Offering.
 
PRICE TO BE PAID FOR PROPERTIES AND OTHER ASSETS MAY EXCEED THEIR FAIR MARKET
VALUE
 
    No  independent third-party valuations, appraisals or fairness opinions were
obtained  by  the  Company  in  connection  with  the  Formation   Transactions.
Accordingly,  there can be no assurance that the prices paid by the Company will
not exceed the fair market value of the interests in the Arden Predecessors, the
Properties and the other assets to be  acquired by the Company in the  Formation
Transactions.  The initial public offering price  has been determined by Messrs.
Ziman and Coleman and the Underwriters based upon a capitalization of  estimated
Cash  Available for Distribution and the  factors discussed under "Structure and
Formation of  the Company  -- The  Formation Transactions  -- Determination  and
Valuation   of  Ownership   Interests"  and   "Underwriting,"  rather   than  an
asset-by-asset valuation based on  historical cost or  current market value.  In
determining  the  initial  public offering  price  of the  Common  Stock certain
assumptions were made concerning the estimate of revenue to be derived from  the
Properties.   See  "Distributions."  This  methodology  has  been  used  because
management believes  it  is appropriate  to  value  the Company  as  an  ongoing
business,  rather  than with  a view  to values  that could  be obtained  from a
liquidation of the Company or of  individual assets owned by the Company.  There
can be no assurance that there will not be discrepancies between assumed results
and  actual  results which  could lead  to a  reduction in  actual distributions
compared to  assumed  distributions. It  is  possible that  the  initial  public
offering  price per share of  Common Stock may exceed  the per share fair market
value of the Company's assets.
 
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS NOT ARM'S LENGTH
 
    The Formation Transactions are not the result of arm's-length  negotiations.
The Participants (including Messrs. Ziman and Coleman, who are founders of Arden
and  the Arden Predecessors and  executive officers and members  of the Board of
Directors of the Company) have preexisting ownership interests in Arden and  the
Arden  Predecessors.  The  ownership  interests of  such  individuals  differ in
proportion and amount. Messrs.  Ziman and Coleman  have negotiated the  purchase
price for the assets to be acquired by the Company in the Formation Transactions
and  each of these  individuals will receive substantial  economic benefits as a
result of such  transactions. There  can be no  assurance that  the fair  market
value  of the Properties and the other assets to be acquired by the Company will
equal or exceed the sum of  the value of the OP  Units issued and the amount  of
cash paid to the Participants in the Formation Transactions.
 
REAL ESTATE FINANCING RISKS
 
   
    INABILITY TO REPAY OR REFINANCE INDEBTEDNESS AT MATURITY.  Upon consummation
of this Offering and the Formation Transactions, the Company will enter into the
one-year  interim Mortgage Financing  in the aggregate  principal amount of $104
million. The  Company  intends to  refinance  the Mortgage  Financing  prior  to
maturity  through the CMBS Offering. The Company also intends to enter into and,
over time,  make borrowings  under  the Credit  Facility.  The Company  will  be
subject  to risks  normally associated with  debt financing,  including the risk
that the Company's cash flow will  be insufficient to meet required payments  of
principal  and interest, the risk  that any indebtedness will  not be able to be
refinanced or that the terms of any such refinancing will not be as favorable as
the terms of such indebtedness.
    
 
    RISK OF FAILURE TO COVER DEBT SERVICE UNDER THE MORTGAGE FINANCING AND  CMBS
OFFERING.   Concurrently with  the Offering, the  Company, through the Operating
Partnership, will borrow  approximately $104 million  in principal amount  under
the  Mortgage Financing and intends to refinance the Mortgage Financing prior to
maturity through the CMBS Offering. The payment and other obligations under  the
Mortgage  Financing will  be (and  under the CMBS  Offering are  expected to be)
secured by fully cross-collateralized  and cross-defaulted first mortgage  liens
on  the nine Mortgage Financing Properties.  The Mortgage Financing will require
monthly payments  of  interest  only,  with  all  principal  due  on  the  first
anniversary  of the  Mortgage Financing.  If the Company  is unable  to meet its
obligations under  the Mortgage  Financing  (or under  the CMBS  Offering),  the
Mortgage  Financing  Properties  securing  such  debt  could  be  foreclosed on,
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
which would have a  material adverse effect  on the Company  and its ability  to
make  expected distributions and  could threaten the  continued viability of the
Company. See  "Policies  With  Respect  to  Certain  Transactions  --  Financing
Policies."
 
    POTENTIAL  EFFECT  OF  RISING  INTEREST  RATES  ON  COMPANY'S  VARIABLE RATE
DEBT.  Upon  or shortly  after consummation of  the Offering  and the  Formation
Transactions, the Company intends to enter into the proposed $100 million Credit
Facility.  See  "Policies  With  Respect  to  Certain  Activities  --  Financing
Policies." Advances under the Credit Facility  will bear interest at a  variable
rate. In addition, the Company may incur other variable rate indebtedness in the
future.  Increases in  interest rates  on such  indebtedness would  increase the
Company's interest expense  (e.g., assuming  the entire  $100 million  available
under  the Credit Facility is outstanding, the Company would incur an additional
$250,000 in interest expense for each  0.25% increase in interest rates),  which
could  adversely affect the Company's cash flow  and its ability to pay expected
distributions to stockholders. In addition, although the Mortgage Financing (and
CMBS Offering) will  bear interest at  a variable rate,  the Company expects  to
enter into the Swap Agreement or other hedging transactions to further limit its
exposure  to rising interest  rates as appropriate  and cost effective, although
there can be no assurance that it will  be able to do so on terms acceptable  to
the  Company. The Swap  Agreement or other hedging  transactions also may expose
the Company to  the risk that  the counter  party may not  perform, which  could
cause  the  Company  to  lose  the  benefits  of  the  hedging  transaction. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
NO LIMITATION ON DEBT
 
    Upon  completion  of  the  Offering  and  the  Formation  Transactions,  the
Company's debt to total market capitalization ratio will be approximately  19.3%
(17.6%  if the  Underwriters' overallotment  option is  exercised in  full). The
Company currently has a  policy of incurring debt  only if upon such  incurrence
the  debt to  total market capitalization  ratio would  be 50% or  less, but the
organizational documents of  the Company do  not contain any  limitation on  the
amount  of  indebtedness  the  Company  may  incur.  Accordingly,  the  Board of
Directors could alter or eliminate this policy. If this policy were changed, the
Company could become  more highly leveraged,  resulting in an  increase in  debt
service  that could adversely affect the  Company's cash flow and, consequently,
the amount available  for distribution  to stockholders and  could increase  the
risk of default on the Company's indebtedness.
 
    The  Company has  established its debt  policy relative to  the total market
capitalization of the  Company rather  than relative to  the book  value of  its
assets.  The Company  has used total  market capitalization  because it believes
that the book value of  its assets (which to a  large extent is the  depreciated
original  cost of real property, the Company's primary tangible assets) does not
accurately reflect its ability to borrow and to meet debt service  requirements.
The  market capitalization of  the Company, however, is  more variable than book
value, and does not necessarily reflect the fair market value of the  underlying
assets of the Company at all times. The Company also will consider factors other
than  market  capitalization in  making  decisions regarding  the  incurrence of
indebtedness, such as the purchase price of properties to be acquired with  debt
financing, the estimated market value of its properties upon refinancing and the
ability  of particular properties  and the Company  as a whole  to generate cash
flow to cover expected debt service.
 
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT RISKS
 
    REAL ESTATE  OWNERSHIP RISKS.    Real property  investments are  subject  to
varying  degrees of risk.  The yields available from  equity investments in real
estate depend  in large  part on  the amount  of income  generated and  expenses
incurred. If the Properties do not generate revenue sufficient to meet operating
expenses,  including debt service, tenant  improvements, leasing commissions and
other capital expenditures, the Company may have to borrow additional amounts to
cover fixed costs and the Company's cash flow and ability to make  distributions
to its stockholders will be adversely affected.
 
    The  Company's  revenue and  the value  of its  properties may  be adversely
affected by a number  of factors, including the  national economic climate;  the
local  economic  climate;  local  real  estate  conditions;  the  perceptions of
prospective tenants of the  attractiveness of the property;  the ability of  the
Company to
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
manage  and maintain the Properties and secure adequate insurance; and increased
operating costs (including real estate  taxes and utilities). In addition,  real
estate  values and income from  properties are also affected  by such factors as
applicable laws, including tax laws,  interest rate levels and the  availability
of financing.
 
    RISK  THAT COMPANY MAY BE UNABLE TO  RETAIN TENANTS OR RENT SPACE UPON LEASE
EXPIRATIONS.  The  Company will be  subject to the  risks that upon  expiration,
leases may not be renewed, the space may not be relet or the terms of renewal or
reletting  (including the  cost of required  renovations) may  be less favorable
than current lease terms. Leases on a total of approximately 13% and 51% of  the
occupied  space in the Properties will expire  through the end of 1997 and 2000,
respectively. During 1997, the re-leasing  of the Company's expiring leases  may
result  in a  net decrease in  cash flow  from the leases  due to  the number of
leases expected to  expire during  such period  which are  above current  market
rents.  If the Company is unable to promptly  relet or renew leases for all or a
substantial portion of  this space,  if the rental  rates upon  such renewal  or
reletting  are significantly  lower than expected,  the Company's  cash flow and
ability to  make  expected  distributions to  stockholders  could  be  adversely
affected.
 
    RESTRAINTS  ON COMPANY'S FLEXIBILITY TO LIQUIDATE  REAL ESTATE.  Equity real
estate investments are relatively illiquid. Such illiquidity will tend to  limit
the ability of the Company to vary its portfolio promptly in response to changes
in  economic or other conditions. In addition,  the Code limits a REIT's ability
to sell  properties  held  for fewer  than  four  years, which  may  affect  the
Company's  ability  to sell  properties without  adversely affecting  returns to
holders of Common Stock.
 
    IMPACT OF  COMPETITION ON  OCCUPANCY  LEVELS AND  RENTS CHARGED.    Numerous
office  properties compete  with the Properties  in attracting  tenants to lease
space. Some of the competing properties may be newer, better located or owned by
parties  better  capitalized  than  the  Company.  The  number  of   competitive
commercial  properties in a particular area could have a material adverse effect
on (i) the ability  to lease space  in the Properties (or  at newly acquired  or
developed properties) and (ii) the rents charged.
 
    POTENTIAL   INCREASES   IN   CERTAIN   TAXES   AND   REGULATORY   COMPLIANCE
COSTS.  Because increases in income, service or transfer taxes are generally not
passed through to tenants under leases, such increases may adversely affect  the
Company's  cash flow and its ability  to make distributions to stockholders. The
Properties are  also subject  to  various federal,  state and  local  regulatory
requirements,  such as requirements of the  Americans with Disabilities Act (the
"ADA") and state and local fire and life safety requirements. Failure to  comply
with  these requirements could result in the imposition of fines by governmental
authorities or awards of damages to private litigants. The Company believes that
the Properties are currently in substantial compliance with all such  regulatory
requirements.  However, there can  be no assurance  that these requirements will
not be changed or that new requirements will not be imposed which would  require
significant  unanticipated expenditures by the Company and could have an adverse
effect on the Company's cash flow and expected distributions.
 
    IMPACT OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION  AND SOLVENCY  OF TENANTS  ON COMPANY'S  CASH
FLOW.   At  any time,  a tenant  of the  Properties may  seek the  protection of
bankruptcy laws,  which  could  result  in rejection  and  termination  of  such
tenant's  lease  and  thereby  cause  a reduction  in  cash  flow  available for
distribution by the Company. Although  the Company has not experienced  material
losses from tenant bankruptcies, no assurance can be given that tenants will not
file  for bankruptcy protection in the future or, if any tenants file, that they
will affirm  their leases  and continue  to  make rental  payments in  a  timely
manner. In addition, a tenant from time to time may experience a downturn in its
business  which may weaken its financial condition  and result in the failure to
make rental  payments when  due. If  tenant leases  are not  affirmed  following
bankruptcy  or if a  tenant's financial condition  weakens, the Company's income
may be adversely affected.
 
    AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT COMPLIANCE COSTS.  Under the ADA, all public
accommodations and commercial  facilities are required  to meet certain  federal
requirements  related to access and use  by disabled persons. These requirements
became effective in  1992. Compliance  with the ADA  requirements could  require
removal  of access  barriers and  non-compliance could  result in  imposition of
fines by  the U.S.  government or  an  award of  damages to  private  litigants.
Although   the  Company  believes  that  the  Properties  are  substantially  in
compliance with these requirements,  the Company may  incur additional costs  to
comply
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
with  the ADA.  Although the Company  believes that  such costs will  not have a
material adverse effect on the Company,  if required changes involved a  greater
expenditure  than the  Company currently  anticipates, the  Company's ability to
make expected distributions could be adversely affected.
 
    FINANCIAL DEPENDENCY AND  MANAGEMENT CONFLICTS  ASSOCIATED WITH  PARTNERSHIP
AND  JOINT  VENTURE PROPERTY  OWNERSHIP STRUCTURES.   The  Company will  own its
interests in the Properties through the Operating Partnership. In addition,  the
Company  may also participate with other  entities in property ownership through
joint ventures or partnerships in the  future. While the Company currently  does
not  have any plans to invest in  joint ventures or partnerships with affiliates
or promoters of the Company, Mr. Arthur Gilbert, a director of the Company, owns
one office  property  in  Southern  California that  the  Company  may  consider
acquiring  in the  future. Partnership or  joint venture  investments may, under
certain circumstances,  involve  risks  not  otherwise  present,  including  the
possibility  that the Company's partners  or co-venturers might become bankrupt,
that such partners  or co-venturers  might at any  time have  economic or  other
business  interests or goals which are  inconsistent with the business interests
or goals of  the Company, and  that such partners  or co-venturers may  be in  a
position  to take action  contrary to the Company's  instructions or requests or
contrary to the Company's policies or objectives, including the Company's policy
with respect  to maintaining  its qualification  as a  REIT. The  Company  will,
however,  seek  to maintain  sufficient control  of  such partnerships  or joint
ventures to permit the Company's business objectives to be achieved. There is no
limitation under  the Company's  organizational documents  as to  the amount  of
available funds that may be invested in partnerships or joint ventures.
 
CONCENTRATION OF PROPERTIES IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
 
    All  of the Company's Properties are located in Southern California, with 21
of the 24 Properties located in suburban Los Angeles County. Los Angeles  County
just  recently  began  to  recover from  an  economic  recession  which affected
Southern California generally  and Los  Angeles County in  particular since  the
early  1990s.  The Company's  revenue and  the  value of  its Properties  may be
affected by a number of factors, including the local economic climate (which may
be adversely impacted  by business  layoffs or  downsizing, industry  slowdowns,
changing  demographics and other factors) and local real estate conditions (such
as oversupply of  or reduced demand  for office and  other competing  commercial
properties).  Therefore,  the  Company's  performance and  its  ability  to make
distributions to stockholders will  likely be dependent, to  a large extent,  on
the economic conditions in this market area.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS IN THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS AND THE BUSINESS OF THE
COMPANY
 
   
    BENEFITS  FROM FORMATION TRANSACTIONS.   Participants receiving  OP Units in
the Formation  Transactions  (including  Messrs.  Ziman  and  Coleman,  who  are
executive  officers and directors of the Company, and Mr. Arthur Gilbert, who is
a director nominee of  the Company, and  Ms. Michele Byer,  who is an  executive
officer  of  the  Company), will  realize  certain benefits  from  the Formation
Transactions that will not generally be received by other persons  participating
in  the  formation  of  the  Company,  including  receipt  of  an  aggregate  of
approximately 2,740,718  OP  Units, and  options  to purchase  an  aggregate  of
690,000 shares of Common Stock under the Stock Incentive Plan. Messrs. Ziman and
Coleman  will  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly  through  affiliates
(including Arden), 2,185,229  OP Units (representing  an 10.05% limited  partner
interest in the Operating Partnership) in exchange for the transfer of interests
and  assets  having  an aggregate  book  value  of approximately  $2,000  to the
Operating Partnership by Messrs. Ziman  and Coleman. In addition, Messrs.  Ziman
and  Coleman  will  enter  into  employment  agreements  with  the  Company. See
"Structure  and  Formation  of  the   Company  --  Benefits  of  the   Formation
Transactions  and the Offering to Affiliates  of the Company" and "Management --
Employment Agreements." Because these persons  were involved in structuring  the
Formation  Transactions, they had the ability to influence the type and level of
benefits they received. As such, these persons may have interests that  conflict
with  the interests  of others participating  in the  Formation Transactions and
with the  interests of  persons acquiring  Common Stock  in the  Offering. As  a
result,  the type  and level  of benefits these  persons received  may have been
different  if  they   had  not   participated  in   structuring  the   Formation
Transactions.
    
 
    REPAYMENT  OF CERTAIN DEBT.  After giving effect to its participation in the
Mortgage Financing,  Lehman  Brothers  Holdings Inc.,  an  affiliate  of  Lehman
Brothers Inc., the lead managing underwriter for the
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
Offering  (which has also provided financial advisory services to the Company in
respect of the  Formation Transactions  and the  Offering), will  receive a  net
amount  of approximately  $202 million  of the net  proceeds of  the Offering as
repayment of indebtedness and related  additional and accrued interest  expected
to be outstanding upon consummation of the Offering. See "Underwriting."
    
 
   
    FAILURE  TO ENFORCE TERMS OF FORMATION  AGREEMENTS.  As partners and members
in the Arden Predecessors  (which have owned the  Properties), owners of  Arden,
and  recipients  of cash  and OP  Units in  the Formation  Transactions, certain
members of the Company management, including Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and  Gilbert
and Ms. Byer, will have a conflict of interest with respect to their obligations
as  directors  or  executive officers  of  the  Company in  enforcing  the terms
(including  customary  representations  and  warranties  as  to  ownership   and
operation)  of the agreements relating  to the transfer to  the Company of their
interests in the  Properties and the  Arden assets. The  failure to enforce  the
material  terms of those agreements, particularly the indemnification provisions
for breaches of representations and warranties, could result in a monetary  loss
to the Company, which loss could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the aggregate
liability of  Messrs. Ziman  and Coleman  and Arden  under those  agreements  is
limited  to  approximately $43.7  million  (the initial  value  of the  OP Units
received by them  in the  Formation Transactions  based on  the assumed  initial
offering  price of  the Common  Stock offered  hereby), and  each such  party is
severally liable, up  to the  initial value  of the  OP Units  received by  such
party,  only  for  breaches  of  such  party's  respective  representations  and
warranties. The  Company therefore  will have  no right  of recovery  as to  any
damages  in excess of such aggregate or  individual amounts that may result from
breaches of such representations and warranties.
    
 
    TAX CONSEQUENCES UPON ANY PREPAYMENT OF MORTGAGE FINANCING.  Certain Limited
Partners, including Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and  Gilbert and Ms. Byer, may  incur
adverse tax consequences upon the repayment of mortgage indebtedness relating to
the  Mortgage Financing Properties which are different from the tax consequences
to the Company and persons who purchase shares of Common Stock in the  Offering.
Consequently,  such Limited Partners may have different objectives regarding the
appropriate timing  of any  such  repayment. While  the  Company will  have  the
exclusive  authority under the Partnership Agreement to determine whether, when,
and on what terms to repay  such mortgage indebtedness, any such decision  would
require  the  approval of  the Board  of Directors.  Messrs. Ziman,  Coleman and
Gilbert and Ms. Byer  will have substantial influence  with respect to any  such
decision,  and such influence could be exercised in a manner not consistent with
the interests of some, or a majority, of the Company's stockholders including in
a manner which could prevent repayment of such mortgage indebtedness.
 
    LIMITATION UPON SALE  OR REFINANCING  OF CENTURY PARK  CENTER.   Due to  the
potential adverse consequences to certain Limited Partners which may result from
a  sale  of Century  Park  Center, for  a period  of  seven years  following the
Offering, any sale  of Century Park  Center (other than  in connection with  the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a merger of the
Company)  requires the consent of a majority  of the Limited Partners, which may
cause the Company to be unable to  sell this Property in circumstances in  which
it would be advantageous to do so.
 
    OTHER  REAL  ESTATE  INTERESTS.   Messrs.  Ziman, Coleman  and  Gilbert hold
certain real estate interests which are not being contributed to the Company  as
part  of  the  Formation Transactions.  Except  for  one property  owned  by Mr.
Gilbert, none of such real estate interests relate to properties that are office
properties. Subsequent to  the consummation  of this Offering,  the Company  may
consider the acquisition of the office property owned by Mr. Gilbert.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE RECENT ACQUISITION OF MANY OF THE NEW PROPERTIES; LACK
OF OPERATING HISTORY
 
    After  giving effect to the Formation  Transactions, the Company will own 24
Properties, consisting of approximately 4.0 million rentable square feet. All of
the Properties have been under the Company's management for 3 1/2 years or  less
and  a majority  of the Properties  have been owned  for less than  one year (11
Properties) or will be acquired at the closing of this Offering (2  Properties).
The most recently acquired
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
of  the  Properties  may have  characteristics  or deficiencies  unknown  to the
Company affecting their valuation or revenue potential, and it is also  possible
that  the operating  performance of  the most  recently acquired  Properties may
decline under the Company's management.
 
    The Company  is currently  experiencing a  period of  rapid growth.  As  the
Company  acquires additional  properties, the Company  will be  subject to risks
associated  with  managing  new   properties,  including  lease-up  and   tenant
retention.  In addition, the Company's ability  to manage its growth effectively
will require it to successfully integrate its new acquisitions into its existing
management structure. No assurances can be  given that the Company will be  able
to  succeed with such integration or effectively manage additional properties or
that newly acquired properties will perform as expected.
 
   
POTENTIAL RISKS REGARDING INABILITY TO OBTAIN CHANGE-OF-CONTROL CONSENTS ON
GROUND LEASES
    
 
   
    Three of  the  Company's properties  (4811  Airport Plaza  Drive,  4900/4910
Airport  Plaza Drive and 5000 East Spring) are subject to ground leases with the
City of Long  Beach. These ground  leases contain consent  provisions which  are
triggered  by the Formation Transactions. Under  the leases, the consents cannot
be unreasonably withheld. The city  attorney and the city  staff of the City  of
Long Beach have advised the Company in writing that they will recommend that the
City  Council of the City of Long  Beach approve the necessary consents at their
next regular meeting which  will occur on October  8, 1996. The Company's  title
insurance  companies have agreed  to cover the  risk if the  City Council should
fail to  approve  the consents  and  such failure  is  upheld in  litigation  as
reasonable. Nevertheless, if the City Council should not approve the consent and
should  prevail in court regarding the  reasonableness of withholding consent in
light of the recommendation of the city  attorney and the city staff and if  the
title  insurance companies prove unable  to make the Company  whole on the risk,
then the  Company's  results of  operations  and financial  condition  could  be
materially and adversely affected.
    
 
CHANGES IN POLICIES WITHOUT STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL
 
    The  investment,  financing,  borrowing  and  distribution  policies  of the
Company and its policies with respect to all other activities, including growth,
debt, capitalization  and  operations,  will  be  determined  by  the  Board  of
Directors.  Although the Board of  Directors has no present  intention to do so,
these policies may be amended  or revised at any time  and from time to time  at
the  discretion of the Board of Directors  without a vote of the stockholders of
the Company.  In addition,  the  Board of  Directors  may change  the  Company's
policies  with respect to  conflicts of interest provided  that such changes are
consistent with applicable legal requirements. A change in these policies  could
adversely affect the Company's financial condition, results of operations or the
market  price  of  the  Common  Stock. See  "Policies  with  Respect  to Certain
Transactions."
 
RISK OF ACQUISITION, RENOVATION AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
 
    The Company intends to continue  acquiring office properties. See  "Business
and Growth Strategies -- Business Strategies." Acquisitions of office properties
entail   risks  that  investments  will  fail  to  perform  in  accordance  with
expectations. Estimates of renovation costs  and costs of improvements to  bring
an  acquired  property  up  to standards  established  for  the  market position
intended for that property may prove inaccurate. In addition, there are  general
investment risks associated with any new real estate investment.
 
    The  Company intends to  expand and/or renovate its  Properties from time to
time. Expansion and renovation projects generally require expenditure of capital
as well as various government and  other approvals, the receipt of which  cannot
be  assured. While policies with respect  to expansion and renovation activities
are intended  to  limit  some  of  the  risks  otherwise  associated  with  such
activities,  the  Company  will  nevertheless  incur  certain  risks,  including
expenditures of funds on, and devotion  of management's time to, projects  which
may not be completed.
 
    The  Company anticipates  that future  acquisitions and  renovations will be
financed through  a combination  of advances  under the  Credit Facility,  other
lines  of  credit and  other forms  of  secured or  unsecured financing.  If new
developments are financed through construction loans, there is a risk that, upon
completion of construction, permanent  financing for newly developed  properties
may not be available or may be available only on disadvantageous terms.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    While  the  Company  has  generally  limited  its  acquisition,  renovation,
management and leasing business primarily to the Southern California market,  it
is  possible that  the Company  will in  the future  expand its  business to new
geographic markets. The  Company will not  initially possess the  same level  of
familiarity  with  new  markets  outside  of  Southern  California,  which could
adversely affect its ability to acquire, develop, manage or lease properties  in
any new localities.
 
    Changing  market conditions, including competition  from other purchasers of
Class A suburban office properties, may diminish the Company's opportunities for
attractive additional acquisitions.
 
    The Company also  intends to  review from time  to time  the possibility  of
developing  and constructing office buildings and other commercial properties in
accordance  with  the  Company's  development  and  underwriting  policies.  See
"Business  and Growth Strategies --  Business Strategies." Risks associated with
the Company's development and  construction activities may include:  abandonment
of  development  opportunities;  construction  costs  of  a  property  exceeding
original estimates, possibly making  the property uneconomical; occupancy  rates
and  rents  at a  newly completed  property may  not be  sufficient to  make the
property profitable;  financing may  not  be available  on favorable  terms  for
development of a property; and construction and lease-up may not be completed on
schedule, resulting in increased debt service expense and construction costs. In
addition,   new  development  activities,  regardless   of  whether  they  would
ultimately  be   successful,  typically   require  a   substantial  portion   of
management's time and attention. Development activities would also be subject to
risks relating to the inability to obtain, or delays in obtaining, all necessary
zoning,  land-use, building, occupancy, and  other required governmental permits
and authorizations.
 
ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A REIT; OTHER TAX LIABILITIES
 
    TAX LIABILITIES AS  A CONSEQUENCE  OF FAILURE  TO QUALIFY  AS A  REIT.   The
Company intends to operate so as to qualify as a REIT under the Code, commencing
with  its taxable  year ending December  31, 1996.  Although management believes
that it will be organized and will operate in such a manner, no assurance can be
given that the Company will be organized or will be able to operate in a  manner
so  as to qualify or  remain so qualified. Qualification  as a REIT involves the
satisfaction of numerous requirements  (some on an  annual and quarterly  basis)
established  under highly technical and complex  Code provisions for which there
are only limited judicial and  administrative interpretations, and involves  the
determination  of various factual matters  and circumstances not entirely within
the Company's control. For example, in order to qualify as a REIT, at least  95%
of  the  Company's gross  income in  any  year must  be derived  from qualifying
sources and  the  Company must  pay  distributions to  stockholders  aggregating
annually  at least 95% of its REIT taxable income (excluding capital gains). The
complexity of these provisions and  of the applicable Treasury Regulations  that
have been promulgated under the Code is greater in the case of a REIT that holds
its  assets in partnership form. No assurance can be given that legislation, new
regulations,  administrative  interpretations  or   court  decisions  will   not
significantly change the tax laws with respect to qualification as a REIT or the
federal income tax consequences of such qualification. The Company is relying on
the  opinion  of Latham  & Watkins,  counsel to  the Company,  regarding various
issues affecting the Company's ability to qualify, and continue to qualify, as a
REIT. See "Federal Income Tax Considerations  -- Taxation of the Company."  Such
legal opinion is based on various assumptions and factual representations by the
Company  regarding the  Company's ability to  meet the  various requirements for
qualification as a  REIT, and no  assurance can be  given that actual  operating
results  will meet these requirements. Such legal  opinion is not binding on the
IRS or any court.
 
    If the Company were to  fail to qualify as a  REIT in any taxable year,  the
Company  would  be  subject  to federal  income  tax  (including  any applicable
alternative minimum  tax) on  its  taxable income  at regular  corporate  rates.
Moreover,  unless  entitled to  relief under  certain statutory  provisions, the
Company also would be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable
years following the  year during  which qualification was  lost. This  treatment
would  significantly  reduce  the  net earnings  of  the  Company  available for
investment or  distribution  to  stockholders  because  of  the  additional  tax
liability  to the Company for the  years involved. In addition, distributions to
stockholders would no  longer be required  to be made.  See "Federal Income  Tax
Considerations -- Taxation of the Company -- Requirements for Qualification."
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    OTHER  TAX LIABILITIES.  Even if the Company qualifies for and maintains its
REIT status, it will be subject to certain federal, state and local taxes on its
income  and  property.  If  the  Company  has  net  income  from  a   prohibited
transaction,  such income will be subject to a 100% tax. See "Federal Income Tax
Considerations."
 
FAILURE OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP TO QUALIFY AS A PARTNERSHIP FOR FEDERAL
INCOME TAX PURPOSES
 
    The Company will receive an opinion of Latham & Watkins, tax counsel to  the
Company,  at the closing  of the Formation  Transactions to the  effect that the
Operating Partnership is properly  treated as a  partnership for federal  income
tax  purposes. Such opinion is not binding on  the IRS or the courts. If the IRS
were to successfully challenge the tax status of the Operating Partnership as  a
partnership  for federal income tax purposes, the Operating Partnership would be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation. In such event, the character
of the  Company's assets  and  income would  change,  which would  preclude  the
Company  from satisfying the REIT asset tests  and possibly the income tests (as
set forth in the Code) and, in  turn, would prevent the Company from  qualifying
as  a REIT. The imposition of a corporate tax on the Operating Partnership would
also reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to the Company and its
stockholders. See  "Federal Income  Tax  Considerations --  Tax Aspects  of  the
Operating Partnership."
 
INSURANCE
 
    The  Operating Partnership  carries comprehensive  liability, fire, extended
coverage and rental loss insurance covering  all of the Properties, with  policy
specifications  and insured limits  which the Company  believes are adequate and
appropriate under  the circumstances.  The  Operating Partnership  also  carries
earthquake insurance on all of the Properties. There are, however, certain types
of losses that are not generally insured because it is not economically feasible
to  insure against such losses. Should an uninsured  loss or a loss in excess of
insured limits occur, the Operating Partnership could lose its capital  invested
in  the property, as  well as the  anticipated future revenue  from the property
and, in the case of  debt which is with  recourse to the Operating  Partnership,
would  remain obligated  for any  mortgage debt  or other  financial obligations
related to  the property.  Any such  loss would  adversely affect  the  Company.
Moreover,  as a general  partner of the Operating  Partnership, the Company will
generally be  liable for  any unsatisfied  obligations other  than  non-recourse
obligations. The Company believes that the Properties are adequately insured. In
addition,  in light of the California earthquake risk, California building codes
since the early  1970's have  established construction standards  for all  newly
built  and  renovated buildings,  including  office buildings,  the  current and
strictest construction  standards  having  been  adopted  in  1984.  Of  the  24
Properties,  13 have been built  since January 1, 1985  and the Company believes
that all  of  the  Properties  were constructed  in  full  compliance  with  the
applicable  standards existing  at the  time of  construction. While earthquakes
have occurred in Southern California, the only loss the Company has  experienced
as a result of earthquakes was minor damage to three of its buildings due to the
Northridge  earthquake, which resulted  in $601,000 of damage  in the year ended
December 31, 1994. No assurance can be  given that material losses in excess  of
insurance proceeds will not occur in the future.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The  Company  is  dependent  on  the  efforts  of  its  executive  officers,
particularly Messrs. Ziman and Coleman. The loss of their services could have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  operations  of  the  Company.  Prior  to the
consummation of the Offering, each of Messrs. Ziman and Coleman will enter  into
an  employment  agreement  with  the  Company.  See  "Management  --  Employment
Agreements."
 
LIMITS ON CHANGES IN CONTROL
 
    Certain provisions of the Charter and  bylaws of the Company (the  "Bylaws")
may  have the  effect of  delaying, deferring or  preventing a  third party from
making an acquisition proposal for the Company and may thereby inhibit a  change
in  control of the  Company. For example,  such provisions may  (i) deter tender
offers for the Common Stock, which offers may be attractive to the stockholders,
or (ii) deter purchases of
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
large blocks of Common Stock, thereby limiting the opportunity for  stockholders
to  receive a premium for their Common Stock over then-prevailing market prices.
See "Capital Stock" and  "Certain Provisions of Maryland  Law and the  Company's
Charter and Bylaws." These provisions include the following:
 
    LIMITS  ON OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK.   In order for the Company to maintain
its qualification as  a REIT,  not more  than 50%  in value  of the  outstanding
shares  of Common Stock of the Company may be owned, actually or constructively,
by five  or  fewer  individuals (as  defined  in  the Code  to  include  certain
entities)  during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for
which the election to be treated as a  REIT has been made). In addition, if  the
Company,  or an owner of 10% or  more of the Company, actually or constructively
owns 10% or more of a tenant of  the Company (or a tenant of any partnership  in
which  the  Company is  a partner),  the  rent received  by the  Company (either
directly or  through  any  such  partnership)  from  such  tenant  will  not  be
qualifying  income for purposes of the REIT  gross income tests of the Code. See
"Federal Income Tax  Considerations --  Taxation of  the Company."  In order  to
protect  the  Company  against  the  risk  of  losing  REIT  status  due  to the
concentration of ownership among its stockholders, the Ownership Limit  included
in the Charter limits actual or constructive ownership of the outstanding shares
of  Common Stock  by any  single stockholder to  9.0% of  the total  of the then
outstanding shares  of  Common Stock.  See  "Capital Stock  --  Restrictions  on
Transfer."  Although the Board of Directors  presently has no intention of doing
so (except  as  described  below),  the Board  of  Directors  could  waive  this
restriction with respect to a particular stockholder if it were satisfied, based
upon  the advice of tax counsel, that ownership by such stockholder in excess of
the Ownership Limit would not jeopardize the Company's status as a REIT and  the
Board  of Directors otherwise decided such action would be in the best interests
of the Company. Actual  or constructive ownership of  shares of Common Stock  in
excess  of the Ownership Limit will cause the violative transfer or ownership to
be void with respect to the transferee or  owner as to that number of shares  in
excess  of the Ownership Limit and such shares will be automatically transferred
to a  trust  for  the  benefit of  a  qualified  charitable  organization.  Such
transferee  or owner shall have  no right to vote such  shares or be entitled to
dividends or  other distributions  with respect  to such  shares. The  Board  of
Directors  has waived the Ownership Limit with  respect to Mr. Ziman and certain
family members  and  affiliates  and  permitted such  parties  to  actually  and
constructively  own up to 13.0%  of the outstanding shares  of Common Stock. See
"Capital Stock -- Restrictions on Transfer" for additional information regarding
the Ownership Limit.
 
   
    PREFERRED STOCK.  The Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to cause the
Company to issue  authorized but unissued  shares of Common  Stock or  Preferred
Stock  and to  classify or  reclassify any  unissued shares  of Common  Stock or
Preferred Stock  and to  set the  preferences, rights  and other  terms of  such
classified  or  unclassified shares.  See  "Capital Stock  --  Preferred Stock."
Although the Board of Directors  has no such intention  at the present time,  it
could  establish a series of Preferred Stock  that could, depending on the terms
of such series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control  of
the Company that might involve a premium price for the Common Stock or otherwise
be in the best interest of the stockholders.
    
 
    STAGGERED  BOARD.   The Company's Board  of Directors is  divided into three
classes of directors. The initial terms  of the first, second and third  classes
will  expire in 1997, 1998 and  1999, respectively. Beginning in 1997, directors
of each class will be chosen for  three-year terms upon the expiration of  their
current  terms  and each  year one  class of  directors will  be elected  by the
stockholders. The staggered terms of directors  may reduce the possibility of  a
tender offer or an attempt to change control of the Company even though a tender
offer  or change in control  might be in the  best interest of the stockholders.
See "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and the Company's Charter and Bylaws  --
Board of Directors - Number, Classification, Vacancies."
 
HISTORICAL LOSSES
 
    The  Arden Predecessors had a combined  historical net loss of approximately
$2.1 million for the six months  ended June 30, 1996 and approximately  $576,000
for  the year ended December 31, 1995.  These net losses reflect the substantial
interest expense associated with the acquisition financing of the Properties and
certain non-cash charges  such as depreciation  and amortization. See  "Selected
Combined Financial Data"
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
and the financial statements and accompanying notes included in this Prospectus.
These  historical results may not be  indicative of future results. Nonetheless,
there can be  no assurance that  the Company will  not incur net  losses in  the
future.
 
POSSIBLE ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES
 
    Under  various federal, state  and local environmental  laws, ordinances and
regulations, a  current or  previous owner  or operator  of real  estate may  be
required  to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum
product releases  at such  property and  may be  held liable  to a  governmental
entity  or  to  third parties  for  property  damage and  for  investigation and
clean-up costs incurred by  such parties in  connection with the  contamination.
Such  laws typically impose clean-up responsibility and liability without regard
to whether the owner knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and the
liability under such laws  has been interpreted to  be joint and several  unless
the  harm  is  divisible and  there  is  a reasonable  basis  for  allocation of
responsibility. The  costs  of investigation,  remediation  or removal  of  such
substances  may  be substantial,  and the  presence of  such substances,  or the
failure properly to remediate the contamination on such property, may  adversely
affect the owner's ability to sell or rent such property or to borrow using such
property  as collateral.  Persons who arrange  for the disposal  or treatment of
hazardous or toxic substances  at a disposal or  treatment facility also may  be
liable  for the  costs of removal  or remediation  of a release  of hazardous or
toxic substances at  such disposal or  treatment facility, whether  or not  such
facility  is owned or  operated by such person.  In addition, some environmental
laws create a  lien on  the contaminated  site in  favor of  the government  for
damages  and costs incurred  in connection with  the contamination. Finally, the
owner of a site may  be subject to common law  claims by third parties based  on
damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from such
site.
 
    Certain federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances govern the
removal,  encapsulation or disturbance  of asbestos-containing materials ("ACM")
when such  materials are  in poor  condition or  in the  event of  construction,
remodeling,  renovation  or  demolition  of a  building.  Such  laws  may impose
liability for release of ACM and may provide for third parties to seek  recovery
from  owners or operators of real properties for personal injury associated with
ACM. In  connection with  its ownership  and operation  of the  Properties,  the
Company  may be potentially liable for such costs. ACM has been detected through
sampling by environmental consultants at 70 South Lake, 16000 Ventura  Boulevard
and 9665 Wilshire. The non-friable ACM was found in certain floor tiles and pipe
wrappings at 16000 Ventura Boulevard and 70 South Lake and in vinyl floor tiles,
carpet  mastic,  drywall mud/tape,  textured  ceiling material,  core insulation
material and fireproofing at 9665 Wilshire.  The non-friable ACM found at  these
Properties  is not  expected to  present a risk  as long  as it  continues to be
properly managed.  The  environmental  consultants recommended  no  further  ACM
sampling or removal action at any of the Properties.
 
    In  the past two years, independent environmental consultants have conducted
or updated  Phase I  Environmental Assessments  ("Phase I  Assessments") at  the
Properties.  These  Phase I  Assessments have  included,  among other  things, a
visual inspection of  the Properties and  the surrounding area  and a review  of
relevant state, federal and historical documents. No invasive techniques such as
soil or groundwater sampling were performed.
 
    The  Company's Phase I  Assessments of the Properties  have not revealed any
environmental liability that the Company believes would have a material  adverse
effect  on the Company's  business, assets or  results of operations  taken as a
whole, nor is the  Company aware of any  such material environmental  liability.
Nevertheless,  it  is possible  that the  Company's Phase  I Assessments  do not
reveal all environmental  liabilities or that  there are material  environmental
liabilities of which the Company is unaware. Moreover, there can be no assurance
that  (i) future  laws, ordinances or  regulations will not  impose any material
environmental liability  or  (ii) the  current  environmental condition  of  the
Properties  will  not  be affected  by  tenants,  by the  condition  of  land or
operations  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Properties  (such  as  the  presence  of
underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to the Company.
 
    The  Company believes that the Properties  are in compliance in all material
respects with  all federal,  state and  local laws,  ordinances and  regulations
regarding  hazardous or toxic substances or  petroleum products, except as noted
above. The Company has not been  notified by any governmental authority, and  is
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
not  otherwise aware, of any material noncompliance, liability or claim relating
to hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products in connection with any of
its present Properties, other than as noted above.
 
EFFECT ON COMMON STOCK PRICE OF SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Sales of a substantial number of  shares of Common Stock, or the  perception
that  such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of
the Common Stock. In connection with the formation of the Company, 2,889,071  OP
Units,  in addition to Common Stock sold by the Company in the Offering, will be
issued. See "Structure and Formation of the Company." Messrs. Ziman and  Coleman
have  agreed to certain restrictions on the dispositions of the shares of Common
Stock  issued  upon  exchange  of  OP  Units.  See  "Underwriting."  When   such
restrictions  lapse, Common Stock  issued upon the  exchange of OP  Units may be
sold in the public market pursuant  to registration rights that the Company  has
granted  to  the  Participants  or available  exemptions  from  registration. In
addition, 1,500,000  shares  of  Common  Stock will  be  reserved  for  issuance
pursuant  to  the  Company's Stock  Incentive  Plan,  and these  shares  will be
available for  sale  in  the  public  markets from  time  to  time  pursuant  to
exemptions  from  registration  requirements or  upon  registration.  Options to
purchase a total of  868,500 shares of  Common Stock will  be granted and  stock
bonus  awards for a total of 5,000 shares have been granted to certain executive
officers, employees  and  directors  upon  the  closing  of  the  Offering.  See
"Management  -- Compensation of Directors,"  "-- Executive Compensation" and "--
Stock Incentive Plan." No  prediction can be made  about the effect that  future
sales of Common Stock will have on the market prices of shares.
    
 
EFFECT ON HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK OF AN ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
    The  Board of Directors  is empowered by the  Company's Charter to designate
and issue from time  to time one  or more classes or  series of Preferred  Stock
without  stockholder approval. The Board of Directors may determine the relative
rights, preferences and privileges of each class or series of Preferred Stock so
issued. See "Capital Stock -- Preferred  Stock." Because the Board of  Directors
has the power to establish the preferences and rights of each class or series of
Preferred  Stock, it may afford the holders  in any series or class of Preferred
Stock preferences, distributions, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, senior
to the rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock  could
also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of
the Company. See "-- Limits on Changes in Control."
    
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
    As  set forth more fully  under "Dilution," the pro  forma net tangible book
value per  share  of the  assets  of the  Company  after the  Offering  will  be
substantially  less  than the  initial public  offering price  per share  in the
Offering. Accordingly,  purchasers  of  the Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will
experience  immediate and  substantial dilution  of $5.24  per share  in the net
tangible book value of the Common Stock from the initial public offering  price.
See "Dilution."
 
ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
 
    Prior  to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and there can be no assurance that  an active trading market will develop or  be
sustained  or that shares of Common Stock will be resold at or above the initial
public offering price. The initial public offering price of the Common Stock has
been determined by agreement among the Company and the Underwriters and may  not
be  indicative of the market price for  the Common Stock after the Offering. See
"Underwriting." The  market value  of the  Common Stock  could be  substantially
affected  by  general market  conditions, including  changes in  interest rates.
Moreover, numerous other  factors, such  as governmental  regulatory action  and
changes  in tax laws, could have a significant impact on the future market price
of the Common Stock.
 
INFLUENCE OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, all directors and executive officers of the
Company as  a group  will beneficially  own approximately  94% of  the OP  Units
which,  commencing  one  year  after  consummation  of  the  Offering,  will  be
redeemable by the holder for cash or, at the option of the Company, exchangeable
for shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. Assuming the exchange of  all
of  these  OP Units  for shares  of  Common Stock,  all directors  and executive
officers as a group would beneficially own approximately
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
12.61% of the total issued and outstanding shares. Mr. Ziman currently serves as
Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer and will be,  along with Mr. Coleman,  who
currently  serves as President  and Chief Operating Officer,  and Mr. Gilbert (a
director nominee) on the initial Board of Directors of the Company. Accordingly,
such persons will  have substantial  influence on the  Company, which  influence
might not be consistent with the interests of other stockholders, and may in the
future  have a substantial influence on the  outcome of any matters submitted to
the Company's stockholders for approval if  all of their OP Units are  exchanged
for  Common  Stock.  In  addition,  although  there  is  no  current  agreement,
understanding or arrangement for those Participants who received OP Units to act
together on any  matter, the  Participants could be  in a  position to  exercise
significant  influence  over the  affairs of  the  Company if  they were  to act
together in the future. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
RISKS OF FEE MANAGEMENT BUSINESS
 
    The  Company,  through   the  Operating  Partnership,   intends  to   pursue
selectively   the  management  of  properties  owned  by  third  parties.  Risks
associated with the management and leasing of properties owned by third  parties
include  the risk that the management and leasing contracts (which are typically
cancelable upon 15 to 60 days' notice or upon certain events, including sale  of
the  property)  will be  terminated by  the property  owner or  will be  lost in
connection with a sale of such property, that contracts may not be renewed  upon
expiration or may not be renewed on terms consistent with current terms and that
the  rental  revenues upon  which  management and  leasing  fees are  based will
decline as a result of general real estate market conditions or specific  market
factors  affecting properties  managed or  leased by  the Operating Partnership,
resulting in decreased management or leasing fee income.
 
EFFECT OF MARKET INTEREST RATES ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    One of the factors that will influence the market price of the Common  Stock
in public markets will be the annual distribution rate on the shares. Increasing
market  interest rates  may lead prospective  purchasers of the  Common Stock to
demand a  higher annual  distribution rate  from future  distributions. Such  an
increase in the required distribution rate may adversely affect the market price
of the Common Stock.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The  Company has been formed to continue and expand the real estate business
of Arden  and  the  other  Arden  Predecessors  which  are  engaged  in  owning,
acquiring,  managing,  leasing  and  renovating  office  properties  in Southern
California. The  Company's founders,  Richard S.  Ziman and  Victor J.  Coleman,
along  with the other  five senior officers  at the Company,  have an average of
more than 18 years of experience in the real estate industry. Upon completion of
the Offering,  the Company  will  own 24  office properties  (the  "Properties")
containing approximately 4.0 million rentable square feet. All of the Properties
are  located in Southern California, with 21 in suburban Los Angeles County, two
in Orange  County and  one  in San  Diego  County. As  of  August 1,  1996,  the
Properties  had a  weighted average occupancy  rate of  approximately 89%. Arden
currently manages 22  of the Properties.  Upon completion of  the Offering,  the
Company  will  manage  all  of the  Properties  and  four  additional properties
containing approximately  325,000  rentable  square  feet  which  are  currently
managed  by Arden for institutional investors  and other third-party owners. The
Company will  be a  fully integrated,  self-administered and  self-managed  real
estate company and expects to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.
 
   
    The  Company  believes that  all  of the  Properties  are located  in strong
submarkets which  generally  have  significant  rent  growth  potential  due  to
employment  growth, declining  vacancy rates, limited  new construction activity
and existing rental rates at levels  significantly below those required to  make
new  construction economically  feasible. The  Company's portfolio  is comprised
primarily of Class A suburban office properties. The Company generally considers
Class A suburban office  properties to be those  which have desirable  locations
and  high quality finishes,  are well maintained  and professionally managed and
are capable of achieving  rental and occupancy rates  which are typically  above
those  prevailing in their  respective markets although  the determination of an
office property's class  designation is subjective  and consequently others  may
have  a different view. Of the Company's  24 Properties, 20 Properties have been
built since 1980 and 14 Properties, including all four built prior to 1980, have
been substantially renovated  within the  last three years.  The Properties  are
leased  to  over 540  tenants  which engage  in  a wide  variety  of businesses,
including financial services, entertainment,  health care services,  accounting,
law,  computer technology,  education and publishing.  As of August  1, 1996, no
single tenant  accounted  for more  than  approximately 3.3%  of  the  aggregate
Annualized Base Rent of the Company's portfolio and only 16 tenants individually
represented more than 1% of such aggregate Annualized Base Rent.
    
 
   
    The   Company  believes  that  certain  economic  fundamentals  in  Southern
California provide an attractive environment for owning, acquiring and operating
Class A suburban office properties:
    
 
   
    - According  to  AMERICA'S  OFFICE  ECONOMY  prepared  by  Cognetics,  Inc.,
      Metropolitan  Los Angeles  (which includes  Los Angeles  County and Orange
      County), in  which 23  of  the Company's  24  Properties are  located,  is
      projected  to be the  number one market  in the United  States for primary
      office employment growth during the period from 1995 to 2005;
    
 
    - According to statistics released by  the U.S. Bureau of Labor  Statistics,
      the  unemployment rate in the  Los Angeles/Long Beach Primary Metropolitan
      Statistical Area  (the  "Los  Angeles  PMSA"),  in  which  21  of  the  24
      Properties  are located,  has decreased  significantly over  the past four
      years, falling from an average of 9.8% during 1992 to 7.9% during 1995;
 
    - The Los  Angeles EDC  has forecast  that economic  activity will  increase
      twice  as fast in Los Angeles County than  in the nation as a whole during
      1996 and 1997, with inflation-adjusted gross product growing at a rate  of
      5.2% and 5% in Los Angeles County as compared to 2.5% and 2.4% in 1996 and
      1997 for the nation as a whole; and
 
    - Since  1992,  there  has  been very  limited  construction  of  new office
      properties in the  Southern California region.  The Company believes  that
      this  limited  construction of  office properties  coupled with  a growing
      economy will continue to result in  increased demand for office space  and
      positive   net  absorption   in  the   Southern  California   region,  and
      particularly in the selected submarkets  where most of the Properties  are
      located. See "Southern California Economy and Office Markets."
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    Richard  S. Ziman, the Chairman and  Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
has been involved in the  real estate business for over  25 years. In 1979,  Mr.
Ziman  co-founded, as managing general partner,  PFG, whose primary focus was to
acquire underperforming office  buildings in  good locations  and then  actively
manage,  lease and  renovate the  properties to  increase cash  flow and enhance
their value. During  the early  and mid 1980's,  PFG acquired  over 4.0  million
square  feet of commercial office space almost exclusively in Los Angeles County
and Orange  County. In  order to  capitalize  on the  escalation of  prices  for
Southern California office properties in the late 1980's, PFG sold substantially
all  of its interests in its office properties  portfolio at a gain prior to the
general downturn in the real estate market in Southern California.
 
   
    In 1993,  in anticipation  of a  recovery in  the Southern  California  real
estate  market,  the  Company  began to  selectively  acquire  commercial office
properties located in suburban  Los Angeles County.  In assembling its  existing
portfolio  and as part of its operating strategy, the Company primarily acquired
office properties that were  located in submarkets  with growth potential,  were
underperforming  or needed  renovation and  which offered  opportunities for the
Company to  implement  its value-added  strategy  to increase  cash  flow.  This
strategy  includes active management  and aggressive leasing  efforts, a focused
renovation and refurbishment program  for underperforming assets, reduction  and
containment  of operating costs  and emphasis on  tenant satisfaction (including
efforts to  maximize  tenant  retention  at lease  expiration  and  programs  to
relocate  tenants to other spaces within the Company's portfolio). The Company's
commitment to tenant satisfaction  and retention is  evidenced by its  retention
rate  of  approximately 82%  (based on  square feet  renewed) from  1993 through
August 1, 1996 and management's on-going relationships with multi-site tenants.
    
 
   
    The Company  believes  that  it  has been  successful  in  implementing  its
value-added  strategy  as  evidenced  by increased  occupancy  rates  and rental
revenue at the Properties.  As of August  1, 1996, the  Properties owned by  the
Company  for  more  than one  year  had  a weighted  average  occupancy  rate of
approximately 88%, compared to a weighted average occupancy of approximately 80%
as of the  respective dates  such Properties were  acquired by  the Company.  In
addition,  the Company's  occupancy rates  at many  of its  Properties are above
market averages in the  applicable submarkets based  on information included  in
the  C&W Market Study. As of August 1, 1996, the weighted average occupancy rate
of the  21 Properties  located  in Los  Angeles  County was  approximately  90%,
compared  to  weighted average  occupancy  rates, as  of  December 31,  1995, of
approximately 81%  for  office  properties throughout  Los  Angeles  County  and
approximately  83% for office properties in the Los Angeles County submarkets in
which such Properties are located (based in each case on the C&W Market Study).
    
 
    The Company  believes  that  the  submarkets in  which  the  Properties  are
located, as well as certain additional submarkets within the Southern California
region,  present opportunities  for the Company  to continue to  acquire Class A
suburban office properties  at attractive  yields and  for prices  significantly
below  replacement costs. To date, the Company  has acquired its Properties at a
cost which the Company believes is significantly below replacement cost based on
estimates of replacement costs of Class  A office buildings included in the  C&W
Market  Study. As part of  its growth strategy to  pursue such acquisitions, the
Company has acquired  five properties  in 1996  and will  use approximately  $35
million  of the net  proceeds from the  Offering to acquire  the two Acquisition
Properties concurrently with the Offering. The Acquisition Properties contain  a
total  of approximately 298,000 rentable square feet and are located in suburban
Los Angeles County. The Company believes that these acquisitions demonstrate its
ability, through its local  market expertise, to identify  and, with respect  to
the  1996 acquired properties,  to complete acquisitions  in selected submarkets
within Southern California at prices significantly below replacement cost  based
on  estimates of replacement costs  of Class A office  buildings included in the
C&W Market Study. See "Business and Growth Strategies." To capitalize on  future
acquisition  opportunities,  the Company  is negotiating  a $100  million Credit
Facility which  the Company  expects to  use for  acquiring properties  and  for
general  corporate purposes, although there can be no assurance that the Company
will enter into the Credit Facility.
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the founders and executive officers of  the
Company  will beneficially own approximately 12.61% of the Company, assuming the
exchange of all  of their  OP Units  for Common  Stock and  excluding shares  of
Common Stock subject to options granted under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan").
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    The  Company  is a  Maryland corporation  incorporated on  May 1,  1996. The
Company's executive offices are located at 9100 Wilshire Boulevard, East  Tower,
Suite  700, Beverly  Hills, California 90212  and its telephone  number is (310)
271-8600.
 
                         BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
    The Company's primary  business objectives  are to maximize  growth in  cash
flow and to enhance the value of its portfolio in order to maximize total return
to  its stockholders.  The Company believes  it can achieve  these objectives by
continuing to implement its business  strategies and capitalize on the  external
and  internal growth opportunities  described below. The  Company also believes,
based on its  evaluation of  market conditions, that  a number  of factors  will
enhance  its  ability  to achieve  its  business objectives,  including  (i) the
continuing improvement  in the  Southern California  economy; (ii)  the  limited
construction  of new office properties in  the Southern California region due to
the substantial  cost  to develop  new  office properties  compared  to  current
acquisition  prices and  substantial building  construction limitations  in many
submarkets, which  provides opportunities  to maximize  occupancy rates,  rental
rates  and  overall  portfolio  value; and  (iii)  the  limited  availability of
conventional real estate financing for new construction of office properties  in
Southern California.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGIES
 
    The  Company's primary business  strategies are to  (i) acquire and renovate
underperforming office properties or properties which provide attractive  yields
with  stable  cash flow  in submarkets  where  it can  utilize its  local market
expertise and  extensive  real  estate  experience;  (ii)  actively  manage  its
portfolio;  and  (iii) selectively  provide real  estate management  services to
third parties. When market conditions permit,  the Company may also develop  new
properties in submarkets where it has local market expertise.
 
    Based  on  its own  historical  activities and  its  knowledge of  the local
marketplace the Company believes that (i) the Southern California region  offers
opportunities   for  companies  like  the  Company  that  are  well-capitalized,
experienced owners of real estate with extensive local market expertise and (ii)
being  a  public  company  will  enhance  its  ability  to  take  advantage   of
opportunities  to acquire additional office  properties at attractive prices and
develop office properties,  when feasible, at  attractive returns. Through  four
regional  offices,  the  Company  implements  its  business  strategies  by: (i)
emphasizing tenant satisfaction and  retention and employing intensive  property
marketing  programs; (ii) utilizing a multidisciplinary approach to acquisition,
management, leasing and  renovation activities  that is  designed to  coordinate
decision-making  and enhance  responsiveness to market  opportunities and tenant
needs;  and  (iii)  implementing  cost  control  management  and  systems   that
capitalize  on economies  of scale  arising from  the size  and location  of the
Company's portfolio.  The  Company believes  that  the implementation  of  these
operating  practices has led to the increased occupancy rates and rental revenue
of its existing portfolio.
 
    AGGRESSIVE  LEASING.    The  Company   utilizes  its  market  position   and
relationships  with  a  broad array  of  brokers  and tenants  to  implement its
aggressive leasing efforts  and monitor  and understand the  current and  future
space  needs  of office  tenants in  its various  submarkets. Since  the Company
retains several different brokerage companies  as leasing agents (at least  nine
different  companies across the four regions and 24 Properties) to implement its
leasing program, it has a high profile in the brokerage community. This strategy
enables the  Company  to  attract  and  place  tenants  throughout  all  of  the
Properties, thereby improving the Company's penetration in the tenant community.
The  Company believes that not  only does the breadth  of its submarket presence
permit it to offer a wide  variety of space alternatives to prospective  tenants
and  to existing tenants whose facility  requirements change over time, but also
its leasing agents are  given incentives to locate  tenants to Properties  where
they are not the leasing agent.
 
    INTEGRATED  DECISION-MAKING AND RESPONSIVENESS.  In addition to the location
and quality  of the  Properties,  management generally  credits its  ability  to
maintain  its  Properties  at  above-average  market  occupancy  levels  to  the
coordination of its  decision-making team. Acquisition,  renovation and  leasing
activities are coordinated to enhance responsiveness to market opportunities and
tenant  needs.  The Company's  renovation  and construction  executive  plays an
integral role in both its  leasing and acquisition activities. The  acquisition,
leasing  and renovation teams work closely  with the Company's senior management
from the
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
initial meetings  with  prospective  tenants  or  sellers,  and  throughout  the
negotiation process. This integrated approach permits the Company to analyze the
economic terms and costs (including tenant build-out and retrofitting costs) for
each  lease on a timely and  efficient basis throughout lease negotiations. With
respect to acquisitions, the Company can  quickly analyze the costs of  upgrades
and lease-up potential. The Company is able to commit to leasing and acquisition
terms  quickly,  facilitate timely  deal execution  and  build-out of  space for
prospective tenants and minimize downtime between lease rollovers.
 
    COST CONTROL OPERATING EFFICIENCIES.   The size  and geographic location  of
the  Company's  portfolio  permit  it to  enhance  portfolio  value  by lowering
operating costs and expenses, compared to single-site ownership and  management.
The  Company  seeks  to capitalize  on  economies  of scale  resulting  from the
Southern California geographic focus of the  portfolio and the maintenance of  a
centralized  state of the art accounting system  for cost control at each of the
Properties. The  Company  also  strives  to  minimize  overhead  by  controlling
corporate  general and administrative expenses  and assigning responsibility for
multiple submarkets to its four regional offices.
 
GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
    EXTERNAL GROWTH:  Based on its  own historical activities and its  knowledge
of  the local marketplace,  the Company believes  that opportunities continue to
exist to  acquire  additional office  properties  that: (i)  provide  attractive
initial  yields with significant potential for growth  in cash flow; (ii) are in
desirable locations within submarkets which  the Company believes have  economic
growth  potential; and (iii)  are underperforming or  need renovation, and which
therefore provide opportunities for  the Company to increase  the cash flow  and
value of such properties through active management and aggressive leasing.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  continue  to  acquire  office  properties  within
submarkets  in   Southern  California   which  the   Company  believes   present
opportunities  for long-term  stable and rising  rental rates  due to employment
growth,  population  movements  within  the  region  and  restrictions  on   new
development.  Upon or shortly after completion  of the Offering the Company will
have a  debt-to-total market  capitalization ratio  of approximately  19.3%  and
expects  to  finance  acquisitions  through  its  proposed  $100  million Credit
Facility, although  it  may employ  other  financial alternatives.  The  Company
generally  targets properties which  are underperforming or  need renovation and
offer opportunities for  the Company  to implement its  value-added strategy  to
increase  cash flow. For example, as of  August 1, 1996, the Properties owned by
the Company for  more than one  year had  a weighted average  occupancy rate  of
approximately 88%, compared to approximately 80% as of the respective dates such
Properties  were acquired  by the Company.  The Company  also targets properties
which provide attractive yields with stable cash flow.
 
    In addition, the Company  will seek to acquire  properties at a  significant
discount  to replacement cost in the  relevant submarket. Since the beginning of
1993, the Company has acquired its Properties in suburban Los Angeles County  at
a  cost which the Company believes is significantly below replacement cost based
on estimates of replacement  costs of Class A  office buildings included in  the
C&W Market Study. See "Southern California Economy and Office Markets."
 
    The Company believes it has certain competitive advantages which enhance its
ability  to identify and capitalize on acquisition opportunities, including: (i)
management's significant  local market  expertise, experience  and knowledge  of
properties,  submarkets  and potential  tenants  within the  Southern California
region; (ii) management's long-standing relationships with tenants, real  estate
brokers  and institutional and other owners of commercial real estate; (iii) its
fully integrated  real estate  operations  which allow  the Company  to  respond
quickly  to  acquisition  opportunities and  enable  it to  provide  real estate
management  services  to  third   parties  as  a   means  of  identifying   such
opportunities;  (iv) its  access to capital  as a public  company, including the
Company's proposed  $100 million  Credit Facility;  (v) its  ability to  acquire
properties  in exchange for OP  Units or Common Stock  if the sellers so desire;
and  (vi)  management's  reputation  as  an  experienced  purchaser  of   office
properties  in Southern  California which has  the ability  to effectively close
transactions.
 
    Recent examples of the Company's ability to identify attractive  acquisition
opportunities  include the  two Acquisition  Properties, 303  Glenoaks and 12501
East Imperial Highway.  The Property  at 303  Glenoaks is  a ten-story,  175,449
square  foot, Class A  building situated in  the Burbank Civic  Center area. The
Company
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
believes that the  Burbank market,  which is adjacent  to the  very low  vacancy
Burbank  Media District market,  affords it an opportunity  to capitalize on the
Burbank market  tightness  by maximizing  rental  rates at  levels  below  those
achieved  in the  Burbank Media District  and benefiting from  the spill-over of
tenants from the Burbank  Media District who either  cannot find space there  or
who  do not wish to pay the full  Burbank Media District rents. In addition, the
Company plans a common area renovation  in order to become even more  attractive
to its existing and potential tenant base. Similarly, the Property at 12501 East
Imperial   Highway  is  a  122,175   square  foot,  six-story  building  located
immediately off  Interstate  5,  the  primary  central,  north-south  artery  of
California.  Located  between  downtown  Los  Angeles  and  Orange  County, this
Property is occupied by major tenants, such as IBM, Mead Corporation, which runs
a training facility, and GTE California, which runs a teleconferencing  facility
on  site.  In  addition  to taking  advantage  of  its  portfolio-wide operating
efficiencies, the Company plans to decrease operating expenses at this  Property
by  furnishing  management services  from its  Property  in Anaheim  rather than
having an on-site manager.
 
    The Company  may also  seek to  take advantage  of management's  development
expertise to develop office space when market conditions support office building
development.  The Company believes, however, that  opportunities exist for it to
continue to acquire  office properties  within selected  submarkets in  Southern
California  at less than  replacement cost and,  therefore, currently intends to
focus on acquisitions rather than development.
 
    INTERNAL GROWTH:  The Company believes that opportunities exist to  increase
cash  flow  from its  existing  portfolio and  that  such opportunities  will be
enhanced as  the Southern  California office  market continues  to improve.  The
Company  intends to  pursue internal  growth by  (i) continuing  to maintain and
improve occupancy rates through active  management and aggressive leasing;  (ii)
realizing  fixed contractual base rental increases  or increases tied to indices
such as the  CPI; (iii) re-leasing  expiring leases at  increasing market  rents
which  are expected to result, over time, from increased demand for office space
in  Southern  California;  (iv)  controlling  operating  expenses  through   the
implementation  of  cost control  management  and systems;  (v)  capitalizing on
economies of scale arising from the  size of its portfolio; and (vi)  increasing
revenue  generated  from  parking  facilities at  certain  Properties  where the
Company is  currently offering  free parking  as an  amenity or  charging  below
market rates.
 
    (i)   MAINTAINING AND IMPROVING OCCUPANCY  RATES:  The Company believes that
it has been successful in attracting,  expanding and retaining a diverse  tenant
base  by  actively managing  its office  properties with  an emphasis  on tenant
retention and satisfaction. The Company strives to be responsive to the needs of
individual tenants  through its  on-site professional  management staff  and  by
providing  tenants  with alternative  space  within the  Company's  portfolio to
accommodate  their  changing  space  requirements.  The  Company's  success   in
maintaining  and  improving occupancy  rates is  demonstrated,  in part,  by the
number of existing tenants  which have renewed or  released their space,  leased
additional  space  to support  their extension  needs, or  moved to  other space
within the Company's portfolio. The Company has achieved a tenant retention rate
of approximately  82% (based  on  square feet  renewed) from  inception  through
August   1,  1996.  See  "Business  and   Properties  --  Tenant  Retention  and
Expansions." The  Company  also seeks  to  improve occupancies  by  aggressively
marketing   available  space  within  its  portfolio.  As  of  August  1,  1996,
approximately 446,000 rentable  square feet were  unleased within the  Company's
portfolio.
 
    (ii)   CONTRACTUAL  BASE RENTAL INCREASES:   The Company  expects to achieve
internal growth in cash flow through  leases which contain provisions for  fixed
contractual  rental increases (including increases from  free or partial rent to
full rent) or increases which are tied to indices such as the CPI. Between  June
30,  1996 and  July 31,  1997, the  contractual base  rents under  leases in the
Company's portfolio are expected  to increase by  an aggregate of  approximately
$1.2  million on an  annual basis due  to fixed contractual  rent increases (not
including increases from free  or partial rent to  full rent or increases  which
are tied to indices such as the CPI).
 
    (iii)   RE-LEASING  EXPIRING LEASES  TO INCREASING  MARKET RENTS:   Although
there can be  no assurances in  this regard,  the Company believes  that as  the
commercial real estate market in Southern California continues to improve, there
will  be increasing  demand for office  space and declining  vacancies which are
expected to
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
result, over time,  in increasing market  rents. The Company  believes it  would
have  significant opportunities  to increase  cash flow  during such  periods of
increasing market  rents  by  renewing  or re-leasing  expiring  leases  at  the
increased market rents.
 
    (iv)   COST  CONTROL MANAGEMENT  AND SYSTEMS:   The  Company seeks  to lower
operating expenses by implementing cost  control management that capitalizes  on
economies  of scale  opportunities resulting from  the size and  location of the
Company's portfolio. The  Company focuses on  cost control in  various areas  of
operations.  For  example, the  Company is  seeking  to significantly  lower its
utility costs, which constitute over 25% of  the operating costs of most of  the
Properties,  through  the  portfolio-wide  installation  of  energy  enhancement
technologies,  which  include   lighting  retrofit,   replacement  of   heating,
ventilation  and air conditioning systems, and computer-driven energy management
systems which  monitor and  react  to the  climatic requirements  of  individual
Properties.  The  energy  enhancement  program  is  expected  to  be implemented
throughout the Properties over the next six months.
 
    (v)   CAPITALIZING  ON  ECONOMIES OF  SCALE:    In order  to  capitalize  on
economies  of  scale  arising from  the  size  of the  Company's  portfolio, the
Company's property and  asset managers are  responsible for several  Properties,
which  spreads administrative costs over such  Properties and reduces per square
foot administrative expense.  In addition, the  Company believes that  insurance
coverage,   parking  operations,   building  and   other  services   and  tenant
improvements  purchased  on  a  portfolio-wide  basis  will  facilitate  further
economies of scale savings.
 
    (vi)   REVENUE FROM PARKING FACILITIES:   The Company owns or leases parking
facilities which are attached or adjacent to many of the Properties. The Company
currently provides  free parking  to tenants  at  six of  the Properties  as  an
amenity and charges tenants at the remaining Properties at or below market rates
for  parking. If the  demand for Southern California  office space increases and
occupancy rates  rise, which  the Company  believes is  the trend,  the  Company
believes that there may be opportunities to generate additional revenue from the
parking  facilities associated with its Properties by charging for parking which
is currently provided for  free, increasing below  market rates and  maintaining
its arrangements with a limited number of third-party operators of the Company's
parking facilities.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The  net  proceeds to  the Company  from the  Offering, after  deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions  and estimated expenses of  the
Offering,  are estimated  to be  approximately $347  million (approximately $400
million if  the  Underwriters'  overallotment  option  is  exercised  in  full),
assuming  a public offering price of $20.00  per share. The net cash proceeds of
the Offering will be used by the Company as follows: approximately $26.8 million
for payments to certain  Participants (not including  Messrs. Ziman and  Coleman
who will not receive any cash in the Formation Transactions) for their interests
in  the Arden  Predecessors and  in certain  of the  Properties and  the balance
(approximately $320.2 million) will be contributed to the Operating  Partnership
in  exchange for the  Company's general partner  interest therein. The Operating
Partnership will subsequently use the  proceeds received from the Company  along
with  the  net cash  proceeds of  approximately $103  million from  the Mortgage
Financing borrowed  concurrently  with  the  Offering  and  approximately  $19.3
million  in  restricted  cash that  will  be  available upon  conclusion  of the
Formation Transactions, as follows: approximately $398 million for repayment  of
mortgage  debt on the Properties (which  was incurred to acquire the Properties)
and unsecured lines of  credit and the related  additional and accrued  interest
thereon,  approximately $35  million for payment  of the purchase  price for the
Acquisition Properties, and the remaining net  proceeds will be used for  tenant
improvements,  capital expenditure  reserves and  working capital  purposes. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
    If  the Underwriters' overallotment  option to purchase  2,827,000 shares of
Common Stock is exercised in full, the Company expects to use the additional net
proceeds (which  will  be approximately  $52.6  million) to  acquire  additional
office properties and for working capital.
 
    Pending application of net proceeds, the Company will invest such portion of
the  net proceeds in interest-bearing  accounts and short-term, interest-bearing
securities, which are  consistent with  the Company's intention  to qualify  for
taxation as a REIT.
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information regarding the debt to be
repaid upon  completion  of  the  Offering and  the  Mortgage  Financing,  which
consists  primarily  of  mortgage or  secured  debt encumbering  certain  of the
Properties. The mortgages and other indebtedness to be repaid upon completion of
the Offering had a weighted average interest rate of approximately 8.541% before
consideration of  additional  interest  and any  lenders'  participation  and  a
weighted  average remaining term  to maturity of approximately  2.86 years as of
June 30, 1996.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
MORTGAGE DEBT TO BE REPAID
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                                                                             OF DEBT TO BE
                                                                              REPAID UPON
                                                                             CONSUMMATION
                                                                            OF THE OFFERING
                                                                           AND THE MORTGAGE
                                                                             FINANCING (1)
                                                                          -------------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>
PROPERTY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
9665 Wilshire.........................................................         $ 30,716
Beverly Atrium........................................................           15,631
Century Park Center...................................................           25,170
Westwood Terrace......................................................           20,514
1950 Sawtelle.........................................................           10,200
400 Corporate Pointe..................................................           21,885
Bristol Plaza.........................................................            5,200
Skyview Center........................................................           40,242
The New Wilshire......................................................           21,494
5601 Lindero Canyon...................................................           10,161
Calabasas Commerce Center.............................................           11,527
Woodland Hills Financial..............................................           22,612
16000 Ventura Blvd....................................................           17,151
425 West Broadway.....................................................            5,000
70 South Lake.........................................................           10,741
4811 Airport Plaza Drive..............................................           14,261
4910 Airport Plaza Drive..............................................                 (2)
5000 East Spring......................................................           10,922
100 Broadway..........................................................           20,250
5832 Bolsa............................................................            4,618
Anaheim City Centre...................................................            9,880
Imperial Bank Tower...................................................           41,451
                                                                               --------
    Total.............................................................         $369,626
                                                                               --------
                                                                               --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Exact repayment amounts  may differ due to  amortization. These figures  are
    estimated  as of  September 1, 1996  and exclude (a)  accrued and additional
    interest estimated to be approximately $25 million in the aggregate and  (b)
    $3.26  million  under  lines  of  credit  to  be  assumed  by  the Operating
    Partnership.
 
(2) Included in amount listed above for 4811 Airport Plaza Drive.
 
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
    Subsequent to the Offering,  the Company intends  to make regular  quarterly
distributions  to the holders of its Common  Stock. The Company intends to cause
the Operating Partnership initially  to distribute annually approximately  94.5%
of  estimated Cash Available for Distribution. The  Company intends to pay a pro
rata distribution with respect  to the period commencing  on the closing of  the
Offering  and ending on December 31, 1996 based  upon $0.40 per share for a full
quarter. On an annualized basis, this would  be $1.60 per share (of which  $0.21
may  represent a return of capital for  tax purposes), or an annual distribution
rate of approximately 8% based on the assumed initial public offering price  per
share of $20.00. The Company does not intend to reduce the expected distribution
per  share if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised. The following
discussion and the information set forth in the table and footnotes below should
be read in connection with the  financial statements and notes thereto, the  pro
forma  financial information and notes  thereto and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial Condition  and  Results of  Operations --  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    The  Company's estimate  of the  Cash Available  for Distribution  after the
Offering is based upon pro forma Funds  from Operations for the 12 months  ended
June  30, 1996, with certain adjustments based  on the items described below. To
estimate Cash Available for Distribution for the 12 months ended July 31,  1997,
pro  forma  Funds from  Operations for  the 12  months ended  June 30,  1996 was
adjusted (a) without giving effect to  any changes in working capital  resulting
from  changes in current  assets and current liabilities  (which changes are not
anticipated to be material) or the amount  of cash estimated to be used for  (i)
investing  activities for  development, acquisition and  other activities (other
than a reserve  for capital  expenditures and tenant  improvements for  renewing
space)  and  (ii)  financing activities,  (b)  for certain  known  events and/or
contractual commitments  that either  occurred subsequent  to June  30, 1996  or
during  the 12 months ended June 30, 1996 but were not effective for the full 12
months and  (c) for  certain  non-GAAP adjustments  consisting of  (i)  revising
historical  rent estimates from a GAAP basis  to amounts currently being paid or
due from  tenants and  (ii) an  estimate of  amounts anticipated  for  recurring
tenant  improvements, leasing commissions and capital expenditures. The estimate
of Cash  Available for  Distribution is  being made  solely for  the purpose  of
setting  the initial  distribution and  is not  intended to  be a  projection or
forecast of the  Company's results of  operations or its  liquidity, nor is  the
methodology  upon which such adjustments were  made necessarily intended to be a
basis for determining future distributions. Future distributions by the  Company
will  be at the discretion of the Board  of Directors. There can be no assurance
that any distributions will be made or that the estimated level of distributions
will be maintained by the Company.
 
   
    The Company  anticipates that  its distributions  will exceed  earnings  and
profits  for income tax  reporting purposes due  to non-cash expenses, primarily
depreciation and  amortization,  to  be  incurred  by  the  Company.  Therefore,
approximately 12.98% (or $0.21 per share) of the distributions anticipated to be
paid  by the  Company for  the first  12 months  subsequent to  the Offering are
expected to represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes and in
such event will not be  subject to federal income tax  under current law to  the
extent  such distributions  do not  exceed a stockholder's  basis in  his or her
Common Stock. The  nontaxable distributions  will reduce  the stockholder's  tax
basis  in the Common Stock and, therefore,  the gain (or loss) recognized on the
sale of such Common Stock or upon  liquidation of the Company will be  increased
(or  decreased) accordingly.  The percentage  of stockholder  distributions that
represents a nontaxable return  of capital may vary  substantially from year  to
year.
    
 
   
    Federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 95%
of  its REIT taxable income. See  "Federal Income Tax Considerations -- Taxation
of the Company."  The amount of  distributions on an  annual basis necessary  to
maintain  the Company's  REIT status  based on pro  forma taxable  income of the
Operating Partnership for  the 12  months ended June  30, 1996  as adjusted  for
certain  items  in  the  following table  would  have  been  approximately $28.8
million. The estimated Cash Available for  Distribution is anticipated to be  in
excess  of  the  annual  distribution requirements  applicable  to  REITs. Under
certain circumstances,  the Company  may be  required to  make distributions  in
excess  of Cash  Available for Distribution  in order to  meet such distribution
requirements. For a discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to  holders
of Common Stock see "Federal Income Tax Considerations."
    
 
    The  Company believes that  its estimate of  Cash Available for Distribution
constitutes a reasonable  basis for  setting the initial  distribution, and  the
Company  expects to  maintain its  initial distribution  rate for  the 12 months
subsequent to  the  Offering  unless  actual  results  of  operations,  economic
conditions  or other factors  differ from the assumptions  used in the estimate.
The Company's  actual results  of operations  will be  affected by  a number  of
factors,  including  the revenue  received  from the  Properties,  the operating
expenses of  the  Company, interest  expense,  the  ability of  tenants  of  the
Properties  to meet  their obligations  and unanticipated  capital expenditures.
Variations in the net proceeds from the Offering as a result of a change in  the
initial public offering price or the exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment
option  may affect the Cash  Available for Distribution and  the payout ratio of
Cash Available  For Distribution  and available  reserves. No  assurance can  be
given  that the Company's estimate will  prove accurate. Actual results may vary
substantially from the estimate.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    The following  table  describes the  calculation  of pro  forma  Funds  from
Operations  for the  12 months ended  June 30,  1996 and the  adjustments to pro
forma Funds from Operations for the 12 months ended June 30, 1996 in  estimating
initial  Cash Available for Distribution  for the 12 months  ended July 31, 1997
(amounts in thousands except share data, per share data, square footage data and
percentages):
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
Pro forma income before minority interests for the year ended December
  31, 1995............................................................    $25,775
Pro forma income before minority interests for the six months ended
  June 30, 1995.......................................................    (12,810)
Pro forma income before minority interests for the six months ended
  June 30, 1996.......................................................     14,781
                                                                          -------
Pro forma income before minority interests for the 12 months ended
  June 30, 1996.......................................................     27,746
Plus pro forma real estate depreciation for the 12 months ended
  June 30, 1996 (1)...................................................     10,461
Plus pro forma amortization of leasing commissions and tenant
  improvements for the 12 months ended June 30, 1996 (2)..............      1,053
                                                                          -------
Pro forma Funds from Operations for the 12 months ended June 30,
  1996................................................................     39,260
 
Adjustments:
  Provision for assumed expiring leases (3)...........................     (1,110)
  Incremental pro forma lease adjustment (4)..........................      3,554
  Net increase in tenant reimbursements (5)...........................        691
  Net decrease in property operating expenses (6).....................      1,914
  Contractual net decreases in parking income and other income (7)....     (1,425)
                                                                          -------
Estimated pro forma Funds from Operations for the 12 months ended July
  31, 1997............................................................     42,884
  Net effect of straight lining of rents (8)..........................     (2,129)
  Estimated recurring non-revenue enhancing tenant improvements and
   leasing commissions (9)............................................     (3,217)
  Estimated recurring non-revenue enhancing capital expenditures
   (10)...............................................................       (727)
                                                                          -------
Total estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the 12 months
  ended July 31, 1997.................................................    $36,811
Total estimated cash distributions....................................    $34,786
Less: Minority interests' share of estimated Cash Available for
  Distribution........................................................      4,627
                                                                          -------
Estimated cash distributions to stockholders of the Company (11)......    $30,159
Estimated initial cash distribution per share (12)....................    $  1.60
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution payout ratio (13)...........       94.5%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Pro forma depreciation for the year ended December 31, 1995 of $10,866  plus
    pro  forma depreciation  for the  six months ended  June 30,  1996 of $5,021
    minus pro  forma depreciation  for the  six months  ended June  30, 1995  of
    $5,426.
    
 
(2)  Pro forma amortization  of leasing commissions  and tenant improvements for
    the year ended  December 31,  1995 of $683  plus pro  forma amortization  of
    leasing  commissions and tenant  improvements for the  six months ended June
    30, 1996 of  $753 minus pro  forma amortization of  leasing commissions  and
    tenant improvements for the three months ended June 30, 1995 of $383.
 
   
(3)  The  provision for  assumed expiring  leases  represents adjustments  for a
    possible reduction in occupancy  and in rental rates  and consists of (i)  a
    reduction  of $763 which represents 30% of the rent payable under all leases
    expiring from August  16, 1996 through  July 31, 1997  assuming that 30%  of
    such  expiring leases  will not  be renewed  (and for  the period  that such
    leases will not generate rent during the 12 months ended July 31, 1997)  and
    (ii) a reduction of $347 for the 70% of leases assumed to be renewed between
    August  16, 1996 and  July 31, 1997  assuming that such  leases renew at the
    lower of  the contractual  rental  rate of  the lease  at  the time  of  its
    expiration  or  the Company's  analysis of  the  market rate.  The Company's
    historical renewal rate,  based on  square footage,  from inception  through
    August  1, 1996 is 82%.  The following table sets  forth the total effect on
    Funds from Operations and Cash
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
    Available for Distribution  (including the incremental  difference) and  the
    Estimated  Cash  Available  for  Distribution  payout  ratio  that  would be
    expected to result for the period between August 16, 1996 and July 31,  1997
    if  renewal rates are between 60% and 0%,  rather than 70% as assumed in the
    table above.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ESTIMATED CASH
                                                              AVAILABLE FOR
                                                              DISTRIBUTION
  RENEWAL PERCENTAGE                                          PAYOUT RATIO
- -----------------------   TOTAL EFFECT ON     DIFFERENCE    -----------------
                            FUNDS FROM         FROM 70%
                          OPERATIONS AND       RENEWAL
                          CASH AVAILABLE      ASSUMPTION
                         FOR DISTRIBUTION   --------------
                         -----------------  (IN THOUSANDS)
                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>                <C>             <C>
             60%             $  (1,315)       $     (205)            95.0%
             40%             $  (1,724)       $     (614)            96.1%
             20%             $  (2,134)       $   (1,024)            97.2%
              0%             $  (2,543)       $   (1,433)            98.3%
</TABLE>
    
 
(4) Reflects rental increases and decreases from 1995 and 1996 completed leasing
    transactions relating to the Properties and  consists of (i) a net  increase
    of  $2,726 representing additional minimum rent from new leases and renewals
    executed between June 30, 1996 and August 16, 1996 to the extent such leases
    generate additional minimum  rents for the  12 months ended  July 31,  1997,
    (ii)  a decrease  of $137  representing the  decrease in  rental revenue for
    leases that expired between June 30, 1996 and August 16, 1996 to the  extent
    such leases generated rent for the 12 months ended June 30, 1996 and (iii) a
    net  amount of $965  representing the full  year minimum rent  in effect for
    existing leases on which rent is only partially reflected in the  historical
    financial  statements of the Arden Predecessors for the 12 months ended June
    30, 1996 and the decrease in rental revenue for leases expired during the 12
    months ended June  30, 1996  to the extent  rental revenue  was included  in
    rental revenue for the 12 months ended June 30, 1996.
 
   
(5)  Represents  (i)  a  $722  contractual  increase  in  tenant  reimbursements
    attributable to  leases executed  prior  to June  30,  1996 based  upon  the
    estimated  expenses to be reimbursed by the  tenants for the 12 months ended
    July 31, 1997 in excess of the  estimated base year amounts, and (ii) a  $31
    decrease  in tenant reimbursements due to the reassessment of property taxes
    and changes in insurance and property operating costs.
    
 
   
(6) Represents the estimated net decrease in operating expenses based on (i)  an
    increase  of $267 resulting from the net  increase in the occupancy of space
    for leases signed during the 12 months ended June 30, 1996, and between June
    30, 1996  and August  16, 1996,  offset by  the decrease  in occupancy  from
    actual  lease terminations through  June 30, 1996 and  for the provision for
    expiring leases (See (3) above) as  if such increases and decreases were  in
    effect  for the full 12  months ended July 31, 1997,  and (ii) a decrease in
    property operating costs of $2,181 due to the reassessment of property taxes
    and reduction of insurance costs based on current arrangements.
    
 
   
(7) Represents net additional parking revenue of  $12 to be received for the  12
    months ended July 31, 1997, relating to leases signed subsequent to June 30,
    1996  and the increase  in management fee  revenue of $51  for the 12 months
    ending July  31,  1997 relating  to  three third-party  property  management
    contracts  pursuant to which the Company  began receiving fees subsequent to
    June 30,  1996. The  Company  believes that  it  can manage  the  additional
    properties  with its existing  resources and, accordingly,  there will be no
    additional increase  in its  operating expenses  attributable to  these  new
    contracts.  The  management contracts  are terminable  upon  15 to  60 days'
    notice although the Company is not aware  of any intention to cancel any  of
    these management contracts. Also included in this amount is the reduction in
    other  income of $1,488 to eliminate non-recurring construction and property
    management fees which would not have been realized by the Company as a REIT.
    
 
(8) Represents the effect of adjusting straight-line rental revenue included  in
    pro  forma  net  income for  the  12 months  ended  July 31,  1997  from the
    straight-line accrual  basis to  amounts currently  being paid  or due  from
    tenants.  Following is a table which  shows the adjustments to straight-line
    revenue for 1997-2001 related to leases in place at August 1, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  1997       1998       1999       2000       2001
- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
 $1,199      $164      $(602)    $(1,305)   $(1,651)
</TABLE>
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
(9) Reflects  non-revenue  enhancing  tenant  improvements  ("TI")  and  leasing
    commissions  ("LC") for the Properties for the 12 months ended July 31, 1997
    based on the  weighted average TI  and LC expenditures  per square foot  for
    renewed and re-tenanted space at the Properties since 1993 multiplied by the
    average  annual square feet  of leased space for  which leases expire during
    the five year period ending December 31, 2001 (400,000 square feet).
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                JANUARY
                                                                                1-
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     AUGUST
                                                    -----------------------       1,    WEIGHTED
                                                    1993   1994      1995(I)     1996   AVERAGE
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>       <C>        <C>     <C>
RENEWAL
TI per square foot................................  $3.58  $2.23     $ 4.67     $5.46   $4.19
LC per square foot................................  $ .09  $3.44     $ 1.11     $2.38   $2.37
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
    Total TI and LC per square foot...............  $3.67  $5.67     $ 5.78     $7.84   $6.56
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
RE-TENANTED (ii)
TI per square foot................................  $2.22  $9.04     $ 9.82     $7.04   $8.38
LC per square foot................................  $ .31  $2.72     $ 3.05     $3.66   $3.12
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
    Total TI and LC per square foot...............  $2.53  $11.76    $12.87     $10.70  $11.50
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
                                                    -----  -----     ------     ------  ------
</TABLE>
    
 
       ---------------------
       (i) Excludes tenant improvement and leasing commission costs relating  to
           one  lease  signed  at  Anaheim City  Centre  for  which  the Company
           incurred substantial renovation costs in connection with a full floor
           retrofit. Tenant improvement  costs for  all leases  renewed in  1995
           equaled $8.05 per square foot.
 
       (ii)  Does not  include shell  space build  out for  187,703 square feet.
           Shell space  remaining at  the  Properties is  less  than 2%  of  the
           aggregate rentable square footage of the Properties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              THREE YEAR            AVERAGE ANNUAL
                                               WEIGHTED             SQUARE FOOTAGE         RATE OF
                                            AVERAGE TI AND            EXPIRING IN          RENEWALS/        TOTAL
                                          LC PER SQUARE FOOT           1997-2001           RE-TENANTED       COST
                                          ------------------        ---------------        -------        ----------
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>  <C>               <C>  <C>       <C>  <C>
Renewal.................................        $ 6.56           x      400,000         x    70%(i)    =  $    1,837
Re-tenanted.............................        $11.50           x      400,000         x    30%       =       1,380
                                                                                                          ----------
                                                                                                          $    3,217
                                                                                                          ----------
                                                                                                          ----------
</TABLE>
 
       ---------------------
       (i)  The historical  weighted average renewal  rate for  the Company from
           January 1, 1993 is 82%.
 
(10) The reserve  for recurring non-revenue  enhancing capital expenditures  for
    the  12 months ended July 31, 1997 was  based upon an annual cost per square
    foot of  $.18.  The Company  has  calculated  this reserve  based  upon  its
    estimates  of replacement or  renovation costs and  actual lives of: parking
    lots, roofs, heating,  ventilation and air  conditioning systems,  elevators
    and mechanical systems, lobbies, restrooms and corridors.
 
(11)  The  Company's  share of  estimated  cash  distributions is  based  on its
    approximately 86.71% ownership of the aggregate equity capitalization of the
    Operating Partnership.
 
   
(12) Based  on  a  total  of  18,852,500  shares  to  be  outstanding  following
    consummation  of  the  Offering. The  Company  estimates  that approximately
    12.98% of the estimated cash distributions for the 12 months ended July  31,
    1997 will represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
    
 
(13)  Calculated as the total estimated  cash distributions divided by the total
    estimated Cash Available for Distribution for  the 12 months ended July  31,
    1997.  The payout ratio of estimated  pro forma Funds from Operations equals
    81.1%.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the combined historical capitalization of the
Arden  Predecessors and the pro forma  combined capitalization of the Company as
of June 30, 1996, as adjusted to give effect to the Formation Transactions,  the
Offering  and use of the net proceeds  from the Offering and from the concurrent
Mortgage Financing as  set forth under  "Use of Proceeds."  The information  set
forth  in the table should  be read in connection  with the financial statements
and notes thereto,  the pro forma  financial information and  notes thereto  and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations --  Liquidity  and  Capital Resources"  included  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                        -------------------
                                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                                        COMBINED     AS
                                                                        HISTORICAL ADJUSTED
                                                                        --------  ---------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>
Debt:
  Mortgage Loans (1)..................................................  $263,492  $104,000
  Line of Credit......................................................     2,467     --
Minority interests in Operating Partnership...........................       718    43,231
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; none
   issued and outstanding.............................................     --        --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
   18,852,500 issued and outstanding (2)..............................     --          189
  Additional Paid-in Capital..........................................     --      281,693
  Owners' Equity......................................................     7,530     --
                                                                        --------  ---------
    Total Owners'/Stockholders' Equity................................     7,530   281,882
                                                                        --------  ---------
      Total Capitalization............................................  $274,207  $429,113
                                                                        --------  ---------
                                                                        --------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  See note 4 of  the notes to the combined  financial statements of the Arden
    Predecessors for information relating to the indebtedness.
 
   
(2) Includes shares  of Common  Stock to  be issued  in the  Offering and  5,000
    shares  issued to employees of the Company as a stock bonus. See "Management
    -- Executive Compensation." Does not include (i) 2,889,071 shares of  Common
    Stock  that may be issued upon the exchange of OP Units issued in connection
    with the  Formation  Transactions, (ii)  2,827,000  shares of  Common  Stock
    subject to the Underwriters' overallotment option or (iii) 868,500 shares of
    Common  Stock subject to options granted under the Company's Stock Incentive
    Plan.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, the Company had a net tangible book value of approximately
$6.6 million. After giving effect to (i) the sale of the shares of Common  Stock
offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share)
and  the receipt by  the Company of  approximately $347 million  in net proceeds
from the Offering,  after deducting underwriting  discounts and commissions  and
estimated Offering expenses, (ii) the repayment of approximately $398 million of
indebtedness  under  mortgage  debt  and unsecured  lines  of  credit (including
approximately $25 million of accrued, deferred and additional interest, of which
approximately $17.9 million was not accrued as of June 30, 1996 on the  combined
balance  sheet of the Arden Predecessors), the pro forma net tangible book value
at June 30, 1996  would have been  $321 million, or $14.76  per share of  Common
Stock.  This amount represents an immediate  increase in net tangible book value
of $12.48  per share  to  the existing  holders of  OP  Units and  an  immediate
dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.28 per share of Common Stock
to new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>    <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.......................         $20.00
  Net tangible book value per share prior to the Offering (1).........  $2.28
  Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the
   Offering (2).......................................................  $12.48
Pro forma net tangible book value after the Offering (3)..............         $14.76
                                                                               ------
Dilution in net tangible book value per share of Common Stock to new
  investors (4).......................................................         $ 5.24
                                                                               ------
                                                                               ------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Net tangible book  value per share  prior to the  Offering is determined by
    dividing net tangible book value of the Company (based on the June 30,  1996
    net  book value of the  assets less net book  value of prepaid financing and
    leasing  costs  to   be  contributed  in   connection  with  the   Formation
    Transactions,  net of liabilities to be assumed)  by the number of shares of
    Common Stock issuable upon the exchange of all OP Units to be issued to  the
    Participants in connection with the Formation Transactions.
(2)  Based on an  assumed initial public  offering price of  $20.00 per share of
    Common Stock and after deducting Underwriters' discounts and commissions and
    estimated Offering expenses.
(3) Based on total pro forma net tangible book value of $321 million divided  by
    the  total number of shares of Common  Stock. There is no impact on dilution
    attributable to the issuance of Common Stock in exchange for OP Units to  be
    issued to the Participants since such OP Units would be exchanged for Common
    Stock on a one-for-one basis.
(4)  Dilution is determined by subtracting net  tangible book value per share of
    Common Stock after  the Offering  from the assumed  initial public  offering
    price for a share of Common Stock.
 
    The  following table summarizes, on  a pro forma basis  giving effect to the
Offering and the Formation Transactions, the number of shares of Common Stock to
be sold by the Company in the Offering  and the number of OP Units to be  issued
to  the  Participants in  connection with  the  Formation Transactions,  the net
tangible book  value as  of  June 30,  1996 of  the  assets contributed  in  the
Formation   Transactions  and  the  net  tangible  book  value  of  the  average
contribution per share based on total contributions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        COMMON SHARES/      BOOK VALUE OF     BOOK VALUE OF
                                                                        OP UNITS ISSUED     CONTRIBUTIONS          AVG.
                                                                        ---------------   -----------------    CONTRIBUTION
                                                                        SHARES  PERCENT      $      PERCENT   PER SHARE/UNIT
                                                                        ------  -------   --------  -------   --------------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PERCENTAGES)
<S>                                                                     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
New investors in the Offering.........................................  18,848   86.69%   $376,950   98.28%     $20.00(3)
OP Units and Common Shares issued to Continuing Investors (1).........   2,894   13.31%   $  6,589(2)   1.72%   $ 2.28
                                                                        ------  -------   --------  -------
  Total...............................................................  21,742  100.00%   $383,539  100.00%
                                                                        ------  -------   --------  -------
                                                                        ------  -------   --------  -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Common Shares represents  5,000 shares to be  issued upon completion of  the
    Offering as a Common Stock Bonus to two officers of the Company.
(2)  Based on the June 30, 1996 net book value of the assets less net book value
    of prepaid financing and leasing costs to be contributed in connection  with
    the Formation Transactions, net of liabilities to be assumed.
(3)  Before  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and estimated
    expenses of the Offering.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                        SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following  sets  forth   selected  combined  financial  and   operating
information  on a pro forma  basis for the Company  and on a combined historical
basis for the Arden  Predecessors. The following information  should be read  in
conjunction  with the financial statements and  notes thereto of the Company and
of the Arden Predecessors  included elsewhere in  this Prospectus. The  selected
combined   historical  financial   and  operating   information  of   the  Arden
Predecessors at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and  1993, has been  derived from the  historical combined  financial
statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, whose report with
respect  thereto is included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected combined
financial and operating information for the  six months ended June 30, 1996  and
June  30, 1995 has been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements
of the Arden Predecessors included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    The unaudited  pro forma  financial and  operating information  for the  six
months  ended June 30, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995 is presented as
if the  Offering, the  Formation  Transactions (including  the purchase  of  the
Acquisition  Properties), and the  acquisitions of the  1996 Acquired Properties
and the 1995  Acquired Properties  had all  occurred by  June 30,  1996 for  the
combined  balance sheet  and at  the beginning of  the period  presented for the
combined statements of operations. The pro forma balance sheet information  also
gives  effect to the  recording of minority  interest for OP  Units, as if these
transactions occurred on June 30, 1996.  The pro forma financial information  is
not  necessarily indicative of what the  actual financial position or results of
the Company would have  been as of  and for the periods  indicated, nor does  it
purport  to  represent the  Company's future  financial  position or  results of
operations.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                          THE COMPANY (PRO FORMA) AND
                    ARDEN PREDECESSORS (COMBINED HISTORICAL)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            ------------------------------
                                                             COMBINED
                                            PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL
                                            ---------   ------------------
                                              1996        1996      1995
                                            ---------   --------  --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>       <C>
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                     SHARE DATA)
OPERATING DATA:
Revenue:
  Rental..................................   $33,493    $ 19,404  $  2,822
  Tenant reimbursements...................     2,049       1,425       177
  Parking.................................     3,090       2,121       220
  Other...................................     2,005       1,521       649
                                            ---------   --------  --------
    Total revenue.........................    40,637      24,471     3,868
EXPENSES:
  Property operating expenses.............    14,124       8,252       934
  General and administrative expenses.....     1,900         830       684
  Depreciation and amortization...........     5,774       3,036       638
  Interest expense........................     4,058      14,741     1,403
                                            ---------   --------  --------
    Total Expenses........................    25,856      26,859     3,659
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Equity in net income (loss) of noncombined
  entities................................        --         (94)      108
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Income (loss) before minority interests...    14,781      (2,482)      317
Minority interests........................    (1,964)        344        (7)
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Net income (loss).........................   $12,817    $ (2,138) $    310
                                            ---------   --------  --------
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Net income per common share...............   $   .68
                                            ---------
                                            ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    COMBINED HISTORICAL
                                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                                                               THE
                                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                                              MARCH
                                                                                               22,
                                                                                              1991
                                                                                               TO
                                            PRO FORMA                                         DECEMBER
                                            ---------                                         31,
                                              1995        1995       1994      1993    1992   1991
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>
 
OPERATING DATA:
Revenue:
  Rental..................................   $66,691    $   8,832  $  5,157  $  3,034  $--    $--
  Tenant reimbursements...................     2,910          403       217        35   --    --
  Parking.................................     5,895          750       382       279   --    --
  Other...................................     3,795        1,707       796       314    324  11
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
    Total revenue.........................    79,291       11,692     6,552     3,662    324  11
EXPENSES:
  Property operating expenses.............    30,091        3,339     2,191     1,480   --    --
  General and administrative expenses.....     3,800        1,377       689       386    471  7
  Depreciation and amortization...........    11,549        1,898     1,143       646      2  --
  Interest expense........................     8,076        5,537     1,673       499      9  --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
    Total Expenses........................    53,516       12,151     5,696     3,011    482  7
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Equity in net income (loss) of noncombined
  entities................................        --         (116)      201         4   --    --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Income (loss) before minority interests...    25,775         (575)    1,057       655   (158) 4
Minority interests........................    (3,425)          (1)        1     --      --    --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Net income (loss).........................   $22,350    $    (576) $  1,058  $    655  $(158) $4
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Net income per common share...............   $  1.19
                                            ---------
                                            ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -----------------------------------------
                                                   JUNE 30, 1996
                                               ----------------------              COMBINED HISTORICAL
                                                            COMBINED    -----------------------------------------
                                               PRO FORMA   HISTORICAL     1995      1994     1993    1992   1991
                                               ---------   ----------   --------  --------  -------  ----  ------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>   <C>
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Commercial office properties -- net of
  accumulated depreciation...................  $410,160     $254,749    $160,874  $ 34,977  $25,404  $--    $--
Total assets.................................   436,581      286,165     182,379    46,090   27,911   134      10
Mortgage loans payable and unsecured lines of
  credit.....................................   104,000      265,959     168,451    32,944   24,356   250    --
Total liabilities............................   111,468      277,917     174,163    34,148   25,190   287       5
Minority interest............................    43,231          718         100        99    --      --     --
Owners'/Stockholders' equity.................   281,882        7,530       8,116    11,843    2,721  (153)      5
</TABLE>
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                          THE COMPANY (PRO FORMA) AND
                    ARDEN PREDECESSORS (COMBINED HISTORICAL)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            ------------------------------
                                                             COMBINED
                                            PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL
                                            ---------   ------------------
                                              1996        1996      1995
                                            ---------   --------  --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>       <C>
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                             SHARE DATA, PERCENTAGES AND
                                                NUMBER OF PROPERTIES)
OTHER DATA:
Funds from Operations (1):
  Income (loss) before minority
   interests..............................   $14,781    $ (2,482) $    317
  Depreciation and amortization...........     5,774       3,036       638
                                            ---------   --------  --------
    Funds from Operations.................    20,555         554       955
Company's Share Percentage................     86.69%
Company's Share of Funds from
  Operations..............................    17,819         554       955
                                            ---------   --------  --------
Cash flows from operating activities......     --          2,013       458
Cash flows from investing activities......     --        (96,827)   (5,578)
Cash flows from financing activities......     --         94,937     4,550
Number of Properties owned at period
  end.....................................        24          21        10
Gross rentable square feet of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     4,036       3,547     1,408
Occupancy at period end of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     --   %         89%       84%
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         COMBINED
                                                                        HISTORICAL
                                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                                                               THE
                                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                                              MARCH
                                                                                               31,
                                                                                              1991
                                                                                               TO
                                            PRO FORMA                                         DECEMBER
                                            ---------                                         31,
                                              1995        1995       1994      1993    1992   1991
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>
 
OTHER DATA:
Funds from Operations (1):
  Income (loss) before minority
   interests..............................   $25,775    $    (575) $  1,057  $    655  $(158) $4
  Depreciation and amortization...........    11,549        1,898     1,143       646      2  --
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
    Funds from Operations.................    37,324        1,323     2,200     1,301   (156) 4
Company's Share Percentage................
Company's Share of Funds from
  Operations..............................    32,356        1,323     2,200     1,301   (156) 4
                                            ---------   ---------  --------  --------  -----  -----
Cash flows from operating activities......     --           2,830       834     1,186   (258) 7
Cash flows from investing activities......     --        (123,358)  (17,921)  (25,965)  --    --
Cash flows from financing activities......     --         120,707    16,845    25,632    250  1
Number of Properties owned at period
  end.....................................        24           17         8         3   --    --
Gross rentable square feet of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     4,036        2,634     1,130       530   --    --
Occupancy at period end of Properties
  owned at period end.....................     --   %          88%       82%       84%  --    --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) The White Paper on Funds from Operations approved by the Board of  Governors
    of  the National Association of Real  Estate Investment Trusts ("NAREIT") in
    March 1995 (the "White Paper") defines  Funds from Operations as net  income
    (loss)  (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from
    debt  restructuring  and  sales  of  property,  plus  real  estate   related
    depreciation  and  amortization  and  after  adjustments  for unconsolidated
    partnerships and joint ventures. Management considers Funds from  Operations
    an  appropriate  measure of  performance  of an  equity  REIT because  it is
    predicated on cash flow analyses. The Company computes Funds from Operations
    in accordance with standards established by the White Paper which may differ
    from the methodology for calculating Funds from Operations utilized by other
    equity REITs and, accordingly,  may not be comparable  to such other  REITs.
    Funds  from Operations  should not  be considered  as an  alternative to net
    income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of the Company's
    financial performance or to cash flow from operating activities  (determined
    in  accordance with GAAP) as a measure of the Company's liquidity, nor is it
    indicative of funds available  to fund the  Company's cash needs,  including
    its ability to make distributions.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with Selected
Financial  Data  and  the  financial  statements  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus. Where appropriate, the following discussion includes analysis of the
effects  of the Formation Transactions and  the Offering, including the Mortgage
Financing and  the purchase  of the  Acquisition Properties.  These effects  are
reflected  in  the pro  forma  condensed combined  financial  statements located
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    The Company receives income primarily from rental revenue (including  tenant
reimbursements)  and parking revenue from commercial office properties, and to a
lesser extent, from the management of certain properties owned by third parties.
The Company has acquired its current  portfolio over the last three years,  with
approximately 16% of the Properties (as a percentage of pro forma rental revenue
for  the  six  months ended  June  30,  1996) acquired  in  calendar  year 1993,
approximately 13% of the Properties acquired in 1994, approximately 39% acquired
in 1995, and the balance (32%) acquired as of June 30, 1996. As a result of  the
Company's  aggressive acquisition program, the  financial data shows significant
increases in  total revenue  from  year to  year,  largely attributable  to  the
acquisitions during each such year and the benefit of a full period of effective
rental  and other revenue for Properties acquired in the preceding year. For the
foregoing reasons, the Company does not believe its year to year and quarter  to
quarter financial data are comparable.
 
    The  Company expects that the more significant part of its revenue growth in
the next one to two years will come from additional acquisitions and contractual
rent increases  rather than  from occupancy  and market  rent increases  in  its
current  portfolio. On the other hand, the Company believes that if the Southern
California office rental market continues to improve, then rental rate increases
will become  a  more substantial  part  of its  revenue  growth over  time.  See
"Business and Growth Strategies -- Growth Strategies."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    COMPARISON  OF SIX MONTHS ENDED  JUNE 30, 1996 TO  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
1995.  During  the first  half of 1996,  the Arden  Predecessors purchased  four
Properties  resulting in an increase in real estate investments of approximately
$95 million.
 
    Rental revenue increased by $16.6 million  or 588% for the six months  ended
June  30, 1996 compared to  the six months ended June  30, 1995. The increase in
rental revenue resulted  principally from a  full six months  of rental  revenue
from  Properties acquired during calendar year  1995, six of which were acquired
after June 30, 1995, and rental revenue from Properties acquired during the  six
months  ended June 30, 1996. Rental revenue from the calendar year 1995 acquired
Properties increased to $10.0  million for the six  months ended June 30,  1996,
representing  a full  six months  of rental revenue,  from $83,000  in the prior
period. Rental revenue  associated with  the 1996 acquired  Properties added  an
additional  approximately $6.7 million  to rental revenue  during the six months
ended June 30, 1996.
 
    Tenant reimbursements and other  revenue increased by  $2.1 million or  257%
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to the six months ended June 30,
1995.   The  increase  in  tenant  reimbursements  and  other  revenue  resulted
principally from  a full  six months  of tenant  reimbursements from  Properties
acquired  during calendar  year 1995  and tenant  reimbursements from Properties
acquired during the six months ended  June 30, 1996. Tenant reimbursements  from
the  calendar year 1995 acquired Properties added an additional $745,000 for the
six months  ended  June 30,  1996,  representing a  full  six months  of  tenant
reimbursements.   Tenant  reimbursements  associated   with  the  1996  acquired
Properties added an additional $457,000 to  revenue during the six months  ended
June  30,  1996.  Other  revenue, representing  primarily  management  fees from
third-party owned properties, increased  by 134% for the  six months ended  June
30, 1996 compared to the prior period.
 
    Parking  revenue increased by $1.9 million or  864% for the six months ended
June 30, 1996  compared to  the six  months ended  June 30,  1995. The  increase
resulted  principally from a full six  months of parking revenue from Properties
acquired during calendar year 1995 and parking revenue from Properties  acquired
during  the six months  ended June 30,  1996. Parking revenue  from the calendar
year 1995 acquisition
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
Properties increased to  $1.3 million for  the six months  ended June 30,  1996,
representing  a full six months of parking revenue, from $0 in the prior period.
Parking revenue associated with the 1996 acquired Properties added an additional
$597,000 to parking revenue during the six months ended June 30, 1996.
 
    The Arden Predecessors hold noncontrolling investments in various  entities,
the noncombined entities, which own commercial office properties. These entities
are  accounted for in  the financial statements of  the Arden Predecessors using
the equity method.  Equity in net  income of noncombined  entities decreased  by
$202,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to the six months ended
June  30,  1995. This  215%  decrease is  due  principally to  significant large
tenants vacating space in the first quarter of 1996 at two of the properties.
 
    The following is a comparison of certain expenses of the Arden  Predecessors
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to the six months ended June 30, 1995:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DOLLAR      PERCENT
                                               JUNE 30, 1996   JUNE 30, 1995    CHANGE      CHANGE
                                               -------------  ---------------  ---------  -----------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>              <C>        <C>
Certain Expenses
  Property operating and maintenance.........    $   4,998       $     754     $   4,244         563%
  Real estate taxes..........................        1,291             138         1,153         836%
  Insurance..................................        1,503              42         1,461       3,479%
  Ground rent................................          460              --           460          --
                                                    ------           -----     ---------       -----
    Total certain expenses...................    $   8,252       $     934     $   7,318         784%
                                                    ------           -----     ---------       -----
                                                    ------           -----     ---------       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
    For the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, total certain expenses were
$8.3  million, or 40% of rental revenue and tenant reimbursements, and $934,000,
or 31% of rental revenue  and tenant reimbursements, respectively. The  increase
in  total certain expenses is primarily  attributable to the Properties acquired
during calendar year 1995 and during the six months ended June 30, 1996 and  the
expenses  associated with the absorption of  vacant rentable space. The increase
in total certain expenses  from the six  months ended June 30,  1995 to the  six
months  ended June 30, 1996 resulting  from the acquisition of Properties during
the six months ended June 30, 1996 was approximately $3.1 million. In  addition,
total  certain expenses  increased by  $4.2 million  as a  result of  a full six
months  of   operations  for   the  Properties   acquired  in   1995,  and   the
above-described  increase in occupancy at the  Properties owned at both June 30,
1996 and 1995. Total certain expenses related to Properties owned by the Company
for the  entire six  months  ended June  30, 1995  and  1996 decreased  4.2%  or
$20,000.
 
    General and administrative expenses increased by $146,000 or 21% for the six
months  ended June  30, 1996  compared to  the six  months ended  June 30, 1995.
However, general and administrative expenses during the 1996 period fell to 3.4%
of total revenue compared to 17.7% of  total revenue during the 1995 period  due
to  the economies  of scale  associated with  adding additional  properties. The
Company believes that because it will not need to hire significant new staff  to
manage  its  current  portfolio  and  to  acquire  new  properties,  general and
administrative expenses  as a  percentage of  total revenue  should continue  to
fall.
 
    Interest  expense includes interest  at the contractual  current pay rate of
the mortgage  loans, amortization  of the  loan fees  paid at  origination,  and
accrual  of additional  interest due upon  the retirement of  the debt. Interest
expense for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was approximately $14.7  million,
including  interest  payable  upon  the retirement  of  certain  mortgage loans.
Interest expense increased by  approximately $13.3 million or  951% for the  six
months  ended June  30, 1996  compared to  the six  months ended  June 30, 1995,
primarily as a  result of the  increase in  mortgage loans payable  to fund  the
calendar  year 1995 acquisitions  and the acquisitions  that occurred during the
six months  ended  June 30,  1996.  The  interest expense  associated  with  the
mortgage  loans  originated  during  the  six months  ended  June  30,  1996 was
approximately $4.7 million.  In addition,  the six  months ended  June 30,  1996
included  a full six  months of interest expense  for Properties acquired during
calendar year  1995,  which increased  interest  expense by  approximately  $8.5
million.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    Depreciation  and amortization increased  by $2.4 million  or 376% primarily
due to the calendar year 1995  acquisitions and the acquisitions during the  six
months ended June 30, 1996.
 
    As a result of the foregoing, the Company had a net loss of $2.1 million for
the  six months ended June  30, 1996 compared to net  income of $310,000 for the
prior period.
 
    The following is a comparison of property operating data for the  Properties
("Same  Store Properties") that were owned for  the entire six months ended June
30, 1995 and June 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        JUNE 30, 1996    JUNE 30, 1995
                                                                        --------------   --------------
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>
Revenue:
  Rental..............................................................    $2,713,000       $2,739,000
  Tenant reimbursements...............................................       224,000          176,000
  Parking.............................................................       246,000          220,000
  Other...............................................................        87,000           26,000
                                                                        --------------   --------------
    Total revenue.....................................................    $3,270,000       $3,161,000
                                                                        --------------   --------------
                                                                        --------------   --------------
 
Expenses:
  Property operating, taxes, insurance and ground rent................    $  900,000       $  919,000
                                                                        --------------   --------------
                                                                        --------------   --------------
</TABLE>
 
   
    Rental revenues decreased during the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared
to the same period in  1995 due primarily to a  net decrease in rental rate  for
leases  that renewed or were retenanted. For the six months ended June 30, 1996,
tenant reimbursements  and other  income  increased by  $109,000 over  the  same
period  in  1995. In  addition, operating  expenses including  taxes, insurance,
ground rent for  these Same Store  Properties decreased by  $19,000 for the  six
months  ended June 30,  1996 over the same  period in the prior  year due to the
economies of scale  that the Company  achieved by owning  a larger portfolio  of
properties  and  the reassessment  of property  taxes. The  Company was  able to
obtain certain discounts by utilizing its greater purchasing power.
    
 
    COMPARISON OF  YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER  31, 1995  TO  YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER  31,
1994.   During 1995, the Arden Predecessors purchased seven Properties resulting
in an increase in real estate investments of approximately $126 million.
 
   
    Rental revenue increased by $3.7 million or 71% for the year ended  December
31,  1995 compared to the  year ended December 31,  1994. The increase in rental
revenue resulted  principally  from a  full  year  of rental  revenue  from  the
property  acquired  in  1994 and  partial  year rental  revenue  from Properties
acquired in 1995. Rental revenue from the 1994 acquisition property increased to
$1.2 million for the year ended December  31, 1995, representing a full year  of
rental  revenue,  from $977,000  for  such property  in  the prior  year. Rental
revenue associated  with the  1995 acquisition  Properties added  an  additional
approximately $3.2 million to rental revenue in 1995.
    
 
   
    Tenant  reimbursements and other  revenue increased by  $1.1 million or 108%
for the year ended  December 31, 1995  compared to the  year ended December  31,
1994.  Other revenue  increased by  $911,000, primarily  representing management
fees from third  party-owned properties. The  increase in tenant  reimbursements
and other revenue resulted principally from a full year of tenant reimbursements
from  the property acquired  during 1994 and  partial year tenant reimbursements
from Properties acquired during the year ended December 31, 1995 as well as  the
addition  of  one new  third party  property  management agreement  during 1995.
Tenant reimbursements from the calendar year 1994 acquisition property increased
to $239,000 for the year  ended December 31, 1995,  representing a full year  of
tenant  reimbursements, from $182,000  in the prior  year. Tenant reimbursements
associated  with   the  1995   acquisition   Properties  added   an   additional
approximately  $150,000 to tenant reimbursements  during the year ended December
31, 1995.
    
 
    Parking revenue increased by $368,000 or 96% for the year ended December 31,
1995 compared  to  the year  ended  December  31, 1994.  The  increase  resulted
principally from a full year of parking revenue from
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
the property acquired during calendar year 1994 and partial year parking revenue
from  Properties  acquired  during the  year  ended December  31,  1995. Parking
revenue associated with  the 1995  acquisition properties,  added an  additional
$319,000 to parking revenue during the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
    At  December 31, 1994 the Arden Predecessors held noncontrolling investments
in various  entities,  the noncombined  entities,  which own  commercial  office
properties.  During  1995,  the  Arden Predecessors  made  an  investment  in an
additional entity which  owns commercial office  properties. These entities  are
accounted  for in the  financial statements of the  Arden Predecessors using the
equity method.  Equity  in  net  income of  noncombined  entities  decreased  by
$317,000  for  the year  ended  December 31,  1995  compared to  the  year ended
December 31, 1994. This 273% decrease  is due principally to significant  tenant
losses in the 1995 investment.
 
    The  following is a comparison of  certain expense of the Arden Predecessors
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to the year ended December 31, 1994:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    DOLLAR      PERCENT
                                                   1995           1994        CHANGE      CHANGE
                                               -------------  -------------  ---------  -----------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>
Certain Expenses
  Property operating and maintenance.........    $   2,539      $   1,869    $     670          36%
  Real estate taxes..........................          502            272          230          85%
  Insurance..................................          279             50          229         458%
  Ground rent................................           19         --               19      --
                                                    ------         ------    ---------         ---
    Total certain expenses...................    $   3,339      $   2,191    $   1,148          52%
                                                    ------         ------    ---------         ---
                                                    ------         ------    ---------         ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Total certain  expenses were  $3.3 million,  or 36%  of rental  revenue  and
tenant  reimbursements, and  $2.2 million, or  41% of rental  revenue and tenant
reimbursements, for the  years ended December  31, 1995 and  December 31,  1994,
respectively.  The increase in total  certain expenses is primarily attributable
to a full year of operations for the 1994 acquisition property, the partial year
of operations for the  1995 Acquisition Properties  and the expenses  associated
with  the absorption of vacant rentable space across the portfolio. The increase
in total certain expenses from 1994 to 1995 resulting from the 1995 acquisitions
was approximately $1.4 million. In addition, total certain expenses increased by
$1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 as a result of a full year  of
operations  for the property acquired in  1994, and the above-described increase
in occupancy at the Properties owned at both December 31, 1994 and 1995.
    
 
    General and administrative expenses  increased by $688,000  or 100% for  the
year  ended December  31, 1995,  compared to the  year ended  December 31, 1994,
primarily due to additional employees required to manage the increased portfolio
of Properties.  General and  administrative expenses  as a  percentage of  total
revenue was 12% and 11% during 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company believes
that  because  it will  not need  to hire  significant new  staff to  manage its
current portfolio  and to  acquire new  properties, general  and  administrative
expenses  as a percentage  of total revenue  should begin to  fall in subsequent
years.
 
   
    Interest expense includes interest  at the contractual  current pay rate  of
the  mortgage  loans, amortization  of the  loan fees  paid at  origination, and
accrual of additional  interest due upon  the retirement of  the debt.  Interest
expense  for the  year ended December  31, 1995 was  approximately $5.5 million,
including interest  payable  of $2.5  million  upon the  retirement  of  certain
mortgage loans. Interest expense increased by $3.9 million, or 231% for the year
ended  December 31, 1995 compared to the  year ended December 31, 1994 primarily
as a  result  of the  increase  in mortgage  loans  incurred to  fund  the  1995
acquisitions.  The interest expense associated with  the 1995 mortgage loans was
$2.7 million. In  addition, 1995 included  a full year  of interest expense  for
debt  incurred to acquire the property in 1994, which increased interest expense
by approximately $466,000.
    
 
    Depreciation and amortization increased by $755,000 or 66% primarily due  to
the 1995 acquisitions and the full year effect of the 1994 acquisitions.
 
    As a result of the foregoing, the Company had a net loss of $576,000 for the
year  ended December  31, 1995 compared  to net  income of $1.1  million for the
prior year.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    The following is a  comparison of the property  operating data for the  Same
Store Properties that were owned for the entire year ended December 31, 1994 and
December 31, 1995:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1995           1994
                                                                        ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>
Revenue:
  Rental..............................................................  $ 4,417,000     $4,180,000
  Tenant reimbursements...............................................       15,000         36,000
  Parking.............................................................      431,000        382,000
  Other...............................................................      152,000        108,000
                                                                        ------------   ------------
    Total revenue.....................................................    5,015,000      4,706,000
                                                                        ------------   ------------
                                                                        ------------   ------------
Certain expenses:
  Property operating, taxes, insurance and ground rent................  $ 1,724,000     $1,985,000
                                                                        ------------   ------------
                                                                        ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    For  the  year ended  December  31, 1995,  occupancy  increased from  84% at
December 31, 1994  to 92%  at December  31, 1995  and substantially  all of  the
revenue  increase was due to this  occupancy increase. Operating expenses before
depreciation and amortization, and  interest including taxes, insurance,  ground
rent expenses for these Same Store Properties decreased by $261,000 for the year
ended  December 31, 1995 over the prior year  due to the economies of scale that
the Company obtained by owning a larger portfolio of Properties. The Company was
able to allocate its personnel among  more of its Properties and obtain  certain
discounts by utilizing its greater purchasing power.
    
 
    COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 TO YEAR ENDED 1993.  During 1994,
the  Arden  Predecessors  purchased one  Property  resulting in  an  increase in
investments in Properties of approximately $8.7 million.
 
    Rental revenue increased by $2.1 million 70% for the year ended December 31,
1994 compared  to the  year ended  December  31, 1993.  The increase  in  rental
revenue  resulted  principally  from a  full  year  of rental  revenue  from the
property acquired in  1993 and  partial year  rental revenue  from the  property
acquired in 1994. Rental revenue from the 1993 acquisition property increased to
$4.2  million for the year ended December  31, 1994, representing a full year of
rental revenue from that property, from  $3.0 million in the prior year.  Rental
revenue  associated  with  the  1994 acquisition  property  added  an additional
$977,000 to rental revenue in 1994.
 
   
    Tenant reimbursements and other  revenue increased by  $664,000 or 191%  for
the  year ended December 31, 1994 compared  to the year ended December 31, 1993.
Tenant reimbursement increases represented $182,000 of this increase, and  other
revenue,   primarily  representing   management  fees   from  third  party-owned
properties, represented  $482,000  of  this increase.  The  increase  in  tenant
reimbursements  resulted principally from  a full year  of tenant reimbursements
from the property acquired  during 1993 and  partial year tenant  reimbursements
from  the property acquired during 1994. Tenant reimbursements from the calendar
year 1993 acquisition property increased to $36,000 for the year ended  December
31,  1994, representing a full  year of such revenue,  from $35,000 in the prior
year. Tenant  reimbursements associated  with  the 1994  acquisition  Properties
added  an additional  approximately $182,000  to such  revenue during  1994. The
increase in property  management fees  resulted primarily  from a  full year  of
property  management fees in  1994 for third  party-owned properties managed for
part of the year in the prior period.
    
 
    Parking revenue increased by $103,000 or 37% for the year ended December 31,
1994 compared  to  the year  ended  December  31, 1993.  The  increase  resulted
primarily  from a full year of parking revenue from the property acquired during
calendar year 1993 and partial year  parking revenue from the property  acquired
during  the year ended December 31, 1994. Parking revenue from the calendar year
1993 acquisition property increased to $382,000 for the year ended December  31,
1994, representing a full year of such revenue, from $279,000 in the prior year.
 
    At   December  31,  1993,  the  Arden  Predecessors  held  a  noncontrolling
investment in one  joint venture  which owns two  commercial office  properties.
During   1994,  the  Arden  Predecessors  made  investments  in  two  additional
noncombined entities which own commercial office properties. These entities  are
accounted
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
for  in  the financial  statements of  the Arden  Predecessors using  the equity
method. Equity in net income of noncombined entities increased by $197,000, from
$4,000 to $201,000, for the  year ended December 31,  1994 compared to the  year
ended  December 31, 1993. This increase is due principally to significant income
generated from the additional properties.
 
    The following is a comparison of certain expenses of the Arden  Predecessors
for the year ended December 31, 1994 to the year ended December 31, 1993:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    DOLLAR      PERCENT
                                                   1994           1993        CHANGE      CHANGE
                                               -------------  -------------  ---------  -----------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>
Certain Expenses
  Property operating and maintenance.........    $   1,869      $   1,324    $     545          41%
  Real estate taxes..........................          272            107          165         154%
  Insurance..................................           50             49            1           2%
  Ground rent................................       --             --           --          --
                                                    ------         ------    ---------         ---
    Total certain expenses...................    $   2,191      $   1,480    $     711          48%
                                                    ------         ------    ---------         ---
                                                    ------         ------    ---------         ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Total  certain  expenses were  $2.2 million,  or 41%  of rental  revenue and
tenant reimbursements, and  $1.5 million, or  48% of rental  revenue and  tenant
reimbursements,  for the years  ended December 31,  1994 and 1993, respectively.
The increase in total certain expenses is primarily attributable to the addition
of the 1994 acquisition property and the expenses associated with the absorption
of vacant rentable  space across the  portfolio. The increase  in total  certain
expenses from 1993 to 1994 resulting from the 1994 acquisition was approximately
$206,000.  In addition, total certain expenses increased by $451,000 as a result
of a  full  year of  operations  for the  property  acquired in  1993,  and  the
increases  in the occupancy  at such property.  In addition, as  a result of the
Northridge earthquake,  the  Company had  some  minor  damage to  three  of  its
buildings, resulting in $136,000 of property operating and maintenance expenses.
    
 
    General  and  administrative  expenses  increased $303,000  or  79%  in 1994
compared to 1993 primarily due to an increase in payroll of $210,000 required by
the Company  to  manage  its increased  portfolio.  General  and  administrative
expenses  as a percentage of  total revenue remained unchanged  at 11% from 1994
and 1993.
 
    Interest expense in  1994 increased by  $1.0 million, or  159%, compared  to
1993. The increase was primarily due to a full year of interest on debt incurred
in  1993, as well as  the interest due on  a $6.7 million loan  used to fund the
1994 acquisition.  The  interest  expense  associated  with  the  1994  property
acquisition  debt  was  approximately $491,000.  Interest  expense  increased by
$516,000 as a result  of a full  year of interest expense  for debt incurred  to
acquire the property in 1993.
 
   
    Depreciation and amortization increased by $644,000 or 129% primarily due to
the 1994 acquisition and the full year effect of the 1993 acquisition.
    
 
    As a result of the foregoing, the Company had net income of $1.1 million for
the  year ended  December 31, 1994  compared to  net income of  $655,000 for the
prior year.
 
PRO FORMA OPERATING RESULTS
 
   
    SIX MONTHS ENDED  JUNE 30,  1996.   On a  pro forma  basis, combined  income
(before  deduction of minority interests) would  have been $14.8 million for the
six months ended  June 30, 1996,  or $13.3  million combined net  income of  the
Company  (after deduction  of minority  interests), comparing  positively to the
historical net loss of $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. This
positive comparison results  from a  significant reduction  in interest  expense
based  on the effects of the proposed Offering as well as a substantial increase
in total revenue, due to the benefit of  a pro forma full six months of  revenue
from the Properties acquired (and to be acquired) in 1996.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
    Pro  forma  total  revenue is  $40.6  million representing  a  $16.1 million
increase over  historical 1996,  resulting primarily  from an  increase of  $6.0
million  in  rental  revenue  associated with  Properties  acquired  (and  to be
acquired) in 1996. Pro forma revenue  from tenant reimbursements and parking  is
$5.1 million, representing a $1.5 million increase over historical results.
    
 
    The   historical   1996  interest   expense   of  $14.7   million  decreased
substantially to $4.1 million  on a pro  forma basis. Correspondingly,  interest
expense  as a  percentage of  total revenue  dropped substantially,  from 60% of
total revenue in historical 1996 to 10% of total revenue on a pro forma basis.
 
   
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995.  On a pro forma basis, combined income (before
deduction of minority  interests) would  have been  $25.8 million  for the  year
ended  December 31, 1995,  or $22.4 million  combined net income  of the Company
(after deduction of minority interests), comparing positively to the  historical
net  loss of  $(576,000) for  the year  ended December  31, 1995.  This positive
comparison results from a significant reduction in interest expense as well as a
substantial increase in total revenue,  due to the benefit  of a pro forma  full
year of revenue from the Properties acquired in 1995, and pro forma revenue from
the 1996 acquisitions.
    
 
    Pro  forma  total  revenue is  $78.0  million representing  a  $66.3 million
increase over historical  1995, resulting  primarily from an  increase of  $23.7
million  in  rental  revenue  associated with  Properties  acquired  (and  to be
acquired) in  1996,  combined  with a  full  year  of rental  revenue  from  the
Properties  acquired  in  1995  totaling  $16.6  million.  Revenue  from  tenant
reimbursements and parking also increased on  a pro forma basis over  historical
1995  primarily due to $3.0 million of  such revenue generated at the Properties
acquired or to be acquired in 1996.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    MORTGAGE FINANCING.  The  Company is currently  negotiating an interim  loan
(the  "Mortgage Financing") in the  amount of $104 million  with an affiliate of
Lehman Brothers. The  Mortgage Financing will  have a maturity  of one year  and
bear  interest at a  floating rate equal to  one month LIBOR  plus 1.50% for the
first six  months increasing  to 2.00%  through maturity.  The proceeds  of  the
Mortgage  Financing  will  be  used  primarily to  refinance  a  portion  of the
Company's  existing  mortgage  indebtedness.  The  Mortgage  Financing  will  be
non-recourse and secured by fully cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted first
mortgage liens on the nine Mortgage Financing Properties. The Mortgage Financing
will  require monthly payments of  interest only, with all  principal due on the
first anniversary of the closing of the Mortgage Financing.
 
   
    The Company intends to refinance the Mortgage Financing through an  offering
of  commercial mortgage-backed securities (the "CMBS  Offering") to be made by a
financing subsidiary which the  Company intends to form  for that purpose in  an
amount  of  approximately $104  million with  a  term of  seven years.  The CMBS
Offering is expected  to bear  interest at a  floating rate  based on  one-month
LIBOR.  The Company intends  to enter into  a swap agreement  with a major money
center bank  in the  notional amount  of $104  million upon  completion of  this
Offering  and  the  Formation  Transactions  or  shortly  thereafter  (the "Swap
Agreement"). The Swap Agreement will result in effective fixed interest payments
equal to the yield on U.S. Treasury Notes with a maturity of seven years plus  a
spread which, if determined on the date hereof, would result in an interest rate
of  7.51%. The CMBS Offering is expected to require monthly payments of interest
only with  all principal  due in  a  balloon payment  at maturity.  The  Company
expects  to pursue the CMBS Offering promptly after the closing of this Offering
and the Formation  Transactions, although  there can  be no  assurance that  the
Company will complete a CMBS Offering or enter into the Swap Agreement.
    
 
    THE CREDIT FACILITY.  The Company is currently negotiating with a commercial
bank,  the terms of a  two-year, $100 million revolving  credit facility, with a
one-year extension option (the "Credit  Facility"). The Credit Facility will  be
used,  among other  things, to  finance the  acquisition of  properties, provide
funds for tenant improvements and  capital expenditures and provide for  working
capital  and other  corporate purposes.  The Company  intends to  enter into the
Credit Facility contemporaneously with the Offering or shortly thereafter.
 
    The Credit Facility will  have two tranches: an  unsecured tranche of up  to
$50  million,  subject to  the Company's  ownership of  an unencumbered  pool of
qualifying properties with values (calculated as provided
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
in the Credit Facility) of at least 100% of the Company's unsecured liabilities,
and a  secured tranche  of up  to $100  million, subject  to a  borrowing  base.
Aggregate  outstanding  loans  may not  exceed  $100 million.  The  lenders must
approve the properties securing the facility and qualifying properties which are
included in the unencumbered pool. Outstanding loans will bear interest based on
the LIBOR rate  or the bank's  base rate,  at the Company's  option. The  Credit
Facility  will be subject to customary  conditions to closing and borrowing, and
contain  representations  and   warranties  and  defaults   customary  in   REIT
financings.  The  Credit  Facility  is  also  anticipated  to  contain financial
covenants, including  requirements for  a minimum  tangible net  worth,  maximum
liabilities  to asset values, and minimum interest, unsecured interest and fixed
charge coverage ratios (all  calculated as defined in  the Credit Facility)  and
requirements  to  maintain a  pool of  unencumbered  properties approved  by the
lenders and meeting  certain defined characteristics.  The Credit Facility  will
also  contain restrictions  on, among  other things,  indebtedness, investments,
distributions, liens,  and  mergers, and  will  require Mr.  Ziman  to  maintain
certain ownership interests and management roles in the Company. There can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be able  to enter into  the Credit Facility on
terms satisfactory to it. If it is not able to enter into the Credit Facility it
will have  to find  alternative  means to  finance  its future  acquisitions  of
Properties.
 
   
    ANALYSIS  OF  LIQUIDITY AND  CAPITAL RESOURCES.    The Company  believes the
Offering and the Formation Transactions  will improve its financial  performance
through  changes to its capital structure, principally the substantial reduction
in its  overall  debt  and its  debt  to  equity ratio.  Through  the  Formation
Transactions,  the  Company will  repay all  of its  existing mortgage  debt and
replace it  with secured  floating rate  debt in  the principal  amount of  $104
million  pursuant to the Mortgage Financing.  Thus, total secured debt after the
Formation Transactions (assuming no advances under the Credit Facility) will  be
reduced  by  approximately $266  million  in principal.  This  will result  in a
significant reduction of  annual mortgage  interest expense as  a percentage  of
total  revenue (10.4% on a pro forma basis as compared to 47% for the historical
year ended  December 31,  1995). Thus,  cash from  operations required  to  fund
interest  expenses will decrease substantially,  although such reduction will be
offset by  the use  of cash  from operations  to meet  annual REIT  distribution
requirements.  In addition,  the Offering  and Formation  Transactions, together
with the  Mortgage Financing  and  the Credit  Facility,  will produce  a  lower
leveraged  capital structure. The market capitalization of the Company, based on
the assumed initial public offering price  of the issued and outstanding  shares
of  Common Stock and OP Units (assuming all OP Units are exchanged for shares of
Common Stock) and  the debt outstanding  at the completion  of the Offering,  is
expected  to  be  approximately $538.8  million  with total  debt  (exclusive of
accounts payable  and accrued  expenses)  of approximately  $104 million.  As  a
result,  the  Company's  debt  to  total  market  capitalization  ratio  will be
approximately  19.3%  (17.6%  if  the  Underwriters'  overallotment  option   is
exercised  in  full). The  Credit Facility  combined  with this  lower leveraged
capital structure  should enhance  the Company's  ability to  take advantage  of
acquisition  opportunities as well as provide, if necessary, working capital for
funding commitments to  construct tenant leasehold  improvements and payment  of
leasing commissions associated with new leasing activity.
    
 
    After  the Offering, the Company expects  to have approximately $100 million
available under the  Credit Facility.  The Company anticipates  that the  Credit
Facility will be used primarily to acquire additional properties and for general
working capital needs.
 
    The  Mortgage Financing matures in 1997.  Since the Company anticipates that
none of the principal  of its mortgage indebtedness  will be amortized prior  to
maturity  and the Company will  not have sufficient funds  on hand to repay such
indebtedness at maturity, it will be necessary for the Company to refinance such
debt either through additional debt financings secured by individual  properties
or  groups  of properties,  by  unsecured private  or  public debt  offerings or
additional equity offerings. See "Risk Factors -- Real Estate Financing  Risks."
The  Company currently expects to refinance  the Mortgage Financings through the
CMBS Offering.
 
    The  Company  expects  to  make   distributions  from  Cash  Available   for
Distribution,  which  the  Company  believes  will  exceed  Cash  Available  for
Distribution historically available as a result of the reduction in debt service
expected to result from the  repayment of indebtedness described above.  Amounts
accumulated for
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
distribution will be invested by the Company primarily in short-term investments
that  are collateralized by securities of the United States government or any of
its   agencies,   high-grade   commercial   paper   and   bank   deposits.   See
"Distributions."
 
    The  Company expects to meet its short-term liquidity requirements generally
through its initial  working capital and  net cash provided  by operations.  The
Company  believes that its net cash provided by operations will be sufficient to
allow the Company to make any  distributions necessary to enable the Company  to
continue  to qualify  as a  REIT. The Company  also believes  that the foregoing
sources of liquidity will be sufficient  to fund its short-term liquidity  needs
for  the foreseeable  future, including recurring  non-revenue enhancing capital
expenditures, tenant improvements and leasing commissions.
 
    The Company expects to meet certain long-term liquidity requirements such as
property acquisitions, scheduled  debt maturities,  renovations, expansions  and
other non-recurring capital improvements through long-term secured and unsecured
indebtedness  and the issuance of additional equity securities. The Company also
expects to use funds available under  the Credit Facility to fund  acquisitions,
development activities and capital improvements on an interim basis.
 
CASH FLOWS
 
    COMPARISON  FOR THE SIX MONTHS  ENDED JUNE 30, 1996  TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1995.  The increase in cash and cash equivalents of $872 from June  30,
1995  to  June 30,  1996 is  due to  the  excess of  cash provided  by financing
activities over cash used in operating activities and investing activities.  Net
cash provided by operating activities increased by $1.6 million from $458,000 to
$2.0  million primarily due  to an increase  in rental revenue  offset by higher
mortgage interest.  Net cash  used in  investing activities  increased by  $91.2
million  from $5.6  million to $96.8  million mainly  due to an  increase in the
amount of real estate  assets purchased during 1996  compared to 1995. Net  cash
provided by financing activities increased by $90.3 million from $4.6 million to
$94.9 million due primarily to proceeds received on mortgage loans.
 
    COMPARISON  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  1995 TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1994.  The increase in cash  and cash equivalents of $179,000 from  December
31, 1994 to December 31, 1995 is due to the excess of cash provided by operating
and  financing  activities  over cash  used  in investing  activities.  Net cash
provided by operating activities increased by $2.0 million from $834,000 million
to $2.8  million primarily  due to  the additional  cash flow  generated by  the
increase  in  the  number  of  Properties  owned.  Net  cash  used  in investing
activities increased  by $105.5  million from  $17.9 million  to $123.4  million
mainly  due to an increase in the  amount of real estate assets purchased during
1995 compared to 1994.  Net cash provided by  financing activities increased  by
$103.9  million from $16.8 million to $120.7 million due to proceeds received on
mortgage notes  offset  in  part  by increases  in  mortgage  loans  repaid  and
restricted cash.
 
    COMPARISON  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  1994 TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1993.  The decrease in cash  and cash equivalents of $242,000 from  December
31, 1993 to December 31, 1994 is due to distributions from one Arden Predecessor
to its owners of $1.4 million and the acquisition of improvements and Properties
in  excess of  financing activities. These  uses were partially  offset by owner
contributions. Net cash provided by  operating activities decreased by  $352,000
from  $1.2 million to $834,000  primarily due to an  increase in rents and other
receivables, deferred  rents prepaid  financing and  leasing costs  and  prepaid
expenses and other assets offset by an increase in depreciation and amortization
and  net income. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $8.1 million
from $26.0 million to  $17.9 million mainly  due to a decrease  in the value  of
real  estate assets purchased during 1994 compared to 1993. Net cash provided by
financing activities  decreased by  $8.8  million from  $25.6 million  to  $16.8
million  due to  a decrease  in the amount  proceeds received  on mortgage notes
incurred to finance real  estate acquisitions offset in  part by an increase  in
owners' contributions.
 
INFLATION
 
    Substantially  all of the office leases  provide for separate escalations of
real estate taxes and operating expenses  over a base amount. In addition,  many
of  the  office  leases  provide  for  fixed  base  rent  increases  or  indexed
escalations (based on  the CPI  or other  measures). The  Company believes  that
inflationary  increases in expenses will be offset by the expense reimbursements
and contractual rent increases described above.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    The Credit Facility is expected to  bear interest at a variable rate,  which
will  be  influenced  by  changes  in short-term  interest  rates,  and  will be
sensitive to inflation.
 
                 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ECONOMY AND OFFICE MARKETS
 
    The Company believes  that current  and forecast  trends affecting  Southern
California  have  created  and  will continue  to  create  a  favorable economic
environment  in   the  suburban   Southern  California   office  markets   where
substantially  all of the  Company's Properties are  located. First, the Company
believes that the  supply of  Class A office  space in  Southern California  has
stabilized and is unlikely to increase over the short term in large part because
it  is not economically  feasible to develop  new Class A  office space based on
rental rates currently attainable in  Southern California office markets as  set
forth in the C&W Market Study. Second, the recent economic restructuring of many
of   Southern   California's   primary   office-using   sectors   including  the
entertainment,   export/import,   managed   health   care,   high    technology,
telecommunications,  and civilian and military  aerospace and defense industries
has caused growth in demand for office  space. Third, demand for Class A  office
space  relative to the level  of supply has led to  higher occupancy rates and a
trend towards higher rental  rates which are supportable  in the office  markets
where  the Company's  Properties are  located. Finally,  patterns of residential
relocation to suburban  areas due in  part to the  public perception of  greater
personal   security  and  to  the   availability  of  greater  recreational  and
residential amenities in  suburban areas, coupled  with a heightened  preference
for  living in  close proximity  to work  and employers'  resultant access  to a
broader, more skilled local  labor force have fueled  growth of suburban  office
property  demand. The  Company believes  that these  factors and  other specific
economic indicators  discussed  below suggest  a  general strengthening  of  the
Southern  California economy. Given the quality  and location of its Properties,
the Company  believes it  is  competitively positioned  to capitalize  on  these
economic  trends and the resulting demand for  suburban Class A office space. In
addition, the Company believes that  the suburban Los Angeles County  submarkets
in  which its Properties are located will outperform the Downtown/CBD, which has
not begun to recover from the real estate downturn.
 
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ECONOMY
 
    OVERVIEW.   The  Company  believes  that  the  office  markets  in  Southern
California, and particularly suburban Los Angeles County, have improved and will
be excellent markets in which to own and operate office properties over the long
term.
 
    The  three-county  region  in  which the  Company's  Properties  are located
includes Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego counties which collectively  comprise
approximately 45% of the statewide population and employment base in California.
Data  from the U.S.  Bureau of Labor Statistics  indicates that the unemployment
rate in these  counties peaked in  1993 during the  height of the  1990 to  1993
recessionary  period in  Southern California. Recently,  however, these counties
experienced a gradual  economic recovery  marked by  falling unemployment  rates
beginning  in 1994 which, according to THE  1995 ECONOMIC REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR
OF CALIFORNIA (the "1995  ECONOMIC REPORT"), was precipitated  by growth in  the
services  and trade employment sectors, among others, and a less pronounced rate
of decline in defense related  activities in Southern California. For  instance,
the unemployment rate for the Los Angeles PMSA has been declining since 1993 and
dropped  below  8% in  1995 for  the first  time since  1990. Similar  trends of
decreasing unemployment  rates were  also experienced  in Orange  and San  Diego
counties. The graph below illustrates unemployment trends for the United States,
California and the three counties in which the Company's Properties are located.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                  HISTORICAL ANNUAL AVERAGE UNEMPLOYMENT RATES
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
<S>                  <C>         <C>                  <C>              <C>                <C>
                     California   Los Angeles County    Orange County   San Diego County       U.S.
1991                       7.7%                 8.2%             5.2%               6.2%       6.7%
1992                       9.3%                 9.8%             6.6%               7.3%       7.4%
1993                       9.4%                 9.8%             6.7%               7.8%       6.8%
1994                       8.6%                 9.4%             5.8%               7.2%       6.1%
1995                       7.8%                 7.9%             5.3%               6.5%       5.6%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics
 
    The  U.S.  Bureau of  Economic  Analysis has  forecast  a total  increase in
non-farm employment for the period  from 1993 to 2005  of 14.2% for Los  Angeles
County,  35.3% for  Orange County and  30.7% for San  Diego County, representing
average annual growth rates of 1.1%, 2.5% and 2.3%, respectively.
 
    A driving factor in the forecast employment growth within the three counties
in which the Company operates is strong population growth, which, over the  next
five  years is expected to outpace the population growth in the United States as
shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 POPULATION
                                                    POPULATION     GROWTH
                                                      GROWTH      1995-2000
AREA                                                1990-1995(1) PROJECTED(2)
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
Los Angeles County................................     3.1%          5.8%
Orange County.....................................     6.4%         11.1%
San Diego County..................................     5.8%         12.1%
California........................................     6.2%          9.1%
United States.....................................     5.6%          5.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1990 population from 1990 Census and 1995
    population from July 1, 1995 estimate of the U.S. Bureau of the Census.
 
(2)  Source:  1995  population--U.S.  Bureau  of  the  Census.  2000   projected
    population--Bureau of Economic Analysis (U.S. Department of Commerce).
 
   
    As  primary office employment grows, office  demand is expected to increase.
According to AMERICA'S OFFICE ECONOMY prepared by Cognetics, Inc.,  Metropolitan
Los  Angeles (which includes Los Angeles County  and Orange County), in which 23
of the Company's 24 Properties  are located, is projected  to be the number  one
market  in the United States  for primary office employment  growth from 1995 to
2005, and San Diego is ranked 18th.
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
                       TOP 20 MARKETS FOR PRIMARY OFFICE
                         EMPLOYMENT GROWTH (1995-2005)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
       1.  LOS ANGELES
       2.  Atlanta
       3.  San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose
       4.  Washington, DC-MD-VA
       5.  Dallas-Ft. Worth
       6.  Chicago
       7.  Phoenix
       8.  New York
       9.  Houston-Galveston
      10.  Tampa-St. Petersburg
      11.  Minneapolis-St. Paul
      12.  Denver-Boulder
      13.  Boston
      14.  Orlando
      15.  Seattle
      16.  Philadelphia
      17.  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale
      18.  SAN DIEGO
      19.  Detroit
      20.  Kansas City
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
Source: Cognetics, Inc.
    
 
   
    A significant  factor  affecting primary  office  employment growth  in  Los
Angeles,  Orange and San Diego counties is  a trend within these local economies
to become more services-oriented. Data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor  Statistics
indicates  a  trend  over the  past  six years  of  growth in  the  services and
government  sector  (large   office  space   users),  and  a   decline  in   the
manufacturing, finance, insurance and real estate (FIRE) and trade sectors, with
the  other employment sectors  remaining stable in  proportion to total non-farm
employment. Employment in the service sector  in the Los Angeles PMSA  increased
to 32% of total non-farm employment in 1995 from 29% in 1990. Both Orange County
and San Diego County experienced a similar trend in the employment shift towards
services.
    
 
    In  addition to becoming a more diversified economy with a stronger emphasis
on the services and  government sectors, according to  the Los Angeles EDC,  Los
Angeles  County  ranked number  one  in the  nation  in the  number  of business
establishments by county in 1992 and  is a major center of international  trade.
According  to the 1995 ECONOMIC REPORT, Los  Angeles County is also the nation's
leading manufacturing  center. Los  Angeles  County comprises  over 40%  of  the
nondurable  manufacturing employment, 95%  of the motion  picture employment and
56% of  the aerospace  employment in  California. The  Los Angeles  PMSA is  the
largest  PMSA in the United States (larger than  both the New York City PMSA and
the Chicago PMSA) and accounts for approximately 28% of California's  population
and  employment base. Demand for office space  in Los Angeles County is expected
to remain strong as a result of these characteristics.
 
    International trade is another  major component of  the Los Angeles  economy
and  while growth in  international trade is difficult  to attribute to specific
employment sectors, it  is an  indicator of the  general strength  of the  local
economy.  In 1994 the Los Angeles Customs District (which is primarily comprised
of the Los  Angeles/Long Beach port  complex and the  Los Angeles  International
Airport)  surpassed New York/ New Jersey as the nation's leading port. According
to the California Department of Finance,  from 1987 to 1995 international  trade
passing   through  the   Los  Angeles   Customs  District   has  increased  from
approximately $77.6 billion in 1987 to approximately $164.2 billion in 1995.
 
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA OFFICE MARKETS
 
    OVERVIEW.  The Company believes that  the Los Angeles, Orange and San  Diego
County  office markets are attractive markets in which to own and operate office
properties. Specifically, the Los Angeles County  market, in which 21 of the  24
Properties  are  located,  has the  following  favorable  market characteristics
according to  the  C&W  Market  Study:  (i)  the  Los  Angeles  County  suburban
submarkets  have experienced  three years  of positive  net absorption  and five
years of declining direct  vacancy rates; (ii) there  has been virtually no  new
additions to supply to the Los Angeles County suburban office market since 1992;
and  (iii) new speculative  office development is unlikely  at the current time,
primarily because new  construction is not  economically feasible given  current
market  rental rates  and also  because of  governmental constraints  and zoning
restrictions in certain markets.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    INCREASING DEMAND FOR OFFICE SPACE.  In the past three years the  underlying
fundamentals  of supply  and demand in  the suburban Los  Angeles County, Orange
County and  downtown  San  Diego  office markets  have  improved.  The  peak  in
available  supply occurred near the midpoint  of the recession. Since that time,
the local economies have been recovering and the relationship between supply and
demand  has  resulted  in  declining  direct  vacancy  rates  and  positive  net
absorption  in these markets. According to the  C&W Market Study, as of December
31, 1995, the  direct vacancy rate  for the suburban  Los Angeles County  office
market, the Orange County office market and the downtown San Diego office market
was  17.0%, 15.5% and 17.9%, respectively, as compared to 19.2%, 19.5% and 19.4%
as of December 31, 1991, respectively.
 
                    HISTORICAL YEAR-END DIRECT VACANCY RATES
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIRECT VACANCY RATE
<S>                  <C>        <C>                            <C>              <C>
                          U.S.  Los Angeles County (suburban)    Orange County    Downtown San Diego
1991                     17.5%                          19.2%            19.5%                 19.4%
1992                     18.2%                          18.9%            19.1%                 20.7%
1993                     17.2%                          18.4%            17.1%                 19.4%
1994                     15.3%                          17.3%            17.2%                 19.8%
1995                     14.0%                          17.0%            15.5%                 17.9%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
Note: U.S. vacancy is the weighted average of 44 markets.
 
    PROJECTED DECLINING DIRECT  VACANCY RATES.   The C&W  Market Study  projects
that  aggregate direct vacancy  rates in the suburban  Los Angeles County office
market would decline to 14.4% as of December 31, 1998 assuming (i) no  additions
to  the supply of office space inventory  that existed in such office markets as
of  December  3,  1995  and  (ii)  annual  positive  net  absorption  of  direct
availabilities of 1,000,000 square feet. C&W's projection of such absorption and
declining  direct  vacancy rates  was based  on  recent historical  positive net
absorption experienced  in the  suburban Los  Angeles County  office market.  No
assurance  can be made that such  absorption of direct availabilities will occur
in the future  or that the  current supply  of office space  inventory will  not
increase,  and therefore that  direct vacancy rates will  decline as outlined in
the graph below.
 
                         PROJECTED DIRECT VACANCY RATES
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           DIRECT VACANCY %
<S>        <C>
1995 (A)               17.0%
1996 (P)               16.1%
1997 (P)               15.2%
1998 (P)               14.4%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
 
    NO NEW SUPPLY OF OFFICE SPACE.  According to the C&W Market Study, there has
been virtually no new office development in Los Angeles County and Orange County
since 1992. Similarly, there has been no new office development in downtown  San
Diego   since  1991.   Based  on   the  C&W   Market  Study,   the  addition  of
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
any new speculative  office space to  these markets is  unlikely at the  current
time,  primarily  because  speculative  new  construction  is  not  economically
feasible given  current market  rental rates  and also  because of  governmental
constraints and zoning restrictions in certain markets.
 
   
    POTENTIAL  REVENUE INCREASE AT REPLACEMENT COST RENTS.  The Company believes
that all of its  Properties have been purchased  at a substantial discount  from
replacement  cost and have the potential for significant internal revenue growth
as rental rates for office properties in their respective submarkets recover  to
levels  ("Replacement Cost  Rents") that  would provide  a reasonable  return on
investment to  a  developer of  a  new  Class A  multi-tenant  office  building.
According to the C&W Market Study, market rental rates in Los Angeles County are
currently  below the levels required to  justify new Class A office development.
Based on estimates  provided in  the C&W  Market Study,  Replacement Cost  Rents
required  to justify  new construction would  be equal to  approximately $35 per
square foot for excellent  quality Class A office  buildings and $24 per  square
foot  for average quality  Class A office buildings.  By comparison, the current
weighted average  annual  base rental  rate  (full service  gross  leases  only,
excluding  leases subject  to net lease  provisions) received by  the Company in
each of its Properties which  ranges from $15.07 per  square foot to $31.45  per
square  foot with a total weighted average annual base rental rate of $20.03 per
square foot and the weighted average annual asking rents for competitive  office
properties  in their  respective submarkets are  substantially below Replacement
Cost Rents. This is confirmed by the fact that according to the C&W Market Study
there has been extremely limited office development (375,000 square feet out  of
a  total 83,533,998 square feet in the submarkets where the Company's Properties
are located) and no speculative office development in the Los Angeles submarkets
where the Company operates Properties in the past four years.
    
 
    The costs  and implied  Replacement Cost  Rents outlined  above exclude  any
value  attributable to underlying land, which, if purchased in connection with a
new development would imply that higher Replacement Cost Rents would be required
to  justify  the  increased  costs  of  development  resulting  from  the   land
acquisition  costs. There can be no assurance as  to when, if, and the extent to
which the  Properties owned  and  operated by  the  Company will  experience  an
increase in rental rates.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                            BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
 
GENERAL
 
    Upon  completion of the Offering, the  Company will own 24 office properties
containing approximately  4.0  million  rentable  square  feet.  The  Properties
consist  primarily of Class A suburban  office properties and individually range
from approximately 49,000 to 540,000 rentable square feet. All of the Properties
are located in  Southern California,  with 21  located in  suburban Los  Angeles
County,  two in Orange County, and one in San Diego County. The Company believes
that  the  Properties  have  desirable  locations  within  established  business
communities  and  are  well-maintained.  Of  the  Company's  24  Properties,  20
Properties have been  built since  1980 and  14 Properties,  including all  four
built  prior to  1980, have been  substantially renovated within  the last three
years. The  average  age  of  the  buildings  is  approximately  12  years.  The
Properties  offer  an array  of various  amenities including  security, parking,
conference facilities,  on-site  management,  food services  and  health  clubs.
Management  believes  that the  location, quality  of construction  and building
amenities, as well  as the Company's  reputation for providing  a high level  of
tenant  service, have enabled the Company to attract and retain a diverse tenant
base. As of August 1, 1996, the Properties had a weighted average occupancy rate
of approximately 89% (compared to the C&W Peer Group weighted average  occupancy
rate  of approximately  83% as of  April 30, 1996)  and were leased  to over 540
tenants. Major tenants, based on square feet leased, include McDonnell  Douglas,
GTE  California, Pepperdine  University, Merrill  Lynch, Earth  Technology, Grey
Advertising, The Hearst Corporation, Smith Barney  and Deloitte & Touche. As  of
August  1, 1996, no one  tenant represented more than  approximately 3.3% of the
aggregate Annualized Base Rent  of the Company's portfolio  and only 16  tenants
individually represented more than 1% of such Annualized Base Rent.
 
    The  Properties  are leased  to  a variety  of  local, national  and foreign
businesses. Leases  are typically  structured for  terms of  three, five  or  10
years.  Most of the Company's leases are  full service, gross leases under which
tenants typically pay  for all real  estate taxes and  operating expenses  above
those  for an  established base year  or expense stop.  Leases typically contain
provisions permitting tenants  to renew  at prevailing market  rates. Under  the
leases,  the  landlord is  generally  responsible for  structural  repairs. Most
leases do  not permit  early  termination; however,  certain leases  permit  the
tenant  to terminate upon six months' notice after the third year of a five-year
lease or the fifth year of a  10-year lease, subject to the tenant's  obligation
to pay all unamortized tenant improvements and leasing commissions, a penalty of
three  to  six months  of additional  rent, and  any rent  concessions provided,
depending on the lease terms.  Finally, tenants generally pay directly  (without
regard  to a base year or expense stop) for overtime use of air conditioning and
for onsite monthly employee and visitor parking.
 
    Although the  Company primarily  utilizes  gross leases  (which  represented
approximately  84% of  the total  portfolio leased square  feet as  of August 1,
1996), it also has triple net leases  with a number of tenants. In general,  the
triple  net leases require the tenants to pay all real property taxes, insurance
and expenses of maintaining  the leased space or  Property and have renewal  and
termination provisions similar to those described above.
 
    The  Company's  Properties  are  regionally  managed  under  active  central
control. All  administration  (including  the formation  and  implementation  of
policies   and  procedures),  leasing,  capital  expenditures  and  construction
decisions are  centrally administered  at the  Company's corporate  office.  The
Company  employs asset managers to oversee  and direct the day-to-day operations
of the  Properties,  as well  as  the on-site  personnel,  which may  include  a
manager, assistant manager and other necessary staff. Asset managers communicate
daily  with the Company's corporate offices  to implement the Company's policies
and procedures.
 
    The on-site staffing of each Property  is dictated by each Property's  size,
tenant profile, number of tenants and location. The Company contracts with third
parties  for cleaning services,  day porters, engineers  and any other personnel
necessary to operate each Property.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The following table  sets forth  certain information regarding  each of  the
Properties as of August 1, 1996:
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PERCENTAGE OF   PERCENT
                                                                                             TOTAL       LEASED
                                                                           APPROXIMATE     PORTFOLIO     (AS OF    ANNUALIZED
                                                             YEAR BUILT/    RENTABLE       RENTABLE      AUG. 1,   BASE RENT
SUBMARKET/PROPERTY                            LOCATION        RENOVATED    SQUARE FEET    SQUARE FEET     1996)     ($000S)
- ----------------------------------------  ----------------  -------------  -----------   -------------   -------   ----------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>       <C>
LOS ANGELES COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------
LOS ANGELES WEST
 BEVERLY HILLS/CENTURY CITY
    9665 Wilshire                         Beverly Hills     1972/92-3         158,684         3.9%        95.1%     $ 4,745
    Beverly Atrium                        Beverly Hills     1989               61,314         1.5        100.0        1,400
    Century Park Center                   Los Angeles       1972/94           243,404         6.0         83.2        4,331
 WESTWOOD/WEST LOS ANGELES
    Westwood Terrace                      Los Angeles       1988              135,943         3.4         82.3        2,829
    1950 Sawtelle                         Los Angeles       1988/95           103,772         2.6         77.5        1,609
 MARINA AREA/CULVER CITY/LAX
    400 Corporate Pointe                  Culver City       1987              164,598         4.1         90.2        2,954
    Bristol Plaza                         Culver City       1982               84,014         2.1         78.6        1,195
    Skyview Center                        Los Angeles       1981,87/95(4)     391,675         9.7         86.0        5,730
 PARK MILE/WEST HOLLYWOOD
    The New Wilshire                      Los Angeles       1986              202,704         5.0         83.9        3,458
 
<CAPTION>
LOS ANGELES NORTH
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>       <C>
 SIMI/CONEJO VALLEY
    5601 Lindero Canyon                   Westlake          1989              105,830         2.6        100.0        1,180
    Calabasas Commerce Center             Calabasas         1990              123,121         3.1        100.0        2,111
 WEST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    Woodland Hills Financial Center       Woodland Hills    1972/95           224,955         5.6         89.8        4,501
 CENTRAL SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    16000 Ventura Blvd.                   Encino            1980/96           174,841         4.3         84.1        2,970
 EAST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY/TRI-CITIES
    425 West Broadway                     Glendale          1984               71,589         1.8         95.9        1,328
    303 Glenoaks(5)                       Burbank           1983/96           175,449         4.3         97.4        3,477
    70 South Lake                         Pasadena          1982/94           100,133         2.5         81.4        1,695
<CAPTION>
LOS ANGELES SOUTH
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>       <C>
 LONG BEACH
    4811 Airport Plaza Drive              Long Beach        1987/95           121,610         3.0        100.0        1,051
    4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive           Long Beach        1987/95           150,403         3.7        100.0        1,173
    5000 East Spring                      Long Beach        1989/95           163,358         4.0         89.6        2,747
    100 West Broadway                     Long Beach        1987/96           191,727         4.7         90.0        3,523
 CERRITOS/NORWALK
    12501 East Imperial Highway (5)       Norwalk           1978/94           122,175         3.0         94.7        1,882
<CAPTION>
ORANGE COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>       <C>
 WEST COUNTY
    5832 Bolsa Avenue                     Huntington Beach  1985               49,355         1.2        100.0          659
 TRI-FREEWAY AREA
    Anaheim City Centre                   Anaheim           1986/91           175,391         4.3         93.0        2,458
<CAPTION>
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>       <C>
 SAN DIEGO MARKET
    Imperial Bank Tower                   San Diego         1982/96           540,413        13.4         82.2        8,136
                                                                           -----------     ------        -------   ----------
Total/Weighted Average                                                      4,036,458       100.0%        88.9%     $67,142
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot - All Leases
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot - Gross Leases
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square Foot - Net Leases
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ANNUAL
                                                                          NET
                                                                       EFFECTIVE
                                          PERCENTAGE OF                RENT PER      ANNUALIZED
                                            PORTFOLIO                   LEASED      BASE RENT PER    C&W PEER GROUP
                                           ANNUALIZED       NUMBER      SQUARE         LEASED           RENT PER
SUBMARKET/PROPERTY                          BASE RENT     OF LEASES    FOOT (1)    SQUARE FOOT (2)   SQUARE FOOT(3)
- ----------------------------------------  -------------   ----------   ---------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>
LOS ANGELES COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------
LOS ANGELES WEST
 BEVERLY HILLS/CENTURY CITY
    9665 Wilshire                              7.1%            18       29$.34         $31.45            $28.32
    Beverly Atrium                             2.1             11       18.88           22.83             28.32
    Century Park Center                        6.5             80       19.75           21.38             22.80
 WESTWOOD/WEST LOS ANGELES
    Westwood Terrace                           4.2             21       23.22           25.30             27.19
    1950 Sawtelle                              2.4             30       17.69           20.02             18.42
 MARINA AREA/CULVER CITY/LAX
    400 Corporate Pointe                       4.4             14       23.42           19.91             17.52
    Bristol Plaza                              1.8             19       16.67           18.10             17.54
    Skyview Center                             8.5             49       15.90           17.01             19.23
 PARK MILE/WEST HOLLYWOOD
    The New Wilshire                           5.2             31       18.04           20.35             21.97
LOS ANGELES NORTH
<S>                                       <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>
 SIMI/CONEJO VALLEY
    5601 Lindero Canyon                        1.8              2       10.49           11.15             19.03
    Calabasas Commerce Center                  3.1             11       15.54           17.14             19.16
 WEST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    Woodland Hills Financial Center            6.7             59       20.09           22.29             22.74
 CENTRAL SAN FERNANDO VALLEY
    16000 Ventura Blvd.                        4.4             39       18.55           20.21             21.33
 EAST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY/TRI-CITIES
    425 West Broadway                          2.0             13       15.79           19.35             20.11
    303 Glenoaks(5)                            5.2             22          --           20.35             21.57
    70 South Lake                              2.5             10       16.28           20.80             24.38
LOS ANGELES SOUTH
<S>                                       <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>
 LONG BEACH
    4811 Airport Plaza Drive                   1.6              1        9.30            8.64             24.54
    4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive                1.7              1        8.40            7.80             24.54
    5000 East Spring                           4.1             26       16.61           18.76             24.67
    100 West Broadway                          5.2             26       22.26           20.42             19.55
 CERRITOS/NORWALK
    12501 East Imperial Highway (5)            2.8              4          --           16.27             18.40
ORANGE COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>
 WEST COUNTY
    5832 Bolsa Avenue                          1.0              1       13.38           13.35             16.06
 TRI-FREEWAY AREA
    Anaheim City Centre                        3.7             13       13.47           15.07             19.29
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
- ----------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>
 SAN DIEGO MARKET
    Imperial Bank Tower                       12.1             42       19.47           18.31             21.71
                                            ------            ---      ---------      -------           -------
Total/Weighted Average                       100.0%           543
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square                                 17$.86         $18.70
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square                                 18$.08(6)      $20.03(6)         $21.61
Weighted Average Rent Per Leased Square                                 11$.90         $11.52
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------------------------------
   
(1)  Annualized Net  Effective Rent  is calculated for  each lease  in effect at
    August 1, 1996. For leases in effect  at the time the relevant Property  was
    acquired,  Annualized  Net  Effective  Rent is  calculated  by  dividing the
    remaining lease payments under the lease  by the number of months  remaining
    under  the lease and multiplying  the result by 12.  For leases entered into
    after the relevant Property was  acquired, Annualized Net Effective Rent  is
    calculated  by dividing all lease payments under  the lease by the number of
    months in the lease and multiplying the result by 12. The foregoing  amounts
    were  in all cases adjusted for  tenant improvements and leasing commissions
    paid by the Company.
    
(2) Annualized Base  Rent is the  monthly contractual base  rent under  existing
    leases as of August 1, 1996 and multiplied by 12.
   
(3)  Represents the mid-point of the range of the weighted average annual asking
    rents (for full service gross leases  only, excluding leases subject to  net
    lease  provisions) for the respective C&W  Peer Group properties as of April
    30, 1996.  It  should be  noted  for purposes  of  the Peer  Group  analyses
    appearing  in this Prospectus  that reported asking rents  do not purport to
    necessarily reflect the  rental rates  at which properties  may actually  be
    rented.  In  many instances,  asking rents  and  actual rental  rates differ
    significantly.
    
(4) Skyview  Center consists  of two  Class  A 11-  and 12-story  office  towers
    completed in 1981 and 1987, respectively.
   
(5) Acquisition Property to be acquired concurrently with the Offering.
    
(6) The weighted average rent per leased square foot is calculated based only on
    rent  which is  received from  tenants under  gross leases,  which represent
    approximately 84% of the  total portfolio leased  square feet. Excluded  are
    5601  Lindero Canyon, 4811 Airport Plaza Drive, 4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive,
    5832 Bolsa Avenue, 55.6% of leased  space at 400 Corporate Pointe leased  to
    Pepperdine  University,  and 48.3%  of  leased space  at  Calabasas Commerce
    Center leased to two tenants.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
TENANTS
 
    The Properties are leased to over 540 tenants which are engaged in a variety
of  businesses,  including  financial   services,  entertainment,  health   care
services,  accounting, law,  computer technology, education  and publishing. The
following table sets forth information  regarding the Company's leases with  its
20 largest tenants based upon Annualized Base Rent as of August 1, 1996:
 
TENANT DIVERSIFICATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                              PERCENTAGE OF                 AGGREGATE
                                          NUMBER    REMAINING     AGGREGATE     AGGREGATE     ANNUALIZED    PORTFOLIO
                                            OF    LEASE TERM IN   RENTABLE    LEASED SQUARE   BASE RENT    ANNUALIZED
                                          LEASES     MONTHS      SQUARE FEET      FEET         ($000S)      BASE RENT
                                          ------  -------------  -----------  -------------   ----------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>     <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>
McDonnell Douglas.......................     2           111        272,013       7.58%       $   2,224       3.31%
GTE California..........................     2            38        113,127       3.15%           1,653       2.46%
Pepperdine University...................     2            75         82,441       2.30%           1,628       2.42%
Logicon, Inc............................     1            71         74,174       2.07%           1,575       2.35%
Merrill Lynch...........................     2            51         47,818       1.33%           1,317       1.96%
Imperial Bank Realty Co.................     2            46         38,855       1.08%           1,275       1.90%
Earth Techonology.......................     2            80         44,122       1.23%           1,138       1.70%
Latham & Watkins........................     1            91         56,425       1.57%           1,045       1.56%
Grey Advertising........................     2           111         50,152       1.40%             993       1.48%
DiC Entertainment.......................     1            76         51,708       1.44%             993       1.48%
The Hearst Corporation..................     1            45         25,731       0.72%             932       1.39%
NME Hospitals...........................     1            41         24,069       0.67%             829       1.24%
Gruntal & Company.......................     1            10         15,321       0.43%             739       1.10%
Intracorp...............................     1            24         54,179       1.51%             691       1.03%
Smith Barney, Inc.......................     2            66         24,736       0.69%             678       1.01%
XIRCOM, Inc.............................     1            11         46,321       1.29%             673       1.00%
Crawford & Company......................     1            19         20,347       0.57%             623       0.93%
Candle Corporation......................     1            74         52,130       1.45%             601       0.89%
JB Oxford Holdings......................     1            74         18,796       0.52%             595       0.89%
Deloitte & Touche.......................     1            53         30,279       0.84%             581       0.87%
                                            --
                                                         ---     -----------     -----        ----------     -----
    TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE..............    28            71   (1)  1,142,744    31.83%       $  20,782      30.95%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Weighted  average calculation  based on  aggregate rentable  square footage
    leased by each tenant.
 
LEASE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    The following table sets forth  information relating to the distribution  of
the Company's leases, based on rentable square feet under lease, as of August 1,
1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PERCENT OF
                                                                          AGGREGATE                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                          PORTFOLIO                     AGGREGATE
                                          NUMBER  PERCENT                   LEASED      ANNUALIZED      PORTFOLIO
SQUARE FEET                                 OF    OF ALL   TOTAL LEASED     SQUARE      BASE RENT       ANNUALIZED
UNDER LEASE                               LEASES  LEASES   SQUARE FEET       FEET        ($000S)        BASE RENT
- ----------------------------------------  ------  -------  ------------  ------------   ----------  ------------------
<S>                                       <C>     <C>      <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>
2,500 or Less...........................   252     46.41 %     337,740         9.41%    $   6,350         9.46%
2,501--5,000............................   114     20.99 %     400,329        11.15%        7,608        11.33%
5,001--7,500............................    51      9.39 %     322,644         8.99%        6,382         9.51%
7,501--10,000...........................    39      7.18 %     340,700         9.49%        6,870        10.23%
10,001--20,000..........................    54      9.94 %     777,549        21.66%       16,400        24.43%
20,001--40,000..........................    20      3.68 %     508,278        14.16%       10,940        16.29%
40,001+.................................    13      2.39 %     903,137        25.15%       12,592        18.75%
                                          ------  -------  ------------      ------     ----------      ------
    TOTAL...............................   543    100.00 %   3,590,377       100.00%    $  67,142       100.00%
</TABLE>
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
LEASE EXPIRATIONS -- PORTFOLIO TOTAL
 
    The  following table sets forth a  summary schedule of the lease expirations
for the Properties for leases in place as of August 1, 1996, assuming that  none
of  the tenants exercise  renewal options or  termination rights, if  any, at or
prior to the scheduled expirations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEAR OF         NUMBER OF     SQUARE FOOTAGE   PERCENTAGE OF    ANNUALIZED BASE         PERCENTAGE OF
     LEASE           LEASES        OF EXPIRING     TOTAL LEASED    RENT OF EXPIRING    ANNUALIZED BASE RENT OF
  EXPIRATION        EXPIRING          LEASES        SQUARE FEET     LEASES ($000S)         EXPIRING LEASES
- ---------------  ---------------  --------------  ---------------  -----------------  -------------------------
<S>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>
        1996   (1)           53        128,941           3.59%         $   2,514                  3.74%
        1997               93          336,683           9.38%             7,851                 11.69%
        1998              101          440,697          12.27%             8,561                 12.75%
        1999               89          429,673          11.97%             7,972                 11.87%
        2000               79          484,401          13.49%            10,290                 15.33%
        2001               55          310,952           8.66%             5,651                  8.42%
        2002               24          588,165          16.38%            10,601                 15.79%
        2003               13          132,428           3.69%             2,711                  4.04%
        2004               13          195,075           5.43%             3,595                  5.35%
        2005               14          416,441          11.60%             4,708                  7.01%
        2006                5           91,279           2.54%             1,973                  2.94%
        2008                3           28,238           0.79%               535                  0.80%
        2010                1            7,404           0.21%               179                  0.27%
                          ---     --------------       ------            -------                ------
 TOTAL                    543        3,590,377         100.00%         $  67,142                100.00%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Represents lease expirations data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
LEASE EXPIRATIONS - PROPERTY BY PROPERTY
 
    The following table  sets forth  detailed lease  expiration information  for
each  of the Properties for leases in place  as of August 1, 1996, assuming that
none of the tenants exercise renewal  options or termination rights, if any,  at
or prior to the scheduled expirations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                  1996(1)      1997       1998      1999       2000        2001       2002      2003
- ----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------  --------  ----------  ----------  --------  --------
 
<S>                                       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
9665 WILSHIRE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......     1,151      33,586     8,362    19,296      35,869       1,296    34,117
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......      0.76%      22.26%     5.54%    12.79%      23.77%       0.86%    22.61%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $ 31,077  $1,457,826  $228,195  $489,933  $1,061,873  $   33,437  $1,064,071
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................      0.65%      30.72%     4.81%    10.32%      22.38%       0.70%    22.42%
Number of Leases Expiring...............         1           3         2         2           6           1         2
 
BEVERLY ATRIUM
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......     4,800       2,608    13,015     4,290       6,261                18,489
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......      7.83%       4.25%    21.23%     7.00%      10.21%                30.15%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $ 97,920  $   63,739  $250,027  $124,317  $  159,511              $399,362
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................      7.00%       4.55%    17.86%     8.88%      11.40%                28.53%
Number of Leases Expiring...............         1           1         2         2           2                     1
 
CENTURY PARK CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......    13,341      24,615    28,060    26,623      46,782       6,963    32,298     8,754
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......      6.59%      12.15%    13.85%    13.14%      23.09%       3.44%    15.94%     4.32%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $275,282  $  532,553  $545,857  $553,555  $1,242,862  $   88,212  $539,718  $167,702
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................      6.36%      12.30%    12.60%    12.78%      28.69%       2.04%    12.46%     3.87%
Number of Leases Expiring...............        14          16        15        13           8           5         3         3
 
WESTWOOD TERRACE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......       186       6,307     7,123    25,940      58,623       5,128     8,524
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......      0.17%       5.64%     6.37%    23.20%      52.42%       4.59%     7.62%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $  2,902  $  119,425  $144,011  $525,439  $1,743,193  $   99,780  $194,347
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................      0.10%       4.22%     5.09%    18.57%      61.62%       3.53%     6.87%
Number of Leases Expiring...............         1           3         2         6           6           2         1
 
1950 SAWTELLE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......     4,150      24,457    40,032       775       7,624       1,853
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......      5.16%      30.43%    49.81%     0.96%       9.49%       2.31%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $ 87,230  $  501,323  $792,397  $ 13,950  $  150,955  $   29,087
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................      5.42%      31.17%    49.26%     0.87%       9.38%       1.81%
Number of Leases Expiring...............         4           9         9         1           4           2
 
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                     2004      2005      2006      2008      2010      TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------  ----------  -------  --------  --------  --------  ----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
9665 WILSHIRE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......      17,222                                            150,899
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......       11.41%                                               100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $  379,005                                         $4,745,417
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................        7.99%                                               100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............           1                                                 18
BEVERLY ATRIUM
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......       4,447                                  7,404      61,314
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......        7.25%                                 12.08%        100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $  125,405                               $179,400  $1,399,681
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................        8.96%                                 12.82%        100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............           1                                      1          11
CENTURY PARK CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......      11,938    3,207                                   202,581
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......        5.89%    1.58%                                      100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $  310,504  $75,044                                $4,331,289
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................        7.17%    1.73%                                      100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............           2        1                                        80
WESTWOOD TERRACE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                                                        111,831
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                                                            100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................                                                     $2,829,097
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                                                            100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                                                             21
1950 SAWTELLE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......       1,476                                             80,367
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......        1.84%                                               100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $   33,653                                         $1,608,595
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................        2.09%                                               100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............           1                                                 30
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
(1) Represents lease expirations data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                          1996(1)     1997       1998       1999       2000       2001       2002
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
400 CORPORATE POINTE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............      1,994      8,856     23,544      4,328     14,253                81,708
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............       1.34%      5.97%     15.87%      2.92%      9.61%                55.07%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........  $  39,349  $ 131,377  $ 675,670  $  61,459  $ 217,783             $1,614,521
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......       1.33%      4.45%     22.87%      2.08%      7.37%                54.66%
Number of Leases Expiring......................          2          3          3          2          2                     1
 
BRISTOL PLAZA
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............      1,565      3,909     23,874     14,027     12,113     10,527
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............       2.37%      5.92%     36.16%     21.25%     18.35%     15.95%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........  $  22,800  $  91,442  $ 470,786  $ 221,947  $ 187,246  $ 200,820
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......       1.91%      7.65%     39.39%     18.57%     15.67%     16.80%
Number of Leases Expiring......................          1          3          6          3          5          1
 
SKYVIEW CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............      4,878     26,259     22,447     14,481     16,989     20,939     95,753
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............       1.45%      7.79%      6.66%      4.30%      5.04%      6.21%     28.42%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........  $  83,556  $ 452,873  $ 355,775  $ 209,263  $ 217,936  $ 314,404  $1,886,193
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......       1.46%      7.90%      6.21%      3.65%      3.80%      5.49%     32.92%
Number of Leases Expiring......................          3          9         11          8          4          4          2
 
THE NEW WILSHIRE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............     24,056     25,219     28,415                 6,652     25,452
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............      14.15%     14.84%     16.72%                 3.91%     14.98%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........  $ 338,570  $ 527,241  $ 724,442             $ 119,830  $ 564,201
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......       9.79%     15.25%     20.95%                 3.47%     16.32%
Number of Leases Expiring......................          4         11          7                     3          3
 
5601 LINDERO CANYON
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............                                                                      105,830
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............                                                                       100.00%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........                                                                    $1,180,498
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......                                                                       100.00%
Number of Leases Expiring......................                                                                            2
 
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                           2003       2004       2005       2006       2008       2010       TOTAL
 
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
400 CORPORATE POINTE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............                           13,696                                     148,379
 
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............                             9.23%                                        100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........                        $ 213,658                                   $2,953,817
 
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......                             7.23%                                        100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring......................                                1                                          14
 
BRISTOL PLAZA
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............                                                                       66,015
 
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............                                                                          100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........                                                                    $1,195,041
 
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......                                                                          100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring......................                                                                           19
 
SKYVIEW CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............     34,603     40,089     34,145     26,334                          336,917
 
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............      10.27%     11.90%     10.13%      7.82%                             100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........  $ 651,495  $ 486,983  $ 446,617  $ 624,816                        $5,729,911
 
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......      11.37%      8.50%      7.79%     10.90%                             100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring......................          3          2          1          2                               49
 
THE NEW WILSHIRE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............                           12,513     47,652                          169,959
 
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............                             7.36%     28.04%                             100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........                        $ 240,250  $ 943,510                        $3,458,044
 
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......                             6.95%     27.28%                             100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring......................                                2          1                               31
 
5601 LINDERO CANYON
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..............                                                                      105,830
 
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..............                                                                          100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases........                                                                    $1,180,498
 
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.......                                                                          100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring......................                                                                            2
 
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
(1) Represents lease expirations data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                        1996(1)     1997       1998       1999       2000       2001       2002
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............      9,128     59,477      4,413     18,249     11,770     10,841
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............       7.41%     48.31%      3.58%     14.82%      9.56%      8.81%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......  $ 228,930  $ 863,606  $ 110,798  $ 325,385  $ 196,357  $ 208,147
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....      10.85%     40.92%      5.25%     15.42%      9.30%      9.86%
Number of Leases Expiring....................          1          2          1          3          2          1
 
WOODLAND HILLS FINANCIAL CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............     13,903     14,718     39,969     33,534     37,245     33,454
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............       6.89%      7.29%     19.80%     16.61%     18.45%     16.57%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......  $ 266,048  $ 327,937  $ 875,336  $ 703,753  $ 946,244  $ 684,216
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....       5.91%      7.29%     19.45%     15.64%     21.02%     15.20%
Number of Leases Expiring....................          6          9         12         13         10          6
 
16000 VENTURA BLVD.
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............     12,374     45,342     29,564     35,411      3,478     20,783
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............       8.42%     30.85%     20.12%     24.10%      2.37%     14.14%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......  $ 294,056  $1,062,848 $ 576,922  $ 561,993  $  63,710  $ 410,569
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....       9.90%     35.78%     19.42%     18.92%      2.15%     13.82%
Number of Leases Expiring....................          5         10          8          8          2          6
 
425 WEST BROADWAY
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............                 5,749     22,259     29,540      4,308      6,780
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............                  8.38%     32.43%     43.04%      6.28%      9.88%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......             $ 106,546  $ 434,241  $ 573,892  $  90,468  $ 123,209
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....                  8.02%     32.69%     43.20%      6.81%      9.28%
Number of Leases Expiring....................                     2          4          4          1          2
 
303 GLENOAKS
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............        739      2,700      8,570      5,418     35,045     54,527     51,708
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............       0.43%      1.58%      5.01%      3.17%     20.51%     31.91%     30.26%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......  $   8,868  $  55,053  $ 192,508  $ 105,280  $ 708,116  $1,164,262 $ 992,794
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....       0.26%      1.58%      5.54%      3.03%     20.37%     33.49%     28.55%
Number of Leases Expiring....................          1          1          3          2          7          5          1
 
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                         2003       2004       2005       2006       2008       2010       TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............                            9,243                                     123,121
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............                             7.51%                                        100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......                        $ 177,466                                   $2,110,689
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....                             8.41%                                        100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring....................                                1                                          11
WOODLAND HILLS FINANCIAL CENTER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............     19,600                   489      8,983                          201,895
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............       9.71%                 0.24%      4.45%                             100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......  $ 505,680             $  36,600  $ 155,226                        $4,501,040
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....      11.23%                 0.81%      3.45%                             100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring....................          1                     1          1                               59
16000 VENTURA BLVD.
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............                                                                      146,952
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............                                                                          100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......                                                                    $2,970,098
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....                                                                          100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring....................                                                                           39
425 WEST BROADWAY
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............                                                                       68,636
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............                                                                          100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......                                                                    $1,328,356
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....                                                                          100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring....................                                                                           13
303 GLENOAKS
Square Footage of Expiring Leases............                 1,039     11,142                                     170,888
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft............                  0.61%      6.52%                                        100%
 
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases......             $  19,949  $ 229,971                                   $3,476,801
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent.....                  0.57%      6.61%                                        100%
 
Number of Leases Expiring....................                     1          1                                          22
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
   
(1) Represents lease expiration data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                      1996(1)     1997       1998       1999       2000       2001       2002       2003
- -------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
70 SOUTH LAKE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........                            8,394     31,886     40,054      1,150
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........                            10.30%     39.13%     49.16%      1.41%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....                        $ 151,092  $ 736,461  $ 783,166  $  24,150
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...                             8.91%     43.45%     46.21%      1.42%
Number of Leases Expiring..................                                1          4          4          1
 
4811 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...
Number of Leases Expiring..................
 
4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...
Number of Leases Expiring..................
 
5000 EAST SPRING
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........     13,269      4,843      2,877     29,199     49,931     23,521      6,654     13,588
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........       9.06%      3.31%      1.96%     19.94%     34.10%     16.06%      4.54%      9.28%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....  $ 289,048  $ 113,326  $  51,786  $ 600,554  $ 948,059  $ 311,328  $ 128,555  $ 255,998
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...      10.52%      4.13%      1.88%     21.86%     34.51%     11.33%      4.68%      9.32%
Number of Leases Expiring..................          4          1          2          5          6          5          1          1
 
100 WEST BROADWAY
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........      1,725      8,147     17,012      8,434      4,806     17,222     47,184     20,385
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........       1.00%      4.72%      9.86%      4.89%      2.79%      9.98%     27.35%     11.82%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....  $  26,910  $ 231,712  $ 278,539  $ 140,105  $  70,104  $ 270,081  $ 829,892  $ 463,465
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...       0.76%      6.58%      7.91%      3.98%      1.99%      7.67%     23.56%     13.16%
Number of Leases Expiring..................          1          2          5          5          2          3          3          2
 
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                       2004       2005       2006       2008       2010       TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
70 SOUTH LAKE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........                                                            81,484
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........                                                               100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....                                                         $1,694,869
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...                                                               100%
Number of Leases Expiring..................                                                                10
4811 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........               121,610                                     121,610
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........                100.00%                                        100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....             $1,050,710                                  $1,050,710
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...                100.00%                                        100%
Number of Leases Expiring..................                     1                                           1
4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........               150,403                                     150,403
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........                100.00%                                        100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....             $1,173,143                                  $1,173,143
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...                100.00%                                        100%
Number of Leases Expiring..................                     1                                           1
5000 EAST SPRING
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........      2,532                                                146,414
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........       1.73%                                                   100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....  $  48,614                                              $2,747,268
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...       1.77%                                                   100%
Number of Leases Expiring..................          1                                                     26
100 WEST BROADWAY
Square Footage of Expiring Leases..........     37,494      3,352                 6,730               172,491
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft..........      21.74%      1.94%                 3.90%                  100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring Leases....  $1,034,834 $  60,336             $ 117,000             $3,522,978
Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent...      29.37%      1.71%                 3.32%                  100%
Number of Leases Expiring..................          1          1                     1                    26
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
   
(1) Represents lease expirations data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                   1996(1)     1997       1998       1999        2000       2001        2002       2003
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
 
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
12501 EAST IMPERIAL HIGHWAY
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                           27,913     63,772                 23,986
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                            24.13%     55.13%                 20.74%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................                        $ 497,410  $ 993,778              $ 390,593
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                            26.43%     52.81%                 20.76%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                                1          1                      2
 
5832 BOLSA AVENUE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                                                  49,355
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                                                  100.00%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................                                              $  658,830
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                                                  100.00%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                                                       1
 
ANAHEIM CITY CENTRE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                 4,732     56,397     48,768                 12,477      32,373
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                  2.90%     34.59%     29.91%                  7.65%      19.85%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................             $  79,480  $ 730,269  $ 777,623              $ 212,144  $  408,922
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                  3.23%     29.71%     31.64%                  8.63%      16.64%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                     2          2          4                      2           2
 
IMPERIAL BANK TOWER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......     21,682     35,159     28,457     15,702      43,243     34,053      73,527     35,498
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......       4.88%      7.91%      6.40%      3.53%       9.73%      7.66%      16.55%      7.99%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $ 421,572  $1,133,019 $ 475,210  $ 253,268  $  723,785  $ 522,359  $1,361,766  $ 666,911
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................       5.18%     13.93%      5.84%      3.11%       8.90%      6.42%      16.74%      8.20%
Number of Leases Expiring...............          4          6          5          3           4          4           5          3
 
PORTFOLIO TOTALS
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......    128,941    336,683    440,697    429,673     484,401    310,952     588,165    132,428
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......       3.59%      9.38%     12.27%     11.97%      13.49%      8.66%      16.38%      3.69%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $2,514,118 $7,851,326 $8,561,271 $7,971,955 $10,290,028 $5,650,999 $10,600,639 $2,711,251
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................       3.74%     11.69%     12.75%     11.87%      15.33%      8.42%      15.79%      4.04%
Number of Leases Expiring...............         53         93        101         89          79         55          24         13
 
<CAPTION>
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION                    2004       2005       2006       2008       2010       TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
12501 EAST IMPERIAL HIGHWAY
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                                                            115,671
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                                                                100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................                                                         $1,881,781
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                                                                100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                                                                  4
5832 BOLSA AVENUE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                                                             49,355
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                                                                100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................                                                         $  658,830
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                                                                100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                                                                  1
ANAHEIM CITY CENTRE
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......                            8,310                           163,057
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......                             5.10%                              100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................                        $ 249,300                        $2,457,738
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................                            10.14%                              100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............                                1                                13
IMPERIAL BANK TOWER
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......     78,838     56,641                21,508                444,308
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......      17.74%     12.75%                 4.84%                   100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $1,155,718 $1,004,432            $ 418,116             $8,136,156
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................      14.20%     12.35%                 5.14%                   100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............          3          3                     2                     42
PORTFOLIO TOTALS
Square Footage of Expiring Leases.......    195,075    416,441     91,279     28,238      7,404   3,590,377
Percentage of Total Leased Sq. Ft.......       5.43%     11.60%      2.54%      0.79%      0.21%        100%
Annualized Base Rent of Expiring
 Leases.................................  $3,594,665 $4,708,227 $1,972,852 $ 535,116  $ 179,400  $67,141,847
Percentage of Total Annualized Base
 Rent...................................       5.35%      7.01%      2.94%      0.80%      0.27%        100%
Number of Leases Expiring...............         13         14          5          3          1         543
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------------
   
(1) Represents lease expirations data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
TENANT RETENTION AND EXPANSIONS
 
    The Company believes that its relationship with tenants contributes in large
part  to  its success  in attracting,  expanding and  retaining its  quality and
diverse  tenant  base.  The  Company  strives  to  develop  and  maintain   good
relationships  with tenants  through its  active management  style and  by being
responsive to individual tenants' needs. The Company services tenants  primarily
through  its on  site, professional  management staff.  Management believes that
tenant satisfaction fosters long-term tenant relationships and creates expansion
opportunities, which, in  turn, enhance  the Company's ability  to maintain  and
increase  occupancy rates. The Company's success in this area is demonstrated in
part by the number of existing tenants which have re-leased their space,  leased
additional space to support their expansion needs or moved to other space within
the  Company's portfolio. During 1994 and  1995, the Company expanded 10 tenants
by a total of over 12,400 square feet. Recently, the Company was able to  expand
and  move  California Pizza  Kitchen from  approximately  17,224 square  feet in
Westwood Terrace to approximately 21,579 square feet in Skyview Center.  Another
example  of  the Company's  ability to  capitalize  on relocation  and expansion
opportunities is the relocation of Stanford Business Systems from 400  Corporate
Pointe  to expanded space with  its new parent company  at Skyview Center, which
also allowed the  Company to accommodate  a 7,311 square  foot expansion at  400
Corporate  Pointe by Pepperdine University, the  largest tenant at 400 Corporate
Pointe.
 
HISTORICAL LEASE RENEWALS
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain historical  information  regarding
tenants  at the  Properties who  renewed an  existing lease  at or  prior to the
expiration of the existing lease:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                TOTAL/
                                                                                                   JAN. 1      WEIGHTED
                                                                                                 TO AUGUST 1    AVERAGE
                                                             1993         1994         1995         1996       1993-1996
                                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Number of leases expired during calendar year...........          3           28           33           47          111
Number of lease renewals................................          3           20           21           39           83
Percentage of leases renewed............................        100%          71%          64%          83%          75%
Aggregate rentable square footage of expiring leases....      2,870      112,539       99,577      134,520      349,506
Aggregate rentable square footage of lease renewals.....      2,870       92,057       75,213      116,699      286,839
Percentage of expiring rentable square footage
  renewed...............................................        100%          82%          76%          87%          82%
</TABLE>
 
   
                                       68
    
<PAGE>
HISTORICAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS AND LEASING COMMISSIONS
 
   
    The following  table sets  forth  certain historical  information  regarding
Tenant Improvement ("TI") and Leasing Commission ("LC") costs for tenants at the
Properties.  Based on  square footage, the  majority of leases  signed relate to
Renewals and  Re-tenanted Space  (72%), while  leases signed  relating to  Shell
Space  comprised 28%. Shell Space remaining at the Properties is less than 2% of
the aggregate rentable square footage of the Properties.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JANUARY 1     TOTAL/
                                                                                     TO AUGUST 1   WEIGHTED
                                                      1993       1994       1995        1996        AVERAGE
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
RENEWALS
  Number of Leases                                          3         20         20(i)         39         82
  Square Feet of Renewals                               2,870     92,057     57,181(i)    116,699    268,807
  TI per square foot..............................     $ 3.58     $ 2.23     $ 4.67(i)     $ 5.46     $ 4.19
  LC per square foot..............................     $ 0.09     $ 3.44     $ 1.11(i)     $ 2.38     $ 2.37
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total TI and LC per square foot.............     $ 3.67     $ 5.67     $ 5.78(i)     $ 7.84     $ 6.56
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
RE-TENANTED SPACE (II)
  Number of Leases                                          7         13         47          33          100
  Square Feet of Re-tenanted Space                      9,910     22,265    108,430      81,367      221,972
  TI per square foot..............................     $ 2.22     $ 9.04     $ 9.82      $ 7.04       $ 8.38
  LC per square foot..............................     $ 0.31     $ 2.72     $ 3.05      $ 3.36       $ 3.12
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total TI and LC per square foot.............     $ 2.53     $11.76     $12.87      $10.70       $11.50
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
SHELL SPACE (III)
  Number of Leases                                          5          8         10          17           40
  Square Feet of Shell Space                           17,389     16,130     53,876     100,308      187,703
  TI per square foot..............................     $31.22     $36.25     $26.29      $21.17       $24.87
  LC per square foot..............................     $ 3.65     $ 7.19     $ 4.83      $ 6.17       $ 5.64
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total TI and LC per square foot.............     $34.87     $43.44     $31.12      $27.34       $30.51
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
TOTAL
  Number of Leases                                         15         41         77          89          222
  Square Feet                                          30,169    130,452    219,487     298,374      678,482
  TI per square foot..............................     $19.06     $ 7.60     $12.52      $11.17       $11.30
  LC per square foot..............................     $ 2.22     $ 3.78     $ 2.98       $4.01       $ 3.54
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total TI and LC per square foot.............     $21.28     $11.38     $15.50      $15.18       $14.84
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
      (i)
    Excludes tenant improvement  and leasing  commission costs  relating to  one
    lease  signed  at  Anaheim  City  Centre  for  which  the  Company  incurred
    substantial renovation costs in connection with a full floor retrofit.
 
     (ii)
    Does not include Shell Space build-out for 187,703 square feet.
 
    (iii)
    Shell Space remaining  at the Properties  is less than  2% of the  aggregate
    rentable space footage of the Properties.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
HISTORICAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
    The  following  table  sets  forth information  relating  to  the historical
capital expenditures of the Company's Properties:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1993        1994        1995
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>         <C>
Number of Properties (1).....................................................          3           8          10
Number of Square Feet........................................................    529,673   1,129,855   2,634,057
Capital Expenditures Incurred................................................  $   9,470  $   51,592  $  200,848
Weighted Average Capital Expenditures per square foot (2)....................  $    0.02  $     0.06  $     0.15
Three Year Weighted Average per square foot..................................                         $     0.10
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Represents the actual  number of Properties  for which capital  expenditures
    were incurred during the year.
 
(2)  For those Properties owned  less than a full  year, computes the per square
    foot amount by annualizing  the capital expenditures amount  to a pro  forma
    full year cost.
 
HISTORICAL OCCUPANCY
 
    The  table below sets  forth the weighted average  occupancy rates, based on
square feet leased,  of the  Properties owned by  the Company  at the  indicated
dates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  APPROXIMATE AGGREGATE   PERCENTAGE OF RENTABLE
DATE                                              RENTABLE SQUARE FEET     SQUARE FEET OCCUPIED
- ------------------------------------------------  ---------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                    <C>
December 31, 1993...............................           529,673                      84%
June 30, 1994...................................           635,503                      87%
December 31, 1994...............................         1,129,855                      82%
June 30, 1995...................................         1,408,468                      84%
December 31, 1995...............................         2,634,057                      88%
June 30, 1996...................................         3,547,107                      89%
</TABLE>
 
                   OFFICE SUBMARKETS AND PROPERTY INFORMATION
 
    The  Company owns  and operates  24 Properties  comprising approximately 4.0
million rentable square feet in suburban  Los Angeles County, Orange County  and
San  Diego County. The  following map shows the  relative geographic location of
Los Angeles County, Orange County and San Diego County.
 
       Map depicting Los Angeles County, Orange County and San Diego County.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
    The Properties  are  located  in  a number  of  office  market  sectors  and
submarkets within these counties as outlined in the table below:
 
                     PROPERTY MARKET SECTORS AND SUBMARKETS
                              PROPERTY STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF               PERCENTAGE
                                                                                 TOTAL                       OF
                                                                APPROXIMATE    PORTFOLIO      ADJUSTED    PORTFOLIO
                                                    NUMBER OF    RENTABLE      RENTABLE      BASE RENT   ANNUALIZED
                                                    PROPERTIES  SQUARE FEET   SQUARE FEET     ($000S)     BASE RENT
                                                    ----------  -----------  -------------   ----------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>
LOS ANGELES COUNTY
  LOS ANGELES WEST OFFICE MARKET SECTOR
    West Los Angeles and Adjacent Submarkets......         6       905,821         22.4%        18,372       27.4%
    Culver City/Century Blvd. Submarkets..........         3       640,287         15.9          9,879       14.7
  LOS ANGELES NORTH OFFICE MARKET SECTOR
    Simi/Conejo Valley Submarkets.................         2       228,951          5.7          3,291        4.9
    West and Central San Fernando Valley
     Submarkets...................................         2       399,796          9.9          7,471       11.1
    East San Fernando Valley/Tri Cities
     Submarkets...................................         3       347,171          8.6          6,500        9.7
  LOS ANGELES SOUTH OFFICE MARKET SECTOR
    Long Beach and Cerritos/Norwalk Submarkets....         5       749,273         18.6         10,376       15.5
 
ORANGE COUNTY
    Anaheim Submarket.............................         1       175,391          4.3          2,458        3.7
    Huntington Beach Submarket....................         1        49,355          1.2            659        1.0
 
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
    Central City (downtown San Diego) Submarket...         1       540,413         13.4          8,136       12.1
                                                          --
                                                                -----------       -----      ----------     -----
    TOTAL.........................................        24     4,036,458        100.0%     $  67,142      100.0%
                                                          --
                                                          --
                                                                -----------       -----      ----------     -----
                                                                -----------       -----      ----------     -----
</TABLE>
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
LOS ANGELES COUNTY OFFICE MARKET AND PROPERTIES
 
    According  to the  C&W Market  Study, the  Los Angeles  County office market
contained office space  inventory of approximately  168 million rentable  square
feet which, as of December 31, 1995, had a direct vacancy rate of 18.7%. The Los
Angeles  County office market is divided by C&W into the following four sectors:
Los Angeles West, Los Angeles North, Los Angeles South/South Bay and Los Angeles
Central/ Downtown,  with  each of  the  sectors  in turn  composed  of  numerous
submarkets as illustrated on the map below.
 
                     Map of Los Angeles County showing location
        of Los Angeles North, Los Angeles West, Los Angeles Central and
                    Los Angeles South office market sectors.
 
    During 1995, 272,154 square feet of office space was absorbed on a net basis
in   the  four  Los  Angeles  County   sectors  inclusive  of  the  Los  Angeles
Central/Downtown sector  which had  net negative  absorption of  711,752  square
feet.  Excluding the net negative absorption of the Los Angeles Central/Downtown
sector, the remaining three sectors absorbed approximately 984,000 square  feet.
The  direct  vacancy  rate for  Los  Angeles  County excluding  the  Los Angeles
Central/Downtown sector was 17.0% as of December 31, 1995, as compared to  17.3%
in  1994.  Set forth  below is  detailed market  information regarding  the four
sectors within the Los Angeles County office market:
 
                               LOS ANGELES COUNTY
                            OFFICE MARKET STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DIRECT       NET        WTD. AVG.
                                                        NUMBER        DIRECT        VACANCY   ABSORPTION     ASKING
MARKET                                     INVENTORY   OF BLDGS   AVAILABILITIES*    RATE      YTD 1995    RENTAL RATE
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  --------   ---------------   -------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>               <C>       <C>          <C>
LOS ANGELES WEST........................   50,014,880     367        9,289,766       18.6%      419,123      $20.93
LOS ANGELES NORTH.......................   39,355,810     467        5,682,217       14.4%      196,129      $20.80
LOS ANGELES SOUTH/SOUTH BAY.............   27,336,900     240        4,813,583       17.6%      368,654      $18.14
LOS ANGELES CENTRAL/ DOWNTOWN...........   51,544,706     243       11,610,517       22.5%     (711,752)     $18.44
                                          -----------  --------   ---------------   -------   ----------   -----------
    TOTAL...............................  168,252,296   1,317       31,396,083       18.7%      272,154      $19.56
                                          -----------  --------   ---------------   -------   ----------   -----------
                                          -----------  --------   ---------------   -------   ----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
 
*   Does not include currently leased but available sublease space.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
LOS ANGELES WEST OFFICE MARKET SECTOR
 
    The Los Angeles West office  market sector contains several distinct  office
submarkets,  including, among others, the Beverly Hills, Century City, Westwood,
West Los Angeles, Marina  Area, Culver City, LAX,  Hollywood and West  Hollywood
office  submarkets. According to  the C&W Market  Study, there are approximately
50,014,880 square feet of office space inventory in the Los Angeles West  office
market sector which comprises approximately 31% of the office space inventory in
Los  Angeles County. As of December 31, 1995, the direct vacancy rate in the Los
Angeles West office market sector was 18.6%. Collectively, the office submarkets
within the Los  Angeles West office  market sector had  weighted average  asking
rents of $20.93 per square foot as of December 31, 1995.
 
                   Map of Los Angeles West office market sector.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
1.  9665 WILSHIRE                   6.  400 CORPORATE POINTE
2.  BEVERLY ATRIUM                  7.  BRISTOL PLAZA
3.  CENTURY PARK CENTER             8.  SKYVIEW CENTER
4.  WESTWOOD TERRACE                9.  THE NEW WILSHIRE
5.  1950 SAWTELLE
</TABLE>
 
    Several  of  the office  submarkets in  the Los  Angeles West  office market
sector, including Westwood, Beverly Hills, and Century City are considered among
the most prestigious and  desirable office locations in  Los Angeles County  and
command  premium rental rates, with average  annual asking rents, as of December
31, 1995, of $28.32, $25.08 and $23.28 per square foot, respectively. The Golden
Triangle area  of Beverly  Hills has  quoted annual  asking rents  ranging  from
$19.80  to $42.00 with a predominant range  of $24.00 to $36.00 per square foot.
The tenant base  of office space  users in  the Los Angeles  West office  market
sector  is  primarily  composed  of  firms  in  the  entertainment, advertising,
professional and  financial  services,  legal, accounting,  insurance  and  real
estate industries.
 
    The  Company owns  nine Properties  located in  the Los  Angeles West office
market sector  that collectively  contain approximately  1,546,108 net  rentable
square  feet which  represents approximately  38% of  the total  rentable square
footage of the Properties. The Properties  are located in the office  submarkets
of   Beverly   Hills,  Century   City,  Westwood,   West  Los   Angeles,  Culver
City/Westchester, LAX and the 6000 Block of Wilshire Boulevard (a segment of the
Miracle Mile office submarket adjacent to Beverly Hills). No new development  of
mid-rise  or  high-rise  properties is  permitted  in the  Beverly  Hills office
submarket as  the City  of Beverly  Hills has  enacted zoning  limitations  that
impose  a three-story height limit for all new commercial development. Set forth
below is detailed submarket information regarding the Los Angeles West sector:
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
                                LOS ANGELES WEST
                          OFFICE SUBMARKET STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DIRECT       NET        WTD. AVG.
                                                       NUMBER         DIRECT         VACANCY    ABSORPTION     ASKING
SUBMARKET                                 INVENTORY   OF BLDGS   AVAILABILITIES(1)     RATE      YTD 1995    RENTAL RATE
- ----------------------------------------  ----------  --------   -----------------   --------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>                 <C>        <C>          <C>
BEVERLY HILLS/CENTURY CITY..............  14,351,740     89          2,340,143       16.3%        317,263      $24.12
    Beverly Hills.......................   5,499,685     63          1,100,405       20.0%        143,812      $25.08
    Century City........................   8,852,055     26          1,239,738       14.0%        173,451      $23.28
WESTWOOD/WEST LOS ANGELES...............  17,304,111    139          2,924,088       16.9%         67,888      $23.88
    Westwood............................   4,084,735     21            579,241       14.2%        172,706      $28.32
    West Los Angeles....................   3,798,977     34            821,453       21.6%(2)    (120,211)     $18.84
    Brentwood...........................   3,254,337     23            399,587       12.3%        148,907      $24.84
    Santa Monica........................   6,005,655     58          1,087,661       18.1%       (141,470)     $25.20
    Pacific Palisades...................     160,407      3             36,146       22.5%          7,956      $20.64
MARINA AREA/CULVER CITY/ LAX............   8,959,927     63          1,912,170       21.3%        223,275      $14.85
    Culver City/Westchester.............   3,643,649     32            537,237       14.7%         52,844      $17.28
    Los Angeles Airport (LAX)...........   4,211,847     20          1,232,354       29.3%(3)      77,496      $13.20
    Marina Del Rey/Venice/MarVista......   1,104,431     11            142,579       12.9%         92,935      $19.92
PARK MILE/WEST HOLLYWOOD................   9,399,102     76          2,113,365       22.5%       (189,303)     $18.80
    Miracle Mile........................   4,444,716     20          1,140,562       25.7%       (242,985)     $19.47
    Park Mile...........................   1,079,452     11            252,993       23.4%         23,958      $16.23
    Hollywood...........................   2,576,475     30            488,686       19.0%         43,438      $15.72
    West Hollywood......................   1,298,459     15            231,124       17.8%        (13,714)     $24.84
    TOTAL...............................  50,014,880    367          9,289,766       18.6%        419,123      $20.93
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
 
(1) Does not include currently leased but available sublease space.
 
(2) The  marginally  higher  vacancy  in  this  office  submarket  is  partially
    attributable to the loss of a major tenant (Aurora, formerly Executive Life)
    which previously occupied over 300,000 square feet in two properties.
 
(3) The 29.3% direct vacancy rate for the LAX office submarket compared to other
    office  submarkets in the Los Angeles West office market sector reflects the
    fact that  of the  20  buildings in  such  submarket, only  seven  buildings
    comprising  22.2% of such submarket's rentable square feet are classified in
    the C&W  Market  Study as  Class  A office  properties  (all of  which  were
    completed   between  1981  and  1987),  with  the  remaining  13  properties
    classified as  Class B  or  Class C  properties. The  Class  B and  Class  C
    properties do not directly compete with the newer and higher quality Skyview
    Centers  I  and  II and  the  other Class  A  properties in  the  LAX office
    submarket. The direct vacancy level for Class A properties in the LAX office
    submarket was 25.0% as of December 31, 1995.
 
PROPERTIES LOCATED IN THE BEVERLY HILLS OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    9665 WILSHIRE.   9665 Wilshire is  a ten-story office  tower located in  the
Golden  Triangle of Beverly Hills completed  in 1972 and substantially renovated
in 1992 and  1993. The Property  contains 158,684 rentable  square feet and  444
parking  spaces. As  of August  1, 1996  the Property  was 95.1%  leased with an
average Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $31.45. According to  the
C&W  Market Study, as of April 30,  1996, the 9665 Wilshire Boulevard Peer Group
(the term "Peer Group" as used herein with respect to each of the Properties has
the meaning set forth in the Glossary) contained approximately 1,807,958  square
feet  of office space inventory in 17  buildings and had weighted average annual
asking rental rates ranging from $27.14 to $29.49 per square foot with a  direct
vacancy  rate of 28.7%. Primary tenants at this Property include Sotheby's, Inc.
(17,222 square feet), Merrill Lynch  (15,363 square feet), Smith Barney  (15,321
square  feet), Gruntal & Co. (15,321  square feet), J.B. Oxford Holdings (15,321
square feet) and Sutro & Co.  (11,437 square feet). Aggregate square footage  of
leases  expiring in 1996, 1997,  and 1998 represent 0.8%,  22.3% and 5.5% of the
Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
    BEVERLY ATRIUM.   Beverly Atrium is  a 3-story office  complex completed  in
1989  of steel frame construction with a  stone and brick exterior. The Property
contains 61,314 rentable  square feet and  245 parking spaces.  The Property  is
located immediately south of the Golden Triangle area. As of August 1, 1996, the
Property  was 100% leased with an average Annualized Base Rent per leased square
foot of $22.83. According  to the C&W  Market Study, as of  April 30, 1996,  the
Beverly  Atrium  Peer Group  contained  approximately 1,807,958  square  feet of
office space inventory in  17 buildings and had  weighted average annual  asking
rental rates ranging from $27.14 to $29.49 per square foot with a direct vacancy
rate  of 28.7%. Primary  tenants at this Property  include GE Commercial Finance
(18,489  square  feet),  Islands  Restaurant  (7,404  square  feet)  and  Unigem
International  (10,281 square feet). Aggregate square footage of leases expiring
in 1996,  1997,  and 1998  represent  7.8%, 4.3%  and  21.2% of  the  Property's
occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE CENTURY CITY OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    CENTURY  PARK CENTER.  Century Park  Center contains a 15-story office tower
and an adjacent  three story  office building  completed in  1972. The  Property
contains approximately 243,404 rentable square feet with 674 parking spaces. The
building  was renovated during 1994,  which included redesigning the full-length
glass facade, refilming all of the curtain wall spandrels and installing tenemic
metal to  highlight the  exterior  window frames.  In addition,  the  building's
security  and energy management  systems and facilities  were upgraded, lighting
was retrofitted, and all common areas were renovated. As of August 1, 1996,  the
Property was 83.2% leased with an average Annualized Base Rent per leased square
foot  of $21.38. According  to the C&W Market  Study, as of  April 30, 1996, the
Century Park Center Peer Group contained approximately 3,649,937 square feet  of
office  space inventory in  11 buildings and had  weighted average annual asking
rental rates ranging from $20.64 to $24.96 per square foot with a direct vacancy
rate of 21.8%. The Property is primarily tenanted with numerous professional and
medical related tenants ranging predominantly in size from 1,000 square feet  to
3,000  square feet. The largest tenant at this Property is NME Hospitals (24,069
square feet)  which occupies  approximately  10% of  the rentable  square  feet.
Aggregate  square footage of  leases expiring in 1996,  1997, and 1998 represent
6.6%, 12.2% and 13.9% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE WESTWOOD OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    WESTWOOD TERRACE.  Westwood Terrace  is a 5-story office building  completed
in  1988 of  steel frame  construction with a  white precast  concrete panel and
blue-green continuous ribbon glass exterior with layered terraces on each story.
The Property contains approximately 135,943 rentable square feet and 450 parking
spaces. As of  August 1, 1996,  the Property  was 82.3% leased  with an  average
Annualized  Base Rent  per leased  square foot of  $25.30. According  to the C&W
Market Study, as of  April 30, 1996, the  Westwood Terrace Peer Group  contained
approximately  1,004,079 square feet of office  space inventory in six buildings
and had  weighted average  annual asking  rental rates  ranging from  $22.50  to
$31.87  per square foot with a direct  vacancy rate of 11.2%. Primary tenants at
this Property include The Hearst Corporation (25,731 square feet) and Blue Cross
of California (15,261 square feet). Aggregate square footage of leases  expiring
in 1996, 1997, and 1998 represent 0.2%, 5.6% and 6.4% of the Property's occupied
square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE WEST LOS ANGELES OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    1950 SAWTELLE.  1950 Sawtelle is a three-story, office building completed in
1988, of steel frame construction with a brick exterior. The Property, which was
renovated  in 1995, contains approximately 103,772  rentable square feet and has
254 parking spaces. As of August 1, 1996, the Property was 77.5% leased with  an
average  Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $20.02. According to the
C&W Market Study, as of April 30,  1996, the 1950 Sawtelle Peer Group  contained
approximately  1,814,375 square feet  of office space  inventory in 10 buildings
and had  weighted average  annual asking  rental rates  ranging from  $17.74  to
$19.09  per square  foot with  a direct  vacancy rate  of 25.8%.  The Property's
tenant base is  largely comprised of  numerous small and  medium sized  service,
medical   and  other  professional   tenants  who  occupy   tenant  suites  that
predominantly range in  size from 1,500  square feet to  3,000 square feet.  The
largest  tenant  at this  Property, Integrated  Decisions (10,635  square feet),
occupies approximately 10%  of the  Property's aggregate  rentable square  feet.
Aggregate  square footage of  leases expiring in 1996,  1997, and 1998 represent
5.2%, 30.4% and 49.8% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES LOCATED IN THE CULVER CITY/WESTCHESTER OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    400 CORPORATE  POINTE.    400  Corporate Pointe  is  an  eight-story  office
building  completed in 1987  of steel-framed construction with  a dark glass and
concrete panel exterior.  The Property contains  approximately 164,598  rentable
square  feet with  588 parking spaces.  The Property  is within 1/2  mile of the
I-405 and I-90 Freeways and La Cienega Boulevard, a major north-south artery. As
of August 1, 1996, the Property was 90.2% leased with an average Annualized Base
Rent per leased square foot of $19.91. According to the C&W Market Study, as  of
April  30, 1996,  the 400  Corporate Pointe  Peer Group  contained approximately
1,792,632 square feet of office space inventory in 14 buildings and had weighted
average annual asking rental rates ranging from $17.22 to $17.81 per square foot
with a direct vacancy  rate of 26.9%. Primary  tenants at this Property  include
Pepperdine  University (89,752  square feet)  which is  subject to  a triple net
lease expiring in the year 2002,  and Crawford & Co. (20,347). Aggregate  square
footage  of leases  expiring in  1996, 1997, and  1998 represent  1.3%, 6.0% and
15.9% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
    BRISTOL PLAZA.  Bristol Plaza is  a four-story office building completed  in
1982  of steel-frame construction  with a brushed  aluminum and reflective glass
exterior. The  Property contains  84,014 rentable  square feet  and 320  parking
spaces.  The Property is within  1/2 mile of the I-405  and I-90 Freeways and La
Cienega Boulevard,  a  major north-south  artery.  As  of August  1,  1996,  the
Property was 78.6% leased with an average Annualized Base Rent per leased square
foot  of $18.10. According  to the C&W Market  Study, as of  April 30, 1996, the
Bristol Plaza Peer Group contained approximately 1,873,463 square feet of office
space inventory in 14  buildings and had weighted  average annual asking  rental
rates  ranging from $17.24 to $17.83 per  square foot with a direct vacancy rate
of 25.6%. Primary tenants  at this Property include  Bristol A/R (12,163  square
feet)  and  the  State  of  California (10,527  square  feet).  No  other tenant
comprises more than  8% of  the Property's aggregate  square footage.  Aggregate
square  footage of leases expiring in 1996,  1997, and 1998 represent 2.4%, 5.9%
and 36.2% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE LAX OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    SKYVIEW CENTER.   Skyview  Center  consists of  two 11-and  12-story  office
towers  completed in  1981 and 1987,  respectively, of  steel frame construction
with a reflective glass and painted metal mullions exterior. The buildings  were
renovated  in 1995. The Property  contains approximately 391,675 rentable square
feet with 393 parking spaces.  Adjacent to the Property  is a 14.4 acre  surface
parking  lot containing approximately 2,000 parking  spaces that are utilized as
short and long term airport  parking. Each building comprises approximately  50%
of  the total rentable area. As of August 1, 1996, the Property was 86.0% leased
with an average Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $17.01. According
to the C&W Market  Study, as of  April 30, 1996, the  Skyview Center Peer  Group
contained  approximately 2,449,177 square  feet of office  space inventory in 10
buildings located along the  Century Boulevard and in  El Segundo with  weighted
average annual asking rental rates ranging from $17.70 to $20.75 per square foot
with  a direct vacancy rate  of 13.8%. Primary tenants  at this Property include
Logicon, Inc. (74,174 square feet),  Learning Tree International (34,145  square
feet)  and American Tours  International (32,586 square  feet). Aggregate square
footage of leases expiring in 1996, 1997, and 1998 represent 1.4%, 7.8% and 6.7%
of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE 6000 BLOCK OF WILSHIRE BOULEVARD OFFICE MICROMARKET(1):
 
    THE  NEW WILSHIRE.  The New Wilshire is a 16-story office tower completed in
    1986 of steel frame construction with  a tempered vision and spandrel  glass
    curtain  wall exterior. The Property contains approximately 202,704 rentable
    square feet and 398 parking  spaces. As of August  1, 1996 the Property  was
    83.9%  leased with an average Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of
    $20.35. According to the  C&W Market Study,  as of April  30, 1996, The  New
    Wilshire  Peer Group contained approximately 3,098,886 square feet of office
    space inventory in seven  buildings and had  weighted average annual  asking
    rental  rates ranging from  $20.04 to $23.90  per square foot  with a direct
    vacancy rate  of  19.9%.  Primary  tenants at  this  Property  include  Grey
    Advertising  (50,152  square feet),  Muse Cordero  (15,551 square  feet) and
    Hallmark Entertainment  (12,453 square  feet). Aggregate  square footage  of
    leases  expiring in 1996, 1997, and 1998 represent 14.2%, 14.8% and 16.7% of
    the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
- ------------------------
    (1) The Company  defines the  geographical location where  this Property  is
       located  as a  separate office  micromarket. While  the C&W  Market Study
       defines this location as a segment of the Miracle Mile office  submarket,
       the  Company believes that  this location functions  as a separate office
       micromarket which  is  independent of  the  overall Miracle  Mile  office
       submarket.  The Company further believes that  the 6000 Block of Wilshire
       Boulevard office  micromarket  is  primarily  influenced  by,  and  is  a
       peripheral or satellite micromarket of, the adjacent Beverly Hills office
       submarket.
 
LOS ANGELES NORTH OFFICE MARKET SECTOR
 
    The  Los Angeles North  office market sector,  as defined by  the C&W Market
Study, encompasses  four market  areas  located primarily  in the  San  Fernando
Valley, Santa Clarita Valley, and Conejo Valley areas of Los Angeles County, and
portions  of southeastern  Ventura County. The  four primary markets  in the Los
Angeles North  office  market  sector  include:  Simi/Conejo  Valley,  West  San
Fernando  Valley, Central San Fernando Valley,  and East San Fernando Valley/Tri
Cities, with each  of these office  markets in turn  composed of several  office
submarkets.
 
                 Map of Los Angeles North office market sector.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
10.  5601 LINDERO CANYON            14.  425 WEST BROADWAY
11.  CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER      15.  303 GLENOAKS
12.  WOODLAND HILLS FINANCIAL
 CENTER                             16.  70 SOUTH LAKE
13.  16000 VENTURA BLVD.
</TABLE>
 
    The  distinct  office submarkets  within the  Los  Angeles North  sector are
indicated in  the table  below. According  to the  C&W Market  Study, there  are
approximately  39,400,000  square  feet of  office  space inventory  in  the Los
Angeles North  office market  sector  which comprise  approximately 23%  of  the
office  space  inventory in  Los Angeles  County.  As of  December 31,  1995 the
collective submarkets within the  Los Angeles North office  market sector had  a
direct  vacancy  rate of  14.4%, with  weighted average  annual asking  rents of
$20.80 per square foot.
 
    The Company owns seven  Properties located in the  Los Angeles North  office
market  sector that  collectively contain approximately  975,918 rentable square
feet which represents approximately 24% of the total rentable square footage  of
the  Properties. The Properties are located in the office submarkets of Westlake
Village, Calabasas, Woodland  Hills, Encino, Glendale,  Burbank City Center  and
Pasadena.  Set forth below  is detailed submarket  information regarding the Los
Angeles North sector.
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                               LOS ANGELES NORTH
                          OFFICE SUBMARKET STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DIRECT        NET              WTD. AVG.
                                             NUMBER          DIRECT        VACANCY    ABSORPTION           ASKING
SUBMARKET                       INVENTORY   OF BLDGS   AVAILABILITIES(1)    RATE       YTD 1995          RENTAL RATE
- ------------------------------  ----------  --------   ------------------  -------   ------------        -----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>                 <C>       <C>                 <C>
SIMI/CONEJO VALLEY............   4,537,562     87                510,332    11.2%         243,948          $18.36
  Simi Valley.................     196,326      6                 28,401    14.5%          32,363          $14.64
  Thousand Oaks/Newbury
   Park.......................     701,607     14                239,761    34.2%            (597)         $19.80
  Westlake Village............   1,735,399     32                149,247     8.6%         176,534          $17.16
  Agoura Hills................     497,672     10                 40,588     8.2%          (7,747)         $15.48
  Calabasas...................   1,406,558     25                 52,335     3.7%          43,395          $19.32
WEST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY......   8,487,933     96              1,404,681    16.5%         209,106          $21.60
  Northridge/Reseda...........     266,000      5                 14,408     5.4%         110,394          $16.92
  Tarzana.....................     508,929     10                 95,615    18.8%          11,998          $19.08
  Canoga Park/Chatsworth......   1,316,333     24                279,918    21.3%        (109,904)         $16.32
  Warner Center...............   5,325,021     39                887,559    16.7%         164,899          $23.88
  Woodland Hills..............   1,071,650     18                127,181    11.9%          31,719          $18.84
CENTRAL SAN FERNANDO VALLEY...   8,525,170    111              1,528,178    17.9%        (181,315)         $19.68
  Encino......................   3,910,209     39                627,549    16.0%         (90,048)         $21.36
  Sherman Oaks................   2,264,136     27                429,972    19.0%          (7,327)         $20.40
  Van Nuys....................   1,442,363     27                293,101    20.3%         (38,627)         $17.16
  Park City/Granada/Mission
   Hills......................     386,090      7                 64,839    16.8%         (27,904)         $15.84
  Valencia/Newhall............     522,372     11                112,717    21.6%         (17,409)         $17.04
EAST SAN FERNANDO VALLEY/TRI-
 CITIES.......................  17,805,145    173              2,239,026    12.6%         (75,610)         $21.61
  Burbank-Media District......   2,043,350     15                 31,937     1.6%          87,406          $28.43
  Burbank-City Center.........   1,710,879     23                242,563    14.2%         (26,003)         $18.83
  Glendale....................   5,052,071     44                799,750    15.8%        (151,308)(2)      $23.16
  Pasadena....................   5,542,296     57                732,964    13.2%        (105,482)         $21.47
  Pasadena East...............     574,421      6                206,210    35.9%          (4,418)         $18.69
  Studio City/Universal
   City.......................   1,763,500     15                 79,999     4.5%          56,744          $25.20
  North Hollywood.............   1,118,628     13                145,603    13.0%          67,451          $19.08
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------   ------------        -----------
    TOTAL.....................  39,355,810    467              5,682,217    14.4%         196,129          $20.80
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------   ------------        -----------
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------   ------------        -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
 
(1) Does not include currently leased but available sublease space.
 
(2) The  negative  absorption  in  the Glendale  office  submarket  during  1995
    primarily  reflects the activity of one  building, where the Bank of America
    vacated approximately  200,000  square  feet,  and is  in  contrast  to  the
    positive  absorption experienced in 1993 and  1994. During the first quarter
    of 1996 two major entertainment  tenants, Walt Disney and Turner  Animation,
    entered  into leases in the Glendale office submarket of 150,000 square feet
    and 70,000  square feet,  respectively, both  of which  are located  in  the
    premises vacated in 1995 by Bank of America.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE WESTLAKE VILLAGE OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    5601  LINDERO CANYON.   5601 Lindero  Canyon is a  two-story office building
    completed in 1989 of tilt up concrete construction with a white concrete and
    black glass  facade. The  Property contains  approximately 105,830  rentable
    square  feet and 415 parking spaces. As  of August 1, 1996, the building was
    100% triple  net leased  with an  average Annualized  Base Rate  per  leased
    square  foot of $11.15. According  to the C&W Market  Study, as of April 30,
    1996, the 5601 Lindero Canyon Peer Group
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
    contained approximately 630,451 square feet  of office space inventory in  9
    buildings and had a weighted average annual asking rental rate of $19.03 per
    square  foot  with a  direct  vacancy rate  of  4.7%. The  Property  has two
    tenants, Hewlett-Packard (53,700 square feet) and Candle Corporation (52,130
    square feet), both of which operate  under triple net leases that expire  in
    2002.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE CALABASAS OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    CALABASAS  COMMERCE CENTER.  Calabasas Commerce Center is comprised of four,
    one- and two-story office buildings completed in 1990. The Property contains
    approximately 123,121 rentable square feet  and 464 surface parking  spaces.
    As  of  August  1,  1996,  the Property  was  100%  leased  with  an average
    Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $17.14. According to the  C&W
    Market Study, as of April 30, 1996, the Calabasas Commerce Center Peer Group
    contained  approximately 371,634  square feet  of office  space inventory in
    five buildings  and had  a weighted  average annual  asking rental  rate  of
    $19.16  per square foot with a direct  vacancy rate of 5.4%. Primary tenants
    at this Property  include the City  of Calabasas (9,243  square feet),  Wyle
    Laboratories  (10,841 square feet), Novalogic Inc.(13,932 square feet), Fort
    Dearborn Life Insurance (9,128 square feet) and Breath Assure (8,613  square
    feet).  One  tenant,  XIRCOM,  Inc.  leases  an  entire  building comprising
    approximately 46,321 square feet. XIRCOM, Inc. vacated the property in  1994
    in  order to relocate to another  office building that could accommodate its
    expansion requirements. To date, XIRCOM, Inc.  has continued to meet all  of
    its  rental payment obligations under its  lease, which expires in 1997, and
    is currently attempting to sublease  its space. Aggregate square footage  of
    leases expiring in 1996, 1997 and 1998 represent 7.4%, 48.3% and 3.6% of the
    Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE WOODLAND HILLS OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    WOODLAND  HILLS  FINANCIAL CENTER.   Woodland  Hills  Financial Center  is a
    12-story office tower with an adjacent four-story office building  completed
    in  1972 and renovated in 1995.  The Property contains approximately 224,955
    rentable square  feet and  510 parking  spaces. As  of August  1, 1996,  the
    building  was 89.8% leased  with an average Annualized  Base Rent per leased
    square foot of $22.29. According  to the C&W Market  Study, as of April  30,
    1996, the Woodland Hills Financial Center Peer Group contained approximately
    854,004  square  feet of  office space  inventory in  six buildings  and had
    weighted average annual asking  rental rates ranging  from $22.50 to  $22.97
    per square foot with a direct vacancy rate of 10.0%. Primary tenants at this
    Property  include  Presidential  Mortgage  (19,600  square  feet), Dennison,
    Bennet & Press (14,386 square feet), Pacific Homes (13,989 square feet)  and
    Wells  Fargo Bank  (8,983 square feet).  Aggregate square  footage of leases
    expiring in  1996, 1997  and 1998  represent 6.9%,  7.3%, and  19.8% of  the
    Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE ENCINO OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    16000 VENTURA BOULEVARD.  16000 Ventura Boulevard is a 12-story office tower
    completed  in 1980 of steel reinforced  concrete with a blue glass exterior.
    The building  was renovated  in 1996.  The Property  contains  approximately
    174,841  rentable square feet and 630 parking  spaces. As of August 1, 1996,
    the building  was 84.1%  leased with  an average  Annualized Base  Rent  per
    leased square foot of $20.21. According to the C&W Market Study, as of April
    30,  1996, the  16000 Ventura  Boulevard Peer  Group contained approximately
    2,418,206 square feet  of office  space inventory  in 12  buildings and  had
    weighted  average annual asking  rental rates ranging  from $20.21 to $22.45
    per square foot with a direct vacancy rate of 15.0%. Primary tenants at this
    Property  include   Barrister  Executive   Suites  (16,142   square   feet),
    Information  Technology (8,638 square feet),  Greenberg & Bass (8,814 square
    feet) and Cohen & Steinbrech  (8,199 square feet). Aggregate square  footage
    of leases expiring in 1996, 1997 and 1998 represent 8.4%, 30.9% and 20.1% of
    the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE GLENDALE OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    425  WEST  BROADWAY.   425 West  Broadway  is a  four story  office building
    completed in 1984  of steel reinforced  concrete with a  concrete panel  and
    reflective  glass exterior. The building was renovated in 1996. The Property
    contains approximately 71,589 rentable square feet with 205 parking  spaces.
    As  of  August  1, 1996,  the  Property  was 95.9%  leased  with  an average
    Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $19.35. According to the  C&W
    Market   Study,  as  of   April  30,  1996,  the   425  West  Broadway  Peer
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
    Group contained approximately 409,078 square feet of office space  inventory
    in  four  buildings  and had  weighted  average annual  asking  rental rates
    ranging from $19.78 to $20.43 per square foot with a direct vacancy rate  of
    11.0%. Primary tenants at this Property include Glendale News (18,189 square
    feet)  and TIB Insurance (14,075 square feet).  No leases expire in 1996 and
    the aggregate square footage of leases  expiring in 1997 and 1998  represent
    8.4% and 32.4% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE BURBANK CITY CENTER OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    303  GLENOAKS.  303 Glenoaks is a 10-story office tower completed in 1983 of
    steel frame  construction with  a  black glass  curtain wall  exterior.  The
    Property,  which  was  renovated  in  1996,  contains  approximately 175,449
    rentable square feet  with 526  parking spaces. As  of August  1, 1996,  the
    Property  was 97.4% leased  with an average Annualized  Base Rent per leased
    square foot of $20.35. According  to the C&W Market  Study, as of April  30,
    1996,  the 303  Glenoaks Peer  Group contained  approximately 452,850 square
    feet of  office space  inventory in  6 buildings  and had  weighted  average
    annual  asking rental  rates ranging from  $21.28 to $21.85  per square foot
    with a  direct vacancy  rate  of 17.5%.  Primary  tenants at  this  Property
    include  DiC Entertainment  (51,708 square  feet), Insurance  Company of the
    West (23,450 square feet), New Wave Entertainment (18,639 square feet),  NCI
    (11,142  square feet) and Lockheed Finance Corporation (10,319 square feet).
    Aggregate square footage of leases expiring in 1996, 1997 and 1998 represent
    0.4%, 1.6% and 5.0% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE PASADENA OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    70 SOUTH LAKE.  70 South Lake is an 11-story office tower completed in  1982
    of  steel frame construction  with concrete panelled  curtain wall, aluminum
    spandrel and  glass  exterior.  The  building was  renovated  in  1994.  The
    Property contains approximately 100,133 rentable square feet and 329 parking
    spaces.  As of August 1, 1996, the Property was 81.4% leased with an average
    Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $20.80. According to the  C&W
    Market  Study, as of April 30, 1996,  the 70 South Lake Peer Group contained
    approximately 1,651,840  square  feet of  office  space inventory  in  eight
    buildings  and had weighted average annual  asking rental rates ranging from
    $23.04 to $25.71 per square foot with a direct vacancy rate of 9.2%. Primary
    tenants at  this Property  include Countrywide  Funding Corporation  (16,726
    square feet), Union Bank (14,326 square feet) and Smith Barney (9,415 square
    feet). No leases expire in 1996 or 1997 and 10.3% of the Property's occupied
    square footage expires in 1998.
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
LOS ANGELES SOUTH OFFICE MARKET SECTOR
 
    The  Los Angeles South  office market sector,  as defined by  the C&W Market
Study, encompasses three market areas located primarily in the South Bay area of
Los Angeles  County and  is the  smallest office  market sector  in Los  Angeles
County.  The Los Angeles South office market sector is composed of three primary
office markets: El  Segundo, Torrance and  Long Beach, with  each of the  office
markets in turn composed of a number of submarkets.
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
17.  4811 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE   20.  100 WEST BROADWAY
18.  4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA      21.  12501 EAST IMPERIAL
 DRIVE                           HIGHWAY
19.  5000 EAST SPRING
</TABLE>
 
    The  Los Angeles  South office market  sector contains  nine distinct office
submarkets as outlined in  the table below. According  to the C&W Market  Study,
there  are approximately 27,336,900 square feet of office space inventory in the
Los Angeles South office market sector  which comprise approximately 16% of  the
office  space  inventory in  Los Angeles  County.  As of  December 31,  1995 the
collective office submarkets within the  Los Angeles South office market  sector
had a direct vacancy rate of 17.6%, with weighted average annual asking rents of
$18.14 per square foot.
 
    The  Company owns  five Properties located  in the Los  Angeles South office
market sector that  collectively contain approximately  749,273 rentable  square
feet, which represents approximately 19% of the total rentable square footage of
the Properties. The Properties within the Los Angeles South office market sector
are all located in the Long Beach office market. The Long Beach office market is
located south of El Segundo and Torrance and north of Huntington Beach. The Long
Beach  office market is composed of  five office submarkets: Long Beach Airport/
I-405 Freeway  Corridor,  North Long  Beach,  Downtown Long  Beach,  Long  Beach
Marina,  and  Cerritos/Norwalk.  The  Long  Beach  market  is  one  of  the more
prestigious office  markets  in the  Los  Angeles South  office  market  sector.
According to the C&W Market Study, as of December 31, 1995 the Long Beach office
market  had an office space inventory of approximately 10,500,161 square feet in
89 buildings with  a direct vacancy  rate of 17.6%  and weighted average  annual
asking  rents of $18.64, down from a  direct vacancy rate of 17.3% with weighted
average annual asking rents of $19.20 per  square foot as of December 31,  1994.
Set  forth below  is detailed  submarket information  regarding the  Los Angeles
South sector:
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
                               LOS ANGELES SOUTH
                          OFFICE SUBMARKET STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DIRECT          NET        WTD. AVG.
                                             NUMBER          DIRECT        VACANCY      ABSORPTION     ASKING
SUBMARKET                       INVENTORY   OF BLDGS   AVAILABILITIES(1)    RATE         YTD 1995    RENTAL RATE
- ------------------------------  ----------  --------   ------------------  -------     ------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>                 <C>         <C>           <C>
EL SEGUNDO....................   9,424,153     69              1,471,128    15.6%           326,730    $17.88
TORRANCE......................   7,412,586     82              1,490,376    20.1%          (307,739)   $17.76
LONG BEACH....................  10,500,161     89              1,852,079    17.6%           349,663    $18.64
  Long Beach Airport/I-405
   Fwy. Corridor..............   2,130,258     19                319,077    15.0%           419,823    $18.48
  North Long Beach............   1,020,376     13                222,907    21.8%               (46)   $15.00
  Downtown Long Beach.........   3,811,553     20                999,351    26.2%          (129,899)   $19.92
  Long Beach Marina...........     457,018      6                 55,247    12.1%            19,419    $18.96
  Cerritos/Norwalk............   3,080,956     31                255,497     8.3%            40,366    $16.95
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------     ------------  -----------
    TOTAL.....................  27,336,900    240              4,813,583    17.6%           368,654    $18.14
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------     ------------  -----------
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------     ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
(1) Does not include currently leased but available sublease space.
 
PROPERTIES LOCATED IN THE LONG BEACH AIRPORT/I-405 FREEWAY CORRIDOR OFFICE
SUBMARKET:
 
    4811 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE.   4811 Airport Plaza  Drive is a six-story  office
    building  completed in 1987 of steel  frame construction and red granite and
    reflective glass exterior. The building was renovated in 1995. The  Property
    contains  approximately 121,610 rentable square feet with 707 parking spaces
    and is subject to a ground lease  with the City of Long Beach which  expires
    in  2055. As of August  1, 1996, the building was  100% triple net leased to
    McDonnell Douglas  at an  Annualized Base  Rent per  leased square  foot  of
    $8.64.  According to the  C&W Market Study,  as of April  30, 1996, the 4811
    Airport Plaza Drive Peer Group contained approximately 1,230,855 square feet
    of office space  inventory in 9  buildings and had  weighted average  annual
    asking  rental rates ranging  from $22.81 to  $26.26 per square  foot with a
    direct vacancy rate of 4.9%. The McDonnell Douglas lease expires in 2005.
 
    4900 AND 4910 AIRPORT PLAZA  DRIVE.  4900 and  4910 Airport Plaza Drive  are
    two three-story, connected office buildings completed in 1987 of steel frame
    construction with granite and reflective glass exteriors. The buildings were
    renovated  in  1995. The  Property  contains approximately  150,403 rentable
    square feet. The Property has the use  of 520 parking spaces and is  subject
    to  a ground lease with the City of  Long Beach which expires in 2055. As of
    August 1, 1996, the Property was 100% triple net leased to McDonnell Douglas
    at an Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot of $7.80. According to the
    C&W Market Study,  as of April  30, 1996,  the 4900 and  4910 Airport  Plaza
    Drive  Peer Group  contained approximately  1,202,062 square  feet of office
    space inventory in  nine buildings  and had weighted  average annual  asking
    rental  rates ranging from  $22.81 to $26.26  per square foot  with a direct
    vacancy rate of 5.1%. The McDonnell Douglas lease expires in 2005.
 
    5000 EAST  SPRING.   5000  East Spring  is  an eight-story  office  building
    completed  in 1989 of steel framed construction with a travertine marble and
    reflective glass exterior. The building was renovated in 1995. The  Property
    contains  163,358 net  rentable square  feet and  2,504 parking  spaces. The
    Property is subject to a long term ground lease with the City of Long  Beach
    (master  lessor) which expires in  2032. As of August  1, 1996, the building
    was 89.6% leased with an average Annualized Base Rent per leased square foot
    of $18.76. According to the C&W Market Study, as of April 30, 1996, the 5000
    East Spring  Peer Group  contained approximately  1,189,107 square  feet  of
    office  space inventory  in nine buildings  and had  weighted average annual
    asking rental rates  ranging from $22.74  to $26.60 per  square foot with  a
    direct  vacancy rate of  4.6%. Primary tenants at  this Property include PSI
    Engineers, Inc. (13,896  square feet),  Medical Eye  Service (13,588  square
    feet),  Coast Federal Bank (11,646  square feet), Auto Insurance Specialists
    (10,583  square  feet),  Sea-Land  Service  (9,112  square  feet),   Payless
    Shoesource
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
    (9,680  square  feet)  and  IDS  Financial  Services  (7,486  square  feet).
    Aggregate square footage of leases expiring in 1996, 1997 and 1998 represent
    9.1%, 3.3% and 2.0% of the Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE DOWNTOWN LONG BEACH OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    100 WEST  BROADWAY.   100  West  Broadway  is a  six-story  office  building
    completed in 1987 of steel frame construction with a concrete and reflective
    glass  exterior. The building  was renovated in  1996. The Property contains
    approximately 191,727 rentable  square feet  and 645 parking  spaces. As  of
    August 1, 1996 the Property was 90.0% leased with an average Annualized Base
    Rent per leased square foot of $20.42. According to the C&W Market Study, as
    of  April 30, 1996, the 100 West Broadway Peer Group contained approximately
    1,561,223 square feet of  office space inventory in  10 buildings and had  a
    weighted  average annual asking  rental rates ranging  from $18.77 to $20.32
    per square foot with a direct vacancy rate of 34.4%. Primary tenants at this
    Property include Earth Technology Corporation (44,122 square feet), Inchcape
    (28,925 square  feet), the  General Services  Administration (16,738  square
    feet) and Pacific Maritime (15,338 square feet). Aggregate square footage of
    leases  expiring in 1996, 1997 and 1998 represent 1.0%, 4.7% and 9.9% of the
    Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE CERRITOS/NORWALK OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    12501 EAST IMPERIAL  HIGHWAY.  12501  East Imperial Highway  is a  six-story
    office  building completed in 1978. The  building was renovated in 1994. The
    Property contains approximately 122,175 rentable square feet and 515 parking
    spaces. As of August 1, 1996, the Property was 94.7% leased with an  average
    Annualized  Base Rent per leased square foot of $16.27. According to the C&W
    Market Study, as  of April 30,  1996, the 12501  East Imperial Highway  Peer
    Group   contained  approximately  1,889,992  square  feet  of  office  space
    inventory in 16 buildings  and had a weighted  average annual asking  rental
    rates  ranging from $18.32 to  $18.47 per square foot  with a direct vacancy
    rate of  18.5%. Primary  tenants  at this  Property include  GTE  California
    (63,772  square feet), Mead Corporation (27,913 square feet) and IBM (20,620
    square feet). No leases expire in 1996 and 1997 and 24.1% of the  Property's
    occupied square footage expires in 1998.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
ORANGE COUNTY OFFICE MARKET AND PROPERTIES
 
    The  Orange County office  market contains several  distinct office markets,
including, among  others, the  West County,  Tri-Freeway Area,  Central  County,
Greater  Airport Area, South County, and  North County office markets, which are
in turn, composed  of numerous submarkets.  According to the  C&W Market  Study,
there  are approximately 52,668,350 square feet of office space inventory in the
Orange County office market. As of  December 31, 1995 the collective  submarkets
within  the Orange County office market had a direct vacancy rate of 15.5%, with
weighted average annual asking rents of $17.28 per square foot.
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                  22.  5832 BOLSA AVENUE, HUNTINGTON BEACH
                  23.  ANAHEIM CITY CENTRE
 
    The Orange County office market is currently in the midst of a recovery from
the recent real estate recession. Direct vacancy levels, which were in excess of
19.5% in 1991, have declined to 15.5% as of December 31, 1995. The Orange County
office market  is  driven  by  the Greater  Airport  Area  office  market  which
comprises  approximately 48% of the office space inventory in Orange County. The
Company owns two Properties in Orange County in the Huntington Beach and Anaheim
Stadium Area office submarkets that collectively contain 224,746 rentable square
feet representing approximately 6% of the  total rentable square footage of  the
Properties.  Set forth below is detailed market information regarding the Orange
County office market.
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
                                 ORANGE COUNTY
                     OFFICE MARKET AND SUBMARKET STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DIRECT          NET        WTD. AVG.
                                             NUMBER          DIRECT        VACANCY      ABSORPTION     ASKING
SUBMARKET                       INVENTORY   OF BLDGS   AVAILABILITIES(1)    RATE         YTD 1995    RENTAL RATE
- ------------------------------  ----------  --------   ------------------  -------     ------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>                 <C>         <C>           <C>
WEST COUNTY...................   3,901,199     64                696,122    17.8%           (93,203)   $15.12
  Seal Beach..................     295,019      4                 17,646     6.0%             4,077    $24.96
  Westminster.................     205,700      4                 29,638    14.4%           (11,482)   $15.00
  Huntington Beach............   1,014,519     18                219,035    21.6%            21,131    $15.48
  Fountain Valley.............     549,912      9                 80,134    14.6%           (11,189)   $15.84
  Garden Grove................     893,809     12                213,168    23.8%           (54,632)   $14.28
  Los Alamitos/Stanton........     266,502      5                 85,580    32.1%           (20,233)   $12.36
  Cypress.....................     675,738     12                 50,921     7.5%           (20,875)   $17.04
TRI-FREEWAY AREA..............   9,523,392    107              2,023,109    21.2%            85,793    $16.56
  Parkcenter Area.............   2,598,284     41                444,188    17.1%            72,936    $14.40
  Anaheim Stadium Area........   2,472,409     36                414,147    16.8%           (45,422)   $15.48
  The City Area...............   2,291,191     15                627,817    27.4%             9,677    $17.16
  Main Place Area.............   2,161,508     15                536,957    24.8%            48,602    $18.36
CENTRAL COUNTY................   5,656,141    102              1,049,902    18.6%             8,065    $14.04
GREATER AIRPORT AREA..........  24,992,997    252              3,333,179    13.3%           235,485    $19.32
SOUTH COUNTY..................   4,979,988    100                595,528    12.0%            71,259    $18.12
NORTH COUNTY..................   3,614,633     54                442,671    12.2%            27,940    $16.20
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------     ------------  -----------
    TOTAL.....................  52,668,350    679              8,140,511    15.5%           335,339    $17.28
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------     ------------  -----------
                                ----------    ---             ----------   -------     ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
* Does not include currently leased but available sublease space.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE HUNTINGTON BEACH OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    5832 BOLSA  AVENUE.   5832  Bolsa  Avenue  is a  two-story  office  building
    completed  in 1985  of steel  frame construction  with a  concrete and glass
    panel exterior. The Property  contains approximately 49,355 rentable  square
    feet  and 380 parking  spaces. As of  August 1, 1996,  the building was 100%
    leased to GTE California at an  Annualized Base Rent per leased square  foot
    of $13.35. According to the C&W Market Study, as of April 30, 1996, the 5832
    Bolsa  Avenue  Peer Group  contained  approximately 860,277  square  feet of
    office space  inventory in  12  buildings and  had weighted  average  annual
    asking  rental rates ranging  from $15.68 to  $16.43 per square  foot with a
    direct vacancy rate of 21.8%. The GTE California lease expires on April  30,
    2000.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE ANAHEIM STADIUM AREA OFFICE SUBMARKET:
 
    ANAHEIM  CITY  CENTRE.   Anaheim  City  Centre  is a  10-story  office tower
    completed in  1986 of  steel  reinforced concrete  construction with  a  red
    travertine  marble  and black  reflective glass  exterior. The  building was
    renovated in  1991. The  Property  contains approximately  175,391  rentable
    square  feet and 679 parking  spaces. The parking structure  is subject to a
    long term ground lease with the City of Anaheim that expires in 2034. As  of
    August  1, 1996,  the Property was  93.0% leased with  an average Annualized
    Base Rent per  leased square  foot of $15.07.  According to  the C&W  Market
    Study,  as of April 30,  1996, the Anaheim City  Centre Peer Group contained
    approximately  3,165,279  square  feet  of  office  space  inventory  in  10
    buildings  and had weighted average annual  asking rental rates ranging from
    $19.26 to  $19.32 per  square foot  with  a direct  vacancy rate  of  12.1%.
    Primary  tenants at  this Property  include Intracorp  (54,179 square feet),
    Computer Learning (22,042 square feet)  and McGladrey Pullen (18,032  square
    feet).  No leases expire in 1996 and  the aggregate square footage of leases
    expiring in  1997  and 1998  represent  2.9%  and 34.6%  of  the  Property's
    occupied square footage, respectively.
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
SAN DIEGO COUNTY OFFICE MARKET AND PROPERTY
 
    The   San  Diego  County  office   market  contains  eight  distinct  office
submarkets, including  South  Bay, Central  City  (which includes  Downtown  San
Diego),  East County, Mission  Valley/Kearny Mesa, La  Jolla/ Morena, North City
(which includes the University  Towne Center), the I-15  Corridor and the  North
Coast.  According to  the C&W  Market Study,  there is  approximately 58,325,238
square feet of office space inventory in the San Diego County office market.  As
of  December  31, 1995  the collective  submarkets within  the San  Diego County
office market had a direct  vacancy rate of 14.6%.  The San Diego County  office
market  is recovering from  an office market  recession, having experienced five
straight years of positive absorption and increasing occupancy, with the  direct
vacancy  rate decreasing 4.8% over this period from the 1991 direct vacancy rate
of 19.4%.
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                  24.  IMPERIAL BANK TOWER
 
    The two focal points of the San Diego County office market are Downtown  San
Diego,  which is  considered to  be the  primary component  of the  Central City
office submarket,  and University  Towne Center  which is  the most  significant
component  of the North City office submarket.  Each of the office submarkets in
San Diego County has developed along the path of the San Diego County's  freeway
system.  Each office submarket's  building type and  tenant appeal has generally
corresponded to its proximity to Downtown San Diego and University Towne Center,
with predominantly  mid-rise and  high-rise office  buildings within  a 15  mile
radius  of Downtown San Diego and low rise office buildings in business parks in
the outlying submarkets.  Historically, most  development moved  east and  north
from these focal points. The Downtown San
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
Diego  portion of  the Central  City office  submarket is  considered to  be the
primary office submarket in  San Diego County, with  its main competition  being
the  La Jolla  and North City  (University Towne Center)  office submarkets. Set
forth below is  detailed submarket  information regarding the  San Diego  County
submarket:
 
                                SAN DIEGO COUNTY
                          OFFICE SUBMARKET STATISTICS
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DIRECT
                                                                              DIRECT        VACANCY   NET ABSORPTION
SUBMARKET                                                     INVENTORY   AVAILABILITIES*    RATE        YTD 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------------   -------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>               <C>       <C>
SAN DIEGO MARKET
  South Bay.................................................   2,176,580       195,528        9.0%       (41,224)
  Central City (includes Downtown San Diego)................  16,059,577     2,689,327       16.7%       270,856
  East County...............................................   2,143,941       284,809       13.3%        11,990
  Mission Valley/Kearny Mesa................................  12,558,657     2,160,842       17.2%       (38,105)
  La Jolla/Morena...........................................   2,400,630       334,533       13.9%        87,849
  North City (University Towne Center)......................  12,801,915     1,584,187       12.4%        98,473
  I-15 Corridor.............................................   4,768,885       669,841       14.0%        25,512
  North Coast...............................................   5,415,053       622,373       11.5%        73,735
                                                              ----------  ---------------   -------      -------
    TOTAL...................................................  58,325,238     8,541,440       14.6%       489,086
                                                              ----------  ---------------   -------      -------
                                                              ----------  ---------------   -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: C&W Market Study
* Does not include currently leased but available sublease space.
 
PROPERTY LOCATED IN THE DOWNTOWN SAN DIEGO PORTION OF THE CENTRAL CITY OFFICE
SUBMARKET:
 
    IMPERIAL  BANK TOWER.   Imperial  Bank Tower  is a  24-story office building
    completed in 1982 and renovated in 1996. As of March 31, 1996, Imperial Bank
    Tower had a book value equal to or  greater than 10% of the total assets  of
    the  Company. The  Property contains  approximately 540,413  rentable square
    feet and 382 parking spaces in  an adjacent parking structure. The  Property
    is located in downtown San Diego's financial district approximately 1/2 mile
    from  Interstate 5. The building is  situated on approximately 30,056 square
    feet of land and includes a five-story atrium located on a 4,792 square foot
    parcel subject to a ground lease expiring in 2069. The Company has an option
    to purchase this parcel at fair market value. The adjacent 382-stall parking
    garage is situated on a 24,829 square foot parcel subject to a ground  lease
    expiring  in 2076, which may be purchased  by the Company after 2032 at fair
    market value. Additional parking is provided  on a lot east of the  building
    that  is subject to  a ground lease  expiring in the  year 2000. The average
    occupancy rate of the building was 89.4%, 89.4%, 85.5%, 81.9% and 83.0%  for
    the  years 1991  to 1995,  respectively. The  net effective  annual rent per
    square foot of  the building for  the same  period, from 1991  to 1995,  was
    $18.26,  $15.96, $19.00,  $18.76 and $17.72,  respectively. As  of August 1,
    1996, the building was 82.2% leased with an average Annualized Base Rent per
    leased square foot of $18.31. According to the C&W Market Study, as of April
    30, 1996,  the  Imperial  Bank  Tower  Peer  Group  contained  approximately
    4,087,971  square feet  of office  space inventory  in 11  buildings and had
    weighted average annual asking  rental rates ranging  from $18.53 to  $24.89
    per square foot with a direct vacancy rate of 11.9%. Primary tenants include
    Latham  & Watkins (56,425  square feet), Imperial  Bank Realty Corp. (38,855
    square feet), Merrill Lynch (32,455 square feet), Deloitte & Touche  (30,279
    square  feet), Arthur Anderson & Co. (18,754 square feet) and three agencies
    of the United States government. Latham &  Watkins, a law firm, is the  only
    tenant  which occupies ten percent or more of the rentable square footage of
    the building. Pursuant  to the  terms of its  lease, Latham  & Watkins  pays
    annual  base rent of approximately $1.05 million increasing to approximately
    $1.33 million in 1999 for the remainder  of the lease term which expires  in
    2004.  In addition, Latham &  Watkins has two renewal  options of five years
    each, three options  to expand  and two termination  options exercisable  on
    December 31, 1998 and May 1, 2001, respectively. Aggregate square footage of
    leases  expiring in 1996,  1997 and 1998  represent 4.9%, 7.9%,  6.4% of the
    Property's occupied square footage, respectively.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth a schedule of lease expirations as of  August
1, 1996 for Imperial Bank Tower, assuming no tenants elect to renew their leases
at their scheduled expirations or elect to terminate their leases prior to their
scheduled expirations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           SQUARE FOOTAGE     PERCENTAGE OF       ANNUALIZED BASE        PERCENTAGE OF
                             NUMBER OF      OF EXPIRING    AGGREGATE PORTFOLIO   RENT OF EXPIRING     AGGREGATE PORTFOLIO
YEAR OF LEASE EXPIRATION  LEASES EXPIRING      LEASES      LEASED SQUARE FEET         LEASES          ANNUALIZED BASE RENT
- ------------------------  ---------------  --------------  -------------------  -------------------  ----------------------
<S>                       <C>              <C>             <C>                  <C>                  <C>
1996(1).................             4           21,682             0.60%          $     421,572                0.6%
1997....................             6           35,159             0.98               1,133,019                1.7
1998....................             5           28,457             0.79                 475,210                0.7
1999....................             3           15,702             0.44                 253,268                0.4
2000....................             4           43,243             1.20                 723,785                1.1
2001....................             4           34,053             0.95                 522,359                0.8
2002....................             5           73,527             2.05               1,361,766                2.0
2003....................             3           35,498             0.99                 666,911                1.0
2004....................             3           78,838             2.20               1,155,718                1.7
2005....................             3           56,641             1.58               1,004,432                1.5
2008 and thereafter.....             2           21,508             0.60                 418,116                0.6
                                    --
                                                -------            -----        -------------------           -----
    TOTAL...............            42          444,308            12.37%          $   8,136,154              12.12%
                                    --
                                    --
                                                -------            -----        -------------------           -----
                                                -------            -----        -------------------           -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Represents lease expirations data from August 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
 
C&W MARKET STUDY
 
   
    The  C&W Market Study was prepared for the Company by Cushman & Wakefield of
California,  Inc.,  which  is  a  real  estate  service  firm  with  significant
experience  and expertise relating to the Southern California office markets and
the various submarkets therein. The information in the C&W Market Study reflects
data available  at  December 31,  1995  and does  not  reflect data  or  changes
subsequent  to that date  (except that C&W Peer  Group information reflects data
available as of  April 30, 1996).  The information contained  in the C&W  Market
Study  has been gathered by  C&W from sources assumed  to be reliable, including
publicly available records. Because records of all transactions are not  readily
available, the information contained in the C&W Market Study may not reflect all
transactions occurring in the geographic area discussed in the C&W Market Study.
In  addition, transactions that are reported  may not be described accurately or
completely in the publicly available records.
    
 
    In connection with the C&W Market Study, C&W made numerous assumptions  with
respect  to industry performance, general  business and economic conditions, and
other  matters.  Any  estimates   or  approximations  contained  therein   could
reasonably  be subject  to different  interpretations by  other parties. Because
predictions of future events are inherently subject to uncertainty, none of C&W,
the Company or  any other person  can assume that  such predicted rental  rates,
absorption,  or other  events will  occur as  outlined or  predicted in  the C&W
Market Study. Reported asking rental rates of properties, Replacement Cost Rents
or estimated replacement costs do not purport to necessarily reflect the  rental
rates  at  which properties  may actually  be rented,  actual rents  required to
support new development or  the actual cost of  replacement. In many  instances,
asking rents and actual rental rates differ significantly.
 
    Changes in local, national and international economic conditions will affect
the  markets  described in  the C&W  Market  Study. Therefore,  C&W can  give no
assurance that occupancy and absorption levels  and rental rates as of the  date
of  the C&W Market Study will continue  or that such occupancy levels and rental
rates will be attained at any time in the future. Forecasts of absorption rates,
rental  activity,  Replacement  Cost  Rents  and  replacement  costs  are  C&W's
estimates  as  of  the  date  of the  C&W  Market  Study.  Actual  future market
conditions may differ  materially from the  forecasts and projections  contained
therein.
 
    C&W  is a part of a national  network of affiliated companies providing real
estate services.  As  such, from  time  to time,  C&W  and its  affiliates  have
provided  and in the future may  provide real estate related services, including
brokerage and leasing agent services, to  the Company or its principals, or  may
represent the Company, its principals or others doing business with the Company.
C&W   received  compensation  of  approximately  $39,000  from  the  Company  in
connection with C&W's preparation of the C&W Market Study.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
    The Company may  be competing  with other  owners and  developers that  have
greater resources and more experience than the Company. Additionally, the number
of  competitive  properties  in any  particular  market in  which  the Company's
Properties are  located  could  have  a material  adverse  effect  on  both  the
Company's  ability  to  lease  space at  the  Properties  or  any newly-acquired
property and on the rents charged  at the Properties. The Company believes  that
the  Offering, the  Credit Facility and  its access  as a public  company to the
capital markets  to raise  funds  during periods  when conventional  sources  of
financing may be unavailable or prohibitively expensive will provide the Company
with  substantial competitive advantages. Further, the Company believes that the
number of real estate developers has  decreased as a result of the  recessionary
market  conditions and tight credit  markets during the early  1990's as well as
the reluctance  on the  part  of more  conventional  financing sources  to  fund
development and acquisition projects.
 
INSURANCE
 
    The  Operating Partnership  carries comprehensive  liability, fire, extended
coverage and rental loss insurance covering  all of the Properties, with  policy
specifications  and insured limits  which the Company  believes are adequate and
appropriate under  the circumstances.  The  Operating Partnership  also  carries
earthquake insurance on all of the Properties. There are, however, certain types
of  losses that are not generally insured because they are either uninsurable or
not economically  feasible to  insure. Should  an uninsured  loss or  a loss  in
excess of insured limits occur, the Operating Partnership could lose its capital
invested  in the Property, as  well as the anticipated  future revenues from the
Property and,  in the  case of  debt which  is with  recourse to  the  Operating
Partnership,  would remain  obligated for any  mortgage debt  or other financial
obligations related to the  Property. Any such loss  would adversely affect  the
Company.  Moreover,  as  a general  partner  of the  Operating  Partnership, the
Company will  generally be  liable for  any unsatisfied  obligations other  than
non-recourse   obligations.  The  Company  believes   that  the  Properties  are
adequately insured. In  addition, in  light of the  California earthquake  risk,
California  building codes since the  early 1970's have established construction
standards  for  all  newly  built  and  renovated  buildings,  including  office
buildings,  the current and strictest construction standards having been adopted
in 1984. Of the 24 Properties, 13 have been built since January 1, 1985 and  the
Company  believes that all of the Properties were constructed in full compliance
with the  applicable  standards existing  at  the time  of  construction.  While
earthquakes  have occurred in Southern California, the only loss the Company has
experienced as  a  result  of earthquakes  was  minor  damage to  three  of  its
buildings due to the Northridge earthquake, which resulted in $601,000 of damage
in  the year ended  December 31, 1994.  No assurance can  be given that material
losses in excess of insurance proceeds will not occur in the future.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    Under various federal,  state and local  environmental laws, ordinances  and
regulations,  a current  or previous  owner or  operator of  real estate  may be
required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or  petroleum
product  releases at  such property  and may  be held  liable to  a governmental
entity or  to  third parties  for  property  damage and  for  investigation  and
clean-up  costs incurred by  such parties in  connection with the contamination.
Such laws typically impose clean-up responsibility and liability without  regard
to whether the owner knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and the
liability  under such laws has  been interpreted to be  joint and several unless
the harm  is  divisible  and there  is  a  reasonable basis  for  allocation  of
responsibility.  The  costs of  investigation,  remediation or  removal  of such
substances may  be substantial,  and the  presence of  such substances,  or  the
failure  to properly remediate the contamination on such property, may adversely
affect the owner's ability to sell or rent such property or to borrow using such
property as collateral.  Persons who arrange  for the disposal  or treatment  of
hazardous  or toxic substances at  a disposal or treatment  facility also may be
liable for the  costs of removal  or remediation  of a release  of hazardous  or
toxic  substances at  such disposal or  treatment facility, whether  or not such
facility is owned or  operated by such person.  In addition, some  environmental
laws  create a  lien on  the contaminated  site in  favor of  the government for
damages and costs incurred  in connection with  the contamination. Finally,  the
owner  of a site may be  subject to common law claims  by third parties based on
damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from such
site.
 
    Certain federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances govern the
removal, encapsulation or  disturbance of ACM  when such materials  are in  poor
condition or in the event of construction, remodeling,
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
renovation  or  demolition of  a building.  Such laws  may impose  liability for
release of ACM and may provide for third parties to seek recovery from owners or
operators of  real  properties  for  personal injury  associated  with  ACM.  In
connection  with its ownership and operation  of the Properties, the Company may
be potentially liable for such costs. ACM has been detected through sampling  by
environmental  consultants at  70 South Lake,  16000 Ventura  Boulevard and 9665
Wilshire. The  non-friable  ACM  was  found in  certain  floor  tiles  and  pipe
wrappings at 16000 Ventura Boulevard and 70 South Lake and in vinyl floor tiles,
carpet  mastic,  drywall mud/tape,  textured  ceiling material,  core insulation
material and fireproofing at 9665 Wilshire.  The non-friable ACM found at  these
Properties  is not  expected to  present a risk  as long  as it  continues to be
properly managed.  The  environmental  consultants recommended  no  further  ACM
sampling or removal action at any of the Properties.
 
    In  the past two years, independent environmental consultants have conducted
or updated Phase I Assessments at the Properties. These Phase I Assessments have
included, among other  things, a  visual inspection  of the  Properties and  the
surrounding  area  and  a  review  of  relevant  state,  federal  and historical
documents. No  invasive techniques  such as  soil or  groundwater sampling  were
performed. The environmental consultants who conducted the Phase I Assessment at
the  Imperial Bank  Tower recommended  that a Phase  II study  be conducted with
respect to the possible presence of  an underground storage tank situated  under
the  Property's adjacent  parking garage,  which is  leased by  the Company. The
Company does not  believe that the  environmental consultants' findings  support
its  recommendation and, therefore, has elected not  to conduct a Phase II study
at the Imperial Bank  Tower. While the  Company is not aware  of any release  of
hazardous  materials or  environmental contamination at  the Property's adjacent
parking garage relating to the possible previous or current presence  thereunder
of  underground storage tanks, or otherwise,  if such a release of environmental
contamination has occurred  or were to  occur, and the  lessor, who has  primary
environmental  liability  as  owner  of the  underlying  land,  has insufficient
financial resources  to satisfy  its potential  environmental liability  or  any
indemnification obligations it owes the Company under the Company's lease of the
Property, the Company may incur remediation expenses that could adversely affect
the Company's ability to make expected distributions.
 
    The  Company's Phase I  Assessments of the Properties  have not revealed any
environmental liability that the Company believes would have a material  adverse
effect  on the Company's  business, assets or  results of operations  taken as a
whole, nor is the  Company aware of any  such material environmental  liability.
Nevertheless,  it  is possible  that the  Company's Phase  I Assessments  do not
reveal all environmental  liabilities or that  there are material  environmental
liabilities of which the Company is unaware. Moreover, there can be no assurance
that  (i) future  laws, ordinances or  regulations will not  impose any material
environmental liability  or  (ii) the  current  environmental condition  of  the
Properties  will  not  be affected  by  tenants,  by the  condition  of  land or
operations  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Properties  (such  as  the  presence  of
underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to the Company.
 
    The  Company believes that the Properties  are in compliance in all material
respects with  all federal,  state and  local laws,  ordinances and  regulations
regarding  hazardous or toxic substances or  petroleum products, except as noted
above. The Company has not been  notified by any governmental authority, and  is
not  otherwise aware, of any material noncompliance, liability or claim relating
to hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products in connection with any of
its present Properties, other than as noted above.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    As a result of its acquisition of the Properties, the Company will become  a
successor party-in-interest to certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary
course  of business of the Arden Predecessors.  The Company does not expect that
these proceedings, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on  the
Company.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    Upon  consummation  of  the  Offering and  the  Formation  Transactions, the
Company will employ approximately  50 persons, including  7 senior officers  and
personnel  in the  areas of acquisition  and business  development (3), property
management (27), financial services (11) and legal affairs (1).
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
   
    The Board of Directors of the Company will be expanded immediately following
the  consummation of the Offering to  include the director nominees named below,
each of  whom has  been nominated  for  election and  consented to  serve.  Upon
election of the director nominees, there will be a majority of directors who are
not  employees or affiliates of the Company.  Pursuant to the Charter, the Board
of Directors is divided  into three classes of  directors. The initial terms  of
the  first,  second  and third  classes  will  expire in  1997,  1998  and 1999,
respectively. Beginning in  1997, directors  of each  class will  be chosen  for
three-year  terms upon the expiration  of their current terms  and each year one
class of directors  will be elected  by the stockholders.  The Company  believes
that classification of the Board of Directors will help to assure the continuity
and stability of the Company's business strategies and policies as determined by
the  Board of Directors. Holders of shares of Common Stock will have no right to
cumulative voting in  the election  of directors. Consequently,  at each  annual
meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock
will  be able  to elect all  of the successors  of the class  of directors whose
terms expire at that meeting.
    
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  with respect  to  the
directors,  director nominees and executive  officers of the Company immediately
following the consummation of this Offering:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                      AGE                                   POSITION                                  TERM
- --------------------      ---      -------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                   <C>          <C>                                                                  <C>
Richard S. Ziman              53   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer                         1999
 
Victor J. Coleman             35   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director                           1999
 
Diana M. Laing                41   Chief Financial Officer
 
Michele Byer                  50   Chief Accounting Officer and Secretary
 
Brigitta B. Troy              56   Executive Vice President and Director of Acquisitions
 
Andrew J. Sobel               37   Executive Vice President and Director of Leasing
 
Herbert L. Porter             58   Senior Vice President and Director of Construction and Capital
                                    Improvements
 
Arthur Gilbert                83   Director Nominee                                                          1998
 
Steven C. Good                54   Director Nominee                                                          1998
 
Jerry Asher                   62   Director Nominee                                                          1997
 
Carl D. Covitz                57   Director Nominee                                                          1997
 
Kenneth B. Roath              60   Director Nominee                                                          1997
</TABLE>
    
 
    The following is a biographical summary of the experience of the  directors,
director nominees and executive officers of the Company:
 
    RICHARD  S. ZIMAN.  Mr. Ziman has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company and as a Director of the Company since its formation.  He
has  been involved in the  real estate industry for over  25 years. In 1990, Mr.
Ziman formed  Arden and  has  served as  its Chairman  of  the Board  and  Chief
Executive  Officer since its inception. In  1979 he co-founded Pacific Financial
Group, a diversified real estate  investment and development firm  headquartered
in  Beverly  Hills, of  which he  was  the Managing  General Partner.  Mr. Ziman
received his Bachelor's Degree and his  Juris Doctor Degree from the  University
of  Southern California and practiced law as a partner of the law firm of Loeb &
Loeb from 1971 to 1980, specializing  in transactional and financing aspects  of
real estate.
 
    VICTOR  J.  COLEMAN.   Mr. Coleman  has  served as  the President  and Chief
Operating Officer of  the Company and  as a  Director of the  Company since  its
formation. He is also the President, Chief Operating
 
                                       91
<PAGE>
Officer  and  co-founder of  Arden.  From 1987  to  1989, Mr.  Coleman  was Vice
President of Los Angeles  Realty Services, Inc. and  earlier in his career  from
1985 to 1987 was Director of Marketing/Investment Advisor of Development Systems
International and an associate at Drexel Burnham Lambert specializing in private
placements with institutional and individual investors. Mr. Coleman received his
Bachelor's Degree from the University of California at Berkeley and received his
Master of Business Administration from Golden Gate University.
 
    DIANA  M. LAING.   Ms. Laing  will serve  as Chief Financial  Officer of the
Company. Prior to joining the Company, Ms.  Laing served, from 1985 to 1996,  as
Executive  Vice President  and Chief  Financial Officer  of South  West Property
Trust, Inc.,  a  publicly traded  apartment  properties real  estate  investment
trust,  and its  predecessor Southwest Realty,  Ltd. Ms. Laing  also served from
1982 to 1985 as  Controller, Treasurer and  Vice President-Finance of  Southwest
Realty,  Ltd. From 1981  to 1982, Ms.  Laing was Controller  of Crawford Energy,
Inc. and she served as a member of the audit staff of Arthur Andersen &  Company
from  1978 to 1981. Ms.  Laing is a Certified Public  Accountant and a member of
the American Institute of CPAs and the Texas Society of Public Accountants.  She
is  also a Director of Sterling House Corporation, a publicly traded operator of
assisted  living  centers.  Ms.  Laing  received  her  Bachelor  of  Science  in
Accounting from Oklahoma State University.
 
    MICHELE BYER.  Ms. Byer has served as Chief Accounting Officer and Secretary
of  the Company since its formation. Ms. Byer  has 28 years of experience in the
real estate industry,  of which the  last 13  have been with  Arden and  Pacific
Financial  Group. Prior to joining Pacific  Financial Group and the Company, Ms.
Byer was  a practicing  CPA with  the  firm Kenneth  Leventhal &  Company  which
specialized  in  real  estate.  She  received  her  Bachelor's  Degree  from the
University of California at Los Angeles.
 
    BRIGITTA B.  TROY.   Ms. Troy  has served  as Executive  Vice President  and
Director of Acquisitions of the Company since its formation. She joined Arden in
1993  and was Director of Acquisitions for  Pacific Financial Group from 1982 to
1989. During  the period  from 1989  to 1993,  she was  a principal  of  Esquire
Investment  Partners, a  real estate advisory  company. A  graduate of Radcliffe
College, Ms.  Troy received  her  Juris Doctor  Degree  from the  University  of
Southern California Law School and a Master of Business Administration from UCLA
Graduate  School of  Management. Ms.  Troy has over  15 years  experience in the
commercial real estate business.
 
    ANDREW J.  SOBEL.   Mr. Sobel  has served  as Executive  Vice President  and
Director of Leasing of the Company since its formation. He joined Arden in 1992.
Mr. Sobel is an attorney admitted to the State Bar of California in 1985 with 11
years  of experience in the practice of real  estate law. From 1990 to 1992, Mr.
Sobel was a sole practitioner. From 1987 to 1990 he was an attorney with the law
firm of Pircher, Nichols & Meeks specializing in all aspects of its real  estate
transactional  practice  including  acquisitions, leasings  and  financings. Mr.
Sobel received his Bachelor's Degree from State University of New York at Oswego
and his Juris Doctor Degree from the University of California at Berkeley (Boalt
Hall).
 
    HERBERT L. PORTER.  Mr.  Porter is a Senior  Vice President and Director  of
Construction  and Capital Improvements of the  Company. He joined Arden in 1993.
Prior to joining Arden from 1973 to 1992, Mr. Porter was a partner/owner in  his
own  real  estate development  and property  management company  specializing in
medium to  high-rise  commercial office  buildings.  Mr. Porter's  23  years  in
commercial   office  development   include  planning,   financing,  acquisition,
entitlements and  approvals, design,  construction, marketing,  leasing,  tenant
improvements  and outright sale. Mr. Porter  received his Bachelor's Degree from
the University of Southern California.
 
   
    ARTHUR GILBERT.  Mr. Gilbert has agreed to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company commencing upon  the consummation of the Offering.  Mr.
Gilbert  has been involved in the real estate business for over 50 years and has
developed over 6 million square feet of office, industrial and retail properties
located primarily  in Southern  California. He  is an  Honorary Trustee  of  the
National Board of Directors of American Technion Society.
    
 
   
    STEVEN  C. GOOD.  Mr. Good  has agreed to serve as  a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company commencing upon  the consummation of the Offering.  Mr.
Good is the senior partner in the firm of Good
    
 
                                       92
<PAGE>
   
Swartz & Berns, an accountancy corporation which evolved from the firm of Block,
Good  and Gagerman  which he  founded in  1976. Prior  to 1976,  Mr. Good  was a
partner first at Laventhol & Horwath,  a national accounting firm, and later  at
Horowitz  & Good. Mr. Good is a founder and past Chairman of CU Bancorp where he
directed the bank's operations from 1982 through 1989. For the past seven  years
he  has been a member  of the Board of  Directors of Opto Sensors, Incorporated.
Mr. Good received his  Bachelor of Science in  Business Administration from  the
University of California at Los Angeles and attended UCLA's Graduate School.
    
 
    JERRY  ASHER.  Mr.  Asher has agreed  to serve as  a member of  the Board of
Directors of the Company commencing upon  the consummation of the Offering.  For
the  past 27  years, Mr. Asher  has been  employed by CB  Commercial Real Estate
Group, Inc.  ("CB  Commercial")  where  he  has  served  in  various  capacities
involving  the Southern  California real  estate industry.  Most recently, since
1994, Mr. Asher  has served as  Executive Vice President,  Director of  Business
Development  of CB Commercial with  responsibility for implementing its business
development and marketing activities in both domestic and international markets.
Mr. Asher has also  served in the following  capacities, among others, since  he
joined  CB Commerical  in 1969: Executive  Vice President,  Regional Manager for
Southern California (1991  to 1994);  Southern California  Regional Manager  and
Senior  Vice  President  (1984 to  1991);  and National  Director  of Investment
Properties (1983 to  1984). Mr. Asher  is currently the  Chairman of the  Cedars
Sinai  Medical Center - Real Estate  Industry Division. He received his Bachelor
of  Science  in  Real  Estate  and  Finance  from  the  University  of  Southern
California.
 
    CARL  D. COVITZ.  Mr. Covitz has agreed to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company commencing upon  the consummation of the Offering.  For
18  of the past  23 years, Mr. Covitz  has served as the  owner and President of
Landmark Capital,  Inc.,  a  national real  estate  development  and  investment
company  involved in  the construction,  financing, ownership  and management of
commercial,  residential,  and  warehouse   properties.  Mr.  Covitz  has   also
previously   served,  from  1990   to  1993,  as   Secretary  of  the  Business,
Transportation & Housing  Agency of  the State of  California as  well as  Under
Secretary  and Chief  Operating Officer  of the  U.S. Department  of Housing and
Urban Development from 1987 to 1989. Mr. Covitz is currently the Chairman of the
Board of Directors of  Century Housing Corporation and  is the past Chairman  of
the  Board of several organizations including the  Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco and the Los  Angeles City Housing Authority.  Mr. Covitz received  his
Bachelor's  Degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and
his Master  of Business  Administration from  the Columbia  University  Graduate
School of Business.
 
   
    KENNETH B. ROATH.  Mr. Roath has agreed to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors  of the Company commencing upon  the consummation of the Offering. Mr.
Roath is currently  Chairman, President  and Chief Executive  Officer of  Health
Care  Property Investors, Inc., a leader in the health care REIT industry. Prior
to joining Health Care  Property Investors, Inc. at  its inception in 1985,  Mr.
Roath  was employed for 17 years by  Pacific Holding Corporation of Los Angeles,
the last four of which he served  as President and Chief Operating Officer.  Mr.
Roath  is the immediate past  Chairman of NAREIT and also  serves as a member of
the Board of Governors and  Executive Committee of NAREIT.  He is a director  of
Franchise  Finance  Corporation of  America. Mr.  Roath received  his Bachelor's
Degree in accounting from San Diego State University.
    
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    AUDIT COMMITTEE.  Promptly following  the consummation of the Offering,  the
Board  of Directors will establish an  Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will
make  recommendations   concerning   the  engagement   of   independent   public
accountants,  review  with  the  independent public  accountants  the  scope and
results of the audit engagement,  approve professional services provided by  the
independent  public  accountants,  review the  independence  of  the independent
public accountants, consider the  range of audit and  non-audit fees and  review
the  adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee
will initially consist of two or more non-employee directors.
 
    EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  Promptly following  the consummation of the  Offering,
the  Board of  Directors will establish  an Executive Committee.  Subject to the
Company's conflict of interest policies, the Executive
 
                                       93
<PAGE>
Committee will be granted the authority to acquire and dispose of real  property
and  the  power to  authorize, on  behalf of  the full  Board of  Directors, the
execution of certain contracts  and agreements, including  those related to  the
borrowing  of  money  by  the  Company  (and,  consistent  with  the Partnership
Agreement of the Operating  Partnership, to cause  the Operating Partnership  to
take   such  actions).  The  Executive  Committee  will  include  at  least  two
non-employee directors.
 
    COMPENSATION  COMMITTEE.    Promptly  following  the  consummation  of   the
Offering,  the Board  of Directors  will establish  a Compensation  Committee to
establish  remuneration  levels  for  executive  officers  of  the  Company  and
implement  the Company's Stock Incentive Plan  and any other incentive programs.
The Compensation Committee will  initially consist of  two or more  non-employee
directors.
 
    The  Board  of  Directors may  from  time  to time  establish  certain other
committees to facilitate the management of the Company.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Company intends to pay its non-employee directors annual compensation of
$18,000 for their services. In  addition, non-employee directors will receive  a
fee  of  $1,000  for  each Board  of  Directors  meeting  attended. Non-employee
directors attending any  committee meetings  will receive an  additional fee  of
$1,000 for each committee meeting attended, unless the committee meeting is held
on  the day of a meeting of  the Board of Directors. Non-employee directors will
also be  reimbursed for  reasonable  expenses incurred  to attend  director  and
committee  meetings. Officers of the Company who  are directors will not be paid
any directors' fees. Non-employee directors will receive, upon initial  election
to  the Board of Directors, an option  to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock
which will vest over four years.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    Prior to  the Offering,  the Company  did not  pay any  compensation to  its
officers.  The following table below sets forth the annual base salary rates and
other compensation expected to be paid in 1996 to the Company's Chief  Executive
Officer  and each of the Company's  five other most highly compensated executive
officers (the "Named Executive Officers").
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996 BASE     OPTIONS      STOCK
NAME                                          TITLE                          SALARY RATE  ALLOCATED(1)   BONUS
- --------------------  -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                   <C>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Richard S. Ziman      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer       $ 300,000      400,000      --
 
Victor J. Coleman     President, Chief Operating Officer and Director           250,000      250,000      --
 
Diana M. Laing        Chief Financial Officer                                   195,000       50,000      --
 
Michele Byer          Chief Accounting Officer and Secretary                    125,000       40,000      --
 
Herbert L. Porter     Senior Vice President and Director of Construction
                       and Capital Improvements                                 120,000       30,000       1,250(2)
 
Andrew J. Sobel       Executive Vice President and Director of Leasing          110,000       40,000       3,750(2)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) All options will vest over three years (i.e., one-third of each  executive's
    options  will  vest  and  be  exercisable on  the  first,  second  and third
    anniversaries, respectively, of  the closing  of the Offering)  and will  be
    exercisable  at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price
    per share of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
(2) Represents a one time Common Stock bonus.
 
                                       94
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    Each of Messrs. Ziman  and Coleman will enter  into an employment  agreement
with the Company which will be effective as of the consummation of the Offering.
The employment agreements of Messrs. Ziman and Coleman will have an initial term
of  three years and  will be subject to  automatic one-year extensions following
the expiration  of  the initial  term.  For the  first  year of  the  term,  the
employment agreements of Messrs. Ziman and Coleman provide for an initial annual
base  compensation in the amounts set  forth in the Executive Compensation table
with the  amount of  any initial  bonus  to be  determined by  the  Compensation
Committee.  For subsequent years,  both the amount of  the base compensation and
any bonus will be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
    In addition, Ms.  Laing has entered  into an employment  agreement with  the
Company  effective August 1, 1996  which has an initial term  of one year and is
subject to automatic one-year extensions following the expiration of the initial
term. Ms.  Laing's employment  agreement  provides for  an initial  annual  base
compensation  in the  amount set forth  in the Executive  Compensation table and
entitles her to  an initial  cash bonus  in an amount  to be  determined by  the
Compensation  Committee  but  not  to  exceed 20%  of  her  initial  annual base
compensation. For  any subsequent  years in  which the  employment agreement  is
extended  beyond the initial  term, the amount of  Ms. Laing's base compensation
and any bonus will be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
    The employment agreements of Messrs. Ziman and Coleman and Ms. Laing entitle
the executives  to  participate in  the  Company's Stock  Incentive  Plan  (each
executive  will initially be allocated the number  of stock options set forth in
the Executive Compensation  table) and  to receive certain  other insurance  and
pension  benefits. In  addition, in  the event of  a termination  by the Company
without "cause,"  a  termination  by  the executive  for  "good  reason,"  or  a
termination  pursuant to a "change in control" of the Company (as such terms are
defined in the respective employment agreements), the terminated executive  will
be  entitled to (i) a single severance payment (the "Severance Amount") and (ii)
continued receipt  of certain  benefits including  medical insurance,  life  and
disability insurance and participation in all pension, 401(k) and other employee
plans  and benefits established by the Company for its executive employees for a
specified period of time  following the date  of termination (collectively,  the
"Severance  Benefits"). The  Severance Amount  of Messrs.  Ziman and  Coleman is
equal to the sum of two  times the executive's average annual base  compensation
and  two times the highest annual bonus received during the preceding thirty-six
month period. The  Severance Amount  of Ms. Laing  is equal  to the  executive's
annual  base  compensation for  the preceding  12 month  period. Receipt  of the
Severance Benefits  shall continue  for  two years  commencing  on the  date  of
termination in the case of Messrs. Ziman and Coleman and for one year commencing
on the date of termination in the case of Ms. Laing.
 
    As  part of their  employment agreements, each of  Messrs. Ziman and Coleman
will be bound  by a non-competition  covenant with the  Company which  prohibits
them  from engaging in (i) the acquisition, renovation, management or leasing of
any office  properties in  the Los  Angeles, Orange  and San  Diego counties  of
Southern  California and (ii) any active  or passive investment in or reasonably
relating to  the  acquisition,  renovation,  management  or  leasing  of  office
properties  in  the  Los Angeles,  Orange  and  San Diego  counties  of Southern
California for  a period  of one  year following  the date  of such  executive's
termination, unless such termination was without cause.
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    Prior  to the consummation of the Offering, the Company intends to adopt the
Stock Incentive  Plan for  the  purpose of  attracting and  retaining  executive
officers, directors and employees.
 
    The  Stock  Incentive Plan  will  be qualified  under  Rule 16b-3  under the
Securities Exchange Act  of 1934,  as amended  (the "Exchange  Act"). The  Stock
Incentive  Plan will be  administered by the  Compensation Committee and provide
for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock
with respect to up to 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock to executive or other key
employees of the Company. Stock options may be granted in the form of "incentive
stock   options,"    as    defined    in    Section    422    of    the    Code,
 
                                       95
<PAGE>
or  non-statutory stock options and are exercisable for up to 10 years following
the date  of grant.  The  exercise price  of  each option  will  be set  by  the
Compensation  Committee; provided,  however, that  the price  per share  must be
equal to or greater than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the  grant
date.
 
    The   Stock  Incentive  Plan  also  provides   for  the  issuance  of  stock
appreciation rights which  will generally entitle  a holder to  receive cash  or
stock,  as determined  by the  Compensation Committee,  at the  time of exercise
equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value  of
the  Common Stock. In addition, the Stock  Incentive Plan permits the Company to
issue shares of restricted stock to  executive or other key employees upon  such
terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
401(K) PLAN
 
    Effective  upon the  consummation of  the Offering,  the Company  intends to
establish the Arden  Realty Group  Section 401(k)  Savings/Retirement Plan  (the
"401(k)  Plan") to  cover eligible employees  of the Company  and any designated
affiliate.
 
    The 401(k) Plan will permit eligible employees of the Company to defer up to
15% of their annual compensation, subject to certain limitations imposed by  the
Code.   The   employees'   elective  deferrals   are   immediately   vested  and
non-forfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) Plan. The Company currently does
not intend  to make  matching  contributions to  the  401(k) Plan;  however,  it
reserves  the  right  to  make matching  contributions  or  discretionary profit
sharing contributions in the future.
 
    The 401(k) Plan is designed to qualify under Section 401 of the Code so that
contributions by employees  or by  the Company to  the 401(k)  Plan, and  income
earned  on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from
the 401(k) Plan,  and so  that contributions  by the  Company, if  any, will  be
deductible by the Company when made.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The  MGCL  permits  a  Maryland  corporation to  include  in  its  charter a
provision  limiting  the  liability  of  its  directors  and  officers  to   the
corporation  and  its  stockholders  for  money  damages  except  for  liability
resulting from (a)  actual receipt of  an improper benefit  or profit in  money,
property  or services or  (b) active and deliberate  dishonesty established by a
final judgment as being  material to the cause  of action. The Charter  contains
such a provision which eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted
by the MGCL.
 
   
    The  Charter  authorizes the  Company, to  the  maximum extent  permitted by
Maryland law, to obligate itself to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of  a proceeding to (a) any present  or
former  director or officer or  (b) any individual who,  while a director of the
Company and  at  the  request of  the  Company,  serves or  has  served  another
corporation,  partnership, joint  venture, trust,  employee benefit  plan or any
other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation,
partnership, joint venture,  trust, employee  benefit plan  or other  enterprise
from  and against  any claim  or liability  to which  such persons  may incur by
reason of his status as a present or former stockholder, director or officer  of
the Company. The Bylaws obligate the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by
Maryland  law,  to indemnify  and  to pay  or  reimburse reasonable  expenses in
advance of  final disposition  of a  proceeding  to (a)  any present  or  former
director  or officer  who is  made a party  to the  proceeding by  reason of his
service in that  capacity or (b)  any individual  who, while a  director of  the
Company  and  at  the request  of  the  Company, serves  or  has  served another
corporation, partnership, joint  venture, trust,  employee benefit  plan or  any
other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and
who  is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity
against any claim or liability to which he may become subject by reason of  such
service.  The Charter and  the Bylaws also  permit the Company  to indemnify and
advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Company in any of
the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of the Company or  a
predecessor of the Company.
    
 
    The  MGCL  requires a  corporation (unless  its charter  provides otherwise,
which the Company's Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has
been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the
 
                                       96
<PAGE>
defense of any proceeding to which he is  made a party by reason of his  service
in  that capacity. The MGCL  permits a corporation to  indemnify its present and
former directors  and  officers,  among others,  against  judgments,  penalties,
fines,  settlements  and  reasonable  expenses  actually  incurred  by  them  in
connection with any proceeding to  which they may be made  a party by reason  of
their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the
act  or omission of  the director or  officer was material  to the matter giving
rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result
of active  and  deliberate dishonesty,  (b)  the director  or  officer  actually
received  an improper personal benefit in money,  property or services or (c) in
the case of  any criminal  proceeding, the  director or  officer had  reasonable
cause  to believe  that the  act or omission  was unlawful.  However, a Maryland
corporation may not indemnify  for an adverse  judgment in a suit  by or in  the
right  of the  corporation. In  addition, the  MGCL requires  the Company,  as a
condition to advancing  expenses, to  obtain (a)  a written  affirmation by  the
director  or officer of  his good faith belief  that he has  met the standard of
conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by the Bylaws
and (b) a  written statement by  or on his  behalf to repay  the amount paid  or
reimbursed by the Company if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard
of conduct was not met.
 
   
    The  Partnership Agreement also provides  for indemnification and advance of
expenses of  the Company  and its  officers  and directors  to the  same  extent
indemnification and advance of expenses is provided to officers and directors of
the  Company in the Charter and Bylaws,  and limits the liability of the Company
and its officers and directors to the Operating Partnership and its partners  to
the  same  extent liability  of officers  and  directors of  the Company  to the
Company and  its stockholders  is limited  under the  Charter. See  "Partnership
Agreement -- Indemnification."
    
 
                     STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
 
THE OPERATING ENTITIES OF THE COMPANY
 
    Following  the consummation of the  Offering and the Formation Transactions,
the operations  of  the  Company  will  be  carried  on  through  the  Operating
Partnership.  The Formation Transactions were designed to (i) enable the Company
to raise  the necessary  capital to  acquire the  Properties and  repay  certain
mortgage  debt relating thereto, (ii) provide a vehicle for future acquisitions,
(iii) enable the Company to comply  with certain requirements under the  federal
income  tax code  and regulations relating  to REITs,  (iv) facilitate potential
securitized mortgage  financings and  (v) preserve  certain tax  advantages  for
certain Arden Predecessors.
 
    THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP
 
    Following  the  closing  of  the Offering  and  the  Formation Transactions,
substantially all of the  Company's assets will be  held by, and its  operations
conducted  through, the Operating Partnership, of  which the Company will be the
sole general partner. The Company's  interest in the Operating Partnership  will
entitle  it to share in  cash distributions from, and  in the profits and losses
of,  the  Operating  Partnership  in  proportion  to  the  Company's  percentage
ownership,  which initially will be  approximately 86.69%. Certain Participants,
including Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and Gilbert,  Ms. Byer and Arden, will own  the
remaining  OP Units. Beginning one year  after the consummation of the Offering,
any holder of OP  Units may cause  the Operating Partnership  to redeem such  OP
Units  for cash or, at  the election of the Company,  exchange such OP Units for
shares of  Common Stock  of the  Company (on  a one-for-one  basis), subject  to
certain  limitations. See "Partnership Agreement -- Redemption/Exchange Rights."
With each redemption or exchange of OP Units, the Company's percentage  interest
in the Operating Partnership will increase.
 
    As  the sole general partner of  the Operating Partnership, the Company will
generally have the exclusive power under the Partnership Agreement to manage and
conduct the business of  the Operating Partnership,  subject to certain  limited
exceptions.  See "Partnership Agreement  -- Management." The  Board of Directors
will manage the affairs of the Company by directing the affairs of the Operating
Partnership.  The  Operating  Partnership   cannot  be  terminated  (except   in
connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company,
a  business combination or as the result of judicial decree or the redemption of
all of the OP Units held by the limited partners) until the year 2096 without  a
vote  of  the partners  of the  Operating  Partnership. For  further information
regarding the Operating Partnership, see "Partnership Agreement."
 
                                       97
<PAGE>
THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
    OWNERSHIP OF THE PROPERTIES PRIOR TO THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Arden Predecessors own 16 of the Properties directly through fee  simple
interests  and four Properties which are subject  to long term ground leases and
hold an undivided tenancy in common interest in two other Properties, which  are
also  partially owned  by unrelated  third parties  who will  participate in the
Formation Transactions. The  two Acquisition Properties  are owned by  unrelated
third   parties  who  have  entered  into  agreements  to  sell  the  respective
Acquisition Properties to Arden.  Each of the Arden  Predecessors was formed  at
various  times  over the  last 3  1/2  years, generally  in connection  with the
initial acquisition of a Property or an  interest in the Property by such  Arden
Predecessor.  The  Arden  Predecessors,  which directly  own  the  Properties or
interests in the Properties, are comprised primarily of partnerships and limited
liability companies which are owned by Messrs. Ziman and Coleman, and certain of
their relatives and affiliates and by  other third parties. In addition, all  of
the  properties are  managed by  Messrs. Ziman  and Coleman  directly or through
affiliates of the Arden Predecessors.
 
    Arden has been engaged  in the property  management, leasing and  renovation
business for over five years and, in connection therewith, has provided services
to  22 of  the Properties and  to properties  owned by third  parties. After the
consummation of  the  Offering and  the  Formation Transactions,  the  Operating
Partnership  will  continue to  carry on  the  property management,  leasing and
renovation business with  respect to the  Properties carried on  by Arden  prior
thereto.
 
    PRE-FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    - The  Company filed Articles of Incorporation  with the State Department of
      Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on May 1, 1996.
    
 
    - The Operating  Partnership was  formed  effective May  20, 1996  with  the
      Company  as the sole general  partner and Mr. Coleman  as the sole limited
      partner.
 
    - All of the  Participants have entered  into an Option  Agreement with  the
      Company  and/or a Contribution Agreement with the Operating Partnership to
      transfer their ownership interests in  the Arden Predecessors, in  certain
      of  the Properties or, with respect to Arden, in certain of its assets, to
      the Operating Partnership in exchange for  OP Units or to the Company  for
      cash.  See  "Risk  Factors  -- Conflicts  of  Interests  in  the Formation
      Transactions and the Business of the Company."
 
    FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
    Concurrently with  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  Company,  the
Operating  Partnership  and  the  Participants  will  engage  in  the  following
Formation Transactions.
 
    - The Company will sell shares of Common Stock in the Offering.
 
    - Pursuant to the Option Agreements, the Company will acquire for cash  from
      certain  Participants  (other  than  Messrs. Ziman  and  Coleman  who will
      receive no cash from  the Formation Transactions)  the interests owned  by
      such  Participants in certain of the  Arden Predecessors and in certain of
      the Properties. The Company will pay approximately $26.8 million from  the
      net  proceeds of the Offering for  such interests which represent 31.7% of
      the ownership interests in the Properties to be acquired by the Company.
 
    - The Company will contribute  (i) the interests  in the Arden  Predecessors
      and  in the Properties acquired pursuant to the Option Agreements and (ii)
      the  net  proceeds  from   the  Offering  (after   payment  of  the   cash
      consideration to certain Participants as described above) to the Operating
      Partnership  in  exchange for  a 86.69%  general  partner interest  in the
      Operating Partnership.
 
    - Pursuant  to  the  Contribution   Agreements,  the  following   additional
      contributions will be made to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP
      Units  representing limited  partners interests:  (i) certain Participants
      will contribute the remaining interests  in the Arden Predecessors and  in
      certain  of  the Properties  (  I.E., all  interests  not acquired  by the
      Company pursuant to the Option Agreements) and (ii) Arden will  contribute
      certain  of its assets, including management contracts relating to certain
      of
 
                                       98
<PAGE>
      the Properties  and  the  contract  rights  to  purchase  the  Acquisition
      Properties.  The Participants making such  contributions (a total of seven
      individuals and entities including Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and Gilbert  and
      Ms.  Byer)  will  receive an  aggregate  of  2,889,071 OP  Units,  with an
      estimated value  of  approximately  $57.8 million  based  on  the  assumed
      initial  public offering  price of  the Common  Stock. The  aggregate book
      value of the interests and assets to be transferred to the Company and the
      Operating Partnership  is  approximately  $14.1 million  of  which  $2,000
      constitutes  the aggregate  book value  of the  interest and  assets to be
      transferred to the Operating Partnership by Messrs. Ziman and Coleman.
 
    - The Company, through the Operating Partnership, will borrow  approximately
      $104 million aggregate principal amount pursuant to the Mortgage Financing
      which will be secured by fully cross-collateralized, cross-defaulted first
      mortgage liens on the Mortgage Financing Properties.
 
   
    - Approximately $35 million of the net proceeds of the Offering will be used
      by the Operating Partnership to purchase the Acquisition Properties.
    
 
   
    - Approximately  $398 million  of the net  proceeds of the  Offering and the
      $103 million net proceeds  of the Mortgage Financing  will be used by  the
      Operating  Partnership  to  repay  certain mortgage  debt  secured  by the
      Properties and indebtedness  outstanding under  lines of  credit, and  the
      related  additional and  accrued interest  thereon, to  be assumed  by the
      Operating Partnership in the Formation Transactions.
    
 
    - The Company, through the Operating Partnership, is expected to enter  into
      the  $100 million Credit Facility  at or shortly after  the closing of the
      foregoing Formation Transactions.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF THE OFFERING AND THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Offering and  the Formation  Transactions will result  in the  following
consequences:
 
    - The  Operating  Partnership will  directly or  indirectly  own all  of the
      Properties by virtue of the Operating Partnership's acquisition of 100% of
      the  interests  in   the  Arden  Predecessors,   the  Property   interests
      contributed  by certain Participants and  the assets contributed by Arden.
      In connection with  the CMBS Offering  it is expected  that the  Operating
      Partnership will transfer the Mortgage Financing Properties to a financing
      subsidiary.
 
    - The purchasers of the Common Stock offered in the Offering will own all of
      the outstanding Common Stock.
 
    - The  Company will be  the sole general  partner of, and  own 86.71% of the
      ownership interests in, the Operating Partnership.
 
   
    If all limited partners of the Operating Partnership were to exchange  their
OP  Units  for  Common  Stock  immediately  after  completion  of  the  Offering
(notwithstanding the provision of the Partnership Agreement which prohibits such
exchange prior to the  first anniversary of the  consummation of the  Offering),
but  subject to  the Common Stock  Ownership Limit, then  the Participants would
beneficially own approximately 13.29% of the outstanding Common Stock (of  which
6.57%,  3.48%, 2.32%  and 0.23%  would be  beneficially owned  by Messrs. Ziman,
Coleman, Gilbert and Ms. Byer, respectively).
    
 
    See "Risk Factors --  Conflicts of Interests  in the Formation  Transactions
and  the  Business  of  the  Company;  Benefits  from  Formation  Transactions,"
"Partnership   Agreement   --   Redemption/Exchange   Rights"   and   "Principal
Stockholders."
 
DETERMINATION AND VALUATION OF OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
    The   Company's  percentage  interest  in   the  Operating  Partnership  was
determined  based  upon   the  percentage  of   estimated  Cash  Available   for
Distribution required to pay expected cash distributions on the shares of Common
Stock  to be issued  in the Offering  resulting in an  annual distribution rate,
assuming one annual  distribution period,  equal to  8% of  the assumed  initial
public  offering  price  of the  Common  Stock.  The ownership  interest  in the
Operating Partnership allocated to  the Company is equal  to this percentage  of
estimated  Cash Available  for Distribution  and the  remaining interest  in the
Operating Partnership was
 
                                       99
<PAGE>
allocated to the Participants receiving OP Units in the Formation  Transactions.
The parameters and assumptions used in deriving the estimated Cash Available for
Distribution are described under "Distributions."
 
    Based  on the issuance of 18,847,500 shares of Common Stock in the Offering,
the Company will hold a 86.71%  ownership interest in the Operating  Partnership
and  the Participants  will hold  a 13.29%  ownership interest  in the Operating
Partnership. If the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, the
Company will hold a 88.24% ownership  interest in the Operating Partnership  and
the  Participants  will  hold  a  11.76%  ownership  interest  in  the Operating
Partnership.
 
    The Company did not  obtain appraisals with respect  to the market value  of
any  of the assets that the Company  will own immediately after the consummation
of the Offering and the Formation Transactions or an opinion as to the  fairness
of  the allocation  of shares  to the  purchasers in  the Offering.  The initial
public offering price of  the Company has been  determined based primarily  upon
the  estimated Cash  Available for Distribution  of the Company  and the factors
discussed under  "Underwriting," rather  than a  property-by-property  valuation
based  on historical cost, book value  or current market value. This methodology
has been used because management believes it is appropriate to value the Company
as an ongoing business rather than with a view to values that could be  obtained
from  a liquidation  of the  Company or  of individual  properties owned  by the
Company. See "Underwriting."
 
BENEFITS OF THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS AND THE OFFERING TO AFFILIATES OF THE
COMPANY
 
    Certain affiliates of the Company will realize certain material benefits  in
connection with the Formation Transactions, including the following:
 
   
    - In  exchange  for  their  respective  ownership  interests  in  the  Arden
      Predecessors and the assets of  Arden, Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and  Gilbert
      and  Ms. Byer  will become  beneficial owners of  a total  of 2,740,718 OP
      Units, with a total  value of $54.8 million  based on the assumed  initial
      public offering price of the Common Stock, which value may differ from the
      fair  market values of  such interests and  assets and compares  to a book
      value of such  interests and assets  of approximately $6.8  million as  of
      June  30, 1996. The Company  does not believe that  the book values of the
      interests and assets exchanged (which reflects the depreciated  historical
      cost  of  such interests  and assets)  are equivalent  to the  fair market
      values of  such  interests and  assets  based on  the  valuation  criteria
      described under "-- Determination and Valuation of Ownership Interests."
    
 
   
    - The  Participants will realize an immediate  accretion in the net tangible
      book value  of their  investment in  the Company  of $12.48  per share  of
      Common Stock representing an aggregate accretion amount of $36.1 million.
    
 
    - The  Participants will  own interests  in the  Operating Partnership which
      will be  more liquid  after  restrictions on  transfer expire  than  their
      current interests in the Arden Predecessors which own the Properties prior
      to consummation of the Formation Transactions.
 
    - Approximately  $398 million of indebtedness  secured by the Properties and
      indebtedness outstanding  under  lines of  credit  to be  assumed  by  the
      Operating Partnership will be repaid in the Formation Transactions.
 
    - Pursuant  to the Partnership  Agreement, certain Participants  who hold OP
      Units, including  Messrs.  Ziman,  Coleman, Gilbert  and  Ms.  Byer,  will
      receive  special allocations of interest  deduction of approximately $12.6
      million in the  aggregate relating to  the repayment of  mortgage debt  on
      certain of the Properties.
 
    - Messrs.  Ziman and  Coleman will  serve as  directors and  officers of the
      Company and  the  Operating Partnership  and  will enter  into  agreements
      providing  for annual  salaries, bonuses,  participation in  the Company's
      Stock Incentive Plan and other benefits for their services.
 
    - So long as  he is  Chief Executive Officer,  Mr. Ziman  will have  certain
      proportional purchase rights which will enable him to maintain his overall
      percentage  ownership, assuming  the exchange of  all OP  Units for Common
      Stock, of the combined equity of the Company and the Operating Partnership
      in
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
      the event there are  future issuances of Common  Stock or any  convertible
      securities by the Company or future issuances of OP Units by the Operating
      Partnership.  In each event, Mr.  Ziman's proportional purchase rights may
      be exercised at a  price per share  or other trading  unit of such  Common
      Stock,  convertible securities,  or OP  Units, as the  case may  be, to be
      received by the  Company or  the Operating Partnership  in such  issuance,
      less any underwriting discounts and commissions, and otherwise on the same
      terms  as may be applicable to  such issuance. These proportional purchase
      rights will not apply to transactions  under any Company stock plan  (such
      as  the Stock Incentive Plan), pursuant to an exchange of an OP Unit for a
      share of Common Stock or in  connection with any issuance of Common  Stock
      or  OP  Units  incident  to  an acquisition  of  properties,  assets  or a
      business.
 
    - Commencing on the first anniversary  of the Offering certain  Participants
      including  Messrs.  Ziman,  Coleman and  Gilbert  and Ms.  Byer  will have
      registration rights  with respect  to  shares of  Common Stock  issued  in
      exchange for OP Units.
 
    See  "Risk Factors --  Conflicts of Interests  in the Formation Transactions
and  the  Business  of  the  Company,"  "Dilution,"  "Partnership  Agreement  --
Redemption/Exchange Rights," "Management" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                  POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES
 
    The  following is  a discussion of  certain investment,  financing and other
policies of the Company.  These policies have been  determined by the  Company's
Board  of Directors and may be amended or revised from time to time by the Board
of Directors without  a vote of  the stockholders, except  that (i) the  Company
cannot  change its policy of holding its assets and conducting its business only
through the Operating Partnership and its affiliates without the consent of  the
holders  of OP Units as provided in  the Partnership Agreement, and (ii) changes
in certain policies  with respect to  conflicts of interest  must be  consistent
with legal requirements.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES
 
    INVESTMENT  IN REAL ESTATE  OR INTERESTS IN  REAL ESTATE.   The Company will
conduct all of its investment  activities through the Operating Partnership  and
its  affiliates. The  Company's investment  objectives are  to provide quarterly
cash distributions and achieve long-term capital appreciation through  increases
in  the  value  of the  Company.  For a  discussion  of the  Properties  and the
Company's  acquisition  and  other  strategic  objectives,  see  "Business   and
Properties" and "Business and Growth Strategies."
 
    The  Company expects to  pursue its investment  objectives primarily through
the direct ownership by  the Operating Partnership of  the Properties and  other
acquired office properties. The Company currently intends to invest primarily in
existing  improved properties but  may, if market  conditions warrant, invest in
development projects  as well.  Furthermore, the  Company currently  intends  to
invest in or develop commercial properties in Southern California, and primarily
in  suburban  Los  Angeles  County. However,  future  investment  or development
activities will not be limited  to any geographic area or  product type or to  a
specified  percentage  of the  Company's assets.  While  the Company  intends to
diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, the Company does  not
have any limit on the amount or percentage of its assets that may be invested in
any  one property or any  one geographic area. The  Company intends to engage in
such future investment or development activities in a manner which is consistent
with the maintenance of its status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In
addition, the  Company may  purchase or  lease income-producing  commercial  and
other  types of properties for long-term investment, expand and improve the real
estate presently owned or other properties  purchased, or sell such real  estate
properties, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.
 
    The  Company may also participate with  third parties in property ownership,
through joint  ventures or  other types  of co-ownership.  Such investments  may
permit  the Company to own interests in larger assets without unduly restricting
diversification and, therefore,  add flexibility in  structuring its  portfolio.
While  the Company currently does not have any plans to invest in joint ventures
or partnerships with affiliates or
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
promoters of  the Company,  Mr. Gilbert,  a director  of the  Company, owns  one
office  property in  Southern California  that the  Company may  consider in the
future. The Company will not, however, enter into a joint venture or partnership
to make an investment that would not otherwise meet its investment policies.
 
    Equity investments may be subject  to existing mortgage financing and  other
indebtedness  or such financing or indebtedness as may be incurred in connection
with acquiring or refinancing these investments. Debt service on such  financing
or  indebtedness will have a priority over any distributions with respect to the
Common Stock. Investments  are also subject  to the Company's  policy not to  be
treated  as an investment company  under the Investment Company  Act of 1940, as
amended (the "1940 Act").
 
    INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE MORTGAGES.  While the Company's current portfolio
consists of, and the Company's business objectives emphasize, equity investments
in commercial real estate, the  Company may, in the  discretion of the Board  of
Directors,  invest in mortgages and other  types of equity real estate interests
consistent with the  Company's qualification  as a  REIT. The  Company does  not
presently  intend to invest  in mortgages or  deeds of trust,  but may invest in
participating or  convertible mortgages  if the  Company concludes  that it  may
benefit  from  the cash  flow  or any  appreciation  in value  of  the property.
Investments in real estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may
default under such mortgages and that the collateral securing such mortgages may
not be sufficient to enable the Company to recoup its full investment.
 
    SECURITIES  OR  INTERESTS  IN  PERSONS  PRIMARILY  ENGAGED  IN  REAL  ESTATE
ACTIVITIES   AND  OTHER  ISSUERS.    Subject  to  the  percentage  of  ownership
limitations and gross income tests necessary for REIT qualification, the Company
also may invest  in securities of  other REITs, other  entities engaged in  real
estate  activities or securities of other  issuers, including for the purpose of
exercising control over such entities.
 
DISPOSITIONS
 
    The Company does not currently intend  to dispose of any of the  Properties,
although  it reserves the  right to do  so if, based  upon management's periodic
review of the Company's portfolio, the  Board of Directors determines that  such
action  would be in the  best interests of the  Company. The tax consequences of
the disposition  of  the Properties  may,  however, influence  the  decision  of
certain  directors and executive officers of the Company who hold OP Units as to
the desirability of a  proposed disposition. See "Risk  Factors -- Conflicts  of
Interests in the Formation Transactions and the Business of the Company."
 
    Any  decision  to dispose  of a  Property will  be made  by the  Company and
approved by  a  majority of  the  Board of  Directors.  In addition,  under  the
Partnership  Agreement, the consent of a majority of the Limited Partners of the
Operating Partnership must approve any sale  of Century Park Center (other  than
in  connection with the  sale of all or  substantially all of  the assets of the
Company or a merger of the Company) for a period of seven years from the closing
of the Offering.
 
FINANCING POLICIES
 
    As a general  policy, the Company  intends to limit  its total  consolidated
indebtedness  incurred so that  at the time  any debt is  incurred, the Company'
debt to total market capitalization ratio  does not exceed 50%. Upon  completion
of  the  Offering  and the  Formation  Transactions,  the debt  to  total market
capitalization ratio of the  Company will be approximately  19.3% (17.6% if  the
Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full). The Charter and Bylaws
do not, however, limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that the Company
may incur. In addition, the Company may from time to time modify its debt policy
in  light  of current  economic conditions,  relative costs  of debt  and equity
capital, market values of its Properties,  general conditions in the market  for
debt  and  equity securities,  fluctuations in  the market  price of  its Common
Stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Accordingly,  the
Company  may increase or decrease its  debt to total market capitalization ratio
beyond the limits described above. If  these policies were changed, the  Company
could become more highly leveraged, resulting in an increased risk of default on
its  obligations and a related increase  in debt service requirements that could
adversely affect  the  financial condition  and  results of  operations  of  the
Company and the Company's ability to make distributions to stockholders.
 
    The  Company has  established its debt  policy relative to  the total market
capitalization of the Company computed at the time the debt is incurred,  rather
than   relative  to   the  book   value  of  such   assets,  a   ratio  that  is
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
frequently employed,  because it  believes that  the book  value of  its  assets
(which  to  a  large extent  is  the  depreciated value  of  real  property, the
Company's primary tangible  asset) does  not accurately reflect  its ability  to
borrow  and  to meet  debt  service requirements.  Total  market capitalization,
however, is  subject  to greater  fluctuation  than  book value,  and  does  not
necessarily  reflect  the fair  market  value of  the  underlying assets  of the
Company at  all  times.  Moreover, due  to  fluctuations  in the  value  of  the
Company's  portfolio of Properties  over time, and since  any measurement of the
Company's total consolidated indebtedness to total market capitalization is made
only at the time debt is incurred, the debt to total market capitalization ratio
could exceed the 50% level.
 
    The Company  has  not established  any  limit on  the  number or  amount  of
mortgages  that may be  placed on any single  property or on  its portfolio as a
whole.
 
    Although  the  Company  will  consider  factors  other  than  total   market
capitalization in making decisions regarding the incurrence of debt (such as the
purchase  price of properties to be  acquired with debt financing, the estimated
market value  of properties  upon  refinancing, and  the ability  of  particular
properties  and the Company as a whole to generate sufficient cash flow to cover
expected debt service), there can be no assurance that the debt to total  market
capitalization  ratio, or any other measure of asset value, at the time the debt
is incurred or at any other time will be consistent with any particular level of
distributions to stockholders.  See "Risk  Factors -- No  Limitations on  Debt,"
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
CONFLICT OF INTEREST POLICIES
 
    The Company has adopted  certain policies and  entered into agreements  with
Messrs.  Ziman and Coleman designed to eliminate or minimize potential conflicts
of interest. These agreements include non-competition provisions that  generally
prohibit Messrs. Ziman and Coleman from engaging in the acquisition, management,
leasing  or renovation of any  office properties in the  Los Angeles, Orange and
San Diego counties  of Southern California  and from engaging  in any active  or
passive  investment in  or reasonably  relating to  the acquisition, renovation,
management or leasing of  any office properties in  the Los Angeles, Orange  and
San Diego counties of Southern California for a period of one year following the
date   of  termination  of  such  executive's  employment.  See  "Management  --
Employment Agreements." The Company's Board  of Directors is subject to  certain
provisions  of Maryland law, which are designed to eliminate or minimize certain
potential conflicts of interest. However, there  can be no assurance that  these
policies  always  will  be  successful  in  eliminating  the  influence  of such
conflicts, and if they  are not successful, decisions  could be made that  might
fail to reflect fully the interests of all stockholders.
 
    POLICIES  APPLICABLE TO  ALL DIRECTORS.   The  Company has  adopted a policy
that, without the approval of a majority of the non-employee directors, it  will
not  (i)  acquire from  or  sell to  any director,  officer  or employee  of the
Company, or any entity in which a  director, officer or employee of the  Company
beneficially  owns  more than  a 1%  interest, or  acquire from  or sell  to any
affiliate of any of the  foregoing, any of the assets  or other property of  the
Company,  (ii) make any loan  to or borrow from any  of the foregoing persons or
(iii) engage in any other transaction with any of the foregoing persons.
 
   
    Pursuant to Maryland law, each director  will be subject to restrictions  on
misappropriation  of corporate opportunities. In addition, under Maryland law, a
contract or other transaction between the Company and a Director or between  the
Company  and any  other corporation  or other  entity in  which a  Director is a
director or has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely  on
the  grounds  of  such common  directorship  or  interest, the  presence  of the
Director at the  meeting at  which the  contract or  transaction is  authorized,
approved or ratified the Director's vote in favor thereof if (a) the transaction
or  contract is authorized, approved or ratified  by the board of directors or a
committee of the board, after disclosure of the common directorship or interest,
by the affirmative vote  of a majority of  disinterested directors, even if  the
disinterested  directors constitute less than a quorum,  or by a majority of the
votes cast by disinterested stockholders, or (b) the transaction or contract  is
fair and reasonable to the Company.
    
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO OTHER ACTIVITIES
 
    The  Company has authority to offer Common Stock, Preferred Stock or options
to purchase  stock in  exchange  for property  and  to repurchase  or  otherwise
acquire its Common Stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise and
may engage in such activities in the future. As described under "The Partnership
Agreement  --  Redemption/Exchange  Rights,"  the Company  expects  (but  is not
obligated) to  issue  Common Stock  to  holders of  OP  Units in  the  Operating
Partnership  upon  exercise  of  their redemption/  exchange  rights.  Except in
connection with the Formation  Transactions, the Company  has not issued  Common
Stock,  OP Units or any  other securities in exchange  for property or any other
purpose, and the  Board of  Directors has no  present intention  of causing  the
Company  to repurchase any  Common Stock. The Company  may issue Preferred Stock
from time  to time,  in  one or  more  series, as  authorized  by the  Board  of
Directors  without  the need  for stockholder  approval.  See "Capital  Stock --
Preferred Stock." The Company has not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency
distribution or sale  of securities of  other issuers other  than the  Operating
Partnership,  nor has  the Company invested  in the securities  of other issuers
other than the Operating Partnership for the purposes of exercising control, and
does not intend to do so. At all times, the Company intends to make  investments
in  such a manner  as to qualify as  a REIT, unless  because of circumstances or
changes in  the Code  (or  the Treasury  Regulations),  the Board  of  Directors
determines  that it is no longer in the  best interest of the Company to qualify
as a  REIT and  such determination  is  approved by  a two  thirds vote  of  the
Company's  stockholders as required by the Charter. The Company has not made any
loans to  third parties,  although it  may in  the future  make loans  to  third
parties,   including,  without  limitation,  to   joint  ventures  in  which  it
participates. The Company intends to make investments in such a way that it will
not be  treated as  an investment  company  under the  1940 Act.  The  Company's
policies with respect to such activities may be reviewed and modified or amended
from  time to  time by the  Company's Board of  Directors without a  vote of the
stockholders.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
    The terms of the acquisitions of interests in the Properties and in Arden by
the Operating  Partnership are  described  in "Structure  and Formation  of  the
Company -- The Formation Transactions."
 
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; REDEMPTION/EXCHANGE RIGHTS
 
    The  Company will enter into the Partnership Agreement with the Participants
receiving OP Units. Among other things, the Partnership Agreement provides  such
holders  of OP Units with the right to cause the Operating Partnership to redeem
OP Units for cash or, at the election of the Company, exchange such OP Units for
shares of  Common Stock  of the  Company  (on a  one-for-one basis).  See  "Risk
Factors -- Conflicts of Interests in the Formation Transactions and the Business
of the Company; Benefits from Formation Transactions," "Policies With Respect to
Certain   Transactions  --  Conflict  of  Interest  Policies"  and  "Partnership
Agreement -- Redemption/Exchange Rights."
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    For a description of certain  registration rights held by the  Participants,
see "Shares Available for Future Sale -- Registration Rights."
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING DIRECTOR NOMINEE
 
    Mr.  Jerry Asher, one of the Company's  director nominees, is employed by CB
Commercial which has provided, from time to time, third-party leasing  brokerage
services  to the Company with  respect to certain of  its Properties. As of July
31, 1996, the Company had paid approximately $293,000 in leasing commissions  to
CB  Commercial for  leasing brokerage  services rendered  during 1995  and 1996.
While the Company may engage CB  Commercial in the future to provide  additional
leasing brokerage services, it is not currently under any contractual obligation
to  do so.  Furthermore, Mr.  Asher, as Director  of Business  Development at CB
Commercial, has  no  direct involvement  in  CB Commercial's  leasing  brokerage
services  and does  not have  any personal  interest in  any leasing commissions
received by CB Commercial from the Company.
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
                             PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
    THE  FOLLOWING  SUMMARY   OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP   AGREEMENT,  INCLUDING   THE
DESCRIPTIONS  OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS  SET FORTH ELSEWHERE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS, IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY  BY REFERENCE TO THE  PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT, WHICH  IS
FILED  AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF WHICH THIS PROSPECTUS IS A
PART.
 
MANAGEMENT
 
    The  Operating  Partnership  has  been  organized  as  a  Maryland   limited
partnership  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  Partnership  Agreement. Generally,
pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the Company, as the sole general  partner
of   the  Operating  Partnership,   will  have  full,   exclusive  and  complete
responsibility and discretion  in the  management and control  of the  Operating
Partnership,  subject to certain limited exceptions. The limited partners of the
Operating Partnership (the "Limited  Partners") will have  no authority in  such
capacity  to transact business for, or  participate in the management activities
or decisions of, the Operating Partnership. See
"-- Certain Voting Rights of Limited Partners."
 
TRANSFERABILITY OF INTERESTS
 
    Except for  a transaction  described  in the  following two  paragraphs  the
Partnership  Agreement provides  that the  Company may  not voluntarily withdraw
from the  Operating Partnership,  or  transfer or  assign  its interest  in  the
Operating Partnership, without the consent of the holders of 60% of the OP Units
representing  limited partner interests. Pursuant  to the Partnership Agreement,
the Limited Partners  have agreed  not to  transfer, assign,  sell, encumber  or
otherwise  dispose of, without the consent of the Company, their interest in the
Operating Partnership, other than to  Affiliates (as defined in the  Partnership
Agreement)  who  agree to  assume the  obligations of  the transferor  under the
Partnership Agreement. Messrs. Ziman and Coleman and certain other  Participants
are  subject to additional  restrictions on their ability  to transfer shares of
Common Stock. See "Underwriting."
 
   
    The Company may not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination
with or into another person, sale of  all or substantially all of its assets  or
any  reclassification,  recapitalization  or change  of  its  outstanding equity
interests ("Termination Transaction"),  unless the  Termination Transaction  has
been approved by holders of at least 66 2/3% of the OP Units (including OP Units
held by the Company which will represent 86.69% of all OP Units outstanding upon
consummation  of the Offering) and in connection with which all Limited Partners
either will receive, or  will have the  right to elect to  receive, for each  OP
Unit  an amount of cash,  securities, or other property  equal to the product of
the number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  into  which  each  OP  Unit  is  then
exchangeable  and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid
to the holder  of one share  of Common Stock  in consideration of  one share  of
Common  Stock at any time during the period from and after the date on which the
Termination Transaction is consummated. If,  in connection with the  Termination
Transaction,  a purchase, tender or  exchange offer shall have  been made to and
accepted by the holders  of more than  50% of the  outstanding shares of  Common
Stock,  each holder of OP Units will receive, or will have the right to elect to
receive, the greatest amount of cash,  securities, or other property which  such
holder would have received had it exercised its right to redemption and received
shares  of Common Stock  in exchange for  its OP Units  immediately prior to the
expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer and had thereupon accepted
such purchase, tender  or exchange  offer. In  addition, unless  a consent  from
holders  of 50% of the OP Units  representing limited partner interests has been
obtained, no more than 49%  of the equity securities  of the acquired person  in
such   Termination  Transaction  may  be   owned,  after  consummation  of  such
Termination  Transaction,  by  the  Company  or  affiliates  of  the   Operating
Partnership  or  the  Company  immediately  prior  to  the  date  of  which  the
Termination Transaction is consummated.
    
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company may merge, or otherwise
combine its assets,  with another entity  if, immediately after  such merger  or
other  combination, substantially  all of  the assets  of the  surviving entity,
other than  OP Units  held by  the  Company, are  contributed to  the  Operating
Partnership  as a  capital contribution  in exchange  for OP  Units with  a fair
market value, as reasonably determined by the Company, equal to the agreed value
of the assets so contributed.
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
    In respect of any transaction described in the preceding two paragraphs, the
Company is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such
transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners to recognize gain for  federal
income  tax purposes by  virtue of the  occurrence of or  their participation in
such transaction.
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
    If the Operating Partnership requires additional  funds at any time or  from
time  to time  in excess  of funds available  to the  Operating Partnership from
borrowings or capital contributions, and the  Company borrows such funds from  a
financial  institution or other lender then the  Company will lend such funds to
the Operating Partnership on comparable  terms and conditions as are  applicable
to  the Company's borrowing of such funds. The Company may contribute the amount
of any required funds not loaned  to the Operating Partnership as an  additional
capital contribution to the Operating Partnership. If the Company so contributes
additional  capital  to  the Operating  Partnership,  the  Company's partnership
interest in the Operating Partnership will be increased on a proportionate basis
based upon the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value  of
the  Operating Partnership  at the time  of such  contributions. Conversely, the
partnership  interests  of  the  Limited   Partners  will  be  decreased  on   a
proportionate  basis in  the event  of additional  capital contributions  by the
Company. The Company's rights to make loans or additional capital  contributions
to  the  Operating Partnership  are generally  subject to  Mr. Ziman's  right to
receive notice thereof and  to fund the  loan or capital  contribution on a  pro
rata basis so long as Mr. Ziman is the Company's Chief Executive Officer.
 
REDEMPTION/EXCHANGE RIGHTS
 
    Limited  Partners will receive rights which  will enable them to require the
Operating Partnership to redeem part  or all of their  OP Units for cash  (based
upon  the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock at
the time of such redemption) or, at  the election of the Company, exchange  such
OP  Units  for  shares of  Common  Stock  (on a  one-for-one  basis,  subject to
adjustment in the event  of stock splits, stock  dividends, issuance of  certain
rights,  certain  extraordinary  distributions  and  similar  events)  from  the
Company, subject to  the Ownership Limit  and certain limitations  on resale  of
shares.  The Company  presently anticipates that  it will elect  to issue Common
Stock in exchange for OP Units in connection with each such redemption  request,
rather than having the Operating Partnership pay cash. With each such redemption
or  exchange,  the  Company's  percentage ownership  interest  in  the Operating
Partnership will increase.  This redemption/exchange right  may be exercised  by
Limited  Partners  from  time to  time,  in whole  or  in part,  subject  to the
limitations that such right may not be exercised (i) prior to the expiration  of
one  year following the consummation of the Offering  or (ii) at any time to the
extent  such  exercise  would  result  in  such  Limited  Partner  actually   or
constructively  owning  common stock  in excess  of  the Common  Stock Ownership
Limit, assuming Common Stock was issued in such exchange.
 
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL OP UNITS, COMMON STOCK OR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
 
    As general partner of the Operating Partnership, the Company has the ability
to cause the Operating  Partnership to issue additional  OP Units. In  addition,
the  Company may, from time to time,  issue additional shares of Common Stock or
convertible securities. In each event, Mr. Ziman will have proportional purchase
rights which will enable him to maintain his overall percentage ownership of the
combined equity  of the  Company  and the  Operating Partnership,  assuming  the
exchange  of all  OP Units for  Common Stock. Mr.  Ziman's proportional purchase
rights may be exercised, in his sole  discretion, at a price per share or  other
trading  unit of such OP  Units, Common Stock or  convertible securities, as the
case may be, to be received by the Company or the Operating Partnership in  such
issuance,  less any underwriting discounts and commissions, and otherwise on the
same terms as may be applicable  to such issuances. These proportional  purchase
rights  will not apply to transactions under any Company stock plan (such as the
Stock Incentive Plan),  pursuant to an  exchange of an  OP Unit for  a share  of
Common  Stock or  in connection with  any issuance  of Common Stock  or OP Units
incident to an acquisition of properties, assets or a business.
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
TAX MATTERS
 
    Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the  Company will be the tax  matters
partner  of the Operating Partnership and, as  such, will have authority to make
tax elections under the Code on behalf of the Operating Partnership.
 
    The net income or  net loss of the  Operating Partnership will generally  be
allocated  to  the Company  and the  Limited Partners  in accordance  with their
respective percentage interests in the Operating Partnership, subject to special
allocations to certain Limited Partners  of interest deductions and income  from
the  discharge  of  indebtedness  attributable  to  loans  transferred  by Arden
Predecessors to the Operating Partnership and to compliance with the  provisions
of  Sections  704(b) and  704(c)  of the  Code  and the  regulations promulgated
thereunder. See  "Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations --  Tax  Aspects  of  the
Operating Partnership."
 
OPERATIONS
 
    The  Partnership  Agreement  requires  that  the  Operating  Partnership  be
operated in a manner  that will enable the  Company to satisfy the  requirements
for being classified as a REIT and to avoid any federal income tax liability.
 
    The  Partnership Agreement provides that the  net operating cash revenues of
the Operating Partnership, as  well as the net  sales and refinancing  proceeds,
will  be distributed from time to time (but at least quarterly) as determined by
the Company pro rata in accordance with the partners' percentage interests.
 
    Pursuant to the  Partnership Agreement, subject  to certain exceptions,  the
Operating  Partnership  will also  assume  and pay  when  due, or  reimburse the
Company for payment of all costs and expenses relating to the operations of  the
Company.
 
DUTIES AND CONFLICTS
 
    The  Partnership  Agreement provides  that  all business  activities  of the
Company, including all activities pertaining to the acquisition and operation of
office properties, must be conducted through the Operating Partnership.
 
CERTAIN VOTING RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
   
    So long as the Limited Partners own at least 5% of the outstanding OP units,
the Company shall not, on behalf of  the Operating Partnership, take any of  the
following actions without the prior consent of holders of at least 50% of the OP
Units  representing  limited  partner  interests:  (1)  dissolve  the  Operating
Partnership, other than incident to a merger or sale of substantially all of the
Company's assets;  or  (2) prior  to  the expiration  of  seven years  from  the
completion  of the Offering, sell Century Park  Center, other than incident to a
merger or sale of substantially all of the Company's assets.
    
 
TERM
 
    The Operating  Partnership will  continue  in full  force and  effect  until
December  31, 2096, or until sooner  dissolved upon the bankruptcy, dissolution,
withdrawal or termination of the Company as general partner (unless the  Limited
Partners  other than the  Company elect to  continue the Operating Partnership),
the election of  the Company and  the Limited  Partners, on entry  of decree  of
judicial  dissolution, or the sale or  other disposition of all or substantially
all the assets of the Operating Partnership or redemption of all OP Units.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
   
    To the  extent permitted  by  law, the  Partnership Agreement  provides  for
indemnification  and advance  of expenses  of the  Company and  its officers and
directors to the same extent indemnification and advance of expenses is provided
to officers and directors of the Company  in its Charter and Bylaws, and  limits
the  liability of the  Company and its  officers and directors  to the Operating
Partnership and  its partners  to  the same  extent  liability of  officers  and
directors  of  the Company  is  limited under  the  Charter. See  "Management --
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."
    
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the  beneficial
ownership  of Common Stock (or Common Stock for which OP Units are exchangeable)
by  each  director  and  director  nominee,  by  each  Named  Executive  Officer
identified  on  the  table on  page  94,  by all  directors  (including director
nominees) and officers  of the  Company as  a group and  by each  person who  is
expected  to be the beneficial owner of 5%  or more of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock immediately  following the  completion of the  Offering. Except  as
indicated  below, all of such Common Stock  is owned directly, and the indicated
person has sole voting and investment power.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER OF SHARES OF
                                                                           COMMON STOCK,
                                                                           ASSUMING FULL
                                                                          EXCHANGE OF OP     PERCENTAGE OF COMMON
NAME AND ADDRESS(1)                                                          UNITS(2)        STOCK OUTSTANDING(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                  <C>
Richard S. Ziman......................................................        1,914,856(3)             7.04%
 
Victor J. Coleman.....................................................        1,308,812(4)             3.86%
 
Diane M. Laing........................................................          --                    --
 
Michele Byer..........................................................           51,032                *
 
Andrew J. Sobel.......................................................            3,750                *
 
Herbert L. Porter.....................................................            1,250                *
 
Arthur Gilbert........................................................          517,319(5)             2.42%
 
Steven C. Good........................................................          --                    --
 
Jerry Asher...........................................................          --                    --
 
Carl D. Covitz........................................................          --                    --
 
Kenneth B. Roath......................................................          --                    --
 
All directors and officers as a group (11 persons)....................        2,708,575               12.56%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
* Less than one percent.
(1) The address for each of the persons listed is 9100 Wilshire Boulevard,  East
    Tower, Suite 700, Beverly Hills, California 90212.
 
(2)  Except  for Messrs.  Sobel and  Porter,  who hold  shares of  Common Stock,
    beneficial ownership of Common Stock is  currently held 100% in the form  of
    OP Units. In addition, amounts for individuals assume that all OP Units held
    by  the person are exchanged for shares of Common Stock and that none of the
    OP Units held  by other persons  are exchanged for  shares of Common  Stock.
    Amounts  for all directors and  officers as a group  assume all OP Units are
    exchanged for shares of Common Stock. See "Capital Stock -- Restrictions  on
    Transfer."
 
   
(3)  Includes (a)  855,562 shares  held by entities  in which  Messrs. Ziman and
    Coleman have shared voting and investment  power, of which shares Mr.  Ziman
    disclaims  beneficial ownership in the 40% of such shares in which he has no
    pecuniary interest,  (b)  322,429  shares owned  by  entities  directly  and
    indirectly  owned 100% by  Mr. Ziman, (c)  136,675 shares owned  by a family
    partnership of  Mr.  Ziman,  in  which  Mr.  Ziman  has  shared  voting  and
    investment  power  and of  which  Mr. Ziman  is  a 20%  general  partner and
    disclaims beneficial  ownership of  the remaining  80% in  which he  has  no
    pecuniary  interest,  and (d)  43,200  shares owned  by  an entity  in which
    Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and Gilbert have shared voting and investment  power,
    of  which shares Mr. Ziman disclaims beneficial ownership of the 82% of such
    shares in which he has no pecuniary interest.
    
 
   
(4) Includes (a)  855,562 shares  held by entities  in which  Messrs. Ziman  and
    Coleman have shared voting and investment power, of which shares Mr. Coleman
    disclaims  beneficial ownership of the 60% of such shares in which he has no
    pecuniary interest, (b) 84,108 shares owned  by an entity owned 100% by  Mr.
    Coleman  and (c) 43,200  shares owned by  an entity in  which Messrs. Ziman,
    Coleman and Gilbert have shared voting and investment power, of which shares
    Mr. Coleman disclaims  beneficial ownership  of the  88% of  such shares  in
    which he has no pecuniary interest.
    
 
   
(5)  Includes  (a) 436,601  shares  owned by  the  Arthur Gilbert  and Rosalinde
    Gilbert 1982 Trust,  of which Mr.  Gilbert is a  trustee, (b) 43,200  shares
    owned  by an entity in which Messrs.  Ziman, Coleman and Gilbert have shared
    voting  and  investment  power,  of  which  shares  Mr.  Gilbert   disclaims
    beneficial  ownership of the 30% of such shares in which he has no pecuniary
    interest and (c) 37,518 shares owned by  an entity in which Mr. Gilbert  and
    the  Gilbert Foundation  (of which Mr.  Gilbert is the  trustee) have shared
    voting and investment power of which shares Mr. Gilbert disclaims beneficial
    ownership of the 99% of such shares in which he has no pecuniary interest.
    
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITAL STOCK
 
   
    The following summary  of the terms  of the  stock of the  Company does  not
purport  to  be complete  and is  subject to  and qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to  the  Charter and  Bylaws,  copies of  which  are exhibits  to  the
Registration  Statement  of which  this Prospectus  is  a part.  See "Additional
Information."
    
 
GENERAL
 
    The Charter provides that the Company may issue up to 100,000,000 shares  of
Common  Stock and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value per share
("Preferred Stock").  Upon  completion of  the  Offering, 18,852,500  shares  of
Common  Stock will be  issued and outstanding  and no shares  of Preferred Stock
will be issued and outstanding.  Under Maryland law, stockholders generally  are
not  liable for the corporation's obligations solely as a result of their status
as stockholders.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    All shares of Common Stock offered  hereby will be duly authorized,  validly
issued,  fully paid and nonassessable. Subject to the preferential rights of any
other shares or series of stock and  to the provisions of the Charter  regarding
the  restrictions on transfer  of stock, holders  of shares of  Common Stock are
entitled to  receive dividends  on such  stock if,  as and  when authorized  and
declared  by  the  Board of  Directors  of  the Company  out  of  assets legally
available therefor and  to share ratably  in the assets  of the Company  legally
available  for distribution to its stockholders in the event of its liquidation,
dissolution or winding up after payment  of or adequate provision for all  known
debts and liabilities of the Company.
 
    Subject  to  the provisions  of the  Charter  regarding the  restrictions on
transfer of stock, each outstanding share of Common Stock entitles the holder to
one vote  on all  matters submitted  to a  vote of  stockholders, including  the
election of directors and, except as provided with respect to any other class or
series  of stock, the holders  of such shares will  possess the exclusive voting
power. There is no cumulative voting  in the election of directors, which  means
that  the holders of  a majority of  the outstanding shares  of Common Stock can
elect all of the  directors then standing  for election and  the holders of  the
remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
 
    Holders  of shares of Common Stock have no preference, conversion, exchange,
sinking fund, redemption  or appraisal  rights and,  with the  exception of  Mr.
Ziman's proportional purchase rights, have no preemptive rights to subscribe for
any  securities  of  the  Company.  Subject to  the  provisions  of  the Charter
regarding the restrictions  on transfer of  stock, shares of  Common Stock  will
have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.
 
   
    Under  the MGCL, a corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter,
merge, sell all or substantially all of  its assets, engage in a share  exchange
or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless
approved  by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of
the votes  entitled  to  be cast  on  the  matter unless  a  greater  or  lesser
percentage  (but not less than a majority of all  of the votes to be cast on the
matter) is set forth  in the corporation's charter.  The Company's Charter  does
not  provide  for  a  lesser  percentage  in  such  situations  except  that the
provisions of the Charter relating to authorized capital and the  classification
and  reclassification  of shares  of  Common Stock  and  Preferred Stock  may be
amended by the affirmative vote  of the holders of not  less than a majority  of
the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Charter  authorizes the  Board of  Directors  to classify  any unissued
shares of  Preferred  Stock and  to  reclassify any  previously  classified  but
unissued shares of any series, as authorized by the Board of Directors. Prior to
issuance  of shares of  each series, the Board  is required by  the MGCL and the
Charter of  the  Company  to set,  subject  to  the provisions  of  the  Charter
regarding  the  restrictions  on  transfer  of  stock,  the  terms, preferences,
conversion or  other  rights, voting  powers,  restrictions, limitations  as  to
dividends  or  other distributions,  qualifications and  terms or  conditions of
redemption for each such series. Thus, the Board could authorize the issuance of
shares of Preferred Stock with terms and conditions which could have the  effect
of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of the
Company that might
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
involve  a premium price  for holders of  Common Stock or  otherwise be in their
best interest.  As  of  the  date  hereof, no  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding and the Company has no present plans to issue any Preferred Stock.
 
POWER TO ISSUE ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
    The  Company believes  that the  power of  the Board  of Directors  to issue
additional authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock and
to classify or reclassify  unissued shares of Common  Stock and Preferred  Stock
and  thereafter to  cause the Company  to issue such  classified or reclassified
shares  of  stock  will  provide  the  Company  with  increased  flexibility  in
structuring  possible future  financings and  acquisitions and  in meeting other
needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the Common
Stock, will be available  for issuance without further  action by the  Company's
stockholders,  unless such action is required by  applicable law or the rules of
any stock  exchange  or  automated  quotation  system  on  which  the  Company's
securities  may be  listed or  traded. Although  the Board  of Directors  has no
intention at the present  time of doing  so, it could  authorize the Company  to
issue  a class or series  that could, depending upon the  terms of such class or
series, delay, defer  or prevent a  transaction or  a change in  control of  the
Company  that  might involve  a premium  price  for holders  of Common  Stock or
otherwise be in their best interest.
    
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The transfer agent and  registrar for the  Common Stock is  The Bank of  New
York.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
 
    For  the Company to  qualify as a REIT  under the Code, no  more than 50% in
value  of  its  outstanding   shares  of  stock  may   be  owned,  actually   or
constructively,  by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include
certain entities) during the last half of  a taxable year (other than the  first
year  for which an election to be treated as a REIT has been made). In addition,
if the  Company,  or an  owner  of  10% or  more  of the  Company,  actually  or
constructively  owns 10% or more of a tenant  of the Company (or a tenant of any
partnership in which the Company is a partner), the rent received by the Company
(either directly or through any such  partnership) from such tenant will not  be
qualifying  income for purposes  of the REIT  gross income tests  of the Code. A
REIT's stock must also be  beneficially owned by 100  or more persons during  at
least 335 days of a taxable year of twelve months or during a proportionate part
of a shorter taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be
treated as a REIT has been made).
 
   
    Because  the  Company expects  to qualify  as a  REIT, the  Charter contains
restrictions on the ownership and transfer of Common Stock which are intended to
assist the Company in  complying with these  requirements. The Charter  provides
that,  subject to certain specified exceptions, no  person or entity may own, or
be deemed to own by virtue  of the applicable constructive ownership  provisions
of  the Code, more than 9.0% (by number or value, whichever is more restrictive)
of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  (the  "Ownership  Limit").  The
constructive  ownership rules of the  Code are complex, and  may cause shares of
Common Stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related  individuals
and/or  entities to be  owned constructively by  one individual or  entity. As a
result, the acquisition of less than 9.0% of the shares of Common Stock (or  the
acquisition  of an interest in an  entity that owns, actually or constructively,
Common Stock)  by  an  individual  or entity,  could,  nevertheless  cause  that
individual  or entity, or another individual or entity, to own constructively in
excess of 9.0% of the outstanding Common  Stock and thus subject such shares  to
the  Ownership  Limit. The  Board  of Directors  may, but  in  no event  will be
required to, waive the Ownership Limit with respect to a particular  stockholder
if it determines that such ownership will not jeopardize the Company's status as
a  REIT.  As a  condition of  such waiver,  the Board  of Directors  may require
opinions of counsel  satisfactory to it  and/or undertakings or  representations
from  the applicant with respect  to preserving the REIT  status of the Company.
The Board of Directors has  obtained such undertakings and representations  from
Mr.  Ziman and, as a result, has waived  the Ownership Limit with respect to the
Ziman  family  and   certain  affiliated  entities,   including  the   Operating
Partnership.  The Ziman family and such entities will be permitted to own in the
aggregate, actually or  constructively, up  to 13% (by  number of  shares or  by
value, whichever is more restrictive) of the Common Stock.
    
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
    The Charter further prohibits (a) any person from actually or constructively
owning  shares of stock  of the Company  that would result  in the Company being
"closely held" under Section 856(h) of  the Code or otherwise cause the  Company
to  fail to  qualify as a  REIT and (b)  any person from  transferring shares of
stock of the Company  if such transfer  would result in shares  of stock of  the
Company  being  owned by  fewer than  100  persons. Any  person who  acquires or
attempts or intends  to acquire actual  or constructive ownership  of shares  of
stock  of the Company that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions
on transferability and ownership is required  to give notice immediately to  the
Company  and provide the Company with such  other information as the Company may
request in  order to  determine the  effect of  such transfer  on the  Company's
status  as a REIT.  The foregoing restrictions  on transferability and ownership
will not apply if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in  the
best  interest of the Company to attempt  to qualify, or to continue to qualify,
as a  REIT and  such determination  is  approved by  a two  thirds vote  of  the
Company's stockholders as required by the Charter.
 
    If  any purported transfer of Common Stock of the Company or any other event
would otherwise  result in  any  person violating  the  Ownership Limit  or  the
Charter, then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or effect
with  respect to  the purported transferee  (the "Prohibited  Transferee") as to
that number  of shares  in excess  of  the Ownership  Limit and  the  Prohibited
Transferee  shall acquire  no right or  interest (or,  in the case  of any event
other than a purported  transfer, the person or  entity holding record title  to
any  such shares in excess of the Ownership Limit (the "Prohibited Owner") shall
cease to own  any right  or interest)  in such  excess shares.  Any such  excess
shares  described above will be transferred  automatically, by operation of law,
to a trust, the beneficiary of which will be a qualified charitable organization
selected by the Company  (the "Beneficiary"). Such  automatic transfer shall  be
deemed  to be  effective as  of the close  of business  on the  Business Day (as
defined in the Charter) prior to the date of such violative transfer. Within  20
days  of receiving  notice from  the Company  of the  transfer of  shares to the
trust, the trustee of the trust (who  shall be designated by the Company and  be
unaffiliated with the Company and any Prohibited Transferee or Prohibited Owner)
will  be required to sell such excess shares to a person or entity who could own
such shares  without  violating  the  Ownership Limit,  and  distribute  to  the
Prohibited  Transferee an amount  equal to the  lesser of the  price paid by the
Prohibited Transferee for such excess shares  or the sales proceeds received  by
the  trust for such  excess shares. In  the case of  any excess shares resulting
from any event other than  a transfer, or from  a transfer for no  consideration
(such  as a gift), the trustee will be  required to sell such excess shares to a
qualified person or  entity and  distribute to  the Prohibited  Owner an  amount
equal  to the lesser  of the fair market  value of such excess  shares as of the
date of such event or the sales  proceeds received by the trust for such  excess
shares.  In either case, any  proceeds in excess of  the amount distributable to
the  Prohibited  Transferee  or  Prohibited   Owner,  as  applicable,  will   be
distributed to the Beneficiary. Prior to a sale of any such excess shares by the
trust, the trustee will be entitled to receive in trust for the Beneficiary, all
dividends  and  other distributions  paid by  the Company  with respect  to such
excess shares, and  also will  be entitled to  exercise all  voting rights  with
respect to such excess shares. Subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date
that  such shares have been transferred to the trust, the trustee shall have the
authority (at the  trustee's sole discretion)  (i) to rescind  as void any  vote
cast  by a Prohibited Transferee prior to the discovery by the Company that such
shares have  been transferred  to the  trust and  (ii) to  recast such  vote  in
accordance  with  the desires  of  the trustee  acting  for the  benefit  of the
Beneficiary. However, if  the Company has  already taken irreversible  corporate
action, then the trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such
vote.  Any dividend or  other distribution paid to  the Prohibited Transferee or
Prohibited Owner (prior  to the discovery  by the Company  that such shares  had
been  automatically transferred to a trust  as described above) will be required
to be repaid to the trustee upon demand for distribution to the Beneficiary.  In
the event that the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically
effective (for any reason) to prevent violation of the Ownership Limit, then the
Charter provides that the transfer of the excess shares will be void.
 
    In  addition, shares  of stock  of the  Company held  in the  Trust shall be
deemed to have been offered for sale to the Company, or its designee, at a price
per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that
resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the
Market Price at the time  of such devise or gift)  and (ii) the Market Price  on
the  date the Company,  or its designee,  accepts such offer.  The Company shall
have the right to  accept such offer  until the Trustee has  sold the shares  of
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
stock  held in the Trust. Upon  such a sale to the  Company, the interest of the
Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee  shall
distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.
 
    All  certificates representing  shares of  Common Stock  will bear  a legend
referring to the restrictions described above.
 
    Under the Charter, every  owner of a specified  percentage (or more) of  the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock must file a completed questionnaire with the
Company containing information regarding their ownership of such shares, as  set
forth  in  the Treasury  Regulations.  Under current  Treasury  Regulations, the
percentage will  be set  between 0.5%  and 5.0%,  depending upon  the number  of
record holders of the Company's shares. In addition, each stockholder shall upon
demand be required to disclose to the Company in writing such information as the
Company  may  request  in  order  to  determine  the  effect,  if  any,  of such
stockholder's actual and constructive ownership of Common Stock on the Company's
status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Ownership Limit.
 
    These ownership limits  could delay,  defer or  prevent a  transaction or  a
change  in control  of the Company  that might  involve a premium  price for the
Common Stock or otherwise be in the best interest of stockholders.
 
    CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND THE COMPANY'S CHARTER AND BYLAWS
 
    THE FOLLOWING  SUMMARY OF  CERTAIN PROVISIONS  OF MARYLAND  LAW AND  OF  THE
CHARTER AND BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE AND IS SUBJECT
TO  AND QUALIFIED IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO  MARYLAND LAW AND THE CHARTER
AND BYLAWS OF  THE COMPANY,  COPIES OF WHICH  ARE EXHIBITS  TO THE  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT OF WHICH THIS PROSPECTUS IS A PART.
 
    The  Charter and the  Bylaws of the Company  contain certain provisions that
could make more difficult the  acquisition of the Company  by means of a  tender
offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage
certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to
encourage  persons seeking to acquire control  of the Company to negotiate first
with the Board  of Directors. The  Company believes that  the benefits of  these
provisions  outweigh the potential disadvantages  of discouraging such proposals
because, among other things,  negotiation of such proposals  might result in  an
improvement  of their terms.  The description set  forth below is  intended as a
summary only and is qualified  in its entirety by  reference to the Charter  and
the  Bylaws, which have been filed as  exhibits to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus  is a  part. See also  "Capital Stock  -- Restrictions  on
Transfer."
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS - NUMBER, CLASSIFICATION, VACANCIES
 
    The  Bylaws  provide that  the number  of  directors of  the Company  may be
established by the Board of  Directors but may not be  fewer than five nor  more
than  11. Any vacancy will  be filled, at any regular  meeting or at any special
meeting called  for that  purpose, by  a majority  of the  remaining  directors,
except that a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors must
be filled by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
 
    The Company's Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors.
The  initial terms of the  first, second and third  classes will expire in 1997,
1998 and 1999, respectively. Beginning in 1997, directors of each class will  be
chosen  for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and each
year one class of directors will  be elected by the stockholders. The  staggered
terms of directors may reduce the possibility of a tender offer or an attempt to
change  control of the Company  even though a tender  offer or change in control
might be in the best interest of the stockholders.
 
    The  classified  board  provision  could  have  the  effect  of  making  the
replacement  of incumbent directors more time  consuming and difficult. At least
two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be  required
to effect a change in a majority of the Board of Directors. Thus, the classified
board  provision  could increase  the likelihood  that incumbent  directors will
retain their  positions.  The  staggered  terms  of  directors  may  reduce  the
possibility  of a tender offer  or an attempt to  change control of the Company,
even though a tender offer or change in control might be in the best interest of
the stockholders.
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
 
   
    The Charter provides that subject  to the rights of  one or more classes  or
series  of Preferred Stock to  elect one or more  directors, any director may be
removed only for cause (as defined in  the Charter) and only by the  affirmative
vote  of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of
directors. This  provision,  when  coupled  with the  provision  in  the  Bylaws
authorizing  the  Board of  Directors  to fill  vacant  directorships, precludes
stockholders from removing  incumbent directors,  except upon  the existence  of
cause  for removal and a substantial affirmative vote, and filling the vacancies
created by such removal with their own nominees.
    
 
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
    Under  the  MGCL,  certain  "business  combinations"  (including  a  merger,
consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances, an asset transfer or
issuance   or  reclassification   of  equity  securities)   between  a  Maryland
corporation and any  person who  beneficially owns ten  percent or  more of  the
voting power of the corporation's shares or an affiliate of the corporation who,
at  any time within the  two-year period prior to the  date in question, was the
beneficial  owner  of  ten  percent  or   more  of  the  voting  power  of   the
then-outstanding  voting stock of the  corporation (an "Interested Stockholder")
or an affiliate of such an Interested Stockholder are prohibited for five  years
after  the  most recent  date  on which  the  Interested Stockholder  becomes an
Interested Stockholder.  Thereafter,  any  such  business  combination  must  be
recommended  by the board of  directors of such corporation  and approved by the
affirmative vote of at least (a) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders
of outstanding shares of voting stock  of the corporation and (b) two-thirds  of
the  votes entitled  to be cast  by holders  of voting stock  of the corporation
other than shares held  by the Interested Stockholder  with whom (or with  whose
affiliate)  the  business combination  is to  be  effected, unless,  among other
conditions, the corporation's  common stockholders receive  a minimum price  (as
defined  in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash
or in the same  form as previously  paid by the  Interested Stockholder for  its
shares.  These provisions  of Maryland  law do  not apply,  however, to business
combinations that are  approved or  exempted by the  board of  directors of  the
corporation  prior  to  the  time that  the  Interested  Stockholder  becomes an
Interested Stockholder. The Company's Board of Directors has resolved to opt out
of the business combination provisions of the MGCL.
 
CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS
 
    The MGCL provides that "control  shares" of a Maryland corporation  acquired
in  a "control  share acquisition"  have no voting  rights except  to the extent
approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter,
excluding shares of stock owned by the acquiror, by officers or by directors who
are employees of the  corporation. "Control shares" are  voting shares of  stock
which,  if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by
the acquiror or in respect of which  the acquiror is able to exercise or  direct
the  exercise of voting  power (except solely  by virtue of  a revocable proxy),
would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within
one of the following ranges of voting power: (i) one-fifth or more but less than
one-third, (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority, or (iii) a  majority
or  more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring
person is then  entitled to  vote as the  result of  having previously  obtained
stockholder  approval. A  "control share  acquisition" means  the acquisition of
control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
    A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition,  upon
satisfaction  of certain conditions (including  an undertaking to pay expenses),
may compel the board of directors of  the corporation to call a special  meeting
of  stockholders to  be held  within 50  days of  demand to  consider the voting
rights of the shares. If no request  for a meeting is made, the corporation  may
itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
 
    If  voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person
does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then,
subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or
all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have  previously
been  approved)  for fair  value determined,  without regard  to the  absence of
voting rights for the control shares, as  of the date of the last control  share
acquisition  by the  acquiror or  of any  meeting of  stockholders at  which the
voting rights of such shares are  considered and not approved. If voting  rights
for control shares are approved
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
at  a stockholders meeting and the acquiror  becomes entitled to vote a majority
of the shares entitled  to vote, all other  stockholders may exercise  appraisal
rights.  The  fair  value of  the  shares  as determined  for  purposes  of such
appraisal rights may not be  less than the highest price  per share paid by  the
acquiror in the control share acquisition.
 
    The  control share acquisition statute does not apply (a) to shares acquired
in a merger, consolidation or  share exchange if the  corporation is a party  to
the  transaction or (b) to  acquisitions approved or exempted  by the charter or
bylaws of the corporation.
 
    The Bylaws of  the Company contain  a provision exempting  from the  control
share  acquisition  statute  any  and  all acquisitions  by  any  person  of the
Company's shares of stock.  There can be no  assurance that such provision  will
not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.
 
AMENDMENT TO THE CHARTER
 
   
    The  Charter, including  its provisions  on classification  of the  Board of
Directors, restrictions on transferability of shares of Common Stock and removal
of directors, may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of  not
less  than two thirds  of all of  the votes entitled  to be cast  on the matter.
However, the provisions of  the Charter relating to  authorized capital and  the
classification  and  reclassification of  shares of  Common Stock  and Preferred
Stock may be amended by the affirmative vote  of the holders of not less than  a
majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
    
 
DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  dissolution of the Company must be  approved by the affirmative vote of
the holders of not less than two thirds of all of the votes entitled to be  cast
on the matter.
 
ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS AND NEW BUSINESS
 
    The Bylaws of the Company provide that (a) with respect to an annual meeting
of  stockholders, nominations of persons for  election to the Board of Directors
and the proposal of business to be  considered by stockholders may be made  only
(i)  pursuant  to the  Company's notice  of the  meeting, (ii)  by the  Board of
Directors or (iii) by a stockholder who  is entitled to vote at the meeting  and
has  complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in the Bylaws and (b)
with respect  to  special  meetings  of  the  stockholders,  only  the  business
specified  in the Company's notice of meeting  may be brought before the meeting
of stockholders  and  nominations  of  persons for  election  to  the  Board  of
Directors  may be made only (i) pursuant to the Company's notice of the meeting,
(ii) by the Board of Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has
determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by a stockholder who
is entitled to  vote at the  meeting and  has complied with  the advance  notice
provisions set forth in the Bylaws.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF THE CHARTER
AND BYLAWS
 
    The  business  combination  provisions  and  the  control  share acquisition
provisions of the  MGCL, in  each case  if they  ever became  applicable to  the
Company,  the  provisions  of the  Charter  on  classification of  the  Board of
Directors and removal  of directors  and the  advance notice  provisions of  the
Bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of the
Company  that  might involve  a premium  price  for holders  of Common  Stock or
otherwise be in their best interest.
 
RIGHTS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES AND OTHER PROPERTY
 
    The Charter authorizes  the Board of  Directors to create  and issue  rights
entitling  the holders thereof to  purchase from the Company  shares of stock or
other securities  or property.  The times  at which  and terms  upon which  such
rights  are to be issued  would be determined by the  Board of Directors and set
forth in the contracts or instruments that evidence such rights. This  provision
is intended to confirm the Board of Directors' authority to issue share purchase
rights,  which may have terms that could  impede a merger, tender offer or other
takeover attempt,  or other  rights  to purchase  shares  or securities  of  the
Company or any other corporation.
 
                                      114
<PAGE>
                        SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
GENERAL
 
   
    Upon  the  completion of  the Offering,  the  Company will  have outstanding
18,852,500 shares  of  Common  Stock (21,679,500  shares  if  the  Underwriters'
overallotment  option is  exercised in full).  In addition,  2,889,071 shares of
Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon exchange of OP Units. The shares  of
Common  Stock issued in the  Offering will be freely  tradeable by persons other
than "affiliates" of the Company  without restriction under the Securities  Act,
subject  to the limitations on ownership set  forth in the Charter. See "Capital
Stock -- Restrictions  on Transfer."  The shares of  Common Stock  owned by  the
Participants  or  acquired by  any Participant  in redemption  of OP  Units (the
"Restricted Shares") will be "restricted"  securities under the meaning of  Rule
144 promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 144") and may not be sold in the
absence  of  registration  under the  Securities  Act unless  an  exemption from
registration is  available,  including  exemptions contained  in  Rule  144.  As
described  below under "-- Registration Rights," the Company has granted certain
holders registration rights with respect to their shares of Common Stock.
    
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if two years have elapsed
since the later of the date of acquisition of Restricted Shares from the Company
or any "affiliate" of the Company, as that term is defined under the  Securities
Act,  the acquiror or subsequent  holder thereof is entitled  to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1%  of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume
of  the Common Stock during the four  calendar weeks preceding the date on which
notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales under Rule 144 are also  subject
to  certain manner of sales provisions, notice requirements and the availability
of current public  information about the  Company. If three  years have  elapsed
since  the date of acquisition of Restricted Shares from the Company or from any
"affiliate" of the  Company, and the  acquiror or subsequent  holder thereof  is
deemed  not to have been an  affiliate of the Company at  any time during the 90
days preceding a sale, such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public
market under Rule  144(k) without regard  to the volume  limitations, manner  of
sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements.
 
    The Commission has proposed to amend the holding period required by Rule 144
to  permit sales of "restricted securities" after one year rather than two years
(and two years rather than three  years for "non-affiliates" who desire to  sell
such  shares under  Rule 144(k)). If  such proposed amendment  were enacted, the
"restricted securities" would become freely tradeable (subject to any applicable
contractual restrictions) at these earlier dates.
 
    In connection with the Offering, Messrs.  Ziman and Coleman have agreed  not
to  sell any shares of  Common Stock acquired by them  upon exchange of OP Units
for a period  of two  years after  the completion  of the  Offering without  the
consent  of Lehman Brothers Inc. Such restriction will not apply to any OP Units
or other shares of Common Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by Messrs. Ziman
or Coleman following consummation of the Offering. See "Underwriting."
 
    The Company has  established the  Stock Incentive  Plan for  the purpose  of
attracting  and retaining directors, executive officers and other key employees.
See "Management -- Stock Incentive Plan" and "-- Compensation of Directors." The
Company intends to  issue options  to purchase approximately  868,500 shares  of
Common Stock to directors, executive officers and certain key employees prior to
the  completion of the  Offering and has reserved  631,500 additional shares for
future issuance under the Stock Incentive  Plan. Prior to the expiration of  the
initial  12-month  period following  consummation of  the Offering,  the Company
expects to file a registration statement on  Form S-8 with the SEC with  respect
to  the shares of  Common Stock issuable  under the Stock  Incentive Plan, which
shares may be resold without restriction, unless held by affiliates.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Trading of  the Common  Stock on  the New  York Stock  Exchange is  expected  to
commence immediately following the completion of the Offering. No prediction can
be  made  as  to  the effect,  if  any,  that  future sales  of  shares,  or the
availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing
from time  to time.  Sales of  substantial amounts  of Common  Stock  (including
shares   issued  upon  the   exercise  of  Options),   or  the  perception  that
 
                                      115
<PAGE>
such sales occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the  Common
Stock.  See "Risk Factors -- Absence of  Prior Public Market for Common Stock --
Effect  on  Common  Stock  Price  of  Shares  Available  for  Future  Sale"  and
"Partnership Agreement -- Transferability of Interests."
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    The  Company  has granted  the  Participants who  received  OP Units  in the
Formation Transactions certain registration rights with respect to the shares of
Common Stock owned by them or acquired  by them in connection with the  exercise
of  the  Redemption/Exchange  Rights  under  the  Partnership  Agreement.  These
registration rights require the  Company to register all  such shares of  Common
Stock  effective on the  first anniversary of the  consummation of the Offering.
The Company will bear expenses  incident to its registration requirements  under
the  registration  rights,  except  that such  expenses  shall  not  include any
underwriting discounts or  commissions or  transfer taxes, if  any, relating  to
such shares.
 
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The  following summary of material federal income tax consequences regarding
the Company and the Offering is based on current law, is for general information
only and is not tax advice. The information set forth below, to the extent  that
it  constitutes matters of law, summaries  of legal matters or legal conclusions
is the opinion of Latham & Watkins, tax counsel to the Company. This  discussion
does  not purport to deal  with all aspects of taxation  that may be relevant to
particular  stockholders  in   light  of  their   personal  investment  or   tax
circumstances,  or to certain types of stockholders subject to special treatment
under the tax laws, including without limitation insurance companies,  financial
institutions  or broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations  (except to the extent
discussed under the  heading "Taxation of  Tax-Exempt Stockholders") or  foreign
corporations  and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States
(except to  the  extent  discussed  under  the  heading  "Taxation  of  Non-U.S.
Stockholders").  In addition, the summary below  does not consider the effect of
any foreign,  state,  local  or  other  tax  laws  that  may  be  applicable  to
prospective stockholders.
 
    EACH  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER IS ADVISED TO CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR
REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP
AND SALE OF THE COMMON STOCK,  INCLUDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN  AND
OTHER  TAX CONSEQUENCES  OF SUCH PURCHASE,  OWNERSHIP AND SALE  AND OF POTENTIAL
CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
TAXATION OF THE COMPANY
 
    GENERAL.  The Company plans to make an election to be taxed as a REIT  under
Sections  856 through 860 of  the Code, commencing with  its taxable year ending
December 31, 1996. The Company believes  that, commencing with its taxable  year
ending December 31, 1996, it will be organized and will operate in such a manner
as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the Code commencing with such taxable
year,  and the Company intends  to continue to operate in  such a manner, but no
assurance can be given that it will continue  to operate in such a manner so  as
to qualify or remain qualified.
 
    These  sections of the Code and  the corresponding Treasury Regulations, are
highly technical and complex. The following  sets forth the material aspects  of
the  sections that  govern the federal  income tax  treatment of a  REIT and its
stockholders.
 
    Latham & Watkins has acted as tax counsel to the Company in connection  with
the Offering and the Company's election to be taxed as a REIT. In the opinion of
Latham & Watkins, commencing with the Company's taxable year ending December 31,
1996,  the Company  will be  organized in  conformity with  the requirements for
qualification as a REIT, and its proposed method of operation will enable it  to
meet  the requirements for qualification and taxation  as a REIT under the Code.
It must be emphasized  that this opinion is  based upon certain  representations
made  by the  Company as  to factual  matters relating  to the  organization and
operation of  the  Company and  the  Operating Partnership.  In  addition,  this
opinion  is based upon the factual representations of the Company concerning its
business and properties  as set forth  in this Prospectus  and assumes that  the
actions  described  in  this  Prospectus  are  completed  in  a  timely fashion.
 
                                      116
<PAGE>
Moreover,  such qualification and taxation as  a REIT depends upon the Company's
ability to meet  (through actual annual  operating results, distribution  levels
and  diversity of stock ownership) the various qualification tests imposed under
the Code discussed below, the results of which will not be reviewed by Latham  &
Watkins.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given  that the actual results of the
Company's  operation  for  any  particular   taxable  year  will  satisfy   such
requirements.  Further, the anticipated  income tax treatment  described in this
Prospectus may be changed, perhaps retroactively, by legislative, administrative
or judicial action at any time. See " -- Failure to Qualify."
 
    If the Company qualifies for  taxation as a REIT,  it generally will not  be
subject  to federal corporate income  taxes on its net  income that is currently
distributed to stockholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the "double
taxation" (at the corporate and stockholder levels) that generally results  from
investment  in a  regular corporation. However,  the Company will  be subject to
federal income  tax as  follows: First,  the Company  will be  taxed at  regular
corporate   rates   on  any   undistributed   REIT  taxable   income,  including
undistributed net  capital  gains.  Second,  under  certain  circumstances,  the
Company  may be  subject to the  "alternative minimum  tax" on its  items of tax
preference. Third, if  the Company has  (i) net  income from the  sale or  other
disposition  of  "foreclosure  property" which  is  held primarily  for  sale to
customers in the ordinary course of business or (ii) other nonqualifying  income
from  foreclosure property, it will  be subject to tax  at the highest corporate
rate on  such income.  Fourth, if  the Company  has net  income from  prohibited
transactions  (which are,  in general,  certain sales  or other  dispositions of
property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business
other than foreclosure  property), such income  will be subject  to a 100%  tax.
Fifth,  if the Company should  fail to satisfy the 75%  gross income test or the
95% gross income test (as discussed  below), but has nonetheless maintained  its
qualification  as a  REIT because certain  other requirements have  been met, it
will be  subject to  a 100%  tax on  an amount  equal to  (a) the  gross  income
attributable  to the greater of the amount by which the Company fails the 75% or
95% test  multiplied  by  (b)  a fraction  intended  to  reflect  the  Company's
profitability.  Sixth,  if the  Company should  fail  to distribute  during each
calendar year at least the sum of (i)  85% of its REIT ordinary income for  such
year,  (ii) 95% of its REIT capital gain net income for such year, and (iii) any
undistributed taxable income from prior periods, the Company would be subject to
a 4% excise tax  on the excess  of such required  distribution over the  amounts
actually  distributed.  Seventh, with  respect to  any  asset (a  "Built-In Gain
Asset") acquired by  the Company from  a corporation which  is or has  been a  C
corporation  (I.E., generally a corporation subject to full corporate-level tax)
in a transaction in which the basis of  the Built-In Gain Asset in the hands  of
the Company is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of
the  C corporation, if  the Company recognizes  gain on the  disposition of such
asset during the  ten-year period  (the "Recognition Period")  beginning on  the
date on which such asset was acquired by the Company, then, to the extent of the
Built-In  Gain (i.e., the excess of (a) the fair market value of such asset over
(b) the Company's adjusted basis in  such asset, determined as of the  beginning
of  the Recognition  Period), such gain  will be  subject to tax  at the highest
regular corporate rate pursuant to Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")  regulations
that  have not yet been promulgated. The results described above with respect to
the recognition of Built-In Gain assume  that the Company will make an  election
pursuant to IRS Notice 88-19.
 
    REQUIREMENTS  FOR QUALIFICATION.  The Code  defines a REIT as a corporation,
trust or association (i) which is managed by one or more trustees or  directors;
(ii)  the beneficial ownership of which  is evidenced by transferable shares, or
by transferable  certificates  of  beneficial interest;  (iii)  which  would  be
taxable as a domestic corporation, but for Sections 856 through 859 of the Code;
(iv)  which is neither a financial  institution nor an insurance company subject
to certain provisions of the Code; (v) the beneficial ownership of which is held
by 100 or more persons; (vi) during the last half of each taxable year not  more
than  50%  in value  of the  outstanding stock  of which  is owned,  actually or
constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to  include
certain  entities); and (vii) which meets  certain other tests, described below,
regarding the nature of its income and assets. The Code provides that conditions
(i) to (iv),  inclusive, must be  met during  the entire taxable  year and  that
condition  (v) must be met during at least  335 days of a taxable year of twelve
months, or during a  proportionate part of  a taxable year  of less than  twelve
months.  Conditions (v) and  (vi) will not  apply until after  the first taxable
year for which  an election  is made  to be  taxed as  a REIT.  For purposes  of
conditions (v) and (vi), pension funds and certain other tax-exempt entities are
treated  as individuals,  subject to a  "look-through" exception in  the case of
condition (vi).
 
                                      117
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that  it will have issued  sufficient shares of  Common
Stock  with sufficient diversity of ownership  pursuant to the Offering to allow
it to  satisfy conditions  (v)  and (vi).  In  addition, the  Company's  Charter
provides  for restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of shares, which
restrictions are intended  to assist the  Company in continuing  to satisfy  the
share ownership requirements described in (v) and (vi) above. Such ownership and
transfer  restrictions  are  described  in  "Capital  Stock  --  Restrictions on
Transfer." These restrictions, however, may not ensure that the Company will, in
all cases, be able to satisfy the share ownership requirements described  above.
If the Company fails to satisfy such share ownership requirements, the Company's
status as a REIT will terminate. See " -- Failure to Qualify."
 
    In addition, a corporation may not elect to become a REIT unless its taxable
year is the calendar year. The Company will have a calendar taxable year.
 
    OWNERSHIP  OF A  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.   In the  case of  a REIT  which is a
partner in a  partnership, Treasury Regulations  provide that the  REIT will  be
deemed  to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and will
be deemed to be entitled to the  income of the partnership attributable to  such
share.  In  addition,  the character  of  the  assets and  gross  income  of the
partnership shall  retain  the same  character  in the  hands  of the  REIT  for
purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests
and  the asset tests. Thus, the Company's  proportionate share of the assets and
items  of  income  of  the   Operating  Partnership  (including  the   Operating
Partnership's  share  of  such items  of  any subsidiary  partnerships)  will be
treated as assets and items  of income of the  Company for purposes of  applying
the  requirements described herein. A summary of the rules governing the federal
income taxation of partnerships and their partners is provided below in " -- Tax
Aspects of the  Operating Partnership." The  Company has direct  control of  the
Operating Partnership and intends to operate it consistent with the requirements
for qualification as a REIT.
 
    INCOME  TESTS.  In  order to maintain  qualification as a  REIT, the Company
annually must satisfy three  gross income requirements. First,  at least 75%  of
the Company's gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions)
for  each taxable year  must be derived directly  or indirectly from investments
relating to real property or mortgages  on real property (including "rents  from
real property" and, in certain circumstances, interest) or from certain types of
temporary  investments.  Second,  at least  95%  of the  Company's  gross income
(excluding gross income from prohibited transactions) for each taxable year must
be derived from  such real  property investments, dividends,  interest and  gain
from  the sale or disposition of stock or securities (or from any combination of
the foregoing). Third,  short-term gain from  the sale or  other disposition  of
stock  or securities, gain from prohibited transactions  and gain on the sale or
other disposition of  real property held  for less than  four years (apart  from
involuntary  conversions and sales of  foreclosure property) must represent less
than 30% of the Company's gross  income (including gross income from  prohibited
transactions)  for each  taxable year.  For purposes  of applying  the 30% gross
income test,  the  holding  period  of  Properties  acquired  by  the  Operating
Partnership  in the Formation  Transactions will be deemed  to have commenced on
the date of acquisition.
 
    Rents received by the Company will qualify as "rents from real property"  in
satisfying  the gross  income requirements  for a  REIT described  above only if
several conditions are met. First, the amount of rent must not be based in whole
or in part on the income or  profits of any person. However, an amount  received
or  accrued  generally will  not  be excluded  from  the term  "rents  from real
property" solely by reason of being  based on a fixed percentage or  percentages
of  receipts or  sales. Second,  the Code  provides that  rents received  from a
tenant will not qualify  as "rents from real  property" in satisfying the  gross
income  tests if the REIT, or an actual  or constructive owner of 10% or more of
the REIT, actually or constructively owns 10% or more of such tenant (a "Related
Party Tenant").  Third, if  rent attributable  to personal  property, leased  in
connection  with a lease of real property, is greater than 15% of the total rent
received under the lease, then the portion of rent attributable to such personal
property will not  qualify as  "rents from  real property."  Finally, for  rents
received  to qualify as "rents from real  property," the REIT generally must not
operate or manage the property or furnish  or render services to the tenants  of
such  property, other than through an  independent contractor from whom the REIT
derives no revenue.  The REIT  may, however, directly  perform certain  services
that  are "usually  or customarily  rendered" in  connection with  the rental of
space for  occupancy only  and are  not otherwise  considered "rendered  to  the
occupant" of the property. The Company
 
                                      118
<PAGE>
does not and will not (i) charge rent for any property that is based in whole or
in  part on the income or profits of any person (except by reason of being based
on a  percentage  of receipts  or  sales, as  described  above), (ii)  rent  any
property  to a Related Party Tenant (unless the Board of Directors determines in
its discretion that  the rent  received from such  Related Party  Tenant is  not
material  and will not jeopardize the Company's  status as a REIT), (iii) derive
rental income attributable  to personal property  (other than personal  property
leased  in connection with  the lease of  real property, the  amount of which is
less than 15%  of the  total rent  received under  the lease),  or (iv)  perform
services  considered to be rendered to the  occupant of the property, other than
through an independent contractor from whom the Company derives no revenue.
 
    The Company  expects to  receive fees  in exchange  for the  performance  of
certain  management activities for  third parties with  respect to properties in
which  the  Company  does  not  own  an  interest.  Such  fees  will  result  in
nonqualifying  income to the Company  under the 95% and  75% gross income tests.
The Company believes that  the aggregate amount of  nonqualifying income in  any
taxable  year, including such  fees, will not exceed  the limit on nonqualifying
income under the gross income tests.
 
    The term  "interest"  generally does  not  include any  amount  received  or
accrued  (directly or indirectly) if the determination of such amount depends in
whole or in  part on the  income or profits  of any person.  However, an  amount
received  or accrued  generally will  not be  excluded from  the term "interest"
solely by reason of being based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts
or sales.
 
    If the Company fails to satisfy one or  both of the 75% or 95% gross  income
tests  for any taxable year, it may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for such year
if it is entitled to relief under  certain provisions of the Code. These  relief
provisions  will be  generally available if  the Company's failure  to meet such
tests was due to reasonable  cause and not due  to willful neglect, the  Company
attaches  a schedule  of the  sources of  its income  to its  federal income tax
return, and any incorrect information on the schedule was not due to fraud  with
intent  to  evade tax.  It is  not possible,  however, to  state whether  in all
circumstances the  Company would  be entitled  to the  benefit of  these  relief
provisions.  For example, if the Company fails to satisfy the gross income tests
because nonqualifying income that the  Company intentionally incurs exceeds  the
limits  on such  income, the  IRS could conclude  that the  Company's failure to
satisfy the tests was  not due to reasonable  cause. If these relief  provisions
are inapplicable to a particular set of circumstances involving the Company, the
Company  will not qualify as  a REIT. As discussed above  in "-- Taxation of the
Company --  General," even  if these  relief provisions  apply, a  tax would  be
imposed  with respect to the excess  net income. No similar mitigation provision
provides relief if  the Company fails  the 30%  income test. In  such case,  the
Company would cease to qualify as a REIT.
 
    Any  gain  realized by  the  Company on  the sale  of  any property  held as
inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
course of business (including the Company's  share of any such gain realized  by
the  Operating  Partnership)  will  be  treated  as  income  from  a  prohibited
transaction that is subject to a  100% penalty tax. Such prohibited  transaction
income may also have an adverse effect upon the Company's ability to satisfy the
income  tests for qualification as a  REIT. Under existing law, whether property
is held as inventory or primarily for  sale to customers in the ordinary  course
of  a trade or business is a question of  fact that depends on all the facts and
circumstances  with  respect  to  the  particular  transaction.  The   Operating
Partnership  intends  to  hold the  Properties  for  investment with  a  view to
long-term appreciation,  to engage  in the  business of  acquiring,  developing,
owning,  and operating  the Properties (and  other properties) and  to make such
occasional sales  of  the  Properties  as  are  consistent  with  the  Operating
Partnership's  investment objectives. There  can be no  assurance, however, that
the IRS might not contend that one or more of such sales is subject to the  100%
penalty tax.
 
    ASSET TESTS.  The Company, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year,
must  also satisfy three tests  relating to the nature  of its assets. First, at
least 75% of the  value of the Company's  total assets (including its  allocable
share  of the assets held  by the Operating Partnership)  must be represented by
real estate assets including (i) its allocable share of real estate assets  held
by  partnerships in which  the Company owns  an interest and  (ii) stock or debt
instruments held for not  more than one  year purchased with  the proceeds of  a
stock  offering or long-term (at least five years) debt offering of the Company,
cash, cash items  and government securities.  Second, not more  than 25% of  the
Company's total assets may be represented by
 
                                      119
<PAGE>
securities  other than those in  the 75% asset class.  Third, of the investments
included in the 25% asset class, the value of any one issuer's securities  owned
by  the Company may not exceed 5% of the value of the Company's total assets and
the Company may not  own more than  10% of any  one issuer's outstanding  voting
securities.
 
    After  initially meeting the  asset tests at  the close of  any quarter, the
Company will not  lose its status  as a REIT  for failure to  satisfy the  asset
tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset values.
If  the  failure to  satisfy  the asset  tests  results from  an  acquisition of
securities or other  property during  a quarter (including  as a  result of  the
Company  increasing its interest in the  Operating Partnership), the failure can
be cured by disposition of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days  after
the  close of that quarter. The Company  intends to maintain adequate records of
the value of its assets  to ensure compliance with the  asset tests and to  take
such  other actions  within 30  days after the  close of  any quarter  as may be
required to cure any noncompliance. If  the Company fails to cure  noncompliance
with the asset tests within such time period, the Company would cease to qualify
as a REIT.
 
    ANNUAL  DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.   The Company,  in order to  qualify as a
REIT, is required to distribute dividends (other than capital gain dividends) to
its stockholders in an amount at  least equal to (i) the  sum of (a) 95% of  the
Company's  "REIT taxable income" (computed without  regard to the dividends paid
deduction and the  Company's net capital  gain) and  (b) 95% of  the net  income
(after  tax), if any, from  foreclosure property, minus (ii)  the sum of certain
items of noncash income.  In addition, if the  Company disposes of any  Built-In
Gain Asset during its Recognition Period, the Company will be required, pursuant
to  Treasury Regulations which  have not yet been  promulgated, to distribute at
least 95%  of  the  Built-in  Gain  (after  tax),  if  any,  recognized  on  the
disposition  of such asset. Such distributions must  be paid in the taxable year
to which they relate, or  in the following taxable  year if declared before  the
Company  timely files its tax return for such  year and if paid on or before the
first regular dividend payment  after such declaration. To  the extent that  the
Company  does not distribute all of its net capital gain or distributes at least
95%, but less than 100%, of its  "REIT taxable income," as adjusted, it will  be
subject to tax thereon at regular ordinary and capital gain corporate tax rates.
The  Company intends  to make timely  distributions sufficient  to satisfy these
annual distribution  requirements. In  this  regard, the  Partnership  Agreement
authorizes  the  Company, as  general  partner, to  take  such steps  as  may be
necessary to cause the  Operating Partnership to distribute  to its partners  an
amount sufficient to permit the Company to meet these distribution requirements.
 
    It  is expected that the Company's REIT taxable income will be less than its
cash flow due  to the allowance  of depreciation and  other non-cash charges  in
computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, the Company anticipates that it will
generally  have sufficient  cash or  liquid assets to  enable it  to satisfy the
distribution requirements described  above. It  is possible,  however, that  the
Company,  from time to time, may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets
to meet these distribution  requirements due to  timing differences between  (i)
the  actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and (ii)
the inclusion  of such  income and  deduction of  such expenses  in arriving  at
taxable  income of the Company. In the event that such timing differences occur,
in order  to  meet  the  distribution requirements,  the  Company  may  find  it
necessary to arrange for short-term, or possibly long-term, borrowings or to pay
dividends in the form of taxable stock dividends.
 
    Under certain circumstances, the Company may be able to rectify a failure to
meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying "deficiency dividends" to
stockholders  in a later year, which may  be included in the Company's deduction
for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, the Company may be able to  avoid
being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends; however, the Company
will  be required to pay  interest based upon the  amount of any deduction taken
for deficiency dividends.
 
    Furthermore, if the Company should  fail to distribute during each  calendar
year at least the sum of (i) 85% of its REIT ordinary income for such year, (ii)
95%  of its REIT capital gain income  for such year, and (iii) any undistributed
taxable income from prior periods, the Company  would be subject to a 4%  excise
tax  on  the excess  of  such required  distribution  over the  amounts actually
distributed.
 
                                      120
<PAGE>
FAILURE TO QUALIFY
 
    If the Company fails to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable  year,
and  the relief  provisions do  not apply,  the Company  will be  subject to tax
(including any  applicable alternative  minimum tax)  on its  taxable income  at
regular  corporate rates. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which the
Company fails to qualify will not be deductible by the Company nor will they  be
required  to be made.  As a result, the  Company's failure to  qualify as a REIT
would significantly reduce the cash available for distribution by the Company to
its stockholders. In addition, if  the Company fails to  qualify as a REIT,  all
distributions  to stockholders will be taxable as ordinary income, to the extent
of the Company's current and accumulated  earnings and profits, and, subject  to
certain  limitations of the Code, corporate distributees may be eligible for the
dividends received deduction. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory
provisions, the Company will  also be disqualified from  taxation as a REIT  for
the  four taxable years following the  year during which qualification was lost.
It is not possible to  state whether in all  circumstances the Company would  be
entitled to such statutory relief.
 
TAXATION OF TAXABLE U.S. STOCKHOLDERS GENERALLY
 
    As  used herein,  the term  "U.S. Stockholder" means  a holder  of shares of
Common Stock  who (for  United States  federal  income tax  purposes) (i)  is  a
citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) is a corporation, partnership, or
other  entity created or organized in or under  the laws of the United States or
of any political subdivision thereof, or (iii) is an estate or trust the  income
of  which is subject to United States  federal income taxation regardless of its
source.
 
    As long  as the  Company qualifies  as  a REIT,  distributions made  by  the
Company  out  of  its  current  or accumulated  earnings  and  profits  (and not
designated as capital gain dividends)  will constitute dividends taxable to  its
taxable  U.S. Stockholders  as ordinary income.  Such distributions  will not be
eligible for the dividends received deduction  in the case of U.S.  Stockholders
that  are  corporations. Distributions  made by  the  Company that  are properly
designated by the Company as capital  gain dividends will be taxable to  taxable
U.S.  Stockholders as long-term  capital gains (to  the extent that  they do not
exceed the  Company's actual  net capital  gain for  the taxable  year)  without
regard  to the period for which a U.S. Stockholder has held his shares of Common
Stock. U.S.  Stockholders that  are corporations  may, however,  be required  to
treat  up to 20%  of certain capital  gain dividends as  ordinary income. To the
extent that  the Company  makes distributions  (not designated  as capital  gain
dividends)  in excess of its current  and accumulated earnings and profits, such
distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to each U.S.
Stockholder, reducing the adjusted basis which such U.S. Stockholder has in  his
shares  of Common Stock for tax purposes by the amount of such distribution (but
not below zero), with distributions in  excess of a U.S. Stockholder's  adjusted
basis in his shares taxable as capital gains (provided that the shares have been
held  as  a  capital  asset).  Dividends declared  by  the  Company  in October,
November, or December of any  year and payable to a  stockholder of record on  a
specified  date in any such  month shall be treated as  both paid by the Company
and received by the stockholder on December  31 of such year, provided that  the
dividend  is  actually  paid by  the  Company on  or  before January  31  of the
following calendar year. Stockholders  may not include in  their own income  tax
returns any net operating losses or capital losses of the Company.
 
    Distributions made by the Company and gain arising from the sale or exchange
by  a U.S. Stockholder of shares of Common  Stock will not be treated as passive
activity income, and, as a result, U.S. Stockholders generally will not be  able
to apply any "passive losses" against such income or gain. Distributions made by
the Company (to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital) generally
will  be treated as  investment income for purposes  of computing the investment
income limitation. Gain  arising from the  sale or other  disposition of  Common
Stock,  however,  will  not be  treated  as  investment income  unless  the U.S.
Stockholder elects to  reduce the amount  of such U.S.  Stockholder's total  net
capital  gain eligible for the  28% maximum capital gains  rate by the amount of
such gain with respect to such Common Stock.
 
    Upon any sale or other disposition of Common Stock, a U.S. Stockholder  will
recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the
difference  between (i)  the amount  of cash  and the  fair market  value of any
property received  on such  sale  or other  disposition  and (ii)  the  holder's
adjusted  basis in such  shares of Common  Stock for tax  purposes. Such gain or
loss   will    be    capital    gain    or   loss    if    the    shares    have
 
                                      121
<PAGE>
been held by the U.S. Stockholder as a capital asset, and will be long-term gain
or  loss if such shares have  been held for more than  one year. In general, any
loss recognized by  a U.S.  Stockholder upon the  sale or  other disposition  of
shares  of  Common Stock  that  have been  held for  six  months or  less (after
applying certain holding period  rules) will be treated  as a long-term  capital
loss,  to the extent of distributions received by such U.S. Stockholder from the
Company which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    The Company will report to its U.S.  Stockholders and the IRS the amount  of
dividends  paid during each  calendar year, and  the amount of  tax withheld, if
any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to  backup
withholding at the rate of 31% with respect to dividends paid unless such holder
(a)  is a corporation or comes within  certain other exempt categories and, when
required, demonstrates  this fact,  or (b)  provides a  taxpayer  identification
number,  certifies  as to  no  loss of  exemption  from backup  withholding, and
otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
A U.S. Stockholder that does not  provide the Company with his correct  taxpayer
identification  number may also be subject to  penalties imposed by the IRS. Any
amount paid as backup withholding  will be creditable against the  stockholder's
income  tax liability. In  addition, the Company  may be required  to withhold a
portion of capital gain  distributions to any stockholders  who fail to  certify
their  non-foreign  status  to  the  Company.  See  "  --  Taxation  of Non-U.S.
Stockholders."
 
TAXATION OF TAX-EXEMPT STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The IRS has ruled that amounts distributed as dividends by a qualified  REIT
do  not constitute unrelated business taxable income ("UBTI") when received by a
tax-exempt entity. Based on that ruling, provided that a tax-exempt  stockholder
(except certain tax-exempt stockholders described below) has not held its shares
of  Common Stock as "debt financed property"  within the meaning of the Code and
such shares are not otherwise used in  a trade or business, the dividend  income
from the Company will not be UBTI to a tax-exempt stockholder. Similarly, income
from  the sale of Common  Stock will not constitute  UBTI unless such tax-exempt
stockholder has held such shares as "debt financed property" within the  meaning
of the Code or has used the shares in a trade or business.
 
    For  tax-exempt  stockholders  that  are  social  clubs,  voluntary employee
benefit associations, supplemental  unemployment benefit  trusts, and  qualified
group  legal  services  plans exempt  from  federal income  taxation  under Code
Sections 501 (c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17)  and (c)(20), respectively, income from  an
investment  in the Company will constitute  UBTI unless the organization is able
to properly deduct amounts set aside  or placed in reserve for certain  purposes
so  as to  offset the income  generated by  its investment in  the Company. Such
prospective investors should  consult their  own tax  advisors concerning  these
"set aside" and reserve requirements.
 
    Notwithstanding the above, however, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1993  (the "1993 Act")  provides that, effective for  taxable years beginning in
1994, a portion of the dividends paid by a "pension held REIT" shall be  treated
as  UBTI as to any trust  which (i) is described in  Section 401(a) of the Code,
(ii) is tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of  the Code, and (iii) holds more  than
10%  (by value) of the interests in  the REIT. Tax-exempt pension funds that are
described in Section  401(a) of  the Code are  referred to  below as  "qualified
trusts."
 
    A REIT is a "pension held REIT" if (i) it would not have qualified as a REIT
but  for the  fact that Section  856(h)(3) of the  Code (added by  the 1993 Act)
provides that stock owned by qualified trusts shall be treated, for purposes  of
the  "not closely held" requirement, as owned  by the beneficiaries of the trust
(rather than  by the  trust  itself), AND  (ii) EITHER  (a)  at least  one  such
qualified  trust holds more than 25% (by value) of the interests in the REIT, OR
(b) one or  more such qualified  trusts, each of  which owns more  than 10%  (by
value)  of the interests  in the REIT, hold  in the aggregate  more than 50% (by
value) of the interests in the REIT. The percentage of any REIT dividend treated
as UBTI is equal to the ratio of  (i) the UBTI earned by the REIT (treating  the
REIT  as if it were a  qualified trust and therefore subject  to tax on UBTI) to
(ii) the total gross income  of the REIT. A  DE MINIMIS exception applies  where
the  percentage is less than 5% for any year. The provisions requiring qualified
trusts to treat a portion  of REIT distributions as UBTI  will not apply if  the
REIT  is able to satisfy the "not closely held" requirement without relying upon
the "look-through"
 
                                      122
<PAGE>
exception with respect to qualified trusts.  As a result of certain  limitations
on  transfer and ownership of Common Stock contained in the Charter, the Company
does not expect to be classified as a "pension held REIT."
 
TAXATION OF NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The rules governing United States  federal income taxation of the  ownership
and  disposition of stock  by persons that  are, for purposes  of such taxation,
nonresident alien  individuals, foreign  corporations, foreign  partnerships  or
foreign  estates or trusts (collectively,  "Non-U.S. Stockholders") are complex,
and no attempt  is made  herein to  provide more than  a brief  summary of  such
rules. Accordingly, the discussion does not address all aspects of United States
federal income tax and does not address state, local or foreign tax consequences
that  may  be relevant  to a  Non-U.S.  Stockholder in  light of  its particular
circumstances. In addition, this  discussion is based on  current law, which  is
subject  to change,  and assumes  that the Company  qualifies for  taxation as a
REIT. Prospective  Non-U.S.  Stockholders  should consult  with  their  own  tax
advisers to determine the impact of federal, state, local and foreign income tax
laws  with  regard to  an investment  in Common  Stock, including  any reporting
requirements.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions by the Company to a Non-U.S. Stockholder  that
are  neither attributable  to gain  from sales  or exchanges  by the  Company of
United States real property interests nor  designated by the Company as  capital
gains  dividends will be treated  as dividends of ordinary  income to the extent
that they are made  out of current  or accumulated earnings  and profits of  the
Company.  Such distributions ordinarily will be subject to withholding of United
States federal  income tax  on a  gross  basis (that  is, without  allowance  of
deductions)  at  a  30% rate  or  such lower  rate  as  may be  specified  by an
applicable income tax treaty,  unless the dividends  are treated as  effectively
connected  with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Stockholder of a United States trade
or business.  Dividends that  are effectively  connected with  such a  trade  or
business  will be  subject to tax  on a net  basis (that is,  after allowance of
deductions) at graduated rates, in the same manner as domestic stockholders  are
taxed  with  respect  to  such  dividends  and  are  generally  not  subject  to
withholding. Any such  dividends received by  a Non-U.S. Stockholder  that is  a
corporation  may also be  subject to an  additional branch profits  tax at a 30%
rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
    Pursuant to current Treasury Regulations, dividends paid to an address in  a
country  outside  the United  States  are generally  presumed  to be  paid  to a
resident of  such  country for  purposes  of determining  the  applicability  of
withholding  discussed above and  the applicability of a  tax treaty rate. Under
proposed Treasury  Regulations, not  currently in  effect, however,  a  Non-U.S.
Stockholder  who wished to claim the benefit  of an applicable treaty rate would
be required  to  satisfy certain  certification  and other  requirements.  Under
certain  treaties, lower withholding rates  generally applicable to dividends do
not apply to dividends from a  REIT, such as the Company. Certain  certification
and  disclosure requirements  must be  satisfied to  be exempt  from withholding
under the effectively connected income exemption discussed above.
 
    Distributions in excess of  current or accumulated  earnings and profits  of
the  Company will not  be taxable to  a Non-U.S. Stockholder  to the extent that
they do not exceed  the adjusted basis of  the stockholders's Common Stock,  but
rather  will reduce the  adjusted basis of  such stock. To  the extent that such
distributions exceed  the  adjusted basis  of  a Non-U.S.  Stockholder's  Common
Stock,  they will give rise to gain from  the sale or exchange of his stock, the
tax treatment of which  is described below.  If it cannot  be determined at  the
time  a distribution is made whether or  not such distribution will be in excess
of current or accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will  generally
be  treated  as  a  dividend for  withholding  purposes.  However,  amounts thus
withheld are generally refundable  by the IRS if  it is subsequently  determined
that  such  distribution  was, in  fact,  in  excess of  current  or accumulated
earnings and profits of the Company.
 
    Distributions to a Non-U.S. Stockholder  that are designated by the  Company
at the time of distribution as capital gains dividends (other than those arising
from  the disposition of a United  States real property interest) generally will
not be subject to United States  federal income taxation, unless (i)  investment
in  the Common  Stock is effectively  connected with  the Non-U.S. Stockholder's
United States trade or business, in which case the Non-U.S. Stockholder will  be
subject    to    the   same    treatment    as   domestic    stockholders   with
 
                                      123
<PAGE>
respect to such gain  (except that a stockholder  that is a foreign  corporation
may  also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax, as discussed above), or (ii)
the Non-U.S. Stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the
United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a "tax  home"
in  the United States,  in which case  the nonresident alien  individual will be
subject to a 30% tax on the individual's capital gains.
 
    Distributions to a Non-U.S. Stockholder  that are attributable to gain  from
sales  or exchanges by the Company of United States real property interests will
cause the Non-U.S. Stockholder to be treated as recognizing such gain as  income
effectively   connected  with  a  United  States  trade  or  business.  Non-U.S.
Stockholders would  thus generally  be taxed  at the  same rates  applicable  to
domestic  stockholders (subject to a special alternative minimum tax in the case
of nonresident  alien individuals).  Also, such  gain may  be subject  to a  30%
branch profits tax in the hands of a Non-U.S. Stockholder that is a corporation,
as  discussed  above.  The Company  is  required  to withhold  35%  of  any such
distribution. That  amount  is  creditable against  the  Non-U.S.  Stockholder's
United States federal income tax liability.
 
    SALE  OF COMMON STOCK.   Gain recognized by a  Non-U.S. Stockholder upon the
sale or exchange  of shares of  Common Stock  generally will not  be subject  to
United  States  taxation unless  such shares  constitute  a "United  States real
property interest"  within the  meaning of  FIRPTA. The  Common Stock  will  not
constitute  a "United States real property interest" so long as the Company is a
"domestically controlled REIT." A  "domestically controlled REIT"  is a REIT  in
which  at all times during a specified testing  period less than 50% in value of
its stock is held directly or  indirectly by Non-U.S. Stockholders. The  Company
believes  that  at  the closing  of  the  Offering it  will  be  a "domestically
controlled REIT," and therefore that the sale of shares of Common Stock will not
be subject to taxation under FIRPTA. However, because the shares of Common Stock
will be  publicly  traded, no  assurance  can be  given  that the  Company  will
continue  to be a "domestically-controlled REIT." Notwithstanding the foregoing,
gain from the sale or exchange of  shares of Common Stock not otherwise  subject
to  FIRPTA will be taxable to a Non-U.S. Stockholder if the Non-U.S. Stockholder
is a nonresident alien individual  who is present in  the United States for  183
days  or more during the taxable year and has a "tax home" in the United States.
In such case, the nonresident alien individual  will be subject to a 30%  United
States withholding tax on the amount of such individual's gain.
 
    If    the   Company   does   not   qualify    as   or   ceases   to   be   a
"domestically-controlled REIT," whether gain arising  from the sale or  exchange
by  a Non-U.S. Stockholder of shares of  Common Stock would be subject to United
States taxation  under  FIRPTA as  a  sale of  a  "United States  real  property
interest"  will depend on whether the  shares are "regularly traded" (as defined
by applicable Treasury Regulations) on  an established securities market  (E.G.,
the  New  York  Stock  Exchange)  and  on  the  size  of  the  selling  Non-U.S.
Stockholder's interest in the Company. If gain on the sale or exchange of shares
of Common Stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the Non-U.S.  Stockholder
would  be subject to regular United States  income tax with respect to such gain
in the same manner as a U.S. Stockholder (subject to any applicable  alternative
minimum  tax, a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien
individuals and the possible  application of the 30%  branch profits tax in  the
case  of foreign corporations), and the purchaser of the stock would be required
to withhold and remit to the IRS 10% of the purchase price.
 
    BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX  AND INFORMATION REPORTING.   Backup withholding  tax
(which  generally is  a withholding tax  imposed at  the rate of  31% on certain
payments to persons that  fail to furnish certain  information under the  United
States  information  reporting  requirements)  and  information  reporting  will
generally not apply to distributions  paid to Non-U.S. Stockholders outside  the
United  States that are  treated as (i)  dividends subject to  the 30% (or lower
treaty rate) withholding tax  discussed above, (ii)  capital gains dividends  or
(iii)  distributions  attributable to  gain  from the  sale  or exchange  by the
Company of United States  real property interests. As  a general matter,  backup
withholding  and  information  reporting will  not  apply  to a  payment  of the
proceeds of a sale of Common Stock by  or through a foreign office of a  foreign
broker.  Information reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply, however,
to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of Common Stock by a foreign office of  a
broker  that (a) is a United States person, (b) derives 50% or more of its gross
income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States or  (c)  is a  "controlled  foreign corporation"  (generally,  a  foreign
corporation  controlled  by United  States stockholders)  for United  States tax
purposes, unless the broker has documentary evidence in
 
                                      124
<PAGE>
its records  that  the  holder  is a  Non-U.S.  Stockholder  and  certain  other
conditions  are  met, or  the  stockholder otherwise  establishes  an exemption.
Payment to or through a  United States office of a  broker of the proceeds of  a
sale  of  Common Stock  is subject  to both  backup withholding  and information
reporting unless the  stockholder certifies  under penalty of  perjury that  the
stockholder  is a Non-U.S. Stockholder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. A
Non-U.S. Stockholder  may obtain  a refund  of any  amounts withheld  under  the
backup  withholding rules  by filing the  appropriate claim for  refund with the
IRS.
 
    The  United  States  Treasury  has  recently  issued  proposed   regulations
regarding  the withholding and  information reporting rules  discussed above. In
general, the proposed regulations do  not alter the substantive withholding  and
information  reporting requirements  but unify  current certification procedures
and forms  and clarify  and modify  reliance standards.  If finalized  in  their
current form, the proposed regulations would generally be effective for payments
made after December 31, 1997, subject to certain transition rules.
 
TAX ASPECTS OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP
 
    GENERAL.    Substantially  all of  the  Company's investments  will  be held
indirectly through  the  Operating  Partnership. In  general,  partnerships  are
"pass-through"  entities which  are not subject  to federal  income tax. Rather,
partners are allocated their proportionate shares of the items of income,  gain,
loss,  deduction and credit of a partnership, and are potentially subject to tax
thereon, without regard to whether the partners receive a distribution from  the
partnership.  The Company will include in  its income its proportionate share of
the foregoing partnership items  for purposes of the  various REIT income  tests
and in the computation of its REIT taxable income. Moreover, for purposes of the
REIT  asset tests,  the Company will  include its proportionate  share of assets
held by the Operating Partnership. See "-- Taxation of the Company."
 
    ENTITY CLASSIFICATION.  The Company's interest in the Operating  Partnership
involves special tax considerations, including the possibility of a challenge by
the  IRS of the status of the Operating Partnership as a partnership (as opposed
to an association taxable as a corporation) for federal income tax purposes.  If
the Operating Partnership were treated as an association, it would be taxable as
a  corporation and therefore be subject to an entity-level tax on its income. In
such a  situation, the  character of  the Company's  assets and  items of  gross
income would change and preclude the Company from satisfying the asset tests and
possibly  the income tests (see "-- Taxation  of the Company -- Asset Tests" and
"-- Income Tests"), and in turn would  prevent the Company from qualifying as  a
REIT.  See  "-- Taxation  of  the Company  -- Failure  to  Qualify" above  for a
discussion of the  effect of  the Company's  failure to  meet such  tests for  a
taxable  year. In addition,  a change in the  Operating Partnership's status for
tax purposes might be treated as a taxable event in which case the Company might
incur a tax liability without any related cash distributions.
 
    An organization formed as a partnership will be treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes rather than as a corporation only if it has no  more
than two of the four corporate characteristics that the Treasury Regulations use
to  distinguish a  partnership from a  corporation for tax  purposes. These four
characteristics are (i) continuity of  life, (ii) centralization of  management,
(iii)  limited liability and (iv) free transferability of interests. The Company
has not requested, and does  not intend to request, a  ruling from the IRS  that
the  Operating Partnership will  be treated as a  partnership for federal income
tax purposes. However, Latham & Watkins  will deliver an opinion to the  Company
stating  that based on  the provisions of the  Partnership Agreement and certain
factual assumptions and representations described in the opinion, the  Operating
Partnership  will be  treated as a  partnership for federal  income tax purposes
(and not  as  an association  or  a publicly  traded  partnership taxable  as  a
corporation).  Unlike  a private  letter ruling,  an opinion  of counsel  is not
binding on  the IRS,  and  no assurance  can  be given  that  the IRS  will  not
challenge  the status of the Operating  Partnership as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes. If such challenge were sustained by a court, the  Operating
Partnership could be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
 
    Recently  proposed  Treasury  Regulations (the  "Proposed  Regulations"), if
finalized in their present form, would eliminate the four factor test  described
above  and, in its place,  permit a partnership or  limited liability company to
elect to  be taxed  as a  partnership for  federal income  tax purposes  without
regard  to the number of corporate characteristics possessed by such entity. The
Proposed Regulations are proposed to apply for tax periods beginning on or after
the  date  that  final  regulations  are  published  by  the  IRS.  Until   that
 
                                      125
<PAGE>
time,  the existing regulations will continue to apply. The Proposed Regulations
provide that  the IRS  will  not challenge  the  classification of  an  existing
partnership  or limited liability company for  tax periods to which the existing
Treasury Regulations apply  if (1)  the entity had  a reasonable  basis for  its
claimed  classification, (2) the entity claimed  that same classification in all
prior years,  and  (3)  as  of  the date  that  the  proposed  regulations  were
published,  neither the entity nor any member of the entity had been notified in
writing that the classification of the entity is under examination by the IRS.
 
    PARTNERSHIP ALLOCATIONS.   Although a partnership  agreement will  generally
determine  the allocation  of income and  loss among  partners, such allocations
will be disregarded for tax purposes if  they do not comply with the  provisions
of  Section  704(b)  of  the  Code  and  the  Treasury  Regulations  promulgated
thereunder. Generally, Section 704(b)  and the Treasury Regulations  promulgated
thereunder require that partnership allocations respect the economic arrangement
of the partners.
 
    If an allocation is not recognized for federal income tax purposes, the item
subject  to the allocation will be  reallocated in accordance with the partners'
interests in the partnership,  which will be determined  by taking into  account
all  of the facts and circumstances relating  to the economic arrangement of the
partners with respect to such  item. The Operating Partnership's allocations  of
taxable  income and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of Section
704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
    The Partnership  Agreement provides  that  net income  or  net loss  of  the
Operating Partnership will generally be allocated to the Company and the Limited
Partners  in  accordance  with  their  respective  percentage  interests  in the
Operating Partnership. Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  such agreement  provides
that  certain  interest  deductions and  income  from the  discharge  of certain
indebtedness of the Operating Partnership, attributable to loans transferred  to
the   Operating   Partnership   by  Arden   Predecessors,   will   be  allocated
disproportionately to  the Limited  Partners. In  addition, allocations  of  net
income or net loss will be subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections
704(b)  and  704(c)  of  the  Code  and  the  Treasury  Regulations  promulgated
thereunder.
 
    TAX ALLOCATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTIES.  Pursuant to Section  704(c)
of  the Code,  income, gain, loss  and deduction attributable  to appreciated or
depreciated  property  (such  as  the  Properties)  that  is  contributed  to  a
partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership, must be allocated in
a  manner such that the contributing partner  is charged with, or benefits from,
respectively, the  unrealized  gain  or  unrealized  loss  associated  with  the
property  at the time of the contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or
unrealized loss is  generally equal to  the difference between  the fair  market
value  of contributed property at the time  of contribution and the adjusted tax
basis of such property at such time (a "Book-Tax Difference"). Such  allocations
are  solely for federal income  tax purposes and do  not affect the book capital
accounts or  other  economic  or  legal arrangements  among  the  partners.  The
Operating Partnership was formed by way of contributions of appreciated property
(including  the  Properties). Consequently,  the Partnership  Agreement requires
that such allocations be made in a manner consistent with Section 704(c) of  the
Code.
 
    In  general,  the  Limited Partners  of  the Operating  Partnership  will be
allocated depreciation deductions  for tax  purposes which are  lower than  such
deductions would be if determined on a pro rata basis. In addition, in the event
of  the  disposition of  any of  the  contributed assets  which have  a Book-Tax
Difference, all income attributable to  such Book-Tax Difference will  generally
be  allocated  to  such limited  partners,  and  the Company  will  generally be
allocated only its share of capital gains attributable to appreciation, if  any,
occurring  after the  closing of the  Formation Transactions. This  will tend to
eliminate the Book-Tax Difference  over the life  of the Operating  Partnership.
However,  the special allocation rules of  Section 704(c) do not always entirely
eliminate the  Book-Tax Difference  on an  annual  basis or  with respect  to  a
specific  taxable transaction such as  a sale. Thus, the  carryover basis of the
contributed assets in the hands the Operating Partnership may cause the  Company
to  be allocated lower depreciation and other deductions, and possibly an amount
of taxable income in the event of a sale of such contributed assets in excess of
the economic or
 
                                      126
<PAGE>
book income allocated to it as a result of such sale. This may cause the Company
to recognize taxable income  in excess of cash  proceeds, which might  adversely
affect  the Company's ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements.
See " -- Taxation of the Company -- Annual Distribution Requirements."
 
    Treasury Regulations under Section 704(c)  of the Code provide  partnerships
with  a  choice  of  several methods  of  accounting  for  Book-Tax Differences,
including retention  of the  "traditional  method" or  the election  of  certain
methods which would permit any distortions caused by a Book-Tax Difference to be
entirely  rectified on  an annual  basis or with  respect to  a specific taxable
transaction such as a sale. The  Operating Partnership and the Company have  not
yet  selected a method to  account for Book-Tax Differences  with respect to the
Properties initially contributed to the Operating Partnership.
 
    With  respect  to  any  property  purchased  by  the  Operating  Partnership
subsequent  to the admission  of the Company to  the Operating Partnership, such
property will initially have  a tax basis  equal to its  fair market value,  and
Section 704(c) of the Code will not apply.
 
    BASIS  IN OPERATING PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.   The Company's adjusted tax basis
in its interest in the Operating Partnership generally (i) will be equal to  the
amount  of cash and the basis of any other property contributed to the Operating
Partnership by the Company, (ii) will be increased by (a) its allocable share of
the Operating Partnership's income and  (b) its allocable share of  indebtedness
of  the Operating Partnership and (iii) will  be reduced, but not below zero, by
the  Company's  allocable  share  of  (a)  losses  suffered  by  the   Operating
Partnership,  (b)  the amount  of cash  distributed  to the  Company and  (c) by
constructive distributions resulting from a reduction in the Company's share  of
indebtedness of the Operating Partnership.
 
    If  the  allocation of  the Company's  distributive  share of  the Operating
Partnership's loss exceeds the adjusted  tax basis of the Company's  partnership
interest  in the Operating Partnership, the recognition of such excess loss will
be deferred until such time and to the extent that the Company has adjusted  tax
basis  in its  interest in  the Operating  Partnership. To  the extent  that the
Operating Partnership's distributions, or any decrease in the Company's share of
the indebtedness of the Operating Partnership (such decreases being considered a
constructive cash distribution to the partners), exceeds the Company's  adjusted
tax basis, such excess distributions (including such constructive distributions)
constitute  taxable income to the Company.  Such taxable income will normally be
characterized as a capital gain, and if the Company's interest in the  Operating
Partnership  has been  held for longer  than the long-term  capital gain holding
period (currently one year),  such distributions and constructive  distributions
will constitute long-term capital gain.
 
OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The  Company and its stockholders may be  subject to state or local taxation
in various state  or local jurisdictions,  including those in  which it or  they
transact  business or reside. The  state and local tax  treatment of the Company
and its stockholders  may not  conform to  the federal  income tax  consequences
discussed above. Consequently, prospective stockholders should consult their own
tax  advisors regarding the effect of state  and local tax laws on an investment
in the Company.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING IS A  SUMMARY OF MATERIAL  CONSIDERATIONS ARISING UNDER  ERISA
AND  THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS PROVISIONS OF SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE THAT MAY
BE RELEVANT TO A PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE DISCUSSION
CONTAINED IN "  -- STATUS  OF THE COMPANY  AND THE  OPERATING PARTNERSHIP  UNDER
ERISA,"  TO A PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER THAT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT
TO ERISA, ANOTHER TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION, PROFIT SHARING OR STOCK BONUS PLAN,  OR
AN  INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT  OR ANNUITY ("IRA")).  THE DISCUSSION DOES NOT
PURPORT TO DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF ERISA  OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE THAT  MAY
BE  RELEVANT TO  PARTICULAR PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS (INCLUDING  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLANS SUBJECT  TO  ERISA,  OTHER  TAX-QUALIFIED  PLANS  AND  IRAS)  OR  MATERIAL
CONSIDERATIONS  RELATING TO PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS  THAT ARE GOVERNMENTAL PLANS,
CHURCH PLANS  OR OTHER  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT  PLANS THAT  ARE EXEMPT  FROM ERISA  OR
SECTION  4975 OF THE CODE  BUT THAT MAY BE SUBJECT  TO STATE LAW REQUIREMENTS IN
LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
    A FIDUCIARY MAKING THE DECISION TO INVEST  IN SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK  ON
BEHALF  OF A  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER  WHICH IS  AN EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT
 
                                      127
<PAGE>
TO ERISA, A TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION, PROFIT SHARING OR STOCK BONUS PLAN, AN IRA, A
CHURCH PLAN OR A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN IS  ADVISED TO CONSULT ITS OWN LEGAL  ADVISOR
REGARDING  THE SPECIFIC CONSIDERATIONS ARISING UNDER  ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE
CODE, AND STATE LAW WITH RESPECT TO  THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, OR SALE OF  SHARES
OF THE COMMON STOCK BY SUCH PLAN OR IRA.
 
EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS, TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION, PROFIT SHARING OR STOCK BONUS
PLANS AND IRAS
 
    Each  fiduciary  of an  employee benefit  plan subject  to ERISA  (an "ERISA
Plan") should carefully consider  whether an investment in  the Common Stock  is
consistent  with its fiduciary responsibilities  under ERISA. In particular, the
fiduciary requirements of Part  4 of Title  I of ERISA  require an ERISA  Plan's
investments  to be  (i) prudent  and in  the interests  of the  participants and
beneficiaries of the ERISA Plan, (ii) diversified in order to minimize the  risk
of  large losses, unless it is clearly prudent not to do so and (iii) authorized
under the terms of  the governing documents  of the ERISA  Plan. In addition,  a
fiduciary of an ERISA Plan should not cause or permit to enter into transactions
prohibited  under  Section  406  of  ERISA  or  Section  4975  of  the  Code. In
determining whether an investment in the Common Stock is prudent for purposes of
ERISA, the appropriate  fiduciary of an  ERISA Plan should  consider all of  the
facts   and  circumstances,  including  whether  the  investment  is  reasonably
designed, as  a part  of the  ERISA Plan's  investment portfolio  for which  the
fiduciary  has responsibility, to meet the  objectives of the ERISA Plan, taking
into consideration the risk of loss  and opportunity for gain (or other  return)
from  the investment, the diversification, cash flow and funding requirements of
the ERISA  Plan,  and the  liquidity  and current  return  of the  ERISA  Plan's
investment  portfolio. A fiduciary  should also take into  account the nature of
the Company's business, the length of the Company's operating history, the terms
of the Management Agreements,  the fact that  certain investment properties  may
not  have been identified yet, other  matters described under "Risk Factors" and
the possibility of UBTI. See "Federal  Income Tax Considerations -- Taxation  of
Stockholders."
 
    The  fiduciary  of an  ERISA Plan,  an  IRA or  a qualified  pension, profit
sharing or stock bonus plan not subject to ERISA (a "Non-ERISA Plan") should  be
subject  to Section  4975 of  the Code  ("Other Plans")  should ensure  that the
purchase of Common  Stock will  not constitute a  prohibited transactions  under
ERISA or the Code.
 
STATUS OF THE COMPANY AND THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP UNDER ERISA
 
    THE FOLLOWING SECTION DISCUSSES CERTAIN PRINCIPLES THAT APPLY IN DETERMINING
WHETHER  THE  FIDUCIARY REQUIREMENTS  OF  ERISA AND  THE  PROHIBITED TRANSACTION
PROVISIONS OF  ERISA  AND THE  CODE  APPLY TO  AN  ENTITY BECAUSE  ONE  OR  MORE
INVESTORS  IN THE ENTITY'S EQUITY  INTERESTS IS AN ERISA  PLAN OR OTHER PLAN. AN
ERISA PLAN FIDUCIARY SHOULD ALSO CONSIDER  THE RELEVANCE OF THESE PRINCIPLES  TO
ERISA'S PROHIBITION ON IMPROPER DELEGATION OF CONTROL OVER OR RESPONSIBILITY FOR
"PLAN  ASSETS" AND ERISA'S  IMPOSITION OF CO-FIDUCIARY  LIABILITY ON A FIDUCIARY
WHO PARTICIPATES IN, PERMITS (BY ACTION OR INACTION) THE OCCURRENCE OF, OR FAILS
TO REMEDY A KNOWN BREACH BY ANOTHER FIDUCIARY.
 
    If the assets of  the Company are deemed  to be assets of  an ERISA Plan  or
Other  Plan ("plan assets"), (i) the  prudence standards and other provisions of
Part 4 of Title I  of ERISA and the  prohibited transaction provisions of  ERISA
and  the Code  would be applicable  to any transactions  involving the Company's
assets and (ii) persons who exercise any authority or control over the Company's
assets, or who provide investment advice to the Company, would be (for  purposes
of  ERISA and the Code) fiduciaries of  ERISA Plans and Other Plans that acquire
Common  Stock.  The  Department  of   Labor  (the  "DOL"),  which  has   certain
administrative  responsibility over  ERISA Plans and  Other Plans,  has issued a
regulation defining plan assets for certain purposes (the "DOL Regulation"). The
DOL Regulation generally provides that when an ERISA Plan or Other Plan acquires
a security that is an equity interest in an entity and that security is  neither
a  "publicly-offered security"  nor a security  issued by  an investment company
registered under  the 1940  Act, the  assets of  the ERISA  Plan or  Other  Plan
include  both  the equity  interest and  an  undivided interest  in each  of the
underlying assets of the entity, unless it is established either that the entity
is an "operating  company" (as  defined in the  DOL Regulation)  or that  equity
participation in the entity by "benefit plan investors" is not "significant."
 
    The  DOL Regulation defines a "publicly-offered security" as a security that
is "widely held," "freely transferable" and either part of a class of securities
registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act (provided the securities are registered under
the
 
                                      128
<PAGE>
Exchange Act within 120 days,  or such later time as  may be allowed by the  SEC
(the  "registration period"),  after the  end of the  fiscal year  of the issuer
during which  the offering  occurred). The  Common  Stock is  being sold  in  an
offering registered under the Securities Act and the Company intends to register
the Common Stock under the Exchange Act within the registration period.
 
    The  DOL Regulation provides that a security  is "widely-held" only if it is
part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent
of the issuer and of one another. A  security will not fail to be "widely  held"
because  the number of  independent investors falls below  100 subsequent to the
initial public offering as a result  of events beyond the issuer's control.  The
Company  expects the  Common Stock  to be "widely  held" upon  completion of the
Offering.
 
    The DOL Regulation provides that whether a security is "freely transferable"
is a factual question to  be determined on the basis  of all relevant facts  and
circumstances. The DOL Regulation further provides that where a security is part
of  an offering  in which  the minimum  investment is  $10,000 or  less, certain
restrictions ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect a finding that
such securities  are  "freely transferable."  The  Offering will  not  impose  a
minimum  investment requirement. The restrictions  on transfer enumerated in the
DOL Regulation as  ordinarily not affecting  a finding that  the securities  are
"freely transferable" include: (i) any restriction on or prohibition against any
transfer or assignment that would result in a termination or reclassification of
the  Company for federal or state tax  purposes, or that would otherwise violate
any state  or federal  law or  court order,  (ii) any  requirement that  advance
notice  of  a  transfer  or  assignment  be  given  to  the  Company,  (iii) any
requirement  that  either  the  transferor  or  transferee,  or  both,   execute
documentation   setting  forth   representations  as  to   compliance  with  any
restrictions on transfer that are among  those enumerated in the DOL  Regulation
as  not affecting free  transferability, (iv) any  administrative procedure that
establishes an effective date, or an event (such as completion of the  Offering)
prior  to  which  a  transfer  or assignment  will  not  be  effective,  (v) any
prohibition against  transfer  or  assignment to  an  ineligible  or  unsuitable
investor,  and (vi) any limitation or restriction on transfer or assignment that
is not imposed by  the issuer or a  person acting on behalf  of the issuer.  The
Company believes that the restrictions imposed under the Charter on the transfer
of  Common Stock are of the type of restrictions on transfer generally permitted
under the DOL Regulation or are not otherwise material and should not result  in
the  failure of the Common Stock to  be "freely transferable" within the meaning
of the DOL  Regulation. See  "Capital Stock  -- Restrictions  on Transfer."  The
Company also believes that certain restrictions on transfer that derive from the
securities   laws,  from  contractual  arrangements  with  the  Underwriters  in
connection with the Offering  and from certain provisions  should not result  in
the  failure of the Common Stock to be "freely transferable." See "Underwriting"
and "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law  and the Company's Charter and  Bylaws."
Furthermore,  the  Company is  not  aware of  any  other facts  or circumstances
limiting the transferability  of the Common  Stock that are  not included  among
those  enumerated  as not  affecting their  free  transferability under  the DOL
Regulation, and the  Company does  not expect  to impose  in the  future (or  to
permit any person to impose on its behalf) any other limitations or restrictions
on  transfer that would  not be among the  enumerated permissible limitations or
restrictions.
 
    Assuming that the Company registers the Common Stock under the Exchange  Act
within  the registration period, the Common Stock will be "widely held" and that
no facts  and  circumstances other  than  those  referred to  in  the  preceding
paragraph  exist that restrict transferability of  the Common Stock, the Company
believes  that,  under  the   DOL  Regulation,  the   Common  Stock  should   be
"publicly-offered  securities" and,  therefore, that  the assets  of the Company
should not be  deemed to be  plan assets of  any ERISA Plan  or Other Plan  that
invests in the Common Stock.
 
    The  DOL Regulation will also apply in determining whether the assets of the
Operating Partnership  will  be  deemed  to  be  plan  assets.  The  partnership
interests  in the Operating Partnership will not be publicly offered securities.
Nevertheless, if the Common Stock  constitutes publicly offered securities,  the
Company  believes that the  indirect investment in  the Operating Partnership by
ERISA Plans or Other Plans through their ownership of the Common Stock will  not
cause the assets of the Operating Partnership to be treated as plan assets.
 
                                      129
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    The  underwriters  of the  Offering  (the "Underwriters"),  for  whom Lehman
Brothers Inc., Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.,  A.G.
Edwards  & Sons,  Inc., Smith Barney  Inc., EVEREN Securities,  Inc., Legg Mason
Wood Walker, Incorporated  and Raymond James  & Associates, Inc.  are acting  as
representatives  (the "Representatives"), have severally  agreed, subject to the
conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement  (the form of which is  filed
as  an exhibit to  the Registration Statement  of which this  Prospectus forms a
part), to purchase from the Company and  the Company has agreed to sell to  each
Underwriter,  the aggregate number of shares  of Common Stock set forth opposite
the name of each such Underwriter.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                          SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Lehman Brothers Inc.............................................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated.................................................
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc........................................................
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc........................................................
Smith Barney Inc................................................................
EVEREN Securities, Inc..........................................................
Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated............................................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.................................................
                                                                                  ------------
  Total.........................................................................    18,847,500
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting  Agreement provides  that the  obligations of  the  several
Underwriters  to  purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  subject  to  certain
conditions, and that if any of the  shares of Common Stock are purchased by  the
Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, all of the shares agreed to
be  purchased by  the Underwriters under  the Underwriting Agreement  must be so
purchased.
 
    The Company has been advised that  the Underwriters propose to offer  shares
of  Common Stock directly to  the public initially at  the public offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain selected  dealers
who  may include the Underwriters  at such public offering  price less a selling
concession not in excess of $      per share. The selected dealers may reallow a
concession not in excess  of $        per share to  certain brokers or  dealers.
After  the  Offering,  the public  offering  price, the  concession  to selected
dealers, and the reallowance may be changed by the Representatives.
 
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to
the payments they may be required to make in respect thereto.
 
    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters  an option to purchase up to an
additional 2,827,000 shares of Common Stock, at the public offering price,  less
the aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions, shown on the cover page of
this  Prospectus, solely  to cover  overallotments, if  any. Such  option may be
exercised at  any  time  within 30  days  after  the date  of  the  Underwriting
Agreement. To the extent that such option is exercised, each Underwriter will be
committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of the additional
shares of Common Stock proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment as
indicated in the preceding table.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The  initial  public  offering  price will  be  determined  through negotiations
between the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors to be  considered
in   such  negotiations,  in  addition  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  are
distribution rates and financial characteristics  of publicly traded REITs  that
the Company and the Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, the
expected results of operations of the Company (which are based on the results of
operations of the Properties and the fee management business in recent periods),
estimates  of future business potential and earnings prospects of the Company as
a whole and the current state of the real estate market in the Company's primary
markets and the economy as a whole. The initial
 
                                      130
<PAGE>
price per share to  the public set  forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus
should  not, however,  be considered  an indication of  the actual  value of the
Common Stock. Such price is subject to  change as a result of market  conditions
and other factors.
 
    The  Underwriters do  not intend  to confirm  sales of  Common Stock  to any
account over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    After giving effect to Mortgage Financing, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., an
affiliate of Lehman Brothers  Inc., will receive  approximately $202 million  of
the  net proceeds  from the  Offering as  repayment of  indebtedness and related
interest expected to be outstanding upon consummation of the Offering. See  "Use
of Proceeds."
 
    In  connection with the Offering, Messrs.  Ziman and Coleman have agreed not
to sell any shares of  Common Stock acquired by them  upon exchange of OP  Units
for  a period  of two  years after  the completion  of the  Offering without the
consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. Such restrictions will not apply to any OP Units
or other shares of Common Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by Messrs. Ziman
or Coleman following consummation of the Offering.
 
    The Company  has agreed  for a  period of  180 days  from the  date of  this
Prospectus,  not to, directly  or indirectly, offer for  sale, sell or otherwise
dispose of (or enter  into any transaction  or device which  is designed to,  or
could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the
future  of) shares  of Common  Stock (other than  the shares  offered hereby and
shares issued pursuant to the Stock  Incentive Plan existing on the date  hereof
and any OP Units or shares of Common Stock that may be issued in connection with
any acquisition of a property) or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with
respect  to any shares of Common Stock (other than the grant of options pursuant
to the Stock  Incentive Plan  existing on the  date hereof),  without the  prior
written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc.
 
    The  Company has agreed to pay Lehman Brothers Inc. an advisory fee equal to
 .50% of  the gross  proceeds  received from  the sale  of  Common Stock  of  the
Offering  for  advisory services  rendered  in connection  with  the evaluation,
analysis and structuring of the Company's formation and the Offering.
 
   
    Although the  Conduct  Rules  of  the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc. exempt  REITs from the  conflict of  interest provisions thereof,
because an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc.  will receive more than 10% of  the
net proceeds of the Offering in repayment of currently outstanding indebtedness,
the  Underwriters have determined to conduct the Offering in accordance with the
applicable provisions of  Rule 2710(c)(8)  of the Conduct  Rules. In  accordance
with   these  requirements,   Dean  Witter   Reynolds  Inc.   (the  "Independent
Underwriter")  is  assuming  the   responsibilities  of  acting  as   "qualified
independent underwriter," and will recommend the maximum initial public offering
price  for the shares of Common Stock in compliance with the requirements of the
Conduct Rules. In connection with  the Offering, the Independent Underwriter  is
performing  due diligence investigations  and is reviewing  and participating in
the preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which  this
Prospectus  forms a part. The initial public  offering price of the Common Stock
will be no higher than the price recommended by the Independent Underwriter.
    
 
    The Underwriters have reserved for sale  at the public offering price up  to
500,000  shares  of Common  Stock to  directors, officers  and employees  of the
Company, their business  affiliates and  related parties who  have expressed  an
interest  in purchasing shares. The  number of shares available  for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved
shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters
to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The combined financial statements of  the Arden Predecessors as of  December
31,  1995 and 1994 and for each of  the three years in the period ended December
31, 1995, the  statements of revenues  and certain expenses  for 16000  Ventura;
1950  Sawtelle; Westwood Terrace, Skyview Center, 4811 and 4900/10 Airport Plaza
Drive and New Wilshire;  70 South Lake and  Calabasas Commerce Center; the  1996
Acquired
 
                                      131
<PAGE>
Properties,  the Acquisition Properties,  and the balance  sheet of Arden Realty
Group, Inc., a Maryland  Corporation as of  May 1, 1996,  all appearing in  this
Prospectus  and Registration Statement, have been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing  elsewhere
herein,  and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The C&W Market Study was prepared for the Company by Cushman & Wakefield  of
California,  Inc.,  which  is  a  real  estate  service  firm  with  significant
experience and expertise relating to the Southern California office markets  and
the  various  submarkets  therein.  C&W  is a  part  of  a  national  network of
affiliated companies providing real estate related services. The statistical and
other information from  the C&W Market  Study appearing in  this Prospectus  and
Registration  Statement has been included herein  in reliance on C&W's expertise
as a real estate services firm,  with respect to the Southern California  office
markets.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    Certain  legal  matters will  be passed  upon  for the  Company by  Latham &
Watkins and  certain legal  matters, including  the validity  of the  shares  of
Common  Stock offered  hereby, will  be passed upon  for the  Company by Ballard
Spahr Andrews &  Ingersoll. Certain legal  matters will be  passed upon for  the
Underwriters  by Hogan  & Hartson  L.L.P. Latham &  Watkins and  Hogan & Hartson
L.L.P. will rely upon the opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll as to all
matters of Maryland law.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company  has filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"SEC")  a Registration  Statement on  Form S-11 (of  which this  Prospectus is a
part) under the Securities  Act with respect to  the securities offered  hereby.
This  Prospectus does not contain all  information set forth in the Registration
Statement, certain portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules
and regulations of the  SEC. Statements contained in  this Prospectus as to  the
content  of any contract or other document  are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance reference is made to the  copy of such contract or other  document
filed  as an  exhibit to the  Registration Statement, each  such statement being
qualified in  all respects  by such  reference and  the exhibits  and  schedules
hereto.  For  further information  regarding the  Company  and the  Common Stock
offered hereby, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and  such
exhibits  and schedules,  which may  be obtained from  the SEC  as its principal
office at 450 Fifth  Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549, upon payment of  the
fees  prescribed by the  SEC. The SEC maintains  a website at http://www.sec.gov
containing reports,  proxy  and  information statements  and  other  information
regarding  registrants, including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC. In addition, the Common Stock will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") and similar  information concerning  the Company can  be inspected  and
copied at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing audited  combined  financial  statements  and  a  report  thereon  by
independent certified public accountants.
 
                                      132
<PAGE>
                                    GLOSSARY
 
    Unless the context otherwise requires, the following capitalized terms shall
have the meanings set forth below for the purposes of this Prospectus:
 
    "1940 ACT" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
    "1993 ACT" means the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993.
 
    "1995  ACQUIRED  PROPERTIES"  means the  nine  commercial  office properties
located in Southern California which were acquired by the Arden Predecessors  in
1995.
 
    "1996  ACQUIRED  PROPERTIES"  means the  five  commercial  office properties
located in  Southern California  which  were acquired  or  are scheduled  to  be
acquired by the Arden Predecessors in 1996.
 
    "401(K) PLAN" means the Arden Realty Group Section 401(k) Savings/Retirement
Plan.
 
    "ACM" means asbestos-containing materials.
 
    "ACQUISITION  PROPERTIES" means the two  additional Properties (303 Glenoaks
and  12501  East  Imperial  Highway)  that  will  be  acquired  by  the  Company
concurrently with the Offering.
 
    "ADA" means the Americans with Disabilities Act.
 
    "ANNUALIZED  BASE RENT"  means the monthly  contractual base  rent under the
applicable lease(s)  (e.g., relating  to a  tenant,  a Property  or all  of  the
Properties, as applicable) as of a specified date multiplied by 12.
 
    "AFFILIATES"  means  with respect  to any  individual  or entity,  any other
individual or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or  under
common control with such individual or entity.
 
    "ARDEN" means Arden Realty Group, Inc., a California corporation.
 
    "ARDEN PREDECESSORS" means Arden and certain Arden affiliated entities which
are  engaged  in  owning,  acquiring, managing,  leasing  and  renovating office
properties in Southern California.
 
    "BENEFICIARY" means  a qualified  charitable  organization selected  by  the
Company  to receive  in trust  any excess  shares resulting  from a  transfer of
Common Stock in violation of the Ownership Limit or the Charter.
 
    "BOOK-TAX DIFFERENCE" means the difference between the fair market value  of
contributed  property at the time of contribution  and the adjusted tax basis of
such property at such time.
 
    "BUILT-IN GAIN  ASSET"  means any  asset  acquired  by the  Company  from  a
corporation which is or has been a C corporation.
 
    "BYLAWS" means the bylaws of the Company.
 
    "C&W" means Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
 
    "C&W  MARKET  STUDY"  means  the  Office  Market  Study  of  Three  Southern
California Counties (Los Angeles, Orange,  and San Diego Counties) prepared  for
the Company by Cushman & Wakefield as of December 31, 1995.
 
    "CHARITABLE  BENEFICIARY" means a qualified charitable organization selected
by the Company  which will be  the beneficiary of  a trust created  to hold  any
excess shares.
 
    "CHARTER" means the charter of the Company.
 
    "CMBS  OFFERING" means an offering  of commercial mortgage-backed securities
in an amount of approximately $104  million which the Company intends to  engage
in to refinance the Mortgage Financing.
 
    "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
    "COMMON  STOCK" means shares  of the Company's Common  Stock, $.01 par value
per share.
 
                                      133
<PAGE>
   
    "COMPANY" means  Arden  Realty,  Inc., a  Maryland  corporation.  While  the
Company  and  the  Operating  Partnership are  separate  entities,  for  ease of
reference and  unless the  context otherwise  requires, all  references in  this
Prospectus to the "Company" refer to the Company and the Operating Partnership.
    
 
    "CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS" means separate contribution agreements between (i)
the  Operating Partnership and certain Participants whereby certain interests in
the  Arden  Predecessors  and  in  certain  of  the  Properties  held  by   such
Participants will be contributed to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP
Units and (ii) the Operating Partnership and Arden whereby Arden will contribute
certain of its assets to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP Units.
 
    "CONTROLLED  FOREIGN  CORPORATION"  means  generally  a  foreign corporation
controlled by United States stockholders.
 
    "CREDIT FACILITY"  means the  proposed $100  million credit  facility  being
restructured by the Company.
 
    "CPI" means the Consumer Price Index.
 
    "CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD" means Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
 
    "DOL" means the Department of Labor.
 
    "DOL REGULATION" means the regulation issued by the DOL defining Plan Assets
for certain purposes.
 
    "DOMESTICALLY  CONTROLLED REIT " means a REIT in which at all times during a
specified testing period less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or
indirectly by Non-U.S. Stockholders.
 
    "DOUBLE TAXATION" means  taxation at  the corporate  and stockholder  levels
that generally results from investment in a corporation.
 
    "DOWNTOWN/CBD" means the Los Angeles central business district.
 
    "ENVIRONMENTAL  LAWS"  means  the  various Federal,  state  and  local laws,
ordinances and regulations relating to the protection of the environment.
 
    "ERISA PLAN" means an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA.
 
    "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
    "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    "INDEPENDENT UNDERWRITER" means Dean Witter Reynolds Inc. which will act  as
qualified  independent underwriter and will recommend the maximum initial public
offering price for the shares of Common Stock.
 
    "INTERESTED STOCKHOLDER" means any person who beneficially owns ten  percent
or more of the voting power of a corporation's shares.
 
    "IRA" means an individual retirement account or annuity.
 
    "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    "LC" means leasing commissions.
 
    "LEASED"  refers  to space  for  which leases  have  been executed  and have
commenced as of the specified date.
 
    "LIMITED PARTNERS" means the limited partners of the Operating Partnership.
 
    "LOS ANGELES EDC" means the Los Angeles Economic Development Corporation.
 
    "LOS ANGELES PMSA"  means the  Los Angeles/Long  Beach Primary  Metropolitan
Statistical Area.
 
    "LOS  ANGELES PMSA" means  the Los Angeles  Primary Metropolitan Statistical
Area.
 
    "MGCL" means the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended.
 
    "MORTGAGE FINANCING" means the one  year interim loan of approximately  $104
million to the Company.
 
                                      134
<PAGE>
    "MORTGAGE FINANCING PROPERTIES" means the following nine Properties: Skyview
Center,  9665 Wilshire, Westwood  Terrace, 425 West  Broadway, 5000 East Spring,
Anaheim City Centre, 16000 Ventura Blvd., Imperial Bank Tower and 1950 Sawtelle.
 
    "NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS" means the  Company's six most highly  compensated
executive officers including the Chief Executive Officer.
 
    "NAREIT" means the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts.
 
    "NON-ERISA  PLAN" means  an IRA  or a  qualified pension,  profit sharing or
stock bonus plan not subject to ERISA.
 
    "NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS" means the persons  that are, for purposes of  United
States   federal  income   taxation,  nonresident   alien  individuals,  foreign
corporations, foreign partnerships or foreign estates or trusts.
 
    "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc..
 
    "OFFERING" means  the Offering  of shares  of Common  Stock of  the  Company
pursuant to and as described in this Prospectus.
 
   
    "OPERATING  PARTNERSHIP" means Arden Realty  Limited Partnership, a Maryland
limited partnership.
    
 
    "OPTION AGREEMENTS" means separate option agreements between the Company and
certain Participants whereby certain interests in the Arden Predecessors and  in
certain  of the Properties held by such  Participants will be transferred to the
Company in exchange for cash.
 
    "OP UNITS" means the limited and general partner interests in the  Operating
Partnership.
 
    "OWNERSHIP  LIMIT"  means the  Company's  Charter provision  prohibiting any
stockholder or group of  affiliated stockholders from owning  more than 9.0%  of
the outstanding Common Stock.
 
    "PARTNERSHIP  AGREEMENT" means the  agreement of limited  partnership of the
Operating Partnership.
 
    "PARTICIPANTS" means the parties participating in the Formation Transactions
including the Company and the Operating Partnership, together with the  partners
and  members of  the Arden Predecessors  and other parties  which hold ownership
interests in certain of the Properties.
 
    "PEER GROUP" means  the group  of properties  identified in  the C&W  Market
Study  that are  most similar  in terms of  quality, market  position and tenant
appeal to each of the Company's Properties.
 
    "PFG" means Pacific Financial Group, a California limited partnership.
 
    "PHASE I ASSESSMENTS" means Phase  I Environmental Assessments conducted  by
environmental consultants.
 
    "PLAN  ASSETS" means the assets of the Company which are deemed to be assets
of an ERISA Plan or other plan.
 
    "PREFERRED STOCK" means the $.01 par value preferred stock of the Company.
 
    "PROHIBITED OWNER" means the person or entity holding record title to shares
of the Company in excess of the Ownership Limit.
 
    "PROHIBITED TRANSFEREE" means any  transfer of Common  Stock of the  Company
whereby  the  purported  transfer  would  result  in  any  person  violating the
Ownership Limit.
 
    "PROPERTIES" means  the  24  office  properties  referred  to  herein  which
comprise the Company's portfolio of Southern California office properties.
 
    "PROPOSED  REGULATIONS" means Treasury Regulations proposed by the IRS which
have not been issued in permanent form.
 
    "PUBLICLY-OFFERED SECURITY" means  a security  that is  widely held,  freely
transferable  and  either part  of a  class of  securities registered  under the
Exchange  Act,  or  sold  pursuant   to  an  effective  registration   statement
 
                                      135
<PAGE>
under  the  Securities Act  (provided the  securities  are registered  under the
Exchange Act within 120 days,  or such later time as  may be allowed by the  SEC
(the registration period), after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during
which the offering occurred).
 
    "RECOGNITION  PERIOD"  means the  ten-year period  beginning  on the  date a
Built-In Gain Asset is acquired by the Company.
 
    "REIT" means real estate investment trust as defined by Sections 856 through
860 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
 
    "RELATED PARTY TENANT" means a  tenant actually or constructively owned  10%
or more by the REIT or an owner of 10% or more of the REIT.
 
    "REPLACEMENT COST RENTS" as defined in the C&W Market Study means the rental
rates  that would be required to provide  a reasonable return on investment to a
developer of a new Class A multi-tenant office building.
 
    "REPRESENTATIVES"  means   Lehman  Brothers   Inc.,  Alex.   Brown  &   Sons
Incorporated, Dean Witter Reynolds Inc., A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., Smith Barney
Inc.,  EVEREN Securities, Inc., Legg Mason  Wood Walker Incorporated and Raymond
James & Associates, Inc.
 
    "RESTRICTED SHARES"  means  the  shares  of Common  Stock  acquired  by  any
Participant  in exchange for OP Units  which will be restricted securities under
the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
    "RULE 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
    "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
    "SAME STORE  PROPERTIES"  means those  Properties  that were  owned  by  the
Company for the entire six months ended June 30, 1995 and June 30, 1996.
 
    "SFAS" means Statements of Financial Accounting Standards.
 
    "STOCK  INCENTIVE PLAN" means the 1996  Stock Incentive Plan of Arden Realty
Group, Inc. and Arden Realty Group, Ltd.
 
    "SWAP AGREEMENT" means the forward swap agreement in the notional amount  of
$104  million which the Company intends to enter into with an affiliate of Wells
Fargo Bank  at the  time of  this  Offering and  the Formation  Transactions  or
shortly thereafter.
 
    "TI" means tenant improvements.
 
    "UBTI" means unrelated business taxable income.
 
    "UNDERWRITERS"  means  the  underwriters  of the  Offering  for  whom Lehman
Brothers Inc., Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.,  A.G.
Edwards  & Sons,  Inc., Smith Barney  Inc., EVEREN Securities,  Inc., Legg Mason
Wood Walker Incorporated,  and Raymond James  & Associates, Inc.  are acting  as
representatives.
 
    "U.S.  STOCKHOLDER" means a holder of shares of Common Stock who (for United
States federal income tax purposes) (i) is  a citizen or resident of the  United
States, (ii) is a corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized
in  or  under the  laws of  the United  States or  of any  political subdivision
thereof, or (iii) is an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United
States federal income taxation regardless of its source.
 
    "UST" means underground storage tank.
 
    "WHITE PAPER" means the White Paper on Funds from Operations approved by the
Board of Governors of the NAREIT in March of 1995.
 
                                      136
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                            ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
ARDEN REALTY, INC.
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited):............................................        F-3
  Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996..........................................        F-4
  Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996.............        F-5
  Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1995...............        F-6
  Notes to Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements..............................................        F-7
 
Historical:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-10
  Balance Sheet as of May 1, 1996 and June 30, 1996 (Unaudited)...........................................       F-11
  Notes to Balance Sheet..................................................................................       F-12
 
ARDEN PREDECESSORS
Combined Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-15
  Combined Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1995 and 1994..................       F-16
  Combined Statements of Operations for the Six Months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited) and the
   Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993...........................................................       F-17
  Combined Statements of Owners' Equity for the Six Months ended June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) and the Years
   Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.................................................................       F-18
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited) and the
   Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993...........................................................       F-19
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements..................................................................       F-20
  Schedule III - Commercial Office Properties and Accumulated Depreciation................................       F-29
 
16000 VENTURA
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-31
  Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Period January 1, 1995 to March 15, 1995..............       F-32
  Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses......................................................       F-33
 
1950 SAWTELLE
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-34
  Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Period January 1, 1995 to June 14, 1995...............       F-35
  Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses......................................................       F-36
 
WESTWOOD TERRACE, SKYVIEW CENTER, 4811 AND 4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE AND NEW WILSHIRE
Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-37
  Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Period December 1, 1994 to November 22,
   1995...................................................................................................       F-38
  Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses.............................................       F-39
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                            ---------
70 SOUTH LAKE AND CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-41
  Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Period January 1, 1995 to November 22,
   1995...................................................................................................       F-42
  Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses.............................................       F-43
 
1996 ACQUIRED PROPERTIES
Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-45
  Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the 1996 Interim Period Prior to Acquisition
   (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 1995.......................................................       F-46
  Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses............................................       F-47
 
ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................................................       F-49
  Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
   (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 1995.......................................................       F-50
  Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses............................................       F-51
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
               PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  unaudited pro  forma financial  and operating  information for  the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995 is presented  as
if  the  Offering, the  Formation Transactions  (including  the purchase  of the
Acquisition Properties), and the acquisitions of the Properties acquired  during
1996  prior to the Offering (the  "1996 Acquired Properties") and the Properties
acquired during 1995 (the  "1995 Acquired Properties") all  had occurred by  the
date  of the June  30, 1996 combined balance  sheet and at  the beginning of the
period presented for the combined statements  of operations. The pro forma  June
30,  1996  balance  sheet information  also  gives  effect to  the  recording of
minority interests for OP Units, as  if these transactions occurred on June  30,
1996.
 
    The  pro forma financial  statements are not  necessarily indicative of what
the Company's  financial  position or  results  of operations  would  have  been
assuming  the completion of the Formation  Transactions and the Offering on such
date or at the beginning of the period indicated, nor does it purport to project
the Company's financial position or results of operations at any future date  or
for any future period.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
                   PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     HISTORICAL     INVESTMENTS
                                                       ARDEN      IN NONCOMBINED    PRO FORMA     COMPANY
                                                    PREDECESSORS     ENTITIES      ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                                    ------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
Commercial office properties-net..................   $  254,749      $  91,555      $  54,831(F)  $ 410,160
                                                                                        8,673(C)
                                                                                          352(I)
 
Cash and cash equivalents.........................          913            495        347,433(A)     12,657
                                                                                      (26,777)(C)
                                                                                      102,216(D)
                                                                                     (358,002)(E)
                                                                                      (54,831)(F)
                                                                                        1,210(B)
Restricted cash...................................       17,334          1,932        (19,266)(E)     --
Rents and other receivables.......................        2,577            167         --            2,744
Deferred rents....................................        2,996          1,761         --            4,757
Prepaid financing and leasing costs-net...........        1,659          1,588           (757)(G)      4,274
                                                                                         1085(D)
                                                                                          699(D)
Prepaid expenses and other assets.................        2,868            330         (1,210)(B)      1,988
Investments in noncombined entities...............        3,069         (3,069)        --           --
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
    Total assets..................................   $  286,165      $  94,759      $  55,656    $ 436,580
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
 
                                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Mortgage loans payable............................   $  263,492      $  86,420      $ 104,000(D)  $ 104,000
                                                                                     (349,912)(E)
Unsecured lines of credit.........................        2,467              0         (2,467)(E)     --
Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............        4,726          1,398         (1,397)(E)      4,727
Deferred interest.................................        5,318            281         (5,599)(E)     --
Security deposits.................................        1,914            827         --            2,741
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities.............................      277,917         88,927       (255,376)     111,468
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
Minority interests................................          718           (718)        43,231(I)     43,231
Owners' Equity....................................        7,530          6,551        (14,081)(H)     --
Stockholders' Equity:
  Common Stock....................................       --             --                189(A)        189
  Additional paid-in capital......................       --             --            347,244(A)    281,693
                                                                                       (9,175)(C)
                                                                                         (757)(G)
                                                                                        5,599(E)
                                                                                       14,081(H)
                                                                                      (23,491)(E)
                                                                                      (42,879)(I)
                                                                                       (8,929)(C)
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity....................       --             --            281,882      281,882
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and equity..................   $  286,165      $  94,759      $  55,656    $ 436,580
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
                                                    ------------       -------     -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
              PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            EQUITY IN    PRE-ACQUISITION
                                             HISTORICAL   NET (LOSS) OF    PERIOD FOR
                                               ARDEN       NONCOMBINED    1996 ACQUIRED   ACQUISITION   PRO FORMA     COMPANY
                                            PREDECESSORS    ENTITIES       PROPERTIES     PROPERTIES   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                            ------------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUE
  Rental..................................   $   19,404     $   7,937       $   3,923      $   2,101    $     128(J)  $  33,493
  Tenant reimbursements...................        1,425           308             258             58       --            2,049
  Parking.................................        2,121           574             308             87       --            3,090
  Other...................................        1,521           166             144            174       --            2,005
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue.........................       24,471         8,985           4,633          2,420          128       40,637
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
EXPENSES
  Property operating, taxes, insurance and
   ground rent............................        8,252         3,293           1,489          1,021           69(K)     14,124
  General and administrative..............          830           435          --             --              635(L)      1,900
  Interest................................       14,741         4,317          --             --          (15,000)(M)      4,058
  Depreciation and amortization...........        3,036         1,673          --             --            1,065(N)      5,774
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses........................       26,859         9,718           1,489          1,021      (13,231)      25,856
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
Equity in net (loss) of noncombined
 entities.................................          (94)           94          --             --           --           --
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
(Loss) income before minority interests...       (2,482)         (639)          3,144          1,399       13,359(O)     14,781
Minority interests........................          344          (344)         --             --           (1,964)(O)     (1,964)
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
Net (loss) income.........................   $   (2,138)    $    (983)      $   3,144      $   1,399    $  11,395    $  12,817
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            ------------       ------          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------
Pro forma common shares outstanding before
 conversion of OP units...................                                                                              18,853
                                                                                                                    -----------
                                                                                                                    -----------
Net income per share......................                                                                                $.68
                                                                                                                    -----------
                                                                                                                    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
              PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        EQUITY IN
                                                        NET (LOSS)   PRE-ACQUISITION
                                          HISTORICAL        OF         PERIOD FOR       1996
                                            ARDEN      NONCOMBINED   1995 ACQUIRED    ACQUIRED    ACQUISITION   PRO FORMA
                                         PREDECESSORS    ENTITIES      PROPERTIES    PROPERTIES   PROPERTIES   ADJUSTMENTS
                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUE
  Rental...............................   $    8,832    $   15,610     $   16,564     $  19,391    $   4,280    $   2,014(J)
  Tenant reimbursements................          403           419          1,073           961           54       --
  Parking..............................          750           915          2,238         1,859          133       --
  Other................................        1,707           776            877           350           85       --
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenue......................       11,692        17,720         20,752        22,561        4,552        2,014
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
EXPENSES
  Property operating, taxes, insurance
   and ground rent.....................        3,339         6,927          7,813         8,848        2,228          936(K)
  General and administrative...........        1,377           831         --            --           --            1,592(L)
  Interest.............................        5,537         8,243         --            --           --           (5,704)(M)
  Depreciation and amortization........        1,898         2,475         --            --           --            7,176(N)
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses.....................       12,151        18,476          7,813         8,848        2,228        4,000
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
Equity in net (loss) of noncombined
 entities..............................         (116)          116         --            --           --           --
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
(Loss) income before minority
 interests.............................         (575)         (640)        12,939        13,713        2,324       (1,986)
Minority interests.....................           (1)            1         --            --           --           (3,425)(O)
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
Net (loss) income......................   $     (576)   $     (639)    $   12,939     $  13,713    $   2,324    $  (5,411)
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
                                         ------------  ------------       -------    -----------  -----------  -----------
Pro forma common shares outstanding
 before conversion of OP units.........
Net income per share...................
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                           COMPANY
                                          PRO FORMA
                                         -----------
<S>                                      <C>
REVENUE
  Rental...............................   $  66,691
  Tenant reimbursements................       2,910
  Parking..............................       5,895
  Other................................       3,795
                                         -----------
    Total revenue......................      79,291
                                         -----------
EXPENSES
  Property operating, taxes, insurance
   and ground rent.....................      30,091
  General and administrative...........       3,800
  Interest.............................       8,076
  Depreciation and amortization........      11,549
                                         -----------
    Total expenses.....................      53,516
                                         -----------
Equity in net (loss) of noncombined
 entities..............................      --
                                         -----------
(Loss) income before minority
 interests.............................      25,775
Minority interests.....................      (3,425)
                                         -----------
Net (loss) income......................   $  22,350
                                         -----------
                                         -----------
Pro forma common shares outstanding
 before conversion of OP units.........      18,853
                                         -----------
                                         -----------
Net income per share...................       $1.19
                                         -----------
                                         -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
                     NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
1.  ADJUSTMENTS TO THE PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
    The adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of June
30, 1996 are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                         <C>
(A)        Sale of 18,848 shares of common stock in the offering
                 Proceeds from offering..............................................  $ 376,950
                 Costs associated with offering including prepaid offering costs.....    (29,517)
                                                                                       ----------
                   Net proceeds......................................................  $ 347,433
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
                 Par value of common stock to be issued..............................  $     189
                 Additional paid in capital from proceeds of sale of common stock....    347,244
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       $ 347,433
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(B)        Reclassification of offering costs prepaid by the Arden Predecessors prior
            to June 30, 1996.........................................................  $  (1,210)
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(C)        Acquisition of certain interests of the Participants for cash
                 Reduction in additional paid-in capital for book value of interests
                  acquired...........................................................  $   9,175
                 Reduction in additional paid-in capital for distributions to
                  affiliates of cash paid in excess of book value of interests.......      8,929
                 Purchase price in excess of book value of interests in the
                  properties purchased from nonaffiliates............................      8,673
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       $  26,777
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(D)        Mortgage financing and line of credit commitment fees
                 Proceeds from new debt..............................................  $ 104,000
                 Costs associated with new debt origination..........................     (1,085)
                 Prepaid commitment fees.............................................       (699)
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       $ 102,216
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(E)        Repayment of certain mortgage loans and unsecured lines of credit of the
            Arden Predecessors
                 Payment of mortgage loans...........................................  $ 349,913
                 Payment of unsecured lines of credit................................      2,467
                 Payment of additional interest on debt (includes deferred interest
                  of $5,599 which was accrued as of June 30, 1996, and $17,892 of
                  additional interest currently due as a result of the prepayment)...     23,491
                 Payment of accrued interest.........................................      1,397
                 Release of restricted cash to repay mortgage loans..................    (19,266)
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       $ 358,002
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(F)        Purchase price and actual and estimated additional closing costs of 100
            Broadway and Acquisition Properties......................................  $  54,831
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(G)        Write off of unamortized loan fees........................................  $    (757)
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
(H)        Elimination of owners' equity.............................................  $ (14,081)
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
                     NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
1.  ADJUSTMENTS TO THE PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                         <C>
(I)        To establish minority interests in Operating Partnership based on units
            issued...................................................................  $  43,231
           Excess of fair value over book value related to issuance of Operating
            Partnership units to nonaffiliates.......................................       (352)
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       $  42,879
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
      Total Equity before percentage allocable to minority interests.................  $ 325,113
      Percentage allocable to minority interests.....................................      13.30%
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       $  43,231
                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
      Minority OP Units..........................................      2,889      13.30%
      Total Shares Issued........................................     18,853      86.70%
                                                                   ---------  ---------
      Total......................................................     21,742     100.00%
                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
2.  ADJUSTMENTS TO THE PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    The  pro forma  adjustments reflected  in the  Pro Forma  Condensed Combined
Statements of Operations for  the six months  ended June 30,  1996 and the  year
ended December 31, 1995 are set forth below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SIX MONTHS
                                                                                        ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                                                                                    JUNE 30, 1996   DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                    --------------  -----------------
<S>        <C>                                                                      <C>             <C>
(J)        Increase in rental revenue to adjust the 1995 Acquired Properties, the
            1996 Acquired Properties and the Acquisition Properties to straight
            line rental revenue based on the acquisition date of the Arden
            Predecessors..........................................................    $      128       $     2,014
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
(K)        Increase in property general and administrative related to additional
            property payroll costs relating to the 1995 Acquired Properties, the
            1996 Acquired Properties and the Acquisition Properties...............    $       69       $       936
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
(L)        Increase in general and administrative expense related to expected
            level of operations as a public real estate investment trust..........    $      635       $     1,592
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
(M)        Decrease in interest expense
                 Decrease in interest expense due to repayment of mortgage
                  loans...........................................................    $  (19,058)      $   (13,780)
                 Increase in interest expense related to the newly originated
                  non-amortizing debt with an interest rate of 7.43% due in seven
                  years...........................................................         3,864             7,688
                 Increase in amortization of finance costs related to the newly
                  originated debt.................................................           194               388
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                   Net decrease in interest expense...............................    $  (15,000)      $    (5,704)
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
                     NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
2.  ADJUSTMENTS TO THE PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SIX MONTHS
                                                                                        ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                                                                                    JUNE 30, 1996   DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                    --------------  -----------------
<S>        <C>                                                                      <C>             <C>
(N)        Increase in depreciation expense to reflect a full period of
            depreciation for the 1995 Acquired Properties, the 1996 Acquired
            Properties and the Acquisition Properties utilizing a 40 year useful
            life for buildings and a 10 year useful life for improvements.........    $      936       $     6,918
 
           Increase in depreciation due to the fair value of units or cash paid in
            excess of book value of interests in the properties acquired from the
            nonaffiliates.........................................................           129               258
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                   Net increase in depreciation expense...........................    $    1,065       $     7,176
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
 
           Historical depreciation of the Arden Predecessors......................    $    4,709       $     4,373
 
           Additional depreciation of the 1995 and 1996 Acquired Properties:
 
                 Pro forma depreciation as if the 1995 and 1996 Acquired
                  Properties were purchased on January 1, 1995....................         1,450             6,920
 
                 Historical depreciation recorded by the Arden Predecessors.......          (922)             (818)
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                   Net increase in depreciation expense (the pro forma adjustment
                    for the six months ended June 30, 1996 includes only the 1996
                    Acquired Properties)..........................................           528             6,102
 
           Depreciation on the Acquisition Properties.............................           408               816
 
           Depreciation on the price in excess of book value......................           129               258
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                      $    5,774       $    11,549
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
(O)        To reflect adjustment for minority interests of 13.30% in the Operating
            Partnership...........................................................    $    1,964       $     3,425
                                                                                    --------------        --------
                                                                                    --------------        --------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
   
    We  have audited  the accompanying  balance sheet  of Arden  Realty, Inc., a
Maryland  corporation,  as  of   May  1,  1996.  This   balance  sheet  is   the
responsibility  of the management of Arden Realty Group, Inc. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on the balance sheet based on our audit.
    
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance  about  whether  the  balance sheet  is  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts  and  disclosures in  the  balance  sheet. An  audit  also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well  as evaluating  the overall balance  sheet presentation.  We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
    In our opinion, the balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects,
the  financial position of Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as of May
1, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
May 1, 1996
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    MAY 1, 1996
                                                                                   --------------  JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                                   --------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
ASSETS...........................................................................  $     --        $     --
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Commitments and contingencies....................................................  $     --        $     --
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and
 outstanding.....................................................................        --              --
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued
 and outstanding as of June 30, 1996 (unaudited).................................        --              --
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   $     --        $     --
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
                             NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
 
1.  ORGANIZATION
   
    Arden Realty,  Inc. (the  "Company")  is a  Maryland corporation  which  was
formed  on  May  1, 1996,  to  acquire  a portfolio  of  office  properties (the
"Properties") and continue the real estate business of Arden Realty Group, Inc.,
a California corporation, its principals  and certain affiliates and  affiliated
partnerships.  Substantial  ownership  interests  in  the  entities  (the "Arden
Predecessors") that own interests in the  Properties are held by Richard  Ziman,
Victor  Coleman,  Arthur Gilbert  and  their affiliates,  consisting  of related
individuals and entities controlled by them. The Arden Predecessors are  engaged
in  owning,  acquiring, managing,  leasing and  renovating office  properties in
Southern California.
    
 
    The Company  will be  the sole  general partner  of a  newly formed  limited
partnership  (the "Operating Partnership").  The Company will  initially hold an
aggregate of 86.7% of the ownership interests in the Operating Partnership.  The
Operating  Partnership will initially hold all  the interests in the Properties.
It is expected that  in connection with the  Mortgage Financing discussed  below
the  Operating  Partnership  will  transfer  the  particular  Mortgage Financing
Properties to a financing subsidiary. The Company will conduct substantially all
of its business through the Operating  Partnership. As the sole general  partner
of  the Operating Partnership,  the Company will have  exclusive power to manage
and conduct  the  business of  the  Operating Partnership,  subject  to  certain
limited exceptions.
 
    Concurrently  with the  consummation of  a proposed  public offering  of the
Company's  Common  Stock  (the  "Offering"),  the  Company  and  the   Operating
Partnership,  together with the  partners and members  of the Arden Predecessors
including certain  unaffiliated  investors (collectively,  the  "Participants"),
will  engage in  certain formation transactions  (the "Formation Transactions").
The Formation Transactions have been designed to (i) enable the Company to raise
the necessary capital to acquire the Properties and repay certain mortgage  debt
relating  thereto, (ii) provide a vehicle  for future acquisitions, (iii) enable
the Company to  comply with certain  requirements under the  federal income  tax
laws  and regulations relating to real estate investment trusts, (iv) facilitate
potential  securitized  mortgage  financings,  and  (v)  preserve  certain   tax
advantages  for certain  Arden Predecessors  and unaffiliated  participants. The
Formation Transactions are as follows:
 
    - The Company will sell shares of Common Stock in the Offering.
 
   
    - Pursuant to  separate option  agreements  (the "Option  Agreements"),  the
      Company  will  acquire for  cash from  certain Participants  the interests
      owned by such Participants  in certain of  the Arden Predecessor  entities
      and in certain of the Properties. The Company will pay approximately $26.8
      million from the net proceeds of the Offering for such interests.
    
 
    - The  Company will contribute  (i) the interests  in the Arden Predecessors
      and in the Properties acquired pursuant to the Option Agreements and  (ii)
      the   net  proceeds  from   the  Offering  (after   payment  of  the  cash
      consideration to certain Participants as described above) to the Operating
      Partnership in  exchange  for a  86.7%  general partner  interest  in  the
      Operating Partnership.
 
    - Pursuant   to   separate   contribution   agreements   (the  "Contribution
      Agreements"), the following additional contributions  will be made to  the
      Operating  Partnership  in  exchange  for  OP  Units  representing limited
      partner interests: (i) certain Participants will contribute the  remaining
      interests  in  the Arden  Predecessors and  in  certain of  the Properties
      (I.E., all interests not  acquired by the Company  pursuant to the  Option
      Agreements)  and  (ii)  Arden  will  contribute  certain  of  its  assets,
      including management contracts relating to  certain of the Properties  and
      the  contract rights to purchase  the Acquisition Properties (303 Glenoaks
      Blvd. and  12501  East Imperial  Highway).  The Participants  making  such
      contributions  (including Messrs. Ziman, Coleman and Gilbert) will receive
      an  aggregate  of  2,889,071  OP   Units,  with  an  estimated  value   of
      approximately  $57.8 million based on  the assumed initial public offering
      price of the Common Stock.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
                     NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET -- (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)
    - The Company, through the Operating Partnership, will borrow  approximately
      $104  million aggregate principal amount  (the "Mortgage Financing") which
      will be secured by cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted first mortgage
      liens on nine of the Properties (the "Mortgage Financing Properties").
 
    - Approximately $35 million  of the  net proceeds  of the  Offering and  the
      Mortgage  Financing will be used by  the Operating Partnership to purchase
      the Acquisition Properties.
 
    - Approximately $398 million  of the net  proceeds of the  Offering and  the
      Mortgage  Financing will  be used  by the  Operating Partnership  to repay
      certain  mortgage  debt  secured   by  the  Properties  and   indebtedness
      outstanding  under  lines  of  credit  to  be  assumed  by  the  Operating
      Partnership in the Formation Transactions.
 
    - The Company, through  the Operating  Partnership, will enter  into a  $100
      million Credit Facility.
 
    - The  transfer of the properties and  operating interests of Messrs. Ziman,
      Coleman, Gilbert and  their affiliates  to the  Operating Partnership  for
      cash or ownership units in the Operating Partnership will be accounted for
      at  the  historical  cost of  their  interests in  the  Arden Predecessors
      similar to a pooling of interests. All transfers by nonaffiliates will  be
      accounted  for  at  the  fair  value of  the  units  issued  and/  or cash
      consideration paid.
 
2.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company will become a party to various legal actions resulting from  the
operating  activities  to be  transferred  to the  Operating  Partnership. These
actions are  incidental to  the  transferred business  and management  does  not
believe that these actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Operating  Partnership's  limited  partnership agreement,
beginning one  year after  consummation of  the Offering,  the OP  Units  issued
concurrently  with the Offering  are redeemable (at the  election of the holder)
for cash or, at  the option of  the Company, exchangeable  for shares of  Common
Stock of the Company on a one-for-one basis.
 
3.  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with generally
accepted accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
4.  INCOME TAXES
    After the Offering, the Company intends to make an election to be taxed as a
real  estate investment  trust ("REIT")  under Sections  586 through  860 of the
Internal Revenue Code. As a REIT, the  Company generally will not be subject  to
federal income tax if it distributes at least 95% of its taxable income for each
tax  year to its stockholders.  REITs are subject to  a number of organizational
and operational requirements. If the Company fails  to qualify as a REIT in  any
taxable  year, the Company will be subject  to federal income tax (including any
applicable alternative minimum tax) on  its taxable income at regular  corporate
tax rates. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company may
be  subject to state and local income taxes and to federal income tax and excise
tax on its undistributed income.
 
5.  STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
    The Company intends to adopt a Stock Incentive Plan to provide incentives to
attract and retain officers, key employees and outside directors.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
                     NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET -- (CONTINUED)
 
5.  STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (CONTINUED)
    The Stock  Incentive Plan  will  be qualified  under  Rule 16b-3  under  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934, as  amended  (the"Exchange Act").  The Stock
Incentive Plan will be  administered by the  Compensation Committee and  provide
for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock
with respect to up to 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock to executive or other key
employees of the Company. Stock options may be granted in the form of "incentive
stock  options," as defined in  Section 422 of the  Code, or non-statutory stock
options and are exercisable for up to 10 years following the date of grant.  The
exercise price of each option will be established by the Compensation Committee;
provided, however, that the price per share must be equal to or greater than the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the grant date.
 
    The   Stock  Incentive  Plan  also  provides   for  the  issuance  of  stock
appreciation rights which  will generally entitle  a holder to  receive cash  or
stock,  as determined  by the  Compensation Committee,  at the  time of exercise
equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value  of
the  Common Stock. In addition, the Stock  Incentive Plan permits the Company to
issue shares of restricted stock to  executive or other key employees upon  such
terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
    During  1995  an  accounting  pronouncement  was  issued  by  the  Financial
Accounting Standards Board that applies  to the Company, Statement of  Financial
Accounting   Standards   ("SFAS")   No.   123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
Compensation." This new standard  will become effective  for the Company's  1996
fiscal  year. SFAS No.  123 establishes a  fair value method  for accounting for
stock-based compensation, such as  option plans, but does  not require that  the
new  method  be  adopted.  The  Company  may  elect  to  continue  following the
methodology in APB Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued to  Employees",
whereby  the  compensation expense  is measured  as  the difference  between the
exercise price of the option  and the stock price  on the measurement date  with
the  fair  value  of  options  disclosed  in  the  footnotes  in  the  financial
statements. SFAS  No. 123  is not  expected to  adversely affect  the  Company's
future reported results.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Owners of the Arden Predecessors
 
    We  have  audited  the accompanying  combined  balance sheets  of  the Arden
Predecessors, as defined in Note  1, as of December 31,  1995 and 1994, and  the
related  combined statements  of operations, owners'  equity and  cash flows for
each of the three years in the  period ended December 31, 1995. Our audits  also
included  the financial statement schedule III, commercial office properties and
accumulated depreciation.  These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the
responsibility  of the management of  the Arden Predecessors. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above  present
fairly,  in all material respects, the  combined financial position of the Arden
Predecessors as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the combined results of their
operations and  cash flows  for each  of the  three years  in the  period  ended
December  31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when  considered
in relation to the financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
April 10, 1996
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                                                                1995       1994
                                                                                 JUNE 30,    ----------  ---------
                                                                                   1996
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Commercial office properties, net of accumulated depreciation of $6,248,
 $3,296 and $1,530, respectively..............................................   $ 254,749   $  160,874  $  34,977
Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................         913          790        611
Restricted cash...............................................................      17,334       12,249        600
Rents and other receivables...................................................       2,577        1,095         21
Deferred rents................................................................       2,996        1,778      1,106
Prepaid financing and leasing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $408,
 $421 and $112, respectively..................................................       1,659        1,359        746
Prepaid expenses and other assets.............................................       2,868        1,071        446
Investments in noncombined entities...........................................       3,069        3,163      7,583
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
    Total assets..............................................................   $ 286,165   $  182,379  $  46,090
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
 
                                          LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY
 
Mortgage loans payable........................................................   $ 263,492   $  167,638  $  32,196
Unsecured lines of credit.....................................................       2,467          813        748
Accounts payable and accrued expenses.........................................       4,726        3,398        897
Deferred interest.............................................................       5,318          884     --
Security deposits.............................................................       1,914        1,430        307
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
    Total liabilities.........................................................     277,917      174,163     34,148
Minority interests............................................................         718          100         99
Owners' equity................................................................       7,530        8,116     11,843
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
    Total liabilities and owners' equity......................................   $ 286,165   $  182,379  $  46,090
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                -----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                                   ENDED         FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                 JUNE 30,            DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------  ------------------------
                                                               1996     1995    1995     1994     1993
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
REVENUE
  Rental....................................................  $19,404  $2,822  $ 8,832  $ 5,157  $3,034
  Tenant reimbursements.....................................    1,425     177      403      217      35
  Parking...................................................    2,121     220      750      382     279
  Other.....................................................    1,521     649    1,707      796     314
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
      Total revenue.........................................   24,471   3,868   11,692    6,552   3,662
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
EXPENSES
  Property operating and maintenance........................    4,998     754    2,539    1,869   1,324
  Real estate taxes.........................................    1,291     138      502      272     107
  Insurance.................................................    1,503      42      279       50      49
  Ground rent...............................................      460    --         19    --       --
  General and administrative................................      830     684    1,377      689     386
  Interest..................................................   14,741   1,403    5,537    1,673     646
  Depreciation and amortization.............................    3,036     638    1,898    1,143     499
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
      Total expenses........................................   26,859   3,659   12,151    5,696   3,011
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
Equity in net (loss) income of noncombined entities.........      (94)    108     (116)     201       4
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
(Loss) income before minority interests.....................   (2,482)    317     (575)   1,057     655
Minority interests..........................................      344      (7)      (1)       1    --
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
Net (loss) income...........................................  $(2,138) $  310  $  (576) $ 1,058  $  655
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
                                                              -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
 
                     COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OWNERS' EQUITY
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
            AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Balance at January 1, 1993........................................................  $    (153)
<S>                                                                                 <C>
  Owners' contributions...........................................................      2,680
  Owners' distributions...........................................................       (460)
  Net income - 1993...............................................................        655
                                                                                    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993......................................................      2,722
  Owners' contributions...........................................................      9,452
  Owners' distributions...........................................................     (1,389)
  Net income - 1994...............................................................      1,058
                                                                                    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994......................................................     11,843
  Owners' contributions...........................................................      7,427
  Owners' distributions...........................................................    (10,578)
  Net (loss) - 1995...............................................................       (576)
                                                                                    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995......................................................      8,116
  Owners' contributions (unaudited)...............................................      2,500
  Owners' distributions (unaudited)...............................................       (948)
  Net (loss) - six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited).........................     (2,138)
                                                                                    ---------
Balance at June 30, 1996 (unaudited)..............................................  $   7,530
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SIX MONTHS      FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                          ENDED JUNE 30,                31,
                                                                        ------------------  ----------------------------
                                                                          1996      1995      1995      1994      1993
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) income.....................................................  $ (2,138) $    310  $   (576) $  1,058  $    655
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
    Equity in net loss (income) of noncombined entities...............        94      (108)      116      (201)       (4)
    (Loss) income allocable to minority interests.....................      (344)        7         1        (1)    --
    Depreciation and amortization.....................................     3,036       638     1,898     1,143       499
    Amortization of loan costs and fees...............................       102        94       211        21         1
    (Increase) decrease in rents and other receivables................    (1,482)      (58)   (1,074)      198       (98)
    Increase in deferred rents........................................    (1,218)     (247)     (672)     (746)     (360)
    Increase in prepaid financing and leasing costs...................      (575)      (70)     (633)     (582)     (271)
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets..........    (1,709)      266      (947)     (428)      (21)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses......     1,328      (501)    2,501       267       582
    Increase in deferred interest.....................................     4,434        23       884     --        --
    Increase in security deposits.....................................       485       104     1,121       105       203
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.............................     2,013       458     2,830       834     1,186
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisitions and improvements to commercial office properties.........   (96,827)   (9,466) (127,663)  (10,622)  (25,885)
Decrease (increase) in investments in noncombined entities............     --        3,888     4,305    (7,299)      (80)
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Net cash used in investing activities.................................   (96,827)   (5,578) (123,358)  (17,921)  (25,965)
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from mortgage loans..........................................   100,092    10,125   142,501     8,139    24,058
Repayments of mortgage loans..........................................    (4,238)      (30)   (7,060)    --        --
Proceeds from unsecured lines of credit...............................     3,657     1,316     3,310     1,240       298
Repayments of unsecured lines of credit...............................    (2,003)   (1,275)   (3,244)     (791)     (250)
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash................................    (5,085)   (1,113)  (11,649)       94      (694)
Contributions from minority interests.................................     1,000     --        --          100     --
Distributions to minority interests...................................       (38)    --        --        --        --
Owners' contributions.................................................     2,500     1,474     7,427     9,452     2,680
Owners' distributions.................................................      (948)   (5,947)  (10,578)   (1,389)     (460)
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Net cash provided by financing activities.............................    94,937     4,550   120,707    16,845    25,632
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..................       123      (570)      179      (242)      853
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period......................       790       611       611       853     --
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period............................  $    913  $     41  $    790  $    611  $    853
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH TRANSACTIONS
Cash paid during the period for interest, net of interest
  capitalized.........................................................  $  9,640  $  1,367  $  4,022  $  1,547  $    521
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                                        --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  ORGANIZATION
    The  entities below  are currently  engaged in  owning, acquiring, managing,
leasing and  renovating office  properties in  Southern California.  Substantial
ownership  interests  in  the  entities  (the  "Arden  Predecessors")  that  own
interests in the properties  are held by Richard  Ziman, Victor Coleman,  Arthur
Gilbert  and  their affiliates  consisting of  related individuals  and entities
controlled by them.
 
   
    The partners  and  members of  the  Arden Predecessors,  which  collectively
represent   the  "Participants",  will,  concurrently  with  a  proposed  public
offering, enter  into  a series  of  transactions  with Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a
Maryland  corporation, to  form a real  estate investment trust  (the "REIT") to
continue and  expand  the  business  of  the  Arden  Predecessors.  All  of  the
properties  owned by the entities (the  "Properties") have been managed by Arden
Realty Group, Inc.,  a California  corporation, since their  acquisition by  the
Arden Predecessors.
    
 
   
    The properties and entities are all managed by Messrs. Ziman and Coleman. In
connection  with the proposed  offering, in those  instances where the financial
interests held by Messrs. Ziman, Coleman, Gilbert and their affiliates are  also
controlling  interests,  the entities  have  been combined  in  the accompanying
financial statements. Minority interests have  been recorded for those  entities
that  the  affiliated  Participants  control  but  are  not  wholly-owned. Where
controlling interests  are  not  held  by  these  affiliated  Participants,  the
entities  are  accounted for  as investments  in noncombined  entities utilizing
equity accounting. Although the affiliated Participants own a 77.5% interest  in
5000  Spring Associates Tenancy in Common they  do not have the unilateral right
to refinance the debt on the property. As a result, the affiliated  Participants
have accounted for this investment utilizing equity accounting.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PREDECESSORS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              ENTITY NAME                          PROPERTY NAME                    CITY         ACQUISITION DATE
- ---------------------------------------  ----------------------------------  ------------------  ----------------
<S>                                      <C>                                 <C>                 <C>
COMBINED ENTITIES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arden Realty Group, Inc., a California
 corporation                             Operating Management Company                --                 --
Century Center Tenancy in Common         Century Park Center                 Los Angeles         March 1993
1950 Sawtelle Associates, L.P.           1950 Sawtelle                       Los Angeles         June 1995
Arden LAOP IV, LLC                       70 South Lake                       Pasadena            November 1995
                                         New Wilshire                        Los Angeles         November 1995
                                         Calabasas Commerce Center           Calabasas           November 1995
                                         Westwood Terrace                    Los Angeles         November 1995
                                         Skyview Center                      Los Angeles         November 1995
                                         5601 Lindero Canyon                 Westlake Village    March 1994
                                         4811 Airport Plaza Drive            Long Beach          November 1995
                                         4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive         Long Beach          November 1995
Arden LAOP V, LLC (Note 8)               5832 Bolsa                          Huntington Beach    February 1996
                                         400 Corporate Pointe                Culver City         February 1996
                                         9665 Wilshire                       Beverly Hills       February 1996
                                         Imperial Bank Tower                 San Diego           February 1996
Arden Broadway Associates, LLC           100 West Broadway                   Long Beach          July 1996
INVESTMENTS IN NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beverly Ventura Associates, L.P.         Beverly Atrium                      Beverly Hills       December 1993
                                         Woodland Hills Financial            Woodland Hills      December 1993
Bristol Encino Associates, LLC           Bristol Plaza                       Culver City         August 1994
                                         16000 Ventura Blvd.                 Encino              March 1995
222 Harbor Associates, LLC               Anaheim City Centre                 Anaheim             November 1994
                                         425 West Broadway                   Glendale            December 1994
5000 Spring Associates Tenancy in
 Common                                  5000 East Spring                    Long Beach          December 1994
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PREDECESSORS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              ENTITY NAME                          PROPERTY NAME                    CITY         ACQUISITION DATE
- ---------------------------------------  ----------------------------------  ------------------  ----------------
REIT ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                                 <C>                 <C>
- --                                       303 Glenoaks Blvd.                  Burbank             To be acquired
- --                                       12501 East Imperial Highway         Norwalk             To be acquired
</TABLE>
 
    All  significant balances  and transactions  between the  Arden Predecessors
have been eliminated in the combined financial statements.
 
PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Concurrently with  the consummation  of an  initial public  offering of  the
REIT's Common Stock (the "Offering"), which is expected to be completed in 1996,
the  REIT and a newly formed  limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"),
together with the  Participants will  engage in  certain formation  transactions
(the  "Formation Transactions"). The Formation  Transactions are designed to (i)
enable the REIT  to raise the  necessary capital to  acquire the Properties  and
repay  certain mortgage debt relating thereto, (ii) provide a vehicle for future
acquisitions, (iii) enable the  REIT to comply  with certain requirements  under
the  federal income tax laws and  regulations relating to real estate investment
trusts, (iv)  facilitate  potential  securitized  mortgage  financings  and  (v)
preserve certain tax advantages for certain Participants.
 
    The  operations  of  the  REIT  will be  carried  on  primarily  through the
Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries in  order to assist the REIT and  the
Participants in forming the REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
 
    The  REIT will be the sole general  partner in the Operating Partnership and
the Participants will  transfer their  property and operating  interests in  the
Arden  Predecessors  in  exchange  for  limited  partnership  interests  in  the
Operating Partnership and/or cash.
 
    The transfer of  the properties  and operating interests  of Messrs.  Ziman,
Coleman,  Gilbert and their affiliates to  the Operating Partnership for cash or
ownership units  in the  Operating  Partnership will  be  accounted for  at  the
historical  cost  of their  interests  in the  Arden  Predecessors similar  to a
pooling of interests. All  transfers by nonaffiliates will  be accounted for  at
the fair value of the ownership units issued and/or cash consideration paid.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with generally
accepted accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES AND FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
 
    The properties are  recorded at cost  less accumulated depreciation.  During
1995, the Arden Predecessors adopted the new accounting pronouncement, Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  121,  "Accounting  for  the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  and for Long-Lived Assets  to be Disposed  of."
Under this standard, if impairment conditions exist, the Arden Predecessors make
an assessment of the recoverability of the carrying amounts of the properties by
estimating  the future undiscounted  cash flows, excluding  interest charges. If
the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  aggregate  future  cash  flows,  the  Arden
Predecessors  would  recognize an  impairment loss  to  the extent  the carrying
amount exceeds the fair value of
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
the property.  Any long-lived  assets to  be disposed  of are  to be  valued  at
estimated  fair value less costs to sell. Based on such periodic assessments, no
impairments have been determined and, therefore, no real estate carrying amounts
have been adjusted.
 
    Repairs  and  maintenance  are   expensed  as  incurred.  Replacements   and
betterments  in  excess  of  $500 are  capitalized  and  depreciated  over their
estimated useful lives.
 
    Depreciation is calculated  using the  straight-line method  and forty  year
lives  for buildings and ten year  lives for building improvements. Amortization
of tenant improvements  is calculated  using the straight-line  method over  the
estimated term of the related lease.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash   equivalents  consist  of  highly  liquid  investments  with  original
maturities of three months or less when acquired.
 
RESTRICTED CASH
 
    Restricted cash  consists  of cash  held  as collateral  to  provide  credit
enhancement  for certain  mortgage loans payable  and cash  reserves for capital
expenditures, tenant  improvements, security  deposits and  property taxes.  All
restricted  cash is  controlled directly or  indirectly by  the related mortgage
lenders.
 
PREPAID COSTS
 
    Prepaid leasing costs are amortized on  a straight-line basis over the  term
of the related lease.
 
    Fees  and costs incurred in obtaining long-term financing are amortized over
the terms of the related loan agreements.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Minimum rent, including  rental abatements and  contractual fixed  increases
attributable  to operating leases,  is recognized on  a straight-line basis over
the term of the related  lease. Amounts expected to  be received in later  years
are  included in deferred rents. Property operating cost reimbursements due from
tenants for common  area maintenance,  real estate taxes  and other  recoverable
costs are recognized in the period the expenses are incurred.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   
    The  mortgage loans payable  of the Arden  Predecessors consist primarily of
mortgage loans with loan to value ratios in excess of conforming loans generally
offered by financial institutions. The loans provide for variable indexed  rates
and,   in  most  cases,   significant  additional  interest   due  at  maturity.
Accordingly, management believes it  is not practical  to determine fair  values
due  to  the  lack  of  availability of  current  market  information  on terms,
including information  on appropriate  discount rates  for computing  discounted
cash  flows, of  similar financial  instruments. Other  than the  mortgage loans
payable, the Arden Predecessors believe the carrying amounts of their  financial
instruments approximate their fair values.
    
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The  combined and noncombined  entities that make  up the Arden Predecessors
consist  of  a  Subchapter  S  corporation,  limited  liability  companies   and
partnerships.  Taxable income  is recorded  on the  separate tax  returns of the
membership unit holders and individual  partners and, accordingly, no  provision
for income taxes has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.
 
PER SHARE DATA
 
    Per  share data  is not relevant  since the Arden  Predecessors represents a
presentation of the operations of a group of companies and partnerships.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED INTERIM STATEMENTS
 
    The combined financial statements as of June 30, 1996 and for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 are  unaudited. In the opinion of management,  such
financial  statements reflect all adjustments  necessary for a fair presentation
of the results of the respective interim periods. All such adjustments are of  a
normal, recurring nature.
 
3.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
    The  commercial  office properties  were  acquired from  nonaffiliated third
parties and  consist of  office  buildings and  related parking  facilities,  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ---------------------
                                                                            1995       1994
                                                                         ----------  ---------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>
Land...................................................................  $   24,216  $   9,789
Buildings..............................................................     125,252     23,313
Building improvements..................................................      12,896      1,358
Tenant improvements....................................................       1,806      2,047
                                                                         ----------  ---------
                                                                            164,170     36,507
Accumulated depreciation...............................................      (3,296)    (1,530)
                                                                         ----------  ---------
                                                                         $  160,874  $  34,997
                                                                         ----------  ---------
                                                                         ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Arden Predecessors capitalize  interest and taxes  related to buildings
under construction and renovation, including tenant improvements, to the  extent
such  assets qualify for capitalization.  Total interest capitalized was $8,000,
$265,000, and $319,000  for the years  ended December 31,  1995, 1994 and  1993,
respectively.
 
    All commercial office properties are encumbered by mortgages (Note 5).
 
    Office  space in the  properties is generally leased  to tenants under lease
terms which provide for the tenants  to pay for increases in operating  expenses
in excess of specified amounts.
 
    Noncancelable  operating leases with tenants expire on various dates through
2011. The future minimum lease payments to be received under leases existing  as
of December 31, 1995, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
1996...................................................  $41,928,000
1997...................................................  37,636,000
1998...................................................  31,743,000
1999...................................................  28,054,000
2000...................................................  23,069,000
Thereafter.............................................  64,872,000
</TABLE>
 
    The  above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    The Arden Predecessors lease  the land underlying  the office buildings  and
parking  structures of 4811 Airport Plaza  Drive and 4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive
from the city of Long Beach.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
3.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES (CONTINUED)
   
    Future minimum  ground  lease payments  due  under existing  ground  leases,
including  properties acquired subsequent to December  31, 1995 (Note 8), are as
follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
1996...................................................  $1,294,000
1997...................................................   1,297,000
1998...................................................   1,297,000
1999...................................................   1,340,000
2000...................................................     942,000
Thereafter.............................................  60,307,000
</TABLE>
 
4.  INVESTMENTS IN NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
    The following are  the Arden Predecessors'  investments in various  entities
which  own commercial office properties in which Messrs. Ziman, Coleman, Gilbert
and  their  affiliates  do  not  own  controlling  financial  interests.   These
investments  are accounted for utilizing the  equity method of accounting. Under
such accounting method, the net equity  investment of the Arden Predecessors  is
reflected  on  the  combined  balance sheets,  and  the  combined  statements of
operations include the Arden Predecessors' share of net income or loss from  the
entities. The Arden Predecessors' stated ownership interest in each entity is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             ARDEN PREDECESSORS'
ENTITY                                                                           OWNERSHIP %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>
Bristol Encino Associates, LLC............................................            20.9%
222 Harbor Associates, LLC................................................            26.3%
Beverly Ventura Associates, L.P...........................................            50.0%
5000 Spring Associates Tenancy in Common..................................            77.5%
</TABLE>
 
    Condensed  combined balance  sheets and  operating information  is presented
below for all noncombined entities.
 
           CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS OF NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1995       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                                1996
                                                             -----------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>        <C>
Assets:
  Commercial office properties, net........................   $  91,555   $  91,208  $  71,158
  Other assets.............................................       6,273       7,220      3,389
                                                             -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total assets...........................................   $  97,828   $  98,428  $  74,547
                                                             -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                             -----------  ---------  ---------
Liabilities and owners' equity:
  Mortgage loans payable...................................   $  86,420   $  85,545  $  61,487
  Other liabilities........................................       2,506       3,248      1,445
  Arden Predecessors' equity...............................       3,069       3,163      7,583
  Other owners' equity.....................................       5,833       6,472      4,032
                                                             -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities and owners' equity...................   $  97,828   $  98,428  $  74,547
                                                             -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                             -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4.  INVESTMENTS IN NONCOMBINED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)
      CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS OF NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                      JUNE 30,            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                  1996       1995       1995       1994       1993
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenue.......................................  $   8,985  $   8,355  $  17,720  $   7,736  $     132
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Expenses:
  Property operating expenses.................      3,728      3,369      7,758      3,331         36
  Interest....................................      4,317      3,777      8,243      3,436         26
  Depreciation and amortization...............      1,673      1,257      2,475      1,041         30
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses............................      9,718      8,403     18,476      7,808         92
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net (loss) income.........................  $    (733) $     (48) $    (756) $     (72) $      40
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The significant accounting  policies used  by the  noncombined entities  are
similar to those used by the Arden Predecessors.
 
COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES OF NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
 
    The  commercial office  properties consist  of office  buildings and related
parking facilities, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1995       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Land....................................................................  $  16,229  $  12,709
Buildings...............................................................     73,416     58,546
Building Improvements...................................................      1,960         10
Tenant Improvements.....................................................      2,957        939
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             94,562     72,204
Accumulated Depreciation................................................     (3,354)    (1,046)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $  91,208  $  71,158
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
MORTGAGE LOANS PAYABLE OF NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                ----------------------------
                                                                                    1995           1994
                                                                                -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS DUE TO MORTGAGE BANKERS
Two  mortgage  loans,  dated  December   23,  1993,  secured  by  two   cross-
collateralized  first trust  deeds on real  property, bearing  interest at the
lender's composite commercial rate, which was 5.53% at December 31, 1995, plus
a margin  of 3.25%.  Interest  only payments  are  due monthly  and  principal
payments  are due periodically based on a portion of operating cash flows from
the property. Unpaid principal and interest of $22,283,000 is due on  December
31, 1998. The remaining balance of $15,571,000 is due on December 31, 2000.     $  37,854,000  $  36,747,000
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4.  INVESTMENTS IN NONCOMBINED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                ----------------------------
                                                                                    1995           1994
                                                                                -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS DUE TO BANKS
Two  mortgage loans, dated March 15, 1995, secured by two cross-collateralized
first trust  deeds on  real property,  bearing interest  at LIBOR  plus  4.5%.
Interest  only payments are due monthly, and all principal and interest is due
on March  15,  1997. This  loan  has  an additional  interest  requirement  of
$434,000  or approximately  2.0% of the  principal balance to  be deferred and
paid at maturity. At December 31, 1995, the borrower had recorded $172,000  of
additional  interest, resulting  in an effective  interest rate  of 11.5%. The
borrower is required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined  in
the Loan Agreement, of 1.20:1.0.                                                   22,351,000       --
A  mortgage loan,  dated December  23, 1994,  secured by  a first  trust deed,
$12.09 million  of the  balance bearing  interest  at LIBOR  plus 3.75%  or  a
periodic  fixed rate,  the remaining $2.79  million bearing  interest at LIBOR
plus 4.0%  at the  option of  the  borrower. Interest  only payments  are  due
monthly,  and the  principal and  all unpaid interest  is due  on December 23,
1997.                                                                              14,880,000     14,880,000
A mortgage  loan, dated  December 14,  1994, secured  by a  first trust  deed,
bearing  interest at  the Eleventh District  Monthly Weighted  Average Cost of
Funds Rate, as  calculated by  the Federal Home  Loan Bank  of San  Francisco,
which  was 5.059% at December 31, 1995, plus 3.75%. Interest only payments are
due monthly, and principal and all unpaid interest are due on January 1, 2005.     10,460,000      9,860,000
                                                                                -------------  -------------
    Total Mortgage Loans Payable                                                $  85,545,000  $  61,487,000
                                                                                -------------  -------------
                                                                                -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
5.  MORTGAGE LOANS PAYABLE AND UNSECURED LINES OF CREDIT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                                    1995           1994
                                                                               --------------  -------------
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS DUE TO LEHMAN CAPITAL, A DIVISION OF LEHMAN BROTHERS  HOLDINGS
INC. (LEHMAN)
A  mortgage loan, dated November 20, 1995, secured by seven first trust deeds
and one second trust deed on real property, bearing interest at LIBOR (with a
floor on LIBOR  of 5.5%) plus  3.0%. Interest  only payments are  to be  made
monthly  and all principal and  unpaid interest is due  on November 20, 1998.
The loan agreement provides for additional  interest to be deferred and  paid
at  maturity in the amount of  $10,560,000 (Tier I Additional Interest) which
increases the day after each of the first and second anniversary dates of the
loan by $2,640,000, or 2% of the original principal balance (Tier II and Tier
III Additional  Interest,  respectively). At  December  31, 1995,  the  Arden
Predecessors  had recorded $586,000  of additional interest,  resulting in an
effective interest  rate  of  approximately 11.3%.  Effective  on  the  first
anniversary date of the loan, the Arden Predecessors are required to maintain
a debt service coverage ratio of 1.25:1.0.                                     $  132,000,000  $   6,741,000
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
5.  MORTGAGE LOANS PAYABLE AND UNSECURED LINES OF CREDIT (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                                    1995           1994
                                                                               --------------  -------------
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>
A  mortgage loan, dated June 13, 1995, secured  by a first trust deed on real
property, bearing interest at LIBOR plus 4.5%. Interest only payments are due
monthly and all principal and  unpaid interest is due  on June 13, 1997.  The
loan  agreement provides for additional interest of $1,100,000 to be deferred
and repaid at maturity (Tier I Additional Interest). If the loan is  extended
for  an  additional  twelve months,  the  Arden  Predecessors are  to  pay an
additional interest amount of $600,000  (Tier II Additional Interest). As  of
December 31, 1995, the Arden Predecessors had recorded $298,000 of additional
interest,  resulting in an effective interest rate of 15.6%. Effective on the
first anniversary date of  the loan, the Arden  Predecessors are required  to
maintain a debt service coverage ratio 1.15:1.0.                                   10,200,000       --
 
MORTGAGE LOANS DUE TO BANKS
A  mortgage loan, dated March 1, 1993, secured  by a first trust deed on real
property, bearing interest, at the Arden Predecessor's option, at LIBOR  plus
a margin of 1.0%, the treasury rate plus a margin of 1.75%, or the Prime Rate
plus  0.25%.  Interest only  payments are  due  monthly. Monthly  payments of
principal begin March 1, 1996. The mortgage loan matures March 1, 2003.            25,438,000     25,455,000
                                                                               --------------  -------------
    Total mortgage loans payable                                               $  167,638,000  $  32,196,000
                                                                               --------------  -------------
                                                                               --------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The LIBOR rate was 5.72% at December 31, 1995.
 
    One mortgage loan provides  for additional funds to  be drawn for  qualified
and  approved tenant improvements, leasing commissions and capital improvements.
The amount of funds available for disbursement from this lending institution  is
$3,500,000.  As of December 31,  1995, total funds drawn  for these purposes was
$2,713,000, and the undisbursed portion was $787,000.
 
    The Arden Predecessors have  three unsecured lines of  credit, with a  total
commitment  of $2,713,000,  from two  domestic banks.  The aggregate outstanding
balance was $813,000  at December  31, 1995. The  lines accrue  interest at  the
Prime Rate. The undisbursed portion at December 31, 1995 was $1,900,000.
 
    As  of December 31, 1995, the  scheduled principal payments for the mortgage
loans payable and unsecured lines of credit are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
1996                                                    $ 1,490,000
1997..................................................   10,975,000
1998..................................................  132,836,000
1999..................................................      901,000
2000..................................................      734,000
Thereafter............................................   21,515,000
                                                        -----------
                                                        $168,451,000
                                                        -----------
                                                        -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    The Arden Predecessors maintain their cash and cash equivalents at financial
institutions. The  combined account  balances at  each institution  periodically
exceed  FDIC insurance coverage, and,  as a result, there  is a concentration of
credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance  coverage.
Management of the Arden Predecessors believes that the risk is not significant.
 
OFFICE RENT EXPENSE
 
    The  Arden Predecessors  lease office space  for its  corporate offices. The
future minimum rental payments due under the terms of the lease are $123,000 for
each of the next  four years and  $62,000 in the final  year. The lease  expires
June 30, 2000. The Arden Predecessors have the right to renew the lease for two,
one-year terms prior to expiration of the initial lease term.
 
LITIGATION
 
    Management  of  the  Arden  Predecessors  does  not  believe  there  is  any
litigation  threatened  against  the  Arden  Predecessors  other  than   routine
litigation  arising out  of the  ordinary course of  business, some  of which is
expected to be covered by liability insurance  and all of which is not  expected
to  have a material adverse  effect on the combined  financial statements of the
Arden Predecessors.
 
   
7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
    Included in  other  income are  management  fees of  $95,000,  $213,000  and
$137,000  for  1995,  1994,  and  1993,  respectively,  from  various affiliated
partnerships.
 
    Included in accounts receivable are $28,000, $58,000 and $56,000 at December
31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively, from various affiliated partnerships.
 
   
8.  PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS
    
    Subsequent to December 31, 1995, the Arden Predecessors purchased additional
properties from nonaffiliated third parties  for an aggregate purchase price  of
$94,665,000. The Participants incurred $100,000,000 of debt from an affiliate of
Lehman Brothers, Inc. as a result of financing the purchase, of which $5,335,000
was  retained in a restricted  cash account to be  used for tenant improvements,
capital improvements and leasing commissions.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                               ARDEN PREDECESSORS
                                  SCHEDULE III
           COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SQUARE FOOT DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            COSTS
                                                                                         CAPTIALIZED
                                                                 INITIAL COSTS          SUBSEQUENT TO          TOTAL COSTS
                                                            ------------------------     ACQUISITION     ------------------------
                                                  SQUARE               BUILDINGS AND  -----------------             BUILDINGS AND
COMBINED ENTITIES                                 FOOTAGE     LAND     IMPROVEMENTS   IMPROVEMENTS (4)     LAND     IMPROVEMENTS
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -----------------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>                <C>        <C>
PROPERTY NAME
- -----------------------------------------------
Century Park Center............................    243,404  $   7,189    $  16,742        $   4,472      $   7,189    $  21,214
1950 Sawtelle..................................    103,772      1,988        7,263              107          1,988        7,370
70 South Lake..................................    100,133      1,360        9,097           --              1,360        9,097
New Wilshire...................................    202,704      1,200       19,902                4          1,200       19,906
Calabasas Commerce Center......................    123,121      1,262        9,725           --              1,262        9,725
Westwood Terrace...............................    135,943      2,103       16,850               37          2,103       16,887
Skyview Center.................................    391,675      6,514       33,701           --              6,514       33,701
5601 Lindero Canyon............................    105,830      2,600        6,067            1,535          2,600        7,602
4811 Airport Plaza Drive and 4900/10 Airport
 Plaza Drive...................................    272,013     --           14,452           --             --           14,452
                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------        -------      ---------  -------------
                                                 1,678,595  $  24,216    $ 133,799        $   6,155      $  24,216    $ 139,954
                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------        -------      ---------  -------------
                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------        -------      ---------  -------------
NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
- -----------------------------------------------
PROPERTY NAME
- -----------------------------------------------
Beverly Atrium.................................     61,314  $   4,127    $  11,513        $     600      $   4,127    $  12,113
Woodland Hills Financial.......................    224,955      6,566       14,754            1,715          6,566       16,469
Bristol Plaza..................................     84,014      1,820        3,380              185          1,820        3,565
16000 Ventura Blvd.............................    174,841      1,700       17,189              571          1,700       17,760
Anaheim City Centre............................    175,391        515       11,199              240            515       11,439
425 West Broadway..............................     71,589      1,500        4,436              187          1,500        4,623
5000 East Spring...............................    163,358     --           11,658              707         --           12,365
                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------        -------      ---------  -------------
                                                   955,462  $  16,228    $  74,129        $   4,205      $  16,228    $  78,334
                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------        -------      ---------  -------------
                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------        -------      ---------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                               ACCUMULATED                       YEAR
COMBINED ENTITIES                                  TOTAL    DEPRECIATION (1)   ENCUMBRANCES      BUILT
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------------  -------------     -----
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                <C>            <C>
PROPERTY NAME
- -----------------------------------------------
Century Park Center............................  $  28,403      $   2,357        $  25,438          1972
1950 Sawtelle..................................      9,358            131           10,200          1988
70 South Lake..................................     10,457             33           11,000(3)       1982
New Wilshire...................................     21,106             72           22,000(3)       1989
Calabasas Commerce Center......................     10,987             42           11,800(3)       1990
Westwood Terrace...............................     18,990             67           21,000(3)       1988
Skyview Center.................................     40,215            128           41,200(3)       1981
5601 Lindero Canyon............................     10,202            427           10,400(3)       1989
4811 Airport Plaza Drive and 4900/10 Airport
 Plaza Drive...................................     14,452             39           14,600(3)       1987
                                                 ---------         ------      -------------
                                                 $ 164,170      $   3,296        $ 167,638
                                                 ---------         ------      -------------
                                                 ---------         ------      -------------
NONCOMBINED ENTITIES
- -----------------------------------------------
PROPERTY NAME
- -----------------------------------------------
Beverly Atrium.................................  $  16,240      $     790        $  15,570(2)       1989
Woodland Hills Financial.......................     23,035          1,177           22,284(2)       1972
Bristol Plaza..................................      5,385            114            5,200          1982
16000 Ventura Blvd.............................     19,460            313           17,151          1980
Anaheim City Centre............................     11,954            437            9,880          1986
425 West Broadway..............................      6,123            163            5,000          1984
5000 East Spring...............................     12,365            360           10,460          1989
                                                 ---------         ------      -------------
                                                 $  94,562      $   3,354        $  85,545
                                                 ---------         ------      -------------
                                                 ---------         ------      -------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) The depreciable life for buildings and improvements ranges from ten to forty
    years.
 
(2) Each of these properties is collateral for both loans.
 
(3) All  of  these  properties  are collateral  for  a  mortgage  loan  totaling
    $132,000,000.  The encumbrance allocated to  an individual property is based
    on the related individual release price.
 
(4) Includes total capitalized interest of $628,000.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
    A   summary  of  activity  of  combined  commercial  office  properties  and
accumulated depreciation is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
                                                                        --------------------------------
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------
                                                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of period........................................  $   36,507  $  25,885  $  --
Improvements..........................................................       2,245      1,955      1,954
Acquisition of land, building and improvements........................     125,418      8,667     23,931
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ---------
Balance at end of period..............................................  $  164,170  $  36,507  $  25,885
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                            ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
                                                                        --------------------------------
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------
                                                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of period...............................................  $   1,530  $     481  $  --
Depreciation expense.........................................................      1,766      1,049        481
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance at end of period.....................................................  $   3,296  $   1,530  $     481
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Board of Directors
   
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
    We have audited the accompanying  statement of revenue and certain  expenses
of  16000  Ventura  for the  period  January 1,  1995  to March  15,  1995. This
statement  of  revenue  and  certain  expenses  is  the  responsibility  of  the
management  of 16000 Ventura. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses
is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test  basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the financial statement. An
audit also includes  assessing the  accounting principles  used and  significant
estimates  made  by  management, as  well  as evaluating  the  overall financial
statement presentation. We believe  that our audit  provides a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.
 
   
    The  accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for
the purpose of complying  with the rules and  regulations of the Securities  and
Exchange  Commission for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of
Arden Realty, Inc.  Certain expenses  (described in Note  1) that  would not  be
comparable  to  those  resulting  from the  proposed  future  operations  of the
property are  excluded  and the  statement  is not  intended  to be  a  complete
presentation of the revenue and expenses of the property.
    
 
    In  our  opinion, the  statement of  revenue  and certain  expenses presents
fairly, in all material respects, the  revenue and certain expenses, as  defined
above, of 16000 Ventura for the period January 1, 1995 to March 15, 1995.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
April 10, 1996
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                                 16000 VENTURA
                   STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO MARCH 15, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
REVENUE:
  Rental.............................................................................  $     674
  Tenant reimbursements..............................................................         24
  Parking............................................................................         36
  Other..............................................................................          7
                                                                                       ---------
    Total revenue....................................................................        741
                                                                                       ---------
CERTAIN EXPENSES:
  Property operating and maintenance.................................................        192
  Real estate taxes..................................................................         77
                                                                                       ---------
    Total certain expenses...........................................................        269
                                                                                       ---------
      Excess of revenue over certain expenses........................................  $     472
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
      See accompanying notes to statement of revenue and certain expenses.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                                 16000 VENTURA
 
               NOTES TO STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
 
                FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO MARCH 15, 1995
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
    The  accompanying  statement of  revenue and  certain expenses  includes the
operations of 16000 Ventura,  a 174,841 square  foot commercial office  property
located  in Encino,  California. 16000  Ventura was  acquired by  Bristol Encino
Associates, LLC  on  March  15,  1995  for  $18,889,000.  Substantial  ownership
interests in the entity that owns the property are held by Richard Ziman, Victor
Coleman,  Arthur  Gilbert, and  related individuals  and entities  controlled by
them, (the  "Arden  Predecessors"). The  Arden  Predecessors, along  with  other
unrelated   parties  which  collectively   represent  the  "Participants"  will,
concurrently  with  a  proposed  public   offering,  enter  into  a  series   of
transactions  with Arden  Realty, Inc., a  Maryland corporation, to  form a real
estate investment trust (the "REIT") to continue and expand the business of  the
Arden  Predecessors. 16000 Ventura has been managed by Arden Realty Group, Inc.,
a California corporation, since its acquisition by the Arden Predecessors. 16000
Ventura was purchased from a nonaffiliated third party.
    
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The accompanying  statement  was  prepared  to comply  with  the  rules  and
regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for inclusion  in the
registration  statement  on  Form  S-11  of  Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a   Maryland
corporation (the "Company").
    
 
    The  accompanying statement is  not representative of  the actual operations
for the period presented as certain expenses  that may not be comparable to  the
expenses  expected to  be incurred  by the Company  in the  future operations of
16000 Ventura  have  been  excluded.  Excluded  expenses  consist  of  interest,
depreciation  and amortization and property general and administrative costs not
directly comparable to the future operations of the 16000 Ventura.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of  the
related leases.
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amount  of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
    The future minimum lease  payments to be  received under existing  operating
leases as of March 15, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
1996............................................................  $2,790,000
1997............................................................  2,132,000
1998............................................................  1,275,000
1999............................................................    602,000
2000............................................................    282,000
Thereafter......................................................     --
</TABLE>
 
    The  above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    Office space in  16000 Ventura is  generally leased to  tenants under  lease
terms  which provide for the tenants to  pay for increases in operating expenses
in excess of specified amounts.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Board of Directors
   
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
    We  have audited the accompanying statement  of revenue and certain expenses
of 1950 Sawtelle for the period January 1, 1995 to June 14, 1995. This statement
of revenue and certain expenses is the responsibility of the management of  1950
Sawtelle.  Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion  on the  statement of
revenue and certain expenses based on our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses
is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test  basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the financial statement. An
audit also includes  assessing the  accounting principles  used and  significant
estimates  made  by  management, as  well  as evaluating  the  overall financial
statement presentation. We believe  that our audit  provides a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.
 
   
    The  accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for
the purpose of complying  with the rules and  regulations of the Securities  and
Exchange  Commission for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of
Arden Realty, Inc.  Certain expenses  (described in Note  1) that  would not  be
comparable  to  those  resulting  from the  proposed  future  operations  of the
property are  excluded  and the  statement  is not  intended  to be  a  complete
presentation of the revenue and expenses of the property.
    
 
    In  our  opinion, the  statement of  revenue  and certain  expenses presents
fairly, in all material respects, the  revenue and certain expenses, as  defined
above, of 1950 Sawtelle for the period January 1, 1995 to June 14, 1995.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
April 10, 1996
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                                 1950 SAWTELLE
                   STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO JUNE 14, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
REVENUE:
  Rental.............................................................................  $     847
  Tenant reimbursements..............................................................         33
  Parking............................................................................         68
                                                                                       ---------
    Total revenue....................................................................        948
                                                                                       ---------
CERTAIN EXPENSES:
  Property operating and maintenance.................................................        204
  Real estate taxes..................................................................         83
                                                                                       ---------
    Total certain expenses...........................................................        287
                                                                                       ---------
      Excess of revenue over certain expenses........................................  $     661
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
      See accompanying notes to statement of revenue and certain expenses.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                 1950 SAWTELLE
 
               NOTES TO STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
 
                FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO JUNE 14, 1995
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
    The  accompanying  statement of  revenue and  certain expenses  includes the
operations of 1950 Sawtelle,  a 103,772 square  foot commercial office  property
located  in Los Angeles, California. 1950 Sawtelle was acquired by 1950 Sawtelle
Associates,  L.P.  on  June  14,  1995  for  $9,251,000.  Substantial  ownership
interests in the entity that owns the property are held by Richard Ziman, Victor
Coleman, and related individuals and entities controlled by them (the "Owners").
The  Owners of this property and other affiliates (the "Arden Predecessors") and
other unrelated parties, which collectively represent the "Participants,"  will,
concurrently   with  a  proposed  public  offering,   enter  into  a  series  of
transactions with Arden  Realty, Inc., a  Maryland corporation, to  form a  real
estate  investment trust (the "REIT") to continue and expand the business of the
Arden Predecessors. 1950 Sawtelle has been managed by Arden Realty Group,  Inc.,
a  California corporation, since its acquisition by the Arden Predecessors. 1950
Sawtelle was purchased from a nonaffiliated third party.
    
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The accompanying  statement  was  prepared  to comply  with  the  rules  and
regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for inclusion  in the
registration  statement  on  Form  S-11  of  Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a   Maryland
corporation (the "Company").
    
 
    The  accompanying statement is  not representative of  the actual operations
for the period presented as certain expenses  that may not be comparable to  the
expenses expected to be incurred by the Company in the future operations of 1950
Sawtelle have been excluded. Excluded expenses consist of interest, depreciation
and  amortization  and property  general and  administrative costs  not directly
comparable to the future operations of the 1950 Sawtelle.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of  the
related leases.
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amount  of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
    The future minimum lease  payments to be  received under existing  operating
leases as of June 14, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
1996............................................................  $1,568,000
1997............................................................  1,338,000
1998............................................................    610,000
1999............................................................    173,000
2000............................................................    110,000
Thereafter......................................................    136,000
</TABLE>
 
    The  above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    Office space in  1950 Sawtelle is  generally leased to  tenants under  lease
terms  which provide for the tenants to  pay for increases in operating expenses
in excess of specified amounts.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
    We have audited the accompanying  combined statement of revenue and  certain
expenses  of Westwood  Terrace, Skyview Center,  4811 and  4900/10 Airport Plaza
Drive and New Wilshire  for the period  December 1, 1994  to November 22,  1995.
This combined statement of revenue and certain expenses is the responsibility of
the  management of  Westwood Terrace, Skyview  Center, 4811  and 4900/10 Airport
Plaza Drive and New Wilshire. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
combined statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined statement of revenue and certain
expenses is free  of material misstatement.  An audit includes  examining, on  a
test  basis, evidence  supporting the amounts  and disclosures  in the financial
statement. An audit also includes  assessing the accounting principles used  and
significant  estimates made  by management,  as well  as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides   a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
    The  accompanying  combined statement  of revenue  and certain  expenses was
prepared for  the purpose  of complying  with the  rulesand regulations  of  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission for  inclusion in the registration statement
on Form S-11 of Arden Realty, Inc.  Certain expenses (described in Note 1)  that
would  not be comparable to those  resulting from the proposed future operations
of the  properties are  excluded  and the  statement is  not  intended to  be  a
complete presentation of the revenue and expenses of the properties.
    
 
    In  our  opinion, the  combined statement  of  revenue and  certain expenses
presents fairly,  in all  material respects,  the combined  revenue and  certain
expenses,  as  defined  above, of  Westwood  Terrace, Skyview  Center,  4811 and
4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive and New Wilshire for the period December 1, 1994  to
November 22, 1995.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
September 10, 1996
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                       WESTWOOD TERRACE, SKYVIEW CENTER,
                      4811 AND 4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
                                AND NEW WILSHIRE
 
               COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
              FOR THE PERIOD DECEMBER 1, 1994 TO NOVEMBER 22, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
REVENUE:
  Rental...........................................................................  $  12,675
  Tenant reimbursements............................................................        693
  Parking..........................................................................      2,162
  Other............................................................................        805
                                                                                     ---------
  Total revenue....................................................................     16,335
                                                                                     ---------
 
CERTAIN EXPENSES:
  Property operating and maintenance...............................................      4,208
  Real estate taxes................................................................      1,505
  Insurance........................................................................        416
  Ground rent......................................................................        169
  Bad debts........................................................................         66
  Other............................................................................        107
                                                                                     ---------
  Total certain expenses...........................................................      6,471
                                                                                     ---------
    Excess of revenue over certain expenses........................................  $   9,864
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
 See accompanying notes to combined statement of revenue and certain expenses.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                       WESTWOOD TERRACE, SKYVIEW CENTER,
                      4811 AND 4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
                                AND NEW WILSHIRE
 
          NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
 
              FOR THE PERIOD DECEMBER 1, 1994 TO NOVEMBER 22, 1995
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
    The accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses includes
the  operations  of  five  commercial  office  properties  located  in  Southern
California which were acquired by Arden LAOP  IV, LLC on November 22, 1995  from
nonaffiliated third parties. The ownership interests in the entity that owns the
properties are held by Richard Ziman, Victor Coleman, Arthur Gilbert and related
individuals  and  entities controlled  by them  (the "Arden  Predecessors"). The
Arden Predecessors,  along  with  other unrelated  parties,  which  collectively
represent   the  "Participants,"  will,  concurrently  with  a  proposed  public
offering, enter  into  a series  of  transactions  with Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a
Maryland  corporation, to  form a real  estate investment trust  (the "REIT") to
continue and  expand  the  business  of  the  Arden  Predecessors.  All  of  the
properties  have  been  managed  by  Arden  Realty  Group,  Inc.,  a  California
corporation, since acquisition by the Arden Predecessors.
    
 
    The properties are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SOUTHERN        APPROXIMATE
                          CALIFORNIA         RENTABLE                           ACQUISITION
   PROPERTY NAME           LOCATION       SQUARE FOOTAGE   ACQUISITION DATE        PRICE
- --------------------  ------------------  --------------  ------------------  ----------------
<S>                   <C>                 <C>             <C>                 <C>
Westwood Terrace      Los Angeles               135,943        November 1995   $   18,953,000
Skyview Center        Los Angeles               391,675        November 1995       40,215,000
4811 and 4900/10
Airport Plaza Dr.     Long Beach                272,013        November 1995       14,452,000
New Wilshire          Los Angeles               202,704        November 1995       21,102,000
                                          --------------                      ----------------
                                              1,002,335                        $   94,722,000
                                          --------------                      ----------------
                                          --------------                      ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The accompanying  statement  was  prepared  to comply  with  the  rules  and
regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for inclusion  in the
registration  statement  on  Form  S-11  of  Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a   Maryland
corporation  (the  "Company").  The  accompanying statement  was  prepared  on a
combined basis because the properties are all currently owned and managed by the
Arden Predecessors. There are no interproperty accounts to be eliminated.
    
 
    The accompanying statement  is not representative  of the actual  operations
for  the periods presented as certain expenses that may not be comparable to the
expenses expected to  be incurred  by the Company  in the  future operations  of
Westwood  Terrace, Skyview Center, 4811 and  4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive and New
Wilshire have been excluded. Excluded expenses consist of interest, depreciation
and amortization  and property  general and  administrative costs  not  directly
comparable  to the future  operations of Westwood  Terrace, Skyview Center, 4811
and 4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive and New Wilshire.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of  the
related leases.
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amount  of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                       WESTWOOD TERRACE, SKYVIEW CENTER,
                      4811 AND 4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
                                AND NEW WILSHIRE
 
   NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES -- (CONTINUED)
 
              FOR THE PERIOD DECEMBER 1, 1994 TO NOVEMBER 22, 1995
 
2.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
    The future  minimum  lease  payments  to  be  received  under  the  existing
operating leases as of November 22, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
1996...........................................................  $15,290,000
1997...........................................................  13,880,000
1998...........................................................  11,456,000
1999...........................................................   9,396,000
2000...........................................................   8,271,000
Thereafter.....................................................  24,817,000
</TABLE>
 
    The  above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    Office space in Westwood Terrace,  Skyview Center, 4811 and 4900/10  Airport
Plaza  Drive and New Wilshire  is generally leased to  tenants under lease terms
which provide for  the tenants  to pay for  increases in  operating expenses  in
excess of specified amounts.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
    We  have audited the accompanying combined  statement of revenue and certain
expenses of 70 South Lake and  Calabasas Commerce Center for the period  January
1,  1995 to November  22, 1995. This  combined statement of  revenue and certain
expenses is the responsibility of the management of 70 South Lake and  Calabasas
Commerce  Center. Our  responsibility is to  express an opinion  on the combined
statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined statement of revenue and certain
expenses is free  of material misstatement.  An audit includes  examining, on  a
test  basis, evidence  supporting the amounts  and disclosures  in the financial
statement. An audit also includes  assessing the accounting principles used  and
significant  estimates made  by management,  as well  as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides   a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
    The  accompanying  combined statement  of revenue  and certain  expenses was
prepared for the  purpose of  complying with the  rules and  regulations of  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission for  inclusion in the registration statement
on Form S-11 of Arden Realty, Inc.  Certain expenses (described in Note 1)  that
would  not be comparable to those  resulting from the proposed future operations
of the  properties are  excluded  and the  statement is  not  intended to  be  a
complete presentation of the revenue and expenses of the properties.
    
 
    In  our  opinion, the  combined statement  of  revenue and  certain expenses
presents fairly,  in all  material respects,  the combined  revenue and  certain
expenses,  as defined above, of 70 South  Lake and Calabasas Commerce Center for
the period January 1, 1995 to November 22, 1995.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
April 10, 1996
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                  70 SOUTH LAKE AND CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
               COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
              FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO NOVEMBER 22, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REVENUE:
<S>                                                                                   <C>
  Rental............................................................................  $   3,411
  Tenant reimbursements.............................................................        401
  Parking...........................................................................        150
  Other.............................................................................         77
                                                                                      ---------
  Total revenue.....................................................................      4,039
                                                                                      ---------
CERTAIN EXPENSES:
  Property operating and maintenance................................................        968
  Real estate taxes.................................................................        232
  Insurance.........................................................................         43
  Other.............................................................................         10
                                                                                      ---------
  Total certain expenses............................................................      1,253
                                                                                      ---------
    Excess of revenue over certain expenses.........................................  $   2,786
                                                                                      ---------
                                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
 See accompanying notes to combined statement of revenue and certain expenses.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                  70 SOUTH LAKE AND CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
          NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ORGANIZATION
 
   
    The accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses includes
the  operations  of  two  commercial  office  properties  located  in   Southern
California  which were acquired by Arden LAOP  IV, LLC on November 22, 1995. The
ownership interests in the entity that  owns the properties are held by  Richard
Ziman,  Victor  Coleman, Arthur  Gilbert  and related  individuals  and entities
controlled by them  (the "Arden  Predecessors"). The  Arden Predecessors,  along
with  other unrelated parties, which  collectively represent the "Participants,"
will, concurrently  with a  proposed public  offering, enter  into a  series  of
transactions  with Arden  Realty, Inc.  a Maryland  corporation, to  form a real
estate investment trust (the "REIT") to continue and expand the business of  the
Arden  Predecessors. All  of the  properties have  been managed  by Arden Realty
Group,  Inc.,  a  California  corporation,   since  acquisition  by  the   Arden
Predecessors. The properties were purchased from nonaffiliated third parties.
    
 
    The properties are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    APPROXIMATE
                                        SOUTHERN      RENTABLE
                                       CALIFORNIA      SQUARE                              ACQUISITION
            PROPERTY NAME               LOCATION      FOOTAGE        ACQUISITION DATE         PRICE
- -------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  ----------------------  -------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>           <C>                     <C>
70 South Lake........................  Pasadena         100,133        November 22, 1995  $  10,457,000
Calabasas Commerce Center............  Calabasas        123,121        November 22, 1995     10,987,000
                                                    ------------                          -------------
                                                        223,254                           $  21,444,000
                                                    ------------                          -------------
                                                    ------------                          -------------
</TABLE>
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The  accompanying  statement  was  prepared to  comply  with  the  rules and
regulations of  the Securities  and  Exchange Commission  for inclusion  in  the
registration   statement  on  Form  S-11  of  Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a  Maryland
corporation (the  "Company").  The  accompanying statement  was  prepared  on  a
combined basis because the properties are all currently owned and managed by the
Arden Predecessors. There are no interproperty accounts to be eliminated.
    
 
    The  accompanying statement is  not representative of  the actual operations
for the period presented as certain expenses  that may not be comparable to  the
expenses  expected to be incurred by the  Company in the future operations of 70
South Lake and Calabasas Commerce  Center have been excluded. Excluded  expenses
consist  of  interest, depreciation  and amortization  and property  general and
administrative costs  not directly  comparable to  the future  operations of  70
South Lake and Calabasas Commerce Center.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Rental  revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the
related leases.
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount  of revenue and expenses during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                  70 SOUTH LAKE AND CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
   NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES -- (CONTINUED)
 
2.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
    The  future minimum lease  payments to be  received under existing operating
leases as of November 22, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996.............................................................  3,150,000
<S>                                                                <C>
1997.............................................................  2,749,000
1998.............................................................  2,133,000
1999.............................................................  1,870,000
2000.............................................................    731,000
Thereafter.......................................................  1,968,000
</TABLE>
 
    The above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified  payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    Office  space in  70 South Lake  and Calabasas Commerce  Center is generally
leased to tenants under  lease terms which  provide for the  tenants to pay  for
increases in operating expenses in excess of specified amounts.
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
    We  have audited the accompanying combined  statement of revenue and certain
expenses of the 1996 Acquired Properties  for the year ended December 31,  1995.
This combined statement of revenue and certain expenses is the responsibility of
the management of the 1996 Acquired Properties. Our responsibility is to express
an  opinion on the combined  statement of revenue and  certain expenses based on
our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined statement of revenue and certain
expenses is free  of material misstatement.  An audit includes  examining, on  a
test  basis, evidence  supporting the amounts  and disclosures  in the financial
statement. An audit also includes  assessing the accounting principles used  and
significant  estimates made  by management,  as well  as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides   a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
    The  accompanying  combined statement  of revenue  and certain  expenses was
prepared for the  purpose of  complying with the  rules and  regulations of  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission for  inclusion in the registration statement
on Form S-11 of Arden Realty, Inc.  Certain expenses (described in Note 1)  that
would  not be comparable to those  resulting from the proposed future operations
of the  properties are  excluded  and the  statement is  not  intended to  be  a
complete presentation of the revenue and expenses of the properties.
    
 
    In  our  opinion, the  combined statement  of  revenue and  certain expenses
presents fairly,  in all  material respects,  the combined  revenue and  certain
expenses,  as defined above, of the 1996  Acquired Properties for the year ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
April 10, 1996
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                            1996 ACQUIRED PROPERTIES
 
              COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       FOR THE YEAR
                                                                                                          ENDED
                                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                           1995
                                                                                       FOR THE 1996    ------------
                                                                                      INTERIM PERIOD
                                                                                         PRIOR TO
                                                                                        ACQUISITION
                                                                                      ---------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                   <C>              <C>
REVENUE
  Rental............................................................................     $   3,923      $   19,391
  Tenant reimbursements.............................................................           258             961
  Parking...........................................................................           308           1,859
  Other.............................................................................           144             350
                                                                                            ------     ------------
    Total revenue...................................................................         4,633          22,561
                                                                                            ------     ------------
 
CERTAIN EXPENSES
  Property operating and maintenance................................................         1,065           5,401
  Real estate taxes.................................................................           151           1,753
  Insurance.........................................................................           135             521
  Ground rent.......................................................................           138           1,067
  Bad debts.........................................................................        --                 106
                                                                                            ------     ------------
    Total certain expenses..........................................................         1,489           8,848
                                                                                            ------     ------------
      Excess of revenue over certain expenses.......................................     $   3,144      $   13,713
                                                                                            ------     ------------
                                                                                            ------     ------------
</TABLE>
 
 See accompanying notes to combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                            1996 ACQUIRED PROPERTIES
 
          NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
    The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses include
the combined operations of five commercial office properties located in Southern
California which were  acquired in  1996 (the "1996  Acquired Properties")  from
nonaffiliated third parties by entities in which substantial interests are owned
by  Richard Ziman,  Victor Coleman, Arthur  Gilbert and  related individuals and
controlled by them (the "Arden Predecessors"). The properties were purchased for
cash utilizing  funds  from new  debt  financing.  Two of  the  properties  (400
Corporate  Pointe and 5832 Bolsa) were acquired  from a single seller. The Arden
Predecessors, along with other  unrelated parties, which collectively  represent
the  "Participants," will, concurrently  with a proposed  public offering, enter
into a series of transactions with  Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland  corporation,
to  form a real estate investment trust  (the "REIT") to continue and expand the
business of the Arden Predecessors. All  of the properties have been managed  by
Arden  Realty Group, Inc., a California  corporation, since their acquisition by
the Arden Predecessors.
    
 
    The 1996 Acquired Properties are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                APPROXIMATE
                                                  RENTABLE
                          SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA      SQUARE       ACQUISITION      ACQUISITION
     PROPERTY NAME              LOCATION          FOOTAGE           DATE            PRICE
- ------------------------  --------------------  ------------  ----------------  --------------
<S>                       <C>                   <C>           <C>               <C>
5832 Bolsa                Huntington Beach           49,355      February 1996  $    4,654,000
400 Corporate Pointe      Culver City               164,598      February 1996      21,206,000
9665 Wilshire             Beverly Hills             158,684      February 1996      29,331,000
Imperial Bank Tower       San Diego                 540,413      February 1996      39,474,000
100 Broadway              Long Beach                191,727       July 1, 1996      19,799,000
                                                ------------                    --------------
                                                  1,104,777                     $  114,464,000
                                                ------------                    --------------
                                                ------------                    --------------
</TABLE>
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The accompanying  statements were  prepared  to comply  with the  rules  and
regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for inclusion  in the
registration  statement  on  Form  S-11  of  Arden  Realty,  Inc.,  a   Maryland
corporation  (the  "Company"). The  accompanying statements  were prepared  on a
combined basis because the properties are controlled by the Arden  Predecessors.
There are no interproperty accounts to be eliminated.
    
 
    The  accompanying statements are not representative of the actual operations
for the periods presented as certain expenses that may not be comparable to  the
expenses  expected to be incurred by the Company in the future operations of the
1996 Acquired  Properties  have  been excluded.  Excluded  expenses  consist  of
interest,  depreciation and amortization and property general and administrative
costs not directly  comparable to  the future  operations of  the 1996  Acquired
Properties.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Rental  revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the
related leases.
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                            1996 ACQUIRED PROPERTIES
 
  NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES -- (CONTINUED)
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED INTERIM STATEMENT
 
    The  combined  interim  financial  statements for  the  1996  interim period
includes the revenue and certain expenses for the period prior to acquisition by
the Arden Predecessors. In the opinion of management, such financial  statements
reflect  all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the
respective interim  periods. All  such adjustments  are of  a normal,  recurring
nature.
 
2.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTIES
    The  future minimum lease  payments to be  received under existing operating
leases as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
1996...........................................  $19,849,000
1997...........................................  18,159,000
1998...........................................  16,405,000
1999...........................................  15,866,000
2000...........................................  14,204,000
Thereafter.....................................  34,774,000
</TABLE>
 
    The above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified  payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    Office  space in the 1996 Acquired Properties is generally leased to tenants
under lease  terms  which  provide for  the  tenants  to pay  for  increases  in
operating expenses in excess of specified amounts.
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
Arden Realty, Inc.
    
 
    We  have audited the accompanying combined  statement of revenue and certain
expenses of the  Acquisition Properties for  the year ended  December 31,  1995.
This combined statement of revenue and certain expenses is the responsibility of
the  management of the Acquisition Properties.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on the  combined statement of revenue  and certain expenses based  on
our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined statement of revenue and certain
expenses  is free  of material misstatement.  An audit includes  examining, on a
test basis, evidence  supporting the  amounts and disclosures  in the  financial
statement.  An audit also includes assessing  the accounting principles used and
significant estimates  made by  management, as  well as  evaluating the  overall
financial   statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
    The accompanying  combined statement  of revenue  and certain  expenses  was
prepared  for the  purpose of  complying with the  rules and  regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission for  inclusion in the registration  statement
on  Form S-11 of Arden Realty, Inc.  Certain expenses (described in Note 1) that
would not be comparable to those  resulting from the proposed future  operations
of  the  properties are  excluded  and the  statement is  not  intended to  be a
complete presentation of the revenue and expenses of the properties.
    
 
    In our  opinion, the  combined  statement of  revenue and  certain  expenses
presents  fairly, in  all material  respects, the  combined revenue  and certain
expenses, as defined  above, of the  Acquisition Properties for  the year  ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
April 19, 1996
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
 
              COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED    FOR THE YEAR
                                                                                        JUNE 30,            ENDED
                                                                                  --------------------  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    1996       1995         1995
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUE
  Rental........................................................................  $   2,101  $   2,240    $   4,280
  Tenant reimbursements.........................................................         58         26           54
  Parking.......................................................................         87         55          133
  Other.........................................................................        174         31           85
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
    Total revenue...............................................................      2,420      2,352        4,552
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
 
CERTAIN EXPENSES
  Property operating and maintenance............................................        717        844        1,606
  Real estate taxes.............................................................        190        205          412
  Insurance.....................................................................        114         78          151
  Bad debts.....................................................................     --              2           18
  Other.........................................................................     --             20           41
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
    Total certain expenses......................................................      1,021      1,149        2,228
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
      Excess of revenue over certain expenses...................................  $   1,399  $   1,203    $   2,324
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
 See accompanying notes to combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
 
          NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
    The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses include
the  combined operations of two commercial office properties located in Southern
California (the  "Acquisition Properties")  which are  to be  acquired by  Arden
Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company") from the same nonaffiliated
third  party, concurrently  with the consummation  of a  proposed initial public
offering of the Common Stock of the Company.
    
 
    The Acquisition Properties are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             SOUTHERN        APPROXIMATE
                            CALIFORNIA         RENTABLE      ACQUISITION
    PROPERTY NAME            LOCATION       SQUARE FOOTAGE      PRICE
- ----------------------  ------------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                     <C>                 <C>             <C>
303 Glenoaks Blvd.      Burbank                  175,449    $  24,854,000
12501 East Imperial     Norwalk                  122,175        9,978,000
                                                 -------    -------------
                                                 297,624    $  34,832,000
                                                 -------    -------------
                                                 -------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The accompanying statements have been prepared to comply with the rules  and
regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for inclusion  in the
registration statement on Form S-11 of the Company.
 
    The accounts of the Acquisition Properties are combined in the statements of
revenue and  certain expenses  and there  are no  interproperty accounts  to  be
eliminated.  The accompanying  statements are  not representative  of the actual
operations for  the  periods presented  as  certain  expenses that  may  not  be
comparable  to the expenses expected to be incurred by the Company in the future
operations of the Acquisition Properties  have been excluded. Excluded  expenses
consist  of  interest, depreciation  and amortization  and property  general and
administrative costs not  directly comparable  to the future  operations of  the
Acquisition Properties.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Rental  revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the
related leases.
 
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management  to  make  estimates and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM STATEMENT
 
    The  combined statements of revenue and  certain expenses for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 are  unaudited. In the opinion of management,  such
financial  statements reflect all adjustments  necessary for a fair presentation
of the results of the respective interim periods. All such adjustments are of  a
normal, recurring nature.
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
 
  NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN EXPENSES -- (CONTINUED)
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
2.  COMMERCIAL OFFICE PROPERTY
    The  future minimum lease  payments to be  received under existing operating
leases as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
1996............................................  $5,310,000
1997............................................  5,185,000
1998............................................  4,175,000
1999............................................  2,789,000
2000............................................  1,770,000
Thereafter......................................  1,739,000
</TABLE>
 
    The above future minimum  lease payments do  not include specified  payments
for tenant reimbursements of operating expenses.
 
    Office  space in the  Acquisition Properties is  generally leased to tenants
under lease  terms  which  provide for  the  tenants  to pay  for  increases  in
operating expenses in excess of specified amounts.
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>
      Map of California showing the locations of Arden Realty Group, Inc.
 properties in Los Angeles County (including a blow up of Los Angeles County),
                      Orange County and San Diego County.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    No  dealer, salesman  or any  other person has  been authorized  to give any
information or to  make any  representations not contained  in this  Prospectus,
and,  if given or made,  such information or representations  must not be relied
upon as having been authorized by the  Company or any of the Underwriters.  This
Prospectus  does not constitute an  offer of any securities  other than those to
which it relates or an offer to sell,  or a solicitation of an offer to buy,  to
any  person in  any jurisdiction  where such an  offer or  solicitation would be
unlawful. Neither the delivery  of this Prospectus nor  any sale made  hereunder
shall,  under  any circumstances,  create any  implication that  the information
contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                           SUMMARY TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Page
                                                        ---
<S>                                                  <C>
Prospectus Summary.................................          1
Risk Factors.......................................         16
The Company........................................         28
Business and Growth Strategies.....................         30
Use of Proceeds....................................         34
Distributions......................................         35
Capitalization.....................................         40
Dilution...........................................         41
Selected Combined Financial Information............         42
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations..............         45
Southern California Economy and Office Markets.....         54
Business and Properties............................         59
Office Submarkets and Property Information.........         70
Management.........................................         91
Structure and Formation of the Company.............         97
Policies With Respect to Certain Transactions......        101
Certain Transactions...............................        104
Partnership Agreement..............................        105
Principal Stockholders.............................        108
Capital Stock......................................        109
Certain Provisions of Maryland law and the
  Company's Charter and Bylaws.....................        112
Shares Available for Future Sale...................        115
Federal Income Tax Considerations..................        116
ERISA Considerations...............................        127
Underwriting.......................................        130
Experts............................................        131
Legal Matters......................................        132
Additional Information.............................        132
Glossary...........................................        133
Index to Financial Statements......................        F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
    Until              , 1996 (25 days after  the date of this Prospectus),  all
dealers  effecting transactions in the securities offered hereby, whether or not
participating in this  distribution, may  be required to  deliver a  prospectus.
This  is in addition to  the obligation of dealers  to deliver a prospectus when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold  allotments   or
subscriptions.
 
                               18,847,500 SHARES
 
   
                               ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              -------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                          , 1996
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
 
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED
 
                           DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
 
                           A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                            EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.
 
                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                  INCORPORATED
 
                                RAYMOND JAMES &
                                ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 30.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Registration Fee - Securities and Exchange Commission.........  $ 150,344.00
NASD Fee......................................................  $  30,500.00
New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee...........................  $  84,600.00
Transfer Agent and Registrar's Fees...........................  $  20,000.00
Printing and Engraving Expenses...............................  $ 300,000.00
Legal Fees and Expenses (other than Blue Sky).................  $1,500,000.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses..................................  $1,800,000.00
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses....................................  $  50,000.00
Miscellaneous Expenses........................................  $ 404,556.00
                                                                ------------
    Total.....................................................  $4,340,000.00
                                                                ------------
                                                                ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*  To be completed by Amendment.
 
ITEM 31.  SALES TO SPECIAL PARTIES.
 
    See Item 32.
 
ITEM 32.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
    As  part of  the Formation Transactions  an aggregate of  2,889,071 OP Units
will be issued to the following Participants in return for (i) the  contribution
of  certain interests in the Arden Predecessors and in certain of the Properties
to the Operating Partnership  and (ii) the contribution  by Arden of certain  of
its assets, including management contracts relating to certain of the Properties
and the contract rights to purchase the Acquisition Properties: Richard S. Ziman
(556,991  OP Units), Victor J. Coleman  (325,992 OP Units), Michele Byer (51,032
OP Units), Jonathan Glaser (4,876 OP Units), Anaheim Properties Company  (34,138
OP  Units),  Arden Century  Associates (41,992  OP Units),  Arden LAOP  Two, LLC
(43,200 OP  Units), Arden  Sawtelle  Associates (38,374  OP Units),  Broad  Base
Investments  Two, LLC  (37,518 OP Units),  Coleman Enterprises,  Inc. (84,108 OP
Units), Gilbert Trust (436,601 OP Units), Intercity Building Associates  (39,801
OP  Units),  Metropolitan  Falls  Partners  (68,918  OP  Units),  Montour Realty
Associates (213,710 OP Units), NAMIZ, Inc. (formerly Arden Realty Group, Inc., a
California corporation) (775,196 OP Units) and Ziman Realty Partners (136,674 OP
Units).
    
 
    The issuance of the OP Units will be effected in reliance upon an  exemption
from  registration under Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act as a transaction by
an issuer not  involving a public  offering. The descriptions  of the  foregoing
transactions  in  the Prospectus  under  the headings  "Formation Transactions,"
"Management" and "Certain Transactions" are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 33.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The MGCL  permits  a  Maryland  corporation to  include  in  its  charter  a
provision   limiting  the  liability  of  its  directors  and  officers  to  the
corporation  and  its  stockholders  for  money  damages  except  for  liability
resulting  from (a) actual  receipt of an  improper benefit or  profit in money,
property or services or  (b) active and deliberate  dishonesty established by  a
final  judgment as  being material to  the cause  of action. The  Charter of the
Company contains such a provision which eliminates such liability to the maximum
extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
    The Charter of the Company authorizes it, to the maximum extent permitted by
Maryland law, to obligate itself to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of  a proceeding to (a) any present  or
former  director or officer or  (b) any individual who,  while a director of the
Company and  at  the  request of  the  Company,  serves or  has  served  another
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust,  employee benefit plan or other
enterprise from and  against any  claim or liability  to which  such person  may
incur  by reason of his  status as a present  or former stockholder, director or
officer of the Company. The  Bylaws of the Company  obligate it, to the  maximum
extent  permitted  by  Maryland  law,  to  indemnify  and  to  pay  or reimburse
reasonable expenses in advance of final  disposition of a proceeding to (a)  any
present  or former director of officer who is  made a party to the proceeding by
reason of his service in
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director of the Company and  at
the   request  of  the  Company,  serves  or  has  served  another  corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise
as a director,  officer, partner  or trustee of  such corporation,  partnership,
joint  venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made
a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity against  any
claim or liability to which he may become subject by reason of such service. The
Charter  and Bylaws also permit the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to
any person who  served a predecessor  of the  Company in any  of the  capacities
described  above and to any employee or agent of the Company or a predecessor of
the Company.
 
    The MGCL  requires a  corporation (unless  its charter  provides  otherwise,
which the Company's Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has
been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to
which  he is made a party  by reason of his services  in that capacity. The MGCL
permits a  corporation  to  indemnify  its  present  and  former  directors  and
officers,  among others,  against judgments,  penalties, fines,  settlements and
reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any  proceeding
to  which they may be made a party by  reason of their service in those or other
capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director
or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i)  was
committed  in  bad  faith  or  (ii) was  the  result  of  active  and deliberate
dishonesty, (b) the director or  officer actually received an improper  personal
benefit  in  money, property  or services  or (c)  in the  case of  any criminal
proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act
or omission was unlawful. However, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify  for
an  adverse  judgment in  a  suit by  or  in the  right  of the  corporation. In
addition, the MGCL requires the Company,  as a condition to advancing  expenses,
to obtain (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his good faith
belief  that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by
the Company as authorized by the Bylaws and (b) a written statement by or on his
behalf to  repay the  amount  paid or  reimbursed by  the  Company if  it  shall
ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
 
ITEM 34.  TREATMENT OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK BEING REGISTERED.
 
    Not applicable.
 
ITEM 35.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.
 
    (a) Financial Statements.
 
   
    ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
    Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)
 
       Pro  Forma Condensed  Combined Balance Sheet  as of  June 30, 1996
       (Unaudited)
 
       Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement  of Operations for the  Six
       Months Ended June 30, 1996 (Unaudited)
 
       Pro  Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Year
       Ended December 31, 1995 (Unaudited)
 
       Notes  to  Pro  Forma  Condensed  Combined  Financial   Statements
       (Unaudited)
 
    Historical:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Balance Sheet as of May 1, 1996 and June 30, 1996 (Unaudited)
 
       Notes to Balance Sheet
 
    ARDEN PREDECESSORS
 
    Combined Financial Statements:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Combined  Balance  Sheets  as  of June  30,  1996  (Unaudited) and
       December 31, 1995 and 1994
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
       Combined Statements of  Operations for the  Six Months ended  June
       30,  1996 and  1995 (Unaudited) and  the Years  Ended December 31,
       1995, 1994 and 1993
 
       Combined Statements of  Owners' Equity  for the  Six Months  ended
       June  30, 1996 (Unaudited) and the  Years Ended December 31, 1995,
       1994 and 1993
 
       Combined Statements of Cash  Flows for the  Six Months ended  June
       30,  1996 and  1995 (Unaudited) and  the Years  Ended December 31,
       1995, 1994 and 1993
 
       Notes to Combined Financial Statements
 
       Schedule III  --  Commercial  Office  Properties  and  Accumulated
       Depreciation
 
    16000 VENTURA
 
    Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Statement  of Revenue and Certain  Expenses for the Period January
       1, 1995 to March 15, 1995
 
       Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
 
    1950 SAWTELLE
 
    Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Statement of Revenue and Certain  Expenses for the Period  January
       1, 1995 to June 14, 1995
 
       Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
 
    WESTWOOD  TERRACE, SKYVIEW CENTER, 4811  AND 4900/10 AIRPORT PLAZA DRIVE
    AND NEW WILSHIRE
 
    Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the  Period
       December 1, 1994 to November 22, 1995
 
       Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
 
    70 SOUTH LAKE AND CALABASAS COMMERCE CENTER
 
   
    Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
    
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
   
       Combined  Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Period
       January 1, 1995 to
       November 22, 1995
    
 
   
       Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
    
 
    1996 ACQUIRED PROPERTIES
 
    Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Combined Statements of Revenue and  Certain Expenses for the  1996
       Interim  Period Prior to Acquisition  (Unaudited) and the Year End
       December 31, 1995
 
       Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
    ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
 
    Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Combined Statements of  Revenue and Certain  Expenses for the  Six
       Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended
       December 31, 1995
 
       Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
 
    (b)  Schedules Included in Part II: None.
 
    All other schedules have been omitted because they are either not applicable
or  the information required has been  disclosed in the financial statements and
related notes included in this Prospectus.
 
    (c) Exhibits.
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
     1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement between the Company and the Representatives.
     3.1   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company's Charter.
     3.2   Bylaws of the Company.
     3.3   Specimen of certificate representing shares of Common Stock.
     5.1   Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll regarding the validity of the
            securities being registered.
     8.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins regarding tax matters.
    10.1   Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership.
    10.2   1996 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
    10.3   Form of Officers and Directors Indemnification Agreement.
    10.5*  Commitment Letter regarding Mortgage Financing.
    10.6   Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Ziman.
    10.7   Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Coleman.
    10.8*  Employment Agreement between the Company and Ms. Laing.
    10.9   Miscellaneous Rights Agreement among the Company, the Operating Partnership,
            NAMIZ, Inc. and Mr. Ziman.
   10.10*  Ground lease for Imperial Bank Tower.
   10.11*  Ground lease for parking structure at Imperial Bank Tower.
   10.12*  Master Ground Lease for Long Beach Airport Business Park.
   10.13*  Ground lease for parking structure at the Anaheim City Centre.
    10.14  Option Agreement with Broad Base Investments Two, LLC.
   10.15*  Option Agreement with CIC Equities, Inc.
   10.16*  Option Agreement with TJB Investments, Inc.
    10.17  Contribution Agreement with Richard S. Ziman.
    10.18  Contribution Agreement with Victor J. Coleman.
    10.19  Contribution Agreement with Michele Byer.
   10.20*  Contribution Agreement with Arden Century Associates.
   10.21*  Contribution Agreement with Arden LAOP Two, LLC.
   10.22*  Contribution Agreement with Arden Sawtelle Associates.
   10.23*  Contribution Agreement with Coleman Enterprises, Inc.
   10.24*  Partnership Interest Contribution Agreement with Arthur Gilbert and Rosalinde
            Gilbert 1982 Trust.
   10.25*  Contribution Agreement with Intercity Building Associates.
   10.26*  Contribution Agreement with Metropolitan Falls Partners.
   10.27*  Contribution Agreement with Montour Realty Associates.
   10.28*  Contribution Agreement with Ziman Realty Partners.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
   10.29*  Contribution Agreement with Arthur Gilbert and Rosalinde Gilbert 1982 Trust.
    10.30  Contribution Agreement with Arden Realty Group, Inc.
   10.31*  Office Market Study Prepared by Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
    10.32  Contribution Agreement with Broad Base Investments Two, LLC.
    21.1*  Subsidiary of the Registrant.
    23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
    23.2*  Consent of Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
    23.3   Consent of Latham & Watkins (contained in Exhibit 8.1).
    23.4*  Consent of Carl D. Covitz.
    23.5*  Consent of Kenneth B. Roath.
    23.6*  Consent of Arthur Gilbert.
    23.7*  Consent of Steven C. Good.
    23.8*  Consent of Jerry Asher.
    23.9   Consent of Ballard Spahr Andrews and Ingersoll (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
    24.*   Power of Attorney.
    27.    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
*  Previously filed.
    
 
ITEM 36.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned Company hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters  at
the  closing  specified  in  the Underwriting  Agreement,  certificates  in such
denominations and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers  and controlling persons of the  Company
pursuant  to the  provisions described  under Item  33 above,  or otherwise, the
Company  has  been  advised  that  in   the  opinion  of  the  Commission   such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore,  unenforceable. In  the event  that a  claim for  indemnification
against  such liabilities  (other than  the payment  by the  Company of expenses
incurred or paid by a Director, officer or controlling person of the Company  in
the  successful defense of any  action, suit or proceeding)  is asserted by such
Director, Officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered,  the Company will, unless  in the opinion of  its counsel the matter
has been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the question whether such indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed  in the Securities  Act and  will be governed  by the  final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Company hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1)  For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the  information  omitted from  the  form of  Prospectus  filed as  part  of the
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule  430A and contained in the form  of
Prospectus  filed by  the Company  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1) or  (4) or 497(h)
under the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed  to  be part  of  the  Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement  relating to the securities offered  therein,
and  the offering  of such  securities at that  time shall  be deemed  to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant certifies
that  it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements
for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration
Statement to  be  signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the City of Los Angeles, State  of California on the 30th day of
September, 1996.
    
 
   
                                          ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    
 
                                          By:        /s/ RICHARD S. ZIMAN
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      Richard S. Ziman
                                             CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                                 AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 3  to
Registration  Statement has  been signed below  by the following  persons in the
capacities indicated on September 30, 1996.
    
 
   
                                               TITLE
                                     -------------------------
 
                                     Chairman of the Board of
       /s/ RICHARD S. ZIMAN           Directors and
- -----------------------------------   Chief Executive Officer
         Richard S. Ziman             (Principal Executive
                                      Officer)
 
      /s/ VICTOR J. COLEMAN*         President, Chief
- -----------------------------------   Operating Officer and
         Victor J. Coleman            Director
 
        /s/ DIANA M. LAING*          Chief Financial Officer
- -----------------------------------   (Principal Financial
          Diana M. Laing              Officer)
 
                                     Chief Accounting Officer
         /s/ MICHELE BYER*            and Secretary
- -----------------------------------   (Principal Accounting
           Michele Byer               Officer)
 
   *By:          /s/ RICHARD S.
               ZIMAN
- -----------------------------------
         Richard S. Ziman,
        as attorney-in-fact
 
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                 SEQUENTIALLY
   NO.                                             EXHIBIT                                               NUMBERED PAGE
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>        <C>                                                                                       <C>
1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement between the Company and the Representatives.
3.1        Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company's Charter.
3.2        Bylaws of the Company.
3.3        Specimen of certificate representing shares of Common Stock.
5.1        Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll regarding the validity of the securities
            being registered.
8.1        Opinion of Latham & Watkins regarding tax matters.
10.1       Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership.
10.2       1996 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
10.3       Form of Officers and Directors Indemnification Agreement.
10.5*      Mortgage Financing Agreement.
10.6       Employment Agreements between the Company and Mr. Ziman.
10.7       Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Coleman.
10.8*      Employment Agreement between the Company and Ms. Laing.
10.9       Miscellaneous Rights Agreement among the Company, the Operating Partnership, NAMIZ, Inc.
            and Mr. Ziman.
10.10*     Ground lease for Imperial Bank Tower.
10.11*     Ground lease for parking structure of Imperial Bank Tower.
10.12*     Master Ground Lease for Long Beach Airport Business Park.
10.13*     Ground lease for parking structure at the Anaheim City Centre.
10.14      Option Agreement with Broad Base Investments Two, LLC.
10.15*     Option Agreement with CIC Equities, Inc.
10.16*     Option Agreement with TJB Investments, Inc.
10.17      Contribution Agreement with Richard S. Ziman.
10.18      Contribution Agreement with Victor J. Coleman.
10.19      Contribution Agreement with Michele Byer.
10.20*     Contribution Agreement with Arden Century Associates.
10.21*     Contribution Agreement with Arden LAOP Two, LLC.
10.22*     Contribution Agreement with Arden Sawtelle Associates.
10.23*     Contribution Agreement with Coleman Enterprises, Inc.
10.24*     Partnership Interest Contribution Agreement with Arthur Gilbert and Rosalinde Gilbert
            1982 Trust.
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                 SEQUENTIALLY
   NO.                                             EXHIBIT                                               NUMBERED PAGE
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
10.25*     Contribution Agreement with Intercity Building Associates.
<S>        <C>                                                                                       <C>
10.26*     Contribution Agreement with Metropolitan Falls Partners.
10.27*     Contribution Agreement with Montour Realty Associates.
10.28*     Contribution Agreement with Ziman Realty Partners.
10.29*     Contribution Agreement with Arthur Gilbert and Rosalinde Gilbert 1982 Trust.
10.30      Contribution Agreement with Arden Realty Group, Inc.
10.31*     Office Market Study Prepared by Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
10.32      Contribution Agreement with Broad Base Investments Two, LLC.
21.1*      Subsidiary of the Registrant.
23.1       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2*      Consent of Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
23.3       Consent of Latham & Watkins (contained in Exhibit 8.1).
23.4*      Consent of Carl D. Covitz.
23.5*      Consent of Kenneth B. Roath.
23.6*      Consent of Arthur Gilbert.
23.7*      Consent of Steven C. Good.
23.8*      Consent of Jerry Asher.
23.9       Consent of Ballard Spahr Andrews and Ingersoll (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
24.*       Power of Attorney.
27.*       Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
* Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 1.1


                                18,847,500 SHARES

                            ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.
                            (A MARYLAND CORPORATION)
                     COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                October __, 1996

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
SMITH BARNEY INC.
EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.
LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER INCORPORATED
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
As Representatives of the several
  Underwriters named in Schedule 1,
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
Three World Financial Center
New York, New York 10285

Dear Sirs:

     Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), proposes
to sell 18,847,500 shares (the "Firm Stock") of the Company's Common Stock (the
"Common Stock") par value $.01 per share.  In addition, the Company proposes to
grant to the Underwriters named in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Underwriters") an
option to purchase up to an additional 2,827,000 shares of the Common Stock on
the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 2 (the "Option Stock").  The
Firm Stock and the Option Stock, if purchased, are hereinafter collectively
called the "Stock."  This is to confirm the agreement concerning the purchase of
the Stock from the Company by the Underwriters.

          At or prior to the First Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined), the
Company and Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited
partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), will complete a series of
transactions described in each of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus
(as hereinafter defined) under the heading "Structure and Formation of the
Company -- The Formation Transactions."  As part of these transactions, among
other things, the Operating Partnership will acquire direct or indirect
interests in 24 office properties located in Los Angeles County, California,
Orange County, California and San Diego, California (collectively, the
"Properties") and third-party management contracts relating to four office
properties (collectively, the "Managed Properties").  As used herein, the term
"Formation Transactions" shall mean

<PAGE>

the occurrence of all the events described in the Prospectus under the heading
"Structure and Formation of the Company -- The Formation Transactions" and the
other transactions related thereto, and the term "Formation Documents" shall
mean all the material contracts, agreements and other documents executed in
connection with the Formation Transactions set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.

          As used in this Agreement, "Effective Time" shall mean the date and
the time as of which the registration statement, or the most recent post-
effective amendment thereto, if any, was declared effective by the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); "Effective Date" shall mean the date
of the Effective Time; "Preliminary Prospectus" shall mean each prospectus
included in such registration statement, or amendments thereof, before it became
effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")
and any prospectus filed with the Commission by the Company with the consent of
the representatives ("Representatives") pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations");
"Registration Statement" shall mean such registration statement, as amended at
the Effective Time, including all information contained in the final prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations
in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and deemed to be a part of the
registration statement as of the Effective Time pursuant to paragraph (b) of
Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations; and "Prospectus" shall mean such final
prospectus, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (1) or (4)
of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations.  Any registration statement
(including any amendment or supplement thereto or information which is deemed
part thereof) filed by the Company to register additional shares of Common Stock
of the Company under rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations ("Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement") shall be deemed a part of the Registration Statement.
Any prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto or information
which is deemed to be a part thereof) included in a Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement and any term sheet as contemplated by Rule 434 of the Rules and
Regulations (a "Term Sheet") shall be deemed to be part of the Prospectus.

          1.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE
OPERATING PARTNERSHIP.  The Company and the Operating Partnership, jointly and
severally, represent, warrant and agree as follows:

               (a)  A registration statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333-8163)
          and certain amendments thereto, with respect to the Stock has (i) been
          prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the
          Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations of the Commission, (ii)
          been filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and (iii)
          become effective under the Securities Act.  Copies of such
          registration statement and each amendment thereto have been delivered
          by the Company to you as the Representatives of the Underwriters.  The
          Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use
          of any Preliminary Prospectus.

                                      2

<PAGE>

               (b)  The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and
          any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or
          the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the
          Commission, as the case may be, conform in all material respects to
          the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations
          and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date (as to
          the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto) contain an
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
          required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein not misleading, and as of the applicable filing date (as to
          the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto) contain an
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
          required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
          misleading; PROVIDED that no representation or warranty is made as to
          information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or
          the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written
          information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or
          on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein.

               (c)  The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing
          under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in
          good standing with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of
          Maryland (the "SDAT") with corporate power to own, lease and operate
          its properties, to conduct the business in which it is engaged or
          proposes to engage as described in the Prospectus  and to enter into
          and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other
          Formation Documents to which it is a party.  The Company is duly
          qualified or registered as a foreign corporation and is in good
          standing in California and is in good standing in each other
          jurisdiction in which such qualification or registration is required,
          whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the
          conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or be
          registered or to be in good standing in such other jurisdiction would
          not result in a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial
          position, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company
          and the Operating Partnership taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse
          Effect").  The Company has no subsidiaries other than the Operating
          Partnership.

               (d)  The Operating Partnership is a limited partnership duly
          formed and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of
          Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT with partnership power
          to own, lease and operate its properties, to conduct the business in
          which it is engaged or proposes to engage as described in the
          Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this
          Agreement and the other Formation Documents to which it is a party.
          The Operating Partnership is

                                       3

<PAGE>

          duly qualified or registered as a foreign partnership and is in good
          standing in California and is in good standing in each other
          jurisdiction in which such qualification or registration is required,
          whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the
          conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or be
          registered or to be in good standing in such other jurisdiction would
          not result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company is the sole
          general partner of the Operating Partnership and, immediately after
          the First Delivery Date will be the sole general partner of the
          Operating Partnership and will own approximately 86.71% of all
          outstanding partnership interests in the Operating Partnership.  The
          Operating Partnership has no subsidiaries.

               (e)  Each of the corporations, limited partnerships or limited
          liability companies listed on Schedule 3 hereto (collectively, the
          "Predecessor Entities") has been duly incorporated or formed and is
          validly existing as a corporation, limited partnership or limited
          liability company in good standing under the laws of its state of
          formation, with power and authority to own, lease and operate its
          properties, and to conduct the business in which it is engaged.  Each
          Predecessor Entity is duly qualified or registered as a foreign
          corporation, partnership, limited partnership or limited liability
          company, as applicable, to transact business in each jurisdiction in
          which such qualification or registration is required, whether by
          reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of
          business, except where the failure so to qualify or be registered
          would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

               (f)  The transfer of interests or other assets pursuant to the
          Formation Documents does not violate the charter, limited liability
          agreement or limited partnership agreement, as the case may be, of any
          Predecessor Entity.  The Formation Documents are sufficient to effect
          the transfer to the Company or Operating Partnership of all direct or
          indirect interests in the Properties and other assets specified
          therein upon payment of the consideration therefor.

               (g)  Pursuant to the Formation Documents, the Company or the
          Operating Partnership will acquire, as of the First Delivery Date (as
          defined herein), all of the direct and indirect interests of each of
          the Contributors or Optionors named therein in each of the Predecessor
          Entities in which such Contributors or Optionors owned an interest, in
          each case free and clear of any liens, restrictions, encumbrances or
          security interests (a) set forth in the limited liability company
          agreement or limited partnership agreement, as the case may be,
          governing such Predecessor Entities, or (b) reflected on the books or
          limited liability company or limited partnership registry of any
          Predecessor Entity.  None of the interests held by any person in any
          Predecessor Entity and being acquired by the Company or the Operating
          Partnership are evidenced by certificates and no such interests
          constitute "certificated" securities under

                                       4

<PAGE>

          the Uniform Commercial Code.

               (h)  The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in
          the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of stock of the Company
          have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and
          non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description
          thereof contained in the Prospectus; and all of the issued partnership
          interests of the Operating Partnership (the "Partnership Interests")
          have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid
          and, with respect to the Partnership Interests owned by the Company
          are owned directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens,
          encumbrances, equities or claims.

               (i)  The shares of the Stock to be issued and sold by the Company
          to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly and validly authorized
          and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided
          herein will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;
          and the Stock will conform in all material respects to the description
          thereof contained in the Prospectus.

               (j)  The limited partnership interests in the Operating
          Partnership (the "Units") to be issued in connection with the
          Formation Transactions and the Partnership Interests to be issued to
          the Company, have been duly authorized for issuance by the Operating
          Partnership to the holders or prospective holders thereof, and at each
          Delivery Date will be validly issued and fully paid.  Immediately
          after the First Delivery Date, [__________] Units will be issued and
          outstanding.  The Units have been and will be offered and sold on or
          prior to the First Delivery Date in compliance with all applicable
          laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities
          laws).

               (k)  None of the Company or the Operating Partnership is in
          violation of its charter, by-laws, certificate of limited partnership,
          articles of organization, operating agreement or partnership
          agreement, as the case may be, and none of the Company or the
          Operating Partnership is in default in the performance or observance
          of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
          contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other
          instrument to which such entity is a party or by which such entity may
          be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of such entity is
          subject, except for such defaults that would not have a Material
          Adverse Effect.

               (l)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
          delivered by the Company and the Operating Partnership.

               (m)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
          the Company and the Operating Partnership and the consummation of

                                       5

<PAGE>

          the transactions contemplated hereby including the Formation
          Transactions will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation
          of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
          any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other
          agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Operating
          Partnership is a party or by which the Company or the Operating
          Partnership is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the
          Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is
          subject, (except for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults
          that (i) would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) relate to
          mortgage indebtedness to be repaid in full with a portion of the net
          proceeds from the sale of the Stock and the Mortgage Financing as
          reflected in the "Use of Proceeds" section of the Prospectus, or (iii)
          relate to agreements or instruments that are terminable at will or
          upon 30 days notice); nor will such actions result in any violation of
          the provisions of the charter, by-laws or partnership agreement of the
          Company or the Operating Partnership or any statute or any order, rule
          or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having
          jurisdiction over the Company or the Operating Partnership or any of
          the properties, assets or business to be owned by them following
          completion of the Formation Transactions; and except for (a) the
          registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and such consents,
          approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be
          required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
          "Exchange Act"), and applicable state and foreign securities laws in
          connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by the
          Underwriters, (b) consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings
          or registrations that will be completed prior to the Closing Date and
          (c) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings or
          registrations, the absence of which, individually or in the aggregate
          would not have a Material Adverse Effect, no consent, approval,
          authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, any such
          court or governmental agency or body or any other person is required
          for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the
          Company and the Operating Partnership and the consummation of the
          transactions contemplated hereby, including the Formation
          Transactions.

               (n)  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no
          contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any
          person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a
          registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any
          securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to
          require the Company to include such securities in the securities
          registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities
          being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by
          the Company under the Securities Act.

               (o)  Except as described in the Prospectus and 100 shares

                                       6

<PAGE>

          (which will be repurchased at the closing) issued to Mr. Ziman, the
          Company has not sold or issued any shares of Common Stock during the
          six-month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including any
          sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulations D or S of, the
          Securities Act.

               (p)  Since the date of the latest audited financial statements
          included in the Prospectus, (i) there has been no material adverse
          change in the financial condition, results of operation or business of
          the Company or the Operating Partnership or any Predecessor Entity,
          whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) no
          material casualty loss or material condemnation or other material
          adverse event with respect to any Property has occurred, (iii) there
          have been no transactions or  acquisitions entered into by the Company
          or the Operating Partnership other than those in the ordinary course
          of business, which are material with respect to such entity, except in
          connection with the Formation Transactions, (iv) there has been no
          dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the
          Company on any class of its stock or by the Operating Partnership with
          respect to its partnership interests and (v) there has been no change
          in the stock of the Company or the partnership interests of the
          Operating Partnership, or any increase in the indebtedness of the
          Company or the Operating Partnership, except in connection with the
          Formation Transactions.

               (q)  The financial statements and pro forma financial information
          (including all necessary pro forma adjustments and including the
          related notes and supporting schedules) filed as part of the
          Registration Statement or included in the Prospectus present fairly
          the financial condition and results of operations of the entities
          purported to be shown thereby, at the dates and for the periods
          indicated, and have been prepared in conformity with generally
          accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis
          throughout the periods involved and all adjustments necessary for a
          fair presentation of results for such periods have been made.  The
          financial information set forth in the Prospectus presents fairly the
          information shown therein and has been prepared on an accounting basis
          consistent with such financial statements and the books and records of
          the respective entities presented therein.  The pro forma financial
          statements and other information included in the Prospectus have been
          prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rules 11-01
          and 11-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, and the
          necessary pro forma adjustments have been properly applied to the
          historical amounts in the compilation of such information.  Other than
          the historical and pro forma financial statements (and schedules)
          included therein, no other historical or pro forma financial
          statements (or schedules) are required by the Securities Act or the
          Rules and Regulations to be included in the Registration Statement.

                                       7

<PAGE>

               (r)  Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial
          statements included in the Registration Statement, whose report
          appears in the Prospectus and who have delivered the initial letter
          referred to in Section 8(g) hereof, are independent public accountants
          as required by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations during
          the periods covered by the financial statements on which they reported
          contained in the Prospectus.

               (s)  (i) The Company and the Operating Partnership, upon
          consummation of the Formation Transactions, will have good and
          marketable title in fee simple to all real property and will own all
          personal property in each case owned by or as contemplated in the
          Prospectus to be owned by them on the First Delivery Date, in each
          case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such
          as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect
          the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the
          use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and
          the Operating Partnership (except for such real property, buildings
          and personal property as are described in subparagraph (ii) below);
          and (ii) all real property, buildings and personal property held under
          lease by the Company and the Operating Partnership are held by them
          under valid, existing and enforceable leases in each case free and
          clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are
          described in the Prospectus, and such exceptions as are not material
          and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be
          made of such property and buildings by the Company and the Operating
          Partnership.

               (t)  Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company and the
          Operating Partnership carry, or are covered by, insurance in such
          amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of
          their respective businesses and the value of Properties held or
          contemplated in the Prospectus to be held by them following the
          Formation Transactions and as is customary for companies engaged in
          similar businesses in similar industries.

               (u)  The Company and the Operating Partnership own, possess or
          can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all material
          patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names,
          trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights and
          licenses necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses and
          have no reason to believe that the conduct of their respective
          businesses will conflict with, and have not received any notice of any
          claim of conflict with, any such rights of others, which conflict (if
          the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) would
          result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       8

<PAGE>

               (v)  Except as described in the Prospectus, there are no legal or
          governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or the Operating
          Partnership is a party or of which any property or assets of the
          Company or the Operating Partnership or any of the property, assets or
          business contemplated in the Prospectus to be owned by them after the
          Formation Transactions is the subject which, if determined adversely
          to the Company or the Operating Partnership, would have a Material
          Adverse Effect; and to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such
          proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities
          or threatened by others.

               (w)  Upon completion of the Formation Transactions and the sale
          of Stock hereunder, the Company will be organized in conformity with
          the requirements for qualification as a real estate investment trust
          under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
          its proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the
          requirements for taxation as a real estate investment trust under the
          Code for its taxable periods beginning or otherwise including the
          period after the Effective Date.  All statements in the Prospectus
          regarding the Company's qualification as a REIT are true, complete and
          correct in all material respects.

               (x)  There are no contracts or other documents which are required
          to be described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the
          Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the Rules and
          Regulations which have not been described in the Prospectus or filed
          as exhibits to the Registration Statement or incorporated therein by
          reference as permitted by the Rules and Regulations.

               (y)  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among
          the Company or the Operating Partnership on the one hand, and the
          directors, officers, stockholders (in the case of the Company),
          limited partners (in the case of the Operating Partnership), customers
          or suppliers of the Company or the Operating Partnership on the other
          hand, which is required to be described in the Prospectus which is not
          so described.

               (z)  There is (i) no material unfair labor practice complaint
          pending against the Company, the Operating Partnership or any
          Predecessor Entity nor, to the best knowledge of the Company,
          threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations
          Board or any state or local labor relations board, and no significant
          grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or
          under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the
          Company, the Operating Partnership or any Predecessor Entity or, to
          the best knowledge of the

                                       9

<PAGE>

          Company, threatened against any of them, (ii) no material strike,
          labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Company, the
          Operating Partnership or any Predecessor Entity nor, to the best
          knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company, the
          Operating Partnership or any Predecessor Entity which in any case
          would have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (aa) The Company and the Operating Partnership are in compliance
          in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of
          the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
          including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder
          ("ERISA"); no "reportable event" (as defined in ERISA) has occurred
          with respect to any "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) for which the
          Company or the Operating Partnership would have any liability; the
          Company or the Operating Partnership has not incurred and does not
          expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to
          termination of, or withdrawal from, any "pension plan" or (ii)
          Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code including the regulations and
          published interpretations thereunder; and each "pension plan" for
          which the Company or the Operating Partnership would have any
          liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the
          Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has
          occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause
          the loss of such qualification, except for such noncompliance,
          reportable events, liabilities, or failures to qualify that would not
          result in a Material Adverse Effect.

               (ab) The Company, the Operating Partnership and each Predecessor
          Entity have filed all federal, state and local income and franchise
          tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof and have paid
          all taxes due thereon, and no tax deficiency has been determined
          adversely to the Company or the Operating Partnership which has had
          (nor does the Company have any knowledge of any tax deficiency which,
          if determined adversely to the Company or the Operating Partnership
          would have) a Material Adverse Effect.

               (ac) Since the date as of which information is given in the
          Prospectus through the date hereof, and except as may otherwise be
          disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and the Operating Partnership
          have not (i) issued or granted any securities, (ii) incurred any
          material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than
          liabilities and obligations which were incurred in the ordinary course
          of business, (iii) entered into any transaction not in the ordinary
          course of business which is material to the Company and the Operating
          Partnership, taken as a whole or (iv) declared or paid any dividend on
          their stock.

               (ad) The Company and the Operating Partnership and the

                                       10

<PAGE>

          Predecessor Entities (i) make and keep books and records which are
          accurate in all material respects and (ii) maintain internal
          accounting controls which provide reasonable assurance that (A)
          transactions are executed in accordance with management's
          authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
          preparation of their financial statements and to maintain
          accountability for their assets, (C) access to their assets is
          permitted only in accordance with management's authorization and (D)
          the reported accountability for their assets is compared with existing
          assets at reasonable intervals.

               (ae) Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership is, or
          will be following consummation of the Formation Transactions, (i) in
          violation of its charter, partnership agreement, by-laws or other
          similar documents, (ii) in default in any material respect, and no
          event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
          constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any
          term, covenant or condition contained in any material indenture,
          mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or
          instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which
          any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) in violation in
          any material respect of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, permit,
          license, regulation or court decree to which it or its property or
          assets may be subject or has failed to obtain any material license,
          permit, certificate, franchise or other governmental authorization or
          permit necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct of
          its business.

               (af) Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership, nor any
          director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or
          acting on behalf of the Company or the Operating Partnership, has used
          any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment
          or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; made any
          direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic
          government official or employee from corporate funds; violated or is
          in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
          1977; or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback
          or other unlawful payment.

               (ag) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there has been no
          storage, disposal, generation, manufacture, refinement,
          transportation, handling or treatment of toxic wastes, medical wastes,
          hazardous wastes or hazardous substances by the Company, the Operating
          Partnership, any Predecessor Entity or any of their subsidiaries (or,
          to the knowledge of the Company, any of their predecessors in interest
          or any other person) at, upon or from any of the property now or
          previously owned or leased by the Company, the Operating Partnership,
          any Predecessor Entity or any of their subsidiaries in violation of
          any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment,
          decree or permit or which would require any

                                       11

<PAGE>

          removal, remedial or other response action under any applicable law,
          ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, except
          for any violation or response action which would not have singularly
          or in the aggregate with all such violations and response actions, a
          Material Adverse Effect; there also has been no storage, disposal,
          generation, manufacture, refinement, transportation, handling or
          treatment of toxic wastes, medical wastes, hazardous wastes or
          hazardous substances by the Company, the Operating Partnership, any
          Predecessor Entity or any of their subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge
          of the Company, any of their predecessors in interest) at or upon any
          property owned by anyone else in violation of any applicable law,
          ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or
          which would require any removal, remedial or other response action
          under any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order,
          judgment, decree or permit, except for any violation or response
          action which would not have singularly or in the aggregate with all
          such violations and response actions, a Material Adverse Effect; there
          has been no material spill, discharge, leak, emission, injection,
          escape, placement, dumping or release of any kind onto such property
          or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic wastes,
          medical wastes, solid wastes, hazardous wastes or hazardous substances
          due to or caused by the Company, the Operating Partnership, any
          Predecessor Entity or any of their subsidiaries or with respect to
          which the Company, the Operating Partnership, any Predecessor Entity
          or any of their subsidiaries have knowledge, except for any such
          spill, discharge, leak, emission, injection, escape, placement,
          dumping or release which would not have singularly or in the aggregate
          with all such spills, discharges, leaks, emissions, injections,
          escapes, placements, dumpings and releases, a Material Adverse Effect;
          and the terms "hazardous wastes," "toxic wastes," "hazardous
          substances" and "medical wastes" shall have the meanings specified in
          any applicable local, state, federal and foreign laws or regulations
          with respect to environmental protection.  There are no underground
          storage tanks located on or in the Properties except such tanks the
          existence of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  None of
          the Predecessor Entities (other than NAMIZ, Inc.) owns or operates, or
          has owned or operated, any real property other than the Properties.

               (ah) Neither the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of
          their subsidiaries is an "investment company" within the meaning of
          such term under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and
          the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

               (ai) The Stock has been approved for listing on the New York
          Stock Exchange, Inc. subject to official notice of issuance.

               (aj) Neither of the Company nor the Operating Partnership, nor

                                       12

<PAGE>

          any of their directors, officers or controlling persons, has taken or
          will take, directly or indirectly, any action resulting in a violation
          of Rule 10b-6 under the Exchange Act, or designed to cause or result
          in, or that has constituted or that reasonably might be expected to
          constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any
          security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Stock.

               (ak) All of the representations and warranties of the Company and
          the Operating Partnership contained in the Formation Documents set
          forth on Schedule 2 hereof are true and correct in all material
          respects.

               (al) No real estate transfer or similar taxes are or will become
          due and payable by the Company, the Operating Partnership or any
          Predecessor Entity as a result of the acquisition by the Operating
          Partnership or any affiliate thereof of any direct or indirect
          interest in any of the Properties or any Predecessor Entity in
          connection with the Formation Transactions, except for such taxes
          which, in the aggregate, will not exceed $125,000.

               (am) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Operating
          Partnership is not currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from
          paying any dividends or distributions to the Company to the extent
          permitted by applicable law, from making any other distribution on the
          Operating Partnership's partnership interests, from repaying to the
          Company any loans or advances to the Operating Partnership from the
          Company or from transferring any of the Operating Partnership's
          property or assets to the Company.

               (an) The Company, the Operating Partnership and any Predecessor
          Entity are currently in substantial compliance with all presently
          applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act and no
          failure of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any Predecessor
          Entity to comply with all presently applicable provisions of the
          Americans with Disabilities Act would result in a Material Adverse
          Effect.

               (ao) On the First Delivery Date, each of the Formation Documents
          will have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by
          the Company and the Operating Partnership and will be a valid and
          binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          2.   PURCHASE OF THE STOCK BY THE UNDERWRITERS.  On the basis of the
representations and warranties contained in, and subject to the terms and
conditions of, this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell 18,847,500 shares of
the Firm Stock to the several Underwriters and each of the Underwriters,
severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase the number of shares of the Firm
Stock set forth opposite that Underwriter's name in Schedule 1 hereto.  The
respective purchase obligations of the Underwriters

                                       13

<PAGE>

with respect to the Firm Stock shall be rounded among the Underwriters to avoid
fractional shares, as the Representatives may determine.

          In addition, the Company grants to the Underwriters an option to
purchase up to 2,827,000 shares of Option Stock.  Such option is granted solely
for the purpose of covering over-allotments in the sale of Firm Stock and is
exercisable as provided in Section 5 hereof.  Shares of Option Stock shall be
purchased severally for the account of the Underwriters in proportion to the
number of shares of Firm Stock set forth opposite the name of such Underwriters
in Schedule 1 hereto.  The respective purchase obligations of each Underwriter
with respect to the Option Stock shall be adjusted by the Representatives so
that no Underwriter shall be obligated to purchase Option Stock other than in
100 share amounts.  The price of both the Firm Stock and any Option Stock shall
be $_____ per share.

          The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any of the Stock to be
delivered on the First Delivery Date or the Second Delivery Date (as hereinafter
defined), as the case may be, except upon payment for all the Stock to be
purchased on such Delivery Date as provided herein.

          3.   RETENTION OF QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT UNDERWRITERS.  The Company
hereby confirms its engagement of Dean Witter Reynolds Inc. as, and Dean Witter
Reynolds Inc. hereby confirms its agreement with the Company to render services
as, "qualified independent underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2710(c)(8) of
the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. with
respect to the offering and sale of Stock.  Dean Witter Reynolds Inc., solely in
its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred
to herein as the "Independent Underwriter."

          4.   OFFERING OF STOCK BY THE UNDERWRITERS.  Upon authorization by the
Representatives of the release of the Firm Stock, the several Underwriters
propose to offer the Firm Stock for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth
in the Prospectus.

          It is understood that 500,000 shares of the Firm Stock will initially
be reserved by the several Underwriters for offer and sale upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus and in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. to employees
and persons having business relationships with the Company, the Operating
Partnership and their subsidiaries who have heretofore delivered to the
Representatives offers or indications of interest to purchase shares of Firm
Stock in form satisfactory to the Representatives, and that any allocation of
such Firm Stock among such persons will be made in accordance with timely
directions received by the Representatives from the Company; PROVIDED, that
under no circumstances will the Representatives or any Underwriter be liable to
the Company or to any such person for any action taken or omitted in good faith
in connection with such offering to employees and persons having business
relationships with the Company, the Operating Partnership and their
subsidiaries.  It is further understood that any shares of such Firm Stock which
are not purchased by such

                                       14

<PAGE>

persons will be offered by the Underwriters to the public upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

          5.   DELIVERY OF AND PAYMENT FOR THE STOCK.  Delivery of and payment
for the Firm Stock shall be made at the office of Lehman Brothers Inc., Three
World Financial Center, New York, New York  10285, at 10:00 A.M., New York City
time, on the fourth full business day following the date of this Agreement or at
such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the
Representatives and the Company.  This date and time are sometimes referred to
as the "First Delivery Date."  On the First Delivery Date, the Company shall
deliver or cause to be delivered certificates representing the Firm Stock to the
Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment to or upon
the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer of federal same-
day funds to an account or accounts previously designated in writing to Lehman
Brothers Inc. by the Company.  Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the
time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of
the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder.  Upon delivery, the Firm Stock
shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the
Representatives shall request in writing not less than two full business days
prior to the First Delivery Date.  For the purpose of expediting the checking
and packaging of the certificates for the Firm Stock, the Company shall make the
certificates representing the Firm Stock available for inspection by the
Representatives in New York, New York, not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City
time, on the business day prior to the First Delivery Date.

          At any time on or before the thirtieth day after the date of this
Agreement, the option granted in Section 2 may be exercised by written notice
being given to the Company by the Representatives.  Such notice shall set forth
the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock as to which the option is being
exercised, the names in which the shares of Option Stock are to be registered,
the denominations in which the shares of Option Stock are to be issued and the
date and time, as determined by the Representatives, when the shares of Option
Stock are to be delivered; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this date and time shall not
be earlier than the First Delivery Date nor earlier than the second business day
after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the
fourth business day after the date on which the option shall have been
exercised.  The date and time the shares of Option Stock are delivered are
sometimes referred to as the "Second Delivery Date" and the First Delivery Date
and the Second Delivery Date are sometimes each referred to as a "Delivery
Date."

          Delivery of and payment for the Option Stock shall be made at the
place specified in the first sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 5
(or at such other place as shall be determined by agreement between the
Representatives and the Company) at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the
Second Delivery Date.  On the Second Delivery Date, the Company shall deliver or
cause to be delivered the certificates representing the Option Stock to the
Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment to or upon
the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer of federal same-
day funds to an account or accounts previously

                                       15

<PAGE>

designated to Lehman Brothers Inc. in writing by the Company.  Time shall be of
the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this
Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter
hereunder.  Upon delivery, the Option Stock shall be registered in such names
and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in the aforesaid
written notice.  For the purpose of expediting the checking and packaging of the
certificates for the Option Stock, the Company shall make the certificates
representing the Option Stock available for inspection by the Representatives in
New York, New York, not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the
business day prior to the Second Delivery Date.


          6.   FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.  The Company agrees:

               (a)  To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the
          Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b)
          under the Securities Act not later than the Commission's close of
          business on the second business day following the execution and
          delivery of this Agreement or, if applicable, such earlier time as may
          be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Securities Act; to make no
          further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or
          to the Prospectus except as permitted herein; to advise the
          Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the
          time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed
          or becomes effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any
          amended Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives
          with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it
          receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
          order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
          Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, of the suspension of the
          qualification of the Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction,
          of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such
          purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or
          supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for
          additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop
          order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
          Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending any such
          qualification, to use promptly its best efforts to obtain its
          withdrawal.

               (b)  To furnish promptly to each of the Representatives and to
          counsel for the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration
          Statement as originally filed with the Commission, and each amendment
          thereto filed with the Commission, including all consents and exhibits
          filed therewith.

               (c)  To deliver promptly to the Representatives such number of
          the following documents as the Representatives shall reasonably
          request:  (i) conformed copies of the Registration Statement as
          originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto (in
          each case excluding

                                       16

<PAGE>

          exhibits other than this Agreement) and (ii) each of the Preliminary
          Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amended or supplemented Prospectus;
          and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time after the
          Effective Time in connection with the offering or sale of the Stock or
          any other securities relating thereto and if at such time any events
          shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then
          amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a
          material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to
          make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
          which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not
          misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend
          or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities
          Act, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to prepare
          and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in
          securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time
          reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus which will
          correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in
          case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus in connection
          with sales of any of the Stock at any time nine months or more after
          the Effective Time, upon request of the Representatives but at the
          expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such
          Underwriter as many copies as the Representatives may reasonably
          request of an amended or supplemented prospectus complying with
          Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

               (d)  To file promptly with the Commission any amendment to the
          Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any supplement to the
          Prospectus that may, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or the
          Representatives, be required by the Securities Act or requested by the
          Commission.

               (e)  Prior to filing with the Commission any amendment to the
          Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any
          Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations, to
          furnish a copy thereof to the Representatives and counsel for the
          Underwriters and obtain the consent of the Representatives to the
          filing.

               (f)  As soon as practicable after the Effective Date but in any
          event not later than 45 days after the end of the Company's fiscal
          quarter in which the first anniversary date of the Effective Date
          occurs, to make generally available to the Company's security holders
          and to deliver to the Representatives an earning statement of the
          Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying
          with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations
          (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158).

               (g)  For a period of five years following the Effective Date, to

                                       17

<PAGE>

          furnish to the Representatives copies of all materials furnished by
          the Company to its security holders and all public reports and all
          reports and financial statements furnished by the Company to the
          principal national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may
          be listed pursuant to requirements of or agreements with such exchange
          or to the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or any rule or
          regulation of the Commission thereunder.

               (h)  Promptly from time to time to take such action as the
          Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Stock for
          offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as
          the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to
          permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such
          jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the
          distribution of the Stock; PROVIDED, that in connection therewith the
          Company shall not be required to take any action that would subject it
          to income taxation in such jurisdictions, qualify as a foreign
          corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any
          jurisdiction.

               (i)  For a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus,
          not to, directly or indirectly, offer for sale, sell or otherwise
          dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device which is designed
          to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person
          at any time in the future of) any shares of Common Stock (other than
          the Stock offered hereby and shares issued pursuant to the Stock
          Incentive Plan existing on the date hereof), or sell or grant options,
          rights or warrants with respect to any shares of Common Stock (other
          than the grant of options pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan
          existing on the date hereof), without the prior written consent of
          Lehman Brothers Inc.

               (j)  Prior to the Effective Date, to apply for the listing of the
          Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, and to use its best efforts to
          complete that listing, subject only to official notice of issuance,
          prior to the First Delivery Date.

               (k)  Prior to filing with the Commission any reports on Form SR
          pursuant to Rule 463 of the Rules and Regulations, to furnish a copy
          thereof to the counsel for the Underwriters and receive and consider
          its comments thereon, and to deliver promptly to the Representatives a
          signed copy of each report on Form SR filed by it with the Commission.

               (l)  To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock being
          sold by the Company as set forth in the Prospectus.

               (m)  To take such steps as shall be necessary to ensure that
          neither the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any subsidiary
          shall

                                       18

<PAGE>

          become an "investment company" within the meaning of such term under
          the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and
          regulations of the Commission thereunder.

          7.   EXPENSES.  The Company agrees to pay (a) the costs incident to
the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Stock and any taxes
payable in that connection; (b) the costs incident to the preparation, printing
and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement and any
amendments and exhibits thereto; (c) the costs of distributing the Registration
Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto and any post-effective
amendments thereof (including, in each case, exhibits), any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus,
all as provided in this Agreement; (d) the costs of printing, photocopying and
distributing this Agreement and any other related documents in connection with
the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Stock; (e) the fees and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incident to securing any
required review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the
terms of sale of the Stock; (f) any applicable listing or other fees; (g) the
fees and expenses of qualifying the Stock under the securities laws of the
several jurisdictions as provided in Section 6(h) and of preparing, printing and
distributing a Blue Sky Memorandum (including related fees and expenses of
counsel to the Underwriters); (h) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters,
including fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, incident to
the offer and sale of shares of the Stock by the Underwriters to employees and
persons having business relationships with the Company, the Operating
Partnership and their subsidiaries as described in Section 4; and (i) all other
costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company
under this Agreement; PROVIDED that, except as provided in this Section 7 and in
Section 12 the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including
the costs and expenses of their counsel, any transfer taxes on the Stock which
they may sell and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Stock made by
the Underwriters.

          8.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The respective
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made
and on each Delivery Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company
and the Operating Partnership contained herein, to the performance by the
Company of its obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional
terms and conditions:

               (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective and
          the Representatives shall have received notice thereof, not later than
          the first full business day next following the date of this Agreement
          or such later date as shall be consented to in writing by the
          Representatives.  The Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the
          Commission in accordance with Section 6(a); no stop order suspending
          the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof
          shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have
          been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and any request of the
          Commission for inclusion of additional information in the Registration
          Statement or the Prospectus or

                                       19

<PAGE>

          otherwise shall have been complied with.

               (b)  No Underwriter shall have discovered and disclosed to the
          Company on or prior to such Delivery Date that the Registration
          Statement or any amendment thereto contains an untrue statement of a
          fact which, in the opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P., counsel for the
          Underwriters, is material or omits to state a fact which, in the
          opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated
          therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
          or that the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto
          contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Hogan
          & Hartson L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, is material or omits
          to state a fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and
          is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the
          statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
          not misleading.

               (c)  All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident
          to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the
          Formation Documents, the Stock, the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus, and all other legal matters and agreements relating to
          this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
          reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the
          Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all
          documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable
          them to pass upon such matters.

               (d)  Latham & Watkins shall have furnished to the Representatives
          its written opinion, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the
          Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance
          reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:

                         (i)  The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and
               existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland
               and is in good standing with the SDAT.  The Company has full
               corporate power to conduct its business as described in the
               Prospectus.  Based solely on certificates from public officials,
               the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to
               transact business and is in good standing in the State of
               California;

                    (ii) The Operating Partnership is a limited partnership duly
               formed and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State
               of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.  The Operating
               Partnership has full power as a limited partnership to conduct
               its business as described in the Prospectus.  Based solely on
               certificates from public officials, the Operating Partnership is
               duly qualified as a foreign limited partnership to transact
               business and is

                                       20

<PAGE>

               in good standing in the State of California;

                         (iii)     The Company has an authorized capitalization
               as set forth in the line items "Preferred Stock" and "Common
               Stock" under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus, and
               all of the issued shares of stock of the Company (including the
               shares of Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date) have been
               duly and validly authorized and, assuming receipt of
               consideration therefor as provided in the resolutions authorizing
               issuance thereof of the board of directors of the Company, are
               validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in
               all material respects to the description thereof contained in the
               Prospectus under the caption "Capital Stock"; and all of the
               issued stock or Partnership Interests of the Operating
               Partnership and of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly
               and validly authorized, assuming receipt of consideration
               therefor as provided in the resolutions authorizing issuance
               thereof of the board of directors of the Company, as general
               partner of the Operating Partnership, or by the board of
               directors of such subsidiary, are fully paid and (except as set
               forth in the Prospectus) are owned of record by the Company; and
               to the knowledge of such counsel, based solely on an officer's
               certificate, are owned free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
               equities or claims;

                         (iv) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there are
               no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase,
               nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of
               the Stock pursuant to the Company's charter or by-laws or any
               agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party
               known to such counsel;

                         (v)  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there are
               no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase,
               nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any Units
               pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement or any agreement
               or other instrument to which the Operating Partnership is a party
               known to such counsel;

                    (vi) To such counsel's knowledge based solely on an
               officer's certificate and review of attorney letters furnished to
               the Company's independent public accountants in connection with
               their audit of financial statements, and other than as set forth
               in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings
               pending to which the Company or the Operating Partnership is a
               party or of which any property or assets of the Company or the
               Operating Partnership is the subject which, if determined
               adversely

                                       21

<PAGE>

               to the Company or the Operating Partnership, would have a
               Material Adverse Eeffect; and, to such counsel's knowledge, based
               solely on an officer's certificate, no such proceedings are
               threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or
               threatened by others.

                         (vii)     The Registration Statement was declared
               effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time
               specified in such opinion, the Prospectus was filed with the
               Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) of the
               Rules and Regulations specified in such opinion on the date
               specified therein and no stop order suspending the effectiveness
               of the Registration Statement has been issued and, to the
               knowledge of such counsel, no proceeding for that purpose is
               pending or threatened by the Commission;

                         (viii)    The Registration Statement at the date it
               became effective and at the date of any amendment thereto made by
               the Company prior to such Delivery Date (other than the financial
               statements and related schedules and other financial and
               statistical information and data (collectively, "Financial Data")
               included therein, as to which such counsel need express no
               opinion) complied, and the Prospectus as of its date and at the
               date of any supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such
               Delivery Date (other than the Financial Data, as to which counsel
               need express no opinion) complied as to form in all material
               respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the
               Rules and Regulations;

                         (ix) The statements contained in the Prospectus under
               the caption "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES" AND "RISK FACTORS -
               - ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A REIT; OTHER TAX
               LIABILITIES," insofar as they describe federal statutes, rules
               and regulations, constitute a fair summary thereof and the
               opinion of such counsel filed as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration
               Statement is confirmed and the Underwriters may rely upon such
               opinion as if it were addressed to them.  The information in the
               Prospectus under the captions "CAPITAL STOCK" and "SHARES
               AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE," to the extent that it constitutes
               matters of law or legal conclusions, has been reviewed by such
               counsel and is correct in all material respects.  The statements
               contained in the Prospectus under the heading "CERTAIN PROVISIONS
               OF MARYLAND LAW AND THE COMPANY'S CHARTER AND BYLAWS," insofar as
               they describe Maryland statutory law are correct in all material
               respects;

                         (x)  To such counsel's knowledge, there are no
               contracts or

                                       22

<PAGE>

               other documents which are required to be described in the
               Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by
               the Securities Act or by the Rules and Regulations which have not
               been described or filed as exhibits to the Registration
               Statement;

                    (xi)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
               delivered by the Company and the Operating Partnership;

                    (xii) The issuance and sale of the shares of Stock being
          delivered on such Delivery Date by the Company and the compliance by
          the Company and the Operating Partnership with all of the provisions
          of this Agreement and the consummation of the Formation Transactions
          by the Company and the Operating Partnership will not conflict with or
          result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of,
          or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
          loan agreement or other agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to
          the Registration Statement, any Formation Document or any management
          contract related to a Managed Property, except for such conflicts,
          breaches, violations or defaults that (i) would not have a Material
          Adverse Effect, (ii) relate to mortgage indebtedness to be repaid in
          full with a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock and
          the Mortgage Financing as reflected in the "Use of Proceeds" section
          of the Prospectus, or (iii) relate to agreements or instruments that
          are terminable at will or upon 30 days notice, nor will such actions
          result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of
          the Company or the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating
          Partnership or any statute or any order, rule or regulation known to
          such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body having
          jurisdiction over the Company or the Operating Partnership or any of
          their properties or assets; and, except for (a) the registration of
          the Stock under the Securities Act, such consents, approvals,
          authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required
          under the Exchange Act and applicable state and foreign securities
          laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by
          the Underwriters, (b) consents, approvals, authorizations, orders,
          filings or registrations that will be completed prior to the Closing
          Date and (c) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filing
          or registrations, the absence of which, individually or in the
          aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect, no consent,
          approval, authorization or order of, or filing or registration with,
          any such court or governmental agency or body or any other person is
          required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
          by the Company and the Operating Partnership, and the consummation of
          the Formation Transactions;

                                       23

<PAGE>

                    (xiii) To such counsel's knowledge based solely on a
               certificate from a officer of the Company, other than as
               disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements
               or understandings between the Company and any person granting
               such person the right to require the Company to file a
               registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to
               any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person
               or to require the Company to include such securities in the
               securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or
               in any securities being registered pursuant to any other
               registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities
               Act;

                    (xiv)  Neither the Company, the Operating Partnership nor
               any of their subsidiaries is, after giving effect to the
               Formation Transactions, an "investment company" as such term is
               defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

                    (xv)   The issuances of securities described in Items 31 and
               32 of the Registration Statement were not at the time of issue,
               and are not as of the Delivery Date, required to be registered
               under the Securities Act;

                    (xvi)  The transfer of interests pursuant to the Formation
               Documents does not violate the limited liability agreement or
               limited partnership agreement, as the case may be, of any
               Predecessor Entity.

                    (xvii) The offer and sale of the Units on or prior to the
               First Delivery Date did not result in any violation of any
               statute or any order, rule or regulation (including, without
               limitation, federal and state securities laws) known to such
               counsel of any court or governmental body having jurisdiction
               over the Company or the Operating Partnership or any of their
               properties or assets.  The terms of the Units conform in all
               material respects to all statements and descriptions related
               thereto contained in the Prospectus.

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (i) state that its
          opinion, as applicable, is limited to matters governed by the Federal
          securities and tax laws of the United States of America, the corporate
          and partnership laws of the State of California and the State of
          Maryland and that such counsel is not admitted in the State of
          Maryland; and (ii) rely (to the extent such counsel deems proper and
          specifies in its opinion), as to matters involving the application of
          the laws of the State of Maryland upon the opinion of Ballard Spahr
          Andrews & Ingersoll, Baltimore, Maryland, PROVIDED that such Maryland
          counsel furnishes a copy of its opinion to the

                                       24

<PAGE>

          Representatives.  Such counsel shall also have furnished to the
          Representatives a written statement, addressed to the Underwriters and
          dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
          Representatives, to the effect that (x) such counsel has acted as
          counsel to the Company in connection with the preparation of the
          Registration Statement and participated in conferences with certain
          officers and representatives of the Company and the Operating
          Partnership, representatives of Ernst & Young LLP and representatives
          of the Underwriters at which the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus and related matters were discussed and (y) during the
          course of such counsel's participation (relying as to factual matters
          as to materiality to a large extent upon the statements of officers
          and other representatives of the Company), no facts have come to the
          attention of such counsel which led it to believe that (i) the
          Registration Statement (other than the Financial Data and data from
          the C&W Market Study, as to which such counsel need make no
          statement), as of the Effective Date, contained any untrue statement
          of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be
          stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein
          not misleading, or (ii) the Prospectus as of the Delivery Date (other
          than the Financial Data and data from the C&W Market Study, as to
          which such counsel need make no statement) contains any untrue
          statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
          required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
          statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
          were made, not misleading.  The foregoing opinion and statement may be
          qualified by a statement to the effect that such counsel does not
          assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness
          of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the
          Prospectus and has not made any independent judgment, check or
          verification thereof except to the extent set forth in paragraph (ix)
          above.

               (e)  The Representatives shall have received from Hogan & Hartson
          L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated
          such Delivery Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the
          Stock, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related
          matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company
          shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably
          request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

               (f)  At the time of execution of this Agreement, the
          Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter,
          in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, addressed
          to the Underwriters and dated the date hereof (i) confirming that they
          are independent public accountants within the meaning of the
          Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements
          relating to the

                                       25

<PAGE>

          qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the
          Commission and (ii) stating, as of the date hereof (or, with respect
          to matters involving changes or developments since the respective
          dates as of which specified financial information is given in the
          Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to the date
          hereof), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the
          financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by
          accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters in connection with
          registered public offerings.

               (g)  With respect to the letter of Ernst & Young LLP referred to
          in the preceding paragraph and delivered to the Representatives
          concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the "initial
          letter"), the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a
          letter (the "bring-down letter") of such accountants, addressed to the
          Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date (i) confirming that they are
          independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities
          Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to
          the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of
          the Commission, (ii) stating, as of the date of the bring-down letter
          (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since
          the respective dates as of which specified financial information is
          given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to
          the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of
          such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters
          covered by the initial letter and (iii) confirming in all material
          respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letter.

               (h)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a
          letter of Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc., addressed to the
          Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date (i) confirming that they are
          independent real estate service experts retained by the Company, and
          (ii) confirming the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect
          to the information and other matters contained in the Prospectus
          attributed to them.

               (i)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a
          certificate, dated such Delivery Date, of its Chairman of the Board,
          its President or a Vice President and its chief financial officer
          stating on behalf of the Company that:

                         (i)  The representations, warranties and agreements of
               the Company in Section 1 are true and correct as of such Delivery
               Date; the Company has complied with all its agreements contained
               herein; and the conditions set forth in Sections 8(a) and 8(l)
               have been fulfilled; and

                                       26

<PAGE>

                         (ii) They have carefully examined the Registration
               Statement and the Prospectus and, in their opinion (A) as of the
               Effective Date, the Registration Statement did not include any
               untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a
               material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
               the statements therein not misleading, (B) the Prospectus as of
               the Delivery Date did not include any untrue statement of a
               material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required
               to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
               in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
               misleading and (C) since the Effective Date no event has occurred
               which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to
               the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

               (j)  (i)  Neither the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any
          of their subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the
          latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus any
          loss or interference with their business from fire, explosion, flood
          or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any
          labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree,
          otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus or (ii)
          since such date there shall not have been any change in the stock,
          partnership interests or long-term debt of the Company, the Operating
          Partnership or any of their subsidiaries or any change, or any
          development involving a prospective change in, or affecting the
          general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity,
          partners' equity or results of operations of the Company, the
          Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
          otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the
          effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is,
          in the judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to
          make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public
          offering or the delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery
          Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

               (k)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement
          there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in
          securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or the
          American Stock Exchange, Inc. or on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or
          trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or on the
          Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., shall have been suspended or minimum prices
          shall have been established on any such exchange or such market by the
          Commission, by such exchange or by any other regulatory body or
          governmental authority having jurisdiction, (ii) a banking moratorium
          shall have been declared by Federal, New York or California
          authorities, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in
          hostilities, there shall have been an escalation in hostilities
          involving the United States or there shall

                                       27

<PAGE>

          have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United
          States or (iv) there shall have occurred such a material adverse
          change in general economic, political or financial conditions (or the
          effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the
          United States shall be such) as to make it, in the judgment of a
          majority in interest of the several Underwriters, impracticable or
          inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or delivery of the
          Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the
          manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

               (l)  The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. shall have approved the
          Stock for listing, subject only to official notice of issuance and
          evidence of satisfactory distribution.

               (m)  All of the Formation Transactions shall have occurred prior
          to, or shall occur simultaneously with, the First Delivery Date.

               (n)  All of the representations and warranties contained in the
          agreements set forth on Schedule 2 shall be true and correct in all
          material respects, and all of the conditions to closing contained in
          the agreements set forth on Schedule 2 shall have been satisfied or
          waived, with the waiver of such conditions having been approved by the
          Underwriters.

               (o)  The Company shall have delivered to the Underwriters under
          separate cover at or prior to the Delivery Date any and all officers'
          and other certificates delivered by the Company, the Operating
          Partnership, their subsidiaries or its affiliates to Latham & Watkins,
          Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll and Ernst & Young LLP on which such
          firms relied in rendering opinions or in preparing financial
          statements in connection with the Formation Transactions, including
          the offering of Stock.

               (p)  Each of Messrs. Ziman and Coleman and NAMIZ, Inc. shall have
          delivered lock-up agreements to Lehman Brothers Inc., pursuant to
          which each such person shall agree not to, directly or indirectly,
          offer for sale, sell or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any
          transaction or device which is designed to, or could be expected to,
          result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of)
          any shares of Common Stock or Units for a period of two (2) years from
          the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written consent of
          Lehman Brothers Inc.

          All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or
elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the
provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance  reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

                                       28

<PAGE>

          9.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

               (a)  The Company and the Operating Partnership, jointly and
severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers and
employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act,
from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any
action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim,
damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Stock), to which
that Underwriter, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject,
under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any amendment or
supplement thereto or (B) in any blue sky application or other document prepared
or executed by the Company (or based upon any written information furnished by
the Company) specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Stock
under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction (any such
application, document or information being hereinafter called a "Blue Sky
Application"), (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or
supplement thereto, or in any Blue Sky Application any material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or
(iii) any act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to act by any
Underwriter in connection with, or relating in any manner to, the Stock or the
offering contemplated hereby, and which is included as part of or referred to in
any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon
matters covered by clause (i) or (ii) above (PROVIDED that the Company and the
Operating Partnership shall not be liable under this clause (iii) to the extent
that is determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action resulted directly from any such
acts or failures to act undertaken or omitted to be taken by such Underwriter
through its gross negligence or willful misconduct) and shall reimburse each
Underwriter and each such officer, employee or controlling person promptly upon
demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter,
officer, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating or
defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability
or action as such expenses are incurred; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company and
the Operating Partnership shall not be liable in any such case to the extent
that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is
based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus, or in any such amendment or supplement, or in any Blue Sky
Application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
specified in Section 9(e) furnished to the Company through the Representatives
by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein; PROVIDED
FURTHER, that the foregoing indemnity with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus
shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting
any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the Stock which is the
subject thereof if such person did not receive a copy of the Prospectus (or the

                                       29

<PAGE>

Prospectus as supplemented) at or prior to the confirmation of the sale of such
Stock to such person in any case where such delivery is required by the
Securities Act and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained
in such Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus (or the
Prospectus as supplemented).  The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition
to any liability which the Company or the Operating Partnership may otherwise
have to any Underwriter or to any officer, employee or controlling person of
that Underwriter.

          The Company and the Operating Partnership, jointly and severally, also
will indemnify and hold harmless the Independent Underwriter, its officers and
employees and each person, if any, who controls the Independent Underwriter
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and judgments incurred as a result of the Independent Underwriter's
participation as a "qualified independent underwriter" within the meaning of
Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. in connection with the offering of the Stock, except for any
losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments resulting form the
Independent Underwriter's or such controlling person's willful misconduct or
gross negligence.

          (b)  Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, the Operating Partnership, each of their respective
officers and employees, each of the Company's directors (including any person
who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to
become a director of the Company), and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any loss,
claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof,
to which the Company or any such director, officer, employee or controlling
person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon,
(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained (A) in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (B) in any Blue Sky
Application or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or
supplement thereto, or in any Blue Sky Application any material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information specified in Section 9(e) furnished to the
Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of that Underwriter
specifically for inclusion therein, and shall reimburse the Company and any such
director, officer, employee or controlling person for any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer,
employee or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or
preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as
such expenses are incurred.  The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to
any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have to the Company or any
such director, officer, employee or controlling person.

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section
9 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified
party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any
liability which it may have under this Section 9 except to the extent it has
been materially prejudiced by such failure and, PROVIDED FURTHER, that the
failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability
which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 9.
If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and
it shall notify the indemnifying party

                                       30

<PAGE>

thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to
the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified
indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party.  After notice from the indemnifying party
to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or
action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party
under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by
the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Representatives
shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent jointly the
Representatives and those other Underwriters and their respective officers,
employees and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of
any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters
against the Company or the Operating Partnership under this Section 9 if, in the
reasonable judgment of the Representatives, it is advisable for the
Representatives and those Underwriters, officers, employees and controlling
persons to be jointly represented by separate counsel, and in that event the
fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Company or the
Operating Partnership; PROVIDED FURTHER, that, if indemnity is sought pursuant
to the second paragraph of Section 9(a), then, in addition to such counsel for
the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate counsel (in addition
to any necessary local counsel) for the Independent Underwriter in its capacity
as a "qualified independent underwriter," its officers and employees and all
persons, if any, who control the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, if, in the
reasonable judgment of the Independent Underwriter there may exist a conflict of
interest between the Independent Underwriter and the other indemnified parties.
In the case of any such separate counsel for the Independent Underwriter and
such control persons of the Independent Underwriter, such counsel shall be
designated in writing by the Independent Underwriter.  No indemnifying party
shall (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle or compromise or
consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened
claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or
contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are
actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement,
compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified
party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding,
or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its
written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final
judgment of the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or
liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 shall for
any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party under Section 9(a) in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or
any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party
shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim,
damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i)

                                       31

<PAGE>

in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Stock or (ii) if the
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and
the Operating Partnership on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand
with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim,
damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the
Operating Partnership on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand
with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as
the total net proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this
Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Operating
Partnership, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and
commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the shares of the Stock
purchased under this Agreement and any financial advisory fees received by any
Underwriter, on the other hand, bear to the total gross proceeds from the
offering of the shares of the Stock under this Agreement, in each case as set
forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault
shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Operating
Partnership or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.  For purposes of the preceding two sentences, the net
proceeds deemed to be received by the Company shall be deemed to be also for the
benefit of the Operating Partnership and information supplied by the Company
shall also be deemed to have been supplied by the Operating Partnership.  The
Company and the Underwriters agree that Dean Witter Reynolds Inc. will not
receive any additional benefits hereunder for serving as the Independent
Underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock.  The Company,
the Operating Partnership and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just
and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 9(d) were to be
determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one
entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein.  The amount
paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage
or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section
9(d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 9(d), any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 9(d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute
any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Stock
underwritten by it and distributed to the public was offered to the public
exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise paid or
become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations to contribute as provided in
this Section 9(d) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint.

                                       32

<PAGE>

          (e)  The Underwriters severally confirm and the Company and the
Operating Partnership acknowledge that the statements with respect to the public
offering of the Stock by the Underwriters set forth on the cover page of, the
legend concerning over-allotments on the inside front cover page of, under the
caption "Underwriting" in and concerning the affiliation of Lehman Brothers
Holdings, Inc. with Lehman Brothers Inc. in the Prospectus are correct and
constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in
writing to the Company and the Operating Partnership by or on behalf of the
Underwriters specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus.

          10.  DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS.

          If, on either Delivery Date, any Underwriter defaults in the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the remaining non-
defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated to purchase the Stock which the
defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase on such Delivery Date in
the respective proportions which the number of shares of the Firm Stock set
forth opposite the name of each remaining non-defaulting Underwriter in Schedule
1 hereto bears to the total number of shares of the Firm Stock set forth
opposite the names of all the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters in Schedule
1 hereto; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters
shall not be obligated to purchase any of the Stock on such Delivery Date if the
total number of shares of the Stock which the defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such date exceeds 9.09% of the
total number of shares of the Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date, and
any remaining non-defaulting Underwriter shall not be obligated to purchase more
than 110% of the number of shares of the Stock which it agreed to purchase on
such Delivery Date pursuant to the terms of Section 2.  If the foregoing
maximums are exceeded, the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters, or those other
underwriters satisfactory to the Representatives who so agree, shall have the
right, but shall not be obligated, to purchase, in such proportion as may be
agreed upon among them, all the Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date.  If
the remaining Underwriters or other underwriters satisfactory to the
Representatives do not elect to purchase the shares which the defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Delivery Date,
this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Delivery Date, the obligation of
the Underwriters to purchase, and of the Company to sell, the Option Stock)
shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter
or the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the
payment of expenses to the extent set forth in Sections 7 and 12.  As used in
this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes, for all purposes of this
Agreement unless the context requires otherwise, any party not listed in
Schedule 1 hereto who, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Firm Stock which a
defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

          Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any
liability it may have to the Company for damages caused by its default.  If
other underwriters are obligated or agree to purchase the Stock of a defaulting
or withdrawing Underwriter, either the Representatives or the Company may
postpone the Delivery Date for up to seven full business days in order to effect
any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the
Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or
in any other document or arrangement.

          11.  TERMINATION.  The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may
be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to and received by the
Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock if, prior to that
time, any of the events described in Sections 8(j) or 8(k), shall have occurred
or if the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason
permitted under this Agreement.

          12.  REIMBURSEMENT OF UNDERWRITERS' EXPENSES.  If the Company shall
fail to tender the Stock for delivery to the Underwriters by reason of any
failure, refusal

                                       33

<PAGE>

or inability on the part of the Company or the Operating Partnership to perform
any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other condition of the
Underwriters' obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company or
the Operating Partnership is not fulfilled (other than the conditions set forth
in Section 8(k)), the Company and the Operating Partnership will reimburse the
Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this
Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Stock, and upon demand the Company
and the Operating Partnership shall pay the full amount thereof to the
Representatives.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10 by
reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, neither the Company nor the
Operating Partnership shall be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter
on account of those expenses.

          13.  NOTICES, ETC.  All statements, requests, notices and agreements
hereunder shall be in writing, and:

               (a) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail,
          telex or facsimile transmission to Lehman Brothers Inc., Three World
          Financial Center, New York, New York 10285, Attention:  Syndicate
          Department (Fax: 212-526-6588), with a copy, in the case of any notice
          pursuant to Section 9(d), to the Director of Litigation, Office of the
          General Counsel, Lehman Brothers Inc., Three World Financial Center,
          10th Floor, New York, NY 10285;

               (b) if to the Company or to the Operating Partnership, shall be
          delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the
          address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement,
          Attention: Richard S. Ziman (Fax:  (310) 274-6218);

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d)
shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such
Underwriter at its address set forth in its acceptance telex to the
Representatives, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by the
Representatives upon request.  Any such statements, requests, notices or
agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof.  The Company and
the Operating Partnership shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request,
consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Underwriters by
Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the Representatives.

          14.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and
the Operating Partnership.  This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof
are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except that (A) the
representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of the Company and the
Operating Partnership contained in this Agreement shall also be deemed to be for
the benefit of the person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter or the
Independent Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
and (B) the indemnity agreement of the Underwriters

                                       34

<PAGE>

contained in Section 9(b) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be for the
benefit of officers, employees and directors of the Company and the Operating
Partnership, (including persons named in the Registration Statement with their
consent as about to become a director of the Company) and any person controlling
the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act.  Nothing in
this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than
the persons referred to in this Section 14, any legal or equitable right, remedy
or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained
herein.

          15.  SURVIVAL.  The respective indemnities, representations,
warranties and agreements of the Company, the Operating Partnership and the
Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf on them,
respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of and
payment for the Stock and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of
any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any person controlling
any of them.

          16.  DEFINITION OF THE TERMS "BUSINESS DAY" AND "SUBSIDIARY."  For
purposes of this Agreement, (a) "business day" means any day on which the New
York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading and (b) "subsidiary" has the
meaning set forth in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations and, when used in
reference to subsidiaries of the Company or the Operating Partnership, includes
the entities listed on Schedule 4.

          17.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

          18.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed
counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts
shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

          19.  HEADINGS.  The headings herein are inserted for convenience of
reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or
interpretation of, this Agreement.

          If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company,
the Operating Partnership and the Underwriters, please indicate your acceptance
in the space provided for that purpose below.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.


                                        By:
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       35

<PAGE>

                                        ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED
                                        PARTNERSHIP, the Operating Partnership


                                        By:  Arden Realty Group, Inc., its
                                        General Partner


                                        By:
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


Accepted:

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
SMITH BARNEY INC.
EVEREN  SECURITIES INC.
LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER INCORPORATED
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.


For themselves and as Representatives
of the several Underwriters named
in Schedule 1 hereto

     By:
          Lehman Brothers Inc.


     By:
          AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE



                                       36

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 1


Number of
Underwriters                                                     Shares
- ------------                                                     --------

Lehman Brothers Inc.
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.
Smith Barney Inc.
EVEREN Securities, Inc.
Legg Mason Wood Walker Incorporated
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
                                                                 --------
     Total                                                       --------



                                       37

<PAGE>

     SCHEDULE 2

                               FORMATION DOCUMENTS

1.   Cash Option Agreements

     (a)  Broad Base Investments Two, LLC
     (b)  CIC Equities, Inc.
     (c)  LA Office Fund, L.P.
     (d)  LA Office Properties II, L.P.
     (e)  TJB Investments, Inc.
     (f)  Velocity One, Inc.
     (g)  Robert Coleman
     (h)  David Gernsbacher
     (i)  Murray H. Niedorf

2.   Contribution Agreements between the Company and

     (a)  Mr. Richard Ziman
     (b)  Mr. Victor Coleman
     (c)  Arden Realty Group, Inc.
     (d)  Arden Century Associates
     (e)  Arden LAOP Two, LLC
     (f)  Arden Sawtelle Associates
     (g)  Coleman Enterprises, Inc.
     (h)  Gilbert Trust
     (i)  Intercity Buildings Associates
     (j)  Metropolitan Falls Partners
     (k)  Montour Realty Associates
     (l)  Ziman Realty Partners
     (m)  Michele Byer
     (n)  Jonathan Glaser

3.   Property Contribution Agreements between the Company and

     (a)  Anaheim Properties
     (b)  Gilbert Trust

4.   Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership

5.   Mortgage Financing Agreement

6.   Miscellaneous Rights Agreement between the Company and the Participants


                                       38

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 3

                          LIST OF PREDECESSOR ENTITIES

     Arden Realty Group, Inc., a California corporation
     Arden Broadway Associates, LLC, a California LLC
     Bristol Encino Associates, LLC, a Nevada LLC
     222 Harbor Associates, LLC, a Nevada LLC
     Century Center Associates, L.P., a California limited partnership
     1950 Sawtelle Associates, L.P., a California limited partnership
     5000 Spring Associates, LLC, a Nevada LLC
     LAOP IV, LLC, a Nevada LLC
     Beverly Ventura Associates, L.P., a California limited partnership
     LAOP V, LLC, a Nevada LLC


                                       39


<PAGE>



                               ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.

                        ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT


         FIRST:    Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
"Corporation"), desires to amend and restate its charter (the "Charter") as
currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

         SECOND:   The following provisions are all the provisions of the
Charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     INCORPORATOR

         The undersigned, James J. Hanks, Jr., whose address is c/o Ballard
Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202,
being at least 18 years of age, does hereby form a corporation under the general
laws of the State of Maryland.

                                      ARTICLE II

                                         NAME

   
                 The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is:
                                  Arden Realty, Inc.
    

                                     ARTICLE III

                                       PURPOSE

         The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any
lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in
business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the "Code")) for which corporations
may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or
hereafter in force.  For purposes of these Articles, "REIT" means a real

<PAGE>

estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                     PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

         The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of
Maryland is c/o Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, 300 East Lombard Street,
Baltimore, Maryland 21202, Attention: James J. Hanks, Jr.  The name of the
resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is James J. Hanks,
Jr., whose post address is c/o Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, 300 East
Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  The resident agent is a citizen of
and resides in the State of Maryland.

                                      ARTICLE V

                          PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
                         AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE
                  CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

   
         Section 5.1  NUMBER AND CLASSIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.  The business 
and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the 
Board of Directors.  The number of directors of the Corporation initially 
shall be 7, which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the 
Bylaws, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the 
Maryland General Corporation Law.  The names of the directors who shall serve 
until the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year adjacent to their 
names below, and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:
    

   
                                  Richard S. Ziman (1999)
                                  Victor J. Coleman (1999)
                                  Jerry Asher (1998)
                                  Carl D. Covitz (1997)
                                  Kenneth B. Roath (1997)
                                  Arthur Gilbert (1998)
                                  Steven C. Good (1998)
    

                                          2


<PAGE>


These directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy,
whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on
the Board of Directors prior to the first annual meeting of stockholders in the
manner provided in the Bylaws.

         The Corporation's Board of Directors (other than any director elected
solely by holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock) is divided into
three classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as possible, one class to
hold office initially for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting
of stockholders, another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at
the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and another class to hold
office initially for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of
stockholders, with the members of each class to hold office until their
successors are duly elected and qualify.  At each annual meeting of the
stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at
such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their
election.

         Section 5.2  EXTRAORDINARY ACTIONS.  Except as specifically provided
in Article VIII, notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring
any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if taken
or authorized by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a
majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

         Section 5.3  AUTHORIZATIONS BY BOARD OF STOCK ISSUANCE.  The Board of
Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the
Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or
securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or
series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board
of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock
split



                                          3

<PAGE>

or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may
be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.

         Section 5.4  PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  Except as may be provided by the
Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of
stock pursuant to Section 6.4, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation
shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for
any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the
Corporation which it may issue or sell unless the Corporation agrees to grant
such holder preemptive rights pursuant to a written contract.

         Section 5.5  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Corporation shall have the power,
to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to
obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in
advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a
present or former director or officer of the Corporation who is made a party to
a proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity or (b) any individual
who, while a director of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation,
serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any
other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person
may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his status as a
present or former director or officer of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall
have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such
indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor
of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to
any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation;
provided, however, that such indemnification shall not be provided with respect
to any liability such person is


                                          4


<PAGE>


determined to have, by virtue of an agreement or a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court, under any contribution agreement dated as of June 17, 1996
between such person and Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership.  Neither the
amendment nor repeal of this Section 5.5, nor the adoption or amendment of any
other provision of the Bylaws or Charter of the Corporation inconsistent with
this Section 5.5, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of
the foregoing with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to
such amendment, repeal or adoption.

         Section 5.6  DETERMINATIONS BY BOARD.  The determination as to any
of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of
the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter and in the absence of actual
receipt of an improper benefit in money, property or services or active and
deliberate dishonesty established by a court, shall be final and conclusive and
shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock:
the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of
assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of
its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of
paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net
assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses
on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease,
alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof
(whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges
shall have been created shall have  been paid or discharged); the fair value, or
any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any
asset owned or held by the Corporation; and any matters relating to the
acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation.


                                          5


<PAGE>


   
         Section 5.7  REIT QUALIFICATION.  The Board of Directors shall use 
its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or 
appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if 
the Board of Directors determines that is is no longer in the best interests 
of the Corporation to qualify or continue to be qualified as a REIT and such 
determination is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders or not less 
than two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast on the matter, the Board of 
Directors also may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation's REIT 
election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Directors also 
may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock 
ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII is no longer required for 
REIT qualification.
    

         Section 5.8    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the rights of one or
more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect one or more directors, any
director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any
time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least two thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of
directors.  For the purpose of this paragraph, "cause" shall mean with respect
to any particular director a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction
holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation
through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

         Section 5.9  ADVISOR AGREEMENTS.  Subject to such approval of
stockholders and other conditions, if any, as may be required by any applicable
statute, rule or regulation, the Board of Directors may authorize the execution
and performance by the Corporation of one or more agreements with any person,
corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or
other organization whereby, subject to the supervision  and control of the Board
of Directors, any such other person, corporation, association, company, trust,
partnership (limited or general) or other organization shall render or make
available to the Corporation managerial, investment, advisory and/or related
services, office space and other services and facilities (including, if deemed
advisable by the Board of Directors, the management or supervision of the
investments of the Corporation) upon such terms and conditions as may be


                                          6


<PAGE>


    provided in such agreement or agreements (including, if deemed fair and
    equitable by the Board of Directors, the compensation payable thereunder by
    the Corporation).

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                        STOCK

              Section 6.1  AUTHORIZED SHARES.  The Corporation has authority to
    issue 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share ("Common
    Stock"), and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share
    ("Preferred Stock").  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of
    stock having par value is $1,200,000.

              Section 6.2  COMMON STOCK.  Subject to the provisions of Article
    VII, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one
    vote.  The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common
    Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series of stock.

              Section 6.3  PREFERRED STOCK.  The Board of Directors may
    classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any
    previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series
    from time to time, in one or more series of stock.

              Section 6.4  CLASSIFIED OR RECLASSIFIED SHARES.  Prior to
    issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the
    Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series
    to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the
    Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class
    or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII  and
    subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the
    Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other
    rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to transferability,
    dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions
    of redemption for each class or series;


                                          7


<PAGE>


    and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State
    Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland ("SDAT").  Any of the
    terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c)
    of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events
    ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of
    Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation)
    and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such
    facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or
    series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles
    supplementary filed with the SDAT.

              Section 6.5  CHARTER AND BYLAWS.  All persons who shall acquire
    stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions
    of the Charter and the Bylaws.

                                     ARTICLE VII

    RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER TO PRESERVE TAX BENEFIT

              Section 7.1  DEFINITIONS.  For the purposes of this Article VII,
    the following terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Beneficial Ownership" shall mean ownership of Common Shares by a
    Person who is or would be treated as an owner of such Common Shares either
    actually or constructively through the application of Section 544 of the
    Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code.  The terms
    "Beneficial Owner," "Beneficially Own," "Beneficially Owns" and
    "Beneficially Owned" shall have the correlative meanings.

              "Charitable Beneficiary" shall mean one or more beneficiaries of
    the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3(f) of this Article VII.

              "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
    from time to time, or any successor statute.


                                          8


<PAGE>


              "Common Shares" shall mean shares of the Corporation's Common
    Stock.

              "Constructive Ownership" shall mean ownership of Common Shares by
    a Person who is or would be treated as an owner of such Common Shares
    either actually or constructively through the application of Section 318 of
    the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code.  The terms
    "Constructive Owner," "Constructively Own,"       "Constructively Owns" and
    "Constructively Owned" shall have the correlative meanings.

              "Initial Public Offering" shall mean the sale of Common Shares
    pursuant to the Corporation's first effective registration statement for
    such Common Shares filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

              "IRS" means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

              "Market Price" shall mean the last reported sales price reported
    on the New York Stock Exchange of the Common Shares on the trading day
    immediately preceding the relevant date, or if the Common Shares are not
    then traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the last reported sales price
    of the Common Shares on the trading day immediately preceding the relevant
    date as reported on any exchange or quotation system over which the Common
    Shares may be traded, or if the Common Shares are not then traded over any
    exchange or quotation system, then the market price of the Common Shares on
    the relevant date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
    the Corporation.

              "Ownership Limit" shall mean 9.0% (by value or by number of
    shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding Common Shares of
    the Corporation.

              "Partnership Agreement" shall mean the Agreement of Limited
    Partnership of Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, of which the
    Corporation is the sole general partner, dated as of September ___, 1996,
    as such agreement may be amended from time to time.


                                          9


<PAGE>


              "Person" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership,
    limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under
    Section 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently
    set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in
    Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the
    meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity;
    but does not include an underwriter acting in a capacity as such in a
    public offering of the Common Shares provided that the ownership of Common
    Shares by such underwriter would not result in the Corporation being
    "closely held" within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, or
    otherwise result in the Corporation failing to qualify as a REIT.

              "Purported Beneficial Transferee" shall mean, with respect to any
    purported Transfer which results in a transfer to a Trust, as provided in
    Section 7.2(b) of this Article VII, the purported beneficial transferee or
    owner for whom the Purported Record Transferee would have acquired or owned
    Common Shares, if such Transfer had been valid under Section 7.2(a) of this
    Article VII.

              "Purported Record Transferee" shall mean, with respect to any
    purported Transfer which results in a transfer to a Trust, as provided in
    Section 7.2(b) of this Article VII, the record holder of the Common Shares
    if such Transfer had been valid under Section 7.2(a) of this Article VII.

              "REIT" shall mean a real estate investment trust under Section
    856 through 860 of the Code.

              "Restriction Termination Date" shall mean the first day after the
    date of the Initial Public Offering on which the Board of Directors of the
    Corporation determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the
    Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a


                                          10


<PAGE>



REIT.

              "Transfer" shall mean any sale, transfer, gift, assignment,
    devise or other disposition of Common Shares, including (i) the granting of
    any option or entering into any agreement for the sale, transfer or other
    disposition of Common Shares or (ii) the sale, transfer, assignment or
    other disposition of any securities (or rights convertible into or
    exchangeable for Common Shares), whether voluntary or involuntary, whether
    of record or beneficially or Beneficially or Constructively (including but
    not limited to transfers of interests in other entities which results in
    changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Common Shares), and
    whether by operation of law or otherwise.

              "Trust" shall mean each of the trusts provided for in Section 7.3
    of this Article VII.

              "Trustee" shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the
    Corporation, the Purported Beneficial Transferee, and the Purported Record
    Transferee, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the
    Trust.

              7.2  RESTRICTION ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFERS.

                   (a)  From the date of the Initial Public Offering and prior
    to the Restriction Termination Date:

                        (i)       except as provided in Section 7.9 of this
    Article VII, no Person shall Beneficially Own Common Shares in excess of
    the Ownership Limit;

                        (ii)      except as provided in Section 7.9 of this
    Article VII, no Person shall Constructively Own in excess of 9.8% (by value
    or by number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding
    Common Shares of the Corporation; and


                                          11

<PAGE>


                        (iii)     no Person shall Beneficially or
    Constructively Own Common Shares to the extent that such Beneficial or
    Constructive Ownership would result in the Corporation being "closely held"
    within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, or otherwise failing to
    qualify as a REIT (including but not limited to ownership that would result
    in the Corporation owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a
    tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income
    derived by the Corporation (either directly or indirectly through one or
    more partnerships) from such tenant would cause the Corporation to fail to
    satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the
    Code).

                   (b)  If, during the period commencing on the date of the
    Initial Public Offering and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, any
    Transfer (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction
    entered into through the facilities of the New York Stock Exchange
    ("NYSE")) or other event occurs that, if effective, would result in any
    Person Beneficially or Constructively Owning Common Shares in violation of
    Section  7.2(a) of this Article VII, (1) then that number of Common Shares
    that otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2(a) of this
    Article VII (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically
    transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as
    described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the
    business day prior to the date of such Transfer or other event, and such
    Purported Beneficial Transferee shall thereafter have no rights in such
    Common Shares or (2) if, for any reason, the transfer to the Trust
    described in clause (1) of this sentence is not automatically effective as
    provided therein to prevent any Person from Beneficially or Constructively
    Owning Common Shares in violation of Section 7.2(a) of this Article VII,
    then the Transfer of that number of Common Shares that otherwise would
    cause any Person to violate Section 7.2(a) shall be void AB INITIO, and the
    Purported


                                          12


<PAGE>


Beneficial Transferee shall have no rights in such Common Shares.

                   (c)  Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein,
    during the period commencing on the date of the Initial Public Offering and
    prior to the Restriction Termination Date, any Transfer of Common Shares
    (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into
    through the facilities of the NYSE) that, if effective, would result in the
    capital stock of the Corporation being beneficially owned by less than 100
    Persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution) shall be
    void AB INITIO, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such
    Common Shares.

                   (d)  It is expressly intended that the restrictions on
    ownership and Transfer described in this Section 7.2 of Article VII shall
    apply to the redemption/exchange rights provided in Section 8.6 of the
    Partnership Agreement.  Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the
    Partnership Agreement to the contrary, a partner of Arden Realty Group
    Limited Partnership shall not be entitled to effect an exchange of an
    interest in Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership for Common Shares to the
    extent the actual or beneficial or Beneficial or Constructive ownership of
    such Common Shares would be prohibited under the provisions of this Article
    VII.

              Section 7.3    TRANSFERS OF COMMON SHARES IN TRUST

                   (a)  Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in
    Section 7.2(b) of this Article VII, such Common Shares shall be deemed to
    have been transferred to the Trustee in his capacity as trustee of a Trust
    for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries.  Such
    transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of
    business on the business day prior to the purported Transfer or other event
    that results in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 7.2(b).  The
    Trustee shall be appointed by the


                                          13


<PAGE>


    Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation,
    any Purported Beneficial Transferee, and any Purported Record Transferee.
    Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as
    provided in Section 7.3(f) of this Article VII.

                   (b)  Common Shares held by the Trustee shall be issued and
    outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation.  The Purported Beneficial
    Transferee or Purported Record Transferee shall not benefit economically
    from ownership of any Common Shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall
    have no rights to dividends and shall not possess any rights to vote or
    other rights attributable to the Common Shares held in the Trust.

                   (c)  The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to
    dividends with respect to Common Shares held in the Trust, which rights
    shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary.
    Any dividend or distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation
    that the Common Shares have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid
    to the Trustee upon demand, and any dividend or distribution declared but
    unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee with respect to such Common
    Shares.  Any dividends or distributions so paid over to the Trustee shall
    be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary.  The Purported Record
    Transferee and Purported Beneficial Transferee shall have no voting rights
    with respect to the Common Shares held in the Trust and, subject to
    Maryland law, effective as of the date the Common Shares have been
    transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the
    Trustee's sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a
    Purported Record Transferee prior to the discovery by the Corporation that
    the Common Shares have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast
    such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the
    benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the
    Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the
    Trustees shall not have


                                          14


<PAGE>


the authority to rescind and recast such vote.  Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Article VII, until the Corporation has received notification that the
Common Shares have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be
entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for
purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings,
determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes
of stockholders.

                   (d)  Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation
    that Common Shares have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the
    Trust shall sell the Common Shares held in the Trust to a person,
    designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the Common Shares will not
    violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2(a).  Upon such
    sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Common Shares sold
    shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the
    sale to the Purported Record Transferee and to the Charitable Beneficiary
    as provided in this Section 7.3(d).  The Purported Record Transferee shall
    receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Purported Record Transferee
    for the Common Shares in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to
    the Trust (or, if the event which resulted in the transfer to the Trust did
    not involve a purchase of such Common Shares at Market Price, the Market
    Price of such Common Shares on the day of the event which resulted in the
    transfer of the Common Shares to the Trust) and (2) the price per share
    received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale)
    from the sale or other disposition of the Common Shares held in the Trust.
    Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Purported
    Record Transferee shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary
    together with any dividends or other distributions thereon.  If, prior to
    the discovery by the Corporation that such Common Shares have been
    transferred to the


                                          15


<PAGE>


    Trustee, such Common Shares are sold by a Purported Record Transferee then
    (i) such Common Shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the
    Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Purported Record Transferee received
    an amount for such Common Shares that exceeds the amount that such
    Purported Record Transferee was entitled to receive pursuant to this
    subparagraph A(3)(d), such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

                   (e)  Common Shares transferred to the Trustee shall be
    deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee,
    at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price paid by the
    Purported Record Transferee for the Common Shares in the transaction that
    resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, if the event which resulted in
    the transfer to the Trust did not involve a purchase of such Common Shares
    at Market Price, the Market Price of such Common Shares on the day of the
    event which resulted in the transfer of the Common Shares to the Trust) and
    (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts
    such offer.  The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer
    until the Trustee has sold the Common Shares held in the Trust pursuant to
    Section 7.3(d).  Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the
    Charitable Beneficiary in the Common Shares sold shall terminate and the
    Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Purported
    Record Transferee and any dividends or other distributions held by the
    Trustee with respect to such Common Shares shall thereupon be paid to the
    Charitable Beneficiary.

                   (f)  By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall
    designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable
    Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the Common Shares
    held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section
    7.2(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each Charitable
    Beneficiary is an organization described in Sections 170(b)(1)(A),
    170(c)(2) and 501(c)(3) of


                                          16


<PAGE>


    the Code.

              Section 7.4    REMEDIES FOR BREACH.  If the Board of Directors,
    or a committee thereof (or other designees if permitted by Maryland law)
    shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event
    has taken place in violation of Section 7.2 of this Article VII or that a
    Person intends to acquire, has attempted to acquire or may acquire
    beneficial ownership (determined without reference to any rules of
    attribution), Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any Common
    Shares of the Corporation in violation of Section 7.2 of this Article VII,
    the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof (or other designees if
    permitted by Maryland law) shall take such action as it deems advisable to
    refuse to give effect or to prevent such Transfer, including, but not
    limited to, causing the Corporation to redeem Common Shares, refusing to
    give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting
    proceedings to enjoin such Transfer; provided, however, that any Transfers
    (or, in the case of events other than a Transfer, ownership or Constructive
    Ownership or Beneficial Ownership) in violation of Section 7.2(a) of this
    Article VII, shall automatically result in the transfer to a Trust as
    described in Section 7.2(b) and any Transfer in violation of Section 7.2(c)
    shall automatically be void AB INITIO irrespective of any action (or non-
    action) by the Board of Directors.

              Section 7.5     NOTICE OF RESTRICTED TRANSFER.  Any Person who
    acquires or attempts to acquire Common Shares in violation of Section 7.2
    of this Article VII or any Person who is a Purported Transferee such that
    an automatic transfer to a Trust results under Section 7.2(b) of this
    Article VII, shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of
    such event and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as
    the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of
    such Transfer or attempted Transfer on the


                                          17

<PAGE>


    Corporation's status as a REIT.

              Section 7.6    OWNERS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE INFORMATION. From the
    date of the Initial Public Offering and prior to the Restriction
    Termination Date each Person who is a beneficial owner or Beneficial Owner
    or Constructive Owner of Common Shares and each Person (including the
    shareholder of record) who is holding Common Shares for a Beneficial Owner
    or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information
    that the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the
    Corporation's status as a REIT.

              Section 7.7    REMEDIES NOT LIMITED.  Nothing contained in this
    Article VII (but subject to Section 7.12 of this Article VII and Section
    5.7 of the Charter) shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to
    take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the
    Corporation and the interests of its shareholders by preservation of the
    Corporation's status as a REIT.

              Section 7.8    AMBIGUITY. In the case of an ambiguity in the
    application of any of the provisions of Sections 7.2 through 7.9 of this
    Article VII, including any definition contained in Section 7.1, the Board
    of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of the
    provisions of Sections 7.2 through 7.9 with respect to any situation based
    on the facts known to it (subject, however, to the provisions of Section
    7.12 of this Article VII).  In the event any of Sections 7.2 through 7.9
    requires an action by the Board of Directors and these Amended and Restated
    Articles of Incorporation fail to provide specific guidance with respect to
    such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the
    action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions
    of such Sections 7.2 through 7.9 of this Article VII.  Absent a decision to
    the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the


                                          18


<PAGE>


    Board may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have
    (but for the remedies set forth in Section 7.2(b)) acquired Beneficial or
    Constructive Ownership of Common Shares in violation of Section 7.2(a) such
    remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the Common Shares which, but
    for such remedies, would have been actually owned by such Person, and
    second to Common Shares which, but for such remedies, would have been
    Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such
    Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such Common Shares
    based upon the relative number of the Common Shares held by each such
    Person.

              Section 7.9    EXCEPTIONS.

                   (a)  Subject to Section 7.2(a)(iii), the Board of Directors,
    in its sole discretion, may exempt a Person from the limitation on a Person
    Beneficially Owning Common Shares in excess of the Ownership Limit if the
    Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such
    Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no individual's
    Beneficial Ownership of such Common Shares will violate the Ownership Limit
    or that any such violation will not cause the Corporation to fail to
    qualify as a REIT under the Code, and agrees that any violation of such
    representations or undertaking (or other action which is contrary to the
    restrictions contained in Section 7.2 of this Article VII) or attempted
    violation will result in such Common Shares being transferred to a Trust in
    accordance with Section 7.2(b) of this Article VII.

                   (b)  Subject to Section 7.2(a)(iii), the Board of Directors,
    in its sole discretion, may exempt a Person from the limitation on a Person
    Constructively Owning Common Shares in excess of 9.8% (by value or by
    number of Common Shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding
    Common Shares of the Corporation, if such Person does


                                          19


<PAGE>


    not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an
    interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity owned in
    whole or in part by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to
    own, actually or Constructively more than a 9.8% interest (as set forth in
    Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Corporation
    obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are
    reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact and agrees that any violation
    or attempted violation will result in such Common Shares being transferred
    to a Trust in accordance with Section 7.2(b) of this Article VII.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the inability of a Person to make the
    certification described in this Section 7.9(b) shall not prevent the Board
    of Directors, in its sole discretion, from exempting such Person from the
    limitation on a Person Constructively Owning Common Shares in excess of
    9.8% of the outstanding Common Shares if the Board of Directors determines
    that the resulting application of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code would
    affect the characterization of less than 0.5% of the gross income (as such
    term is used in Section 856(c)(2) of the Code) of the Corporation in any
    taxable year, after taking into account the effect of this sentence with
    respect to all other Common Shares to which this sentence applies.

                   (c)  Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section
7.9(a) or (b) of this Article VII, the Board of Directors may require a ruling
from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in
form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole
discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or
ensure the Corporation's status as a REIT.


                                          20


<PAGE>



              Section 7.10   LEGEND.  Each certificate for Common Shares shall
    bear substantially the following legend:

         "The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of capital
         stock which are designated as Common Shares and Preferred Shares.
         The Board of Directors is authorized to determine the
         preferences, limitations and relative rights of the Preferred
         Shares before the issuance of any Preferred Shares.  The
         Corporation will furnish, without charge, to any shareholder
         making a written request therefor, a copy of the Corporation's
         Charter and a written statement of the designations, relative
         rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each such class
         of stock.  Requests for such written statement may be directed to
         Victor J. Coleman, the President of the Company, at the Company's
         principal office.

         The shares represented by this certificate are subject to
         restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and
         Transfer for the purpose of the Corporation's maintenance of its
         status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal
         Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  Subject to
         certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in
         the Corporation's Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own in
         excess of 9.0% of the outstanding Common Shares of the
         Corporation (by value or by number of shares, whichever is more
         restrictive); (ii) no Person may Constructively Own in excess of
         9.8% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation (by
         value or by number of shares, whichever is more restrictive);
         (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Common
         Shares that would result in the Corporation being "closely held"
         under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the
         Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may
         Transfer Common Shares if such Transfer would result in the
         capital stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100
         Persons.  Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or
         attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own Common Shares
         which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or
         Constructively Own Common Shares in excess of the above
         limitations must immediately notify the Corporation.  If any of
         the restrictions on transfer or ownership are violated, the
         Common Shares represented hereby will be automatically
         transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or
         more Charitable Beneficiaries.  In addition, the Corporation may
         redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the
         Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of
         Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event
         may violate the restrictions described above.  Furthermore, upon
         the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in
         violation of the restrictions described above may be void AB
         INITIO. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings
         defined in the Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be
         amended from time to time, a copy of


                                          21


<PAGE>


         which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be
         furnished to each holder of Common Shares on request and without
         charge.  Requests for such a copy may be directed to Victor J.
         Coleman, the President of the Company, at the Company's principal
         office."

              Section 7.11   SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Article
    VII or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by
    any Federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the
    validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other
    applications of such provision shall be affected only to the extent
    necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

              Section 7.12   TERMINATION OF REIT STATUS.  The Board of
    Directors shall take no action to terminate the Corporation's status as a
    REIT or to amend the provisions of this Article VII until such time as (i)
    the Board of Directors adopts a resolution recommending that the
    Corporation terminate its status as a REIT or amends this Article VII, as
    the case may be, (ii) the Board of Directors presents the resolution at an
    annual or special meeting of the stockholders and (iii) such resolution is
    approved by at least two thirds of all votes entitled to be cast on the
    matter.

              Section 7.13   NYSE.  Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude
    the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of
    the NYSE.  The fact that the settlement of any transaction is so permitted
    shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and
    any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all the provisions
    and limitations of this Article VII.


                                          22


<PAGE>



                                     ARTICLE VIII
                         AMENDMENTS AND TRANSACTIONS OUTSIDE
                           THE ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS

              The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any
    amendment to its Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any
    amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in
    this Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock.  All rights and powers
    conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are
    granted subject to this reservation.  Any amendment to Article VI of the
    Charter shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of holders
    of shares entitled to cast a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on
    the matter.  Any other amendment to the Charter, including, without
    limitation, amendments to Article V and VII, shall be valid only if
    approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds
    of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.  In addition, the
    Corporation shall not dissolve, merge, sell all or substantially all of its
    assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions
    outside the ordinary course of business unless approved by the affirmative
    vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of all the votes entitled
    to be cast on the matter.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                               LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

              To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to
    time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a
    Corporation, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to
    the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.  Neither the
    amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption or amendment of
    any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article
    IX, shall apply to or


                                          23


<PAGE>


    affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with
    respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such
    amendment, repeal or adoption.

              THIRD:  The amendment to and restatement of the Charter as
    hereinabove set forth has been duly advised by the Board of Directors and
    approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

              FOURTH:  The current address of the principal office of the
    Corporation is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and
    restatement of the Charter.

              FIFTH:  The name and address of the Corporation's current
    resident agent is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and
    restatement of the Charter.

              SIXTH:  The number of directors of the Corporation and the names
    of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing
    amendment and restatement of the Charter.

   
              SEVENTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the 
Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and 
restatement was 1,000, all of one class, $.01 par value per share. The 
aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $10.00.
    

   
              EIGHTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the 
Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and 
restatement of the Charter is 120,000,000, consisting of 100,000,000 shares 
of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred 
Stock, $.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized 
shares of stock having par value is $1,200,000.
    

   
              NINTH:  The undersigned Chairman of the Board acknowledges 
these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the 
Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under 
oath, the undersigned Chairman of the Board acknowledges that to the best of 
his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in 
all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for 
perjury.
    


                                          24


<PAGE>



              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of
    Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its
    Chairman of the Board and attested to by its Secretary on this _____ day of
    ____________, 1996.


    ATTEST:                                      ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.



                                                 By:                     (SEAL)
    ------------------------                        ---------------------
          Secretary                                  Chairman of the Board






                                          25

<PAGE>
                               ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.

                                        BYLAWS

                                      ARTICLE I

                                       OFFICES

    Section 1.     PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  The principal office of the Corporation
shall be located at such place or places as the Board of Directors may
designate.

    Section 2.     ADDITIONAL OFFICES.  The Corporation may have additional
offices at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine
or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                      ARTICLE II

                               MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

    Section 1.     PLACE.  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the
principal office of the Corporation or at such other place within the United
States as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

    Section 2.     ANNUAL MEETING.  An annual meeting of the stockholders for
the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers
of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of
Directors during the month of May in each year, unless the Board of Directors
elects to hold the meeting in any other month.

    Section 3.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  The president, chief executive officer or
Board of Directors may call special meetings of the stockholders.  Special
meetings of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the
Corporation upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to cast
not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
Such request shall state the purpose of such meeting and the matters proposed to
be acted on at such meeting.  The secretary shall inform such stockholders of
the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing notice of the meeting
and, upon payment to the Corporation by such stockholders of such costs, the
secretary shall give notice to each stockholder entitled to notice of the
meeting.

    Section 4.     NOTICE.  Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each
meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled
to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is
entitled to notice of the meeting written or printed notice stating the time and
place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may
be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, either
by mail or by presenting it to such stockholder personally or by leaving it at
his residence or usual place of business.  If mailed, such notice shall be
deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the
stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.


<PAGE>

    Section 5.     SCOPE OF NOTICE.  Any business of the Corporation may be
transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically
designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to
be stated in such notice.  No business shall be transacted at a special meeting
of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.

    Section 6.     ORGANIZATION.  At every meeting of stockholders, the
chairman of the board, if there be one, shall conduct the meeting or, in the
case of vacancy in office or absence of the chairman of the board, one of the
following officers present shall conduct the meeting in the order stated:  the
vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the president, the vice presidents
in their order of rank and seniority, or a chairman chosen by the stockholders
entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all stockholders present in
person or by proxy are entitled to cast, shall act as chairman, and the
secretary, or, in his absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both
the secretary and assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman
shall act as secretary.

    Section 7.     QUORUM.  At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in
person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes
entitled to be cast at such meeting shall constitute a quorum; but this section
shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the
Corporation for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure.  If,
however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders,
the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by
proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date
not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than
announcement at the meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall
be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified.

    Section 8.     VOTING.  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of
stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to
elect a director.  Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are
directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be
voted.  A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called
and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter
which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the
votes cast is required by statute or by the charter of the Corporation.  Unless
otherwise provided in the charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class,
shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of
stockholders.

    Section 9.       PROXIES.  A stockholder may vote the stock owned of record
by him, either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or
by his duly authorized attorney in  fact.  Such proxy shall be filed with the
secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.  No proxy
shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.

    Section 10.    VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.  Stock of the
Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other
entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice
president, a general partner or trustee

                                          2

<PAGE>

thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing
individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock
pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or
other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified
copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote
such stock.  Any director or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in his
name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

         Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it
shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the
total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time,
unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be
voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares
at any given time.

         The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a
stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock
registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a
specified person other than the stockholder.  The resolution shall set forth the
class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the
certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be
contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or
closing of the stock transfer books, the time after the record date or closing
of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by
the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which
the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable.  On receipt of such
certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as,
for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of
the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter of the Corporation
or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Corporations and Associations
Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland (or any successor statute) shall not
apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation.
This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before
or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the
extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control
share acquisition.

    Section 11.    INSPECTORS.  At any meeting of stockholders, the chairman of
the meeting may appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting.
Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares represented at
the meeting based upon their determination of the validity and effect of
proxies, count all votes, report the results and perform such other acts as are
proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all
the stockholders.







                                          3

<PAGE>

         Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or
by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such
meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be
the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or inspectors on the
number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall
be PRIMA FACIE evidence thereof.

         Section 12.  NOMINATIONS AND STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS

         (a)  ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  (1) Nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered
by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders
(i) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction
of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was
a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in
this Section 12(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to
vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in
this Section 12(a).

              (2)  For nominations or other business to be properly brought
before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of
paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 12, the stockholder must have given timely
notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a
stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal
executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days
prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided,
however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by
more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date,
notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the
90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business
on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day
following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is
first made.  Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person
whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a
director all information relating to such person that is required to be
disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise
required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee  and to serving as a
director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder
proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business
desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such
business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such
stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is
made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (x) the name
and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and
of such beneficial owner and (y) the number of shares of each class of stock of
the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder
and such beneficial owner.

              (3)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph
(a)(2) of this Section 12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of
directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no
public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the
size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation


                                          4

<PAGE>

at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual
meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 12(a) shall also be
considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions
created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of
business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is
first made by the Corporation.

         (b)  SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Only such business shall be
conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before
the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting.  Nominations of
persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting
of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) pursuant to the
Corporation's notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that
directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the
Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice
provided for in this Section 12(b), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and
who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12(b).  In the
event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of
electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder
may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such
position as specified in the Corporation's notice of meeting, if the
stockholder's notice containing the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of
this Section 12 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive
offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day
prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public
announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

         (c)  GENERAL.  (1)  Only such persons who are nominated in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 shall be eligible to serve as
directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders
as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this Section 12.  The presiding officer of the meeting shall have
the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to
be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in
compliance with this Section 12, to declare that such defective nomination or
proposal be disregarded.

              (2)  For purposes of this Section 12, "public announcement" shall
mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,
Associated Press or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by
the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section
13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

              (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12,
a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law
and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to
the matters set forth in this Section 12.  Nothing in this Section 12 shall be
deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in
the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.



                                          5

<PAGE>

         Section 13.    VOTING BY BALLOT.  Voting on any question or in any
election may be VIVA VOCE unless the presiding officer shall order or any
stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                      DIRECTORS

         Section 1.     GENERAL POWERS.  The business and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

         Section 2.     NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  At any regular
meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the
entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of
directors, provided that the number thereof shall not be less than 5 (or, if the
Maryland General Corporation Law ("MGCL") requires a number of directors greater
than 5, the minimum number required by the MGCL), nor more than 11, and further
provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any
decrease in the number of directors.

         Section 3.     ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS.  An annual meeting of the
Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the
annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary.
The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either
within or without the State of Maryland, for the holding of regular meetings of
the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

         Section 4.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,
president or by a majority of the directors then in office.  The person or
persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix
any place, either within or without the State of Maryland, as the place for
holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.


         Section 5.     NOTICE.  Notice of any special meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile transmission,
United States mail or courier to each director at his business or residence
address.  Notice by personal delivery, by telephone or a facsimile transmission
shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting.  Notice by mail shall be
given at least five days prior to the meeting and shall be deemed to be given
when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage
thereon prepaid.  Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director
is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which he is a party.
Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the
transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the
director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special
meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless
specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.



                                          6

<PAGE>

         Section 6.     QUORUM.  A majority of the directors shall constitute a
quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors,
provided that, if less than a majority of such directors are present at said
meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to the
charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority of a
particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include
a majority of such group.

                   The Board of Directors present at a meeting which has been
duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

         Section 7.     VOTING.  The action of the majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the
Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required
for such action by applicable statute.

         Section 8.     TELEPHONE MEETINGS.  Directors may participate in a
meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same
time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in
person at the meeting.

         Section 9.     INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken
without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed by each
director and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of
the Board of Directors.

         Section 10.    VACANCIES.  If for any reason any or all the directors
cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect
these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder (even if fewer
than five directors remain).  Any vacancy on the Board of Directors for any
cause other than an increase in the number of directors shall be filled at any
regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose by a majority
vote of the remaining directors, although such majority may be less than a
quorum.  Any vacancy in the number of directors created by an increase in the
number of directors may be filled by a majority vote of the entire Board of
Directors.  Any individual so elected as director shall hold office until the
next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and
qualifies.

         Section 11.    COMPENSATION.  Directors shall not receive any stated
salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of
Directors, may receive fixed sums per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit
to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for
any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors.  Directors
may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or
special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for
their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other
service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors; but nothing
herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.



                                          7

<PAGE>

         Section 12.    LOSS OF DEPOSITS.  No director shall be liable for any
loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company,
savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock
have been deposited.

         Section 13.    SURETY BONDS.  Unless required by law, no director
shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
performance of any of his duties.

         Section 14.    RELIANCE.  Each director, officer, employee and agent
of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties with respect to the
Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure
to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of
the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the
Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants,
appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Board of Directors or
officers of the Corporation, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may
also be a director.

         Section 15.    CERTAIN RIGHTS OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
AGENTS.  The directors shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to
the affairs of the Corporation.  Any director or officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, in his personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate,
employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business
interests and engage in business activities similar to or in addition to or in
competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                      COMMITTEES

         Section 1.     NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The Board of
Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit
Committee, a Compensation Committee, and other committees, composed of one or
more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

         Section 2.     POWERS.  The Board of Directors may delegate to
committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the
Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.

         Section 3.     MEETINGS.  Notice of committee meetings shall be given
in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors.  A
majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at any meeting of the committee.  The act of a majority
of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such
committee.  The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee,
and such chairman or any two members of any committee may fix the time and place
of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  In the absence of any
member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting,
whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in
the place of such absent member.  Each committee shall keep minutes of its
proceedings.



                                          8

<PAGE>

         Section 4.     TELEPHONE MEETINGS.  Members of a committee of the
Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference
telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by
these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

         Section 5.     INFORMAL ACTION BY COMMITTEES.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors
may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed
by each member of the committee and such written consent is filed with the
minutes of proceedings of such committee.

         Section 6.     VACANCIES.  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board
of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any
committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any
absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                       OFFICERS

         Section 1.     GENERAL PROVISIONS.  The officers of the Corporation
shall include a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary and a
treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board,
one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial
officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers.
In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint such other
officers with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or desirable.
The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of
Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual
meeting of  stockholders, except that the chief executive officer may appoint
one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.  If
the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall
be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient.  Each officer shall hold office
until his successor is elected and qualifies or until his death, resignation or
removal in the manner hereinafter provided.  Any two or more offices except
president and vice president may be held by the same person.  In its discretion,
the Board of Directors may leave unfilled any office except that of president,
treasurer and secretary.  Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself
create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

         Section 2.     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.  Any officer or agent of the
Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best
interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be
without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Any
officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of
his resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the
president or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect at any time
subsequent to the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become
effective is not specified therein, immediately upon its receipt.  The
acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless
otherwise stated in the resignation.  Such resignation shall


                                          9

<PAGE>

be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

         Section 3.     VACANCIES.  A vacancy in any office may be filled by
the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

         Section 4.     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The Board of Directors may
designate a chief executive officer.  In the absence of such designation, the
chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.
The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation
of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and
for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

         Section 5.     CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.  The Board of Directors may
designate a chief operating officer.  The chief operating officer shall have the
responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief
executive officer.

         Section 6.     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.  The Board of Directors may
designate a chief financial officer.  The chief financial officer shall have the
responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief
executive officer.

         Section 7.     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Board of Directors shall
designate a chairman of the board.  The chairman of the board shall preside over
the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall
be present.  The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be
assigned to him or them by the Board of Directors.

         Section 8.     PRESIDENT.  The president or chief executive officer,
as the case may be, shall in general supervise and control all of the business
and affairs of the Corporation.  In the absence of a designation of a chief
operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief
operating officer.  He may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other
instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly
delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or
agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed;
and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and
such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to
time.

         Section 9.     VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the absence of the president or in
the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there
be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at
the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the
order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so
acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the president or by the Board of Directors.  The Board of
Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president,
senior vice president or as vice president for particular areas of
responsibility.



                                          10

<PAGE>

         Section 10.    SECRETARY.  The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of
the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of
the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see
that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these
Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of
the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of
each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder;
(e) have general charge of the share transfer books of the Corporation; and
(f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to
him by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Directors.

         Section 11.    TREASURER.  The treasurer shall have the custody of the
funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and
shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board
of Directors.  In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by
the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of
the Corporation.

                   The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as
may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the
regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an
account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of
the Corporation.

                   If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall
give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of
the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of
his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the Corporation.

         Section 12.    ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS.  The
assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such
duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively,
or by the president or the Board of Directors.  The assistant treasurers shall,
if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful performance
of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

         Section 13.    SALARIES.  The salaries and other compensation of the
officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no
officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by
reason of the fact that he is also a director.





                                          11

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE VI

                        CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

         Section 1.     CONTRACTS.  The Board of Directors may authorize any
officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority
may be general or confined to specific instances.  Any agreement, deed,
mortgage, lease or other document executed by one or more of the directors or by
an  authorized person shall be valid and binding upon the Board of Directors and
upon the Corporation when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of
Directors.

         Section 2.     CHECKS AND DRAFTS.  All checks, drafts or other orders
for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the
Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board
of Directors.

         Section 3.     DEPOSITS.  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise
employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation
in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors
may designate.

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                        STOCK

         Section 1.     CERTIFICATES.  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a
certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number of
shares of each class of stock held by him in the Corporation.  Each certificate
shall be signed by the chief executive officer, the president or a vice
president and countersigned by the secretary or an assistant secretary or the
treasurer or an assistant treasurer and may be sealed with the seal, if any, of
the Corporation.  The signatures may be either manual or facsimile.
Certificates shall be consecutively numbered; and if the Corporation shall, from
time to time, issue several classes of stock, each class may have its own number
series.  A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who
signed it is still an officer when it is issued.  Each certificate representing
shares which are restricted as to their transferability or voting powers, which
are preferred or limited as to their dividends or as to their allocable portion
of the assets upon liquidation or which are redeemable at the option of the
Corporation, shall have a statement of such restriction, limitation, preference
or redemption provision, or a summary thereof, plainly stated on the
certificate.  If the Corporation has authority to issue stock of more than one
class, the certificate shall contain on the face or back a full statement or
summary of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights,
voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other
distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each
class of stock and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or
special class in series, the differences in the relative rights and preferences
between the shares of each series to the extent they have been set and the
authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences
of subsequent series.  In lieu of such statement or summary, the certificate may
state that the


                                          12

<PAGE>

Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder
upon request and without charge.  If any class of stock is restricted by the
Corporation as to transferability, the certificate shall contain a full
statement of the restriction or state that the Corporation will furnish
information about the restrictions to the stockholder on request and without
charge.

         Section 2.     TRANSFERS.  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the
transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

                   The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of
record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly,
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the
State of Maryland.

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any
class of stock will be subject in all respects to the charter of the Corporation
and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

         Section 3.     REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.  Any officer designated by the
Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any
certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person
claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing the
issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors
may, in his discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof,
require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner's
legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he shall require
and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it
against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new
certificate.

         Section 4.     CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE.
The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of
determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any
dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a
determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any
case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is
fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of
stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or
particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to
be held or taken.

                   In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may
provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but
not longer than 20 days.  If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose
of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days before the date
of such meeting.



                                          13

<PAGE>

                   If no record date is fixed and the stock transfer books are
not closed for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the
determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of
meeting is mailed or the 30th day before the meeting, whichever is the closer
date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any
other rights shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution
of the directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

                   When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any
meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such
determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the
determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the
stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date
more than 120 days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in
either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

         Section 5.     STOCK LEDGER.  The Corporation shall maintain at its
principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent,
an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each
stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

         Section 6.     FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS.  The Board of
Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all
on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of the charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may
issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation.  Any security
issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities
issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that
for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be
transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                   ACCOUNTING YEAR

         The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix
the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

                                      ARTICLE IX

                                     DISTRIBUTIONS

         Section 1.     AUTHORIZATION.  Dividends and other distributions upon
the stock of the Corporation may be authorized and declared by the Board of
Directors, subject  to the provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation.
Dividends and other distributions  may be paid in cash, property or stock of the
Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the charter.




                                          14

<PAGE>

         Section 2.     CONTINGENCIES.  Before payment of any dividends or
other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation
available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of
Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions,
for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other
purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of
the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such
reserve in the manner in which it was created.

                                      ARTICLE X

                                  INVESTMENT POLICY

         Subject to the provisions of the charter of the Corporation, the Board
of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy
or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem
appropriate in its sole discretion.

                                      ARTICLE XI

                                         SEAL

    Section 1.     SEAL.  The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of
a seal by the Corporation.  The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation
and the year of its incorporation and the words "Incorporated Maryland."  The
Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the
custody thereof.

    Section 2.     AFFIXING SEAL.  Whenever the Corporation is permitted or
required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the
requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word
"(SEAL)" adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the
document on behalf
of the Corporation.

                                     ARTICLE XII

                      INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCES FOR EXPENSES

    To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to
time, the Corporation, without requiring a preliminary determination of the
ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall indemnify and shall pay or
reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to
(a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the
Corporation and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service
in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director of the Corporation
and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise
as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such


                                          15

<PAGE>

corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in
that capacity.  The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of
Directors, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to a person who
served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in
(a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a
predecessor of the Corporation.

    Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or
amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or charter of the Corporation
inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the
applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to
act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

                                     ARTICLE XIII

                                   WAIVER OF NOTICE

    Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the charter of the
Corporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in
writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before
or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of
such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any
meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required
by statute.  The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the
ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                                     ARTICLE XIV

                                 AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

    The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or
repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.









                                          16

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.3


Number *0*                                                           Shares *0*

 ARI                                                    See Reverse for
                                                        Important Notice
                                                        on Transfer Restrictions
                                                        and other Information

                   THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE            CUSIP 039793 10 4
                   IN THE CITIES OF _______________

   
                          ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    

   
             Incorporated Under the Laws of the State of Maryland
    

THIS CERTIFIES THAT **Specimen**

   
is the record holder of **Zero (0)**
    

fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, 
of

   
                          ARDEN REALTY, INC.
    

(the "Corporation") transferable on the books of the Corporation by the 
holder hereof in person or by its duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of 
this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares 
represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the 
provisions of the charter of the Corporation (the "Charter") and the Bylaws 
of the Corporation and any amendments thereto. This Certificate is not valid 
unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be 
executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers.

DATED ______________________

Countersigned and Registered:

   
                     THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                     Transfer Agent                       ________________(SEAL)
                     and Registrar                        President
    

By:_______________________________                        ______________________
   Authorized Signature                                   Secretary

<PAGE>

     The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock 
     which are designated as Common Shares and Preferred Shares. The Board of 
     Directors is authorized to determine the preferences, limitations and 
     relative rights of the Preferred Shares before the issuance of any 
     Preferred Shares. The Corporation will furnish, without charge, to any 
     shareholder making a written request therefor, a copy of the 
     Corporation's Charter and a written statement of the designations, 
     relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each such 
     class of stock. Requests for such written statement may be directed to 
     Victor J. Coleman, the President of the Company, at the Company's 
     principal office.

     The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions 
     on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of 
     the Corporation's maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment 
     Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). 
     Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided 
     in the Corporation's Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own in 
     excess of 9.0% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation (by 
     value or by number of shares, whichever is more restrictive); (ii) no 
     Person may Constructively Own in excess of 9.8% of the outstanding 
     Common Shares of the Corporation (by value or by number of shares, 
     whichever is more restrictive; (iii) no Person may Beneficially or 
     Constructively Own Common Shares that would result in the Corporation 
     being "closely held" under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause 
     the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may 
     Transfer Common Shares if such Transfer would result in the capital 
     stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any 
     Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to 
     Beneficially or Constructively Own Common Shares which causes or will 
     cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own Common Shares 
     in excess of the above limitations must immediately notify the
     Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are 
     violated, the Common Shares represented hereby will be automatically 
     transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more 
     Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares 
     upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its 
     sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a 
     Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. 
     Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers 
     in violation of the restrictions described above may be void AD INITIO. 
     All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the 
     Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to 
     time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and 
     ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Common Shares on request 
     and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to Victor 
     J. Coleman, the President of the Company, at the Company's principal 
     office.

           KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN
        OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A
             CONDITION OF THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.
                       _________________________________

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this 
Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
TEN COM - as tenants in common                   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT ______________ Custodian ___________
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                             (Custodian)            (Minor)
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right                              under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act of
          of survivorship and not as tenants                       __________________________________
          in common                                                (State)
</TABLE>

         Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ______________________ HEREBY SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER UNTO

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE __________
________________________________________________________________________________
(Please Print or Typewrite Name and Address, Including Zip Code of Assignee)
_____________________ (_______________) shares of Common Stock of the 
Corporation represented by this Certificate shares of Common Stock on the 
books of the Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated___________________          _____________________________________________
                                  NOTICE: The Signature To This Assignment Must
                                  Correspond With The Name As Written Upon The
                                  Face Of The Certificate In Every Particular,
                                  Without Alteration Or Enlargement Or Any 
                                  Change Whatever.





<PAGE>

                                 [LETTERHEAD]


                                                                 FILE NUMBER
                                                                    796698



                               September 27, 1996



Arden Realty, Inc.
9100 Wilshire Boulevard
East Tower, Suite 700
Beverly Hills, California 92707

          Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-11
               Registration No. 333-8163
               -----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have served as Maryland counsel to Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law
arising out of the registration of 21,674,500 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par
value per share, of the Company (the "Shares") (including 2,827,000 shares which
over-allotments, if any), covered by the above-referenced Registration
Statement, and all amendments thereto (the "Registration Statement"), under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act").  Unless otherwise defined
herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Registration Statement.

          In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis
for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies
certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following
documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Documents"):

          1.   The Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus
included therein in the form in which it was transmitted to the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the 1933 Act;

<PAGE>

Arden Realty, Inc.
September 27, 1996
Page 2


          2.   The charter of the Company, certified as of a recent date by the
State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the "SDAT");

          3.   The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of a recent date by its
Secretary;

          4.   Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholder of
the Company relating to the sale, issuance and registration of the Shares,
certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of the Company;


          5.   The form of certificate representing a Share, certified as of a
recent date by the Secretary of the Company;

          6.   A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company,
dated September 27, 1996;

          7.   A certificate executed by Michele Byer, Secretary of the Company,
dated September 25, 1996;

          8.   An unexecuted copy of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of
the Company (the "Restated Articles"), provided to us by Latham & Watkins,
counsel to the Company; and

          9.   Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or
appropriate to express the opinion set forth in this letter, subject to the
assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

          In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed, and so far
as is known to us there are no facts inconsistent with, the following:

          1.   Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the
Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to
which such party is a signatory, and such party's obligations set forth therein
are legal, valid and binding.

          2.   Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a
party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.

          3.   Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf
of such individual or any other person, is legally competent to do so.

<PAGE>

Arden Realty, Inc.
September 27, 1996
Page 3


          4.   All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic.  All
Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the
original documents.  All signatures on all such Documents are genuine.  All
public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and
complete.  All statements and information contained in the Documents are true
and complete.  There are no oral or written modifications or amendments to the
Documents, by action or conduct of the parties or otherwise.

          5.   The Restated Articles will be duly approved, executed and
properly filed for record with the SDAT prior to the issuance or the Shares.

          The phrase "known to us" is limited to the actual knowledge, without
independent inquiry, of the lawyers at our firm who have performed legal
services in connection with the issuance of this opinion.

          Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations
and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

          1.   The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under
and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with
the SDAT.

          2.   The Shares will be duly and validly authorized and when and if
delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the resolutions of the
Board of Directors of the Company authorizing their issuance, will be duly and
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

          The foregoing opinion is limited to the substantive laws of the State
of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.
We express no opinion as to compliance with the securities (or "blue sky") laws
or the real estate syndication laws of the State of Maryland.

          We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable
law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might
change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

          This opinion is being furnished to you solely for submission to the
Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
and, accordingly, may not

<PAGE>

Arden Realty, Inc.
September 27, 1996
Page 4


be relied upon by, quoted in any manner to, or delivered to any other person or
entity (other than Latham & Watkins, counsel to the Company) without, in each
instance, our prior written consent.

          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein.  In
giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons
whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

                                        Very truly yours,


                                        /s/ Ballard Spahr Andrew & Ingersoll



















<PAGE>

                                  [LETTERHEAD]

                                  ------------


                               September 30, 1996



   
Arden Realty, Inc.
9100 Wilshire Boulevard
East Tower, Suite 700
Beverly Hills, California  90212
    

    Re:  Federal Income Tax Consequences
         -------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:
   
         We have acted as tax counsel to Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with its formation and its sale of up
to 18,847,500 shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to a registration
statement on Form S-11 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 16, 1996, as amended as of the
date hereof (the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT").
    
   
         You have requested our opinion concerning certain of the federal 
income tax consequences to the Company and the purchasers of the securities 
described above in connection with the sale described above.  This opinion is 
based on various facts and assumptions, including the facts set forth in the 
Registration Statement concerning the business, properties and governing 
documents of the Company and Arden Realty Limited Partnership (the "Operating 
Partnership").  We have also been furnished with, and with your consent have 
relied upon, certain representations made by the Company and the Operating 
Partnership with respect to certain factual matters through a certificate of 
an officer of the Company (the "Officer's Certificate").
    
<PAGE>


Arden Realty Group, Inc.
September 30, 1996
Page 2


   
With respect to matters of Maryland law, we have relied upon the opinion of 
Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, counsel for the Company, dated September 
30, 1996.
    
   
    
   
         In our capacity as tax counsel to the Company, we have made such legal
and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals 
or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such 
documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary
or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.  In our examination, we have 
assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the 
genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons 
executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of 
all documents submitted to us as copies.
    
         We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only
of the federal income tax laws of the United States and we express no opinion
with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of other
federal laws, the laws of any state or other jurisdiction or as to any matters
of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.

         Based on such facts, assumptions and representations, it is our
opinion that:

         1.   Commencing with the Company's taxable year ending December 31,
    1996, the Company has been organized in conformity with the requirements
    for qualification as a "real estate investment trust," and its proposed
    method of operation, 


<PAGE>


Arden Realty Group, Inc.
September 30, 1996
Page 3


   
    as described in the representations of the Company and the Operating
    Partnership referred to above, will enable the Company to meet the 
    requirements for qualification and taxation as a "real estate investment 
    trust" under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
    
         2.   The Operating Partnership will be treated as a partnership for
    federal income tax purposes (and not as an association or publicly traded
    partnership taxable as a corporation).

         3.   The statements in the Registration Statement set forth under the
    caption "Federal Income Tax Consequences" to the extent such information
    constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, or legal
    conclusions, have been reviewed by us and are accurate in all material
    respects.

         No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed herein.

         This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations
promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue
Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are
subject to change either prospectively or retroactively.  Also, any variation or
difference in the facts from those set forth in the Registration Statement or
the Officer's Certificate may affect the conclusions stated herein.  Moreover,
the Company's qualification and taxation as a real estate investment trust
depends upon the Company's ability to meet, through actual annual operating
results, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the various
qualification tests imposed under the Code, the results of which have not been
and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins.  Accordingly, no assurance can be
given that the actual results of the Company's operation for any one taxable
year will satisfy such requirements.

         This opinion is rendered only to you, and is solely for your use in
connection with the transactions set forth in the Registration Statement.  This
opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to,
quoted to, or relied upon by any other person, firm or corporation, for any
purpose, without our prior written consent.  We hereby consent to the filing of
this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our
name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement.

                                       Very truly yours,

   
                                       /s/ Latham & Watkins
    

<PAGE>






                 -----------------------------------------------

                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                       OF

                        ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                 -----------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 1.1    Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

ARTICLE 2 - ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Section 2.1    Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Section 2.2    Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Section 2.3    Resident Agent; Principal Office . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Section 2.4    Power of Attorney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Section 2.5    Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     Section 2.6    Number of Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

ARTICLE 3 - PURPOSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     Section 3.1    Purpose and Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     Section 3.2    Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     Section 3.3    Partnership Only for Purposes Specified. . . . . . . . .  18
     Section 3.4    Representations and Warranties by the Parties. . . . . .  18

ARTICLE 4 - CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     Section 4.1    Capital Contributions of the Partners. . . . . . . . . .  20
     Section 4.2    Loans by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     Section 4.3    Additional Funding and Capital Contributions . . . . . .  20
     Section 4.4    Stock Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     Section 4.5 Other Contribution Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

ARTICLE 5 - DISTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     Section 5.1    Requirement and Characterization of Distributions. . . .  24
     Section 5.2    Distributions in Kind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     Section 5.3    Distributions Upon Liquidation . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     Section 5.4    Distributions to Reflect Issuance of Additional
                    Partnership Interests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

ARTICLE 6 - ALLOCATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.1    Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net
                    Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.2    General Allocations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.3    Additional Allocation Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.4    Tax Allocations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

ARTICLE 7 - MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
     Section 7.1    Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
     Section 7.2    Certificate of Limited Partnership . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     Section 7.3    Restrictions on General Partner's Authority. . . . . . .  32
     Section 7.4    Reimbursement of the General Partner . . . . . . . . . .  34


                                        i

<PAGE>

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

     Section 7.5    Outside Activities of the General Partner. . . . . . . .  35
     Section 7.6    Contracts with Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     Section 7.7    Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     Section 7.8    Liability of the General Partner . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     Section 7.9    Other Matters Concerning the General Partner . . . . . .  39
     Section 7.10   Title to Partnership Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     Section 7.11   Reliance by Third Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

ARTICLE 8 - RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     Section 8.1    Limitation of Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     Section 8.2    Management of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     Section 8.3    Outside Activities of Limited Partners . . . . . . . . .  41
     Section 8.4    Return of Capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     Section 8.5    Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership .  41
     Section 8.6    Redemption Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42

ARTICLE 9 - BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     Section 9.1    Records and Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     Section 9.2    Fiscal Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     Section 9.3    Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

ARTICLE 10 - TAX MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     Section 10.1   Preparation of Tax Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     Section 10.2   Tax Elections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     Section 10.3   Tax Matters Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     Section 10.4   Organizational Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     Section 10.5   Withholding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

ARTICLE 11 - TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     Section 11.1   Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     Section 11.2   Transfer of General Partner's Partnership Interest . . .  48
     Section 11.3   Limited Partners' Rights to Transfer . . . . . . . . . .  49
     Section 11.4   Substituted Limited Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     Section 11.5   Assignees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     Section 11.6   General Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

ARTICLE 12 - ADMISSION OF PARTNERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     Section 12.1   Admission of Successor General Partner . . . . . . . . .  53
     Section 12.2   Admission of Additional Limited Partners . . . . . . . .  54
     Section 12.3   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited
                    Partnership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54

ARTICLE 13 - DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     Section 13.1   Dissolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     Section 13.2   Winding Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     Section 13.3   Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations . . .  56
     Section 13.4   Deemed Distribution and Recontribution . . . . . . . . .  57


                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

     Section 13.5   Rights of Limited Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     Section 13.6   Notice of Dissolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     Section 13.7   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . . .  58
     Section 13.8   Reasonable Time for Winding-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     Section 13.9   Waiver of Partition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58

ARTICLE 14 - AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     Section 14.1   Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     Section 14.2   Action by the Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59

ARTICLE 15 - GENERAL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     Section 15.1   Addresses and Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     Section 15.2   Titles and Captions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.3   Pronouns and Plurals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.4   Further Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.5   Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.6   Creditors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.7   Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.8   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     Section 15.9   Applicable Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     Section 15.10  Invalidity of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     Section 15.11  Limitation to Preserve REIT Status . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     Section 15.12  Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
     Section 15.13  No Rights as Stockholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62


                                       iii

<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                        ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

          THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, dated as
of October __, 1996, is entered into by and among Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "REIT"), as the General Partner and the Persons whose names are
set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, as the Limited Partners, together with
any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership as provided herein.

          WHEREAS, the limited partnership was formed on May 20, 1996 and an
original agreement of limited partnership was entered into between the REIT, as
general partner, and Victor Coleman, as limited partner;

          WHEREAS, the REIT proposes to effect a public offering of its common
stock, to acquire and cause the Partnership to acquire direct and indirect
interests in 24 office properties and other assets, to cause the Partnership to
enter into certain mortgage financing transactions, and to contribute the
remaining net proceeds from the public offering to the Partnership;

          WHEREAS, the Partnership will issue Partnership Interests to the REIT
and other persons in accordance with the foregoing transactions;

          WHEREAS, upon the completion of the foregoing transactions, the
Partnership shall return the original capital contributions made by the REIT and
Mr. Coleman and any ongoing interest in the Partnership of the REIT and Mr.
Coleman shall be based on their respective contributions as contemplated below;

          WHEREAS, by virtue of their respective execution of this Agreement the
REIT and Mr. Coleman hereby consent to the amendment and restatement of the
original agreement of limited partnership;

          NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that for good and adequate
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                  DEFINED TERMS

          Section 1.1    DEFINITIONS.

          The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise
clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.




<PAGE>

          "ACT" means the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as
it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

          "ADDITIONAL FUNDS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.A.

          "ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person admitted to the
Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof and who is
shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

          "ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT DEFICIT" means, with respect to any Partner,
the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner's Capital Account as of the end of
the relevant fiscal year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

          (i)  decrease such deficit by any amounts which such Partner is
               obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement or is deemed to
               be obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-
               1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentence of each of Regulations
               Sections 1.704-2(i)(5) and 1.704-2(g); and

          (ii) increase such deficit by the items described in Regulations
               Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

          The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is
intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-
1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

          "ADJUSTMENT DATE" means, with respect to any Capital Contribution, the
close of business on the Business Day last preceding the date of the Capital
Contribution, PROVIDED, THAT if such Capital Contribution is being made by the
General Partner in respect of the proceeds from the issuance of REIT Shares (or
the issuance of the General Partner's securities exercisable for, convertible
into or exchangeable for REIT Shares), then the Adjustment Date shall be as of
the close of business on the Business Day last preceding the date of the
issuance of such securities.

          "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

          "AGREED VALUE" means (i) in the case of any Contributed Property set
forth in Exhibit A and as of the time of its contribution to the Partnership,
the Agreed Value of such property as set forth in Exhibit A; (ii) in the case of
any Contributed Property not set forth in Exhibit A and as of the time of its
contribution to the Partnership, the fair market value of such property or other
consideration as determined by the General Partner, reduced by any liabilities
either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such
property is subject when contributed; and (iii) in the case of any property
distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the fair market value of such
property as determined by the General Partner at the time such property is
distributed, reduced by any liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon


                                        2


<PAGE>

such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of the
distribution as determined under Section 752 of the Code and the Regulations
thereunder.

          "AGREEMENT" means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be
amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "APPRAISAL" means with respect to any assets, the opinion of an
independent third party experienced in the valuation of similar assets, selected
by the General Partner in good faith, such opinion may be in the form of an
opinion by such independent third party that the value for such property or
asset as set by the General Partner is fair, from a financial point of view, to
the Partnership.

          "ASSIGNEE" means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Units have
been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not
become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in
Section 11.5.

          "AVAILABLE CASH" means, with respect to any period for which such
calculation is being made, (i) the sum of:

               a.   the Partnership's Net Income or Net Loss (as the case may
          be) for such period,

               b.   Depreciation and all other noncash charges deducted in
          determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period,

               c.   the amount of any reduction in reserves of the Partnership
          referred to in clause (ii)(f) below (including, without limitation,
          reductions resulting because the General Partner determines such
          amounts are no longer necessary),

               d.   the excess of the net proceeds from the sale, exchange,
          disposition, or refinancing of Partnership property for such period
          over the gain (or loss, as the case may be) recognized from any such
          sale, exchange, disposition, or refinancing during such period
          (excluding Terminating Capital Transactions), and

               e.   all other cash received by the Partnership for such period
          that was not included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such
          period;

          (ii) less the sum of:

               a.   all principal debt payments made during such period by the
          Partnership,

               b.   capital expenditures made by the Partnership during such
          period,

               c.   investments in any entity (including loans made thereto) to
          the extent that such investments are not otherwise described in
          clauses (ii)(a) or (b),


                                        3

<PAGE>

               d.   all other expenditures and payments not deducted in
          determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period,

               e.   any amount included in determining Net Income or Net Loss
          for such period that was not received by the Partnership during such
          period,

               f.   the amount of any increase in reserves established during
          such period which the General Partner determines are necessary or
          appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion, and

               g.   the amount of any working capital accounts and other cash or
          similar balances which the General Partner determines to be necessary
          or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include any
cash received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements
made or reserves, established, after commencement of the dissolution and
liquidation of the Partnership.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law
to be closed.

          "CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means, with respect to any Partner, the Capital
Account maintained for such Partner in accordance with the following provisions:

          (a)  To each Partner's Capital Account there shall be added such
Partner's Capital Contributions, such Partner's share of Net Income and any
items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to
Section 6.3 hereof, and the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by
such Partner or which are secured by any property distributed to such Partner.

          (b)  From each Partner's Capital Account there shall be subtracted the
amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such
Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Partner's distributive
share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are
specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, and the amount of any
liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or which are secured by
any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership.

          (c)  In the event any interest in the Partnership is transferred in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement (which does not result in a
termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes), the transferee
shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates
to the transferred interest.

          (d)  In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of
subsections (a) and (b) hereof, there shall be taken into account Code section
752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.


                                        4

<PAGE>

          (e)  The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this
Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply
with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, and shall be interpreted and
applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. In the event the General
Partner shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the
Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without
limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by
contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Partnership, the
General Partner, or the Limited Partners) are computed in order to comply with
such Regulations, the General Partner may make such modification, PROVIDED THAT
it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any
Person pursuant to Article 13 of the Agreement upon the dissolution of the
Partnership.  The General Partner also shall (i) make any adjustments that are
necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of
the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the
Partnership's balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q), and (ii) make any appropriate
modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this
Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) or Section 1.704-2.

          "CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION" means, with respect to any Partner, the amount
of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money)
contributed to the Partnership by such Partner.

          "CASH AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Partnership Units subject to
a Redemption, an amount of cash equal to the Deemed Partnership Interest Value
attributable to such Partnership Units.

          "CERTIFICATE" means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to
the Partnership filed in the office of the Maryland State Department of
Assessments and Taxation, as amended from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof and the Act.

          "CHARTER" means the Articles of Incorporation of the General Partner
filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation on May 1,
1996, as amended or restated from time to time.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable
regulations thereunder.  Any reference herein to a specific section or sections
of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding
provision of future law.

          "CONSENT" means the consent to, approval of, or vote on a proposed
action by a Partner given in accordance with Article 14 hereof.

          "CONSENT OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS" means the Consent of a Majority In
Interest of the Limited Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the
taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and may be given
or withheld by a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners, unless otherwise
expressly provided herein, in their sole and absolute discretion.


                                        5

<PAGE>

          "CONSENT OF THE PARTNERS" means the Consent of Partners holding
Percentage Interests that are greater than 66 2/3% of the aggregate Percentage
Interests of all Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking
of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and may be given or
withheld by such Partners, in their sole and absolute discretion.

          "CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN" means ownership under the constructive ownership
rules described in Exhibit C.

          "CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY" means each property or other asset, in such
form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed or deemed
contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed to the Partnership on
termination and reconstitution thereof pursuant to Section 708 of the Code).

          "DEBT" means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination,
(i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services; (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to
banks or other Persons in respect to reimbursement obligations under letters of
credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other
performance of obligations by such Person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed
money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any
lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such
Person's interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or
become liable for the payment thereof; and (iv) lease obligations of such Person
which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be
capitalized.

          "DEEMED PARTNERSHIP INTEREST VALUE" means, as of any date with respect
to any class of Partnership Interests, the Deemed Value of the Partnership
Interests of such class multiplied by the applicable Partner's Percentage
Interest of such class.

          "DEEMED VALUE OF THE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS" means, as of any date with
respect to any class of Partnership Interests, (i) the total number of shares of
capital stock of the General Partner corresponding to such class of Partnership
Interests (as provided for in Sections 4.1 and 4.3.D) issued and outstanding as
of the close of business on such date (excluding any treasury shares) multiplied
by the Fair Market Value of a share of such capital stock on such date;
(ii) DIVIDED BY the Percentage Interest of the General Partner in such class of
Partnership Interests on such date.

          "DEPRECIATION" means, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount
equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction
allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if
the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal
income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation
shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset
Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost
recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning
adjusted tax basis; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the federal income tax
depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year is
zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross
Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.


                                        6

<PAGE>

          "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date of closing of the initial public
offering of REIT Shares, upon which contributions set forth on Exhibit A that
are to be effective on the Effective Date shall become effective.

          "ELECTION NOTICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.F.

          "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, with respect to any share of capital stock
of the General Partner, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10)
consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date with respect to which
"Fair Market Value" must be determined hereunder or, if such date is not a
Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.  The market price for each
such trading day shall be:  (i) if such shares are listed or admitted to trading
on any securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price,
regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, (ii) if such shares are
not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the Nasdaq
National Market, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes
place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day,
as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or
(iii) if such shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any securities
exchange or the Nasdaq National Market and no such last reported sale price or
closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid
and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source
designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices
on such  day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported,
on the most recent day (not more than 10 days prior to the date in question) for
which prices have been so reported; PROVIDED THAT, if there are no bid and asked
prices reported during the 10 days prior to the date in question, the Fair
Market Value of such shares shall be determined by the General Partner acting in
good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it
considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.  In the event the REIT
Shares Amount for such shares includes rights that a holder of such shares would
be entitled to receive, then the Fair Market Value of such rights shall be
determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such
quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment,
appropriate; and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT, in connection with determining the
Deemed Value of the Partnership Interests for purposes of determining the number
of additional Partnership Units issuable upon a Capital Contribution funded by
an underwritten public offering of shares of capital stock of the General
Partner, the Fair Market Value of such shares shall be the public offering price
per share of such class of capital stock sold.

          "FUNDING DEBT" means the incurrence of any Debt by or on behalf of the
General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.

          "FUNDING NOTICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.B.

          "GENERAL PARTNER" means the REIT or its successors as general partner
of the Partnership.

          "GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST" means a Partnership Interest held by the
General Partner.  A General Partner Interest may be expressed as a number of
Partnership Units.


                                        7

<PAGE>

          "GENERAL PARTNER LOAN" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.3.C.

          "GENERAL PARTNER PAYMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
15.11.

          "GROSS ASSET VALUE" means, with respect to any asset, the asset's
adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

          (a)  The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a
Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset,
as determined by the contributing Partner and the General Partner (as set forth
on Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time);
PROVIDED THAT, if the contributing Partner is the General Partner then, except
with respect to the General Partner's initial Capital Contribution which shall
be determined as set forth on Exhibit A, or capital contributions of cash, REIT
Shares or other shares of capital stock of the General Partner, the
determination of the fair market value of the contributed asset shall be
determined by (i) the price paid by the General Partner if the asset is acquired
by the General Partner contemporaneously with its contribution to the
Partnership and (ii) by Appraisal, if otherwise acquired by the General Partner.

          (b)  The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be
adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by
the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt,
PROVIDED HOWEVER, that for such purpose, the net value of all of the Partnership
assets, in the aggregate, shall be equal to the Deemed Value of the Partnership
Interests of all classes of Partnership Interests then outstanding, regardless
of the method of valuation adopted by the General Partner, as of the times
listed below:

       (i)     the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by a
               new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis
               Capital Contribution, if the General Partner reasonably
               determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to
               reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the
               Partnership;

      (ii)     the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a
               de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for an
               interest in the Partnership if the General Partner reasonably
               determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to
               reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the
               Partnership;

     (iii)     the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of
               Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and

      (iv)     at such other times as the General Partner shall reasonably
               determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with
               Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.

          (c)  The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to a
Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of
distribution as determined by


                                        8

<PAGE>

the distributee and the General Partner, or if the distributee and the General
Partner cannot agree on such a determination, by Appraisal.

          (d)  The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased
(or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets
pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent
that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts
pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to
the extent that the General Partner reasonably determines that an adjustment
pursuant to subparagraph (b) is necessary or appropriate in connection with a
transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this
subparagraph (d).

          (e)  If the Gross Asset Value of a Partnership asset has been
determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (a), (b) or (d), such Gross
Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account
with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.

          "HOLDER" means either the Partner or Assignee owning a Partnership
Unit.

          "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, which administers the
internal revenue laws of the United States.

          "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" means, with respect to any natural Person, such
natural Person's estate or heirs or current spouse, parents, parents-in-law,
children, siblings and grandchildren and any trust or estate, all of the
beneficiaries of which consist of such Person or such Person's spouse, parents,
parents-in-law, children, siblings or grandchildren.

          "INCAPACITY" or "INCAPACITATED" means, (i) as to any individual
Partner, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent
jurisdiction adjudicating him or her incompetent to manage his or her Person or
his or her estate; (ii) as to any corporation which is a Partner, the filing of
a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the
revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any partnership which is a Partner, the
dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (iv) as to any
estate which is a Partner, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate's
entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust which is a
Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new
trustee); or (vi) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner.  For
purposes of this definition, bankruptcy of a Partner shall be deemed to have
occurred when (a) the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking
liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) the Partner is adjudged as
bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and nonappealable order for relief under any
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been
entered against the Partner, (c) the Partner executes and delivers a general
assignment for the benefit of the Partner's creditors, (d) the Partner files an
answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material
allegations of a petition filed against the Partner in any proceeding of the
nature described in clause (b) above, (e) the Partner seeks, consents to or
acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the
Partner or for all or any substantial part


                                        9

<PAGE>

of the Partner's properties, (f) any proceeding seeking liquidation,
reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within 120 days after the
commencement thereof, (g) the appointment without the Partner's consent or
acquiescence of a trustee, receiver of liquidator has not been vacated or stayed
within 90 days of such appointment, or (h) an appointment referred to in clause
(g) is not vacated within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay.

          "INDEMNITEE" means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by
reason of his or her status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a director or
officer of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (ii) such other Persons
(including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General
Partner may designate from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion.

          "LIMITED PARTNER" means any Person named as a Limited Partner in
Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time, or
any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person's
capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

          "LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means a Partnership Interest of a
Limited Partner representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of
all Limited Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of
such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement,
together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement.  A Limited Partnership Interest may be expressed
as a number of Partnership Units.

          "LIQUIDATING EVENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

          "LIQUIDATOR" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.A.

          "MAJORITY IN INTEREST OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS" means Limited Partners
(other than any Limited Partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly
or indirectly, by the General Partner) holding Percentage Interests that are
greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all
Limited Partners (other than any Limited Partner 50% or more whose equity is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner).

          "MAJORITY OF REMAINING PARTNERS" means Partners other than the General
Partner owning (i) greater than fifty percent (50%) of the profits interests in
the Partnership held by all Partners other than the General Partner, determined
and allocated based on any reasonable estimate of profits from the relevant date
to the projected termination of the Partnership and taking into account present
and future allocations of profits under this Agreement as it is in effect on the
relevant date, and (ii) greater than fifty percent (50%) of the capital
interests in the Partnership, determined as of the relevant date under this
Agreement, owned by all the Partners other than the General Partner.

          "MISCELLANEOUS RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Miscellaneous Rights
Agreement dated ___________ __, 1996 by and among the General Partner and
certain Limited Partners


                                       10

<PAGE>

including the Specified Limited Partner, as such agreement may be amended,
modified or restated from time to time.

          "NET INCOME" or "NET LOSS" means for each fiscal year of the
Partnership, an amount equal to the Partnership's taxable income or loss for
such fiscal year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this
purpose, all items of income, gain loss, or deduction required to be stated
separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable
income or loss), with the following adjustments:

          (a)  Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income
tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss
pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be added to such
taxable income or loss;

          (b)  Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section
705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account
in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or
Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

          (c)  In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is
adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) or subparagraph (c) of the definition of
Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as
gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net
Income or Net Loss;

          (d)  Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with
respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes
shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed
of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from
its Gross Asset Value;

          (e)  In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost
recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss,
there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such fiscal year;

          (f)  To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any
Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is
required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken
into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other
than in liquidation of a Partner's interest in the Partnership, the amount of
such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases
the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the
asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for
purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and

          (g)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of Net
Income or Net Loss, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Section
6.3 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.
The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss, or deduction
available to be specially allocated pursuant to


                                       11

<PAGE>

Section 6.3 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set
forth in this definition of Net Income or Net Loss.

          "NEW SECURITIES" means (1) any rights, options, warrants or
convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or
purchase REIT Shares or other shares of capital stock of the General Partner,
excluding grants under any Stock Plan, or (ii) any Debt issued by the General
Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (i).

          "NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" shall have the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for
a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of
Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

          "NONRECOURSE LIABILITY" shall have the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

          "NOTICE OF REDEMPTION" means the Notice of Redemption substantially in
the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement.

          "PARTNER" means a General Partner or a Limited Partner, and "PARTNERS"
means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

          "PARTNER MINIMUM GAIN" means an amount, with respect to each Partner
Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if
such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability,
determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

          "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT" shall have the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

          "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" shall have the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership Year
shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-
2(i)(2).

          "PARTNERSHIP" means the limited partnership formed under the Act and
pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

          "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means, an ownership interest in the Partnership
of either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all
benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as
provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to
comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  There may be one or
more classes of Partnership Interests as provided in Section 4.3. A Partnership
Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units.  Unless otherwise
expressly provided for by the General Partner at the time of the original
issuance of any Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests (whether of a
Limited Partner or a General Partner) shall be of the same class.


                                       12

<PAGE>

          "PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN" shall have the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain,
as well as any net increase or decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, for a
Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations
Section 1.704-2(d).

          "PARTNERSHIP RECORD DATE" means the record date established by the
General Partner for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to Section 5.1
hereof which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the
General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its
portion of such distribution.

          "PARTNERSHIP UNIT" means, with respect to any class of Partnership
Interest, a fractional, undivided share of such class of Partnership Interest
issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.3.  The ownership of Partnership Units may
be evidenced by a certificate for units substantially in the form of Exhibit D
hereto or as the General Partner may determine with respect to any class of
Partnership Units issued from time to time under Section 4.1 and 4.3.

          "PARTNERSHIP YEAR" means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which
shall be the calendar year.

          "PERCENTAGE INTEREST" means, as to a Partner holding a class of
Partnership Interests, its interest in the Partnership as determined by dividing
the Partnership Units of such class owned by such Partner by the total number of
Partnership Units of such class then outstanding as specified in Exhibit A
attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time.

          "PERSON" means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust,
unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

          "PLEDGE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.A.

          "PROPERTIES" means such interests in real property and personal
property including without limitation, fee interests, interests, in ground
leases, interests in joint ventures, interests in mortgages, and Debt
instruments as the Partnership may hold from time to time.

          "PRO RATA CONTRIBUTION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.3.F.

          "PRO RATA PARTICIPATION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.3.F.

          "QUALIFIED REIT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the General
Partner that is a "qualified REIT subsidiary" within the meaning of Section
856(i) of the Code.

          "QUALIFIED TRANSFEREE" means an "Accredited Investor" as defined in
Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "REDEMPTION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A.


                                       13

<PAGE>

          "REGULATIONS" means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the
Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including
corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

          "REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
6.3.A(viii) of this Agreement.

          "REIT" means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the
Code.

          "REIT REQUIREMENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

          "REIT SHARE" means a share of common stock of the General Partner.

          "REIT SHARES AMOUNT" means, as of any date, an aggregate number of
REIT Shares equal to the number of Tendered Units, as adjusted pursuant to
Section 7.5 (in the event the General Partner acquires material assets, other
than on behalf of the Partnership) and for stock dividends and distributions,
stock splits and subdivisions, reverse stock splits and combinations,
distributions of rights, warrants or options, and distributions of evidences of
indebtedness or assets relating to assets not received by the General Partner
pursuant to a PRO RATA distribution by the Partnership.

          "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated
thereunder.

          "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
promulgated thereunder.

          "SPECIFIED LIMITED PARTNER" means Richard S. Ziman so long as Mr.
Ziman serves as the Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner.

          "SPECIFIED REDEMPTION DATE" means the day of receipt by the General
Partner of a Notice of Redemption.

          "STOCK PLAN" means any stock incentive, stock option, stock ownership
or employee benefits plan of the General Partner.

          "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or
other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity
securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or
indirectly, by such Person.

          "SUBSIDIARY PARTNERSHIP" means any partnership that is a Subsidiary of
the Partnership.

          "SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person who is admitted as a
Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4.


                                       14

<PAGE>

          "TAX ITEMS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.A.

          "TENANT" means any tenant from which the General Partner derives rent
either directly or indirectly through partnerships, including the Partnership.

          "TENDERED UNITS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A.

          "TENDERING PARTNER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A.

          "TERMINATING CAPITAL TRANSACTION" means any sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a related series
of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                             ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

          Section 2.1    ORGANIZATION

          The Partnership is a limited partnership formed pursuant to the
provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.  Except as expressly provided herein, the rights and obligations of
the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be
governed by the Act.  The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal
property for all purposes.

          Section 2.2    NAME

          The name of the Partnership is Arden Realty Limited Partnership.  The
Partnership's business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed
advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or
any Affiliate thereof.  The words "Limited Partnership," "L.P.," "Ltd." or
similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership's name where
necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that
so requires.  The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change
the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify
the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the
Limited Partners.

          Section 2.3    RESIDENT AGENT; PRINCIPAL OFFICE

          The name and address of the resident agent of the Partnership in the
State of Maryland are The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 32 South Street,
Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  The address of the principal office of the
Partnership in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated
at such address.  The principal office of the Partnership is located at 9100
Wilshire Boulevard, East Tower, Suite 700, Beverly Hills, California 90212, or
such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by
notice to the


                                       15

<PAGE>

Limited Partners.  The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or
places within or outside the State of Maryland as the General Partner deems
advisable.

          Section 2.4    POWER OF ATTORNEY

          A.   Each Limited Partner and each Assignee constitutes and appoints
the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-
fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of
substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power
and authority in its name, place and stead to:

          (1)  execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the
               appropriate public offices (a) all certificates, documents and
               other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement
               and the Certificate and all amendments or restatements thereof)
               that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or
               necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or
               qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a
               partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability)
               in the State of Maryland and in all other jurisdictions in which
               the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (b) all
               instruments that the General Partner or any Liquidator deems
               appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change,
               modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with
               its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents
               that the General Partner or any Liquidator deems appropriate or
               necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the
               Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including,
               without limitation, a certificate of cancellation; (d) all
               instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or
               substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events
               described in, Article 11, 12 or 13 hereof or the Capital
               Contribution of any Partner; and (e) all certificates, documents
               and other instruments relating to the determination of the
               rights, preferences and privileges of Partnership Interests; and

          (2)  execute, swear to, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents,
               approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments
               appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of
               the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give,
               confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other
               action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is
               consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate or
               necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or any
               Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement.

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner
or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article 14
hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.


                                       16

<PAGE>

          B.   The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be
irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact
that each of the Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner
and any Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or
other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be
affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the
transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner's or Assignee's
Partnership Units and shall extend to such Limited Partner's or Assignee's
heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.  Each such Limited
Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the
General Partner or any Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power
of attorney; and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby waives any and all
defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of
the General Partner or any Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of
attorney.  Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the
General Partner or any Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the General
Partner's or Liquidator's request therefor, such further designation, powers of
attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the
case may be, deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of
the Partnership.

          Section 2.5    TERM

          The term of the Partnership commenced on May 20, 1996 and shall
continue until December 31, 2096 unless it is dissolved sooner pursuant to the
provisions of Article 13 or as otherwise provided by law.

          Section 2.6    NUMBER OF PARTNERS

          The Partnership shall not at any time have more than 100 partners
(including as partners those persons indirectly owning an interest in the
Partnership through a partnership, limited liability company, S corporation or
grantor trust (such entity, a "flow through entity"), but only if substantially
all of the value of such person's interest in the flow through entity is
attributable to the flow through entity's interest (direct or indirect) in the
Partnership).

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                     PURPOSE

          Section 3.1    PURPOSE AND BUSINESS

          The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the
Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a
limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the
General Partner at all times to be classified as a REIT for federal income tax
purposes, unless the General Partner ceases to qualify as a REIT for reasons
other than the conduct of the business of the Partnership, (ii) to enter into
any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any
business described in the foregoing clause (i) or to own interests in any entity
engaged, directly or indirectly, in any such business and (iii) to do anything
necessary or incidental to the foregoing.  In connection with the foregoing,


                                       17

<PAGE>

and without limiting the General Partner's right in its sole discretion to cease
qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the General Partner's
current status as a REIT inures to the benefit of all the Partners and not
solely the General Partner.

          Section 3.2    POWERS

          The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and things
necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the
furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and
for the protection and benefit of the Partnership, including, without
limitation, full power and authority, directly or through its ownership interest
in other entities, to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind,
borrow money and issue evidences of indebtedness, whether or not secured by
mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien, acquire and develop real
property, and lease, sell, transfer and dispose of real property; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action
which, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute
discretion, (i) could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to
continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) could subject the General Partner to any
taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, or (iii) could violate any
law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over
the General Partner or its securities, unless any such action (or inaction)
under (i), (ii) or (iii) shall have been specifically consented to by the
General Partner in writing.

          Section 3.3    PARTNERSHIP ONLY FOR PURPOSES SPECIFIED

          The Partnership shall be a partnership only for the purposes specified
in Section 3.1 hereof, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to create a
partnership among the Partners with respect to any activities whatsoever other
than the activities within the purposes of the Partnership as specified in
Section 3.1 hereof.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Partner
shall have any authority to act for, bind, commit or assume any obligation or
responsibility on behalf of the Partnership, its properties or any other
Partner.  No Partner, in its capacity as a Partner under this Agreement, shall
be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation of another Partner,
nor shall the Partnership be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or
obligation of any Partner, incurred either before or after the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by such Partner, except as to those responsibilities,
liabilities, indebtedness or obligations incurred pursuant to and as limited by
the terms of this Agreement and the Act.

          Section 3.4    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE PARTIES

          A.   Each Partner that is an individual represents and warrants to
each other Partner that (i) such Partner has the legal capacity to enter into
this Agreement and perform such Partner's obligations hereunder, (ii) the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed
by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under,
any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner's property is or are
bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is
subject, (iii) such Partner is neither a "foreign person" within the meaning of
Section 1445(f) of the Code nor a


                                       18

<PAGE>

"foreign partner" within the meaning of Section 1446(e) of the Code, and
(iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in
accordance with its terms.

          B.   Each Partner that is not an individual represents and warrants to
each other Partner that (i) all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to
be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including
without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s),
beneficiaries, directors and/or stockholder(s), as the case may be, as required,
(ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or a default under, its partnership agreement, trust agreement,
charter or by-laws, as the case may be, any agreement by which such Partner or
any of such Partner's properties or any of its partners, beneficiaries, trustees
or stockholders, as the case may be, is or are bound, or any statute,
regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners,
trustees, beneficiaries or stockholders, as the case may be, is or are subject,
(iii) such Partner is neither a "foreign person" within the meaning of Section
1445(f) of the Code nor a "foreign partner" within the meaning of Section
1446(e) of the Code, and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable
against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

          C.   Each Partner represents, warrants and agrees that it has acquired
and continues to hold its interest in the Partnership for its own account for
investment only and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or
distribution of all or any part thereof, nor with a view toward selling or
otherwise distributing such interest or any part thereof at any particular time
or under any predetermined circumstances.  Each Partner further represents and
warrants that it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling
sophisticated financial matters for itself, particularly real estate
investments, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not
anticipate a need for the funds it has invested in the Partnership in what it
understands to be a highly speculative and illiquid investment.

          D.   Each Partner further represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

               (i)  Except as provided in Exhibit E, it does not and will not,
without the prior written consent of the General Partner, actually own or
Constructively Own (a) with respect to any Tenant that is a corporation, any
stock of such Tenant, and (b) with respect to any Tenant that is not a
corporation, any interests in either the assets or net profits of such Tenant;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as there are fewer than 20 Partners, each
Partner may own or Constructively Own (x) with respect to any Tenant that is a
corporation, stock of such Tenant possessing up to, but not more than, one-half
of one percent (0.5%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
entitled to vote and one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total number of
shares of all classes of stock of such Tenant and (y) with respect to any Tenant
that is not a corporation, interests in such Tenant representing up to, but not
more than, one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the assets and one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of the net profits of such Tenant, so long as such actual or
Constructive Ownership otherwise permitted under clause (x) or (y) would not
cause the General Partner to receive amounts described in Section 856 (d)(2)(B)
of the Code.

               (ii) Except as provided in Exhibit F, it does not, and agrees
that it will not without the prior written consent of the General Partner,
actually own or Constructively


                                       19

<PAGE>

Own, any stock in the General Partner, other than any REIT Shares or other
shares of capital stock of the General Partner such Partner may acquire (a) as a
result of an exchange of Tendered Units pursuant to Section 8.6, (b) upon the
exercise of options granted or delivery of REIT Shares pursuant to any Stock
Plan or (c) pursuant to the Miscellaneous Rights Agreement.

               (iii)     Upon request of the General Partner, it will disclose
to the General Partner the amount of REIT Shares or other shares of capital
stock of the General Partner that it actually owns or Constructively Owns.

               (iv) It understands that if, for any reason, (a) the
representations, warranties or agreements set forth in D(i) or (ii) above are
violated, or (b) the Partnership's actual or Constructive ownership of REIT
Shares or other shares of capital stock of the General Partner violates the
limitations set forth in the Charter, then (1) some or all of the Redemption
rights of the Partners may become non-exercisable, and (2) some or all of the
REIT Shares owned by the Partners may be automatically transferred to a trust
for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary, as provided in the Charter.

          E.   The representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.4.A,
3.4.B, 3.4.C and 3.4.D hereof shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement by each Partner and the dissolution and wind up of the Partnership.

          F.   Each Partner hereby acknowledges that no representations as to
potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect
of the Partnership or the General Partner have been made by any Partner or any
employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and
any other information, including, without limitation, financial and descriptive
information and documentation, which may have been in any manner submitted to
such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or
nature, express or implied.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                              CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

          Section 4.1    CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE PARTNERS

          At the time of their respective execution of this Agreement, the
Partners shall make Capital Contributions as set forth in Exhibit A to this
Agreement.  The Partners shall own Partnership Units of the class and in the
amounts set forth in Exhibit A and shall have a Percentage Interest in the
Partnership as set forth in Exhibit A, which Percentage Interest shall be
adjusted in Exhibit A from time to time by the General Partner to the extent
necessary to reflect accurately exchanges, redemptions, Capital Contributions,
the issuance of additional Partnership Units or similar events having an effect
on a Partner's Percentage Interest.  Except as required by law or as otherwise
provided in Sections 4.3, 4.4 and 10.5, no Partner shall be required or
permitted to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the
Partnership.  Unless otherwise specified by the General Partner at the time of
the creation of any class of


                                       20

<PAGE>

Partnership Interests, the corresponding class of capital stock for any
Partnership Units issued shall be REIT Shares.

          Section 4.2    LOANS BY THIRD PARTIES

          Subject to Section 4.3, the Partnership may incur Debt, or enter into
other similar credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any
purpose (including, without limitation, in connection with any further
acquisition of Properties) with any Person that is not the General Partner upon
such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate; PROVIDED THAT, the
Partnership shall not incur any Debt that is recourse to the General Partner,
except to the extent otherwise agreed to by the General Partner in its sole
discretion.

          Section 4.3    ADDITIONAL FUNDING AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

          A.   GENERAL.  The General Partner may, at any time and from time to
time determine that the Partnership requires additional funds ("Additional
Funds") for the acquisition of additional Properties or for such other
Partnership purposes as the General Partner may determine.  Additional Funds may
be raised by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any
manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.3.  No
Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or similar right or rights to
subscribe for or acquire any Partnership Interest, except as set forth in this
Section 4.3.

          B.   FUNDING NOTICE.  The General Partner shall give written notice
(the "Funding Notice") to the Specified Limited Partner of the need for
Additional Funds and the anticipated source(s) thereof.  No notice shall be
given to any Partners with respect to Capital Contributions pursuant to Section
4.4 below.

          C.   GENERAL PARTNER LOANS.  Upon delivery of a Funding Notice to the
Specified Limited Partner, the General Partner, subject to Section 4.3.F below,
may enter into a Funding Debt, including, without limitation, a Funding Debt
that is convertible into REIT shares, and lend the Additional Funds to the
Partnership (a "General Partner Loan"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the General
Partner shall not be obligated to lend the net proceeds of any Funding Debt to
the Partnership in a manner that would be inconsistent with the General
Partner's ability to remain qualified as a REIT.  If the General Partner enters
into such a Funding Debt, the General Partner Loan will consist of the net
proceeds from such Funding Debt and will be on comparable terms and conditions,
including interest rate, repayment schedule and costs and expenses, as shall be
applicable with respect to or incurred in connection with such Funding Debt.

          D.   ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.  Upon delivery of a
Funding Notice to the Specified Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its
sole and absolute discretion, may raise all or any portion of the Additional
Funds by accepting additional Capital Contributions, subject to Section 4.3.F in
the event additional Capital Contributions are made in cash.  In connection with
any such additional Capital Contributions (of cash or property), the General
Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue
to Partners (including the General Partner) or other persons (including, without
limitation, in


                                       21

<PAGE>

connection with the contribution of property to the Partnership) additional
Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests in one or more classes, or one
or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers, and duties,
including rights, powers, and duties senior to then existing Limited Partnership
Interests, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and
absolute discretion subject to Maryland law, including without limitation, (i)
the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, and
credit to such class or series of Partnership Interests; (ii) the right of each
such class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership
distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership
Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; PROVIDED THAT no
such additional Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests shall be issued
to the General Partner unless either (a) the additional Partnership Interests
are issued in connection with the grant, award, or issuance of shares of the
General Partner pursuant to Section 4.3.E below, which shares have designations,
preferences, and other rights (except voting rights) such that the economic
interests attributable to such shares are substantially similar to the
designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership
Interests issued to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 4.3.D,
or (b) the additional Partnership Interests are issued to all Partners holding
Partnership Interests in the same class in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests in such class.  In the event that the Partnership issues
additional Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 4.3.D, the General
Partner shall make such revisions to this Agreement (including but not limited
to the revisions described in Section 5.5, Section 6.2.B, and Section 8.6) as it
determines are necessary to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership
Interests.

          E.   ISSUANCE OF REIT SHARES OR OTHER SECURITIES BY THE GENERAL
PARTNER.  The General Partner shall not issue any additional REIT Shares (other
than REIT Shares issued pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof or pursuant to a dividend
or distribution (including any stock split) of REIT Shares to all of its
stockholders), other shares of capital stock of the General Partner or New
Securities unless (i) the General Partner shall make a Capital Contribution of
the net proceeds from the issuance of such additional REIT Shares, other shares
of capital stock or New Securities, as the case may be, and from the exercise of
the rights contained in such additional New Securities, as the case may be, and
(ii) except with respect to securities to be issued pursuant to any Stock Plan
or dividend reinvestment plan, the General Partner shall have delivered to the
Specified Limited Partner a Funding Notice regarding the securities to be
issued.

          F.   PARTICIPATION RIGHTS OF SPECIFIED LIMITED PARTNER.  The Funding
Notice delivered by the General Partner prior to its making or accepting (on
behalf of the Partnership) any additional cash Capital Contributions pursuant to
Section 4.3.D or 4.3.E hereof herein shall contain the total amount of
additional Capital Contributions sought to be made to the Partnership, and the
terms and conditions pertaining thereto.  Provided that the Specified Limited
Partner is then holding a Limited Partner Interest, the Specified Limited
Partner may elect to make an additional Capital Contribution not to exceed the
product of (i) the total amount of additional Capital Contributions being
sought, and (ii) the Specified Limited Partner's Percentage Interest (with such
product deemed the "Pro Rata Contribution").  For purposes of determining the
Specific Limited Partner's Pro Rata Contribution (or the Pro Rata Participation
(as defined below)), the Specified Limited Partner's Percentage Interest shall
mean the Percentage Interest with respect to the class of Partnership Interests
issued to the Specified Limited Partner on the


                                       22

<PAGE>

Effective Date, whether the Partnership proposes to issue the same class or a
new class of Partnership Interests in connection with such additional Capital
Contributions.  The Funding Notice delivered by the General Partner prior to its
making any loans to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.3.C herein shall
contain the total amount of the loan to be made to the Partnership.  Provided
that the Specified Limited Partner is then holding a Limited Partner Interest,
the Specified Limited Partner may elect to participate in such loan in an amount
not to exceed the product of (i) the total amount of the loan, and (ii) the
Specified Limited Partner's Percentage Interest (with such product deemed the
"Pro Rata Participation").  Either such election shall be made, if at all, by
providing written notice thereof (the "Election Notice") to the General Partner
within five (5) days after delivery of the Funding Notice.  Failure to respond
to such Funding Notice shall be deemed to be an election by the Specified
Limited Partner not to make such Capital Contribution or participate in such
loan.  Such Election Notice shall contain the amount of the additional Capital
Contribution or the loan participation, if any, the Specified Limited Partner is
to make (such additional Capital Contribution not to exceed the Pro Rata
Contribution and such loan participation not to exceed the Pro Rata
Participation) equal to all or any portion of its Pro Rata Contribution or Pro
Rata Participation.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.3.F to the
contrary, (a) the Pro Rata Contribution right and the Pro Rata Participation
right of the Specified Limited Partner under this Section 4.3.F shall be reduced
to the extent that the Specified Limited Partner has exercised rights under the
Miscellaneous Rights Agreement with respect to the issuance of REIT Shares or
other shares of capital stock of the General Partner that has resulted in an
additional Capital Contribution by the General Partner; and (b) if, at any time,
the Specified Limited Partner ceases to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of
the General Partner, then effective as of such time, the Specified Limited
Partner shall no longer be entitled to the Pro Rata Contribution right or the
Pro Rata Participation right under this Section 4.3.F. or entitled to receive
Funding Notices pursuant to Sections 4.3.B. or 4.3.C.

          G.   PERCENTAGE INTEREST ADJUSTMENTS IN THE CASE OF CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTIONS FOR PARTNERSHIP UNITS.  Upon the acceptance of additional Capital
Contributions in exchange for Partnership Units, the Percentage Interest related
thereto shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the
amount of cash and the Agreed Value of the Property contributed as of the
Business Day immediately preceding the date on which the additional Capital
Contributions are made (an "Adjustment Date") and the denominator of which is
equal to the sum of (i) the Deemed Value of the Partnership Interests of such
class (computed as of the Business Day immediately preceding the Adjustment
Date) and (ii) the aggregate amount of additional Capital Contributions
contributed to the Partnership on such Adjustment Date in respect of such class
of Partnership Interests.  The Percentage Interest of each other Partner holding
Partnership Interests of such class not making a full PRO RATA Capital
Contribution shall be adjusted to equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is
equal to the sum of (i) the Deemed Partnership Interest Value of such Limited
Partner of such class (computed as of the Business Day immediately preceding the
Adjustment Date) and (ii) the amount of additional Capital Contributions made by
such Partner to the Partnership in respect of such class of Partnership
Interests as of such Adjustment Date, and the denominator of which is equal to
the sum of (i) the Deemed Value of the Partnership Interests of such class
(computed as of the Business Day immediately preceding the Adjustment Date),
PLUS (ii) the aggregate amount of additional Capital Contributions contributed
by all Partners and/or third parties to the Partnership on such Adjustment Date
in respect of such class.  Provided, however, solely for purposes of calculating


                                       23

<PAGE>

a Partner's Percentage Interest pursuant to this Section 4.3.G, cash Capital
Contributions by the General Partner will be deemed to equal the cash
contributed by the General Partner plus, in the case of cash contributions
funded by an offering of any capital stock of the General Partner, the offering
costs attributable to the cash contributed to the Partnership.  The General
Partner shall promptly give each Partner written notice of its Percentage
Interest, as adjusted.

          Section 4.4    STOCK PLAN

          If at any time or from time to time the General Partner sells REIT
Shares pursuant to any Stock Plan, the General Partner shall contribute the
proceeds therefrom to the Partnership as an additional Capital Contribution
pursuant to Section 4.3 in exchange for an amount of additional Partnership
Units equal to the number of REIT Shares so sold.  The General Partner's Capital
Account shall be increased by the amount of cash so contributed.

          Section 4.5 OTHER CONTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

          In the event that any Partner is admitted to the Partnership and is
given a Capital Account in exchange for services rendered to the Partnership,
such transaction shall be treated by the Partnership and the affected Partner as
if the Partnership had compensated such Partner in cash, and the Partner had
contributed such cash to the capital of the Partnership.  In addition, with the
consent of the General Partner, one or more Limited Partners may enter into
contribution agreements with the Partnership which have the effect of providing
a guarantee of certain obligations of the Partnership.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

          Section 5.1    REQUIREMENT AND CHARACTERIZATION OF DISTRIBUTIONS

          The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute
quarterly all, or such portion as the General Partner may in its discretion
determine, of Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter to
the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to
such quarter, (1) first, with respect to any Partnership Interests that are
entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of
such class of Partnership Interests (and within such class, pro rata in
proportion to the respective Percentage Interests on such Partnership Record
Date), and, (2) second, with respect to Partnership Interests that are not
entitled to any preference in distribution, pro rata to each such class in
accordance with the terms of such class (and within each such class, pro rata in
proportion with the respective Percentage Interests on such Partnership Record
Date).  Unless otherwise expressly provided for herein or in an agreement at the
time a new class of Partnership Interests is created in accordance with Article
4 hereof, no Partnership Interest shall be entitled to a distribution in
preference to any other Partnership Interest.  The General Partner shall take
such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion
and consistent with its qualification as a REIT, to cause the Partnership to
distribute sufficient amounts to enable the General Partner to pay stockholder
dividends that will (a) satisfy the requirements for qualifying as a REIT under


                                       24

<PAGE>

the Code and Regulations ("REIT Requirements"), and (b) avoid any federal income
or excise tax liability of the General Partner.

          Section 5.2    DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND

          No right is given to any Partner to demand and receive property other
than cash.  The General Partner may determine, in its sole and absolute
discretion, to make a distribution in kind to the Partners of Partnership
assets, and such assets shall be distributed in such a fashion as to ensure that
the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance with
Articles 5, 6 and 10.

          Section 5.3    DISTRIBUTIONS UPON LIQUIDATION

          Proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction shall be distributed
to the Partners in accordance with Section 13.2.

          Section 5.4  DISTRIBUTIONS TO REFLECT ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.  In the event that the Partnership issues additional
Partnership Interests to the General Partner or any Additional Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 4.3.D or 4.4 hereof, the General Partner shall make such
revisions to this Article 5 as it determines are necessary to reflect the
issuance of such additional Partnership Interests.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                   ALLOCATIONS

          Section 6.1    TIMING AND AMOUNT OF ALLOCATIONS OF NET INCOME AND NET
                         LOSS

          Net Income and Net Loss of the Partnership shall be determined and
allocated with respect to each fiscal year of the Partnership as of the end of
each such year.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article 6, an
allocation to a Partner of a share of Net Income or Net Loss shall be treated as
an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction
that is taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.

          Section 6.2    GENERAL ALLOCATIONS

          A.   IN GENERAL.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6, Net
Income and Net Loss shall be allocated to each of the Partners holding the same
class of Partnership Interests in accordance with their respective Percentage
Interest of such class.

          B.   ALLOCATIONS TO REFLECT ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS.  In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership
Interests to the General Partner, the Specified Limited Partner or any
Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Section 4.3 or 4.4 hereof, the General
Partner shall make such revisions to this Section 6.2 as it determines are
necessary to reflect the terms of the issuance of such additional Partnership
Interests, including making preferential allocations to certain classes of
Partnership Interests.


                                       25

<PAGE>

          C.   Notwithstanding Section 6.2.A., but subject to the other
provisions of this Article 6, the following special allocations shall be made:

               (i)  The deduction attributable to the Partnership's payment of
     specified interest under certain loans made to predecessor entities, which
     were assumed or taken subject to by the Partnership, shall be allocated as
     set forth in Exhibit G.

               (ii) The cancellation of indebtedness income of the Partnership
     attributable to the repayment of certain loans made to predecessor
     entities, which were assumed or taken subject to by the Partnership, shall
     be allocated as set forth in Exhibit H.

          Section 6.3    ADDITIONAL ALLOCATION PROVISIONS

          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6:

          A.   REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS.

               (i)  MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK.  Except as otherwise provided in
     Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding the provisions of Section
     6.2 of the Agreement, or any other provision of this Article 6, if there is
     a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, each
     Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain
     for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to
     such Partner's share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as
     determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(g).  Allocations pursuant to
     the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts
     required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto.  The items to be
     allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections
     1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2).  This Section 6.3.A(i) is intended to
     qualify as a "minimum gain chargeback" within the meaning of Regulation
     Section 1.704-2(f) which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict
     between such Regulation and this Section 6.3.A(i).

               (ii) PARTNER MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), and notwithstanding the
     provisions of Section 6.2 of the Agreement, or any other provision of this
     Article 6 (except Section 6.3.A(i)), if there is a net decrease in Partner
     Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any fiscal
     year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable
     to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations
     Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership
     income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an
     amount equal to such Partner's share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum
     Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in
     accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  Allocations pursuant to
     the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts
     required to be allocated to each General Partner and Limited Partner
     pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in
     accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2).  This
     Section 6.3.A(ii) is intended


                                       26

<PAGE>

     to qualify as a "chargeback of partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain"
     within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) which shall be
     controlling in the event of a conflict between such Regulation and this
     Section 6.3.A(ii).

               (iii) NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS AND PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS.
     Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year shall be specially allocated
     to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.  Any Partner
     Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year shall be specially allocated to
     the Partner(s) who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the
     Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are
     attributable, in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(4) and
     1.704-2(i).

               (iv)  QUALIFIED INCOME OFFSET.  If any Partner unexpectedly
     receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations
     Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income
     and gain shall be allocated, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to the Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to
     eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital
     Account Deficit of the Partner as quickly as possible provided that an
     allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3.A(iv) shall be made if and only to
     the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit
     after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been
     tentatively made as if this Section 6.3.A(iv) were not in the Agreement.
     It is intended that this Section 6.3.A(iv) qualify and be construed as a
     "qualified income offset" within the meaning of Regulations 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(d), which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict
     between such Regulations and this Section 6.3.A(iv).

               (v)   GROSS INCOME ALLOCATION.  In the event any Partner has a
     deficit Capital Account at the end of any fiscal year which is in excess of
     the sum of (1) the amount (if any) such Partner is obligated to restore to
     the Partnership, and (2) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated
     to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the
     penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-
     2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of
     Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as
     possible, PROVIDED THAT an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3.A(v)
     shall be made if and only to the extent that such Partner would have a
     deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations
     provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section
     6.3.A(v) and Section 6.3.A(iv) were not in the Agreement.

               (vi)  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATION OF NET LOSS.  To the extent any
     allocation of Net Loss would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account
     Deficit as to any Partner, such allocation of Net Loss shall be reallocated
     among the other Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage
     Interests, subject to the limitations of this Section 6.3.A(vi).

               (vii) SECTION 754 ADJUSTMENT.  To the extent an adjustment to the
     adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b)
     or Code


                                       27

<PAGE>

     Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be
     taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a
     distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of his interest in the
     Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be
     treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the
     asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or
     loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their
     interests in the Partnership in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Partners to whom such distribution was
     made in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

               (viii) CURATIVE ALLOCATION.  The allocations set forth in
     Sections 6.3.A(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), and (vii) (the "Regulatory
     Allocations") are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements,
     including the requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.
     Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the Regulatory
     Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of
     income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that, to the extent
     possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the
     Regulatory Allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount
     that would have been allocated to each such Partner if the Regulatory
     Allocations had not occurred.

          B.   For purposes of determining a Partner's proportional share of the
"excess nonrecourse liabilities" of the Partnership within the meaning of
Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Partner's interest in Partnership
profits shall be such Partner's Percentage Interest.

          Section 6.4    TAX ALLOCATIONS

          A.   IN GENERAL.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4,
for income tax purposes each item of income, gain, loss and deduction
(collectively, "Tax Items") shall be allocated among the Partners in the same
manner as its correlative item of "book" income, gain, loss or deduction is
allocated pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3.

          B.   ALLOCATIONS RESPECTING SECTION 704(C) REVALUATIONS.
Notwithstanding Section 6.4.A, Tax Items with respect to Partnership property
that is contributed to the Partnership by a Partner shall be shared among the
Partners for income tax purposes pursuant to Regulations promulgated under
Section 704(c) of the Code, so as to take into account the variation, if any,
between the basis of the property to the Partnership and its initial Gross Asset
Value.  With respect to Partnership property that is initially contributed to
the Partnership upon its formation pursuant to Section 4.1, such variation
between basis and initial Gross Asset Value shall be taken into account under
the "_____________ method" as described in Regulations Section 1.704-3.  With
respect to properties subsequently contributed to the Partnership, the
Partnership shall account for such variation under any method approved under
Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable regulations as chosen by the
General Partner.  In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is
adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value
(provided in Article 1 of this Agreement), subsequent allocations of Tax Items
with respect to such asset shall take account of the variation, if any, between
the


                                       28

<PAGE>

adjusted basis of such asset and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as
under Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable regulations consistent with
the requirements of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) using any method
approved under 704(c) of the Code and the applicable regulations as chosen by
the General Partner.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                      MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

          Section 7.1    MANAGEMENT

          A.   Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all
management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are
exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any
right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the
business and affairs of the Partnership.  The General Partner may not be removed
by the Limited Partners with or without cause, except with the consent of the
General Partner.  In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general
partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to
the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General
Partner, subject to the other provisions hereof including Section 7.3, shall
have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by
it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth
in Section 3.2 hereof and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1
hereof, including, without limitation:

          (1)  the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money
               (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and
               borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions
               to its Partners in such amounts as will permit the General
               Partner (so long as the General Partner has determined to qualify
               as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal income tax
               (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section
               4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its stockholders
               sufficient to permit the General Partner to maintain REIT
               status), the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting
               for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of
               evidences of indebtedness (including the securing of same by
               mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the
               Partnership's assets) and the incurring of any obligations it
               deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the
               Partnership;

          (2)  the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of
               periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies
               having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the
               Partnership;

          (3)  the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
               hypothecation or exchange of any assets of the Partnership or the
               merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into
               another entity;


                                       29

<PAGE>

          (4)  the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation of any assets
               of the Partnership, and the use of the assets of the Partnership
               (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose
               consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms it
               sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the
               conduct or the operations of the General Partner or the
               Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons (including,
               without limitation, the General Partner (if necessary to permit
               the financing or capitalization of a subsidiary of the General
               Partner or the Partnership) or any Subsidiaries of the
               Partnership) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership,
               any of its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an
               equity investment;

          (5)  the negotiation, execution, and performance of any contracts,
               leases, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner
               considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership's
               operations or the implementation of the General Partner's powers
               under this Agreement;

          (6)  the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets
               in accordance with this Agreement;

          (7)  the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership
               (including, without limitation, employees having titles such as
               "president," "vice president," "secretary" and "treasurer"), and
               agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and
               contractors of the Partnership, the determination of their
               compensation and other terms of employment or hiring, including
               waivers of conflicts of interest and the payment of their
               expenses and compensation out of the Partnership's assets;

          (8)  the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the
               Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary or
               appropriate;

          (9)  the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the
               contribution of property to, any further limited or general
               partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems
               desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of
               interests in, and the contributions of property to any Subsidiary
               and any other Person in which it has an equity investment from
               time to time); PROVIDED THAT, as long as the General Partner has
               determined to continue to qualify as a REIT, the Partnership may
               not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution
               that would cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a
               REIT;

          (10) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations
               of the Partnership, including the conduct of litigation and the
               incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and
               litigation, and the indemnification of any Person against
               liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;


                                       30

<PAGE>

          (11) the undertaking of any action in connection with the
               Partnership's direct or indirect investment in any Person
               (including, without limitation, contributing or loaning
               Partnership funds to, incurring indebtedness on behalf of, or
               guarantying the obligations of any such Persons);

          (12) subject to the other provisions in this Agreement, the
               determination of the fair market value of any Partnership
               property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of
               valuation as it may adopt, PROVIDED THAT such methods are
               otherwise consistent with requirements of this Agreement;

          (13) the management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair,
               alteration, demolition or improvement of any real property or
               improvements owned by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the
               Partnership or any Person in which the Partnership has made a
               direct or indirect equity investment;

          (14) holding, managing, investing and reinvesting cash and other
               assets of the Partnership;

          (15) the collection and receipt of revenues and income of the
               Partnership;

          (16) the exercise, directly or indirectly through any attorney-in-fact
               acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any
               right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or
               investment held by the Partnership;

          (17) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner
               enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with
               any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which
               the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly
               with any such Subsidiary or other Person;

          (18) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner
               enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the
               Partnership does not have an interest pursuant to contractual or
               other arrangements with such Person; and

          (19) the making, execution and delivery of any and all deeds, leases,
               notes, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, deeds of trust, security
               agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties,
               indemnities, waivers, releases or legal instruments or agreements
               in writing necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the
               General Partner for the accomplishment of any of the powers of
               the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement.

          B.   Each of the Limited Partners agrees that the General Partner is
authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and
transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or
vote of the partners, notwithstanding any


                                       31

<PAGE>

other provisions of this Agreement (except as provided in Section 7.3), the Act
or any applicable law, rule or regulation.  The execution, delivery or
performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement
authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by
the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership
or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty
stated or implied by law or equity.

          C.   At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner
may cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain (i) casualty, liability and
other insurance on the properties of the Partnership and (ii) liability
insurance for the Indemnities hereunder.

          D.   At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner
may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain working capital reserves in
such amounts as the General Partner, in it sole and absolute discretion, deems
appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

          E.   In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General
Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax
consequences to any Partner (including the General Partner) of any action taken
by it.  The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a
Partner under any circumstances as a result of an income tax liability incurred
by such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General
Partner pursuant to its authority under this Agreement.

          Section 7.2    CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

          To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to
be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file
amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all the things to
maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the
limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Maryland
and each other state, the District of Columbia or other jurisdiction, in which
the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.  Subject to the terms
of Section 8.5.A(4) hereof, the General Partner shall not be required, before or
after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment
thereto to any Limited Partner.  The General Partner shall use all reasonable
efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be
reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation,
qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which
the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Maryland, any other
state, or the District of Columbia or other jurisdiction, in which the
Partnership may elect to do business or own property.

          Section 7.3    RESTRICTIONS ON GENERAL PARTNER'S AUTHORITY

          A.   The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of
an express prohibition or limitation of this Agreement, including, without
limitation:

          (1)  take any action that would make it impossible to carry on the
               ordinary business of the Partnership, except as otherwise
               provided in this Agreement;


                                       32

<PAGE>

          (2)  possess Partnership property, or assign any rights in specific
               Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose except
               as otherwise provided in this Agreement;

          (3)  admit a Person as a Partner, except as otherwise provided in this
               Agreement;

          (4)  perform any act that would subject a Limited Partner to liability
               as a general partner in any jurisdiction or any other liability
               except as provided herein or under the Act; or

          (5)  enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that
               expressly prohibits or restricts the ability of a Limited Partner
               to exercise its rights to a Redemption in full, except with the
               written consent of such Limited Partner.

          B.   The General Partner shall not, without the prior Consent of the
Partners, undertake, on behalf of the Partnership, any of the following actions
or enter into any transaction which would have the effect of such transactions:

          (1)  except as provided in Section 7.3.C, amend, modify or terminate
               this Agreement other than to reflect the admission, substitution,
               termination or withdrawal of partners pursuant to Article 12
               hereof;

          (2)  make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or appoint
               or acquiesce in the appointment of a custodian, receiver or
               trustee for all or any part of the assets of the Partnership;

          (3)  institute any proceeding for bankruptcy on behalf of the
               Partnership;

          (4)  confess a judgment against the Partnership;

          (5)  approve or acquiesce to the transfer of the Partnership Interest
               of the General Partner to any Person other than the Partnership;
               or

          (6)  admit into the Partnership any Additional or Substitute General
               Partners.

          C.   Notwithstanding Section 7.3.B, the General Partner shall have the
exclusive power to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or
implement any of the following purposes:

          (1)  to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any
               right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of
               the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;


                                       33

<PAGE>

          (2)  to reflect the issuance of additional Partnership Interests
               pursuant to Section 4.3.D or the admission, substitution,
               termination, or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with this
               Agreement;

          (3)  to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature and does
               not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material
               respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any
               provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with
               other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters
               arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with
               law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

          (4)  to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained
               in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a
               federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;

          (5)  to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the
               General Partner to maintain status as a REIT, including changes
               which may be necessitated due to a change in applicable law (or
               an authoritative interpretation thereof) or a ruling of the IRS;
               and

          (6)  to modify, as set forth in the definition of "Capital Account,"
               the manner in which Capital Accounts are computed.

The General Partner will provide notice to the Limited Partners when any action
under this Section 7.3.C is taken.

          D.   Notwithstanding Section 7.3.B and 7.3.C hereof, this Agreement
shall not be amended with respect to any Partner adversely affected, and no
action may be taken by the General Partner, without the Consent of such Partner
adversely affected if such amendment or action would (i) convert a Limited
Partner's interest in the Partnership into a general partner's interest (except
as the result of the General Partner acquiring such interest), (ii) modify the
limited liability of a Limited Partner, (iii) alter rights of the Partner to
receive distributions pursuant to Article 5 or Section 13.2.A(4), or the
allocations specified in Article 6 (except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.3
and Section 7.3.C(3) hereof), (iv) materially alter or modify the rights to a
Redemption or the REIT Shares Amount as set forth in Section 8.6, and related
definitions hereof or (v) amend this Section 7.3.D.  Further, no amendment may
alter the restrictions on the General Partner's authority set forth elsewhere in
this Section 7.3 without the Consent specified in such section.  This Section
7.3D does not require unanimous consent of all Partners adversely affected
unless the amendment is to be effective against all partners adversely affected.

          E.   So long as the Limited Partners own at least 5% of the aggregate
Percentage Interests of the Partnership, the General Partner shall not, on
behalf of the Partnership, take any of the following actions without the prior
Consent of the Limited Partners:


                                       34

<PAGE>

          (1)  dissolve the Partnership, other than incident to (i) a sale,
               disposition, conveyance or other transfer of all or substantially
               all of the assets of the Partnership, in one or a series of
               related transactions (an "Asset Sale"), (ii) a merger,
               consolidation, reorganization or other business combination to
               which the Partnership is a party, or (iii) a Termination
               Transaction (as defined in Section 11.2); or

          (2)  prior to the expiration of seven (7) years from the Effective
               Date, sell, dispose, convey or otherwise transfer or refinance
               the Partnership's property located at 9911 West Pico Boulevard,
               Los Angeles, California and commonly known as Century Park
               Center, other than incident to a merger, consolidation,
               reorganization or other business combination to which the
               Partnership is a party or an Asset Sale.

          Section 7.4    REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

          A.   Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this
Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 regarding distributions,
payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall
not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

          B.   Subject to Section 15.11, the General Partner shall be reimbursed
on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in
its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenses it incurs relating to the
ownership of interests in and operation of, or for the benefit of, the
Partnership.  The Limited Partners acknowledge that the General Partner's sole
business is the ownership of interests in and operation of the Partnership and
that such expenses are incurred for the benefit of the Partnership; PROVIDED
THAT, the General Partner shall not be reimbursed for expenses it incurs
relating to the organization of the Partnership and the General Partner or the
initial public offering or subsequent public offerings of REIT Shares, other
shares of capital stock or Funding Debt by the General Partner, but shall be
reimbursed for expenses it incurs with respect to any other issuance of
additional Partnership Interests pursuant to the provisions hereof.  Such
reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner
as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.

          C.   If and to the extent any reimbursements to the General Partner
pursuant to this Section 7.4 constitute gross income of the General Partner (as
opposed to the repayment of advances made by the General Partner on behalf of
the Partnership), such amounts shall constitute guaranteed payments within the
meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code, shall be treated consistently therewith
by the Partnership and all Partners, and shall not be treated as distributions
for purposes of computing the Partners' Capital Accounts.

          Section 7.5    OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

          A.   Except in connection with a transaction authorized in Section
11.2 hereof, without the Consent of the Limited Partners, the General Partner
shall not, directly or indirectly,


                                       35

<PAGE>

enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with the ownership,
acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests as a General Partner and
the management of the business of the Partnership, its operation as a public
reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under the
Exchange Act, its operation as a REIT and such activities as are incidental to
the same.  Without the Consent of the Limited Partners, the General Partner
shall not, directly or indirectly, participate in or otherwise acquire any
interest in any real or personal property, except its General Partner Interest,
its minority interest in any Subsidiary Partnership(s) (held directly or
indirectly through a Qualified REIT Subsidiary) that the General Partner holds
in order to maintain such Subsidiary Partnership's status as a partnership, and
such bank accounts, similar instruments or other short-term investments as it
deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities contemplated under this
Agreement and the Charter.  Any Limited Partner Interests acquired by the
General Partner, whether pursuant to exercise by a Limited Partner of its right
of Redemption, or otherwise, shall be automatically converted into a General
Partner Interest comprised of an identical number of Partnership Units of the
same class.  If, at any time, the General Partner acquires material assets
(other than on behalf of the Partnership) the definition of "REIT Shares Amount"
shall be adjusted, as reasonably agreed to by the General Partner and the
Limited Partners, to reflect the relative Fair Market Value of a share of
capital stock of the General Partner relative to the Deemed Partnership Interest
Value of the related Partnership Unit.  The General Partner's General Partner
Interest in the Partnership, its minority interest in any Subsidiary
Partnership(s) (held directly or indirectly through a Qualified REIT Subsidiary)
that the General Partner holds in order to maintain such Subsidiary
Partnership's status as a partnership, and interests in such short-term liquid
investments, bank accounts or similar instruments as the General Partner deems
necessary to carry out its responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement
and the Charter are interests which the General Partner is permitted to acquire
and hold for purposes of this Section 7.5.A.

          B.   In the event the General Partner exercises its rights under the
Charter to purchase REIT Shares, then the General Partner shall cause the
Partnership to purchase from it a number of Partnership Units of the appropriate
class as determined based on the REIT Shares Amount equal to the number of REIT
Shares so purchased on the same terms that the General Partner purchased such
REIT Shares.

          Section 7.6    CONTRACTS WITH AFFILIATES

          A.   The Partnership may lend or contribute to Persons in which it has
an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on
terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the
General Partner.  The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit
in favor of any Person.

          B.   Except as provided in Section 7.5.A, the Partnership may transfer
assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business
entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and
subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

          C.   The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion and
without the approval of the Limited Partners, may propose and adopt on behalf of
the Partnership employee


                                       36

<PAGE>

benefit plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the
General Partner, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any
Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or
indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership, the General Partner, or any of
the Partnership's Subsidiaries.  The General Partner also is expressly
authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to it Partnership Units
corresponding to REIT Shares issued by the General Partner pursuant to any Stock
Plan or any similar or successor plan and to repurchase such Partnership Units
from the General Partner to the extent necessary to permit the General Partner
to repurchase such REIT Shares in accordance with such plan.

          D.   The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the
name and on behalf of the Partnership, a right of first opportunity arrangement
and other conflict avoidance agreements with various Affiliates of the
Partnership and the General Partner, on such terms as the General Partner, in
its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

          Section 7.7    INDEMNIFICATION

          A.   The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against
any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses
(including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other
amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings,
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations
of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be
involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is
established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the
matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or
was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually
received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
(iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable
cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.  Without limitation, the
foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to
a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any
Subsidiary of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any indebtedness
which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken
subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on
behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements
consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7 in favor of any Indemnitee
having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness.  The
termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a
presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct
set forth in this Section 7.7.A.  The termination of any proceeding by
conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or any entry of
an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that
the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section
7.7.A.  Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out
of the assets of the Partnership.

          B.   Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a
proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final
disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written
affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee's good faith belief that the
standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as
authorized in this Section 7.7.A has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking


                                       37

<PAGE>

by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

          C.   The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in
addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be
entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter
of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to
serve in such capacity.

          D.   The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of
the Indemnities and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine,
against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be
incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership's activities,
regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such
Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

          E.   For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed
to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit
plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also
imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or
participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an
Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law
shall constitute fines within the meaning of Section 7.7; and actions taken or
omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the
performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be
for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.

          F.   In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to
personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this
Agreement.

          G.   An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in
part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the
transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction
was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

          H.   The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the
Indemnities, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not
be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.  Any
amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof
shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the
Partnership's liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.7 as in effect
immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to
claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior
to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may
arise or be asserted.

          I.   If and to the extent any reimbursements to the General Partner
pursuant to this Section 7.7 constitute gross income of the General Partner (as
opposed to the repayment of advances made by the General Partner on behalf of
the Partnership) such amounts shall constitute guaranteed payments within the
meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code, shall be


                                       38

<PAGE>

treated consistently therewith by the Partnership and all Partners, and shall
not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners' Capital
Accounts.

          J.   Any indemnification hereunder is subject to, and limited by, the
provisions of Section 10-107 of the Act.

          Section 7.8    LIABILITY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

          A.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Agreement, the General Partner shall not be liable or accountable in damages or
otherwise to the Partnership, any Partners or any Assignees for losses
sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in
judgment or mistakes of fact or law or any act or omission if the General
Partner acted in good faith.

          B.   The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General
Partner is acting for the benefit of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and
the General Partner's stockholders collectively, that the General Partner is
under no obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the Limited
Partners or the General Partner's stockholders (including, without limitation,
the tax consequences to Limited Partners or Assignees or to stockholders) in
deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any
actions and that the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or
to any Partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred,
or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions,
PROVIDED THAT the General Partner has acted in good faith.

          C.   Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set
forth in Section 7.1.A hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the
powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed
upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents.  The General
Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of
any such agent appointed by it in good faith.

          D.   Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any
provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the
limitations on the General Partner's liability to the Partnership and the
Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or
relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

          Section 7.9    OTHER MATTERS CONCERNING THE GENERAL PARTNER

          A.   The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties.

          B.   The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants,
appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and
advisers


                                       39

<PAGE>

selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the
opinion of such Persons as to matters which such General Partner reasonably
believes to be within such Person's professional or expert competence shall be
conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in
accordance with such opinion.

          C.   The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of
its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized
officers and a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact.  Each such attorney
shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney,
have full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and duty which
is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

          D.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any
non-mandatory provision of the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf
of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting
on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such
action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability
of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to avoid the
General Partner incurring any taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the
Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all
of the Limited Partners.

          Section 7.10   TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP ASSETS

          Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and
whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership
as an entity, and no Partners, individually or collectively, shall have any
ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof.  Title to
any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership,
the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may
determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner.  The General Partner
hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title
is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the
General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of
the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial
and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as
reasonably practicable.  All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the
property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name
in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

          Section 7.11   RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person
dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General
Partner has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any
manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on
behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the
General Partner as if it were the Partnership's sole party in interest, both
legally and beneficially.  Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all
defenses or other remedies which may be available against such Person to
contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection
with any such dealing.  In no event shall any Person dealing with


                                       40

<PAGE>

the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the
terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity
or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or its
representatives.  Each and every certificate, document or other instrument
executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its
representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person
relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and
delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full
force and effect, (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate,
document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on
behalf of the Partnership and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was
duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                   RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

          Section 8.1    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

          The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement
except as expressly provided in this Agreement or under the Act.

          Section 8.2    MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS

          No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of
its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of
the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their
capacity as such) shall take part in the operations, management or control
(within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership's business transact any
business in the Partnership's name or have the power to sign documents for or
otherwise bind the Partnership.  The transaction of any such business by the
General Partner, any of  its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee,
partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of
their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or
eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees
under this Agreement.

          Section 8.3    OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES OF LIMITED PARTNERS

          Subject to any agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its
Affiliates with the General Partner, Partnership or a Subsidiary, any Limited
Partner and any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or
stockholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business
interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the
Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition
with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership.
Neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this
Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee.  Subject
to such agreements, none of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have
any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship
established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person, other than the
Limited Partners


                                       41

<PAGE>

benefitting from the business conducted by the General Partner, and such Person
shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any
such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any such other
Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the
Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such
Person.

          Section 8.4    RETURN OF CAPITAL

          Except pursuant to the rights of Redemption set forth in Section 8.6,
no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of his or her
Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to
this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein.  No
Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner
or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions,  or otherwise
expressly provided in this Agreement, as to profits, losses, distributions or
credits.

          Section 8.5    RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS RELATING TO THE PARTNERSHIP

          A.   In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the
Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5.C hereof, each Limited Partner shall
have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner's
interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a
statement of the purpose of such demand and at the Partnership's expense:

          (1)  to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports
               filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the General
               Partner pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act, and each
               communication sent to the stockholders of the General Partner;

          (2)  to obtain a copy of the Partnership's federal, state and local
               income tax returns for each Partnership Year;

          (3)  to obtain a current list of the name and last known business,
               residence or mailing address of each Partner;

          (4)  to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all
               amendments thereto, together with executed copies of all powers
               of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and
               all amendments thereto have been executed; and

          (5)  to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash
               and a description and statement of any other property or services
               contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to
               contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a
               Partner.


                                       42

<PAGE>

          B.   The Partnership shall notify each Limited Partner in writing of
any adjustment made in the calculation of the REIT Shares Amount within 10
Business Days of the date such change becomes effective.

          C.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5, the
General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period
of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to
be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner believes to be in
the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the
General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the
Partnership or (ii) the Partnership or the General Partner is required by law or
by agreements with unaffiliated third parties to keep confidential.

          Section 8.6    REDEMPTION RIGHTS

          A.   On or after the date one year after the Effective Date, each
Limited Partner shall have the right (subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein) to require the Partnership to redeem all or a portion of the
Partnership Units held by such Limited Partner (such Partnership Units being
hereafter referred to as "Tendered Units") in exchange for the Cash Amount (a
"Redemption"); provided that the terms of such Partnership Units do not provide
that such Partnership Units are not entitled to a right of Redemption.  Unless
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in a separate agreement
entered into between the Partnership and the holders of such Partnership Units,
all Partnership Units shall be entitled to a right of Redemption hereunder.  Any
Redemption shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to
the General Partner by the Limited Partner who is exercising the right (the
"Tendering Partner").  The Cash Amount shall be delivered as a certified check
payable to the Tendering Partner within ten (10) days of the Specified
Redemption Date.

          B.   Notwithstanding Section 8.6.A above, if a Limited Partner has
delivered to the General Partner a Notice of Redemption then the General Partner
may, in its sole and absolute discretion, (subject to the limitations on
ownership and transfer of REIT Shares set forth in the Charter) elect to acquire
some or all of the Tendered Units from the Tendering Partner in exchange for the
REIT Shares Amount (as of the Specified Redemption Date) and, if the General
Partner so elects, the Tendering Partner shall sell the Tendered Units to the
General Partner in exchange for the REIT Shares Amount.  In such event, the
Tendering Partner shall have no right to cause the Partnership to redeem such
Tendered Units.  The General Partner shall promptly give such Tendering Partner
written notice of its election, and the Tendering Partner may elect to withdraw
its redemption request at any time prior to the acceptance of the cash or REIT
Shares Amount by such Tendering Partner.

          C.   The REIT Shares Amount, if applicable, shall be delivered as duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable REIT Shares and, if
applicable, free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than
those provided in the Charter, the Bylaws of the General Partner, the Securities
Act, relevant state securities or blue sky laws and any applicable registration
rights agreement with respect to such REIT Shares entered into by the Tendering
Partner.  Notwithstanding any delay in such delivery (but subject to Section
8.6.D), the Tendering Partner shall be deemed the owner of such REIT Shares for
all purposes,


                                       43

<PAGE>

including without limitation, rights to vote or consent, and receive dividends,
as of the Specified Redemption Date.

          D.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6.A, 8.6.B, 8.6.C or
any other provision of this Agreement, a Limited Partner (i) shall not be
entitled to effect a Redemption for cash or an exchange for REIT Shares to the
extent the ownership or right to acquire REIT Shares pursuant to such exchange
by such Partner on the Specified Redemption Date would cause such Partner or any
other Person to violate the restrictions on ownership and transfer of REIT
Shares set forth in the Charter and (ii) shall have no rights under this
Agreement to acquire REIT Shares which would otherwise be prohibited under the
Charter.  To the extent any attempted Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares
would be in violation of this Section 8.6.D, it shall be null and void AB INITIO
and such Limited Partner shall not acquire any rights or economic interest in
the cash otherwise payable upon such Redemption or the REIT Shares otherwise
issuable upon such exchange.

          E.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (but subject to
Section 8.6.D), with respect to any Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares
pursuant to this Section 8.6:

          (1)  All Partnership Units acquired by the General Partner pursuant
               thereto shall automatically, and without further action required,
               be converted into and deemed to be General Partner Interests
               comprised of the same number and class of Partnership Units.

          (2)  Without the consent of the General Partner, each Limited Partner
               may not effect a Redemption for less than 500 Partnership Units
               or, if the Limited Partner holds less than 500 Partnership Units,
               all of the Partnership Units held by such Limited Partner.

          (3)  Without the consent of the General Partner, each Limited Partner
               may not effect a Redemption during the period after the
               Partnership Record Date with respect to a distribution and before
               the record date established by the General Partner for a
               distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of
               such distribution.

          (4)  The consummation of any Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares
               shall be subject to the expiration or termination of the
               applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino
               Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.


                                       44

<PAGE>

          (5)  Each Tendering Partner shall continue to own all Partnership
               Units subject to any Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares, and
               be treated as a Limited Partner with respect to such Partnership
               Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until such Partnership
               Units are transferred to the General Partner and paid for or
               exchanged on the Specified Redemption Date.  Until a Specified
               Redemption Date, the Tendering Partner shall have no rights as a
               stockholder of the General Partner with respect to such Tendering
               Partner's Partnership Units.

          F.   In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership
Interests to any Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Section 4.3.D hereof,
the General Partner shall make such revisions to this Section 8.6 as it
determines are necessary to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership
Interests.

                                    ARTICLE 9
                     BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

          Section 9.1    RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING

          The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal
office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the
Partnership's business, including without limitation, all books and records
necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies
of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.  Any
records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of
its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape,
photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device, PROVIDED
THAT the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form
within a reasonable period of time.  The books of the Partnership shall be
maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

          Section 9.2    FISCAL YEAR

          The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

          Section 9.3    REPORTS

          A.   As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after
the close of each Partnership Year, or such earlier date as they are filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the General Partner shall cause to be
mailed to each Limited Partner as of the close of the Partnership Year, an
annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership, or of the
General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis
with the General Partner, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, such statements to be audited by
a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the
General Partner.


                                       45

<PAGE>

          B.   As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days after
the close of each calendar quarter (except the last calendar quarter of each
year), or such earlier date as they are filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner
as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing unaudited
financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner, if such
statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the applicable law
or regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   TAX MATTERS

          Section 10.1   PREPARATION OF TAX RETURNS

          The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely
filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other
items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and
shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within 90 days of the close of each
taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for
federal and state income tax reporting purposes.

          Section 10.2   TAX ELECTIONS

          Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its
sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election
pursuant to the Code, including the election under Section 754 of the Code.  The
General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election
(including without limitation, any election under Section 754 of the Code) upon
the General Partner's determination in its sole and absolute discretion that
such revocation is the best interests of the Partners.

          Section 10.3   TAX MATTERS PARTNER

          A.   The General Partner shall be the "tax matters partner" of the
Partnership for federal income tax purposes.  Pursuant to Section 6223(c) of the
Code, upon receipt of notice from the IRS of the beginning of an administrative
proceeding with respect to the Partnership, the tax matters partner shall
furnish the IRS with the name, address and profit interest of each of the
Limited Partners and Assignees; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such information is
provided to the Partnership by the Limited Partners and Assignees.

          B.   The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

          (1)  to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any
               administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of
               Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner
               for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being
               referred to as a "tax audit" and such judicial proceedings being
               referred to as "judicial review"), and in the settlement
               agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such


                                       46

<PAGE>

               agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement
               agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time
               prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a
               statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner
               shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement
               on behalf of such Partner or (ii) who is a "notice partner" (as
               defined in Section 6231 of the Code) or a member of a "notice
               group" (as defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);

          (2)  in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment
               at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into
               account by a Partner for tax purposes (a "final adjustment") is
               mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of
               such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for
               readjustment with the Tax Court or the United States Claims
               Court, or the filing of a complaint for refund with the District
               Court of the United States for the district in which the
               Partnership's principal place of business is located;

          (3)  to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for
               judicial review of a final adjustment;

          (4)  to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS
               at any time and, if any part of such request is not allowed by
               the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint)
               for judicial review with respect to such request;

          (5)  to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for
               assessing any tax which is attributable to any item required to
               be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item
               affected by such item; and

          (6)  to take any other action on behalf of the Partners of the
               Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review
               proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or
               regulations.

          The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax
matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent
required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax
matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General
Partner set forth in Section 7.7 of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to
the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.

          C.   The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its
services.  All third party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters
partner in performing his duties as such (including legal and accounting fees)
shall be borne by the Partnership.  Nothing herein shall be construed to
restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax
matters partner in discharging his duties hereunder, so long as the compensation
paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.


                                       47

<PAGE>

          Section 10.4   ORGANIZATIONAL EXPENSES

          The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it
in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 60-month period as provided in
Section 709 of the Code.

          Section 10.5   WITHHOLDING

          Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold
from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any amount of
federal, state, local, or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that
the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount
distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement,
including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the
Partnership pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 or 1446 of the Code.  Any
amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall constitute a
loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by
such Limited Partner within 15 days after notice from the General Partner that
such payment must be made unless (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from
a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or (ii) the
General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such
payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership which
would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner.  Any amounts
withheld pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) shall be treated as
having been distributed to such Limited Partner.  Each Limited Partner hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in
such Limited Partner's Partnership Interest to secure such Limited Partner's
obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to
this Section 10.5.  In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts
owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.5 when due, the General
Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to
the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event
shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner
and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such
defaulting Limited Partner (including, without limitation, the right to receive
distributions).  Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear
interest at the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center
commercial banks, as published from time to time in the WALL STREET JOURNAL,
plus two percentage points (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) from
the date such amount is due (I.E., 15 days after demand) until such amount is
paid in full.  Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership
or the General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security
interest created hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                            TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

          Section 11.1   TRANSFER

          A.   The term "transfer," when used in this Article 11 with respect to
a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the
General Partner purports to assign its General Partner Interest to another
Person or by which a Limited Partner


                                       48

<PAGE>

purports to assign its Limited Partnership Interest to another Person, and
includes a sale, assignment, gift (outright or in trust), pledge, encumbrance,
hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise.
The term "transfer" when used in this Article 11 does not include any Redemption
or exchange for REIT Shares pursuant to Section 8.6.  No part of the interest of
a Limited Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, any spouse for
alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or
involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for
in this Agreement.

          B.   No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in
part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this
Article 11.  Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not
made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void.

          Section 11.2   TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNER'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

          A.   Except in connection with a transaction described in Section
11.2.B or Section 11.2.C, the General Partner shall not withdraw from the
Partnership and shall not transfer all or any portion of its interest in the
Partnership (whether by sale, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or
otherwise) without the consent of all of the Limited Partners, which may be
given or withheld by each Limited Partner in its sole and absolute discretion,
and only upon the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section
12.1.  Upon any transfer of a Partnership Interest in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 11.2, the transferee shall become a Substitute
General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and
rights of the transferor General Partner, and shall be liable for all
obligations and responsible for all duties of the General Partner, once such
transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such
admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the
terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest
so acquired.  It is a condition to any transfer otherwise permitted hereunder
that the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of
the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with
respect to such transferred Partnership interest, and no such transfer (other
than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and
liabilities of the transferor General Partner are assumed by a successor
corporation by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor General Partner of
its obligations under this Agreement without the Consent of the Limited
Partners, in their reasonable discretion.  In the event the General Partner
withdraws from the Partnership, in violation of this Agreement or otherwise, or
otherwise dissolves or terminates, or upon the Incapacity of the General
Partner, all of the remaining Partners may elect to continue the Partnership
business by selecting a Substitute General Partner in accordance with the Act.

          B.   Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.2.C, the General
Partner shall not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with
or into another person, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or any
reclassification, recapitalization or change of its outstanding equity interests
("Termination Transaction"), unless the Termination Transaction has been
approved by a Consent of the Partners and in connection with which all Limited
Partners either will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for
each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities, or other property equal to
the product of the REIT Shares Amount and the


                                       49

<PAGE>

greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid to a holder of one
REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share at any time during the period from
and after the date on which the Termination Transaction is consummated; PROVIDED
THAT, if, in connection with the Termination Transaction, a purchase, tender or
exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than
fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership
Units shall receive, or shall have the right to elect to receive, the greatest
amount of cash, securities, or other property which such holder would have
received had it exercised its right to Redemption (as set forth in Section 8.6)
and received REIT Shares
in exchange for its Partnership Units immediately prior to the expiration of
such purchase, tender or exchange offer and had thereupon accepted such
purchase, tender or exchange offer; and, PROVIDED FURTHER THAT, unless a Consent
of the Limited Partners has been obtained, no more than forty-nine percent (49%)
of the equity securities of the acquired Person in such Termination Transaction
shall be owned, after consummation of such Termination Transaction, by the
General Partner or Persons who are Affiliates of the Partnership or the General
Partner immediately prior to the date on which the Termination Transaction is
consummated.

          C.   Notwithstanding Section 11.2.B, the General Partner may merge, or
otherwise combine its assets, with another entity if, immediately after such
merger or other combination, substantially all of the assets of the surviving
entity, other than Partnership Units held by such General Partner, are
contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for
Partnership Units with a fair market value, as reasonably determined by the
General Partner, equal to the Agreed Value of the assets so contributed.

          D.   In connection with any transaction permitted by Section 11.2.B or
Section 11.2.C hereof, the General Partner shall use its commercially reasonable
efforts to structure such Termination Transaction to avoid causing the Limited
Partners to recognize gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the
occurrence of or their participation in such Termination Transaction.  The sole
remedy for a breach by the General Partner of this section 11.2.D. shall be a
claim for damages.

          Section 11.3   LIMITED PARTNERS' RIGHTS TO TRANSFER

          A.   Prior to the first anniversary of the closing of the initial
public offering of REIT Shares, no Limited Partner shall transfer all or any
portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the consent of the
General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute
discretion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Limited Partner may, at any time
(whether prior to or after such first anniversary), without the consent of the
General Partner, (i) transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to
the General Partner, (ii) transfer all or any portion of its Partnership
Interest to an Affiliate, another original Limited Partner or to an Immediate
Family member, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6, (iii) transfer all or
any portion of its Partnership Interest to a trust for the benefit of a
charitable beneficiary or to a charitable foundation, subject to the provisions
of Section 11.6, and (iv) subject to the provisions of Section 11.6, pledge (a
"Pledge") all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to a lending
institution, which is not an Affiliate of such Limited Partner, as collateral or
security for a bona fide loan or other extension of credit, and transfer such
pledged Partnership Interest to such lending institution in connection with the
exercise of remedies under such loan or extension or


                                       50

<PAGE>

credit, and the transfer of such pledged Partnership Interest by the lender to
any transferee.  After such first anniversary, each Limited Partner or Assignee
(resulting from a transfer made pursuant to clauses (i)-(iv) of the proviso of
the preceding sentence) shall have the right to transfer all or any portion of
its Partnership Interest, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6 and the
satisfaction of each of the following conditions (in addition to the right of
each such Limited Partner or Assignee to continue to make any such transfer
permitted by clauses (i)-(iv) of such proviso without satisfying either of the
following conditions):

          (a)  GENERAL PARTNER RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  The transferring Partner
               shall give written notice of the proposed transfer to the General
               Partner, which notice shall state (i) the identity of the
               proposed transferee, and (ii) the amount and type of
               consideration proposed to be received for the transferred
               Partnership Units.  The General Partner shall have ten (10) days
               upon which to give the transferring Partner notice of its
               election to acquire the Partnership Units on the proposed terms.
               If it so elects, it shall purchase the Partnership Units on such
               terms within ten (10) days after giving notice of such election.
               If it does not so elect, the transferring Partner may transfer
               such Partnership Units to a third party, on economic terms no
               more favorable to the transferee than the proposed terms, subject
               to the other conditions of this Section 11.3.

          (b)  QUALIFIED TRANSFEREE.  Any transfer of a Partnership Interest
               shall be made only to Qualified Transferees.

          It is a condition to any transfer otherwise permitted hereunder that
the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the
obligations of the transferor Limited Partner under this Agreement with respect
to such transferred Partnership Interest and no such transfer (other than
pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and
liabilities of the transferor Partner are assumed by a successor corporation by
operation of law) shall relieve the transferor Partner of its obligations under
this Agreement without the approval of the General Partner, in its reasonable
discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transferee of any transferred
Partnership Interest shall be subject to any and all ownership limitations
contained in the Charter and the representations in Section 3.4.D.  Any
transferee, whether or not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, shall take
subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder.  Unless admitted as a
Substitute Limited Partner, no transferee, whether by a voluntary transfer, by
operation of law or otherwise, shall have rights hereunder, other than the
rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 11.5.

          B.   If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor,
administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator, or receiver of such
Limited Partner's estate shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner, but not
more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of
settling or managing the estate, and such power as the Incapacitated Limited
Partner possessed to transfer all or any part of his or its interest in the
Partnership.  The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not
dissolve or terminate the Partnership.


                                       51

<PAGE>

          C.   The General Partner may prohibit any transfer otherwise permitted
under Section 11.3 by a Limited Partner of his or her Partnership Units if, in
the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership, such transfer would require the
filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act by the Partnership
or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations
applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Unit.

          D.   No transfer by a Limited Partner of his or her Partnership Units
(including any Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares pursuant to Section 8.6)
may be made to any person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the
Partnership, it would result in the Partnership being treated as an association
taxable as a corporation, or (ii) such transfer is effectuated through an
"established securities market" or a "secondary market (or the substantial
equivalent thereof)" within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

          E.   No transfer of any Partnership Units may be made to a lender to
the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section
1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan
constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability, without the consent of the General Partner,
in its sole and absolute discretion; PROVIDED THAT, as a condition to such
consent, the lender will be required to enter into an arrangement with the
Partnership and the General Partner to redeem or exchange for the REIT Shares
Amount any Partnership Units in which a security interest is held simultaneously
with the time at which such lender would be deemed to be a partner in the
Partnership for purposes of allocating liabilities to such lender under Section
752 of the Code.

          Section 11.4   SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNERS

          A.   No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a
transferee as a Limited Partner in his or her place (including any transferee
permitted by Section 11.3).  The General Partner shall, however, have the right
to consent to the admission of a transferee of the interest of a Limited Partner
pursuant to this Section 11.4 as a Substituted Limited Partner, which consent
may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute
discretion.  The General Partner's failure or refusal to permit a transferee of
any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise
to any cause of action against the Partnership or any Partner.

          B.   A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited
Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers
and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner
under this Agreement.  The admission of any transferee as a Substituted Limited
Partner shall be subject to the transferee executing and delivering to the
Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
(including without limitation, the provisions of Section 2.4 and such other
documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission).

          C.   Upon the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General
Partner shall amend Exhibit A to reflect the name, address, number of
Partnership Units, and Percentage Interest of such Substituted Limited Partner
and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and interest of the
predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.


                                       52

<PAGE>

          Section 11.5   ASSIGNEES

          If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not
consent to the admission of any permitted transferee under Section 11.3 as a
Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4, such transferee shall
be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement.  An Assignee shall be
entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest
under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership
and the share of Net Income, Net Losses, gain and loss attributable to the
Partnership Units assigned to such transferee, the rights to transfer the
Partnership Units provided in this Article 11, and the right of Redemption
provided in Section 8.6, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of Partnership
Units for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to
effect a Consent with respect to such Partnership Units on any matter presented
to the Limited Partners for approval (such Consent remaining with the transferor
Limited Partner).  In the event any such transferee desires to make a further
assignment of any such Partnership Units, such transferee shall be subject to
all the provisions of this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner
as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of Partnership Units.

          Section 11.6   GENERAL PROVISIONS

          A.   No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than
as a result of (i) a permitted transfer of all of such Limited Partner's
Partnership Units in accordance with this Article 11 and the transferee(s) of
such Units being admitted to the Partnership as a Substituted Limited Partner or
(ii) pursuant to the exercise of its right of Redemption of all of such Limited
Partner's Partnership Units under Section 8.6.

          B.   Any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of such Limited
Partner's Partnership Units in a transfer permitted pursuant to this Article 11
where such transferee was admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner or pursuant
to the exercise of its rights of Redemption of all of such Limited Partner's
Partnership Units under Section 8.6 shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

          C.   Transfers pursuant to this Article 11 may only be made on the
first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the General Partner
otherwise agrees.

          D.   If any Partnership Interest is transferred, assigned or redeemed
during any quarterly segment of the Partnership's fiscal year in compliance with
the provisions of this Article 11 or transferred pursuant to Section 8.6, on any
day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses,
each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such
fiscal year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor Partner and
the transferee Partner by taking into account their varying interests during the
fiscal year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim
closing of the books method.  Except as otherwise required by Section 706(d) of
the Code, solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for
the calendar month in which the transfer, assignment or redemption occurs shall
be allocated to the Person who is a Partner as of midnight on the last day of
said month and none of such items for the calendar month in which a redemption
occurs will be allocated to the redeeming Partner.  All distributions of
Available


                                       53

<PAGE>

Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of
such transfer, assignment or redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner,
and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter, in the case of a transfer or
assignment other than a redemption, shall be made to the transferee Partner.

          E.   In addition to any other restrictions on transfer herein
contained, including without limitation the provisions of this Article 11 and
Section 2.6, in no event may any transfer or assignment of a Partnership
Interest by any Partner (including by way of a Redemption) be made (i) to any
person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a
Partnership Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) of any
component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or
rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a
Partnership Interest; (iv) if in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership
such transfer would cause a termination of the Partnership for federal or state
income tax purposes (except as a result of the Redemption or exchange for REIT
Shares of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners or pursuant to a
transaction expressly permitted under Section 11.2); (v) if in the opinion of
counsel to the Partnership such transfer would cause the Partnership to cease to
be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (except as a
result of the Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares of all Partnership Units
held by all Limited Partners); (vi) if such transfer would cause the Partnership
to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of
ERISA, a "party-in-interest" (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a
"disqualified person" (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code); (vii) if such
transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, cause any portion
of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit
plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.2-101; (viii) if
such transfer requires the registration of such Partnership Interest pursuant to
any applicable federal or state securities laws; (ix) if such transfer is
effectuated through an "established securities market" or a "secondary market"
(or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of
the Code or such transfer causes the Partnership to become a "Publicly Traded
Partnership," as such term is defined in Sections 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the
Code; (x) if such transfer subjects the Partnership to be regulated under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, each as amended; (xi) if the
transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interest is unable to make the
representations set forth in Section 3.4.D or such transfer could otherwise
adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to remain qualified as a
REIT; or (xii) if in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership such
transfer would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue
to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes
under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code.

          F.   The General Partner shall monitor the transfers of interests in
the Partnership to determine (i) if such interests are being traded on an
"established securities market" or a "secondary market (or the substantial
equivalent thereof)" within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, and (ii)
whether additional transfers of interests would result in the Partnership being
unable to qualify for at least one of the "safe harbors" set forth in
Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by
the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as
"readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)"
within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) (the "Safe


                                       54

<PAGE>

Harbors").  The General Partner shall take all steps reasonably necessary or
appropriate to prevent any trading of interests or any recognition by the
Partnership of transfers made on such markets and, except as otherwise provided
herein, to insure that at least one of the Safe Harbors is met.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                              ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

          Section 12.1   ADMISSION OF SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNER

          A successor to all of the General Partner's General Partner Interest
pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof who is proposed to be admitted as a successor
General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner,
effective upon such transfer.  Any such transferee shall carry on the business
of the Partnership without dissolution.  In each case, the admission shall be
subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the
Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the
admission.  In the case of such admission on any day other than the first day of
a Partnership Year, all items attributable to the General Partner Interest for
such Partnership Year shall be allocated between the transferring General
Partner and such successor as provided in Article 11 hereof.

          Section 12.2   ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS

          A.   After the admission to the Partnership of the initial Limited
Partners on the date hereof, a Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the
Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the
Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General
Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner
of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without
limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof and (ii) such
other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the
General Partner in order to effect such Person's admission as an Additional
Limited Partner.

          B.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2, no
Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of
the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General
Partner's sole and absolute discretion.  The admission of any Person as an
Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the
name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership,
following the receipt of the Capital Contribution in respect of such Limited
Partner and the consent of the General Partner to such admission.  If any
Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than
the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item
thereof and all other items allocable among Partners and Assignees for such
Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Limited Partner and all other
Partners and Assignees by taking into account their varying interests during the
Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the
interim closing books method.  Solely for purposes of making such allocations,
each of such items for the calendar month in which an


                                       55

<PAGE>

admission of an Additional Limited Partner occurs shall be allocated among all
the Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited Partner.  All
distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record
Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and
Assignees other than the Additional Limited Partner (other than in its capacity
as an Assignee) and, except as otherwise agreed to by the Additional Limited
Partners and the General Partner, all distributions of Available Cash thereafter
shall be made to all Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited
Partner.

          Section 12.3   AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT AND CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED
                         PARTNERSHIP

          For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General
Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend
the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as
practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A)
and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate
and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to
Section 2.4 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 13
                           DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

          Section 13.1   DISSOLUTION

          The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted
Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a
successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Upon
the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner (selected
as described in Section 13.1.B below) shall continue the business of the
Partnership.  The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up,
upon the first to occur of any of the following ("Liquidating Events"):

          A.   the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.5 hereof;

          B.   an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, as defined in the
Act, unless, within 90 days after the withdrawal, all of the remaining Partners
agree in writing, in their sole and absolute discretion, to continue the
business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of
withdrawal, of a substitute General Partner;

          C.   subject to compliance with Section 7.3.E(1) an election to
dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute
discretion,

          D.   entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership
pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

          E.   the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties
of the Partnership for cash or marketable securities;


                                       56

<PAGE>

          F.   the Incapacity of the General Partner, unless all of the
remaining Partners in their sole and absolute discretion agree in writing to
continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of
a date prior to the date of such Incapacity, of a substitute General Partner; or

          G.   the Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares of all Partnership
Units (other than those of the General Partner).

          Section 13.2   WINDING UP

          A.   Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall
continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner,
liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners.
No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to
or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership's business and affairs.
The General Partner (or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any
Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners (the
"Liquidator")) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and
dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership's
liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as
promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the
proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner,
include shares of stock in the General Partner) shall be applied and distributed
in the following order:

          (1)  First, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership's
               debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

          (2)  Second, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership's
               debts and liabilities to the General Partner;

          (3)  Third, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership's
               debts and liabilities to the other Partners; and

          (4)  The balance, if any, to the General Partner and Limited Partners
               in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances,
               determined after taking into account all Capital Account
               adjustments for the Partnership taxable year during which the
               liquidation occurs (other than those made as a result of the
               liquidating distribution set forth in this Section 13.2.A(4)).

The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any
services performed pursuant to this Article 13 other than reimbursement of its
expenses as provided in Section 7.4.

          B.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof which
require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order
of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the
Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of
the Partnership's assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the
Partners, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a
reasonable time


                                       57

<PAGE>

the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of
the Partnership (including to those Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to
the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership
assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation.  Any such
distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the
Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Partners,
and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and
management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable
and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time.
The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed
in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

          Section 13.3   COMPLIANCE WITH TIMING REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATIONS

          In the event the Partnership is "liquidated" within the meaning of
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant
to this Article 13 to the General Partner and Limited Partners who have positive
Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).
If any Partner has a deficit balance in his or her Capital Account (after giving
effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for the taxable
years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Partner
shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the
Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be
considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose
whatsoever.  In the discretion of the General Partner, a pro rata portion of the
distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner and Limited
Partners pursuant to this Article 13 may be:

          A.   distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General
Partner and Limited Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets,
collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or
unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of the General
Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership.  The assets of any
such trust shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners from
time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same
proportions and the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would
otherwise have been distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners
pursuant to this Agreement; or

          B.   withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership
liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of
any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, PROVIDED THAT such withheld
amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners as soon
as practicable.

          Section 13.4   DEEMED DISTRIBUTION AND RECONTRIBUTION

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 13, in the event
the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-
1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership's property
shall not be liquidated, the Partnership's liabilities shall not be paid or
discharged, and the Partnership's affairs shall not be wound up.  Instead, the
Partnership shall be deemed to have distributed the Partnership


                                       58

<PAGE>

property in kind to the General Partner and Limited Partners, who shall be
deemed to have assumed and taken such property subject to all Partnership
liabilities, all in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts.
Immediately thereafter, the General Partner and Limited Partners shall be deemed
to have recontributed the Partnership property in kind to the Partnership, which
shall be deemed to have assumed and taken such property subject to all such
liabilities.

          Section 13.5   RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

          Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner
shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of his Capital
Contribution and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property from
the General Partner.  No Limited Partner shall have priority over any other
Limited Partner as to the return of his Capital Contributions, distributions or
allocations.

          Section 13.6   NOTICE OF DISSOLUTION

          In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would,
but for provisions of Section 13.1, result in a dissolution of the Partnership,
the General Partner shall, within 30 days thereafter, provide written notice
thereof to each of the Partners and to all other parties with whom the
Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the
General Partner) and shall publish notice thereof in a newspaper of general
circulation in each place in which the Partnership regularly conducts business
(as determined in the discretion of the General Partner).

          Section 13.7   CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

          Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and
property as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the Partnership shall be terminated
and the Certificate and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign
limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Maryland shall be
cancelled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the
Partnership shall be taken.

          Section 13.8   REASONABLE TIME FOR WINDING-UP

          A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the
business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets
pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to minimize any losses otherwise
attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall
remain in effect between the Partners during the period of liquidation.

          Section 13.9   WAIVER OF PARTITION

          Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership
property.


                                       59

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 14
                  AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; CONSENTS

          Section 14.1   AMENDMENTS

          A.   The actions requiring consent or approval of Limited Partners
pursuant to this Agreement, including Section 7.3, or otherwise pursuant to
applicable law, are subject to the procedures in this Article 14.

          B.   Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the General
Partner or by any Limited Partner.  Following such proposal, the General Partner
shall submit any proposed amendment to the Limited Partners.  The General
Partner shall seek the written consent of the Limited Partners on the proposed
amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other
business that it may deem appropriate.  For purposes of obtaining a written
consent, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable
specified time, but not less than 15 days, and failure to respond in such time
period shall constitute a consent which is consistent with the General Partner's
recommendation (if so recommended) with respect to the proposal; PROVIDED, THAT,
an action shall become effective at such time as requisite consents are received
even if prior to such specified time.

          Section 14.2   ACTION BY THE PARTNERS

          A.   Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner and
shall be called upon the receipt by the General Partner of a written request by
Limited Partners holding 25 percent or more of the Partnership Interests held by
Limited Partners.  The call shall state the nature of the business to be
transacted.  Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less
than seven days nor more than 30 days prior to the date of such meeting.
Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting.  Whenever the vote or
Consent of the Limited Partners or of the Partners is permitted or required
under this Agreement, such vote or Consent may be given at a meeting of Partners
or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.1
hereof.

          B.   Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the
Partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the
action so taken is signed by the percentage as is expressly required by this
Agreement for the action in question.  Such consent may be in one instrument or
in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of
the Percentage Interests of the Partners (expressly required by this Agreement).
Such consent shall be filed with the General Partner.  An action so taken shall
be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so
certified.

          C.   Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act
for him by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is entitled to
participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating
at a meeting.  Every proxy must be signed by the Limited Partner or his
attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months
from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall
be revocable at the pleasure of the Limited Partner executing it.


                                       60

<PAGE>

          D.   Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted by the General
Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such
rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person
deems appropriate.

                                   ARTICLE 15
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

          Section 15.1   ADDRESSES AND NOTICE

          Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be
given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first
class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the
Partner or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address
as the Partners shall notify the General Partner in writing.

          Section 15.2   TITLES AND CAPTIONS

          All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for
convenience only.  They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way
define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof.
Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to "Articles" and
"Sections" are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

          Section 15.3   PRONOUNS AND PLURALS

          Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement
shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the
singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice
versa.

          Section 15.4   FURTHER ACTION

          The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all
information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or
appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

          Section 15.5   BINDING EFFECT

          This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal
representatives and permitted assigns.

          Section 15.6   CREDITORS

          Other than as expressly set forth herein with respect to Indemnitees,
none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall
be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.


                                       61

<PAGE>

          Section 15.7   WAIVER

          No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any
covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any
right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of
any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

          Section 15.8   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together
shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto,
notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the
same counterpart.  Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately
upon affixing its signature hereto.

          Section 15.9   APPLICABLE LAW

          This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts
of law.

          Section 15.10  INVALIDITY OF PROVISIONS

          If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

          Section 15.11  LIMITATION TO PRESERVE REIT STATUS

          To the extent that any amount paid or credited to the General Partner
or its officers, directors, employees or agents pursuant to Section 7.4 or
Section 7.7 would constitute gross income to the General Partner for purposes of
Sections 856(c)(2) or 856(c)(3) of the Code (a "General Partner Payment") then,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of such
General Partner Payments for any fiscal year shall not exceed the lesser of:

          (i)  an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) 4.17% of the
               General Partners' total gross income (but not including the
               amount of any General Partner Payments) for the fiscal year which
               is described in subsections (A) through (H) of Section 856(c)(2)
               of the Code over (b) the amount of gross income (within the
               meaning of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code) derived by the General
               Partner from sources other than those described in subsections
               (A) through (H) of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code (but not
               including the amount of any General Partner Payments); or

          (ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) 25% of the General
               Partners' total gross income (but not including the amount of any
               General Partner Payments) for the fiscal year which is described
               in subsections (A) through (I) of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code
               over (b) the amount of gross


                                       62

<PAGE>

               income (within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code)
               derived by the General Partner from sources other than those
               described in subsections (A) through (I) of Section 856(c)(3) of
               the Code (but not including the amount of any General Partner
               Payments);

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that General Partner Payments in excess of the amounts set
forth in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above may be made if the General Partner, as
a condition precedent, obtains an opinion of tax counsel that the receipt of
such excess amounts would not adversely affect the General Partner's ability to
qualify as a REIT.  To the extent General Partner Payments may not be made in a
year due to the foregoing limitations, such General Partner Payments shall carry
over and be treated as arising in the following year, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such amounts shall not carry over for more than five years, and if not paid
within such five year period, shall expire; PROVIDED FURTHER, that (i) as
General Partner Payments are made, such payments shall be applied first to carry
over amounts outstanding, if any, and (ii) with respect to carry over amounts
for more than one Partnership Year, such payments shall be applied to the
earliest Partnership Year first.

          Section 15.12  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement among
the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other
prior written or oral understandings or agreements among them with respect
thereto.

          Section 15.13  NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDERS

          Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring
upon the holders of Partnership Units any rights whatsoever as stockholders of
the General Partner, including without limitation any right to receive dividends
or other distributions made to stockholders of the General Partner or to vote or
to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of any meeting of
stockholders for the election of directors of the General Partner or any other
matter.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.

                                        ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                        By:       Arden Realty, Inc.,
                                                  a Maryland corporation
                                                  Its General Partner


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------


                                       63

<PAGE>

                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Victor Coleman


                                   LIMITED PARTNERS:

                                   By:  Arden Realty, Inc.
                                        Attorney-in-Fact for the
                                        Limited Partners


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------


                                       64

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                PARTNERS, CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

I.  Initial Contributions

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Agreed Value of                                                    Percentage
    Name and Address         Cash          Contributed      Gross Asset       Total         Partnership       Interest
        of Partner       Contributions      Property*          Value      Contributions        Units
    ----------------     -------------    ---------------   -----------   -------------     -----------      ----------
<S>                     <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>               <C>              <C>
                                                                                                 [1]
GENERAL PARTNER
Arden Realty, Inc.          [$1.00]             -                            [$1.00]

- --------------------

- --------------------

- --------------------

LIMITED PARTNERS

Arden Realty, Inc.          [$1.00]             -                            [$1.00]            [1]
Attorney-in-Fact for
the Limited Partners

- --------------------

- --------------------

- --------------------
</TABLE>

* Net of Debt (if any)

II.  Contributions To Be Made On Effective Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Agreed Value of                                                    Percentage
    Name and Address         Cash          Contributed      Gross Asset       Total         Partnership       Interest
        of Partner       Contributions      Property*          Value      Contributions        Units
    ----------------     -------------    ---------------   -----------   -------------     -----------      ----------
<S>                     <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>               <C>              <C>
GENERAL PARTNER
Arden Realty, Inc.

Limited Partners

- --------------------

- --------------------
</TABLE>

* Net of Debt (if any)


                                       A-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                              NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

          The undersigned hereby [irrevocably] (i) transfers ____________
Limited Partnership Units in Arden Realty Limited Partnership in accordance with
the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement of Arden Realty Limited
Partnership and the rights of Redemption referred to therein, (ii) surrenders
such Limited Partnership Units and all right, title and interest therein, and
(iii) directs that the cash (or, if applicable, REIT Shares) deliverable upon
Redemption or exchange be delivered to the address specified below, and if
applicable, that such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at
the address(es) specified below.

Dated:
          ------------------------
     Name of Limited Partner:

                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Signature of Limited Partner)


                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Street Address)


                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (City) (State) (Zip Code)


                                        Signature Guaranteed by:


                                        ---------------------------------------

Issue REIT Shares to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:


                                       B-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                        CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP DEFINITION

     The term "Constructively Owns" means ownership determined through the
application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 318 of the Code, as
modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code.  Generally, these rules provide the
following:

     a.   an individual is considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is
owned, actually or constructively, by or for his spouse, his children, his
grandchildren, and his parents;

     b.   an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or
for a partnership or estate is considered as owned proportionately by its
partners or beneficiaries;

     c.   an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or
for a trust is considered as owned by its beneficiaries in proportion to the
actuarial interest of such beneficiaries (provided, however, that in the case of
a "grantor trust" the Ownership Interest will be considered as owned by the
grantors);

     d.   if 10 percent or more in value of the stock in a corporation is owned,
actually or constructively, by or for any person, such person shall be
considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or
constructively, by or for such corporation in that proportion which the value of
the stock which such person so owns bears to the value of all the stock in such
corporation;

     e.   an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or
for a partner of a partnership or a beneficiary of an estate or trust shall be
considered as owned by the partnership, estate, or trust (or, in the case of a
grantor trust, the grantors);

     f.   if 10 percent or more in value of the stock in a corporation is owned,
actually or constructively, by or for any person, such corporation shall be
considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or
constructively, by or for such person;

     g.   if any person has an option to acquire an Ownership Interest
(including an option to acquire an option or any one of a series of such
options), such Ownership Interest shall be considered as owned by such person;

     h.   an Ownership Interest that is constructively owned by a person by
reason of the application of the rules described in paragraphs (a) through (g)
above shall, for purposes of applying paragraphs (a) through (g), be considered
as actually owned by such person provided, however, that (i) an Ownership
Interest constructively owned by an individual by reason of paragraph (a) shall
not be considered as owned by him for purposes of again applying paragraph (a)
in order to make another the constructive owner of such Ownership Interest, (ii)
an Ownership Interest constructively owned by a partnership, estate, trust, or
corporation by reason of the application of paragraphs (e) or (f) shall not be
considered as owned by it for purposes of applying paragraphs (b), (c), or (d)
in order to make another the constructive owner of such Ownership Interest,
(iii) if an Ownership Interest may be considered as owned by an individual under
paragraphs (a) or (g), it shall be considered as owned by him under paragraph
(g), and (iv) for purposes of the above described rules, an S corporation shall
be treated as a partnership and any stockholder of the S corporation shall be
treated as a partner of such partnership except that this rule shall not apply
for purposes of determining whether stock in the S corporation is constructively
owned by any person.

     i.   For purposes of the above summary of the constructive ownership rules,
the term "Ownership Interest" means the ownership of stock with respect to a
corporation and, with respect to any other type of entity, the ownership of an
interest in either its assets or net profits.


                                       C-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D
                      FORM OF PARTNERSHIP UNIT CERTIFICATE

                      CERTIFICATE FOR PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF
                        ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

No.                                                                 COMMON UNITS
    --------------------                     ----------------------

     Arden Realty, Inc., as the General Partner of Arden Realty Limited
Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"),
hereby certifies that ______________________________________________________ is
a Limited Partner of the Operating Partnership whose Partnership Interests
therein, as set forth in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Arden Realty
Limited Partnership, (the "Partnership Agreement"), under which the Operating
Partnership is existing and as filed in the office of the Maryland State
Department of Assessments and Taxation (copies of which are on file at the
Operating Partnership's principal office at 9100 Wilshire Boulevard, East Tower,
Suite 700, Beverly Hills, California 90212, represent ______________ units of
limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership.

     THE COMMON UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER
DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AS OF
________________, 1996 AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (A COPY OF WHICH
IS ON FILE WITH THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP).  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN
SUCH AGREEMENT, NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER
DISPOSITION OF THE OP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE EXCEPT
(A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR (B) IF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP HAS BEEN
FURNISHED WITH A SATISFACTORY OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER THAT SUCH
TRANSFER, SALE ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT
FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS IN
EFFECT THEREUNDER.

DATED:                              , 1996.
       -----------------------------

                              ARDEN REALTY, INC..

                              General Partner of
                              Arden Realty Limited Partnership
ATTEST:

By:                                     By:
    -------------------------------         ------------------------------------


                                       D-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E
                         SCHEDULE OF PARTNERS' OWNERSHIP
                             WITH RESPECT TO TENANTS







                                       E-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT F
                             SCHEDULE OF REIT SHARES
              ACTUALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWNED BY LIMITED PARTNERS
                OTHER THAN THOSE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO AN EXCHANGE







                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT G
                       SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS OF DEDUCTIONS
               ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE REPAYMENT OF SPECIFIED INTEREST

                         [Add Description of Each Loan]

          Total Interest Deduction to be Specially Allocated          $
          Allocation of Deduction to Partners:                         -------
               [Name of Partners]                      $
                                                        -------
                                                       $
                                                        -------
                                                       $
                                                        -------


                                       G-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT H
                      SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS OF CANCELLATION
                             OF INDEBTEDNESS INCOME

                         [Add Description of Each Loan]

          Total COD Income                             $
          Allocation of Income to Partners:             -------
               [Name of Partners]            $
                                              -------
                                             $
                                              -------
                                             $
                                              -------


                                       H-1

<PAGE>

                       THE 1996 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

                                OF ARDEN REALTY, INC.

                         AND ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS.................................................  1
    1.1   General.......................................................  1
    1.2   Award Limit...................................................  1
    1.3   Beneficiary...................................................  1
    1.4   Board.........................................................  1
    1.5   Capital Stock.................................................  2
    1.6   Change in Control.............................................  2
    1.7   Code..........................................................  2
    1.8   Committee.....................................................  2
    1.9   Common Stock..................................................  2
    1.10  Company.......................................................  2
    1.11  Company Employee..............................................  2
    1.12  Company Subsidiary............................................  2
    1.13  Corporate Transaction.........................................  3
    1.14  Deferred Stock................................................  3
    1.15  Director......................................................  3
    1.16  Dividend Equivalent...........................................  3
    1.17  Employee......................................................  3
    1.18  Exchange Act..................................................  3
    1.19  Fair Market Value.............................................  3
    1.20  General Partner Interest......................................  4
    1.21  Grantee.......................................................  4
    1.22  Incentive Stock Option........................................  4
    1.23  Independent Director..........................................  4
    1.24  Non-Qualified Stock Option....................................  4
    1.25  Option........................................................  4
    1.26  Optionee......................................................  4
    1.27  Partnership...................................................  4
    1.28  Partnership Agreement.........................................  4
    1.29  Partnership Employee..........................................  5
    1.30  Partnership Optionee Purchased Shares.........................  5
    1.31  Partnership Purchase Price....................................  5
    1.32  Partnership Purchased Shares..................................  5
    1.33  Partnership Subsidiary........................................  5
    1.34  Performance Award.............................................  5
    1.35  Plan..........................................................  5
    1.36  QDRO..........................................................  5
    1.37  Restricted Stock..............................................  5
    1.38  Restricted Stockholder........................................  5
    1.39  Rule 16b-3....................................................  5
    1.40  Stock Appreciation Right......................................  5


                                       i
<PAGE>

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----
    1.41  Stock Ownership Limit.........................................  5
    1.42  Stock Payment.................................................  6
    1.43  Subsidiary....................................................  6
    1.44  Termination of Consultancy....................................  6
    1.45  Termination of Directorship...................................  6
    1.46  Termination of Employment.....................................  6

ARTICLE II - SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.....................................  7
    2.1   Shares Subject to Plan........................................  7
    2.2   Add-back of Options and Other Rights..........................  8

ARTICLE III - GRANTING OF OPTIONS.......................................  8
    3.1   Eligibility...................................................  8
    3.2   Disqualification for Stock Ownership..........................  8
    3.3   Qualification of Incentive Stock Options......................  8
    3.4   Granting of Options...........................................  8

ARTICLE IV - TERMS OF OPTIONS........................................... 10
    4.1   Option Agreement.............................................. 10
    4.2   Option Price.................................................. 10
    4.3   Option Term................................................... 10
    4.4   Option Vesting................................................ 11
    4.5   No Right to Continue as Employee or Consultant................ 11
    4.6   Exercise of Option after Termination of Employment or 
          Directorship.................................................. 12
    4.7   Consideration................................................. 13

ARTICLE V - EXERCISE OF OPTIONS......................................... 13
    5.1   Partial Exercise.............................................. 13
    5.2   Manner of Exercise............................................ 13
    5.3   Transfer of Shares to a Company Employee or Independent
          Director...................................................... 14
    5.4   Transfer of Shares to a Partnership Employee.................. 15
    5.5   Transfer of Payment to the Partnership........................ 15
    5.6   Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates.................. 15
    5.7   Rights as Stockholders........................................ 16
    5.8   Ownership and Transfer Restrictions........................... 16
    5.9   Restrictions on Exercise of Option............................ 16

ARTICLE VI - AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK.................................. 17
    6.1   Award of Restricted Stock..................................... 17
    6.2   Restricted Stock Agreement.................................... 17
    6.3   Consideration................................................. 17
    6.4   Rights as Stockholders........................................ 18
    6.5   Restriction................................................... 18
    6.6   Repurchase of Restricted Stock................................ 18


                                       ii
<PAGE>
                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----
    6.7   Escrow........................................................ 18
    6.8   Legend........................................................ 19

ARTICLE VII - PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, DEFERRED STOCK,
    STOCK PAYMENTS...................................................... 19
    7.1   Performance Awards............................................ 19
    7.2   Dividend Equivalents.......................................... 19
    7.3   Stock Payments................................................ 19
    7.4   Deferred Stock................................................ 19
    7.5   Performance Award Agreement, Dividend Equivalent Agreement, 
          Deferred Stock Agreement, Stock Payment Agreement............. 20
    7.6   Term.......................................................... 20
    7.7   Exercise Upon Termination of Employment....................... 20
    7.8   Payment on Exercise........................................... 20
    7.9   Consideration................................................. 20

ARTICLE VIII - STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS................................ 21
    8.1   Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights............................ 21
    8.2   Coupled Stock Appreciation Rights............................. 21
    8.3   Independent Stock Appreciation Rights......................... 22
    8.4   Payment and Limitations on Exercise........................... 22
    8.5   Consideration................................................. 22

ARTICLE IX - ADMINISTRATION............................................. 23
    9.1   Compensation Committee........................................ 23
    9.2   Duties and Powers of Committee................................ 23
    9.3   Majority Rule; Unanimous Written Consent...................... 23
    9.4   Compensation; Professional Assistance; Good Faith Actions..... 23
    9.5   Delegation of Authority....................................... 24
    9.6   No Liability.................................................. 24
    9.7   Indemnification............................................... 24

ARTICLE X - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.................................... 25
    10.1  Not Transferable.............................................. 25
    10.2  Amendment, Suspension or Termination of this Plan............. 25
    10.3  Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition 
          or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events...... 26
    10.4  Approval of Plan by Stockholders.............................. 29
    10.5  Tax Withholding............................................... 29
    10.6  Loans......................................................... 30
    10.7  Forfeiture Provisions......................................... 30
    10.8  Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons and 
          Performance-Based Compensation................................ 30
    10.9  Effect of Plan Upon Options and Compensation Plans............ 31


                                       iii
<PAGE>

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----
    10.10 Section 83(b) Election Prohibited............................. 31
    10.11 Compliance with Laws.......................................... 31
    10.12 Titles........................................................ 31
    10.13 Governing Law................................................. 32
    10.14 Conflicts with Company's Restated Articles.................... 32


                                       iv
<PAGE>

                       THE 1996 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
                                OF ARDEN REALTY, INC.
                         AND ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

          Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and Arden Realty Limited
Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, have adopted The 1996 Stock Option
and Incentive Plan of Arden Realty, Inc. and Arden Realty Limited Partnership
(the "Plan"), effective September 27, 1996, for the benefit of their eligible
employees, consultants and directors.  The Plan consists of two plans, one for
the benefit of the employees, consultants and directors of Arden Realty, Inc.
and one for the benefit of the employees and consultants of Arden Realty Limited
Partnership.

          The purposes of this Plan are as follows:

          (1) To provide an additional incentive for directors, key
Employees and consultants to further the growth, development and financial
success of the Company by personally benefiting through the ownership of Company
stock and/or rights which recognize such growth, development and financial
success.

          (2) To enable the Company and the Partnership to obtain and
retain the services of directors, key Employees and consultants considered
essential to the long range success of the Company by offering them an
opportunity to own stock in the Company and/or rights which will reflect the
growth, development and financial success of the Company.


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

          1.1 GENERAL.  Wherever the following terms are used in this Plan
they shall have the meaning specified below, unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise.

          1.2 AWARD LIMIT.  "Award Limit" shall mean 425,000 shares of
Common Stock.

          1.3 BENEFICIARY.  "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons
properly designated by the Optionee, including his spouse or heirs at law, to
exercise such Optionee's rights under this Plan in the event of the Optionee's
death, or if the Optionee has not designated such person or persons, or such
person or persons shall all have pre-deceased the Optionee, the executor or
administrator of the Optionee's estate.  Designation, revocation and
redesignation of Beneficiaries must be made in writing in accordance with rules
established by the Committee and shall be effective upon delivery to the
Committee.

          1.4 BOARD.  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Company.

<PAGE>

          1.5 CAPITAL STOCK.  "Capital Stock" shall mean all classes or
series of stock of the Company.

          1.6 CHANGE IN CONTROL.  "Change in Control" shall mean a change
in ownership or control of the Company effected through either of the following
transactions:

          (a) any person or related of persons (other than the Company or
    a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is
    under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires
    beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
    Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total
    combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities pursuant to a
    tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company's stockholders which
    the Board does not recommend such stockholders to accept; or

          (b) there is a change in the composition of the Board over a
    period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months (or less) such that a majority
    of the Board members (rounded up to the nearest whole number) ceases, by
    reason of one or more proxy contests for the election of Board members, to
    be comprised of individuals who either (i) have been Board members
    continuously since the beginning of such period or (ii) have been elected
    or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a
    majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in
    office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.

          1.7 CODE.  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.

          1.8 COMMITTEE.  "Committee" shall mean the Compensation
Committee of the Board, or another committee, or a subcommittee of the Board,
appointed as provided in Section 9.1.

          1.9 COMMON STOCK.  "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of
the Company, par value $.01 per share, and any equity security of the Company
issued or authorized to be issued in the future, but excluding any preferred
stock and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase Common Stock.  Debt
securities of the Company convertible into Common Stock shall be deemed equity
securities of the Company.

          1.10     COMPANY.  "Company" shall mean Arden Realty, Inc., a
Maryland corporation.

          1.11     COMPANY EMPLOYEE.  "Company Employee" shall mean any officer
or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of
the Company, or of any corporation which is then a Company Subsidiary.

          1.12     COMPANY SUBSIDIARY.  "Company Subsidiary" shall mean any
corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if
each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain
then owns stock possessing 


                                      2
<PAGE>

50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock 
in one of the other corporations in such chain.  Except with respect to 
Incentive Stock Options, "Company Subsidiary" shall also mean any partnership 
in which the Company and/or any Company Subsidiary owns more than 50 percent 
of the capital or profits interests; provided, however, that "Company 
Subsidiary" shall not include the Partnership nor any Partnership Subsidiary.

          1.13     CORPORATE TRANSACTION.  "Corporate Transaction" shall mean
any of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Company is a
party:

          (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the
    surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which
    is to change the State in which the Company is incorporated, form a holding
    company or effect a similar reorganization as to form whereupon this Plan
    and all Options are assumed by the successor entity;

          (b) the sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or
    substantially all of the assets of the Company, in complete liquidation or
    dissolution of the Company in a transaction not covered by the exceptions
    to clause (a), above; or

          (c) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving
    entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of
    the total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities are
    transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such
    securities immediately prior to such merger.

          1.14     DEFERRED STOCK.  "Deferred Stock" shall mean Common Stock
awarded under Article VII of this Plan.

          1.15     DIRECTOR.  "Director" shall mean a member of the Board.

          1.16     DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT.  "Dividend Equivalent" shall mean a
right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Common Stock) of dividends
paid on Common Stock, awarded under Article VII of this Plan.

          1.17     EMPLOYEE.  "Employee" shall mean any Company Employee or
Partnership Employee.

          1.18     EXCHANGE ACT.  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          1.19     FAIR MARKET VALUE.  "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common
Stock as of a given date shall be (i) the closing price of a share of Common
Stock on the principal exchange on which shares of Common Stock are then
trading, if any (or as reported on any composite index which includes such
principal exchange), on the trading day previous to such date, or if shares were
not traded on the trading day previous to such date, then on the next preceding
date on which a trade occurred, or (ii) if Common Stock is not traded on an


                                      3
<PAGE>

exchange but is quoted on NASDAQ or a successor quotation system, the mean 
between the closing representative bid and asked prices for the Common Stock 
on the trading day previous to such date as reported by NASDAQ or such 
successor quotation system; or (iii) if Common Stock is not publicly traded 
on an exchange and not quoted on NASDAQ or a successor quotation system, the 
Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as established by the Committee 
(or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) 
acting in good faith.

          1.20     GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST.  "General Partner Interest" shall
mean an ownership interest in the Partnership that is a general partner interest
and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such an interest may be
entitled as provided in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Arden Realty
Limited Partnership, as amended, together with all obligations of such holder to
comply with the terms and provisions of such agreement.

          1.21     GRANTEE.  "Grantee" shall mean an Employee or consultant
granted a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, Stock Payment or Stock
Appreciation Right, or an award of Deferred Stock, under this Plan.

          1.22     INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION.  "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean
an option which conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code
and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Committee.

          1.23     INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR.  "Independent Director" shall mean a
member of the Board who is not a Company Employee or a Partnership Employee.

          1.24     NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION.  "Non-Qualified Stock Option"
shall mean an Option which is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the
Committee.

          1.25     OPTION.  "Option" shall mean a stock option granted under
Article III of this Plan.  An Option granted under this Plan shall, as
determined by the Committee, be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an
Incentive Stock Option; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Options granted to Partnership
Employees, Independent Directors and consultants shall be Non-Qualified Stock
Options.

          1.26     OPTIONEE.  "Optionee" shall mean an Employee, consultant or
Independent Director granted an Option under this Plan.

          1.27     PARTNERSHIP.  "Partnership" shall mean Arden Realty Limited
Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership.

          1.28     PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT.  "Partnership Agreement" shall mean
the amended and restated agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership
dated as of October __, 1996, as the same may be amended, modified or restated
from time to time.


                                      4
<PAGE>

          1.29     PARTNERSHIP EMPLOYEE.  "Partnership Employee" shall mean any
officer, other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the
Code) or any self-employed partner of the Partnership, or any entity which is
then a Partnership Subsidiary.

          1.30     PARTNERSHIP OPTIONEE PURCHASED SHARES.  "Partnership
Optionee Purchased Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

          1.31     PARTNERSHIP PURCHASE PRICE.  "Partnership Purchase Price"
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

          1.32     PARTNERSHIP PURCHASED SHARES.  "Partnership Purchased
Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

          1.33     PARTNERSHIP SUBSIDIARY.  "Partnership Subsidiary" shall mean
any partnership in an unbroken chain of partnerships beginning with the
Partnership if each of the partnerships other than the last partnership in the
unbroken chain then owns more than 50 percent of the capital or profits
interests in one of the other partnerships.  "Partnership Subsidiary" shall also
mean any corporation in which the Partnership and/or any Partnership Subsidiary
owns stock possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock.

          1.34     PERFORMANCE AWARD.  "Performance Award" shall mean a cash
bonus, stock bonus or other performance or incentive award that is paid in cash,
Common Stock or a combination of both, awarded under Article VII of this Plan.

          1.35     PLAN.  "Plan" shall mean The 1996 Stock Option and Incentive
Plan of Arden Realty, Inc. and Arden Realty Limited Partnership.

          1.36     QDRO.  "QDRO" shall mean a qualified domestic relations
order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

          1.37     RESTRICTED STOCK.  "Restricted Stock" shall mean Common
Stock awarded under Article VI of this Plan.

          1.38     RESTRICTED STOCKHOLDER.  "Restricted Stockholder" shall mean
an Employee or consultant granted an award of Restricted Stock under Article VI
of this Plan.

          1.39     RULE 16b-3.  "Rule 16b-3" shall mean that certain Rule 16b-3
under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

          1.40     STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT.  "Stock Appreciation Right" shall
mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article VIII of this Plan.

          1.41     STOCK OWNERSHIP LIMIT.  "Stock Ownership Limit" shall mean
(i) the restrictions on ownership and transfer of Common Stock provided in
Article VII of the


                                      5
<PAGE>

Company's Articles of Amendment and Restatement (the "Restated Articles"); 
and (ii) any other restrictions on ownership or transfer set forth in the 
Restated Articles.

          1.42     STOCK PAYMENT.  "Stock Payment" shall mean (i) a payment in
the form of shares of Common Stock, or (ii) an option or other right to purchase
shares of Common Stock, as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, made in
lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, including without limitation,
salary, bonuses and commissions, that would otherwise become payable to a key
Employee or consultant in cash, awarded under Article VII of this Plan.

          1.43     SUBSIDIARY.  "Subsidiary" shall mean any Company Subsidiary
or Partnership Subsidiary.

          1.44     TERMINATION OF CONSULTANCY.  "Termination of Consultancy"
shall mean the time when the engagement of an Optionee, Grantee or Restricted
Stockholder as a consultant to the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or
without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation,
discharge, death or retirement; but excluding terminations where there is a
simultaneous commencement of employment with the Company, any Company
Subsidiary, the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary.  The Committee, in
its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions
relating to Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation,
the question of whether a Termination of Consultancy resulted from a discharge
for good cause, and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence
constitute Terminations of Consultancy.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, the Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any
Partnership Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate a
consultant's service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without
cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.

          1.45     TERMINATION OF DIRECTORSHIP.  "Termination of Directorship"
shall mean the time when an Optionee who is an Independent Director ceases to be
a Director for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a
termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement.  The
Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all
matters and questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect to
Independent Directors.

          1.46     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  "Termination of Employment"
shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship between an Optionee,
Grantee or Restricted Stockholder and the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or
without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by
resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding
(i) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing
employment of an Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder by the Company, any
Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary, (ii) at the
discretion of the Committee, terminations which result in a temporary severance
of the employee-employer relationship, and (iii) at the discretion of the
Committee, terminations which are followed by


                                      6
<PAGE>

the simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship by the Company, a 
Company Subsidiary the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary with the 
former employee.  The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine 
the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of 
Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether 
a Termination of Employment resulted from a discharge for good cause, and all 
questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute Terminations of 
Employment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, 
a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent 
contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall 
constitute a Termination of Employment if, and to the extent that, such leave 
of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the 
purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations 
and revenue rulings under said Section.  Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this Plan, the Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any 
Partnership Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate an 
Employee's employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without 
cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.

                                      ARTICLE II

                                SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

          2.1 SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

          (a) The shares of stock subject to Options, awards of Restricted
Stock, Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents, awards of Deferred Stock, Stock
Payments or Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Common Stock, initially shares of
the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.  The aggregate number of
such shares which may be issued upon exercise of such options or rights or upon
any such awards under the Plan shall not exceed one million five hundred
thousand (1,500,000).  The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such
options or rights or upon any such awards may be either previously authorized
but unissued shares or treasury shares.

          (b) The maximum number of shares which may be subject to options
or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan to any individual in any
fiscal year shall not exceed the Award Limit.  To the extent required by Section
162(m) of the Code, shares subject to Options which are canceled continue to be
counted against the Award Limit and if, after grant of an Option, the price of
shares subject to such Option is reduced, the transaction is treated as a
cancellation of the Option and a grant of a new Option and both the Option
deemed to be canceled and the Option deemed to be granted are counted against
the Award Limit.  Furthermore, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the
Code, if, after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the base amount on which
stock appreciation is calculated is reduced to reflect a reduction in the Fair
Market Value of the Company's Common Stock, the transaction is treated as a
cancellation of the Stock Appreciation Right and a grant of a new Stock
Appreciation Right and both the Stock Appreciation Right deemed to be canceled
and the Stock Appreciation Right deemed to be granted are counted against the
Award Limit. 


                                      7
<PAGE>

          2.2 ADD-BACK OF OPTIONS AND OTHER RIGHTS.  If any Option, or other 
right to acquire shares of Common Stock under any other award under this 
Plan, expires or is canceled without having been fully exercised, or is 
exercised in whole or in part for cash as permitted by this Plan, the number 
of shares subject to such Option or other right but as to which such Option 
or other right was not exercised prior to its expiration, cancellation or 
exercise may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the 
limitations of Section 2.1.  Shares of Common Stock which are delivered by 
the Optionee or Grantee or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of any 
Option or other award under this Plan, in payment of the exercise price 
thereof, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the 
limitations of Section 2.1; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, no shares of Common 
Stock delivered or withheld upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, 
in payment of the exercise thereof, may again be optioned, granted or awarded 
if such action would cause the Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive 
Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.  If any share of Restricted Stock 
is forfeited by the Grantee or repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 
6.6 hereof, such share may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, 
subject to the limitations of Section 2.1.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                 GRANTING OF OPTIONS

          3.1 ELIGIBILITY.  Any Employee or consultant selected by the
Committee pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be eligible to be granted an
Option.  Each Independent Director of the Company shall be eligible to be
granted Options at the times and in the manner set forth in Section 3.4(d).

          3.2 DISQUALIFICATION FOR STOCK OWNERSHIP.  No person may be
granted an Incentive Stock Option under this Plan if such person, at the time
the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than ten
percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any then existing Company Subsidiary unless such Incentive Stock
Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

          3.3 QUALIFICATION OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  No Incentive
Stock Option shall be granted unless such Option, when granted, qualifies as an
"incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the Code.  No Incentive Stock
Option shall be granted to any person who is not an employee as defined in
Section 3401(c) of the Code.

          3.4 GRANTING OF OPTIONS.

          (a) The Committee shall from time to time, in its absolute
discretion, and subject to applicable limitations of this Plan:

              (i)  Determine which Employees are key Employees and select from
    among the key Employees or consultants (including Employees or consultants
    who 


                                      8
<PAGE>

    have previously received Options or other awards under this Plan) such
    of them as in its opinion should be granted Options;

              (ii) Subject to the Award Limit and the Stock Ownership Limit,
    determine the number of shares to be subject to such Options granted to the
    selected key Employees or consultants;

             (iii) Determine whether such Options are to be Incentive
    Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options and whether such Options are
    to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section
    162(m)(4)(C) of the Code; and

              (iv) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options,
    consistent with this Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the terms and conditions
    of Options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as
    described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall include, but not be
    limited to, such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the
    applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.

          (b) Upon the selection of a key Employee or consultant to be
granted an Option, the Committee shall instruct the Secretary of the Company to
issue the Option and may impose such conditions on the grant of the Option as it
deems appropriate.  Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence,
the Committee may, in its discretion and on such terms as it deems appropriate,
require as a condition on the grant of an Option to an Employee or consultant
that the Employee or consultant surrender for cancellation some or all of the
unexercised Options, awards of Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock, Performance
Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments or
other rights which have been previously granted to him under this Plan or
otherwise.  An Option, the grant of which is conditioned upon such surrender,
may have an option price lower (or higher) than the exercise price of such
surrendered Option or other award, may cover the same (or a lesser or greater)
number of shares as such surrendered Option or other award, may contain such
other terms as the Committee deems appropriate, and shall be exercisable in
accordance with its terms, without regard to the number of shares, price,
exercise period or any other term or condition of such surrendered Option or
other award. 

          (c) Any Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan may be
modified by the Committee to disqualify such option from treatment as an
"incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the Code.

          (d) During the term of the Plan and subject to the Stock
Ownership Limit, each person who is an Independent Director as of the date of
the consummation of the initial public offering of Common Stock automatically
shall be granted (i) an Option to purchase ten thousand (10,000) shares of
Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.3) on the date of
such initial public offering.  During the term of the Plan, a person who is
initially elected to the Board after the consummation of the initial public
offering of Common Stock and who is an Independent Director at the time of such
initial election automatically shall be granted (i) an Option to purchase ten
thousand (10,000) shares of


                                      9
<PAGE>

Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.3) on the date 
of such initial election.  Members of the Board who are employees of the 
Company who subsequently retire from the Company and remain on the Board will 
not receive an initial Option grant pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding 
sentence, but to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, will receive, 
after retirement from employment with the Company, Options as described in 
clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.  All the foregoing Option grants 
authorized by this Section 3.4(d) are subject to stockholder approval of the 
Plan.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                   TERMS OF OPTIONS

          4.1 OPTION AGREEMENT.  Each Option shall be evidenced by a
written Stock Option Agreement, which shall be executed by the Optionee and an
authorized officer of the Company and which shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors) shall determine, consistent with this Plan.  Stock Option
Agreements evidencing Options intended to qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall contain such
terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of
Section 162(m) of the Code.  Stock Option Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock
Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the
applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

          4.2 OPTION PRICE.  The price per share of the shares subject to
each Option shall be set by the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such price
shall be no less than the par value of a share of Common Stock unless otherwise
permitted by applicable state law, and (i) in the case of Incentive Stock
Options and Options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as
described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, such price shall not be less than
100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option
is granted; (ii) in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to an individual
then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
Company Subsidiary such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market
Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted; and (iii) in
the case of Options granted to Independent Directors, such price shall equal
100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option
is granted; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the price of each share subject to each
Option granted to Independent Directors on the date of the initial public
offering of Common Stock shall equal the initial public offering price (net of
underwriting discounts and commissions) per share of Common Stock.

          4.3 OPTION TERM.  The term of an Option shall be set by the 
Committee in its discretion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, (i) in the case of 
Options granted to Independent Directors, the term shall be ten (10) years 
from the date the Option is granted, without variation or acceleration 
hereunder, and (ii) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the term shall 
not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Incentive Stock Option is 
granted, or


                                      10
<PAGE>

five (5) years from such date if the Incentive Stock Option is granted to an 
individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) 
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of 
the Company or any Company Subsidiary.  Except as limited by requirements of 
Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder applicable to 
Incentive Stock Options, the Committee may extend the term of any outstanding 
Option in connection with any Termination of Employment or Termination of 
Consultancy of the Optionee, or amend any other term or condition of such 
Option relating to such a termination.

          4.4 OPTION VESTING.

          (a) The period during which the right to exercise an Option in
whole or in part vests in the Optionee shall be set by the Committee and the
Committee may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part
for a specified period after it is granted; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, unless the
Committee otherwise provides in the terms of the Option or otherwise, no Option
shall be exercisable by any Optionee who is then subject to Section 16 of the
Exchange Act within the period ending six months and one day after the date the
Option is granted; and provided, further, that Options granted to Independent
Directors shall become exercisable in cumulative annual installments of 25% on
each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of Option
grant, without variation or acceleration hereunder except as provided in Section
10.3(c).  At any time after grant of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole
and absolute discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects,
accelerate the period during which an Option (except an Option granted to an
Independent Director) vests.

          (b) No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at
Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of
Consultancy, as applicable, shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may
be otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Options granted to
Employees or consultants either in the Stock Option Agreement or by action of
the Committee following the grant of the Option. 

          (c) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock 
with respect to which "incentive stock options" (within the meaning of 
Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) 
are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year 
(under the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company and 
any Company Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as 
Non-Qualified Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.  The 
rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options 
into account in the order in which they were granted.  For purposes of this 
Section 4.4(c), the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the 
time the Option with respect to such stock is granted.

          4.5 NO RIGHT TO CONTINUE AS EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.  Nothing in
this Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any
Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or as a consultant for, the
Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary,
or as a director of the Company, or shall


                                      11
<PAGE>

interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, any Company 
Subsidiary, the Partnership and any Partnership Subsidiary, which are hereby 
expressly reserved, to discharge any Optionee at any time for any reason 
whatsoever, with or without good cause.

          4.6 EXERCISE OF OPTION AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR 
DIRECTORSHIP.

          (a) An Option granted to an Employee is exercisable by an
Optionee only while the Optionee is an Employee.  The preceding notwithstanding,
the Committee may determine that an Option  granted to an Employee may be
exercised subsequent to an Optionee's Termination of Employment, subject to the
following limitations:

              (i)   If the Optionee dies while an Option is exercisable under
          the terms of this Plan, the Optionee's Beneficiary may exercise such
          rights, to the extent the Optionee could have done so immediately
          preceding his death.  Any such Option must be exercised within
          twelve (12) months after the Optionee's death and the Committee may
          in its sole and absolute discretion extend such period to
          accommodate such exercise; or

              (ii)  If the Optionee's Termination of Employment is due to the
          Optionee's permanent and total disability, as defined in Section
          22(e)(3) of the Code, the Optionee may exercise his Option, to the
          extent exercisable as of the Optionee's Termination of Employment,
          within twelve (12) months after termination; or

              (iii) If the Optionee's employment is terminated for any
          reason other than those set forth in subsections (i) or (ii) above,
          the Optionee may exercise his Option, to the extent exercisable as
          of his Termination of Employment, within three (3) months after
          Termination of Employment, unless the Employee dies within said
          three-month period.

              (iv)  Notwithstanding (i) through (iii) above, an Option may not
          be exercised later than the Option's Expiration Date.

          (b) No Option granted to an Independent Director may be
exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following
events:

              (i)   The expiration of twelve (12) months from the date of the
          Optionee's death; or

              (ii)  The expiration of twelve (12) months from the date of the
          Optionee's Termination of Directorship by reason of his permanent
          and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the
          Code); or

              (iii) The expiration of three (3) months from the date of the
          Optionee's Termination of Directorship for any reason other than
          such 


                                      12
<PAGE>

          Optionee's death or his permanent and total disability, unless
          the Optionee dies within said three-month period.

              (iv)  Notwithstanding (i) through (iii) above, an Option may not
          be exercised later than the Option's Expiration Date.

          4.7 CONSIDERATION.  In consideration of the granting of a 
Non-Qualified Stock Option, the Optionee shall agree, in the written Stock 
Option Agreement, to remain in the employ of the Company, a Company Subsidiary, 
the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary (or to serve as an Independent 
Director of the Company) for a period of at least one year after the 
Non-Qualified Stock Option is granted (or until the next annual meeting of the 
stockholders of the Company, in the case of an Independent Director).  In 
consideration of the granting of an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall 
agree, in the written Stock Option Agreement, to remain in the employ of the 
Company or a Company Subsidiary for a period of at least one year after the 
Incentive Stock Option is granted.  Nothing in this Plan or in any Stock Option 
Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Optionee any right to continue in the 
employ of the Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any 
Partnership Subsidiary or as a director of the Company.


                                      ARTICLE V

                                 EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

          5.1 PARTIAL EXERCISE.  An exercisable Option may be exercised in
whole or in part.  However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to
fractional shares and the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options
granted to Independent Directors) may require that, by the terms of the Option,
a partial exercise be with respect to a minimum number of shares.

          5.2 MANNER OF EXERCISE.  All or a portion of an exercisable
Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the
Secretary of the Company or his office:

          (a) A written notice complying with the applicable rules
established by the Committee (or the Board in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors), the Company or the Partnership stating that the Option,
or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Optionee
or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion;

          (b) Such representations and documents as the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors), in its absolute
discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all
applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other
federal or state securities laws or regulations.  The Committee or Board may, in
its absolute discretion, also take whatever additional actions it


                                      13

<PAGE>

deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, 
placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to 
agents and registrars;

          (c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to
Section 10.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof
of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option; and

          (d) Full cash payment to (i) the Secretary of the Company for
the shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised. 
However, the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors), may in its discretion (i) allow a delay in payment up to
thirty (30) days from the date the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised;
(ii) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of shares of
Common Stock owned by the Optionee, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company
with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise
price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; (iii) allow payment, in whole
or in part, through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon
exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of Option exercise
equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion
thereof; (iv) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of
property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;
(v) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of a full recourse
promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as shall then
preclude the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms
as may be prescribed by the Committee or the Board; (vi) allow payment, in whole
or in part, through the delivery of a notice that the Optionee has placed a
market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then
issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to
pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in
satisfaction of the Option exercise price; or (vii) allow payment through any
combination of the consideration provided in the foregoing subparagraphs (ii),
(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi).  In the case of a promissory note, the Committee (or
the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may also
prescribe the form of such note and the security to be given for such note.  The
Option may not be exercised, however, by delivery of a promissory note or by a
loan from the Company when or where such loan or other extension of credit is
prohibited by law.

          5.3 TRANSFER OF SHARES TO A COMPANY EMPLOYEE OR INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR.  As soon as practicable after receipt by the Company, pursuant to
Section 5.2(d), of payment for the shares with respect to which an Option (which
in the case of a Company Employee was issued to and is held by such Company
Employee in his or her capacity as a Company Employee), or portion thereof, is
exercised by an Optionee who is a Company Employee or Independent Director, with
respect to each such exercise, the Company shall transfer to the Optionee the
number of shares equal to 

          (a) the amount of the payment made by the Optionee to the
Company pursuant to Section 5.2(d), DIVIDED BY

          (b) the price per share of the shares subject to the Option as
determined pursuant to Section 4.2.


                                      14
<PAGE>

          5.4 TRANSFER OF SHARES TO A PARTNERSHIP EMPLOYEE.  As soon as
practicable after receipt by the Company, pursuant to Section 5.2(d), of payment
for the shares with respect to which an Option (which was issued to and is held
by a Partnership Employee in his or her capacity as a Partnership Employee), or
portion thereof, is exercised by an Optionee who is a Partnership Employee, with
respect to each such exercise:

          (a) the Company shall transfer to the Optionee the number of
    shares equal to (A) the amount of the payment made by the Optionee to the
    Company pursuant to Section 5.2(d) DIVIDED BY (B) the Fair Market Value of
    a share of Common Stock at the time of exercise (the "Partnership Optionee
    Purchased Shares"); and 

          (b) the Company shall sell to the Partnership the number of
    shares (the "Partnership Purchased Shares") equal to the excess of (A) the
    amount obtained by dividing (i) the amount of the payment made by the
    Optionee to the Company pursuant to Section 5.2(d) by (ii) the price per
    share of the shares subject to the Option as determined pursuant to Section
    4.2., over (B) the Partnership Optionee Purchased Shares;

    The price to be paid by the Partnership to the Company for the Partnership
    Purchased Shares (the "Partnership Purchase Price") shall be an amount
    equal to the product of (A) the number of Partnership Purchased Shares
    MULTIPLIED BY (B) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at the
    time of the exercise;

          (c) As soon as practicable after receipt of the Partnership
    Purchased Shares by the Partnership, the Partnership shall transfer such
    shares to the Optionee at no additional cost, as additional compensation.

          5.5 TRANSFER OF PAYMENT TO THE PARTNERSHIP.  As soon as
practicable after receipt by the Company (i) of the amount described in Section
5.2(d) and (ii) the Partnership Purchase Price described in Section 5.4, the
Company shall contribute to the Partnership an amount of cash equal to such
payment and the Partnership shall issue an additional General Partner Interest
to the Company on the terms set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

          5.6 CONDITIONS TO ISSUANCE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES.  The Company
or the Partnership shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or
certificates for shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option or
portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

          (a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock
    exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;

          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of
    such shares under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or
    regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other
    governmental regulatory body which the Committee or Board shall, in its
    absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;


                                      15
<PAGE>

          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any
    state or federal governmental agency which the Committee or Board shall, in
    its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

          (d) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the
    exercise of the Option as the Committee or Board may establish from time to
    time for reasons of administrative convenience; and

          (e) The receipt by the Company or the Partnership of full
    payment for such shares, including payment of any applicable withholding
    tax.

          5.7 RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDERS.  The holders of Options shall not
be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, stockholders of the Company in
respect of any shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of an Option
unless and until certificates representing such shares have been issued by the
Company to such holders.

          5.8 OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.  Shares acquired
through the exercise of an Option shall be subject to the restrictions on
ownership and transfer set forth in the Company's Amended and Restated Charter. 
The Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors), in its absolute discretion, may impose such additional restrictions
on the ownership and transferability of the shares purchasable upon the exercise
of an Option as it deems appropriate.  Any such restriction shall be set forth
in the respective Stock Option Agreement and may be referred to on the
certificates evidencing such shares.  The Committee may require the Employee to
give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Common Stock
acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within (i) two years from the
date of granting such Option to such Employee or (ii) one year after the
transfer of such shares to such Employee.  The Committee (or the Board, in the
case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may direct that the
certificates evidencing shares acquired by exercise of an Option refer to such
requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

          5.9 RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE OF OPTION.  An Option is not
exercisable if in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee the exercise
of such Option would likely result in any of the following:

          (a) the Optionee's or any other person's ownership of Capital
    Stock being in violation of the Stock Ownership Limit;

          (b) income to the Company that could impair the Company's status
    as a real estate investment trust, within the meaning of Sections 856
    through 860 of the Code; or


                                      16
<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE VI

                              AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

          6.1 AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK.

          (a) The Committee may from time to time, in its absolute
discretion:

              (i)   Select from among the key Employees or consultants
    (including Employees or consultants who have previously received other
    awards under this Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be awarded
    Restricted Stock; and

              (ii)  Determine the purchase price, if any, and other terms and
    conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock, consistent with this Plan.

          (b) The Committee shall establish the purchase price, if any,
and form of payment for Restricted Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such purchase
price shall be no less than the par value of the Common Stock to be purchased
unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law.  In all cases, legal
consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock.

          (c) Upon the selection of a key Employee or consultant to be
awarded Restricted Stock, the Committee shall instruct the Secretary of the
Company to issue such Restricted Stock and may impose such conditions on the
issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

          6.2 RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT.  Restricted Stock shall be
issued only pursuant to a written Restricted Stock Agreement, which shall be
executed by the selected key Employee or consultant and an authorized officer of
the Company and which shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee
shall determine, consistent with this Plan.

          6.3 CONSIDERATION.  As consideration for the issuance of
Restricted Stock, in addition to payment of any purchase price, the Restricted
Stockholder shall agree, in the written Restricted Stock Agreement, to remain in
the employ of, or to consult for, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary (whichever is applicable) for a period
of at least one year after the Restricted Stock is issued (or such shorter
period as may be fixed in the Restricted Stock Agreement or by action of the
Committee following grant of the Restricted Stock).  Nothing in this Plan or in
any Restricted Stock Agreement hereunder shall confer on any Restricted
Stockholder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a consultant for, the
Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary
or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, any
Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary, which are
hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Restricted Stockholder at any time
for any reason whatsoever, with or without good cause.


                                      17
<PAGE>

          6.4 RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDERS.  Upon delivery of the shares of
Restricted Stock to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 6.7, the Restricted
Stockholder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all the
rights of a stockholder with respect to said shares, subject to the restrictions
in his Restricted Stock Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends
and other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in the discretion of the Committee, any extraordinary
distributions with respect to the Common Stock shall be subject to the
restrictions set forth in Section 6.5.

          6.5 RESTRICTION.  All shares of Restricted Stock issued under
this Plan (including any shares received by holders thereof with respect to
shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any
other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of each individual
Restricted Stock Agreement, be subject to such restrictions as the Committee
shall provide, which restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions
concerning voting rights and transferability and restrictions based on duration
of employment with the Company, Company performance and individual performance;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, unless the Committee otherwise provides in the terms of
the Restricted Stock Agreement or otherwise, no share of Restricted Stock
granted to a person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be sold,
assigned or otherwise transferred until at least six months have elapsed from
(but excluding) the date on which the Restricted Stock was issued, and PROVIDED,
FURTHER, that by action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the
Committee may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be
appropriate, remove any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the
Restricted Stock Agreement.  Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered
until all restrictions are terminated or expire.  Unless provided otherwise by
the Committee, if no consideration was paid by the Restricted Stockholder upon
issuance, a Restricted Stockholder's rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall
lapse upon Termination of Employment or, if applicable, upon Termination of
Consultancy with the Company or the Partnership.

          6.6 REPURCHASE OF RESTRICTED STOCK.  The Committee shall provide
in the terms of each individual Restricted Stock Agreement that the Company
shall have the right to repurchase from the Restricted Stockholder the
Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions under the Restricted Stock
Agreement immediately upon a Termination of Employment or, if applicable, upon a
Termination of Consultancy between the Restricted Stockholder and the Company,
at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Restricted Stockholder
for such Restricted Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that provision may be made that no
such right of repurchase shall exist in the event of a Termination of Employment
or Termination of Consultancy without cause, or following a change in control of
the Company or the Partnership, or because of the Restricted Stockholder's
retirement, death or disability, or otherwise.

          6.7 ESCROW.  The Secretary of the Company or such other escrow
holder as the Committee may appoint shall retain physical custody of each
certificate representing Restricted Stock until all of the restrictions imposed
under the Restricted Stock Agreement with respect to the shares evidenced by
such certificate expire or shall have been removed.


                                      18
<PAGE>

          6.8 LEGEND.  In order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon
shares of Restricted Stock hereunder, the Committee shall cause a legend or
legends to be placed on certificates representing all shares of Restricted Stock
that are still subject to restrictions under Restricted Stock Agreements, which
legend or legends shall make appropriate reference to the conditions imposed
thereby.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                      PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS,
                            DEFERRED STOCK, STOCK PAYMENTS

          7.1 PERFORMANCE AWARDS.  Any key Employee or consultant selected
by the Committee may be granted one or more Performance Awards.  The value of
such Performance Awards may be linked to the market value, book value, net
profits or other measure of the value of Common Stock or other specific
performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a
specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the
Committee, or may be based upon the appreciation in the market value, book
value, net profits or other measure of the value of a specified number of shares
of Common Stock over a fixed period or periods determined by the Committee.  In
making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other
factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of award) the
contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular key
Employee or consultant.

          7.2 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.  Any key Employee or consultant
selected by the Committee may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the
dividends declared on Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates,
during the period between the date an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Deferred
Stock or Performance Award is granted, and the date such Option, Stock
Appreciation Right, Deferred Stock or Performance Award is exercised, vests or
expires, as determined by the Committee.  Such Dividend Equivalents shall be
converted to cash or additional shares of Common Stock by such formula and at
such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee.
With respect to Dividend Equivalents granted with respect to Options intended to
be qualified performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m), such
Dividend Equivalents shall be payable regardless of whether such Option is
exercised.

          7.3 STOCK PAYMENTS.  Any key Employee or consultant selected by
the Committee may receive Stock Payments in the manner determined from time to
time by the Committee.  The number of shares shall be determined by the
Committee and may be based upon the Fair Market Value, book value, net profits
or other measure of the value of Common Stock or other specific performance
criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, determined on the date such
Stock Payment is made or on any date thereafter.

          7.4 DEFERRED STOCK.  Any key Employee or consultant selected by
the Committee may be granted an award of Deferred Stock in the manner determined
from time to time by the Committee.  The number of shares of Deferred Stock
shall be determined by


                                      19
<PAGE>

the Committee and may be linked to the market value, book value, net profits 
or other measure of the value of Common Stock or other specific performance 
criteria determined to be appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a 
specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the 
Committee.  Common Stock underlying a Deferred Stock award will not be issued 
until the Deferred Stock award has vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or 
performance criteria set by the Committee.  Unless otherwise provided by the 
Committee, a Grantee of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company 
stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the award 
has vested and the Common Stock underlying the award has been issued.

          7.5 PERFORMANCE AWARD AGREEMENT, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT AGREEMENT,
DEFERRED STOCK AGREEMENT, STOCK PAYMENT AGREEMENT.  Each Performance Award,
Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment shall be
evidenced by a written agreement, which shall be executed by the Grantee and an
authorized Officer of the Company and which shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Committee shall determine, consistent with this Plan.

          7.6 TERM.  The term of a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent,
award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment shall be set by the Committee in
its discretion.

          7.7 EXERCISE UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  A Performance
Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment is
exercisable or payable only while the Grantee is an Employee or consultant;
provided that the Committee may determine that the Performance Award, Dividend
Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment may be exercised or
paid subsequent to Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy
without cause, or following a change in control of the Company or the
Partnership, or because of the Grantee's retirement, death or disability, or
otherwise.

          7.8 PAYMENT ON EXERCISE.  Payment of the amount determined under
Section 7.1 or 7.2 above shall be in cash, in Common Stock or a combination of
both, as determined by the Committee.  To the extent any payment under this
Article VII is effected in Common Stock, it shall be made subject to
satisfaction of all provisions of Section 5.6 and 5.8.

          7.9 CONSIDERATION.  In consideration of the granting of a
Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock
Payment, the Grantee shall agree, in a written agreement, to remain in the
employ of, or to consult for, the Company or any Subsidiary for a period of at
least one year after such Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of
Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment is granted (or such shorter period as may be
fixed in such agreement or by action of the Committee following such grant).


                                      20
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                           STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

          8.1 GRANT OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  A Stock Appreciation
Right may be granted to any key Employee or consultant selected by the
Committee.  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (i) in connection and
simultaneously with the grant of an Option, (ii) with respect to a previously
granted Option, or (iii) independent of an Option.  A Stock Appreciation Right
shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as
the Committee shall impose and shall be evidenced by a written Stock
Appreciation Right Agreement, which shall be executed by the Grantee and an
authorized officer of the Company.  The Committee, in its discretion, may
determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right is to qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and Stock
Appreciation Right Agreements evidencing Stock Appreciation Rights intended to
so qualify shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet
the applicable provisions of section 162(m) of the Code.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion and on such
terms as it deems appropriate, require as a condition of the grant of a Stock
Appreciation Right to an Employee or consultant that the Employee or consultant
surrender for cancellation some or all of the unexercised Options, awards of
Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments, or other rights which have been
previously granted to him under this Plan or otherwise.  A Stock Appreciation
Right, the grant of which is conditioned upon such surrender, may have an
exercise price lower (or higher) than the exercise price of the surrendered
Option or other award, may cover the same (or a lesser or greater) number of
shares as such surrendered Option or other award, may contain such other terms
as the Committee deems appropriate, and shall be exercisable in accordance with
its terms, without regard to the number of shares, price, exercise period or any
other term or condition of such surrendered Option or other award.

          8.2 COUPLED STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

          (a) A Coupled Stock Appreciation Right ("CSAR") shall be related
to a particular Option and shall be exercisable only when and to the extent the
related Option is exercisable.

          (b) A CSAR may be granted to the Grantee for no more than the
number of shares subject to the simultaneously or previously granted Option to
which it is coupled.

          (c) A CSAR shall entitle the Grantee (or other person entitled
to exercise the Option pursuant to this Plan) to surrender to the Company
unexercised a portion of the Option to which the CSAR relates (to the extent
then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company or the
Partnership, as provided in the CSAR agreement, in exchange therefor an amount
determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the Option
exercise price from the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date
of exercise of the CSAR by the number of shares of Common Stock with


                                      21
<PAGE>

respect to which the CSAR shall have been exercised, subject to any 
limitations the Committee may impose.

          8.3 INDEPENDENT STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

          (a) An Independent Stock Appreciation Right ("ISAR") shall be
unrelated to any Option and shall have a term set by the Committee.  An ISAR
shall be exercisable in such installments as the Committee may determine.  An
ISAR shall cover such number of shares of Common Stock as the Committee may
determine; provided, however, that unless the Committee otherwise provides in
the terms of the ISAR or otherwise, no ISAR granted to a person subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exercisable until at least six months
have elapsed from (but excluding) the date on which the Option was granted.  The
exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to each ISAR shall be set by
the Committee.  An ISAR is exercisable only while the Grantee is an Employee or
consultant; provided that the Committee may determine that the ISAR may be
exercised subsequent to Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy
without cause, or following a change in control of the Company or the
Partnership, or because of the Grantee's retirement, death or disability, or
otherwise.

          (b) An ISAR shall entitle the Grantee (or other person entitled
to exercise the ISAR pursuant to this Plan) to exercise all or a specified
portion of the ISAR (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and
to receive from the Company or the Partnership, as provided in the ISAR
agreement, an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by
subtracting the exercise price per share of the ISAR from the Fair Market Value
of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the ISAR by the number of
shares of Common Stock with respect to which the ISAR shall have been exercised,
subject to any limitations the Committee may impose.

          8.4 PAYMENT AND LIMITATIONS ON EXERCISE.

          (a) Payment of the amount determined under Section 8.2(c) and
8.3(b) above shall be in cash, in Common Stock (based on its Fair Market Value
as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of
both, as determined by the Committee.  To the extent such payment is effected in
Common Stock it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of
Section 5.6 and Section 5.8 hereinabove pertaining to Options.

          (b) Grantees of Stock Appreciation Rights may be required to
comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or
exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, including a window-period limitation, as
may be imposed in the discretion of the Board or Committee.

          8.5 CONSIDERATION.  In consideration of the granting of a Stock
Appreciation Right, the Grantee shall agree, in the written Stock Appreciation
Right Agreement, to remain in the employ of, or to consult for, the Company or
any Subsidiary for a period of at least one year after the Stock Appreciation
Right is granted (or such shorter period as may be


                                      22
<PAGE>

fixed in the Stock appreciation Right Agreement or by action of the Committee 
following grant of the Restricted Stock).

                                      ARTICLE IX

                                    ADMINISTRATION

          9.1 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  Prior to the Company's initial
registration of Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the
Compensation Committee shall consist of the entire Board.  Following such
registration, the Compensation Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee
of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under this Plan) shall
consist solely of two or more Independent Directors appointed by and holding
office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is both a "non-employee
director" as defined by Rule 16b-3 and an "outside director" for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Code.  Appointment of Committee members shall be effective
upon acceptance of appointment.  Committee members may resign at any time by
delivering written notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the Committee may be
filled by the Board.

          9.2 DUTIES AND POWERS OF COMMITTEE.  It shall be the duty of the
Committee to conduct the general administration of this Plan in accordance with
its provisions.  The Committee shall have the power to interpret this Plan and
the agreements pursuant to which Options, awards of Restricted Stock or Deferred
Stock, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or
Stock Payments are granted or awarded, and to adopt such rules for the
administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan as are consistent
therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall
conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Options granted
to Independent Directors.  Any such grant or award under this Plan need not be
the same with respect to each Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder.  Any
such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be
consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  In its absolute
discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all
rights and duties of the Committee under this Plan except with respect to
matters which under Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations
or rules issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole discretion
of the Committee.

          9.3 MAJORITY RULE; UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT.  The Committee
shall act by a majority of its members in attendance at a meeting at which a
quorum is present or by a memorandum or other written instrument signed by all
members of the Committee.

          9.4 COMPENSATION; PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE; GOOD FAITH ACTIONS. 
Members of the Committee shall receive such compensation for their services as
members as may be determined by the Board.  All expenses and liabilities which
members of the Committee incur in connection with the administration of this
Plan shall be borne by the Company.  The Committee may, with the approval of the
Board, employ attorneys, consultants, accountants,


                                      23
<PAGE>

appraisers, brokers, or other persons.  The Committee, the Company and the 
Company's officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, 
opinions or valuations of any such persons.  All actions taken and all 
interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or the Board in good 
faith shall be final and binding upon all Optionees, Grantees, Restricted 
Stockholders, the Company, the Partnership and all other interested persons.  
No members of the Committee or Board shall be personally liable for any 
action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to 
this Plan, Options, awards of Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock, Performance 
Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments, 
and all members of the Committee and the Board shall be fully protected by 
the Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.

          9.5 DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  The Committee may in its sole and
absolute discretion delegate to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or
the Secretary of the Company, or both, any or all of the administrative duties
and authority of the Committee under this Plan, other than the authority to make
grants or awards under this Plan to Employees who are officers of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 16(a)-1(b) of the Exchange Act or whose total
compensation is required to be reported to the Company's stockholders under the
Exchange Act, to determine the price, timing or amount of such grants or awards
or to determine any other matter required by Rule 16b-3 or Code Section 162(m)
to be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

          9.6 NO LIABILITY.  No member of the Board or the Committee, or
director, officer or employee of the Company, any Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary shall be liable, responsible or
accountable in damages or otherwise for any determination made or other action
taken or any failure to act by such person so long as such person is not
determined to be guilty by a final adjudication of willful misconduct with
respect to such determination, action or failure to act.

          9.7 INDEMNIFICATION.  To the fullest extent permitted by law,
each of the members of the Board and the Committee and each of the directors,
officers and employees of the Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership
and any Partnership Subsidiary shall be held harmless and be indemnified by the
Company for any liability, loss (including amounts paid in settlement), damages
or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) suffered by virtue of any
determinations, acts or failures to act, or alleged acts or failures to act, in
connection with the administration of this Plan so long as such person is not
determined by a final adjudication to be guilty of willful misconduct with
respect to such determination, action or failure to act.


                                      24
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE X

                               MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          10.1     NOT TRANSFERABLE.  Options, Restricted Stock awards,
Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend
Equivalents or Stock Payments under this Plan may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent
and distribution or pursuant to a QDRO, unless and until such rights or awards
have been exercised, or the shares underlying such rights or awards have been
issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed.  No Option,
Restricted Stock award, Deferred Stock award, Performance Award, Stock
Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or Stock Payment or interest or right
therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee,
Grantee or Restricted Stockholder or his successors in interest or shall be
subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge,
encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary
or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment
or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any
attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to
the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

          During the lifetime of the Optionee or Grantee, only he may exercise
an Option or other right or award (or any portion thereof) granted to him under
the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a QDRO.  After the death of
the Optionee or Grantee, any exercisable portion of an Option or other right or
award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the
Plan or the applicable Stock Option Agreement or other agreement, be exercised
by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the
deceased Optionee's or Grantee's will or under the then applicable laws of
descent and distribution.

          10.2     AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THIS PLAN.  Except 
as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2, this Plan may be wholly or 
partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time 
or from time to time by the Board or the Committee.  However, without 
approval of the Company's stockholders given within twelve months before or 
after the action by the Board or the Committee, no action of the Board or the 
Committee may, except as provided in Section 10.3, increase the limits 
imposed in Section 2.1 on the maximum number of shares which may be issued 
under this Plan or modify the Award Limit, and no action of the Committee may 
be taken that would otherwise require stockholder approval as a matter of 
applicable law, regulation or rule.  No amendment, suspension or termination 
of this Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of Options, Restricted 
Stock awards, Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation 
Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments, alter or impair any rights or 
obligations under any Options, Restricted Stock awards, Deferred Stock 
awards, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents 
or Stock Payments theretofore granted or awarded, unless the award itself 
otherwise expressly so provides.  No Options, Restricted Stock, Deferred 
Stock, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or 
Stock Payments may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension


                                      25
<PAGE>

or after termination of this Plan, and in no event may any Incentive Stock 
Option be granted under this Plan after the first to occur of the following 
events:

          (a) The expiration of ten years from the date the Plan is
    adopted by the Board; or

          (b) The expiration of ten years from the date the Plan is
    approved by the Company's stockholders under Section 10.4.

          10.3     CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK OR ASSETS OF THE COMPANY,
ACQUISITION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY AND OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

          (a) Subject to Section 10.3(e), in the event that the Committee
(or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors)
determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash,
Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation,
dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, a
Corporate Transaction), or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the
Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other
securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, in
the Committee's sole discretion (or in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors, the Board's sole discretion), affects the Common Stock
such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in
order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits
intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Option,
Restricted Stock award, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend
Equivalent, Deferred Stock award or Stock Payment, then the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) shall, in such
manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of

              (i)   the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other
    securities or property) with respect to which Options, Performance Awards,
    Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments may be
    granted under the Plan, or which may be granted as Restricted Stock or
    Deferred Stock (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the
    limitations in Section 2.1 on the maximum number and kind of shares which
    may be issued and adjustments of the Award Limit),

              (ii)  the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other
    securities or property) subject to outstanding Options, Performance Awards,
    Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, or Stock Payments, and in
    the number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred
    Stock, and

              (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Option,
    Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or Stock
    Payment.


                                      26
<PAGE>

          (b) Subject to Section 10.3(e), in the event of any corporate
transaction or other transaction or event described in Section 10.3(a) which
results in shares of Common Stock being exchanged for or converted into cash,
securities (including securities of another corporation) or other property, the
Committee will have the right to terminate this Plan as of the date of the event
or transaction, in which case all options, rights and other awards granted under
this Plan shall become the right to receive such cash, securities or other
property, net of any applicable exercise price.

          (c) Subject to Sections 10.3(c)(vii) and 10.3(e), in the event
of any Corporate Transaction or other transaction or event described in Section
10.3(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the
Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the
Company or any affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or
accounting principles, the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options
granted to Independent Directors) in its discretion is hereby authorized to take
any one or more of the following actions whenever the Committee (or the Board,
in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) determines that such
action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the
benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or
with respect to any option, right or other award under this Plan, to facilitate
such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws,
regulations or principles:

              (i)   In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
    conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
    case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may provide, either by
    the terms of the agreement or by action taken prior to the occurrence of
    such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the optionee's
    request, for either the purchase of any such Option, Performance Award,
    Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or any
    Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock for an amount of cash equal to the
    amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such option,
    right or award or realization of the optionee's rights had such option,
    right or award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested as the
    replacement of such option, right or award with other rights or property
    selected by the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to
    Independent Directors) in its sole discretion;

              (ii)  In its sole and absolute discretion, the Committee (or the
    Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may
    provide, either by the terms of such Option, Performance Award, Stock
    Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted
    Stock or Deferred Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such
    transaction or event that it cannot be exercised after such event;

              (iii) In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms
    and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
    case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may provide, either by
    the terms of such Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right,
    Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted Stock or Deferred
    Stock or by action taken prior to the


                                      27
<PAGE>

    occurrence of such transaction or event, that for a specified period of time
    prior to such transaction or event, such option, right or award shall be 
    exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to 
    the contrary in (i) Section 4.4 or (ii) the provisions of such Option, 
    Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock 
    Payment, or Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock;

              (iv)  In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
    conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
    case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may provide, either by
    the terms of such Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right,
    Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted Stock or Deferred
    Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or
    event, that upon such event, such option, right or award be assumed by the
    successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or
    shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the
    stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary
    thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares
    and prices;

              (v)   In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
    conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
    case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may make adjustments in
    the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or
    property) subject to outstanding Options, Performance Awards, Stock
    Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, or Stock Payments, and in the
    number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock and/or in
    the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and
    the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and
    options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;

              (vi)  In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
    conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide either by the
    terms of a Restricted Stock award or Deferred Stock award or by action
    taken prior to the occurrence of such event that, for a specified period of
    time prior to such event, the restrictions imposed under a Restricted Stock
    Agreement or a Deferred Stock Agreement upon some or all shares of
    Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock may be terminated, and, in the case of
    Restricted Stock, some or all shares of such Restricted Stock may cease to
    be subject to repurchase under Section 6.6 or forfeiture under Section 6.5
    after such event; and

              (vii) None of the foregoing discretionary terms of this
    Section 10.3(c) shall be permitted with respect to Options granted under
    Section 3.4(d) to Independent Directors to the extent that such discretion
    would be inconsistent with the applicable exemptive conditions of 
    Rule 16b-3. In the event of a Change in Control or a Corporate Transaction, 
    to the extent that the Board does not have the ability under Rule 16b-3 to 
    take or to refrain from taking the discretionary actions set forth above, 
    each Option granted to an Independent Director shall be exercisable as to 
    all shares covered thereby upon such Change in Control or during the five 
    days immediately preceding the consummation of such Corporate Transaction 
    and subject to such


                                      28
<PAGE>

    consummation, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.4 or 
    the vesting schedule of such Options.  In the event of a Corporate 
    Transaction, to the extent that the Board does not have the ability under 
    Rule 16b-3 to take or to refrain from taking the discretionary actions set 
    forth above, no Option granted to an Independent Director may be exercised 
    following such Corporate Transaction; unless such Option is in connection 
    with such Corporate Transaction either assumed by the successor or survivor 
    corporation (or parent or subsidiary thereof) or replaced with a comparable 
    right with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor or 
    survivor corporation (or parent or subsidiary thereof).

          (d) Subject to Section 10.3(e) and 10.8, the Committee (or the Board, 
in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may, in its discretion,
include such further provisions and limitations in any Option, Performance 
Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or 
Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock agreement or certificate, as it may deem 
equitable and in the best interests of the Company.

          (e) With respect to Incentive Stock Options and Options and Stock 
Appreciation Rights intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under 
Section 162(m), no adjustment or action described in this Section 10.3 or in any
other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such 
adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the
Code or would cause such option or stock appreciation right to fail to so 
qualify under Section 162(m), as the case may be, or any successor provisions
thereto.  Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the
extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability
under Section 16 or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 unless the
Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent 
Directors) determines that the option or other award is not to comply with such
exemptive conditions.  The number of shares of Common Stock subject to any
option, right or award shall always be rounded to the next whole number.

          10.4     APPROVAL OF PLAN BY STOCKHOLDERS.  This Plan will be 
submitted for the approval of the Company's stockholders within twelve months
after the date of the Board's initial adoption of this Plan.  Options, 
Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock
Payments may be granted and Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock may be awarded
prior to such stockholder approval, provided that such Options, Performance
Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments shall
not be exercisable and such Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock shall not vest
prior to the time when this Plan is approved by the stockholders, and provided
further that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said
twelve-month period, all Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments previously granted and all Restricted
Stock or Deferred Stock previously awarded under this Plan shall thereupon be
canceled and become null and void.

          10.5     TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company and the Partnership shall be
entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable
to each Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder of any sums required by
federal, state or local tax law to


                                      29
<PAGE>

be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting or exercise of any Option, 
Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation 
Right, Dividend Equivalent or Stock Payment.  The Committee (or the Board, in 
the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may in its discretion 
and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow such Optionee, Grantee 
or Restricted Stockholder to elect to have the Company withhold shares of 
Common Stock otherwise issuable under such Option or other award (or allow 
the return of shares of Common Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the 
sums required to be withheld.

          10.6     LOANS.  The Committee may, in its discretion, extend one or
more loans to key Employees in connection with the exercise or receipt of an
Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or
Stock Payment granted under this Plan, or the issuance of Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock awarded under this Plan.  The terms and conditions of any such
loan shall be set by the Committee.

          10.7     FORFEITURE PROVISIONS.  Pursuant to its general authority to
determine the terms and conditions applicable to awards under the Plan, the
Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors) shall have the right (to the extent consistent with the applicable
exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3) to provide, in the terms of Options or other
awards made under the Plan, or to require the recipient to agree by separate
written instrument, that (i) any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit
actually or constructively received by the recipient upon any receipt or
exercise of the award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Common Stock
underlying such award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the award shall
terminate and any unexercised portion of such award (whether or not vested)
shall be forfeited, if (a) a Termination of Employment, Termination of
Consultancy or Termination of Directorship occurs prior to a specified date, or
within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the award, or
(b) the recipient at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any
activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or
harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Committee (or
the Board, as applicable).

          10.8     LIMITATIONS APPLICABLE TO SECTION 16 PERSONS AND
PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan, this Plan, and any Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right,
Dividend Equivalent or Stock Payment granted, or Restricted Stock or Deferred
Stock awarded, to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any
applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any
amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the
application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by applicable law,
the Plan, Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend
Equivalents, Stock Payments, Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock granted or
awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to
such applicable exemptive rule. Furthermore,


                                      30
<PAGE>

notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, any Option or Stock 
Appreciation Right intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as 
described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall be subject to any 
additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any 
amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued 
thereunder that are requirements for qualification as performance-based 
compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and this Plan 
shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

          10.9     EFFECT OF PLAN UPON OPTIONS AND COMPENSATION PLANS.  The
adoption of this Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans
in effect for the Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any
Partnership Subsidiary.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to limit the
right of the Company or the Partnership (i) to establish any other forms of
incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the
Company, any Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary
or (ii) to grant or assume options or other rights otherwise than under this
Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including but not by way of
limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the
acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the
business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, firm or association.

          10.10    SECTION 83(b) ELECTION PROHIBITED.  No Grantee, Optionee or
Restricted Stockholder may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with
respect to any award or grant under this Plan.

          10.11    COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  This Plan, the granting and vesting
of Options, Restricted Stock awards, Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards,
Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments under this
Plan and the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and the payment of
money under this Plan or under Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments granted or Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable
federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to
state and federal securities law and federal margin requirements) and to such
approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection
therewith.  Any securities delivered under this Plan shall be subject to such
restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by
the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the
Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable
legal requirements.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan,
Options, Restricted Stock awards, Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards,
Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments granted or
awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to
such laws, rules and regulations.

          10.12    TITLES.  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and
are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Plan.


                                      31
<PAGE>

          10.13    GOVERNING LAW.  This Plan and any agreements hereunder shall
be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State
of Maryland without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.

          10.14    CONFLICTS WITH COMPANY'S RESTATED ARTICLES.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan, the Optionee shall not acquire or have any
right to acquire any Common Stock, and shall have no other rights under this
Plan, which are prohibited under the Company's Restated Articles.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument
to be executed by their officers duly authorized on this ___ day of September,
1996.

                                       Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland 
                                       corporation.


                                       By ______________________________________
                                          Richard S. Ziman
                                          Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


_________________________________
Michele Byer
Secretary


                                       Arden Realty Limited Partnership, a 
                                       Maryland limited partnership.


                                       By ______________________________________
                                          Richard S. Ziman
                                          Chief Executive Officer
                                          On Behalf of Arden Realty, Inc., a 
                                          Maryland corporation, in its capacity 
                                          as General Partner

_________________________________
Michele Byer
Secretary



                                      32

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.3
   
                             INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
    
   
         This Indemnification Agreement, dated effective as of
   , 1996, is made by and between Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "Company"), and ______________ (the "Indemnitee").
    
                                       RECITALS

         A.   The Company is a corporation organized under the General Laws of
the State of Maryland;

         B.   The charter of the Company (the "Charter") provides that the
Company has the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect
from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify the directors, officers and
employees of the Company;

         C.   The bylaws of the Company (the "Bylaws") provide that each
officer and director of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company to the
maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time; and

         D.   Indemnitee has been elected as                      of the
Company and the Company desires to fulfill its obligations to indemnify the
officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by the Charter and the
Bylaws.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto are entering into this
Indemnification Agreement (the "Agreement") as of the date hereof to evidence
the obligation of the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee.

         Section.1.  DEFINITIONS.  In this Agreement the following words have
the meanings indicated.

         (1)  "Company" includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of
the Company in a merger, consolidation or other transaction in which the
predecessors existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.

         (2)  "Director" means any person who is or was a director of the
Company and any person who, while a director of the Company, is or was serving
at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee,
employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan.

         (3)  "Expenses" include attorneys' fees.

<PAGE>
         (4)  "Official Capacity" means the following:

              (i)   When used with respect to a Director, the office of director
in the Company;

              (ii)  When used with respect to a person other than a Director as
contemplated in Section 9, the elective or appointive office in the Company held
by the officer, or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the
employee or agent on behalf of the Company; and

              (iii) "Official Capacity" does not include service for any
other foreign or domestic corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust,
other enterprise, or employee benefit plan.

         (5)  "Party" includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made
a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

         (6)  "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

         Section 2.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTOR.

         (1)  Provided the determination required under Section 5 has been
made, the Company shall indemnify any Director made a Party to any Proceeding by
reason of service in that Director's Official Capacity unless it is established
that:

              (i)   The act or omission of the Director was material to the
matter giving rise to the proceeding; and

                   1.   Was committed in bad faith; or

                   2.   Was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; or

              (ii)  The Director actually received an improper personal benefit
in money, property, or services; or

              (iii) In the case of any criminal proceeding, the Director
had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

         (2)  (i)   Indemnification shall be against judgments, penalties,
fines, settlements, and reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the Director in
connection with the Proceeding.

              (ii)  However, if the Proceeding was one by, or in the right of,
the Company, indemnification shall be made only against reasonable Expenses and
may not be made in respect of any liability to the Company.


                                          2

<PAGE>

         (3)  (i)   The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, or
settlement does not create a presumption that the Director did not meet the
requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 2.

              (ii)  The termination of any Proceeding by conviction, or a plea
of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior
to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Director did not meet the
requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 2.

         Section 3.  NO INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY FOR IMPROPER
PERSONAL BENEFIT.  A Director shall not be indemnified under Section 2 in
respect of any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the Director,
whether or not involving action in the Director's Official Capacity, in which
the Director was adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was
improperly received.

         Section 4.  REQUIRED INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST EXPENSES INCURRED IN
SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.

         (1)  A Director who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise,
in the defense of any Proceeding shall be indemnified against reasonable
Expenses incurred by the Director in connection with the Proceeding.

         (2)  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the power of a court of
appropriate jurisdiction to order indemnification of a Director to the maximum
extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, including the
right to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement.

         Section 5.  DETERMINATION THAT INDEMNIFICATION WAS PROPER.

         (1)  Indemnification for a specific Proceeding under Section 2 shall
not be made by the Company unless such indemnification is authorized for the
specific Proceeding after a determination has been made that indemnification of
the Director is permissible in the circumstances because the Director has met
the standard of conduct set forth in Section 2.

         (2)  Such determination shall be made:

              (i)   By the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors not, at the time, Parties to
the Proceeding, or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote
of a committee of the Board consisting solely of two or more Directors not, at
the time, Parties to such Proceeding and who were fully designated to act in the
matter by a majority vote of the full Board in which the designated Directors
who are Parties may participate;

              (ii)  By special legal counsel selected by the Board or a
committee of the Board by vote as set forth in subparagraph (i) of this
paragraph, or, if the requisite quorum of the full Board cannot be obtained
therefor and the committee cannot be established, by a majority vote of the full
Board in which Directors who are Parties may participate; or

              (iii) By the stockholders.



                                          3

<PAGE>

         (3)  Authorization of indemnification and determination as to
reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination
that indemnification is permissible.  However, if the determination that
indemnification is permissible is made by the special legal counsel,
authorization of indemnification and determination as to the unreasonableness of
Expenses shall be made in the manner specified in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph
(2) of this Section 5 for selection of such counsel.

         (4)  Shares held by Directors who are Parties to the Proceeding shall
not be voted on the subject matter under this Section 5.

         Section 6.  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE OF FINAL DISPOSITION OF
ACTION.

         (1)  Reasonable Expenses incurred by a Director who is a Party to a
Proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final
disposition of the Proceeding, upon receipt by the Company of:

              (i)   A written affirmation by the Director of the Director's good
faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the
Company as authorized in this Agreement has been met; and

              (ii)  A written undertaking by or on behalf of the Director to
repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of
conduct has not been met.

         (2)  The undertaking required by subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (1) of
this Section 6 shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Director but need
not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to
make the repayment.

         Section 7.  REIMBURSEMENT OF DIRECTOR'S EXPENSES INCURRED WHILE
APPEARING AS WITNESS.  The Company shall pay or reimburse Expenses incurred by a
Director in connection with an appearance as a witness in a Proceeding at a time
when the Director has not been made a named defendant or respondent in the
Proceeding.

         Section 8.  DIRECTOR'S SERVICE TO EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN.  For purposes
of this Agreement:

         (1)  The Company shall be deemed to have requested a Director to serve
an employee benefit plan where the performance of the Director's duties to the
Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, the Director
to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan.

         (2)  Excise taxes assessed on a Director with respect to an employee
benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed fines; and

         (3)  Action taken or omitted by the Director with respect to an
employee benefit plan in the performance of the Director's duties for a purpose
reasonably believed by the Director to be in the interest of the participants
and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not
opposed to the best interests of the Company.



                                          4

<PAGE>

         Section 9.  OFFICER, EMPLOYEE OR AGENT.

         (1)  The Company shall indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer,
employee, or agent of the Company to the same extent that it shall indemnify
Directors under this Agreement.

         Section 10.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY.  The indemnification and advancement of
Expenses provided or authorized by this Agreement may not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights by indemnification or otherwise, to which a Director may be
entitled under the Charter, the Bylaws, a resolution of stockholders or
directors, an agreement or otherwise, both as to action in an Official Capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

         Section 11.  INSURANCE.  The Company may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee,
or agent of the Company, or  who, while a Director, officer, employee, or agent
of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director,
officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise, or employee
benefit plan against any liability asserted against and incurred by such person
in any such capacity or arising out of such person's position, whether or not
the Company would have the power to indemnify against liability under the
provisions of this Agreement or under Maryland law in effect from time to time.

         Section 12.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Maryland applicable to
agreements to be made and to be performed entirely within such State.

         Section 13.  CAPTIONS.  The captions assigned to provisions of this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall be disregarded in construing this
Agreement.

         Section 14.  NUMBER AND GENDER.  Use of the singular in this Agreement
includes the plural, use of the plural includes the singular, and use of one
gender includes both genders, as the context may require.

         Section 15.  CROSS REFERENCES AND EXHIBITS.  Any reference in this
Agreement to a "Section" or "paragraph" shall be construed, respectively, as
referring to a Section of this Agreement, or a paragraph of the Section of this
Agreement in which the reference appears.

         Section 16.  SUCCESSORS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the successors of the Company.

         Section 17.  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of any other
provision, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.



                                          5

<PAGE>
          Section 18.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, the Charter and the
Bylaws contain the entire agreement between the parties as to the rights granted
and the obligations assumed in this instrument.  This Agreement may be amended
only by a subsequent written instrument signed by both parties.

         Section 19.  NON-ASSIGNABILITY.  This Agreement may not be assigned by
either party hereto, and any purported assignment of this Agreement shall be
null and void.

         Section 20.  WAIVER.  Any forbearance by a party to this Agreement in
exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or otherwise afforded by
applicable law shall not be a waiver of or preclude the exercise of that or any
other right or remedy.

         The parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of
the date first above written.

COMPANY:                               INDEMNITEE:
   
ARDEN REALTY, INC.
a Maryland corporation                 ________________________________________
    
                                       ________________________________________
                                       (Print Name)
By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________








                                       6


<PAGE>

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


    THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
____________________, 1996, by and between ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
Maryland limited partnership (the "Company"), ARDEN REALTY, INC., a Maryland
corporation and the Company's general partner ("Arden" or the "General Partner")
and RICHARD S. ZIMAN ("Executive").


1.  EMPLOYMENT

    The Company and Arden (hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Employers") hereby employ Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment
upon the terms and conditions set forth below.


2.  TERM AND RENEWAL

    2.1  TERM.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of this
Agreement (the "Effective Date"), and shall continue for three years from the
Effective Date (the "Original Employment Term"), on the terms and conditions set
forth below, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 5.

    2.2  EXTENSION.  Following the expiration of the Original Employment Term
and provided that this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 5,
and every year thereafter, the Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an
additional 12-month period, effective on each anniversary date of the Effective
Date.


3.  COMPENSATION

    3.1  BASE COMPENSATION.  For the services to be rendered by Executive under
this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive, commencing as of the
Effective Date, an initial annual base compensation ("Base Compensation") of
$300,000, payable in substantially equal semi-monthly installments.  The Base
Compensation shall be reviewed and adjusted annually as determined by the
Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee") of the Board of Directors
(the "Board") of the General Partner.  

    3.2  BONUS COMPENSATION.  The Compensation Committee shall review
Executive's performance at least annually during each year of the Original
Employment Term and during any periods of automatic extension of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 2.2 and cause the Employers to award Executive a cash bonus
which the Compensation Committee shall reasonably determine as fairly
compensating and rewarding Executive for services rendered to the Employers
and/or as an incentive for continued service to the Employers.  The amount of
such cash bonus shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the
Compensation


<PAGE>

Committee and shall be dependent on, among other things, the achievement of 
certain performance levels by the Employers, including, without limitation, 
growth in funds from operations, and Executive's performance and contribution 
to increasing the funds from operations.

    3.3  "GROSS-UP" OF COMPENSATION.  The amount of the Base Compensation and
any bonus payable to Executive pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2 above, shall be
"grossed up" as necessary (on an after-tax basis) to compensate for any
additional withholding taxes or other expenses due as a result of Executive's
employment by both the Company and Arden and the implementation of the
Compensation Split (as defined in Section 10 below) with respect to the
financial obligations of the Company and Arden, respectively.

    3.4  BENEFITS.

         (a)  MEDICAL INSURANCE.  The Employers shall provide to Executive,
Executive's spouse and children, at its sole cost, such health, dental and
optical insurance as the Employers may from time to time make available to their
other executive employees.

         (b)  LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE.  The Employers shall provide
Executive such disability and/or life insurance as the Employers in their sole
discretion may from time to time make available to their other executive
employees.

         (c)  PENSION PLANS, ETC.  The Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all pension, 401(k) and other employee plans and benefits
established by the Employers on at least the same terms as the Employers' other
executive employees.

    3.5  AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE.  The Employers shall provide Executive with a
reasonable automobile allowance during the term of Executive's employment with
the Employers.

    3.6  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The monetary compensation payable and any benefits
due to Executive hereunder may be paid or provided in whole or in part, from
time to time, by the Employers and/or their respective subsidiaries and
affiliates, but shall at all times remain the responsibility of the Employers.

 4. POSITION AND DUTIES

    4.1  POSITION.  Executive shall serve as Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Employers.  The Employers agree that the duties that
may be assigned Executive shall be the usual and customary duties of the offices
of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  Executive shall have such
executive power and authority as shall reasonably be required to enable
Executive to discharge the duties of such offices.  Executive may, at
Executive's discretion, serve the Employers and/or their respective subsidiaries
and affiliates in other offices and capacities in addition to the foregoing, but
shall not be required to do so.  In the event the Employers and Executive
mutually agree that Executive shall terminate Executive's service in any one or
more of the aforementioned capacities, or Executive's service in one or


                                       2
<PAGE>

more of the aforementioned capacities is terminated, Executive's compensation, 
as specified in this Agreement, shall not be diminished or reduced in any 
manner.

    4.2  DEVOTION OF TIME AND EFFORT.  Executive shall use Executive's good
faith best efforts and judgment in performing Executive's duties as required
hereunder and to act in the best interests of the Employers.  Executive shall
devote such time, attention and energies to the business of the Employers as are
reasonably necessary to satisfy Executive's required responsibilities and duties
hereunder.

    4.3  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  Executive may engage in other activities for
Executive's own account while employed hereunder, including without limitation
charitable, community and other business activities, provided that such other
activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's
duties hereunder.

    4.4  VACATION.  It is understood and agreed that Executive shall be
entitled to six weeks vacation per year.  During such vacation periods,
Executive shall not be relieved of Executive's duties under this Agreement and
there will be no abatement or reduction of Executive's compensation hereunder.

    4.5  BUSINESS EXPENSES.  The Employers shall promptly, but in no event
later than ten days after submission of a claim of expenditure, reimburse
Executive for all reasonable business expenses including, without limitation,
business seminar fees, professional association dues, bar dues, country club
membership fees and other reasonable entertainment expenses incurred by
Executive in connection with the business of the Employers and/or their
respective subsidiaries and affiliates, upon presentation to the Employers of
written receipts for such expenses.  Such reimbursement shall also include, but
not be limited to, reimbursement for all reasonable travel expenses, including
all airfare, hotel and rental car expenses, incurred by Executive in travelling
in connection with the business of the Employers.

    4.6  EMPLOYERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The Employers shall provide Executive with
any and all necessary or appropriate current financial information and access to
current information and records regarding all material transactions involving
the Employers and/or their representative subsidiaries and affiliates, including
but not limited to acquisition of assets, personnel contracts, dispositions of
assets, service agreements and registration statements or other state or federal
filings or disclosures, reasonably necessary for Executive to carry out
Executive's duties and responsibilities hereunder.  In addition, the Employers
agree to provide Executive, as a condition to Executive's services hereunder,
such staff, equipment and office space as is reasonably necessary for Executive
to perform Executive's duties hereunder.


5.  TERMINATION

    5.1  BY EMPLOYERS WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Employers may terminate this
Agreement without "cause" (as hereinafter defined) at any time following the
second anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that the Employers first
deliver to Executive the Employers' written election to terminate this Agreement
at least 90 days prior to the effective date of termination.


                                       3
<PAGE>

    5.2  SEVERANCE PAYMENT.

         (a)  AMOUNT.  In the event the Employers terminate Executive's
services hereunder pursuant to Section 5.1, Executive shall continue to render
services to the Employers pursuant to this Agreement until the date of
termination and shall continue to receive compensation, as provided hereunder,
through the termination date.  In addition to other compensation payable to
Executive for services rendered through the termination date, the Employers
shall pay Executive no later than the date of such termination, as a single
severance payment, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) two times Executive's
average annual Base Compensation paid hereunder for the preceding thirty-six
month period (or, if Executive has been employed less than thirty-six months,
the average annual Base Compensation for the period employed) plus (ii) an
amount equal to two times the highest annual bonus received by Executive during
the preceding thirty-six month period (or during the period Executive has been
employed hereunder if shorter than thirty-six months) (collectively, the
"Severance Amount").

         (b)  BENEFITS.  In the event Executive's employment hereunder is
terminated by the Employers without cause pursuant to Section 5.1 or by
Executive pursuant to Section 5.4 or 5.6, then in addition to paying Executive
the Severance Amount, the Employers shall continue to provide to Executive and
Executive's spouse and children, as applicable, all of the benefits described in
Section 3.3 for a period of two years commencing on the date of such termination
(the "Severance Benefits"). 

         (c)  LIMITATION.  The foregoing notwithstanding, the total of such
severance payments shall be reduced to the extent that the payment of such
amount would cause Executive's total termination benefits (as determined by
Executive's tax advisor) to constitute an "excess" parachute payment under
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
by reason of such excess parachute payment Executive would be subject to an
excise tax under Section 4999(a) of the Code, but only if Executive determines
that the after-tax value of the termination benefits calculated with the
foregoing restriction exceed those calculated without the foregoing restriction.

    5.3  BY THE EMPLOYERS FOR CAUSE.  The Employers may terminate Executive for
cause at any time, upon written notice to Executive.  For purposes of this
Agreement, "cause" shall mean:

         (a)  Executive's conviction for commission of a felony or a crime
    involving moral turpitude; 

         (b)  Executive's willful commission of any act of theft,
    embezzlement or misappropriation against the Employers which, in any
    such case, is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employers;

         (c)  Executive's willful and continued failure to substantially
    perform Executive's duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting
    from Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which
    failure is not remedied within a reasonable time after demand for
    substantial performance is delivered by the Employers


                                       4
<PAGE>

    which specifically identifies the manner in which the Employers believe 
    that Executive has not substantially performed Executive's duties; or

         (d)  Executive's death or Disability (as hereinafter defined).

    In the event Executive is terminated for cause pursuant to this Section 5.3,
Executive shall have the right to receive Executive's compensation as otherwise 
provided under this Agreement through the effective date of termination.  
Executive shall have no further right to receive compensation or other 
consideration from the Employers or have any other remedy whatsoever against the
Employers as a result of this Agreement or the termination of Executive pursuant
to this Section 5.3, except as set forth below with respect to a termination due
to Executive's Disability.

    In the event Executive is terminated by reason of Executive's Disability
(but not death), the Employers shall immediately pay Executive a single
severance payment equal to the Severance Amount.  Said payment shall be in
addition to any disability insurance payments to which Executive is otherwise
entitled and any other compensation earned by Executive hereunder.  For purposes
of this Agreement, the term "Disability" shall mean a physical or mental
incapacity as a result of which Executive becomes unable to continue the proper
performance of Executive's duties hereunder for six consecutive calendar months
or for shorter periods aggregating 180 business days in any 12 month period, but
only to the extent that such definition does not violate the Americans with
Disabilities Act.

    5.4  BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  Executive may terminate this Agreement
for good reason upon at least 10 days prior written notice to the Employers. 
For purposes of this Agreement, "good reason" shall mean:

         (a)  the Employers' material breach of any of their respective
    obligations hereunder and either such breach is incurable or, if curable,
    has not been cured within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written
    notice by Executive to the Employers of such breach by either of the
    Employers;

         (b)  any removal of Executive from one or more of the offices
    specified in the first sentence of Section 4.1 without cause and without
    Executive's prior written consent; or

         (c)  any material decrease in Executive's authority or
    responsibilities hereunder without Executive's prior written consent.

    In the event that Executive terminates this Agreement for good reason
pursuant to this Section 5.4, Executive shall have the right to receive
Executive's compensation as provided hereunder through the effective date of
termination and shall also have the same rights and remedies against the
Employers as Executive would have had if the Employers had terminated
Executive's employment without cause pursuant to Section 5.1 (including the
right to receive the Severance Amount payable and the Severance Benefits to be
provided under Section 5.2). 


                                       5
<PAGE>

    5.5  EXECUTIVE'S VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Executive may, at any time,
terminate this Agreement without good reason upon written notice delivered to
the Employers at least ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of
termination.  In the event of such voluntary termination of this Agreement by
Executive:  (i) Executive shall have the right to receive Executive's
compensation as provided hereunder through the effective date of termination,
and (ii) the Employers on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand, shall
not have any further right or remedy against one another except as provided in
Sections 6, 7 and 8 hereof which shall remain in full force and effect.

    5.6  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Executive may terminate this Agreement, upon at
least ten (10) days' prior written notice to the Employers at any time within
two (2) years after a "change in control" (as hereinafter defined) of the
Employers.  In the event Executive terminates this Agreement within two (2)
years after a change in control pursuant to this Section 5.6, (i) Executive
shall continue to render services pursuant hereto and shall continue to receive
compensation, as provided hereunder, through the termination date, (ii)  the
Employers shall pay Executive no later than the date of such termination, as a
single severance payment, an amount equal to the Severance Amount and (iii)
following such termination, the Employers shall provide the Severance Benefits
as required by Section 5.2.  For purposes of this Agreement, a "change in
control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: 

         (a)  the individuals constituting the Board as of the date of the
    General Partner's initial public offering of common stock (the "Incumbent
    Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of
    the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for
    election by the General Partner's stockholders, of any new director was
    approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Incumbent Board,
    such new director shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; 

         (b)  an acquisition of any voting securities of the General Partner
    (the "Voting Securities") by any "person" (as the term "person" is used for
    purposes of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
    of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")) immediately after which such person
    has "beneficial ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
    under the 1934 Act) ("Beneficial Ownership") of 20% or more of the combined
    voting power of the General Partner's then outstanding Voting Securities
    unless such acquisition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3rds) of the Incumbent Board; or

         (c)  approval by the stockholders of the General Partner of:

              (i)  a merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization
         involving the General Partner, unless

                   (A)  the stockholders of the General Partner, immediately
              before such merger, consolidation, share exchange or
              reorganization, own, directly or indirectly immediately following
              such merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization, at
              least 80% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting
              securities of the corporation that is the


                                       6
<PAGE>

              successor in such merger, consolidation, share exchange or 
              reorganization (the "Surviving Company") in substantially the same
              proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately
              before such merger, consolidation, share exchange or 
              reorganization; 

                   (B)  the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
              immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for
              such merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization
              constitute at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the members of the
              board of directors of the Surviving Company;

              (ii) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the General
         Partner; or

              (iii)     an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all
         or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the General
         Partner. 


6.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    During the term of Executive's employment under this Agreement, Executive
will have access to and become acquainted with various information relating to
the Employers' business operations, marketing data, business plans, strategies,
employees, contracts, financial records and accounts, projections and budgets,
and similar information.  Executive agrees that to the extent such information
is not generally available to the public and gives either of the Employers an
advantage over competitors who do not know of or use such information, such
information and documents constitute "trade secrets" of the Employers. 
Executive further agrees that all such information and documents relating to the
business of the Employers whether they are prepared by Executive or come into
Executive's possession in any other way, are owned by the Employers and shall
remain the exclusive property of the Employers.  Executive shall not misuse,
misappropriate or disclose any trade secrets of the Employers directly or
indirectly, or use them for Executive's own benefit, either during the term of
this Agreement or at any time thereafter, except as may be necessary or
appropriate in the course of Executive's employment with the Employers unless
such action is either previously agreed to in writing by the Employers or
required by law.


7.  NON-SOLICITATION

    For a period of one (1) year following the date Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated, Executive shall not solicit or induce any of the
Employers' employees, agents or independent contractors to end their
relationship with either of the Employers, or recruit, hire or otherwise induce
any such person to perform services for Executive, or any other person, firm or
company.  The restrictions set forth in this Section 7 shall not apply if
Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.4 or 5.6.


                                       7
<PAGE>

8.  NON-COMPETITION AFTER TERMINATION

    For a period of one (1) year following the date Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated, Executive shall not engage in the acquisition,
renovation, management or leasing of any office properties in the Los Angeles,
Orange and San Diego counties of Southern California.  In addition, Executive
shall not engage in any active or passive investment in or reasonably relating
to the acquisition, renovation, management or leasing of office properties in
the Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego counties of Southern California for a
period of one (1) year following the date of termination, with the exception of
the ownership of up to one percent (1%) of the securities of any publicly-traded
companies involved in such activities.  Nothing herein shall relieve or limit
Executive's obligation to comply with Sections 6 and 7.  The restrictions set
forth in this Section 8 shall not apply if Executive's employment is terminated
pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.4 or 5.6.


9.  INDEMNIFICATION

    To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the Employers shall
indemnify, defend and hold Executive harmless from and against any and all
causes of action, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses of
any nature whatsoever (collectively, "Damages") directly or indirectly arising
out of or relating to Executive discharging Executive's duties hereunder on
behalf of the Employers and/or their respective subsidiaries and affiliates, so
long as Executive acted in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's
duties with respect to the matter giving rise to the claim or Damages for which
Executive seeks indemnification.


10. PAYMENT OF FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS BY EMPLOYERS

    The payment or provision to the Executive by the Employers of any
remuneration, benefits or other financial obligations pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limitation, the payment of Executive's Base
Compensation, any cash bonuses, the provision of benefits enumerated in Section
3.3, the reimbursement of business expenses pursuant to Section 4.5, the payment
(if applicable) of the Severance Amount and provision of the Severance Benefits
and any indemnification obligations, shall be allocated (the "Compensation
Split") 80% to the Company and 20% to Arden initially, subject to adjustment
from time to time by the Compensation Committee.


11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

    11.1 ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  None of the Employers or Executive may
assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of their respective
rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other
party.  Any attempted prohibited assignment or delegation shall be void.  This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the


                                       8
<PAGE>

benefit of any permitted successors or assigns of the parties and the heirs, 
executors, administrators and/or personal representatives of Executive.

    11.2 NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications that
are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given when received if personally delivered; when
transmitted if transmitted by telecopy, electronic or digital transmission
method with electronic confirmation of receipt; the day after it is sent, if
sent for next-day delivery to a domestic address by recognized overnight
delivery service (E.G., FEDEX); and upon receipt, if sent by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested.  In each case notice shall be sent
to:

    If to the Company 
    or Arden:           Arden Realty, Inc.
                        9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                        East Tower, Suite 700
                        Beverly Hills, CA 90212
                        Attention:     President
                        Facsimile:     (310) 274-6218


    If to Executive:    Richard S. Ziman
                        9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                        East Tower, Suite 700
                        Beverly Hills, CA 90212
                        Facsimile:     (310) 274-6218

    Any party may change its address for the purpose of this Section 11.2 by
giving the other party written notice of its new address in the manner set forth
above.

    11.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and
negotiations, whether written or oral, between the Employers and Executive with
respect to the employment of Executive by the Employers.

    11.4 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  This Agreement may be amended or modified, and
any of the terms and covenants may be waived, only by a written instrument
executed by the parties hereto, or, in the case of a waiver, by the party
waiving compliance.  Any waiver by any party in any one or more instances of any
term or covenant contained in this Agreement shall neither be deemed to be nor
construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term or covenant of this
Agreement.

    11.5 PROVISIONS SEVERABLE.  In case any one or more provisions of this
Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained
herein shall not, in any way, be affected or impaired thereby.  If any provision
hereof is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or
unenforceable by reason of such provision extending the covenants and agreements
contained


                                       9
<PAGE>

herein for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area, or
being too extensive in any other respect, such provision shall be interpreted 
to extend only over the maximum period of time and geographical area, and to the
maximum extent in all other respects, as to which it is valid and enforceable, 
all as determined by such court in such action.

    11.6 ATTORNEY'S FEES.  If any legal action, arbitration or other
proceeding, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an
alleged dispute, breach or default in connection with any of the provisions of
this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable
attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, including
any appeal of such action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to
which that party may be entitled.

    11.7 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed, performed and
enforced in accordance with, and governed by the laws of the State of California
without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

    11.8 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall
constitute the same instrument.   




                                      10
<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
effective as of the date first written above. 


THE COMPANY:

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland
limited partnership

By:  ARDEN REALTY, INC.,
     a Maryland corporation
     Its General Partner


     By:______________________
        Name:_________________
        Title:________________

ARDEN:

ARDEN REALTY, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

By:___________________________
   Name:______________________
   Title:_____________________

EXECUTIVE:


______________________________
       Richard S. Ziman



                                      11

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


    THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
____________________, 1996, by and between ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
Maryland limited partnership (the "Company"), ARDEN REALTY, INC., a Maryland
corporation and the Company's general partner ("Arden" or the "General Partner")
and VICTOR J. COLEMAN ("Executive").


1.  EMPLOYMENT

    The Company and Arden (hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Employers") hereby employ Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment
upon the terms and conditions set forth below.


2.  TERM AND RENEWAL

    2.1  TERM.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of this
Agreement (the "Effective Date"), and shall continue for three years from the
Effective Date (the "Original Employment Term"), on the terms and conditions set
forth below, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 5.

    2.2  EXTENSION.  Following the expiration of the Original Employment Term
and provided that this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 5,
and every year thereafter, the Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an
additional 12-month period, effective on each anniversary date of the Effective
Date.


3.  COMPENSATION

    3.1  BASE COMPENSATION.  For the services to be rendered by Executive under
this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive, commencing as of the
Effective Date, an initial annual base compensation ("Base Compensation") of
$250,000, payable in substantially equal semi-monthly installments.  The Base
Compensation shall be reviewed and adjusted annually as determined by the
Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee") of the Board of Directors
(the "Board") of General Partner.

    3.2  BONUS COMPENSATION.  The Compensation Committee shall review
Executive's performance at least annually during each year of the Original
Employment Term and during any periods of automatic extension of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 2.2 and cause the Employers to award Executive a cash bonus
which the Compensation Committee shall reasonably determine as fairly
compensating and rewarding Executive for services rendered to the Employers
and/or as an incentive for continued service to the Employers.  The amount of
such cash bonus shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the
Compensation

<PAGE>
Committee and shall be dependent on, among other things, the achievement of 
certain performance levels by the Employers, including, without limitation, 
growth in funds from operations, and Executive's performance and contribution 
to increasing the funds from operations.

    3.3  "GROSS-UP" OF COMPENSATION.  The amount of the Base Compensation and
any bonus payable to Executive pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2 above, shall be
"grossed up" as necessary (on an after-tax basis) to compensate for any
additional withholding taxes or other expenses due as a result of Executive's
employment by both the Company and Arden and the implementation of the
Compensation Split (as defined in Section 10 below) with respect to the
financial obligations of the Company and Arden, respectively.

    3.4  BENEFITS.

         (a)  MEDICAL INSURANCE.  The Employers shall provide to Executive,
Executive's spouse and children, at its sole cost, such health, dental and
optical insurance as the Employers may from time to time make available to their
other executive employees.

         (b)  LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE.  The Employers shall provide
Executive such disability and/or life insurance as the Employers in their sole
discretion may from time to time make available to their other executive
employees.

         (c)  PENSION PLANS, ETC.  The Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all pension, 401(k) and other employee plans and benefits
established by the Employers on at least the same terms as the Employers' other
executive employees.

    3.5  AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE.  The Employers shall provide Executive with a
reasonable automobile allowance during the term of Executive's employment with
the Employers.

    3.6  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The monetary compensation payable and any benefits
due to Executive hereunder may be paid or provided in whole or in part, from
time to time, by the Employers and/or their respective subsidiaries and
affiliates, but shall at all times remain the responsibility of the Employers.

 4. POSITION AND DUTIES

    4.1  POSITION.  Executive shall serve as President, Chief Operating Officer
and Director of the Employers.  The Employers agree that the duties that may be
assigned Executive shall be the usual and customary duties of the offices of
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director.  Executive shall have such
executive power and authority as shall reasonably be required to enable
Executive to discharge the duties of such offices.  Executive may, at
Executive's discretion, serve the Employers and/or their respective subsidiaries
and affiliates in other offices and capacities in addition to the foregoing, but
shall not be required to do so.  In the event the Employers and Executive
mutually agree that Executive shall terminate Executive's service in any one or
more of the aforementioned capacities, or Executive's service in one or more of
the

                                      2

<PAGE>
aforementioned capacities is terminated, Executive's compensation, as 
specified in this Agreement, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner.

    4.2  DEVOTION OF TIME AND EFFORT.  Executive shall use Executive's good
faith best efforts and judgment in performing Executive's duties as required
hereunder and to act in the best interests of the Employers.  Executive shall
devote such time, attention and energies to the business of the Employers as are
reasonably necessary to satisfy Executive's required responsibilities and duties
hereunder.

    4.3  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  Executive may engage in other activities for
Executive's own account while employed hereunder, including without limitation
charitable, community and other business activities, provided that such other
activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's
duties hereunder.

    4.4  VACATION.  It is understood and agreed that Executive shall be
entitled to six weeks vacation per year.  During such vacation periods,
Executive shall not be relieved of Executive's duties under this Agreement and
there will be no abatement or reduction of Executive's compensation hereunder.

    4.5  BUSINESS EXPENSES.  The Employers shall promptly, but in no event
later than ten days after submission of a claim of expenditure, reimburse
Executive for all reasonable business expenses including, without limitation,
business seminar fees, professional association dues, bar dues, country club
membership fees and other reasonable entertainment expenses incurred by
Executive in connection with the business of the Employers and/or their
respective subsidiaries and affiliates, upon presentation to the Employers of
written receipts for such expenses.  Such reimbursement shall also include, but
not be limited to, reimbursement for all reasonable travel expenses, including
all airfare, hotel and rental car expenses, incurred by Executive in travelling
in connection with the business of the Employers.

    4.6  EMPLOYERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The Employers shall provide Executive with
any and all necessary or appropriate current financial information and access to
current information and records regarding all material transactions involving
the Employers and/or their representative subsidiaries and affiliates, including
but not limited to acquisition of assets, personnel contracts, dispositions of
assets, service agreements and registration statements or other state or federal
filings or disclosures, reasonably necessary for Executive to carry out
Executive's duties and responsibilities hereunder.  In addition, the Employers
agree to provide Executive, as a condition to Executive's services hereunder,
such staff, equipment and office space as is reasonably necessary for Executive
to perform Executive's duties hereunder.


5.  TERMINATION

    5.1  BY EMPLOYERS WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Employers may terminate this
Agreement without "cause" (as hereinafter defined) at any time following the
second anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that the Employers first
deliver to Executive the Employers' written election to terminate this Agreement
at least 90 days prior to the effective date of termination.

                                      3

<PAGE>

    5.2  SEVERANCE PAYMENT.

         (a)  AMOUNT.  In the event the Employers terminate Executive's
services hereunder pursuant to Section 5.1, Executive shall continue to render
services to the Employers pursuant to this Agreement until the date of
termination and shall continue to receive compensation, as provided hereunder,
through the termination date.  In addition to other compensation payable to
Executive for services rendered through the termination date, the Employers
shall pay Executive no later than the date of such termination, as a single
severance payment, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) two times Executive's
average annual Base Compensation paid hereunder for the preceding thirty-six
month period (or, if Executive has been employed less than thirty-six months,
the average annual Base Compensation for the period employed) plus (ii) an
amount equal to two times the highest annual bonus received by Executive during
the preceding thirty-six month period (or during the period Executive has been
employed hereunder if shorter than thirty-six months) (collectively, the
"Severance Amount").

         (b)  BENEFITS.  In the event Executive's employment hereunder is
terminated by the Employers without cause pursuant to Section 5.1 or by
Executive pursuant to Section 5.4 or 5.6, then in addition to paying Executive
the Severance Amount, the Employers shall continue to provide to Executive and
Executive's spouse and children, as applicable, all of the benefits described in
Section 3.3 for a period of two years commencing on the date of such termination
(the "Severance Benefits").

         (c)  LIMITATION.  The foregoing notwithstanding, the total of such
severance payments shall be reduced to the extent that the payment of such
amount would cause Executive's total termination benefits (as determined by
Executive's tax advisor) to constitute an "excess" parachute payment under
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
by reason of such excess parachute payment Executive would be subject to an
excise tax under Section 4999(a) of the Code, but only if Executive determines
that the after-tax value of the termination benefits calculated with the
foregoing restriction exceed those calculated without the foregoing restriction.

    5.3  BY THE EMPLOYERS FOR CAUSE.  The Employers may terminate Executive for
cause at any time, upon written notice to Executive.  For purposes of this
Agreement, "cause" shall mean:

         (a)  Executive's conviction for commission of a felony or a crime
    involving moral turpitude; 

         (b)  Executive's willful commission of any act of theft,
    embezzlement or misappropriation against the Employers which, in any
    such case, is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employers;

         (c)  Executive's willful and continued failure to substantially
    perform Executive's duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting
    from Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which
    failure is not remedied within a reasonable time after demand for
    substantial performance is delivered by the Employers

                                      4

<PAGE>

which specifically identifies the manner in which the Employers believe that 
Executive has not substantially performed Executive's duties; or

         (d)  Executive's death or Disability (as hereinafter defined).

    In the event Executive is terminated for cause pursuant to this Section 5.3,
Executive shall have the right to receive Executive's compensation as
otherwise provided under this Agreement through the effective date of
termination.  Executive shall have no further right to receive compensation or
other consideration from the Employers, or have any other remedy whatsoever
against the Employers, as a result of this Agreement or the termination of
Executive pursuant to this Section 5.3, except as set forth below with respect
to a termination due to Executive's Disability.

    In the event Executive is terminated by reason of Executive's Disability
(but not death), the Employers shall immediately pay Executive a single
severance payment equal to the Severance Amount.  Said payment shall be in
addition to any disability insurance payments to which Executive is otherwise
entitled and any other compensation earned by Executive hereunder.  For purposes
of this Agreement, the term "Disability" shall mean a physical or mental
incapacity as a result of which Executive becomes unable to continue the proper
performance of Executive's duties hereunder for six consecutive calendar months
or for shorter periods aggregating 180 business days in any 12 month period, but
only to the extent that such definition does not violate the Americans with
Disabilities Act.

    5.4  BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  Executive may terminate this Agreement
for good reason upon at least 10 days prior written notice to the Employers. 
For purposes of this Agreement, "good reason" shall mean:

         (a)  the Employers' material breach of any of their respective
    obligations hereunder and either such breach is incurable or, if curable,
    has not been cured within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written
    notice by Executive to the Employers of such breach by either of the
    Employers;

         (b)  any removal of Executive from one or more of the offices
    specified in the first sentence of Section 4.1 without cause and without
    Executive's prior written consent; or

         (c)  any material decrease in Executive's authority or
    responsibilities hereunder without Executive's prior written consent.

    In the event that Executive terminates this Agreement for good reason
pursuant to this Section 5.4, Executive shall have the right to receive
Executive's compensation as provided hereunder through the effective date of
termination and shall also have the same rights and remedies against the
Employers as Executive would have had if the Employers had terminated
Executive's employment without cause pursuant to Section 5.1 (including the
right to receive the Severance Amount payable and the Severance Benefits to be
provided under Section 5.2). 

                                      5

<PAGE>

    5.5  EXECUTIVE'S VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Executive may, at any time,
terminate this Agreement without good reason upon written notice delivered to
the Employers at least ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of
termination.  In the event of such voluntary termination of this Agreement by
Executive:  (i) Executive shall have the right to receive Executive's
compensation as provided hereunder through the effective date of termination,
and (ii) the Employers, on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand, shall
not have any further right or remedy against one another except as provided in
Sections 6, 7 and 8 hereof which shall remain in full force and effect.

    5.6  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Executive may terminate this Agreement, upon at
least ten (10) days' prior written notice to the Employers, at any time within
two (2) years after a "change in control" (as hereinafter defined) of the
Employers.  In the event Executive terminates this Agreement within two (2)
years after a change in control pursuant to this Section 5.6, (i) Executive
shall continue to render services pursuant hereto and shall continue to receive
compensation, as provided hereunder, through the termination date, (ii) the
Employers shall pay Executive no later than the date of such termination, as a
single severance payment, an amount equal to the Severance Amount and (iii)
following such termination, the Employers shall provide the Severance Benefits
as required by Section 5.2.  For purposes of this Agreement, a "change in
control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: 

         (a)  the individuals constituting the Board as of the date of the
    General Partner's initial public offering of common stock (the "Incumbent
    Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of
    the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for
    election by the General Partner's stockholders, of any new director was
    approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Incumbent Board,
    such new director shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; 

         (b)  an acquisition of any voting securities of the General Partner
    (the "Voting Securities") by any "person" (as the term "person" is used for
    purposes of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
    of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")) immediately after which such person
    has "beneficial ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
    under the 1934 Act) ("Beneficial Ownership") of 20% or more of the combined
    voting power of the General Partner's then outstanding Voting Securities
    unless such acquisition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3rds) of the Incumbent Board; or

         (c)  approval by the stockholders of the General Partner of:

              (i)  a merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization
         involving the General Partner, unless

                   (A)  the stockholders of the General Partner, immediately
              before such merger, consolidation, share exchange or
              reorganization, own, directly or indirectly immediately following
              such merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization, at
              least 80% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting
              securities of the corporation that is the


                                      6

<PAGE>
              successor in such merger, consolidation, share exchange or
              reorganization (the "Surviving Company") in substantially the
              same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities
              immediately before such merger, consolidation, share exchange
              or reorganization; 

                   (B)  the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
              immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for
              such merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization
              constitute at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the members of the
              board of directors of the Surviving Company;

              (ii) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the General
         Partner; or

              (iii)     an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all
         or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the General
         Partner. 


6.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    During the term of Executive's employment under this Agreement, Executive
will have access to and become acquainted with various information relating to
the Employers' business operations, marketing data, business plans, strategies,
employees, contracts, financial records and accounts, projections and budgets,
and similar information.  Executive agrees that to the extent such information
is not generally available to the public and gives the either of the Employers
an advantage over competitors who do not know of or use such information, such
information and documents constitute "trade secrets" of the Employers. 
Executive further agrees that all such information and documents relating to the
business of the Employers, whether they are prepared by Executive or come into
Executive's possession in any other way, are owned by the Employers and shall
remain the exclusive property of the Employers.  Executive shall not misuse,
misappropriate or disclose any trade secrets of the Employers, directly or
indirectly, or use them for Executive's own benefit, either during the term of
this Agreement or at any time thereafter, except as may be necessary or
appropriate in the course of Executive's employment with the Employers, unless
such action is either previously agreed to in writing by the Employers or
required by law.


7.  NON-SOLICITATION

    For a period of one (1) year following the date Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated, Executive shall not solicit or induce any of the
Employers' employees, agents or independent contractors to end their
relationship with either of the Employers, or recruit, hire or otherwise induce
any such person to perform services for Executive, or any other person, firm or
company.  The restrictions set forth in this Section 7 shall not apply if
Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.4 or 5.6.


                                      7

<PAGE>

8.  NON-COMPETITION AFTER TERMINATION

    For a period of one (1) year following the date Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated, Executive shall not engage in the acquisition,
renovation, management or leasing of any office properties in the Los Angeles,
Orange and San Diego counties of Southern California.  In addition, Executive
shall not engage in any active or passive investment in or reasonably relating
to the acquisition, renovation, management or leasing of office properties in
the Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego counties of Southern California for a
period of one (1) year following the date of termination, with the exception of
the ownership of up to one percent (1%) of the securities of any publicly-traded
companies involved in such activities.  Nothing herein shall relieve or limit
Executive's obligation to comply with Sections 6 and 7.  The restrictions set
forth in this Section 8 shall not apply if Executive's employment is terminated
pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.4 or 5.6.


9.  INDEMNIFICATION

    To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the Employers shall
indemnify, defend and hold Executive harmless from and against any and all
causes of action, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses of
any nature whatsoever (collectively, "Damages") directly or indirectly arising
out of or relating to Executive discharging Executive's duties hereunder on
behalf of the Employers and/or their respective subsidiaries and affiliates, so
long as Executive acted in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's
duties with respect to the matter giving rise to the claim or Damages for which
Executive seeks indemnification.


10. PAYMENT OF FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS BY EMPLOYERS

    The payment or provision to the Executive by the Employers of any
remuneration, benefits or other financial obligations pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limitation, the payment of Executive's Base
Compensation, any cash bonuses, the provision of benefits enumerated in Section
3.3, the reimbursement of business expenses pursuant to Section 4.5, the payment
(if applicable) of the Severance Amount and provision of the Severance Benefits
and any indemnification obligations, shall be allocated (the "Compensation
Split") 80% to the Company and 20% to Arden initially, subject to adjustment
from time to time by the Compensation Committee.


11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

    11.1 ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  None of the Employers or Executive may
assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of their respective
rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other
party.  Any attempted prohibited assignment or delegation shall be void.  This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the

                                      8

<PAGE>

 benefit of any permitted successors or assigns of the parties and the heirs, 
executors, administrators and/or personal representatives of Executive.

    11.2 NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications that
are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given when received if personally delivered; when
transmitted if transmitted by telecopy, electronic or digital transmission
method with electronic confirmation of receipt; the day after it is sent, if
sent for next-day delivery to a domestic address by recognized overnight
delivery service (E.G., FEDEX); and upon receipt, if sent by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested.  In each case notice shall be sent
to:

    If to the Company
    or Arden:           Arden Realty, Inc.
                        9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                        East Tower, Suite 700
                        Beverly Hills, CA 90212
                        Attention:     President
                        Facsimile:     (310) 274-6218


    If to Executive:    Victor J. Coleman
                        9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                        East Tower, Suite 700
                        Beverly Hills, CA 90212
                        Facsimile:     (310) 274-6218

    Any party may change its address for the purpose of this Section 11.2 by
giving the other party written notice of its new address in the manner set forth
above.

    11.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and
negotiations, whether written or oral, between the Employers and Executive with
respect to the employment of Executive by the Employers.

    11.4 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  This Agreement may be amended or modified, and
any of the terms and covenants may be waived, only by a written instrument
executed by the parties hereto, or, in the case of a waiver, by the party
waiving compliance.  Any waiver by any party in any one or more instances of any
term or covenant contained in this Agreement shall neither be deemed to be nor
construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term or covenant of this
Agreement.

    11.5 PROVISIONS SEVERABLE.  In case any one or more provisions of this
Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained
herein shall not, in any way, be affected or impaired thereby.  If any provision
hereof is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or
unenforceable by reason of such provision extending the covenants and agreements
contained


                                      9

<PAGE>

herein for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area, 
or being too extensive in any other respect, such provision shall be 
interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time and geographical 
area, and to the maximum extent in all other respects, as to which it is 
valid and enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

    11.6 ATTORNEY'S FEES.  If any legal action, arbitration or other
proceeding, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an
alleged dispute, breach or default in connection with any of the provisions of
this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable
attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, including
any appeal of such action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to
which that party may be entitled.

    11.7 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed, performed and
enforced in accordance with, and governed by the laws of the State of California
without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

    11.8 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall
constitute the same instrument.   

                                      10

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
effective as of the date first written above. 


THE COMPANY:

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland
limited partnership

By:     ARDEN REALTY, INC.,
        a Maryland corporation
        Its General Partner



          By: _____________________
              Name: _______________
              Its: ________________


ARDEN:

ARDEN REALTY, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

          By: _____________________
              Name: _______________
              Its: ________________


EXECUTIVE:

___________________________________________
             Victor J. Coleman



                                       11




<PAGE>

                        MISCELLANEOUS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

          THIS MISCELLANEOUS RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of September ___, 1996,
is entered into by and among Arden Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
"Company" or the "REIT"), Arden Realty Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited
partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), NAMIZ, Inc. (formerly Arden Realty,
Inc.), a California corporation ("Arden") and Richard S. Ziman.

                                   RECITALS

          WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of shares of
the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), the
Company, the Operating Partnership and Arden, together with the partners and
members of certain Arden-affiliated entities (the "Arden Predecessors") and
other parties which hold ownership interests in certain office properties (the
"Properties") (collectively the "Participants") will engage in certain
formation transactions whereby: (i) certain Participants will contribute to the
Operating Partnership, their interests in the Arden Predecessors (the
"Partnership Interests") and in certain of the Properties and (ii) Arden will
contribute to the Operating Partnership certain of its assets, including
management contracts relating to certain of the Properties and the contract
rights to purchase 303 Glenoaks and 12501 East Imperial Highway (the
"Acquisition Properties") and transfer certain of its liabilities
(collectively, the "Contributions");

          WHEREAS, Arden and such Participants will receive units of limited
partnership interests ("OP Units") in the Operating Partnership in exchange for
the Contributions and the Company will be the general partner of the Operating
Partnership;

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Partnership Agreement (as defined below) OP
Units owned by Arden Persons (as defined below) will be redeemable for cash or
exchangeable for shares of Common Stock of the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions contained therein;

          WHEREAS, Arden and the Participants are willing to make the
Contributions in consideration of receiving the registration rights and, with
respect to Richard S. Ziman, the proportional purchase rights provided for in
this Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS
                                       
          SECTION 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  In addition to the definitions set forth
above, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

          "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such
Person.  For the purposes of this definition,

<PAGE>

"control" when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, 
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the 
management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of 
voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and 
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

          "Agreement" means this Miscellaneous Rights Agreement, as it may be
amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "Arden Persons" mean (i) Arden and the Arden Predecessors and (ii)
the current and future stockholders of Arden, any Affiliates of such
stockholders and the Immediate Family of such stockholders.

          "Articles of Incorporation" means the Amended and Restated Articles
of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Maryland on May 1, 1996, as the same may be amended, modified or
restated from time to time.

          "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which commercial banks in The City of New York or Los Angeles, California
are authorized by law to close.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable
regulations thereunder.

          "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "Convertible Securities" means any evidence of indebtedness, shares
of stock, options, warrants or other securities which are convertible into or
exchangeable, with or without payment of additional consideration of cash or
property, for shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Common
Stock, either immediately or on a specified date or the happening of a
specified event.

          "Demand Registration" means a Demand Registration as defined in
Section 2.2.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Exchangeable OP Units" means OP Units which may be redeemable for
cash or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to Section 8.6 of the
Partnership Agreement (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of
such exchange right as a result of the Ownership Limit Provisions).

          "General Partner" means the Company or its successors as general
partner of the Operating Partnership.

          "Holder" means any Arden Person who is the record or beneficial owner
of any Registrable Security or any assignee or transferee of such Registrable
Security (including assignments or transfers of Registrable Securities to such
assignees or transferees as a result of the foreclosure on any loans secured by
such Registrable Securities) unless such Registrable 


                                       2
<PAGE>

Security is acquired in a public distribution pursuant to a registration 
statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to transactions exempt from 
registration under the Securities Act where securities sold in such 
transaction may be resold without subsequent registration under the 
Securities Act.

          "Immediate Family" of any individual means such individual's estate
and heirs, spouse, children (whether natural or adoptive or by marriage), and
any trust or estate, all the beneficiaries of which consist of such individual
or any of the foregoing.

          "Incapacitated" shall have the meaning set forth in the Partnership
Agreement.

          "Initial Public Offering" means the offering of the Company's Common
Stock pursuant to the Form S-11 Registration Statement (No. 333-8163) filed by
the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act.

          "Market Value" means, with respect to the Common Stock, the average
of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately
preceding the date of a written request for registration pursuant to Section
2.2(a). The market price for each such trading day shall be: (i) if the Common
Stock is listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-
National Market System, the closing price, regular way, on such day, or if no
such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices on such day, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated
transaction reporting system, (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or
admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market
System, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on
such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as
reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the Company, or (iii) if
the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any securities
exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System and no such last reported sale
price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the
reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable
quotation source designated by the Company, or if there shall be no bid and
asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as
so reported, on the most recent day (not more than (10) days prior to the date
in question) for which prices have been so reported; PROVIDED THAT if there are
no bid and asked prices reported during the ten (10) days prior to the date in
question, the Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the
Company acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other
information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

          "Ownership Limit Provisions" mean the various provisions of the
Company's Charter set forth in ARTICLE SEVENTH thereof restricting the
ownership of Common Stock by certain Persons to specified percentages of the
outstanding Common Stock.

          "Partnership Agreement" means the amended and restated agreement of
limited partnership of the Operating Partnership dated as of September ___,
1996, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.


                                       3
<PAGE>

          "Person" means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, association, trust, or any other entity or organization,
including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality
thereof.

          "Piggy-Back Registration" means a Piggy-Back Registration as defined
in Section 2.3.

          "Purchase Percentage" means at any time, with respect to any Arden
Person, the ratio (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest thousandth
with five ten thousandths being rounded upwards) of (i) the sum of (a) the
number of shares of Common Stock then owned directly or indirectly by such
Arden Person and (b) the REIT Shares Amount applicable to the Exchangeable OP
Units then owned directly or indirectly by such Arden Person, over (ii) the sum
of (a) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and (b) the
REIT Shares Amount applicable to all Exchangeable OP Units then outstanding.

          "REIT" means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the
Code.

          "REIT Share" means a share of common stock of the General Partner

          "REIT Shares Amount" means, as of any date, an aggregate number of
REIT Shares equal to the number of Tendered Units (assuming all Holders of
Exchangeable OP Units have tendered all of their Exchangeable OP Units), as
adjusted pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Partnership Agreement (in the event the
General Partner acquires material assets, other than on behalf of the Operating
Partnership) and for stock dividends and distributions, stock splits and
subdivisions, reverse stock splits and combinations, distributions of rights,
warrants or options, and distributions of evidences of indebtedness or assets
relating to assets not received by the General Partner pursuant to a PRO RATA
distribution by the Operating Partnership.

          "Registrable Securities" means shares of Common Stock of the Company
at any time owned, either of record or beneficially, by any Arden Person and no
matter how acquired (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable OP Units) until (i) a registration
statement covering such security has been declared effective by the Commission
and it has been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement,
(ii) it is sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions
of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act
are met or under which it may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) or (iii) it has
been otherwise transferred in a transaction that would constitute a sale
thereof under the Securities Act, the Company has delivered a new certificate
or other evidence of ownership for it not bearing the Securities Act restricted
stock legend and it may be resold without subsequent registration under the
Securities Act.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Selling Holder" means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities
pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

          "Tendered Units" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A of
the Partnership Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

          "Underwriter" means a securities dealer who purchases any 
Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer's 
market-making activities.

                                  ARTICLE II
                              REGISTRATION RIGHTS
                                       
          SECTION 2.1.  SHELF REGISTRATION.  Commencing on or after the first
anniversary of the date that the Common Stock is first offered to the public in
the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall prepare and file a "shelf"
registration statement with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exchange of Exchangeable OP Units on an appropriate form for an offering to be
made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the
"Shelf Registration Statement") and shall use its best efforts to cause the
Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective on or as soon as
practicable after such first anniversary, and to keep such Shelf Registration
Statement continuously effective for a period ending when all shares of Common
Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been issued and resold.
In the event that the Company fails to file, or if filed fails to maintain the
effectiveness of, a Shelf Registration Statement, Holders of shares of Common
Stock issuable upon the exchange of Exchange OP Units may make a written
request for a Demand Registration (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2.2
herein; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if and so long as a Shelf Registration
Statement is on file and effective, then the Company shall have no obligation
to effect a Demand Registration.

          SECTION 2.2.  DEMAND REGISTRATION.

               (a) REQUEST FOR REGISTRATION.  Commencing on or after the first
anniversary of the date that the Common Stock is first offered to the public in
the Initial Public Offering, Holders of Registrable Securities may make a
written request for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its
or their Registrable Securities (a "Demand Registration"); PROVIDED, that the
Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one Demand Registration in
any calendar year; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the number of shares of
Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Holders making such written
request shall have a Market Value of at least $5,000,000.  Subject to the
foregoing, the number of Demand Registrations which may be made pursuant to
this Section 2.2 shall be unlimited.  Any such request will specify the number
of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and will also specify
the intended method of disposition thereof.  Within 10 days after receipt of
such request, the Company will give written notice of such registration request
to all other Holders of the Registrable Securities and include in such
registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company
has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 Business Days
after the receipt by the applicable Holder of the Company's notice.  Each such
request will also specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be
registered and the intended method of disposition thereof.  Unless the Holder
or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered in such
Demand Registration shall consent in writing, no other party, including the
Company (but excluding another Holder of a Registrable Security), shall be
permitted to offer securities under any such Demand Registration.


                                       5
<PAGE>

               (b) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION.  A registration will not count as a
Demand Registration until it has become effective.

               (c) SELLING HOLDERS BECOME PARTY TO AGREEMENT.  Each Holder
acknowledges that by asserting or participating in its registration rights
pursuant to this Article 2, he or she may become a Selling Holder and thereby
will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by each of its
terms.

               (d) PRIORITY ON DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  If the Holders of a
majority of shares of the Registrable Securities to be registered in a Demand
Registration so elect by written notice to the Company, the offering of such
Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the
form of an underwritten offering.  The Holders of a majority of the shares of
the Registrable Securities making such Demand Registration shall select the
book-running managing Underwriter in connection with such offering; PROVIDED
that such managing Underwriter must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
The Company may select any additional investment banks and managers to be used
in connection with the offering; provided that such additional investment
bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to a majority of the
Holders making such Demand Registration.  To the extent 10% or more of the
Registrable Securities so requested to be registered are excluded from the
offering in accordance with Section 2.3, the Holders of such Registrable
Securities as a shall have the right to one additional Demand Registration
under this Section in such calendar year with respect to such Registrable
Securities.

          SECTION 2.3.  PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION.  If the Company proposes to
file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an
equity offering by the Company for its own account or for the account of any of
its respective securityholders of any class of security (other than (i) any
registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act relating
to an offering of Common Stock for its own account as a result of the exercise
of the exchange rights set forth in Section 8.6 of the Partnership Agreement,
(ii) any registration statement filed in connection with a Demand Registration
except as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof or (iii) a registration statement on
Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission)
or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely
to the Company's existing securityholders), then the Company shall give written
notice of such proposed filing to the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon
as practicable (but in no event less than 10 days before the anticipated filing
date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register
such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request
(a "Piggy-Back Registration").  The Company shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a
proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested
to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms
and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.

          SECTION 2.4.  REDUCTION OF OFFERING.  Notwithstanding anything
contained herein, if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of an offering
described in Section 2.2 or 2.3 deliver a written opinion to the Company and
the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering that (i)
the size of the offering that the Holders, the Company and such other 


                                       6
<PAGE>

persons intend to make or (ii) the kind of securities that the Holders, the 
Company and any other persons or entities intend to include in such offering 
are such that the success of the offering would be materially and adversely 
affected by inclusion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included, 
then (A) if the size of the offering is the basis of such Underwriter's 
opinion, the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of Holders 
shall be reduced pro rata (according to the Registrable Securities proposed 
for registration) to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of 
securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such 
managing Underwriter or Underwriters; PROVIDED that, in the case of a 
Piggy-Back Registration, if securities are being offered for the account of 
other persons or entities as well as the Company, then with respect to the 
Registrable securities intended to be offered by Holders, the proportion by 
which the amount of such class of securities intended to be offered by 
Holders is reduced shall not exceed the proportion by which the amount of 
such class of securities intended to be offered by such other persons or 
entities is reduced; and (B) if the combination of securities to be offered 
is the basis of such Underwriter's opinion, (x) the Registrable Securities to 
be included in such offering shall be reduced as described in clause (A) 
above (subject to the proviso in clause (A)) or, (y) if the actions described 
in clause (x) would, in the judgment of the managing Underwriter, be 
insufficient to substantially eliminate the adverse effect that inclusion of 
the Registrable Securities requested to be included would have on such 
offering, such Registrable Securities will be excluded from such offering.

          SECTION 2.5.  REGISTRATION PROCEDURES; FILINGS; INFORMATION.  In
connection with any Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1 or whenever
Holders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to
Section 2.2 hereof, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the
registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the
intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and in
connection with any such request:

               (a) The Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and
file with the Commission a registration statement on any form for which the
Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate
and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to
be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution
thereof, and use its best efforts to cause such filed registration statement to
become and remain effective for a period of not less than 270 days; PROVIDED
that if the Company shall furnish to the Holders making a request pursuant to
Section 2.2 a certificate signed by either its Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief
Executive Officer or President stating that in his good faith judgment it would
be significantly disadvantageous to the Company or its shareholders for such a
registration statement to be filed as expeditiously as possible, the Company
shall have a period of not more than 180 days within which to file such
registration statement measured from the date of receipt of the request in
accordance with Section 2.2.

               (b) The Company will, if requested, prior to filing a
registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto,
furnish to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, of the Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration
statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter furnish to such Selling
Holder and Underwriter, if any, such number of conformed copies of such
registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case
including all exhibits thereto and 


                                       7
<PAGE>

documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such 
registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other 
documents as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request in 
order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by 
such Selling Holder.

               (c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company
will promptly notify each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities covered by
such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the
Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of
such stop order or to remove it if entered.

               (d) The Company will use its best efforts to (i) register or
qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws
of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Selling Holder or managing
Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, reasonably (in light of such Selling
Holder's intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such
Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other
governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the
business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things
that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to
consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling
Holder; PROVIDED that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally
to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to
qualify but for this paragraph (d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such
jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such
jurisdiction.

               (e) The Company will immediately notify each Selling Holder of
such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is
required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an
event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus
so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable
Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly make
available to each Selling Holder any such supplement or amendment.

               (f) The Company will enter into customary agreements (including
an underwriting agreement, if any, in customary form) and take such other
actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the
disposition of such Registrable Securities.

               (g) The Company will make available for inspection by any 
Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, any Underwriter participating 
in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, 
accountant or other professional retained by any such Selling Holder or 
Underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other 
records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company 
(collectively, the "Records") as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them 
to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's 
officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably 
requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement.  
Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and 
which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by 
the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is


                                       8
<PAGE>

necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration 
statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a 
subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction.  Each Selling 
Holder of such Registrable Securities agrees that information obtained by it 
as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be 
used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the 
company or its Affiliates unless and until such is made generally available 
to the public.  Each Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities further 
agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought 
in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow 
the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent 
disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

               (h) The Company will furnish to each Selling Holder and to each
Underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Selling Holder or
Underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a
comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company's independent public
accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the type
customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as the
Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such offering
or the managing Underwriter or Underwriters therefor reasonably requests.

               (i) The Company will otherwise use its best efforts to comply
with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available
to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings
statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after
the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement
shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule
158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder (or any successor rule or
regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission).

               (j) The Company will use its best efforts to cause all such
Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which
similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

               The Company may require each Selling Holder of Registrable
Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information
regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may
from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be
legally required in connection with such registration.

               Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from
the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section
2.5(e) hereof, such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of
Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such
Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder's receipt of the copies of the
supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.5(e) hereof, and,
if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company
all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder's
possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities
at the time of receipt of such notice.  Each Selling Holder of Registrable
Securities agrees that it will immediately notify the Company at any time when
a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable securities is
required to be


                                       9
<PAGE>

delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of an event as a result 
of which information previously furnished by such Selling Holder to the 
Company in writing for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue 
statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading 
in light of the circumstances in which they were made.  In the event the 
Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during 
which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including 
the period referred to in Section 2.5(a) hereof) by the number of days during 
the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to 
Section 2.5(e) hereof to the date when the Company shall make available to 
the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration 
statement a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the 
requirements of Section 2.5(e) hereof.

          SECTION 2.6.  REGISTRATION EXPENSES.  In connection with any
registration statement required to be filed hereunder, the Company shall pay
the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the
registration hereunder (the "Registration Expenses"): (i) all registration and
filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky
laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with
blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) printing
expenses, (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries
and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting
duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of
the Registrable Securities, (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified
public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses of any
comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified
public accountants of a comfort letter or comfort letters requested pursuant to
Section 2.5(h) hereof), (vii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special
experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, and
(viii) reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel (who shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Company) for the Selling Holders.  The Company shall have no
obligation to pay any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable
to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any out-of-pocket expenses of the
Holders (or the agents who manage their accounts).

          SECTION 2.7.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company agrees 
to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities, 
its officers, directors and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls 
such Selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or 
Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, 
damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or 
prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented 
if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or 
any preliminary prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to 
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, 
claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or 
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information 
furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder or on such Selling 
Holder's behalf expressly for inclusion therein.  The Company also agrees to 
indemnify any Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and 
directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning 
of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20


                                       10
<PAGE>

of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the 
indemnification of the Selling Holders provided in this Section 2.7 provided 
that the foregoing indemnity with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall 
not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities 
from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or 
liabilities purchased the Registrable Securities which are the subject 
thereof if such person did not receive a copy of the prospectus (or the 
prospectus as supplemented) at or prior to the confirmation of the sale of 
such Registrable Securities to such person in any case where such delivery is 
required by the Securities Act and the untrue statement or omission of a 
material fact contained in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the 
prospectus (or the prospectus as supplemented).

          SECTION 2.8.  INDEMNIFICATION BY HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES.
Each Selling Holder agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Selling Holder, but only with
respect to information relating to such Selling Holder furnished in writing by
such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder's behalf expressly for use in any
registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus.  In case
any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its officers,
directors or agents or any such controlling person, in respect of which
indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall
have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its
officers, directors or agents or such controlling person shall have the rights
and duties given to such Selling Holder, by Section 2.7. Each Selling Holder
also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Underwriters of the Registrable
Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such
Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section
20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the
indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 2.8.

          SECTION 2.9.  CONDUCT OF INDEMNIFICATION PROCEEDINGS.  In case any 
proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted 
involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to 
Section 2.7 or 2.8, such person (an "Indemnified Party") shall promptly 
notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an "Indemnifying 
Party") in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense 
thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such 
Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses.  In 
any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its 
own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the 
expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the 
Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel 
or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded 
parties) include both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and 
representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due 
to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood 
that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or 
related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable 
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to 
any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all 
such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case 
of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be 
designated in writing by (i) in the case of Persons


                                       11
<PAGE>

indemnified pursuant to Section 2.7, Arden if Arden was a Selling Holder or 
if Arden was not a Selling Holder, by the Selling Holders which owned a 
majority of the Registrable Securities sold under the applicable registration 
statement and (ii) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 
2.8, the Company.  The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any 
settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if 
settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, 
the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified 
Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) 
by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing 
sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Party shall have requested an 
Indemnifying Party to reimburse the Indemnified Party for fees and expenses 
of counsel as contemplated by the third sentence of this paragraph, the 
Indemnifying Party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any 
proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is 
entered into more than 30 Business Days after receipt by such Indemnifying 
Party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such Indemnifying Party shall not 
have reimbursed the Indemnified Party in accordance with such request prior 
to the date of such settlement.  No Indemnifying Party shall, without the 
prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any 
pending or threatened proceeding in respect of with any Indemnified Party is 
or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by 
such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional 
release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such 
proceeding.

          SECTION 2.10.  CONTRIBUTION.  If the indemnification provided for 
in Section 2.7 or 2.8 hereof is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or 
insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities 
referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of 
indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or 
payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages 
or liabilities (i) as between the Company and the Selling Holders on the one 
hand and the Underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate 
to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling 
Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering 
of the securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, 
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative 
benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Holders 
on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the 
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or 
liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) 
as between the Company on the one hand and each Selling Holder on the other, 
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the 
Company and of each Selling Holder in connection with such statements or 
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as 
well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits 
received by the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the 
Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the 
total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and 
commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the 
Selling Holders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions 
received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the 
cover page of the prospectus.  The relative fault of the Company and the 
Selling Holders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be 
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged 
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to 
state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the 
Selling Holders or by the


                                       12
<PAGE>

Underwriters.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each 
Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other 
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or 
the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by such party, and the parties' relative intent, 
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such 
statement or omission.

          The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just
and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.10 were determined by
pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for
such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account
of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding
paragraph.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set
forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action
or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.10, no Underwriter
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the securities underwritten by it and distributed to the
public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Selling Holder
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the securities of such Selling Holder were offered to the
public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Selling Holder's obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 2.10 are several in proportion to the proceeds of the
offering received by such Selling Holder bears to the total proceeds of the
offering received by all the Selling Holders and not joint.

          SECTION 2.11.  PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS.  No
Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such
Person (a) agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve
such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and these
registration rights provided for in this Article II.

          SECTION 2.12.  RULE 144.  The Company covenants that it will file any
reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange
Act and that it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably
request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell
Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the
limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or
regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of any
Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to
whether it has complied with such requirements.


                                       13
<PAGE>

          SECTION 2.13.  HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS.

               (a) RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC SALE BY HOLDER OF REGISTRABLE
SECURITIES.  To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, each Holder
whose securities are included in a registration statement agrees not to effect
any sale or distribution of the issue being registered or a similar security of
the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, during the 14 days prior to, and during the 90-day period beginning on,
the effective date of such registration statement (except as part of such
registration), if and to the extent requested in writing by the Company in the
case of a non-underwritten public offering or if and to the extent requested in
writing by the managing underwriter or Underwriters in the case of an
underwritten public offering.

               (b) RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC SALE BY THE COMPANY AND OTHERS.  The
Company agrees (i) not to effect any sale or distribution of any securities
similar to those being registered in accordance with Section 2.2 or Section 2.3
hereof, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
such securities, during the 14 days prior to, and during the 90-day period
beginning on, the effective date of any registration statement (except as part
of such registration statement where the Holders of a majority of the
Registrable Securities to be included in such registration statement consent or
as part of registration statements filed as set forth in Section 2.3(i) or
(iii)) or the commencement of a public distribution of Registrable Securities,
if and to the extent requested in writing by the Company in the case of a non-
underwritten public offering or if and to the extent requested in writing by
the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in the case of an underwritten public
offering; and (ii) that any agreement entered into after the date of the
Agreement pursuant to which the Company issues or agrees to issue any privately
placed securities shall contain a provision under which holders of such
securities agree not to effect any sale or distribution of any such securities
during the periods described in (i) above, in each case including a sale
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (except as part of any such
registration, if permitted); PROVIDED, however, that the provisions of this
paragraph (b) shall not prevent the conversion or exchange of any securities
pursuant to their terms into or for other securities.

               (c) If the Company determines in its good faith judgment that
the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1 or a Demand
Registration under Section 2.2 hereof or the use of any related prospectus
would require the disclosure of material information that the Company has a
bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of
which would impede the Company's ability to consummate a significant
transaction, and that the Company is not otherwise required by applicable
securities laws or regulations to disclose, upon written notice of such
determination by the Company, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or
distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement or a Demand Registration or to require the Company to take action
with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant
to the Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration shall be suspended
until the date upon which the Company notifies the Holders in writing that
suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this Section 2.12(c) is
no longer necessary, and the Company agrees to give such notice as promptly as
practicable following the date that such suspension of rights is no longer
necessary.


                                       14
<PAGE>

               (d) If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant
to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date without regard to
any extension, or if the consummation of any business combination by the
Company has occurred or is probable for purposes of Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of
Regulation S-X under the Act, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the
Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable
Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand
Registration or to require the Company to take action with respect to the
registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement or a Demand Registration shall be suspended until the
date on which the Company has filed such reports or obtained and filed the
financial information required by Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X to
be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, in the Shelf
Registration Statement, and the Company shall notify the Holders as promptly as
practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

                                  ARTICLE III
                             PROPORTIONAL PURCHASE
                                       
               SECTION 3.1.  PROPORTIONAL PURCHASE RIGHTS.  If from time to
time the Purchase Percentage owned directly or indirectly by Richard S. Ziman
would be reduced as a result of any issuance of Common Stock by the Company or
could be reduced as a result of any issuance of Convertible Securities
(assuming, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion, exchange, or
exercise at such time of the all Convertible Securities to be issued in such
issuance) by the Company (in either case, whether for cash, property or
otherwise) and so long as Mr. Ziman serves as the Company's Chief Executive
Officer, the Company shall so notify Mr. Ziman in writing not less than 5 days
prior to the proposed date of (a) circulation of any offering memorandum or
prospectus relating to any such issuance or (b) if no offering memorandum or
prospectus will be used, any such issuance and shall offer to sell to Mr.
Ziman, and, if such offer is accepted in writing by the (i) day prior to the
date of any circulation of any offering memorandum or prospectus or (ii) if no
offering memorandum or prospectus will be used (x) if such issuance is made
pursuant to an underwriting or private placement purchase agreement, the day
such agreement is executed (it being understood that the Company will give Mr.
Ziman at least one Business Day's prior notice of such date of execution) or
(y) if such issuance is not made pursuant to such an agreement, the Business
Day prior to the proposed date of such issuance, the Company shall sell Mr.
Ziman, that number of shares of Common Stock or the number or amount of
Convertible Securities to be issued which would result in the Purchase
Percentage of Mr. Ziman immediately after such issuance equaling the Purchase
Percentage owned directly or indirectly by Mr. Ziman immediately prior to such
issuance (assuming, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion,
exchange or exercise at such time of all Convertible Securities to be issued in
such issuance), or any lesser amount of Common Stock or Convertible Securities
to be issued in such issuance as may be designated by Mr. Ziman, in either case
at a price per share or other trading unit of such Common Stock or Convertible
Securities, as the case may be, to be received by the Company in such issuance,
less any underwriting discounts and commissions, and otherwise on the same
terms as may be applicable to such issuance; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this
Section 3.1 shall not be applicable to (i) any issuance of Common Stock in the
Initial Public Offering or (ii) any issuance of Common Stock or Convertible
Securities to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries (including the Operating Partnership) pursuant to any employee
benefit plan or dividend reinvestment plan,


                                       15
<PAGE>

(iii) any issuance of Common Stock by the Company as a result of the exercise 
of the exchange rights set forth in Section 8.6 of the Partnership Agreement 
or (iv) any issuance of Common Stock or OP Units incident to an acquisition 
of properties, assets or a business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
herein, Mr. Ziman shall not be permitted to exercise the rights provided by 
this Section 3.1 to the extent that such exercise would result in a violation 
of the Ownership Limit Provisions.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                                MISCELLANEOUS
                                       
          SECTION 4.1.  NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING.  In the event that the
Company shall issue any Common Stock in exchange for OP Units pursuant to
Section 8.6 of the Partnership Agreement, then in any such case the Company
agrees to cause any such shares of Common Stock to be listed on the New York
Stock Exchange prior to or concurrently with the issuance thereof by the
Company.

          SECTION 4.2.  REMEDIES.  In addition to being entitled to exercise
all rights provided herein and granted by law, including recovery of damages,
the Arden Persons shall be entitled to specific performance of the rights under
this Agreement; provided that only Mr. Ziman may enforce his rights under
Article III.  The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate
compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the
provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any
action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

          SECTION 4.3.  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  The provisions of this
Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended,
modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the
provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written
consent of Arden or its representative if Arden is Incapacitated.  No failure
or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant,
duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or
remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such
breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

          SECTION 4.4.  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications in
connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing by hand delivery,
registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery:

          (1)  if to any Arden Person, initially c/o NAMIZ, Inc., 9100 Wilshire
Boulevard, Suite 700E, Beverly Hills, California 90212 (Attention: Chief
Executive Officer), or to such other address and to such other Persons as Arden
may hereafter specify in writing; and

          (2)  if to the Company, initially at 9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite
700E, Beverly Hills, California 90212 (Attention: President), or to such other
address as the Company may hereafter specify in writing.


                                       16
<PAGE>

          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when received if
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if
telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business
day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

          SECTION 4.5.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Except as expressly provided
in this Agreement the rights and obligations of the Arden Persons under this
Agreement shall not be assignable by any Arden Person to any Person that is not
an Arden Person.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and
their respective successors and assigns.

          SECTION 4.6.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each
of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Each party shall
become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.

          SECTION 4.7.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California
without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.

          SECTION 4.8.  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired
thereby.

          SECTION 4.9.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement is intended by the
parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete
and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties
hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein.  There are no
restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth
or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the
Company with respect to the Registrable Securities.  This Agreement supersedes
all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to
such subject matter.

          SECTION 4.10.  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.

          SECTION 4.11.  NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Nothing express or
implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any person or
entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns, any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this
Agreement.


                                       17
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
as of the date first written above.


                              ARDEN REALTY, INC.,
                              a Maryland corporation
                              
                              By:
                                 -----------------------------------------
                                 Name: 
                                       -----------------------------------
                                 Title:
                                       -----------------------------------
                              
                              
                              ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland
                              limited partnership
                              
                              
                              By: Arden Realty, Inc.
                                  General Partner

                              By:
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                  Name: 
                                        -----------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        -----------------------------------



                              NAMIZ, INC.,
                              a California corporation


                              By:
                                  ----------------------------------------
                                  Name: 
                                        ----------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ----------------------------------



                              RICHARD S. ZIMAN


                              --------------------------------------------


                                       18


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 10.14


                            ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.
                             9100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
                             SUITE 700 - EAST TOWER
                        BEVERLY HILLS, CALIFORNIA  90212
                               (310) 246-2941 FAX
                                 (310) 271-8600

                                  June 17, 1996


Arthur Gilbert
Broad Base Investments Two, LLC
9536 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 420
Beverly Hills, California 90212

    Re:  CONFIDENTIAL OFFER TO PURCHASE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Dear Arthur:

         Arden Realty Group ("Arden") is currently engaged in the process of
forming a real estate investment trust known as Arden Realty Group, Inc. (the
"Company" or the "REIT") to continue and expand the real estate business of
Arden, its principals and their affiliates which are engaged in owning,
acquiring, renovating, managing and leasing office properties in Southern
California.

         The Company will operate as a self-administered and self-managed real
estate investment trust ("REIT") and expects to qualify as a REIT for federal
income tax purposes.  The operations of the Company will be carried on solely
through Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), of
which the Company will be the sole general partner.

         The Company and its Operating Partnership have been formed to
consolidate the ownership of a portfolio of office properties (the
"Participating Properties") located in Southern California through a series of
transactions (the "Formation Transactions") whereby the Operating Partnership
will acquire direct interests in certain of the Participating Properties (the
"Property Interests") and all of the interests in certain limited partnerships,
certain limited liability companies and certain other entities (collectively the
"Participating Partnerships and LLCs") which currently own directly or
indirectly the Participating Properties (the "Consolidation").

         The Company is currently engaged in finalizing the Formation
Transactions whereby (i) the owners of the Property Interests and the partners
and members of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer
their Property Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and
LLCs to the Company in exchange for cash (the "Cash Participants") or contribute
such interests directly to the Operating Partnership (the "OP Participants") in
exchange for an interest in the Operating Partnership ("OP Units") and


<PAGE>

June 17, 1996
Page 2


(ii) Arden will contribute certain of its assets and liabilities to the
Operating Partnership in exchange for OP Units.  In addition, the Company will
make a public offering (the "Public Offering") of its common stock (the "REIT
Shares" or "Common Stock") and use the proceeds therefrom, either directly or
through the Operating Partnership, to effectuate the Consolidation, among other
things.  Beginning one year after completion of the Public Offering, the OP
Units will be redeemable for cash (based upon the fair market value of an
equivalent number of shares of Common Stock of the Company at the time of such
redemption) or, at the election of the Company, exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.

         The Company wishes to include in its Consolidation interests Broad
Base Investments Two, LLC ("Broad Base") owns in certain of the Participating
Partnerships and LLCs as set forth on Exhibit A of the attached Option Agreement
(the "Partnerships") which own directly or indirectly interests in certain of
the Participating Properties also as set forth on Exhibit A (the "Properties").
As such, the Company respectfully requests Broad Base's cooperation in
effectuating the Consolidation and hereby offers to purchase for cash (the
"Offer"), on the terms and conditions described in more detail below, all of
Broad Base's right, title and interest, as a partner (or member) of the
Partnerships, including, without limitation, all of Broad Base's voting rights
and interests in the capital, profits and losses of the Partnerships or any
property distributable therefrom, constituting all of Broad Base's interests in
the Partnerships (such right, title and interest are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Partnership Interest").

         For the reasons set forth below, the Company and the General Partners
of the Partnerships believe that the Offer is fair and recommend that Broad Base
accept the Offer.

         In considering the Offer, the Arden principals and the Company
strongly encourage you to carefully read this confidential Offer and all
appendices hereto which are hereby incorporated by reference as if set forth
fully herein.  If you have any questions concerning any of the matters addressed
in this confidential Offer, or would like to receive copies of the Partnerships'
limited partnership agreements (or limited liability company operating
agreements, as applicable) or other information, please feel free to contact
Victor Coleman of Arden Realty Group, Inc. at (310) 271-8600.

         AFTER YOU HAVE CAREFULLY REVIEWED THIS CONFIDENTIAL OFFER AND ALL
APPENDICES HERETO, IF YOU DECIDE TO ACCEPT THE OFFER PLEASE SIGN THE ENCLOSED
OPTION AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE (AT P. A-11 OF APPENDIX A) AND RETURN IT TO
ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC. IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID, PRE-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE AS
SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT IN NO EVENT LATER THAN JUNE 21, 1996.


                                        2
<PAGE>

June 17, 1996
Page 3

                       THE OFFER AND THE OPTION AGREEMENT

         The terms and conditions of the Offer are set forth in the Option
Agreement (the "Option Agreement") to be entered into by the Company (the
"Offeror") and you, as a partner (or member) of the Partnerships (the
"Offeree").  The discussion set forth below is a summary of such terms and
conditions.  The Option Agreement is attached hereto as Appendix A and is hereby
incorporated by reference.

         OPTION, PURCHASE PRICE AND TERMS OF OPTION.  The Company, is offering
to acquire for the Option Fee (as defined below) an option (the "Option") to
purchase all of Broad Base's Partnership Interest for a cash amount (the
"Purchase Price") equal to the "Total Minimum Consideration" figure indicated on
Exhibit A.  The Company and the General Partners of the Partnerships believe
that the Purchase Price represents a fair value for Broad Base's Partnership
Interests.  The Option will expire on December 31, 1996.  Upon Broad Base's
acceptance of the Offer, the Company will pay you a nonrefundable option payment
equal to $100.00 (the "Option Fee").  Upon the final closing following the
Company's exercise of the Option, you will receive the Purchase Price in
exchange for Broad Base's Partnership Interest and the execution of an
Assignment and Assumption Agreement in favor of the Company.

         CONDITIONS TO CLOSING ON THE OPTION.  Exercise of the Option and
closing of the sale of the Partnership Interest pursuant to the Option will not
occur unless, among other things, (i) the Public Offering is consummated and the
net proceeds therefrom are sufficient to enable Offeror to consummate the
Formation Transactions including the acquisition of the Partnership Interest;
(ii) the transfer of the Partnership Interest and equity interests in the other
Participating Partnerships and LLCs is approved by their respective partners and
members to the extent such approval is required by the applicable limited
partnership agreements and LLC operating agreements; (iii) the absence of any
material breach of the parties' respective representations and warranties made
in the Option Agreement; (iv) the consent of certain third parties, including
certain lenders, to the Formation Transactions; and (v) the execution and
delivery by Offeree, directly or through the Attorney-in-Fact (see Article 5 of
the Option Agreement), of the Closing Documents.  These conditions may be waived
in whole or in part by the Offeror.

         CLOSING ON THE OPTION.  If the Option is exercised, a place and time
for the closing of the purchase of Offeree's Partnership Interest will be set.
At an initial closing, Offeree will deliver, or have delivered on Offeree's
behalf through the Attorney-in-Fact, executed closing documents, including a
document that conveys to Offeror the Offeree's Partnership Interest (the
"Closing Documents").  If the Public Offering occurs and the other conditions to
closing are met, Offeree will receive the cash to which such Offeree is entitled
(i.e., the Purchase Price) and the purchase and sale of Offeree's Partnership
Interest will be complete.


                                        3

<PAGE>

June 17, 1996
Page 4

         POWER OF ATTORNEY AND PROXY.  Among the provisions of the Option
Agreement is an irrevocable power of attorney and proxy giving each of Offeror
and its designee the authority to act on behalf of Offeree with respect to all
matters of the Partnerships related to the Formation Transactions, including:
(i) to vote the Offeree's Partnership Interest with respect to any matter
relating to the Formation Transactions, (ii) to provide information about the
Offer to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and/or to other
partners in the Partnerships and other partnerships or limited liability
companies being considered for participation in the Formation Transactions, and
(iii) to make, execute and deliver contracts, receipts and certificates in
connection with, and take all other actions necessary to carry out, the
transactions contemplated by the Option Agreement.  Offeror intends to use the
proxy granted to it by each Offeree who accepts the Offer to vote all
Partnership Interests subject to the proxy in favor of the Formation
Transactions (and to amend the Partnerships' limited partnership agreements, if
required) and in favor of all actions by the Partnerships deemed necessary or
desirable by Offeror to consummate the Formation Transactions.

         EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER.  Assuming the Option is exercised
and the sale of the Partnership Interest is completed, Offeree will receive the
Purchase Price for his Partnership Interest tendered, will no longer have any
interests in the Partnerships, and will not receive any interest in the
Operating Partnership.  Offeree will recognize income or loss for federal income
tax purposes in connection with the sale of the Partnership Interest pursuant to
the Offer.  See Appendix D, "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

                                 PURCHASE PRICE

         Provided the entire Partnership Interest is transferred at Closing,
the Purchase Price will be a cash amount at least equal to the value of the
"Total Minimum Consideration" indicated on Exhibit A to the Option Agreement
which represents the sum of the minimum cash consideration values attributed to
each of the interests which collectively constitute the Partnership Interest to
be transferred upon the exercise of the Option.

         If at Closing, the aggregate value of the cash available to all Cash
Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum Consideration values (after
all adjustments set forth in the following paragraph) of all Cash Participants
(the "Additional Consideration"), then the Additional Consideration or a portion
thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the Cash Participants (including the
Offeree) based upon the relative values of the Offeree's Partnership Interest
and the interests contributed by each of the other Cash Participants, in each
case as determined in my sole discretion.

         The Offeror reserves the right not to acquire any particular interest
that constitutes part of the Partnership Interest, if in good faith the Offeror
determines that the ownership of such interest or the underlying Properties
would be inappropriate for the Operating Partnership for any reason whatsoever.
In such an event, the Offeree's Total


                                        4

<PAGE>

June 17, 1996
Page 5

Minimum Consideration may be reduced by an amount determined in my sole
discretion to reflect the reduction in total value of the Partnership Interest
ultimately transferred by the Offeree.

                              BENEFITS OF THE OFFER

         Certain of the potential benefits to Offeree of the sale of its
Partnership Interest for cash are described below.

         OPPORTUNITY TO LIQUIDATE INVESTMENT.  The Offer will provide the
Offeree with an opportunity to liquidate its investment in the Partnerships for
cash.  The Partnership Interest is a relatively illiquid investment.  Generally,
the Partnership Interest cannot be sold except with the consent of the General
Partners of the Partnerships and an opinion of counsel for the Partnerships
stating that such sale is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and
regulations of the federal and applicable state securities commissions and does
not jeopardize the Partnerships' tax status.  Because the Partnership Interest
is not freely transferable, and because there is no public market for the
Partnership Interest, an investment in the Partnership Interest is not readily
convertible to cash.  The Offer provides the opportunity for liquidity to the
Offeree.  This is an opportunity that the General Partners cannot assure will be
available again in the foreseeable future.  The availability to third-party
purchasers of attractive financing to acquire single-property real estate
investments remains limited under current market conditions.  Traditional
sources of debt financing for single-property investments with traditionally
high levels of leverage have been reduced in recent years, in part because of
the difficulties encountered by financial institutions that made large numbers
of real estate loans in the past.  The anticipated ability of Arden to undertake
the Public Offering puts it in a position to obtain equity financing to acquire
the Participating Properties for a combination of cash, OP Units and the
assumption or repayment of debt.  No assurance can be made that the equity
markets will continue to be available in the future on terms that would make it
feasible to dispose of the Partnerships' Properties for the same consideration
proposed to be paid in the Formation Transactions.

         ELIMINATION OF RISK OF REAL ESTATE OWNERSHIP.  Ownership of the
Partnership Interest is subject to the risks inherent in the ownership of real
estate in general and office properties in particular, which include changes in
general or local economic conditions, changes in the supply of or demand for
competing properties in the area of the Partnerships' Properties, changes in
interest rates, the need to maintain the properties and to provide for
substantial costs of major repairs, replacements, improvements, and other
capital expenditures, and changes in the availability of mortgage funds (any or
all of which may render difficult the sale or refinancing of the Properties).
The Offer would enable Offerees to terminate their investments in the
Partnerships and thereby eliminate these risks.




                                        5

<PAGE>

June 17, 1996
Page 6


                             ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED

         In reaching the conclusion to recommend that the Offeree accept the
Offer, the Company and Arden principals have considered the following
alternatives:

         CONTINUATION OF THE PARTNERSHIPS.  The Partnerships could continue
their operations, seeking to maximize the value of their properties.  Continuing
the Partnerships without change would not allow them to seek other investment
opportunities in the foreseeable future, as cash flow is not sufficient to
permit the Partnerships to borrow funds for additional property acquisitions.
In addition, continuing the Partnerships would not relieve the Partnerships of
their existing debt obligations or provide their partners with liquidity.

         SALE OF THE PROPERTIES TO OTHER PURCHASERS AND LIQUIDATION OF THE
PARTNERSHIPS.  The Partnerships could seek other purchasers to acquire their
properties, repay their debts, and, after establishing required reserves,
distribute the balance of the sale proceeds to limited partners and general
partners in accordance with the distribution provisions of the Partnerships'
limited partnership agreements.  However, the Arden principals have neither
solicited any third-party offers nor received any attractive third-party offers
to purchase the Partnerships' Properties.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         To assist you in considering the attractiveness of this confidential
Offer certain "Special Considerations" have been enumerated in Appendix B, a
disclosure of certain "Conflicts of Interest" is attached as Appendix C, and a
discussion of "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" of the proposed
transactions is attached as Appendix D.

         PENDING THE PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS AND THE
PUBLIC OFFERING, IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT YOU KEEP ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS LETTER AND THE APPENDICES ATTACHED HERETO ABSOLUTELY CONFIDENTIAL.

         We thank you in advance for Broad Base's cooperation and careful
consideration of this liquidity opportunity as we move forward with the
formation of the REIT.  As always, please do not hesitate to contact us if you
have any questions.

                        Sincerely,



                        Richard S. Ziman
                        Arden Realty Group, Inc.



                                        6

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                                OPTION AGREEMENT

         This Option Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the "OPTION
AGREEMENT") is made by and between Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland
corporation ("OPTIONEE"), and Broad Base Investments Two, LLC, a Nevada limited
liability company ("OPTIONOR").

                                    RECITALS

         A.   Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited
partnership (the "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"), of which Optionee is the sole general
partner, desires to consolidate the ownership of a portfolio of office
properties (the "PARTICIPATING PROPERTIES") located in Southern California
through a series of transactions (the "FORMATION TRANSACTIONS") whereby the
Operating Partnership will acquire direct interests in certain of the
Participating Properties (the "PROPERTY INTERESTS") and all of the interests in
certain limited partnerships, certain limited liability companies and certain
other entities (collectively the "PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS AND LLCS") which
currently own directly or indirectly the Participating Properties (the
"CONSOLIDATION").

         B.   The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial public
offering (the "PUBLIC OFFERING") of the common stock of Optionee which will
operate as a self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust
("REIT") and will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

         C.   The owners of the Property Interests and the partners and members
of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer their Property
Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs to the
Company in exchange for cash (the "CASH PARTICIPANTS") or contribute such
interests directly to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an interest in
the Operating Partnership (the "OP PARTICIPANTS").

         D.   The Optionor owns interests in certain of the Participating
Partnerships and LLCs as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" (the "PARTNERSHIPS") which
Partnerships own directly or indirectly interests in certain of the
Participating Properties also as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" (the "PROPERTIES").

         E.   The Optionee desires to acquire from Optionor, and Optionor
desires to grant to Optionee, an option to purchase on the terms and conditions
set forth herein all of Optionor's right, title and interest, as a partner (or
member) of the Partnerships, including, without limitation, all of its voting
rights and interests in the capital, profits and losses of the Partnerships or
any property distributable therefrom, constituting all of its interests in the
Partnerships (such right, title and interest are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST").


                                       A-1

<PAGE>

         F.   The parties acknowledge that Optionee's purchase of Optionor's
Partnership Interest is in connection with and subject to the consummation of
the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of payment of $100.00 in cash (the
"OPTION FEE"), the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Optionee and Optionor agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   THE OPTION

         1.1  GRANT OF OPTION.  Optionor hereby grants to Optionee an option to
purchase (the "PURCHASE OPTION") all right, title and interest of such Optionor
in all of Optionor's Partnership Interest on the terms and conditions set forth
herein.

         1.2  TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The Purchase Option may be
exercised at any time through December 31, 1996 (the "OPTION TERMINATION DATE")
by notice by Optionee to Optionor.  If Optionee does not exercise the Purchase
Option by the Option Termination Date, Optionor's Purchase Option shall
terminate, Optionor shall be entitled to retain the Option Fee, and neither
party shall have any further obligations hereunder.

         1.3  PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT.  Subject to ARTICLES 1.4 AND 1.5
below, the purchase price for Optionor's Partnership Interest (the "PURCHASE
PRICE") upon the exercise of the Purchase Option will be an amount equal to the
value indicated on Exhibit A as Optionor's "TOTAL MINIMUM CONSIDERATION".

         1.4  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION.  Subject to ARTICLE 1.5 below, in the
event that, at Closing (as defined in ARTICLE 2.2 below) the aggregate value of
the cash available to all Cash Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum
Consideration values (after all adjustments set forth in ARTICLE 1.5) of all
Cash Participants (the "ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION"), then the Additional
Consideration or a portion thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the Cash
Participants (including the Optionor) based upon the relative values of the
Optionor's Partnership Interest and the interests contributed by each of the
other Cash Participants, in each case as determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his
sole discretion.

         1.5  ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION.  The Optionee reserves the right not to
acquire any particular interest that constitutes part of the Partnership
Interest, if in good faith the Optionee determines that the ownership of such
interest or the underlying Properties would be inappropriate for the Operating
Partnership for any reason whatsoever.  Optionor hereby agrees that, in such
event, the Optionor's Total Minimum Consideration may be reduced by an amount
determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion, to reflect the reduction
in total value of the Partnership Interest ultimately transferred by Optionor.


                                       A-2

<PAGE>

         1.6  AUTHORIZATION.  Optionor hereby authorizes Richard S. Ziman to
make any and all determinations to be made by him pursuant to ARTICLES 1.4 AND
1.5 hereof, and any and all such determinations shall be final and binding on
all parties.

         1.7  CONTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS.  Effective upon the Closing,
Optionor hereby assigns to the Optionee all of its rights and interests, if any,
including rights to indemnification in favor of the Optionor, if any, under the
agreements pursuant to which the Optionor or its affiliates initially acquired
the Partnership Interest transferred pursuant to this Option Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II
                              PURCHASE AND CLOSING

         2.1  PURCHASE AND SALE.  Optionee, in its sole discretion, may
exercise the Purchase Option to purchase all of Optionor's Partnership Interest.
Upon such exercise, Optionor shall sell, transfer, assign, and convey to
Optionee, and Optionee shall purchase, for the Purchase Price, all right, title
and interest of Optionor in such Partnership Interest free and clear of all
Encumbrances (as defined in ARTICLE 3.3).

         2.2  CLOSING.  In connection with or at any time after the exercise by
Optionee of the Purchase Option, Optionee will specify a date for the closing
(the "CLOSING") of the purchase and sale of the Partnership Interest.  At or
before such Closing, which shall be held at a place and time determined by
Optionee in its sole discretion, Optionee and Optionor (itself or through the
Attorney-in-Fact (see ARTICLE 5)) will execute all closing documents (the
"CLOSING DOCUMENTS") required by Optionee including without limitation (i) an
Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as
EXHIBIT B, (ii) an individual quitclaim deed fully executed and duly
acknowledged from Optionor substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT
C, and (iii) any other documents deemed by Optionee to be necessary or desirable
to assign, transfer and convey Optionor's Partnership Interest, to confirm the
accuracy of Optionor's representations and warranties made hereby and the
compliance by Optionor of Optionor's covenants and agreements made hereby, and
to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Subject to the Conditions
to Closing in ARTICLE 2.3 below, at Closing Optionee will pay to Optionor a cash
amount equal to the Purchase Price in consideration for the sale, transfer,
assignment and conveyance of the Partnership Interest.

         2.3  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.  Optionee will purchase the Partnership
Interest only if (i) the Public Offering is consummated and the net proceeds
therefrom are sufficient to enable Optionee to consummate the Formation
Transactions including the acquisition of the Partnership Interest; (ii) the
transfer of the Partnership Interest and equity interests in the other
Participating Partnerships and LLCs is approved by their respective partners and
members to the extent such approval is required by the applicable limited
partnership agreements and LLC operating agreements; (iii) the absence of any
material breach of the parties' respective representations and warranties made
in the Option Agreement; (iv) the consent of certain third parties, including
certain lenders, to the Formation Transactions; and (v) the execution and


                                       A-3

<PAGE>

delivery by Optionor, directly or through the Attorney-in-Fact (see ARTICLE 5
hereof), of the Closing Documents.  These conditions may be waived in whole or
in part by the Optionee.

         2.4  TRANSFER TAXES.  Optionee agrees to pay all transfer taxes
arising from the sale of Optionor's Partnership Interest pursuant to the
exercise by Optionee of the Purchase Option.

         2.5  PRORATIONS.   At the Closing, or as promptly as practicable
following the Closing, to the extent such matters are not the right or
responsibility of all tenants of a given Property, all revenue and all charges
that are customarily prorated in transactions of this nature, including accrued
rent currently due and payable, overpaid taxes or fees, real and personal
property taxes, common area maintenance charges and other similar periodic
charges payable or receivable with respect to such Property shall be ratably
prorated between the partners of the Partnership which holds such Property prior
to the Closing and the Optionee on and after the Closing, effective as of the
Closing.  After providing for such prorations, (i) if any of the Partnerships
has a resultant cash surplus, the Purchase Price to be exchanged for Optionor's
Partnership Interest shall be increased in proportion to Optionor's ratable
share of such cash surplus and (ii) if any of the Partnerships has a resultant
cash deficit, the Purchase Price to be exchanged for Optionor's Partnership
Interest shall be reduced in proportion to Optionor's ratable share of such cash
deficit, unless such deficit is cured prior to Closing.

         2.6  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Optionor will, from time to time, execute
and deliver to Optionee (or its designee) all such other and further instruments
and documents and take or cause to be taken all such other and further action as
Optionee (or its designee) may reasonably request in order to effect the
transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement, including instruments or
documents deemed necessary or desirable by Optionee (or its designee) to effect
and evidence the conveyance of Optionor's Partnership Interest in accordance
with the terms of this Option Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE III
              REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF OPTIONOR

         Optionor hereby makes to Optionee each of the following
representations and warranties which are true as of the date hereof and will be
true as of the date of the Closing:

         3.1  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.      The Optionor (A) if a natural
person, has the legal capacity to enter the Option Agreement; if not a natural
person, is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent
applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and (B) has all
requisite power and authority to own, lease or operate its property and to carry
on its business as presently conducted and, to the extent required under
applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its
property make such qualification necessary.

         3.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
the Option Agreement by the Optionor has been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary action


                                       A-4

<PAGE>

of the Optionor.  This Option Agreement and each agreement, document and
instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of Optionor pursuant to this
Option Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute,
the legal, valid and binding obligation of Optionor, each enforceable against
the Optionor in accordance with its terms.

         3.3  TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.  Optionor is the sole owner of the
Partnership Interest and owns beneficially and of record free and clear of any
claim, lien, pledge, voting agreement, option, charge, security interest,
mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, rights of assignment, purchase rights or
other rights of any nature whatsoever of any third party (collectively,
"ENCUMBRANCES"), and has full power and authority to convey free and clear of
any Encumbrances, its Partnership Interest and, upon payment for such
Partnership Interest, Optionee (or its designee) will acquire good and valid
title thereto, free and clear of any Encumbrances except Encumbrances created in
favor of Optionee by the transactions contemplated hereby.  Optionor has no
equity interest, either direct or indirect, in the Properties or the
Partnerships except for the Partnership Interest which is the subject of this
Option Agreement.

         3.4  CASH FLOW AND OPERATIONS DATA.  Optionor has been provided
quarterly cash flow and operations data for the Properties (additional copies of
which have been made available by Optionee upon request) and has had the
opportunity to conduct its own independent valuation of the Properties.

         3.5  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  Optionor has full right, authority,
power and capacity, and no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any
governmental entity, lender or other third party is required for Optionor:
(i) to enter into this Option Agreement and each agreement, document and
instrument to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of Optionor pursuant to
this Option Agreement; (ii) to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby; and (iii) to transfer, sell and deliver all of Optionor's
Partnership Interest to Optionee (or its designee) upon exercise by Optionee of
the Purchase Option and payment therefor in accordance with this Option
Agreement.

         3.6  NO VIOLATION.  None of the execution, delivery or performance of
the Option Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby does or will, with
or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) violate, conflict
with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under or give to others any
right of termination or cancellation of (A) the organizational documents,
including the charters and bylaws, if any, of the Optionor, (B) any material
agreement, document or instrument to which the Optionor is a party or by which
the Optionor or its Partnership Interest is bound or (C) any term or provision
of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of any governmental or
regulatory authority binding on the Optionor or by which the Optionor or any of
its assets or properties are bound or subject or (ii) result in the creation of
any Encumbrance upon the Partnership Interest.

         3.7  NON-FOREIGN STATUS.  The Optionor is not a foreign person,
foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as
defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and hereinafter
referred to as the "CODE"), and is, therefore,




                                       A-5

<PAGE>

not subject to the provisions of the Code relating to the withholding of sales
proceeds to foreign persons.

         3.8   WITHHOLDING.  The Optionor shall execute at Closing such
certificates or affidavits reasonably necessary to document the inapplicability
of any federal or state withholding provisions, including those referred to in
ARTICLE 3.7 above and similar provisions under California law.  If Optionor
fails to provide such certificates or affidavits, Optionee may withhold a
portion of the Purchase Price as required by the Code or California law.

         3.9   LITIGATION.  There is no litigation or proceeding, either
judicial or administrative, pending or threatened, affecting all or any portion
of Optionor's Partnership Interest or Optionor's ability to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.10  NO OTHER AGREEMENTS TO SELL.  Except for the Purchase Option
granted hereby, Optionor has made no agreement and has no obligation (absolute
or contingent) to sell, transfer or in any way encumber any of Optionor's
Partnership Interest or not to sell Optionor's Partnership Interest.

         3.11  NO BROKERS.  Neither the Optionor nor any of its officers,
directors or employees has employed or made any agreement with any broker,
finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the
obligation of the Optionee or any of its affiliates to pay any finder's fee,
brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.

         3.12  COVENANT TO REMEDY BREACHES.  Optionor covenants to use its
best efforts (i) to prevent the breach of any representation or warranty of
Optionor hereunder, (ii) to satisfy all covenants of Optionor hereunder and
(iii) to promptly cure any breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of
Optionor hereunder upon its learning of same.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                              RELEASES AND WAIVERS

         Each of the releases and waivers enumerated in this ARTICLE 4 shall
become effective only upon the Closing of the purchase and sale of the
Partnership Interest pursuant to ARTICLE 2 herein.

         4.1   GENERAL RELEASE OF OPTIONEE.  As of the Closing, Optionor
irrevocably waives, releases and forever discharges the Optionee and Optionee's
affiliates, executive officers (including Richard S. Ziman and Victor J.
Coleman), agents, attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all
charges, complaints, claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action,
losses and costs of any nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPTIONOR CLAIMS"),
known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to any
partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement governing
the Partnership Interest (collectively, the "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS"), this
Option Agreement or any other matter which exists at the


                                       A-6

<PAGE>

Closing, except for Optionor Claims arising from the breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this Option Agreement.

         4.2   GENERAL RELEASE OF OPTIONOR.  As of the Closing, Optionee
irrevocably waives, releases and forever discharges the Optionor and Optionor's
agents, attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges,
complaints, claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and
costs of any nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPTIONEE CLAIMS"), known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to the Partnership
Agreements, this Option Agreement or any other matter which exists at the
Closing, except for Optionee Claims arising from the breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this Option Agreement.

         4.3   WAIVER OF SECTION 1542 PROTECTIONS.  As of the Closing,
Optionor and Optionee each expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and
benefits afforded by Section 1542 of the California Civil Code and do so
understanding and acknowledging the significance and consequence of such
specific waiver of Section 1542 which provides:

         A general release does not extend to claims which the
         creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at
         the time of executing the release, which if known by him
         must have materially affected the settlement with the
         debtor.

         4.4   WAIVER OF RIGHTS UNDER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT.  As of the
Closing, the Optionor waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits otherwise
afforded to Optionor under the Partnership Agreements including, without
limitation, any right to consent to or approve of the sale or contribution by
the other partners (or members) of the Partnerships of their partnership
interests to the Company or the Operating Partnership.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         5.1   GRANT OF POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Optionor does hereby irrevocably
appoint Optionee (or its designee) and each of them individually and any
successor thereof from time to time (such Optionee or designee or any such
successor of any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney-in-fact
pursuant hereto, the "ATTORNEY-IN-FACT") as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact
and agent of Optionor, to act in the name, place and stead of Optionor to make,
execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other contracts, orders, receipts,
notices, requests, instructions, certificates, consents, letters and other
writings (including without limitation the execution of any Closing Documents or
other documents relating to the acquisition by Optionee of Optionor's
Partnership Interest), to provide information to the Securities and Exchange
Commission and others about the transactions contemplated hereby and, in
general, to do all things and to take all actions which the Attorney-in-Fact in
its sole discretion may consider necessary or proper in connection with or to
carry out the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement, as fully as
could Optionor if personally present and acting.  Further, Optionor hereby
grants to Attorney-in-Fact a proxy (the "PROXY") to vote Optionor's Partnership


                                       A-7

<PAGE>

Interest on any matter related to the Formation Transactions presented to the
Partnerships' partners for a vote, including, but not limited to, the transfer
of interests in the Partnerships by other partners.

         Each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy and all authority granted
hereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and
shall not be terminated by any act of Optionor, by operation of law or by the
occurrence of any other event or events, and if any other such act or events
shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by this
Option Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be authorized and
directed to complete all such transactions as if such other act or events had
not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Optionor agrees that, at the
request of Optionee it will promptly execute a separate power of attorney and
proxy on the same terms set forth in this ARTICLE 5, such execution to be
witnessed and notarized.  Optionor hereby authorizes the reliance of third
parties on each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy.

         Optionor acknowledges that Optionee has, and any designee or successor
thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an economic interest in the
transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.

         5.2   LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.  It is understood that the Attorney-
in-Fact assumes no responsibility or liability to any person by virtue of the
Power of Attorney or Proxy granted by Optionor hereby.  The Attorney-in-Fact
makes no representations with respect to and shall have no responsibility for
the Formation Transactions or the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the
Partnership Interest by Optionee and shall not be liable for any error or
judgment or for any act done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law except
for its own gross negligence or bad faith.  Optionor agrees to indemnify the
Attorney-in-Fact for and to hold the Attorney-in-Fact harmless against any loss,
claim, damage or liability incurred on its part arising out of or in connection
with it acting as the Attorney-in-Fact under the Power of Attorney or Proxy
created by Optionor hereby, as well as the cost and expense of investigating and
defending against any such loss, claim, damage or liability, except to the
extent such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to the gross negligence or
bad faith of the Attorney-in-Fact.  Optionor agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact
may consult with counsel of its own choice (who may be counsel for Optionee or
its successors or affiliates), and it shall have full and complete authorization
and protection for any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.  It is understood that the
Attorney-in-Fact may, without breaching any express or implied obligation to
Optionor hereunder, release, amend or modify any other power of attorney or
proxy granted by any other person under any related agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         6.1   AMENDMENT.  Any amendment hereto shall be effective only
against those parties who have acknowledged in writing their consent to such
amendment.  No waiver of any provisions of this Option Agreement shall be valid
unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.


                                       A-8

<PAGE>

         6.2   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS; APPLICABLE LAW.  This Option
Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof, (b) may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which shall
constitute but one and the same instrument and (c) shall be governed in all
respects by the laws of California without giving effect to the conflict of law
provisions thereof.

         6.3   ASSIGNABILITY.  Neither this Option Agreement nor any of the
rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by Optionor without the prior
written consent of Optionee or by Optionee without the prior written consent of
Optionor, except that Optionee may, without such consent, assign such rights and
such obligations to any affiliate of Optionee, provided that such assignment
shall not affect Optionee's obligations hereunder.

         6.4   SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Option Agreement, or
the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Option Agreement and application of such
provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably
to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to
replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Option Agreement with a
valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the
economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and
to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by
Optionee to effect such replacement.

         6.5   EQUITABLE REMEDIES.  The parties hereto agree that irreparable
damage would occur if any provision of this Option Agreement was not performed
in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached.  It is
accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or
injunctions to prevent breaches of this Option Agreement and to enforce
specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court
located in the California (as to which the parties agree to submit to
jurisdiction for the purposes of such action), this being in addition to any
other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

         6.6   NOTICES; EXERCISE OF OPTIONOR'S PURCHASE OPTION.  Any notice or
demand which must or may be given under this Option Agreement (including the
exercise by Optionee of the Purchase Option) or by law shall, except as
otherwise provided, be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
(i) when physically received by personal delivery (which shall include the
confirmed receipt of a telecopied facsimile transmission), or (ii) three
business days after being deposited in the United States certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iii) one business day after
being deposited with a nationally known commercial courier service providing
next day delivery service (such as Federal Express).


                                       A-9

<PAGE>

         Any such notice shall be addressed and delivered or telecopied (a) in
the case of a notice to Optionee at the following address and facsimile number:

                             Arden Realty Group, Inc.
                             9100 Wilshire Boulevard
                             East Tower, Suite 700
                             Beverly Hills, California 90212
                             Phone: (310) 271-8600
                             Facsimile: (310) 274-6218
                             Attn: President

and (b), in the case of a notice to Optionor, to the address and facsimile
number set forth on the Option Agreement Signature Page hereof.

         6.7   SURVIVAL.  It is the express intention and agreement of the
parties hereto that the representations, warranties and covenants of Optionor
set forth in this Option Agreement shall survive the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         6.8   INDEMNIFICATION.  Optionee shall cause the Operating
Partnership to indemnify and hold harmless the Optionor and its partners,
directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (each of
which is an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and all claims, losses,
damages, liabilities and expenses, including without limitation, amounts paid in
settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of investigation and remediation,
costs of investigative judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals
therefrom and costs of attachment or similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES")
asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Party in
connection with: (i) any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising from or
out of, in connection with or as a result of any claims made or actions brought
by or against the Optionor, the Operating Partnership, the Property or an
Indemnified Party, that arise from or out of, in connection with or as a result
of any contamination or other environmental liability of the Property regardless
of when or how occurring; and fees, costs and expenses of the Operating
Partnership in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Option
Agreement, including without limitation any and all costs associated with the
transfers contemplated herein.




                                      A-10

<PAGE>

                                 OPTION AGREEMENT
                                 SIGNATURE PAGE


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this
Option Agreement as of this __ day of June, 1996.


OPTIONOR

BROAD BASE INVESTMENTS TWO, LLC,
a Nevada limited liability company


By:/s/ ARTHUR GILBERT
- ------------------------------
    Arthur Gilbert

By: Gilbert Foundation


   /s/ ARTHUR GILBERT
- ------------------------------
    Arthur Gilbert
    President


OPTIONOR'S NOTICE ADDRESS

Broad Base Investments Two, LLC
9536 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 420
Beverly Hills, California 90212
Facsimile:  (310) 273-5421

OPTIONEE

ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
 a Maryland corporation



By:/s/ RICHARD S. ZIMAN
- ------------------------------
    Richard S. Ziman
    Chief Executive Officer


                                      A-11

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                                OPTION AGREEMENT



                            CONSTITUENT INTERESTS OF
                         OPTIONOR'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

                                 PROPERTIES HELD BY                 MINIMUM
   PARTNERSHIPS                     PARTNERSHIPS                  CONSIDERATION
    ------------                 ------------------               -------------


LAOP IV, LLC                 5601 Lindero Canyon
                             Westwood Terrace
                             Calabasas Commerce Center
                             The New Wilshire
                             70 South Lake
                             SkyView Center
                             4811 Airport Plaza Drive
                             4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive             $8,507,349
                                                                  -------------
                             TOTAL MINIMUM CONSIDERATION             $8,507,349
                                                                  -------------
                                                                  -------------


                                      A-12

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                                       TO
                                OPTION AGREEMENT



                       ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT


         FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers, sells
and conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC. a Maryland corporation (the "Company"),
its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in and to
______________________________, a __________________________________ [(the
"Partnership"/"LLC")], including, without limitation, all right, title and
interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the [Partnership's/LLC's] assets
and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets from
the [Partnership/LLC], presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or
accruing (such right, title and interest are hereinafter collectively referred
to as the ["Partnership Interest/LLC Interest"]), TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same
unto the Company, its successors and assigns, forever.

         Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Company assumes all
obligations in respect of the [Partnership Interest/LLC Interest].

         The [Partnership/LLC] owns certain real property as described in
Attachment "1" attached hereto.

Executed:  _____________ __, 1996

                                  By:
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                      A-13

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C
                                       TO
                                OPTION AGREEMENT


 Order No.
 Escrow No.
 Loan No.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:



 MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO:         SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE

                          DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX  $



                          . . . . .Computed on the consideration or value of
                                   property conveyed; OR



                          . . . . .Computed on the consideration or value less
                                   liens or encumbrances remaining at time of
                                   sale.

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
              Signature of Declarant of Agent determining tax -Firm Name
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 QUITCLAIM DEED

FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
do(es) hereby REMISE, RELEASE and FOREVER QUITCLAIM to
Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation
the real property in the City of _________, County of ________, State of
California, described as

 Dated __________________________________

 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
                     )       COUNTY OF__________________
                     )

 On _________________________________________________________________before me,

_______________________________________________________________________________

 personally appeared____________________________________________________________

Personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory 
evidence) to be the person(s) whose names(s) is/are subscribed to the within 
instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in 
his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their 
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of 
which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.  (This area for official 
notarial

 WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 Signature_____________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________









(THIS AREA  FOR OFFICIAL SEAL.)


                                      A-14

<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B

                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS


NO FAIRNESS OPINIONS OR APPRAISALS

         No third-party fairness opinions of the transactions contemplated by
the Option Agreement were sought or obtained.  In addition, no third-party
appraisals of the fair market value of the Partnership Interest, or the
Partnerships' Properties were sought or obtained.  There can be no assurance
that the consideration paid in connection with the Offer is equivalent to the
fair market value of such Partnership Interest or Properties.

NO INDEPENDENT REPRESENTATIVE FOR PARTNERS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS

         The terms of the Offer have been established by the Arden principals
on behalf of the REIT.  The partners of the Partnerships were not separately
represented in structuring and negotiating the terms of such transactions,
either by representative groups of limited partners or outside experts and
consultants, such as investment bankers, legal counsel, accountants and
financial experts.  Had independent representation been arranged for such
partners, the terms of such transactions might have been different and possibly
more favorable to such partners.

POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE IN VALUE RECEIVED BY OFFEREE AND THE OP PARTICIPANTS

         Depending upon prevailing market conditions, the OP Participants who
will receive OP Units for their Partnership Interest, may receive greater value
(on the basis of the trading prices for the Offeror's common stock after the
Public Offering) for their Partnership Interest in the Formation Transactions
than the Offerees will receive for their Partnership Interest pursuant to the
Offer.  In addition, the OP Participants will receive from the Operating
Partnership distributions of cash and allocations of income and loss, including
allocations of certain interest expenses attributable to loans which will be
transferred by the Partnerships to the Operating Partnership.  The Offerees will
not receive such benefits.  As holders of OP Units, however, the OP Participants
will own an investment with substantial limits on transferability for at least
one year during which the OP Units may not be transferred, or redeemed for cash
or REIT Shares and will bear the risk of fluctuations in value.

BENEFITS TO ARDEN PRINCIPALS RELATING TO THE FORMATION OF THE OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP

         The Arden principals may realize substantial financial benefits from
their participation in the formation of the Operating Partnership and from the
consummation of the Formation Transactions.  The Arden principals will receive
OP Units and cash in exchange for their interests in the Partnerships, other
Participating Partnerships and LLCs and the assets of Arden.  Although the
consideration paid to the Arden principals in connection with the Formation
Transactions is intended to be based on the value of the assets contributed,
such consideration may not necessarily be indicative of the actual value of
these assets.



                                       B-1

<PAGE>

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO OFFEREE

         The sale of Partnership Interest will be a taxable transaction for the
Offeree.  The Offeree will recognize gain or loss with respect to its
Partnership Interest equal to the difference between the "amount realized" with
respect to such Partnership Interest (which includes both the cash received and
the Offeree's share of the Partnerships' liabilities as determined for tax
purposes) and its adjusted tax basis in such Partnership Interest.  Such gain
may exceed the Purchase Price.  It is extremely important that each Offeree
consult with his tax advisor regarding the consequences of the Offer.  See
"CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS" in APPENDIX D.

LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY TO BENEFIT FROM POTENTIAL FUTURE APPRECIATION OF PROPERTY

         The determination of the Purchase Price has been based in part on
current market conditions.  There can be no assurance that the real estate
market in general will not improve following the Formation Transactions,
creating an environment for a more favorable disposition of the Properties or
Offeree's Partnership Interest in the future.











                                       B-2

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                              CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

         A number of conflicts of interest are inherent in the relationships
among the Arden principals, the Participating Partnerships and LLCs, the
Operating Partnership, the REIT and its directors and officers.  Certain of
these conflicts of interest are summarized below.

COMMON GENERAL PARTNERS

         State law in each of the jurisdictions in which the Participating
Partnerships and LLCs have been formed, including California and Nevada, imposes
certain fiduciary duties upon the general partners or managing members of each
of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs that go beyond the specific duties
and obligations imposed upon them under their respective limited partnership
agreements or LLC Operating Agreement.  The general partners and managing
partners, in handling the affairs of each Participating Partnership and LLC, are
expected to exercise good faith, to use care and prudence and to act with an
undivided duty of loyalty to the limited partners of the respective
Participating Partnerships and LLCs.  The Arden principals serve with others as
general partners or managing members for many of the Participating Partnerships
and LLCs.  The general partners and managing members of each Participating
Partnership and LLC have an independent obligation to ensure that the
participation of the limited partners or members in the Option Agreement
transactions is fair and equitable.  The Arden principals have sought to
discharge faithfully their fiduciary obligation to each of the Participating
Partnerships and LLCs, but it should be borne in mind that the Arden principals
who are the general partners of several of the Partnerships may serve in a
similar capacity with respect to each of the Participating Partnerships and
LLCs.

LACK OF INDEPENDENT REPRESENTATION

         The Participating Partnerships and LLCs have not retained an
unaffiliated representative to negotiate the terms and conditions under which
their properties shall be transferred to the Operating Partnership.  The Arden
principals, who are affiliates of the Operating Partnership and the REIT, have
acted on behalf of the Operating Partnership and the Participating Partnerships
and LLCs to structure the transactions and determine the Purchase Price.
Consequently, the terms of such transactions are not the result of arm's-length
negotiations, and no fairness opinion concerning the Offer has been obtained.

         Further, because the Arden principals and their affiliates have a
significant financial interest in consummating the Formation Transactions and no
independent entity approved such Formation Transactions on behalf of the
Participating Partnerships and LLCs, there is an inherent conflict of interest
in the Arden principals' structuring of the terms and conditions of the
Formation Transactions.



                                       C-1

<PAGE>

SUBSTANTIAL BENEFITS TO THE ARDEN PRINCIPALS

         The Arden principals have the following interests in the Formation
Transactions and the Public Offering, which may conflict with the interests of
the Offeree, the Participating Partnerships and their partners:

         PARTNERS IN PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS AND OWNERSHIP OF OP UNITS.
Certain of the partners in the  Participating Partnerships and LLCs, including
in many cases the Arden principals and/or their affiliates, are contributing
their interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs to the Operating
Partnership in exchange for OP Units in tax free transactions.  In addition,
Arden will contribute its assets to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP
Units.  The Arden principals, therefore, will hold substantial numbers of OP
Units following the Formation Transactions and thus may receive a long-term
direct financial benefit from the Formation Transactions.

         IMPROVED FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE ARDEN PRINCIPALS.  Aside from the
direct monetary benefits described above, following the consummation of the
Formation Transactions, certain of the Arden principals will (i) enter into
employment agreements with the Operating Partnership and will receive salary,
other compensation such as bonuses and benefit plan awards, and options to
acquire additional OP Units and/or REIT Shares; (ii) receive increased liquidity
of their interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs due to the
conversion of these interests to OP Units that may ultimately be converted into
cash or REIT Shares; (iii) receive increased diversification of their
investments; and (iv) receive the release of certain personal guarantees of
mortgage indebtedness on certain of these properties.


                                       c-2

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX D

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES


         The following is a summary of certain of the federal income tax
consequences associated with the sale by the Offeree of its Partnership
Interest.  It is impractical, however, to set forth in this confidential Offer
all aspects of federal tax law which may have tax consequences with respect to a
partner's participation in the Partnership Interest sale transaction.  The
following discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of taxation that
may be relevant to particular partners in light of their personal investment or
tax circumstances, or to certain types of partners (including insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions or broker-dealers,
foreign corporations and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United
States) subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws.
Furthermore, the discussion of various aspects of federal income taxation
discussed herein is based on the Code, existing laws, judicial decisions and
administrative regulations, rulings and practice, all of which are subject to
change at any time.  Any such changes may be retroactive.  Consequently, no
assurance can be given that the federal income tax consequences to a partner
described herein will not be altered in the future.  This summary is not
intended to be a complete discussion of all tax consequences of the sale of the
Partnership Interest to the REIT or a substitute for careful tax planning, and
does not address the possible consequences to the Offeree under the tax laws of
the states and localities where the Offeree resides or otherwise does business
or where the Partnerships may operate.  Further, the federal income tax
consequences to an Offeree may be affected by matters not discussed below.  The
discussion set forth below is based upon the assumption that interests held by
the Offeree constitute capital assets in the hands of such investor.  In
addition, this discussion assumes that each of the Partnerships is classified
for federal income tax purposes as a partnership rather than as an "association"
taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership.  EACH OFFEREE IS
URGED TO CONSULT HIS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL
AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OF PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFER AND SALE OF
HIS PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

TAXATION OF OFFEREES RESULTING FROM THE SALE OF THEIR PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

         The sale of a Partnership Interest will be a taxable transaction for
the Offerees who accept the Offer.  Upon the sale of a Partnership Interest for
cash, Offerees will recognize gain or, subject to certain limitations, loss with
respect to such Partnership Interest in an amount equal to the excess (or
deficit) of (i) their "amount realized" with respect to such Partnership
Interest, and (ii) their adjusted tax basis in such Partnership Interest.  An
Offeree's "amount realized" with respect to a Partnership Interest for this
purpose will equal the sum of the cash consideration paid for such Partnership
Interest (I.E., the Purchase Price plus the Option Fee) plus the Offeree's
"share" (as determined for tax purposes) of the liabilities of the Partnerships.
Therefore, depending upon an Offeree's adjusted tax basis in the Partnership
Interest and his share of the Partnerships' liabilities, the gain recognized by
a particular Offeree may be in excess of the amount of cash received.  Any gain
recognized on the sale of the Partnership Interest pursuant to the Offer
generally will constitute capital gain;


                                       D-1
<PAGE>

provided, however, that to the extent the amount received for the Partnership
Interest is attributable to the Offeree's share of "substantially appreciated
inventory" or "unrealized receivables" (within the meaning of Section 751 of the
Code) of the Partnerships (including the Partnerships' previously allowed
depreciation and cost recovery deductions subject to recapture), the gain
resulting therefrom will be treated as ordinary income.

         Any gain recognized by the Offerees who do not "materially
participate" (as defined in the Code) in a Participating Partnership in
connection with the sale of their Partnership Interests in such partnership will
constitute "passive activity income" for purposes of the "passive activity loss"
rules.  Accordingly, such income generally may be offset by losses from all
sources, including suspended "passive activity losses" with respect to the
Partnerships, and "passive" or "active" losses from other activities.  There are
exceptions to this rule, however, and each Offeree should consult with his or
her own tax advisor concerning whether, and the extent to which, he or she has
available suspended "passive" losses from either the Partnerships or other
investments that may be used to offset gain resulting from the sale of
Partnership Interests.  Any gain recognized by an offeree who "materially
participates" (as defined in the Code) in a Participating Partnership may not be
offset by suspended "passive activity losses."

STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         Offerees who sell their Partnership Interests may be subject to other
taxes, such as state and local income taxes or transfer taxes that may be
imposed by various jurisdictions.  Each Offeree is urged to consult with his own
tax advisor for advice as to state, local, or other taxes which may be payable
in connection with his acceptance of the Offer.

         THE FOREGOING IS MERELY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN OF THE FEDERAL
         INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO PARTICIPANTS IN THE SALE OF
         PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS TO THE OFFEROR.  IT DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE
         EITHER A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OR A COMPETE LISTING OF ALL POTENTIAL
         TAX CONSIDERATIONS OR TAX RISKS INHERENT IN THE OFFER AND SALE,
         AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING.  ACCORDINGLY,
         OFFEREES ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR PERSONAL TAX ADVISORS WITH
         RESPECT TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES
         OF PARTICIPATING IN THE SALE OF THEIR PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.





                                       D-2

<PAGE>


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.17
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT





                                 by and between




                                 RICHARD S. ZIMAN,
                                   an individual





                                       and




                     ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         a Maryland limited partnership






                            Dated as of June 17, 1996



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

RECITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

1.   CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS. . . . .   2

     1.1  Contribution Transaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.2  Minimum Consideration and Exchange of OP Units . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.3  Additional Consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.4  Adjusted Consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.5  Authorization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.6  Contribution of Certain Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.7  Prorations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.8  Treatment as Contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

2.   CLOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

     2.1  Conditions Precedent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     2.2  Time and Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.3  Closing Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.4  Closing Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

     3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Operating Partnership. . . .   6
     3.2  Representations and Warranties of Contributor. . . . . . . . . . .   7
     3.3  Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     5.1  General Release of Operating Partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     5.2  General Release of Contributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     5.3  Waiver of Section 1542 Protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     5.4  Waiver of Rights Under Partnership Agreement . . . . . . . . . . .   9

6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

     6.1  Grant of Power of Attorney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     6.2  Limitation on Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

7.   MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     7.1  Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     7.2  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     7.3  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     7.4  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

                                        i

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT LIST

                                                                   SECTION FIRST
EXHIBITS                                                             REFERENCED
                                                                   ------------

   A  Constituent Interests of Contributor's Partnership Interest . . .Recital D

   B  Contribution and Assumption Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1.1

   C  Form of Quitclaim   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2.1

   D  Representations and Warranties of Contributor . . . . . . . . . . . .  3.2

      Attachment 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List of Portfolio Agreements

                                        ii


<PAGE>

                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

          THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the
"CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of June 17, 1996 by and
between Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership
(the "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"), and Richard S. Ziman, an individual (the
"CONTRIBUTOR").


                                 RECITALS

          A.   The Operating Partnership desires to consolidate the ownership 
of a portfolio of office properties (the "PARTICIPATING PROPERTIES") located 
in Southern California through a series of transactions (the "FORMATION 
TRANSACTIONS") whereby the Operating Partnership will acquire direct 
interests in certain of the Participating Properties (the "PROPERTY 
INTERESTS") and all of the interests in certain limited partnerships, certain 
limited liability companies and certain other entities (collectively the 
"PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS AND LLCS") which currently own directly or 
indirectly the Participating Properties (the "CONSOLIDATION").

          B.   The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial 
public offering (the "PUBLIC OFFERING") of the common stock of Arden Realty 
Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "COMPANY"), which will operate as a 
self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT") and 
will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

          C.   The owners of the Property Interests and the partners and 
members of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer their 
Property Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs 
to the Company in exchange for cash (the "CASH PARTICIPANTS") or contribute 
such interests directly to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an 
interest in the Operating Partnership (the "OP PARTICIPANTS").

          D.   The Contributor owns interests in certain of the Participating 
Partnerships and LLCs as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" (the "PARTNERSHIPS") which 
Partnerships own directly or indirectly interests in certain of the 
Participating Properties also as set forth on Exhibit A (the "PROPERTY" or 
the "PROPERTIES").  As used herein, "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the 
partnership agreement or membership agreement, as applicable, under which 
each such Partnership was formed.

          E.   The Contributor desires to, and the Operating Partnership 
desires the Contributor to, contribute to the Operating Partnership, all of 
its right, title and interest, as a partner (or member) of the Partnerships, 
including, without limitation, all of its voting rights and interests in the 
capital, profits and losses of the Partnerships or any property distributable 
therefrom, constituting all of its interests in the Partnerships (such right, 
title and interest are hereinafter collectively referred to as the 
"PARTNERSHIP INTEREST"), in exchange for partnership units in the Operating 
Partnership (the "OP UNITS"), on the terms and subject to the conditions set 
forth herein.


<PAGE>

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and 
the mutual undertakings set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                               TERMS OF AGREEMENT

     1.   CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS

          1.1  CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION

          At the Closing (as defined in ARTICLE 2.2 herein) and subject to 
the terms and conditions contained in this Contribution Agreement, the 
Contributor shall transfer to the Operating Partnership, absolutely and 
unconditionally, all of its Partnership Interest (as such term is defined in 
Recital B herein).  The contribution of the Contributor's  Partnership 
Interest shall be evidenced by a "CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" for 
each of the Partnerships in substantially the form of EXHIBIT "B" attached 
hereto.  Furthermore, the Contributor shall execute and have duly 
acknowledged an individual quitclaim deed for each Property in the form of 
EXHIBIT "C" quitclaiming to the Operating Partnership any direct or indirect 
ownership interest in and to the Properties. The parties shall take such 
additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be 
required by the Partnership Agreement and the Agreement of Limited 
Partnership of the Operating Partnership (the "OP AGREEMENT") in order to 
effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

          1.2  MINIMUM CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE OF OP UNITS.

          Subject to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 below, the Operating Partnership 
shall, in exchange for the Partnership Interest, transfer to the Contributor 
the number of OP Units having a value, based on one OP Unit being equal in 
value to the Public Offering price for one share of the Company's common 
stock, equal to the value indicated on Exhibit A as Contributor's "Total 
Minimum Consideration." The transfer of the OP Units to the Contributor shall 
be evidenced by either an amendment (the "AMENDMENT") to the OP Agreement or 
by certificates relating to such units (the "CERTIFICATES") in either case, 
as shall be acceptable to the Contributor.  The parties shall take such 
additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be 
required by the Partnership Agreement and the OP Agreement in order to effect 
the transactions contemplated hereby.

          1.3  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION

          Subject to ARTICLE 1.4 below, in the event that, at Closing the 
aggregate value (determined as provided in ARTICLE 1.2) of the OP Units 
available to all OP Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum 
Consideration values (after all adjustments set forth in ARTICLE 1.4) of all 
OP Participants (the "ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION"), then the Additional 
Consideration or a portion thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the OP 
Participants (including the Contributor) based upon the relative values of 
the Contributor's Partnership 

                                   2

<PAGE>

Interest and the interests contributed by each of the other OP Participants, 
in each case as determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion.

          1.4  ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION

          The Operating Partnership reserves the right not to acquire any 
particular interest that constitutes part of the Partnership Interest, if in 
good faith the Operating Partnership determines that the ownership of such 
interest or the underlying Property would be inappropriate for the Operating 
Partnership for any reason whatsoever.  Contributor hereby agrees that, in 
such event, the Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration may be reduced by 
an amount determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion, to reflect 
the reduction in total value of the Partnership Interest ultimately 
contributed by the Contributor.

          1.5  AUTHORIZATION

          Contributor hereby authorizes Richard S. Ziman to make any and all 
determinations to be made by him pursuant to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 hereof, and 
any and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all parties.

          1.6  CONTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

          Effective upon the Closing, the Contributor hereby contributes to 
the Operating Partnership all of its rights and interests, if any, including 
rights to indemnification in favor of the Contributor, if any, under the 
agreements pursuant to which the Contributor or its affiliates initially 
acquired the Partnership Interest transferred pursuant to this Contribution 
Agreement.

          1.7  PRORATIONS

          At the Closing, or as promptly as practicable following the 
Closing, to the extent such matters are not the right or responsibility of 
all tenants of a given Property, all revenue and all charges that are 
customarily prorated in transactions of this nature, including accrued rent 
currently due and payable, overpaid taxes or fees, real and personal property 
taxes, common area maintenance charges and other similar periodic charges 
payable or receivable with respect to such Property shall be ratably prorated 
between the partners of the Partnership which holds such Property prior to 
the Closing and the Operating Partnership on and after the Closing, effective 
as of the Closing.  After providing for such prorations, (i) if any of the 
Partnerships has a resultant cash surplus, the value of the Contributor's 
Partnership Interest shall be increased in proportion to Contributor's 
ratable share of such cash surplus and additional OP Units (based on the 
initial Public Offering price of the Company's common stock) shall be issued 
to the Contributor as a valuation adjustment to the Contributor's Total 
Minimum Consideration, and (ii) if any of the Partnerships has a resultant 
cash deficit, the value of the Contributor's Partnership Interest shall be 
reduced in proportion to Contributor's ratable share of such cash deficit, 
and fewer OP Units shall be 

                                      3

<PAGE>

issued to the Contributor as a valuation adjustment to the Contributor's 
Total Minimum Consideration, unless such deficit is cured prior to Closing.

          1.8  TREATMENT AS CONTRIBUTION

          The transfer, assignment and exchange of interests effectuated with 
respect to the Operating Partnership, pursuant to this Contribution Agreement 
shall constitute, a "Capital Contribution" pursuant to Article 4 of the OP 
Agreement and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").

     2.   CLOSING

          2.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          The effectiveness of the Company's registration statement filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-11 (the "REGISTRATION 
STATEMENT") is a condition precedent to the obligations of all parties to 
this Contribution Agreement to effect the transactions contemplated by this 
Contribution Agreement on the Closing Date (as defined below).

          The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the 
transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following additional 
conditions:

          (a)  The representations and warranties of the Contributor 
contained in this Contribution Agreement shall have been true and correct in 
all material respects on the date such representations and warranties were 
made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing 
Date as if made at and as of such date;

          (b)  Each of the obligations of the Contributor to be performed by 
it shall have been duly performed by it on or before the Closing Date;

          (c)  Concurrently with the Closing, the Contributor shall have 
executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to 
be delivered pursuant to SECTION 2.3 hereof;

          (d)  The Contributor shall have obtained all necessary consents or 
approvals of governmental authorities or third parties to the consummation of 
the transactions contemplated hereby;

          (e)  The Contributor shall not have breached any of its covenants 
contained herein in any material respect;

          (f)  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, 
injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, 
entered, promulgated or enforced by any 

                                      4

<PAGE>

court of competent jurisdiction or governmental or regulatory authority or 
instrumentality that prohibits the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking 
such an order shall be pending or threatened;

          (g)  There shall not have occurred between the date hereof and the 
Closing Date any material adverse change in any of the Partnerships' 
businesses;

          (h)  All existing management agreements with respect to the 
Properties shall have been contributed to the Operating Partnership prior to 
or simultaneously with the Closing; and

          (i)  All management functions with respect to the Properties 
presently conducted by Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation, 
shall be assumed by the Operating Partnership.

          The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership 
in its sole and absolute discretion.

          2.2  TIME AND PLACE

          The date, time and place of the transactions contemplated hereunder 
shall be the day the Operating Partnership receives the proceeds from the 
Public Offering from the underwriter(s), at 10:00 a.m. in the office of 
Latham & Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Sixth Floor, Los Angeles, California 
(the "CLOSING" or "CLOSING DATE").  The transfers described in ARTICLES 1.1 
AND 1.2 of this Contribution Agreement, and all closing deliveries, and the 
consummation of the Public Offering, shall be deemed concurrent for all 
purposes.

          2.3  CLOSING DELIVERIES

          At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and 
deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered through 
the Attorney-in-Fact (see ARTICLE 6.1 below), the legal documents and other 
items (collectively the "CLOSING DOCUMENTS") necessary to carry out the 
intention of this Contribution Agreement, which Closing Documents and other 
items shall include, without limitation, the following:

          (i)  A Contribution and Assumption Agreement for each Partnership;

          (ii) An individual quitclaim deed for each Property fully executed and
     duly acknowledged from each of the individual constituent partners and/or
     members of the Contributor, as required by the Operating Partnership;

          (iii)     The Amendment or the Certificates evidencing the transfer of
     OP Units to the Contributor;

                                       5

<PAGE>

          (iv) American Land Title Assurances ("ALTA") policies of title
     insurance with appropriate endorsements and levels of reinsurance for the
     Properties issued as of the Closing Date or endorsements or other
     assurances that the existing policy or policies of title insurance are
     sufficient for purposes of this Contribution Agreement, which the
     Contributor shall cause the title company to issue to the Operating
     Partnership in a form acceptable to the Operating Partnership (the "TITLE
     POLICIES") including satisfaction by the Contributor of any and all title
     company requirements applicable to it;

          (v)  The Partnerships' books and records and securities or other
     evidences of ownership held by the Contributor; and

          (vi) An affidavit from the Contributor, stating under penalty of
     perjury, the Contributor's United States Taxpayer Identification Number and
     that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to section 1445(b)(2)
     of the Code and a comparable affidavit satisfying California and any other
     withholding requirements.

          2.4  CLOSING COSTS

          The Operating Partnership shall pay any documentary transfer taxes, 
escrow charges, title charges and recording taxes or fees incurred in 
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

          3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

          The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to and 
covenants with the Contributor that:

               (a)  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Operating Partnership has been
     duly formed and is validly existing with requisite power to enter this
     Contribution Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby.  The persons
     and entities executing this Contribution Agreement and all agreements
     contemplated hereby on behalf of the Operating Partnership have the power
     and authority to enter into this Contribution Agreement and such other
     contemplated agreements; and

               (b)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance
     by the Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution
     Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby will not contravene any
     provision of applicable law, the OP Agreement, charter, declaration of
     trust or other constituent document of the Operating Partnership, or any
     agreement or other instrument binding upon the Operating Partnership or any
     judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
     jurisdiction over the Operating Partnership, and no consent, 

                                          6

<PAGE>

     approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental
     body or agency is required for the performance by the Operating Partnership
     of its obligations under this Contribution Agreement and all other 
     agreements contemplated hereby.

          3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

          The Contributor represents and warrants to and covenants with the 
Operating Partnership as provided in EXHIBIT "D" attached hereto, and 
acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions 
contained therein.

          3.3  INDEMNIFICATION

          The Operating Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the 
Contributor (the "INDEMNIFIED CONTRIBUTOR PARTY") from and against any and 
all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without 
limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of 
investigation and remediation, costs of investigative judicial or 
administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom and costs of attachment or 
similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES") asserted against, imposed upon or 
incurred by the Indemnified Contributor Party in connection with: (i) any 
breach of a representation or warranty of the Operating Partnership contained 
in this Contribution Agreement; and (ii) all fees, costs and expenses of the 
Operating Partnership in connection with the transactions contemplated by the 
Contribution Agreement, including without limitation any and all costs 
associated with the transfers contemplated herein.

     4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR

          (a)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor 
shall not:

               (i)   Sell or transfer all or any portion of the Partnership
     Interest; or

               (ii)  Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
     encumbered) all or any portion of the Partnership Interest.

          (b)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor 
shall permit each of the Partnerships to conduct its business in the ordinary 
course, consistent with past practice, and shall not permit any of the 
Partnerships to:

               (i)   Enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary
     course of business;

               (ii)  Sell or transfer any assets of the Partnerships;

               (iii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
     encumbered) any assets of the Partnerships, except (x) liens for taxes not
     due, 

                                      7

<PAGE>

     (y) purchase money security interests and (z) mechanics' liens being
     disputed by any of the Partnerships in good faith and by appropriate
     proceedings;

               (iv)  Amend, modify or terminate any material agreements or other
     instruments to which any of the Partnerships are a party;

               (v)   Materially alter the manner of keeping the Partnerships'
     books, accounts or records or the accounting practices therein reflected;
     or

               (vi)  Make any distribution to its partners.

          (c)  The Contributor shall use its good faith diligent efforts to 
obtain any approvals, waivers or other consents of third parties required to 
effect the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

     5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS

          Each of the releases and waivers enumerated in this ARTICLE 5 shall 
become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of 
the Partnership Interest pursuant to ARTICLES 1 AND 2 herein.

          5.1  GENERAL RELEASE OF OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

          As of the Closing, the Contributor irrevocably waives, releases and 
forever discharges the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership's 
affiliates, partners (including Richard S. Ziman and Victor J. Coleman), 
agents, attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, 
complaints, claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses 
and costs of any nature whatsoever (collectively, "CONTRIBUTOR CLAIMS"), 
known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to any 
of the Partnership Agreements, this Contribution Agreement or any other 
matter which exists at the Closing, except for Contributor Claims arising 
from the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under 
this Contribution Agreement.

          5.2  GENERAL RELEASE OF CONTRIBUTOR

          As of the Closing, the Operating Partnership irrevocably waives, 
releases and forever discharges the Contributor and Contributor's agents, 
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, 
complaints, claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses 
and costs of any nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP 
CLAIMS"), known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or 
relating to any of the Partnership Agreements, this Contribution Agreement or 
any other matter which exists at the Closing, except for Operating 
Partnership Claims arising from the breach of any representation, warranty, 
covenant or obligation under this Contribution Agreement.

                                    8

<PAGE>

          5.3  WAIVER OF SECTION 1542 PROTECTIONS

          As of the Closing, the Contributor and the Operating Partnership 
each expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits afforded by 
Section 1542 of the California Civil Code and do so understanding and 
acknowledging the significance and consequence of such specific waiver of 
Section 1542 which provides:

          A general release does not extend to claims which the
          creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at
          the time of executing the release, which if known by him
          must have materially affected the settlement with the
          debtor.

          5.4  WAIVER OF RIGHTS UNDER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

          As of the Closing, the Contributor waives and relinquishes all 
rights and benefits otherwise afforded to Contributor under the Partnership 
Agreements including, without limitation, any right to consent to or approve 
of the sale or contribution by the other partners (or members) of the 
Partnerships of their partnership interests to the Company or the Operating 
Partnership.

     6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

          6.1  GRANT OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

          Contributor does hereby irrevocably appoint the Operating 
Partnership (or its designee) and each of them individually and any successor 
thereof from time to time (such Operating Partnership or designee or any such 
successor of any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as 
attorney-in-fact pursuant hereto, the "ATTORNEY-IN FACT") as the true and 
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent of Contributor, to act in the name, place 
and stead of Contributor to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such 
other contracts, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, 
certificates, consents, letters and other writings (including without 
limitation the execution of any Closing Documents or other documents relating 
to the acquisition by the Operating Partnership of Contributor's Partnership 
Interest), to provide information to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and others about the transactions contemplated hereby and, in general, to do 
all things and to take all actions which the Attorney-in-Fact in its sole 
discretion may consider necessary or proper in connection with or to carry 
out the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement, as fully as 
could Contributor if personally present and acting.  Further, Contributor 
hereby grants to Attorney-in-Fact a proxy (the "PROXY") to vote Contributor's 
Partnership Interest on any matter related to the Formation Transactions 
presented to the partners of any of the Partnerships for a vote, including, 
but not limited to, the transfer of interests in any of the Partnerships by 
the other partners.

                                       9

<PAGE>

          Each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy and all authority granted 
hereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable 
and shall not be terminated by any act of Contributor, by operation of law or 
by the occurrence of any other event or events, and if any other such act or 
events shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by 
this Contribution Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be 
authorized and directed to complete all such transactions as if such other 
act or events had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Contributor 
agrees that, at the request of Operating Partnership it will promptly execute 
a separate power of attorney and proxy on the same terms set forth in this 
ARTICLE 6, such execution to be witnessed and notarized.  Contributor hereby 
authorizes the reliance of third parties on each of the Power of Attorney and 
Proxy.

          Contributor acknowledges that the Operating Partnership has, and 
any designee or successor thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an 
economic interest in the transactions contemplated by this Contribution 
Agreement.

          6.2  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

          It is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact assumes no 
responsibility or liability to any person by virtue of the Power of Attorney 
or Proxy granted by Contributor hereby.  The Attorney-in-Fact makes no 
representations with respect to and shall have no responsibility for the 
Formation Transactions or the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the 
Partnership Interest by the Operating Partnership and shall not be liable for 
any error or judgement or for any act done or omitted or for any mistake of 
fact or law except for its own gross negligence or bad faith.  Contributor 
agrees to indemnify the Attorney-in-Fact for and to hold the Attorney-in-Fact 
harmless against any loss, claim, damage or liability incurred on its part 
arising out of or in connection with it acting as the Attorney-in-Fact under 
the Power of Attorney or Proxy created by Contributor hereby, as well as the 
cost and expense of investigating and defending against any such loss, claim, 
damage or liability, except to the extend such loss, claim, damage or 
liability is due to the gross negligence or bad faith of the 
Attorney-in-Fact.  Contributor agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact may consult 
with counsel of its own choice (who may be counsel for Operating Partnership 
or its successors or affiliates), and it shall have full and complete 
authorization and protection for any action taken or suffered by it hereunder 
in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.  It is 
understood that the Attorney-in-Fact may, without breaching any express or 
implied obligation to Contributor hereunder, release, amend or modify any 
other power of attorney or proxy granted by any other person under any 
related agreement.

     7.   MISCELLANEOUS

          7.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Contributor shall take such other 
actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the 
Operating Partnership may reasonably request in order to effect the 
transactions contemplated hereby.

                                   10

<PAGE>


          7.2  COUNTERPARTS.  This Contribution Agreement may be executed in 
one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all 
of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          7.3  GOVERNING LAW.  This Contribution Agreement shall be governed 
by the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice 
of laws provisions thereof.

          7.4  NOTICES.  Any notice to be given hereunder by any party to the 
other shall be given in writing by personal delivery or by registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be 
deemed communicated as of the date of personal delivery (including delivery 
by overnight courier).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, 
but any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to 
other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

          To the Contributor:

          Richard S. Ziman
          c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
          9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
          Beverly Hills, CA 90212

          To the Operating Partnership:

          Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership
          c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
          9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
          Beverly Hills, CA 90212

                                        11

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution 
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                       "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"

                                       ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED 
                                       PARTNERSHIP,
                                       a Maryland limited partnership

                                       By:  ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                            a Maryland Corporation,
                                            general partner


                                            By: /s/ Richard S. Ziman
                                               ---------------------------
                                            Name: Richard S. Ziman
                                                 -------------------------
                                            Title: Chairman/CEO
                                                  ------------------------

                                       "CONTRIBUTOR"

                                       RICHARD S. ZIMAN,
                                       an individual


                                       By: /s/ Richard S. Ziman
                                          --------------------------------

                                         12

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



           CONSTITUENT INTERESTS OF CONTRIBUTOR'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

                              Properties Held by the              Minimum 
    Partnerships                  Partnerships                 Consideration
- --------------------        --------------------------        ---------------

1950 Sawtelle               1950 Sawtelle                      $  168,403
Associates, L.P.            Boulevard
- --------------------       ----------------------------       ---------------
LAOP IV, LLC                5601 Lindero Canyon;               $3,671,678
                            Westwood Terrace;
                            Calabasas Commerce Center;
                            The New Wilshire;
                            70 South Lake;
                            Skyview Center;
                            4811 Airport Plaza Drive;
                            4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive
- --------------------       ----------------------------       ---------------
LAOP V, LLC                 5832 Bolsa Avenue;                 $  979,670
                            400 Corporate Pointe;
                            9665 Wilshire Boulevard;
                            Imperial Bank Tower
- --------------------       ----------------------------       ---------------
   
Arden Broadway              100 West Broadway                  $4,459,544
Associates, LLC             

                                          Total Minimum
                                          Consideration        $9,279,295
                                                              ---------------
                                                              ---------------

    
                                        A-1

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B
                                      to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                      CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of 
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers, 
contributes and conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland 
limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), its entire legal and 
beneficial right, title and interest in and to _______________________, a 
________________________ (the "Partnership"), including, without limitation, 
all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the 
assets of the Partnership and the right to receive distributions of money, 
profits and other assets from the Partnership, presently existing or 
hereafter at any time arising or accruing (such right, title and interest are 
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Partnership Interest"), TO HAVE 
AND TO HOLD the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and 
assigns, forever.

     Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership 
assumes all obligations in respect of the Partnership Interest.

     The Partnership owns certain real property as described in Attachment 
"1" attached hereto.

Executed:  _____ __, 1996


                                            By:
                                                --------------------------
                                                Richard S. Ziman

                                         B-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                                      to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Order No.           
Escrow No.
Loan No.

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO:             SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE
                                          

                              DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX  $ ....................

                              .....  Computed on the consideration or value of 
                                     property conveyed; OR

                              .....  Computed on the consideration or value 
                                     less liens or encumbrances remaining at 
                                     time of sale.


                              -----------------------------------------------
                                Signature of Declarant of Agent determining 
                                              tax - Firm Name
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               QUITCLAIM DEED

FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,




do(es) hereby REMISE, RELEASE and FOREVER QUITCLAIM to


Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership


the real property in the City of ___________, County of ___________, State of
California, described as




Dated __________________________           ________________________________

STATE OF CALIFORNIA         }              ________________________________
                            }
COUNTY OF _________________ }              ________________________________

On _________________ before me,
______________________________,
personally appeared ___________
_______________________________
personally known to me (or proved to me on
the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be
the person(s) whose names(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they
executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ies), and that by
his/her/their signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s) or the entity upon
behalf of which the person(s) acted,
executed the instrument.
                                           
WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature ___________________________     (This area for official notarial seal)
          

                                     C-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D
                                       TO
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES


                       ARTICLE 1 - ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS

          For purposes of this EXHIBIT D, the following terms have the 
meanings set forth below.  Terms which are not defined below shall have the 
meaning set forth for those terms as defined in the Contribution Agreement to 
which this EXHIBIT D is attached:

          ACTIONS:  Means all actions, complaints, charges, accusations, 
investigations, petitions, suits or other proceedings, whether civil or 
criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental 
Entity.

          CLAIMS:  Means claims, disputes, actions, suits, arbitrations, 
proceedings or investigations (collectively "Claims") pending or, to 
Knowledge, threatened that directly or indirectly affect any of the 
Contributor, the Partnerships or the Properties.

          CONTAMINATION:  Means emissions, discharges, releases or threatened 
releases of "Hazardous Materials," substances, pollutants, contaminants or 
hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes whether solid, liquid or 
gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, ground water or land, or 
relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, 
storage, disposal, transport or handling of substances, pollutants, 
contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials, or wastes, whether 
solid, liquid or gaseous in nature.

          CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:  Means the Contribution Agreement to which 
this EXHIBIT D is attached.

          ENVIRONMENTAL LAW:  Means all applicable statutes, regulations, 
rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders, demands, approvals, 
authorizations and similar items of all governmental agencies, departments, 
commissions, boards, bureaus or instrumentalities of the United States, 
states and political subdivisions thereof and all applicable judicial, 
administrative and regulatory decrees, judgments and orders relating to the 
protection of human health or the environment as in effect on the Closing 
Date, including all requirements as of the Closing Date, including but not 
limited to those pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, 
investigation, removal and remediation of Contamination, including without 
limitation:  (x) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and 
Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section  9601 ET SEQ.), the Resource Conservation 
and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section  6901 ET SEQ.), the Clean Air Act (42 
U.S.C. Section  7401 ET SEQ.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 
U.S.C. Section  1251), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300f ET SEQ.), 
the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 ET SEQ.), the Endangered 
Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 ET SEQ.), the Emergency Planning 

                                  D-1

<PAGE>

and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C:  11001 ET SEQ.), and (y) 
applicable state and local statutory and regulatory schemes pertaining to 
hazardous materials.

          GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY:  Means any government or agency, bureau, 
board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, 
tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state 
or local, domestic or foreign.

          HAZARDOUS MATERIAL:  Means any substance:

          (i)    the presence of which requires investigation or remediation 
     under any Environmental Law action or policy, administrative request or 
     civil complaint under the foregoing or under common law; or

          (ii)   which is controlled, regulated or prohibited under any
     Environmental Law as in effect as of the Closing Date, including the
     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42
     U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
     (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.); or

          (iii)  which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable,
     infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous and
     as of the Closing Date is regulated by any governmental authority, agency,
     department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality of the United
     States, or any state or any political subdivision thereof having or
     asserting jurisdiction over the Properties; or

          (iv)   the presence of which on, under or about, a Property poses a
     hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about such Property; or

          (v)    which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum
     hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or asbestos or
     asbestos-containing materials or urea formaldehyde foam insulation; or

          (vi)   radon gas.

          INDEMNIFYING PARTY:  Means any party required to indemnify any 
other party under ARTICLE 3.2 of this EXHIBIT D or under the indemnification 
provisions substantially identical to ARTICLE 3.2 hereof in the other 
Portfolio Agreements.

          KNOWLEDGE:  Means, with respect to any representation or warranty 
so indicated, the actual knowledge, upon reasonable investigation and inquiry 
in good faith, of the signatory to the Contribution Agreement.

          KNOWN CONTAMINATION:  Means Contamination currently existing on or 
affecting the applicable Property as of the Closing, AND which such 
Contamination is disclosed in 

                                   D-2

<PAGE>

environmental reports received by the Contributor or the Partnerships on or 
before the Closing (the "ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS");

          LIENS:  Means, with respect to any real and personal property, all 
mortgages, pledges, liens, options, charges, security interests, 
restrictions, prior assignments, encumbrances, covenants, encroachments, 
assessments, rights of others, licenses, easements, liabilities or claims of 
any kind or nature whatsoever, direct or indirect, including, without 
limitation, interests in or claims to revenues generated by such property.

          OP UNITS:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.

          PERMITTED LIENS:  Means (a) Liens, or deposits made to secure the 
release of such Liens, securing taxes, the payment of which is not delinquent 
or the payment of which is actively being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued;

          (b)  Zoning laws and ordinances generally applicable to the 
districts in which the Properties are located which are not violated by the 
existing structures or present uses thereof;

          (c)  Liens imposed by laws, such as carriers', warehousemen's and 
mechanics' liens, and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of 
business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past due 
or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings 
diligently pursued;

          (d)  non-exclusive easements for public utilities, minor 
encroachments, rights of access or other non-monetary matters that do not 
have a material adverse effect upon, or materially interfere with the use of, 
the Properties; and

          (e)  any exceptions contained in the Title Policies.

          PERSON:  Means any individual, corporation, limited liability 
company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, 
unincorporated organization or governmental entity.

          PORTFOLIO AGREEMENTS:  Means the agreements, including the 
Contribution Agreement, listed on ATTACHMENT "1" hereto, which contemplate 
the transfer of partnership and/or limited liability company membership 
interests in certain of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs from any 
entity directly or indirectly owned by Contributor to the Company and the 
Operating Partnership.

          PROSPECTUS:  Means the Company's Form S-11 Registration Statement.

          REIT SHARES:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.

                                  D-3

<PAGE>

          ARTICLE 2 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

          The Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating 
Partnership as set forth below in this ARTICLE 2.  Notwithstanding any other 
provision of the Contribution Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, the Contributor 
makes representations, warranties and indemnities only with respect to: (i) 
the Properties identified on EXHIBIT A to the Contribution Agreement (the 
"Property" or the "Properties"), and (ii) the interests in the Partnerships 
to be transferred by the Contributor.

          2.1  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Contributor (A) if a natural 
person, has the legal capacity to enter the Contribution Agreement; if not a 
natural person, is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the 
extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and 
(B) has all requisite power and authority to own, lease or operate its 
property and to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the 
extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in 
good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the 
character of its property make such qualification necessary.

          2.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of 
the Contribution Agreement by the Contributor has been duly and validly 
authorized by all necessary action of the Contributor.  This Contribution 
Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered 
by or on behalf of the contributor pursuant to this contribution Agreement 
constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid 
and binding obligation of the Contributor, each enforceable against the 
Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be 
limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

          2.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  No consent, waiver, approval or 
authorization of any third party is required to be obtained by the 
Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the 
Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any 
of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

          2.4  OWNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.  The Contributor is 
the sole owner of the Partnership Interest and has good and valid title to 
such Partnership Interest, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted 
Liens.

          2.5  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.  The Partnership Interest constitutes 
all of the issued and outstanding interests owned by the Contributor in the 
Partnerships.  The Partnership Interest is validly issued, fully paid and 
non-assessable, and was not issued in violation of any preemptive rights.  
The Partnership Interest has been issued in compliance with applicable law 
and the relevant Partnership Agreements (as then in effect).  There are no 
rights, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights, preemptive 
rights or agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or to otherwise 
acquire any of the interests which comprise the Partnership Interest or any 
securities or obligations of any kind convertible into any of the interests 
which comprise the Partnership Interest or other equity interests or profit 
participation of any kind in the 

                                     D-4

<PAGE>

Partnerships.  At the Closing, upon receipt of the consideration, the 
Contributor will have transferred the Partnership Interest free and clear of 
all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, claims and 
equities to the Operating Partnership.

          2.6  NO VIOLATION.  None of the execution, delivery or performance 
of the Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby does 
or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) 
violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under 
or give to others any right of termination or cancellation of (A) the 
organizational documents, including the charters and bylaws, if any, of the 
Contributor, (B) any material agreement, document or instrument to which the 
Contributor is a party or by which the Contributor or its Property is bound 
or (C) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or 
decree of any governmental or regulatory authority binding on the Contributor 
or by which the Contributor or any of its assets or properties are bound or 
subject or (ii) result in the creation of any Lien, other than a Permitted 
Lien, upon the Property or the Partnership Interest.

          2.7  NON-FOREIGN STATUS.  The Contributor is not a foreign person, 
foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as 
defined in the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the provisions of the 
Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons.

          2.8  WITHHOLDING.  The Contributor shall execute at Closing such 
certificates or affidavits reasonably necessary to document the 
inapplicability of any federal or state withhoding provisions, including 
those referred to in ARTICLE 2.7 above and similar provisions under 
California law.  If Contributor fails to provide such certificates or 
affidavits, the Operating Partnership may withhold a portion of any payments 
otherwise to be made to the Contributor as required by the Code or California 
law.

          2.9  INVESTMENT PURPOSES.  The Contributor acknowledges his, her or 
its understanding that the offering and sale of the OP Units to be acquired 
pursuant to the Contribution Agreement are intended to be exempt from 
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and 
regulations in effect thereunder (the "ACT").  In furtherance thereof, the 
Contributor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

               2.9.1  INVESTMENT.  The Contributor is acquiring the OP Units 
solely for his, her or its own account for the purpose of investment and not 
as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for 
offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof.  The 
Contributor agrees and acknowledges that he, she or it will not, directly or 
indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise 
dispose of (hereinafter, "TRANSFER") any of the OP Units unless (i) the 
Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and 
qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state 
securities laws, or (ii) counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be 
reasonably acceptable to the Operating Partnership) shall have furnished the 
Operating Partnership with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and 
substance to the Operating Partnership to the effect that no 

                                    D-5

<PAGE>

such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption 
from registration under the Act and qualification or other compliance under 
applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

               2.9.2  KNOWLEDGE.  The Contributor is knowledgeable, 
sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters; the 
Contributor has previously invested in securities similar to the OP Units and 
fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by the Federal 
securities laws and as described in the Contribution Agreement.  The 
Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the OP Units for an 
indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of his, her or its 
investment in the OP Units; the Contributor has received and reviewed all 
information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the Operating 
Partnership, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating 
Partnership and the issuance of the OP Units as the Contributor deems 
necessary or desirable, and has been given the opportunity to obtain any 
additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers 
about such information and documents, the Company, the Operating Partnership, 
the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating Partnership and 
the OP Units which the Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate 
the merits and risks related to his, her or its investment in the OP Units; 
and the Contributor understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors 
related to the purchase of the OP Units.

               2.9.3  HOLDING PERIOD.  The Contributor acknowledges that he, 
she or it has been advised that (i) the OP Units and the common stock of the 
Company into which the OP Units may be exchanged in certain circumstances 
(the "COMMON STOCK") must be held indefinitely, and the Contributor must 
continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the OP Units (and any 
Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) unless they are subsequently 
registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available, 
(ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on 
the certificates representing the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might 
be exchanged therefor), and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate 
records of the Operating Partnership (and the Company) indicating that the OP 
Units (and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) are subject to 
restrictions on transfer.

               2.9.4  ACCREDITED INVESTOR.  If the Contributor is an 
individual, such individual is an "accredited investor" (as such term is 
defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act) and as such:

               (i)    is a director or executive officer of the Company; or

               (ii)   has an individual net worth, or joint net worth with his 
or her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000; or

               (iii)  had an individual annual adjusted gross income in 
excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably 
expects to have annual adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 in the 
current year; or

                                   D-6

<PAGE>

               (iv)   had a joint income with his spouse in excess of 
$300,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects to have 
an annual adjusted gross income, with his spouse, in excess of $300,000 in 
the current year.

          If the Contributor is not an individual, it is an "accredited 
investor" (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the 
Act).

               2.9.5  LEGENDING.  Each certificate representing the OP Units 
(and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) shall bear the 
following legend:

     THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
     ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
     ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE COMPANY
     AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE
     PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT
     REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE
     SKY" LAWS.

               In addition, the Common Stock for which the OP Units might be 
exchanged shall also bear a legend which generally provides the following:

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON
     BENEFICIAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE
     CORPORATION'S MAINTENANCE OF ITS STATUS AS A REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST
     UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").  SUBJECT
     TO CERTAIN FURTHER RESTRICTIONS AND EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE
     CORPORATION'S CHARTER, (1) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OWN OR CONSTRUCTIVELY
     OWN SHARES OF THE CORPORATION'S COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF 9.0% (BY VALUE OR
     BY NUMBER OF SHARES, WHICHEVER IS MORE RESTRICTIVE) OF THE OUTSTANDING
     COMMON STOCK OF THE CORPORATION; (2) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OR
     CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE CORPORATION BEING
     "CLOSELY HELD" UNDER SECTION 856(H) OF THE CODE OR OTHERWISE CAUSE THE
     CORPORATION TO FAIL TO QUALIFY AS A REIT; AND (3) NO PERSON MAY TRANSFER
     COMMON STOCK IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD RESULT IN THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE
     CORPORATION BEING OWNED BY FEWER THAN 100 PERSONS.  ANY PERSON WHO
     BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWNS OR ATTEMPTS TO BENEFICIALLY OR
     CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK WHICH CAUSES OR WILL CAUSE A PERSON TO
     BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF THE ABOVE

                                    D-7

<PAGE>

     LIMITATIONS MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE CORPORATION.  IF ANY OF THE
     RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OR OWNERSHIP ARE VIOLATED, THE COMMON STOCK
     REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY TRANSFERRED TO A TRUSTEE OF A
     TRUST FOR THE BENEFIT OF ONE OR MORE CHARITABLE BENEFICIARIES.  IN
     ADDITION, THE CORPORATION MAY REDEEM SHARES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
     SPECIFIED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION IF THE BOARD OF
     DIRECTORS DETERMINES THAT OWNERSHIP OR A TRANSFER OR OTHER EVENT MAY
     VIOLATE THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE.  FURTHERMORE, UPON THE OCCURRENCE
     OF CERTAIN EVENTS, ATTEMPTED TRANSFERS IN VIOLATION OF THE RESTRICTIONS
     DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY BE VOID AB INITIO.  ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS IN THIS
     LEGEND HAVE THE MEANINGS DEFINED IN THE CHARTER OF THE CORPORATION, AS THE
     SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH, INCLUDING THE
     RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP, WILL BE FURNISHED TO EACH HOLDER OF
     COMMON STOCK ON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.  REQUESTS FOR SUCH A COPY MAY
     BE DIRECTED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

          2.10 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  In connection with the conduct of the 
Properties, to Knowledge, the Partnerships have complied and on the date 
hereof do substantially comply in all material respects with all applicable 
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether federal, state or local, 
foreign, statutory or common, and neither the Partnerships nor, to Knowledge, 
any third party have been informed of any material violation of any such 
laws, rules or regulations, or that any investigation has been commenced or 
is contemplated respecting any such possible violation.

          2.11 EMINENT DOMAIN.  There is no existing or, to Knowledge, 
proposed or threatened condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding, or 
private purchase in lieu of such a proceeding, which would affect the 
Properties in any material respect and of which the Contributor has knowledge.

          2.12 LICENSES AND PERMITS.  To Knowledge, all material notices, 
licenses, permits, certificates and authority required in connection with the 
construction, use, occupancy, management, leasing and operation of the 
Properties have been obtained, are in full force and effect, are in good 
standing and (to the extent required pursuant to the transactions 
contemplated hereby) are assignable to the Operating Partnership.  Neither 
the Partnerships, nor, to Knowledge, any third party has taken any action 
that would (or failed to take any action the omission of which would) result 
in the revocation of such notices, licenses, permits, certificates and 
authority, that would have a material adverse effect, nor has any of them 
received any written notice of violation from any Governmental Entity or 
written notice of the intention of any entity to revoke any of them, that in 
each case has not been cured or otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of 
such Governmental Entity.

                                   D-8

<PAGE>

          2.13 TAXES.  For federal income tax purposes, the Partnerships are, 
and at all times during their existence have been, partnerships (rather than 
associations or publicly traded partnerships taxable as corporations).  The 
Partnerships have filed all tax returns required to be filed by them and have 
paid all taxes required to be paid by them.  The transactions contemplated 
hereby will not result in any tax liability to the Partnerships, the Company 
or the Operating Partnership.  No tax lien or other charge exists or will 
exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect 
to any Property except such tax liens for which the tax is not due and has 
been reserved for payment by the Partnerships or tax liens or other charges 
which individually or in the aggregate are immaterial in amount.

          2.14 MECHANICS' LIENS.  All material bills and claims for labor 
performed and materials furnished to or for the benefit of the Properties 
have been paid in full (or otherwise provided for), and there are no material 
mechanics' or materialmen's liens (whether or not perfected) affecting the 
Properties.

          2.15 REAL PROPERTY.

          (a)  None of the Contributor, the Partnerships, nor, to Knowledge, any
     other party to any agreement affecting any portion of the Properties, has
     given or received any notice of default with respect to any material term
     or condition of any agreement affecting the Properties, including, without
     limitation any ground lease which would have a material adverse effect,
     and, no event has occurred or, to Knowledge, is threatened, which would
     have a material adverse effect and which through the passage of time or the
     giving of notice, or both, would constitute a material default thereunder
     or would cause the acceleration of any material obligation of any party
     thereto or the creation of a Lien upon any asset of the Contributor or the
     Partnerships, except for Permitted Liens.  For purposes of this ARTICLE
     2.15, the term "material agreement" shall be defined with reference to the
     Property to which such agreement relates, and shall include, without
     limitation, any agreement which is not terminable by the Company upon 90
     days prior written notice.  To Knowledge, such agreements are valid and
     binding and in full force and effect, have not been materially amended,
     modified or supplemented since such time as such agreements were made
     available to the Company, except for such amendments, modifications and
     supplements delivered to the Company, and there are no other material
     agreements with any third parties affecting the Properties which will
     survive the Closing and be binding on the Company.

          (b)  All permits which are necessary for the operation of the
     Properties upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in
     all material respects (i) shall remain in full force and effect and (ii)
     permit the Properties to be operated in compliance with all laws, rules,
     codes and regulations.

          (c)  As presently conducted, the operation of the buildings, fixtures
     and other improvements located on the Properties is not in violation in any
     material respect of any applicable building code, zoning ordinance or other
     law or regulation, except for any 

                                        D-9

<PAGE>

     such violations which individually or in the aggregate would not have a 
     material adverse effect on the Operating Partnership.
     

          (d)  Except for Known Contamination (i) to Knowledge there is
     presently no noncompliance, liability or other Claim (as defined herein) in
     connection with Environmental Laws relating to the Properties; (ii) no
     notices of any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws
     relating to the Properties or their use have been received by any present
     owner, or, to Knowledge, by any prior owner, operator or occupant of the
     applicable Property, and (iii) there are no writs, injunctions, decrees,
     orders or judgments outstanding, or any Claims pending or threatened,
     relating to the ownership, use, maintenance or operation of the Properties.
     Any instances of noncompliance, notices of violations, and writs,
     injunctions, decrees, orders or judgments which may exist or may be
     outstanding are of the type that individually or in the aggregate would not
     have a material adverse effect on the Operating Partnership.

          (e)  All material reports of environmental surveys, audits,
     investigations and assessments relating to the Properties, including, but
     not limited to, the Environmental Reports in the possession or control of
     the Contributor or its affiliates have been disclosed to the Operating
     Partnership.

          (f)  Except as has been disclosed in writing to the Operating
     Partnership prior to the Closing, to Knowledge and except as would not have
     a material adverse effect, all material permits and licenses required under
     any Environmental Laws in respect of the operation of the Properties have
     been obtained or are in the process of being obtained, and the Properties
     are in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions
     of such permits and licenses.

          2.16 TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES; PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.

          (a)  There are no actions or other judicial or administrative
     proceedings involving any of the Contributor, the Partnerships, or the
     Properties pending, or to Knowledge, threatened, that concern any
     copyrights, copyright application, trademarks, trademark registrations,
     trade names, service marks, service mark registrations, trade names and
     trade name registrations or any trade secrets being transferred to the
     Operating Partnership hereunder (the "PROPRIETARY RIGHTS").  There are no
     patents or patent applications relating to the operations of the Properties
     as conducted prior to the Closing.

          (b)  The Contributor has the right and authority to use each
     Proprietary Right necessary in connection with the operation of the
     Properties in the manner in which it is currently used, and to convey such
     right and authority to the Operating Partnership at the Closing.  The
     current use of the Proprietary Rights does not, and to Knowledge, such use
     did not, conflict with, infringe upon or violate any copyright, trade
     secret, trademark or registration of any other person.

                                      D-10

<PAGE>

          (c)  There are no outstanding or, to Knowledge, threatened disputes or
     disagreements with respect to any Proprietary Right or any license,
     contract, agreement or other commitment, written or oral, relating to the
     same.

          2.17 LITIGATION AND CLAIMS.

          (a) There are no Claims which could reasonably be anticipated to
     result in damages in excess of $50,000 pending or, to Knowledge, threatened
     that directly or indirectly affect the Contributor, the Partnerships, the
     Properties or the Formation Transactions, nor has any such claim been
     pending or, to Knowledge, threatened as of the Closing.

          (b) None of the Contributor, the Partnerships or the Properties are
     operating under, subject to or in default with respect to any decision,
     order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or federal, state or
     municipal entity or other Governmental Entity.

          2.18 NO BROKERS.  Neither the Contributor nor any of its respective 
officers, directors or employees has employed or made any agreement with any 
broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in 
the obligation of the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates to pay 
any finder's fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in 
connection with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

          2.19 SOLVENCY.  The Contributor has been and will be solvent at all 
times prior to and immediately following the transfer of the Partnership 
Interest to the Operating Partnership.

          2.20 NO MISREPRESENTATIONS.  No representation, warranty or 
statement made, or information provided, by the Contributor in the 
Contribution Agreement or in any other document or instrument furnished or to 
be furnished by or on behalf of the Contributor pursuant hereto or as 
contemplated hereby (i) contains or will contain any untrue statement of a 
material fact or (ii) omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.  For 
purposes of the preceding sentence, materiality shall be determined with 
reference to the total portfolio of real properties and other interests to be 
transferred pursuant to the Portfolio Agreements.

          2.21 TITLE TO ASSETS.  Upon consummation of the Formation 
Transactions, the Operating Partnership's title to the Properties will be 
free and clear of any Liens, encumbrances, debts, charges, liabilities or 
obligations except for Permitted Liens.

          2.22 PARTNERS/MEMBERS.  The Contributor has made available to the 
Operating Partnership a true and accurate list of all of the Partners or 
members, as applicable, of the Partnerships that own, directly or indirectly, 
an interest in any of the Properties, together with their percentage 
interests in each Partnership.

                                   D-11

<PAGE>

          2.23 CONDITION OF PROPERTY.  To Knowledge, and except as set forth 
in the structural reports prepared for the Properties and delivered to the 
Operating Partnership in connection with the Formation Transactions, there is 
no material defect in the condition of any Property, the improvements 
thereon, the structural elements thereof and the mechanical systems thereon, 
nor any material damage from casualty or other cause, nor any soil condition 
of any Property that will not support all of the improvements thereon without 
the need for unusual or new subsurface excavations, fill, footings, caissons 
or other installations, except for any such defect, damage or condition that 
has been corrected or will be corrected in the ordinary course of the 
business of the Property as part of its scheduled annual maintenance and 
improvement program.  To Knowledge, there have been no alterations to the 
exteriors of any of the buildings or other improvements on any Property that 
would render any surveys provided to the Company in connection with the 
Formation Transactions grossly inaccurate or otherwise reflect a material 
deficiency in title to such improvements.

                           ARTICLE 3 - INDEMNIFICATION

          3.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; REMEDY FOR BREACH.

          (a)  Subject to ARTICLE 3.6, all representations and warranties 
contained in this EXHIBIT D or in any Schedule or certificate delivered 
pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing.

          (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contribution 
Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, no party hereto shall be liable under this 
EXHIBIT D or the Contribution Agreement for monetary damages (or otherwise) 
for breach of any of its representations and warranties contained in this 
EXHIBIT D or the Contribution Agreement, or in any Schedule, certificate or 
affidavit delivered by it pursuant thereto, other than pursuant to the 
succeeding provisions of this ARTICLE 3.

          3.2  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the 
Operating Partnership, the Company, and their affiliates and each of their 
respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and 
affiliates (each of which is an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and 
all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without 
limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of 
investigation and remediation, costs of investigative, judicial or 
administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom, and costs of attachment or 
similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES"), asserted against, imposed upon or 
incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with or as a result of any 
breach of a representation or warranty of the Contributor contained in the 
Contribution Agreement or in any Schedule, certificate or affidavit delivered 
by the Contributor pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

                                   D-12

<PAGE>

          (b)  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the 
Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses, asserted against, 
imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with or as 
a result of:

               (i)    any liabilities or obligations (other than the liabilities
     assumed by the Indemnified Parties under the Contribution Agreement)
     incurred, arising from or out of, in connection with or as a result of any
     Claims made or Actions brought by or against the Operating Partnership or
     any Indemnified Party that arise from or out of, in connection with or as a
     result of the operation or ownership of the Properties prior to the Closing
     Date, to the extent that such Losses arise from or are related to events,
     conditions, actions or omissions occurring prior to the Closing Date,
     exclusive of any Losses resulting directly or indirectly from
     Contamination;

               (ii)   all fees and expenses of the Contributor in connection 
     with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement;

               (iii)  any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising from
     or out of, in connection with or as a result of the failure of the
     Contributor to obtain all consents required to consummate the transactions
     contemplated by the Contribution Agreement; or

               (iv)   any liabilities or obligations of the Contributor or the
     Partnerships arising from or out of or in connection with or as a result of
     the operation or ownership of any property or asset, other than the
     Properties, including properties or assets which may have been owned and
     sold by the Contributor or the Partnerships prior to the date hereof.

          3.3  PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION.  The Contributor may satisfy its 
obligations hereunder by the prompt delivery (paid promptly as and when 
expenses are incurred) to an Indemnified Party of OP Units, subject to the 
limits on ownership and transfer of REIT shares set forth in the Company's 
articles of incorporation.  Any OP Units delivered to an Indemnified Party 
hereunder shall be valued based upon the initial public offering price of the 
Company's Common Stock.

          3.4  NOTICE AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS.  As soon as reasonably 
practicable after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability 
or claim incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is 
subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE 3, the Indemnified Party shall 
give notice thereof to the Contributor, including liabilities or claims to be 
applied against the indemnification baskets established pursuant to ARTICLE 
3.5 hereof. The Indemnified Party may at its option demand indemnity under 
this ARTICLE 3 as soon as a claim has been threatened by a third party, 
regardless of whether an actual Loss has been suffered, so long as the 
Indemnified Party shall in good faith determine that such claim is not 
frivolous and that the Indemnified Party may be liable for, or otherwise 
incur, a Loss as a result thereof and shall give notice of such determination 
to the Contributor.  The Indemnified Party shall permit 

                                 D-13

<PAGE>

the Contributor, at its option and expense, to assume the defense of any such 
claim by counsel selected by the Contributor and reasonably satisfactory to 
the Indemnified Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnified Party may at all times participate in 
such defense at its expense; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the 
Contributor shall not, in defense of any such claim, except with the prior 
written consent of the Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute discretion, 
consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does 
not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or 
plaintiff in question to the Indemnified Party and its affiliates a release 
of all liabilities in respect of such claims, or that does not result only in 
the payment of money damages.  If the Contributor shall fail to undertake 
such defense within 30 days after such notice, or within such shorter time as 
may be reasonable under the circumstances, then the Indemnified Party shall 
have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such 
liability or claim on behalf of and for the account of the Contributor.

          3.5  LIMITATIONS ON AND THRESHOLD FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER 
               ARTICLE 3.2.

          (a)  The Contributor shall not be liable under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof 
unless and until the aggregate amount recoverable from Indemnifying Parties 
under the indemnification provisions substantially identical to ARTICLE 3.2 
in one or more of the Portfolio Agreements exceeds $200,000; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that once the total amount recoverable from Indemnifying Parties 
under such provisions exceeds $200,000 in the aggregate, the Contributor's 
obligation under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof shall be for the full amount of such 
obligation.

          (b)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the 
Contributor shall not be liable or obligated to make payments under this 
ARTICLE 3 with respect to any Property or Partnership Interest to the extent 
such payments in the aggregate would exceed the value of the OP Units (based 
upon the initial public offering price of the Common Stock) received by the 
Contributor at the Closing.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the 
contrary, the Indemnified Parties shall look first to the Contributor's OP 
Units for indemnification under this ARTICLE 3 and then to the Contributor's 
other assets.

          3.6  LIMITATION PERIOD.

          (a)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for indemnification 
under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the Indemnified 
Party, stating the nature of the Losses and the basis for indemnification 
therefor:

               (i)  within one year after the Closing in the case of a claim
     under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof (other than a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(a) based
     upon a breach of the representations, and warranties of the Contributor set
     forth in ARTICLE 2.13 hereof as specified below; and

                                   D-14

<PAGE>

               (ii) prior to the expiration of the applicable statutes of
     limitations in the case of a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(a) based upon a breach
     of the representations and warranties of the Contributor set forth in
     ARTICLE 2.13 hereof.

          (b)  If so asserted in writing prior to the applicable expiration 
date, such claims for indemnification shall survive until resolved by mutual 
agreement between the Contributor and the Indemnified Party or by judicial 
determination.  Any claim for indemnification not so asserted in writing 
prior to the applicable expiration date shall not thereafter be asserted and 
shall forever be waived.

          3.7  RESERVATION OF CONTRIBUTOR RIGHTS.

          Notwithstanding anything else in this Contribution Agreement or any 
Portfolio Agreement to the contrary, the Contributor reserves unto itself all 
rights and remedies (including rights to seek contribution) against any third 
party indemnitors, prior property owners or occupants, and contributors to 
any Contamination, for which the Partnerships have been indemnified by the 
Contributor hereunder.  To the extent the Contributor's rights against any 
such third party owners, occupants, indemnitors or contributors may be 
materially prejudiced by actions or inactions by any owner or occupant of the 
Properties after the Closing, the Contributor's indemnity obligation shall be 
reduced in accordance with the effect of the actions or inactions which so 
prejudiced the Contributor's rights.

                                    D-15


<PAGE>

                           ATTACHMENT 1 (TO EXHIBIT D)


                              PORTFOLIO AGREEMENTS

(1)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden Century
     Associates, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group
     Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17,
     1996.

(2)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden LAOP Two, LLC, a
     Nevada limited liability company, and Arden Realty Group Limited
     Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(3)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden Sawtelle
     Associates, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group
     Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17,
     1996.

(4)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Intercity Buildings
     Associates, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group
     Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17,
     1996.

(5)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Montour Realty
     Associates, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group
     Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17,
     1996.

(6)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Metropolitan Falls
     Partners, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group Limited
     Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(7)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Ziman Realty Partners, a
     California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership,
     a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(8)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Richard S. Ziman and
     Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership,
     dated as of June 17, 1996.



<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.18

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                            CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT





                                by and between



                              VICTOR J. COLEMAN,
                                an individual





                                      and




                    ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                        a Maryland limited partnership






                           Dated as of June 17, 1996









- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
     RECITALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     1.   CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS . .   2

          1.1  Contribution Transaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
          1.2  Minimum Consideration and Exchange of OP Units. . . . . . . .   2
          1.3  Additional Consideration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
          1.4  Adjusted Consideration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
          1.5  Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
          1.6  Contribution of Certain Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
          1.7  Prorations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
          1.8  Treatment as Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

     2.   CLOSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

          2.1  Conditions Precedent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
          2.2  Time and Place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
          2.3  Closing Deliveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
          2.4  Closing Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

     3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES . . . . . . . . . .   6

          3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Operating Partnership .   6
          3.2  Representations and Warranties of Contributor . . . . . . . .   7
          3.3  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

     4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

     5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

          5.1  General Release of Operating Partnership. . . . . . . . . . .   8
          5.2  General Release of Contributor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
          5.3  Waiver of Section 1542 Protections. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
          5.4  Waiver of Rights Under Partnership Agreement. . . . . . . . .   9

     6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

          6.1  Grant of Power of Attorney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
          6.2  Limitation on Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

     7.   MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

          7.1  Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
          7.2  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
          7.3  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
          7.4  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11


                                       i

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT LIST

                                                                   SECTION FIRST
EXHIBITS                                                             REFERENCED

   A    Constituent Interests of Contributor's Partnership 
         Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Recital D

   B    Contribution and Assumption Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 1.1

   C    Form of Quitclaim  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1

   D    Representations and Warranties of Contributor. . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2

        Attachment 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  List of Portfolio Agreements


                                      ii

<PAGE>

                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

          THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the
"CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of June 17, 1996 by and
between Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership
(the "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"), and Victor J. Coleman, an individual (the
"CONTRIBUTOR").


                                   RECITALS

          A.   The Operating Partnership desires to consolidate the ownership of
a portfolio of office properties (the "PARTICIPATING PROPERTIES") located in
Southern California through a series of transactions (the "FORMATION
TRANSACTIONS") whereby the Operating Partnership will acquire direct interests
in certain of the Participating Properties (the "PROPERTY INTERESTS") and all of
the interests in certain limited partnerships, certain limited liability
companies and certain other entities (collectively the "PARTICIPATING
PARTNERSHIPS AND LLCS") which currently own directly or indirectly the
Participating Properties (the "CONSOLIDATION"). 

          B.   The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial public
offering (the "PUBLIC OFFERING") of the common stock of Arden Realty Group,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "COMPANY"), which will operate as a self-
administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT") and will be
the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

          C.   The owners of the Property Interests and the partners and members
of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer their Property
Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs to the
Company in exchange for cash (the "CASH PARTICIPANTS") or contribute such
interests directly to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an interest in
the Operating Partnership (the "OP PARTICIPANTS").

          D.   The Contributor owns interests in certain of the Participating
Partnerships and LLCs as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" (the "PARTNERSHIPS") which
Partnerships own directly or indirectly interests in certain of the
Participating Properties also as set forth on Exhibit A (the "PROPERTY" or the
"PROPERTIES").  As used herein, "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the partnership
agreement or membership agreement, as applicable, under which each such
Partnership was formed.

          E.   The Contributor desires to, and the Operating Partnership desires
the Contributor to, contribute to the Operating Partnership, all of its right,
title and interest, as a partner (or member) of the Partnerships, including,
without limitation, all of its voting rights and interests in the capital,
profits and losses of the Partnerships or any property distributable therefrom,
constituting all of its interests in the Partnerships (such right, title and
interest are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "PARTNERSHIP
INTEREST"), in exchange for partnership units in the Operating Partnership (the
"OP UNITS"), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


<PAGE>


     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the
mutual undertakings set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                               TERMS OF AGREEMENT

     1.   CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS

          1.1  CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION

          At the Closing (as defined in ARTICLE 2.2 herein) and subject to the
terms and conditions contained in this Contribution Agreement, the Contributor
shall transfer to the Operating Partnership, absolutely and unconditionally, all
of its Partnership Interest (as such term is defined in Recital B herein).  The
contribution of the Contributor's  Partnership Interest shall be evidenced by a
"CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" for each of the Partnerships in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT "B" attached hereto.  Furthermore, the
Contributor shall execute and have duly acknowledged an individual quitclaim
deed for each Property in the form of EXHIBIT "C" quitclaiming to the Operating
Partnership any direct or indirect ownership interest in and to the Properties. 
The parties shall take such additional actions and execute such additional
documentation as may be required by the Partnership Agreement and the Agreement
of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership (the "OP AGREEMENT") in
order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

          1.2  MINIMUM CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE OF OP UNITS.

          Subject to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 below, the Operating Partnership
shall, in exchange for the Partnership Interest, transfer to the Contributor the
number of OP Units having a value, based on one OP Unit being equal in value to
the Public Offering price for one share of the Company's common stock, equal to
the value indicated on Exhibit A as Contributor's "Total Minimum Consideration."
The transfer of the OP Units to the Contributor shall be evidenced by either an
amendment (the "AMENDMENT") to the OP Agreement or by certificates relating to
such units (the "CERTIFICATES") in either case, as shall be acceptable to the
Contributor.  The parties shall take such additional actions and execute such
additional documentation as may be required by the Partnership Agreement and the
OP Agreement in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

          1.3  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION

          Subject to ARTICLE 1.4 below, in the event that, at Closing the 
aggregate value (determined as provided in ARTICLE 1.2) of the OP Units 
available to all OP Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum 
Consideration values (after all adjustments set forth in ARTICLE 1.4) of all 
OP Participants (the "ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION"), then the Additional 
Consideration or a portion thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the OP 
Participants (including the Contributor) based upon the relative values of 
the Contributor's Partnership 

                                      2

<PAGE>


Interest and the interests contributed by each of the other OP Participants, 
in each case as determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion.

          1.4  ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION

          The Operating Partnership reserves the right not to acquire any
particular interest that constitutes part of the Partnership Interest, if in
good faith the Operating Partnership determines that the ownership of such
interest or the underlying Property would be inappropriate for the Operating
Partnership for any reason whatsoever.  Contributor hereby agrees that, in such
event, the Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration may be reduced by an amount
determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion, to reflect the reduction
in total value of the Partnership Interest ultimately contributed by the
Contributor.

          1.5  AUTHORIZATION

          Contributor hereby authorizes Richard S. Ziman to make any and all
determinations to be made by him pursuant to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 hereof, and
any and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all parties.

          1.6  CONTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

          Effective upon the Closing, the Contributor hereby contributes to the
Operating Partnership all of its rights and interests, if any, including rights
to indemnification in favor of the Contributor, if any, under the agreements
pursuant to which the Contributor or its affiliates initially acquired the
Partnership Interest transferred pursuant to this Contribution Agreement.

          1.7  PRORATIONS

          At the Closing, or as promptly as practicable following the Closing,
to the extent such matters are not the right or responsibility of all tenants of
a given Property, all revenue and all charges that are customarily prorated in
transactions of this nature, including accrued rent currently due and payable,
overpaid taxes or fees, real and personal property taxes, common area
maintenance charges and other similar periodic charges payable or receivable
with respect to such Property shall be ratably prorated between the partners of
the Partnership which holds such Property prior to the Closing and the Operating
Partnership on and after the Closing, effective as of the Closing.  After
providing for such prorations, (i) if any of the Partnerships has a resultant
cash surplus, the value of the Contributor's Partnership Interest shall be
increased in proportion to Contributor's ratable share of such cash surplus and
additional OP Units (based on the initial Public Offering price of the Company's
common stock) shall be issued to the Contributor as a valuation adjustment to
the Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration, and (ii) if any of the
Partnerships has a resultant cash deficit, the value of the Contributor's
Partnership Interest shall be reduced in proportion to Contributor's ratable
share of such cash deficit, and fewer OP Units shall be 


                                      3

<PAGE>


issued to the Contributor as a valuation adjustment to the Contributor's 
Total Minimum Consideration, unless such deficit is cured prior to Closing.

          1.8  TREATMENT AS CONTRIBUTION

          The transfer, assignment and exchange of interests effectuated with
respect to the Operating Partnership, pursuant to this Contribution Agreement
shall constitute, a "Capital Contribution" pursuant to Article 4 of the OP
Agreement and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").

     2.   CLOSING

          2.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          The effectiveness of the Company's registration statement filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-11 (the "REGISTRATION
STATEMENT") is a condition precedent to the obligations of all parties to this
Contribution Agreement to effect the transactions contemplated by this
Contribution Agreement on the Closing Date (as defined below).

          The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the
transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following additional
conditions:

          (a)  The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained
in this Contribution Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material
respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and shall be
true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as if made at and
as of such date;

          (b)  Each of the obligations of the Contributor to be performed by it
shall have been duly performed by it on or before the Closing Date;

          (c)  Concurrently with the Closing, the Contributor shall have
executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to be
delivered pursuant to SECTION 2.3 hereof;

          (d)  The Contributor shall have obtained all necessary consents or
approvals of governmental authorities or third parties to the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby;

          (e)  The Contributor shall not have breached any of its covenants
contained herein in any material respect;

          (f)  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, 
injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, 
entered, promulgated or enforced by any 


                                      4

<PAGE>


court of competent jurisdiction or governmental or regulatory authority or 
instrumentality that prohibits the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking 
such an order shall be pending or threatened;

          (g)  There shall not have occurred between the date hereof and the
Closing Date any material adverse change in any of the Partnerships' businesses;

          (h)  All existing management agreements with respect to the Properties
shall have been contributed to the Operating Partnership prior to or
simultaneously with the Closing; and

          (i)  All management functions with respect to the Properties presently
conducted by Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation, shall be assumed
by the Operating Partnership.

          The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership in
its sole and absolute discretion.

          2.2  TIME AND PLACE

          The date, time and place of the transactions contemplated hereunder
shall be the day the Operating Partnership receives the proceeds from the Public
Offering from the underwriter(s), at 10:00 a.m. in the office of Latham &
Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Sixth Floor, Los Angeles, California (the
"CLOSING" or "CLOSING DATE").  The transfers described in ARTICLES 1.1 AND 1.2
of this Contribution Agreement, and all closing deliveries, and the consummation
of the Public Offering, shall be deemed concurrent for all purposes.

          2.3  CLOSING DELIVERIES

          At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and
deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered through the
Attorney-in-Fact (see ARTICLE 6.1 below), the legal documents and other items
(collectively the "CLOSING DOCUMENTS") necessary to carry out the intention of
this Contribution Agreement, which Closing Documents and other items shall
include, without limitation, the following:

          (i)  A Contribution and Assumption Agreement for each Partnership;

          (ii) An individual quitclaim deed for each Property fully executed and
     duly acknowledged from each of the individual constituent partners and/or
     members of the Contributor, as required by the Operating Partnership;

          (iii)     The Amendment or the Certificates evidencing the transfer of
     OP Units to the Contributor;


                                      5

<PAGE>


          (iv) American Land Title Assurances ("ALTA") policies of title
     insurance with appropriate endorsements and levels of reinsurance for the
     Properties issued as of the Closing Date or endorsements or other
     assurances that the existing policy or policies of title insurance are
     sufficient for purposes of this Contribution Agreement, which the
     Contributor shall cause the title company to issue to the Operating
     Partnership in a form acceptable to the Operating Partnership (the "TITLE
     POLICIES") including satisfaction by the Contributor of any and all title
     company requirements applicable to it;

          (v)  The Partnerships' books and records and securities or other
     evidences of ownership held by the Contributor; and

          (vi) An affidavit from the Contributor, stating under penalty of
     perjury, the Contributor's United States Taxpayer Identification Number and
     that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to section 1445(b)(2)
     of the Code and a comparable affidavit satisfying California and any other
     withholding requirements. 

          2.4  CLOSING COSTS

          The Operating Partnership shall pay any documentary transfer taxes,
escrow charges, title charges and recording taxes or fees incurred in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

          3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

          The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to and
covenants with the Contributor that:

               (a)  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Operating Partnership has been
     duly formed and is validly existing with requisite power to enter this
     Contribution Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby.  The persons
     and entities executing this Contribution Agreement and all agreements
     contemplated hereby on behalf of the Operating Partnership have the power
     and authority to enter into this Contribution Agreement and such other
     contemplated agreements; and

               (b)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance
     by the Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution
     Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby will not contravene any
     provision of applicable law, the OP Agreement, charter, declaration of
     trust or other constituent document of the Operating Partnership, or any
     agreement or other instrument binding upon the Operating Partnership or any
     judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
     jurisdiction over the Operating Partnership, and no consent, 



                                      6

<PAGE>


     approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental 
     body or agency is required for the performance by the Operating Partnership
     of its obligations under this Contribution Agreement and all other 
     agreements contemplated hereby.

          3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

          The Contributor represents and warrants to and covenants with the
Operating Partnership as provided in EXHIBIT "D" attached hereto, and
acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions contained
therein.

          3.3  INDEMNIFICATION

          The Operating Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Contributor (the "INDEMNIFIED CONTRIBUTOR PARTY") from and against any and all
claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without limitation,
amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of investigation
and remediation, costs of investigative judicial or administrative proceedings
or appeals therefrom and costs of attachment or similar bonds (collectively,
"LOSSES") asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified
Contributor Party in connection with: (i) any breach of a representation or
warranty of the Operating Partnership contained in this Contribution Agreement;
and (ii) all fees, costs and expenses of the Operating Partnership in connection
with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, including
without limitation any and all costs associated with the transfers contemplated
herein.

     4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR

          (a)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
     not:

               (i)  Sell or transfer all or any portion of the Partnership
     Interest; or

               (ii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
     encumbered) all or any portion of the Partnership Interest.

          (b)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
permit each of the Partnerships to conduct its business in the ordinary course,
consistent with past practice, and shall not permit any of the Partnerships to:

               (i)  Enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary
     course of business;

               (ii) Sell or transfer any assets of the Partnerships;

               (iii)     Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
     encumbered) any assets of the Partnerships, except (x) liens for taxes not
     due,

                                      7

<PAGE>

     (y) purchase money security interests and (z) mechanics' liens being
     disputed by any of the Partnerships in good faith and by appropriate
     proceedings;

               (iv) Amend, modify or terminate any material agreements or other
     instruments to which any of the Partnerships are a party;

               (v)  Materially alter the manner of keeping the Partnerships'
     books, accounts or records or the accounting practices therein reflected;
     or

               (vi) Make any distribution to its partners.

          (c)  The Contributor shall use its good faith diligent efforts to
obtain any approvals, waivers or other consents of third parties required to
effect the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

     5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS

          Each of the releases and waivers enumerated in this ARTICLE 5 shall
become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the
Partnership Interest pursuant to ARTICLES 1 AND 2 herein.

          5.1  GENERAL RELEASE OF OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

          As of the Closing, the Contributor irrevocably waives, releases and
forever discharges the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership's
affiliates, partners (including Richard S. Ziman and Victor J. Coleman), agents,
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, complaints,
claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and costs of any
nature whatsoever (collectively, "CONTRIBUTOR CLAIMS"), known or unknown,
suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to any of the Partnership
Agreements, this Contribution Agreement or any other matter which exists at the
Closing, except for Contributor Claims arising from the breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this Contribution
Agreement. 

          5.2  GENERAL RELEASE OF CONTRIBUTOR

          As of the Closing, the Operating Partnership irrevocably waives,
releases and forever discharges the Contributor and Contributor's agents,
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, complaints,
claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and costs of any
nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP CLAIMS"), known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to any of the
Partnership Agreements, this Contribution Agreement or any other matter which
exists at the Closing, except for Operating Partnership Claims arising from the
breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this
Contribution Agreement. 


                                      8

<PAGE>


          5.3  WAIVER OF SECTION 1542 PROTECTIONS

          As of the Closing, the Contributor and the Operating Partnership each
expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits afforded by Section
1542 of the California Civil Code and do so understanding and acknowledging the
significance and consequence of such specific waiver of Section 1542 which
provides:

          A general release does not extend to claims which the
          creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at
          the time of executing the release, which if known by him
          must have materially affected the settlement with the
          debtor.

          5.4  WAIVER OF RIGHTS UNDER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

          As of the Closing, the Contributor waives and relinquishes all rights
and benefits otherwise afforded to Contributor under the Partnership Agreements
including, without limitation, any right to consent to or approve of the sale or
contribution by the other partners (or members) of the Partnerships of their
partnership interests to the Company or the Operating Partnership.

     6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

          6.1  GRANT OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

          Contributor does hereby irrevocably appoint the Operating Partnership
(or its designee) and each of them individually and any successor thereof from
time to time (such Operating Partnership or designee or any such successor of
any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney-in-fact pursuant
hereto, the "ATTORNEY-IN FACT") as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent of Contributor, to act in the name, place and stead of Contributor to
make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other contracts, orders,
receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, consents, letters and
other writings (including without limitation the execution of any Closing
Documents or other documents relating to the acquisition by the Operating
Partnership of Contributor's Partnership Interest), to provide information to
the Securities and Exchange Commission and others about the transactions
contemplated hereby and, in general, to do all things and to take all actions
which the Attorney-in-Fact in its sole discretion may consider necessary or
proper in connection with or to carry out the transactions contemplated by this
Contribution Agreement, as fully as could Contributor if personally present and
acting.  Further, Contributor hereby grants to Attorney-in-Fact a proxy (the
"PROXY") to vote Contributor's Partnership Interest on any matter related to the
Formation Transactions presented to the partners of any of the Partnerships for
a vote, including, but not limited to, the transfer of interests in any of the
Partnerships by the other partners.


                                      9

<PAGE>


          Each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy and all authority granted
hereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and
shall not be terminated by any act of Contributor, by operation of law or by the
occurrence of any other event or events, and if any other such act or events
shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by this
Contribution Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be authorized
and directed to complete all such transactions as if such other act or events
had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Contributor agrees that, at
the request of Operating Partnership it will promptly execute a separate power
of attorney and proxy on the same terms set forth in this ARTICLE 6, such
execution to be witnessed and notarized.  Contributor hereby authorizes the
reliance of third parties on each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy.

          Contributor acknowledges that the Operating Partnership has, and any
designee or successor thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an economic
interest in the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

          6.2  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

          It is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact assumes no responsibility
or liability to any person by virtue of the Power of Attorney or Proxy granted
by Contributor hereby.  The Attorney-in-Fact makes no representations with
respect to and shall have no responsibility for the Formation Transactions or
the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the Partnership Interest by the
Operating Partnership and shall not be liable for any error or judgement or for
any act done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law except for its own
gross negligence or bad faith.  Contributor agrees to indemnify the Attorney-in-
Fact for and to hold the Attorney-in-Fact harmless against any loss, claim,
damage or liability incurred on its part arising out of or in connection with it
acting as the Attorney-in-Fact under the Power of Attorney or Proxy created by
Contributor hereby, as well as the cost and expense of investigating and
defending against any such loss, claim, damage or liability, except to the
extend such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to the gross negligence or
bad faith of the Attorney-in-Fact.  Contributor agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact
may consult with counsel of its own choice (who may be counsel for Operating
Partnership or its successors or affiliates), and it shall have full and
complete authorization and protection for any action taken or suffered by it
hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.  It
is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact may, without breaching any express or
implied obligation to Contributor hereunder, release, amend or modify any other
power of attorney or proxy granted by any other person under any related
agreement.

     7.   MISCELLANEOUS

          7.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Contributor shall take such other
actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the
Operating Partnership may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions
contemplated hereby.


                                     10

<PAGE>


          7.2  COUNTERPARTS.  This Contribution Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          7.3  GOVERNING LAW.  This Contribution Agreement shall be governed by
the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of
laws provisions thereof.

          7.4  NOTICES.  Any notice to be given hereunder by any party to the
other shall be given in writing by personal delivery or by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed
communicated as of the date of personal delivery (including delivery by
overnight courier).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but
any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other
parties in accordance with this paragraph.

          To the Contributor:

          Victor J. Coleman
          c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
          9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
          Beverly Hills, CA 90212

          To the Operating Partnership:

          Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership
          c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
          9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
          Beverly Hills, CA 90212


                                      11


<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                        "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"

                                        ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                        a Maryland limited partnership

                                        By:  ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                             a Maryland Corporation,
                                             general partner


                                             By: /s/ Richard S. Ziman
                                                 -------------------------------

                                             Name: Richard S. Ziman
                                                   -----------------------------

                                             Title: Chairman & CEO
                                                    ----------------------------

                                        "CONTRIBUTOR"

                                        VICTOR J. COLEMAN,
                                        an individual


                                        By: /s/ Victor J. Coleman
                                            ------------------------------------


                                      12

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



           CONSTITUENT INTERESTS OF CONTRIBUTOR'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

  
                                   Properties Held by the              Minimum 
     Partnerships                       Partnerships               Consideration
- ------------------------------    -----------------------------    -------------
Arden LAOP Three, LLC             16000 Ventura Boulevard;           $  331,510 
                                  Bristol Plaza 
- ------------------------------    -----------------------------    -------------

1950 Sawtelle Associates, L.P.    1950 Sawtelle Boulevard            $  112,269 
- ------------------------------    -----------------------------    -------------

LAOP IV, LLC                      5601 Lindero Canyon;               $1,573,576 
                                  Westwood Terrace; 
                                  Calabasas Commerce Center; 
                                  The New Wilshire; 
                                  70 South Lake; 
                                  Skyview Center; 
                                  4811 Airport Plaza Drive; 
                                  4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive 
- ------------------------------    -----------------------------    -------------
 
LAOP V, LLC                       5832 Bolsa Avenue;                 $  653,113 
                                  400 Corporate Pointe; 
                                  9665 Wilshire Boulevard; 
                                  Imperial Bank Tower 
- ------------------------------    -----------------------------    -------------
   
Arden Broadway
Associates, LLC                   100 West Broadway                  $2,973,029 

                                              Total Minimum 
                                              Consideration          $5,643,497
                                                                   -------------
                                                                   -------------
    

                                     A-1

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT B 
                                      to
                            CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                      CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers, contributes
and conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited
partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), its entire legal and beneficial
right, title and interest in and to _______________________, a
________________________ (the "Partnership"), including, without limitation, all
right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the assets of
the Partnership and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and
other assets from the Partnership, presently existing or hereafter at any time
arising or accruing (such right, title and interest are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Partnership Interest"), TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto
the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, forever.

     Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership assumes
all obligations in respect of the Partnership Interest.

     The Partnership owns certain real property as described in Attachment "1"
attached hereto.


Executed:  _____ __, 1996


                                        By: 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Victor J. Coleman


                                      B-1

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                       to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Order No.
Escrow No.
Loan No.

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO:                 SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE

                                        DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX  $
                                                                   . . . . . . 

                                                      Computed on the 
                                        . . . . . .   consideration or value 
                                                      of property conveyed;
                                                      OR

                                                      Computed on the 
                                        . . . . . .   consideration or value 
                                                      less liens or encumbrances
                                                      remaining at time of sale.

                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Signature of Declarant of Agent 
                                         determining tax - Firm Name
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                QUITCLAIM DEED

FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, 

do(es) hereby REMISE, RELEASE and FOREVER QUITCLAIM to

Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership

the real property in the City of ___________, County of ____________, State of

California, described as

Dated __________________               ________________________________

STATE OF CALIFORNIA               }    ________________________________
                                  }    ________________________________
COUNTY OF ________________________}    _______________________________

On ____________________ before me,
___________________________________
personally appeared _______________
___________________________________

personally known to me (or 
proved to me on the basis of 
satisfactory evidence) to be the 
person(s) whose names(s) is/are 
subscribed to the within 
instrument and acknowledged to 
me that he/she/they  executed 
the same in his/her/their 
authorized capacity(ies), and 
that by his/her/their 
signature(s)  on the instrument 
the person(s) or the entity upon 
behalf of which the person(s) 
acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature                                 (This area for official notarial seal)
          -----------------------------

                                     C-1

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT D
                                     to
                            CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

                     ARTICLE 1 - ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS

          For purposes of this EXHIBIT D, the following terms have the meanings
set forth below.  Terms which are not defined below shall have the meaning set
forth for those terms as defined in the Contribution Agreement to which this
EXHIBIT D is attached:

          ACTIONS:  Means all actions, complaints, charges, accusations,
investigations, petitions, suits or other proceedings, whether civil or
criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity.

          CLAIMS:  Means claims, disputes, actions, suits, arbitrations,
proceedings or investigations (collectively "Claims") pending or, to Knowledge,
threatened that directly or indirectly affect any of the Contributor, the
Partnerships or the Properties.

          CONTAMINATION:  Means emissions, discharges, releases or threatened
releases of "Hazardous Materials," substances, pollutants, contaminants or
hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes whether solid, liquid or
gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, ground water or land, or
relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
disposal, transport or handling of substances, pollutants, contaminants or
hazardous or toxic substances, materials, or wastes, whether solid, liquid or
gaseous in nature.

          CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:  Means the Contribution Agreement to which
this EXHIBIT D is attached.

          ENVIRONMENTAL LAW:  Means all applicable statutes, regulations, rules,
ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders, demands, approvals, authorizations
and similar items of all governmental agencies, departments, commissions,
boards, bureaus or instrumentalities of the United States, states and political
subdivisions thereof and all applicable judicial, administrative and regulatory
decrees, judgments and orders relating to the protection of human health or the
environment as in effect on the Closing Date, including all requirements as of
the Closing Date, including but not limited to those pertaining to reporting,
licensing, permitting, investigation, removal and remediation of Contamination,
including without limitation:  (x) the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.), the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.), the Clean Air
Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
(33 U.S.C. Section 1251), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300f ET SEQ.),
the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 ET SEQ.), the Endangered
Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 ET SEQ.), the Emergency Planning 


                                     D-1

<PAGE>


and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C:  11001 ET SEQ.), and (y) 
applicable state and local statutory and regulatory schemes pertaining to 
hazardous materials.

          GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY:  Means any government or agency, bureau, board,
commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or
other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local,
domestic or foreign.

          HAZARDOUS MATERIAL:  Means any substance:

          (i)  the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under
     any Environmental Law action or policy, administrative request or civil
     complaint under the foregoing or under common law; or

          (ii) which is controlled, regulated or prohibited under any
     Environmental Law as in effect as of the Closing Date, including the
     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42
     U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
     (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.); or

          (iii)      which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable,
     infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous and
     as of the Closing Date is regulated by any governmental authority, agency,
     department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality of the United
     States, or any state or any political subdivision thereof having or
     asserting jurisdiction over the Properties; or

          (iv) the presence of which on, under or about, a Property poses a
     hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about such Property; or

          (v)  which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum
     hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or asbestos or
     asbestos-containing materials or urea formaldehyde foam insulation; or 

          (vi) radon gas.

          INDEMNIFYING PARTY:  Means any party required to indemnify any other
party under ARTICLE 3.2 of this EXHIBIT D or under the indemnification
provisions substantially identical to ARTICLE 3.2 hereof in the other Portfolio
Agreements.

          KNOWLEDGE:  Means, with respect to any representation or warranty so
indicated, the actual knowledge, upon reasonable investigation and inquiry in
good faith, of the signatory to the Contribution Agreement.

          KNOWN CONTAMINATION:  Means Contamination currently existing on or
affecting the applicable Property as of the Closing, AND which such
Contamination is disclosed in 


                                     D-2

<PAGE>


environmental reports received by the Contributor or the Partnerships on or 
before the Closing (the "ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS");

          LIENS:  Means, with respect to any real and personal property, all
mortgages, pledges, liens, options, charges, security interests, restrictions,
prior assignments, encumbrances, covenants, encroachments, assessments, rights
of others, licenses, easements, liabilities or claims of any kind or nature
whatsoever, direct or indirect, including, without limitation, interests in or
claims to revenues generated by such property.

          OP UNITS:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.

          PERMITTED LIENS:  Means (a) Liens, or deposits made to secure the
release of such Liens, securing taxes, the payment of which is not delinquent or
the payment of which is actively being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued;

          (b)  Zoning laws and ordinances generally applicable to the districts
in which the Properties are located which are not violated by the existing
structures or present uses thereof;

          (c)  Liens imposed by laws, such as carriers', warehousemen's and
mechanics' liens, and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of
business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past due or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
pursued; 

          (d)  non-exclusive easements for public utilities, minor
encroachments, rights of access or other non-monetary matters that do not have a
material adverse effect upon, or materially interfere with the use of, the
Properties; and

          (e)  any exceptions contained in the Title Policies.

          PERSON:  Means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or governmental entity.

          PORTFOLIO AGREEMENTS:  Means the agreements, including the
Contribution Agreement, listed on ATTACHMENT "1" hereto, which contemplate the
transfer of partnership and/or limited liability company membership interests in
certain of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs from any entity directly or
indirectly owned by Contributor to the Company and the Operating Partnership.

          PROSPECTUS:  Means the Company's Form S-11 Registration Statement.

          REIT SHARES:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.


                                     D-3

<PAGE>


          ARTICLE 2 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR
                                        
          The Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership
as set forth below in this ARTICLE 2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Contribution Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, the Contributor makes
representations, warranties and indemnities only with respect to: (i) the
Properties identified on EXHIBIT A to the Contribution Agreement (the "Property"
or the "Properties"), and (ii) the interests in the Partnerships to be
transferred by the Contributor.

          2.1  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Contributor (A) if a natural
person, has the legal capacity to enter the Contribution Agreement; if not a
natural person, is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the
extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and (B)
has all requisite power and authority to own, lease or operate its property and
to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the extent required
under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in
each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its
property make such qualification necessary.

          2.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
the Contribution Agreement by the Contributor has been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary action of the Contributor.  This Contribution
Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by
or on behalf of the contributor pursuant to this contribution Agreement
constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Contributor, each enforceable against the
Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited
by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

          2.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  No consent, waiver, approval or
authorization of any third party is required to be obtained by the Contributor
in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Contribution
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing
that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

          2.4  OWNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.  The Contributor is the
sole owner of the Partnership Interest and has good and valid title to such
Partnership Interest, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

          2.5  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.  The Partnership Interest constitutes all
of the issued and outstanding interests owned by the Contributor in the
Partnerships.  The Partnership Interest is validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable, and was not issued in violation of any preemptive rights.  The
Partnership Interest has been issued in compliance with applicable law and the
relevant Partnership Agreements (as then in effect).  There are no rights,
subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights, preemptive rights or
agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or to otherwise acquire any of
the interests which comprise the Partnership Interest or any securities or
obligations of any kind convertible into any of the interests which comprise the
Partnership Interest or other equity interests or profit participation of any
kind in the 


                                     D-4

<PAGE>


Partnerships.  At the Closing, upon receipt of the consideration, the 
Contributor will have transferred the Partnership Interest free and clear of 
all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, claims and 
equities to the Operating Partnership.

          2.6  NO VIOLATION.  None of the execution, delivery or performance of
the Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby does or
will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) violate,
conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under or give to
others any right of termination or cancellation of (A) the organizational
documents, including the charters and bylaws, if any, of the Contributor, (B)
any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a
party or by which the Contributor or its Property is bound or (C) any term or
provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of any
governmental or regulatory authority binding on the Contributor or by which the
Contributor or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject or (ii)
result in the creation of any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon the
Property or the Partnership Interest.

          2.7  NON-FOREIGN STATUS.  The Contributor is not a foreign person,
foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as
defined in the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the provisions of the
Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons.

          2.8  WITHHOLDING.  The Contributor shall execute at Closing such
certificates or affidavits reasonably necessary to document the inapplicability
of any federal or state withhoding provisions, including those referred to in
ARTICLE 2.7 above and similar provisions under California law.  If Contributor
fails to provide such certificates or affidavits, the Operating Partnership may
withhold a portion of any payments otherwise to be made to the Contributor as
required by the Code or California law.

          2.9  INVESTMENT PURPOSES.  The Contributor acknowledges his, her or
its understanding that the offering and sale of the OP Units to be acquired
pursuant to the Contribution Agreement are intended to be exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and
regulations in effect thereunder (the "ACT").  In furtherance thereof, the
Contributor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

               2.9.1     INVESTMENT.  The Contributor is acquiring the OP Units
solely for his, her or its own account for the purpose of investment and not as
a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or
sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof.  The Contributor
agrees and acknowledges that he, she or it will not, directly or indirectly,
offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
(hereinafter, "TRANSFER") any of the OP Units unless (i) the Transfer is
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification
or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, or (ii)
counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Operating Partnership) shall have furnished the Operating Partnership with an
opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Operating
Partnership to the effect that no 


                                     D-5

<PAGE>


such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption 
from registration under the Act and qualification or other compliance under 
applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

               2.9.2     KNOWLEDGE.  The Contributor is knowledgeable,
sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters; the Contributor
has previously invested in securities similar to the OP Units and fully
understands the limitations on transfer imposed by the Federal securities laws
and as described in the Contribution Agreement.  The Contributor is able to bear
the economic risk of holding the OP Units for an indefinite period and is able
to afford the complete loss of his, her or its investment in the OP Units; the
Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or
pertaining to the Company, the Operating Partnership, the business and prospects
of the Company and the Operating Partnership and the issuance of the OP Units as
the Contributor deems necessary or desirable, and has been given the opportunity
to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and
receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the Operating
Partnership, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating
Partnership and the OP Units which the Contributor deems necessary or desirable
to evaluate the merits and risks related to his, her or its investment in the OP
Units; and the Contributor understands and has taken cognizance of all risk
factors related to the purchase of the OP Units.

               2.9.3     HOLDING PERIOD.  The Contributor acknowledges that he,
she or it has been advised that (i) the OP Units and the common stock of the
Company into which the OP Units may be exchanged in certain circumstances (the
"COMMON STOCK") must be held indefinitely, and the Contributor must continue to
bear the economic risk of the investment in the OP Units (and any Common Stock
that might be exchanged therefor) unless they are subsequently registered under
the Act or an exemption from such registration is available, (ii) a restrictive
legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the certificates
representing the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might be exchanged
therefor), and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the
Operating Partnership (and the Company) indicating that the OP Units (and any
Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) are subject to restrictions on
transfer.

               2.9.4     ACCREDITED INVESTOR.  If the Contributor is an
individual, such individual is an "accredited investor" (as such term is defined
in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act) and as such:

               (i)  is a director or executive officer of the Company; or

               (ii) has an individual net worth, or joint net worth with his or
her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000; or

               (iii)     had an individual annual adjusted gross income in
excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects
to have annual adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 in the current year;
or


                                     D-6

<PAGE>


               (iv) had a joint income with his spouse in excess of $300,000 in
each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects to have an annual
adjusted gross income, with his spouse, in excess of $300,000 in the current
year.

          If the Contributor is not an individual, it is an "accredited
investor" (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the
Act).

               2.9.5     LEGENDING.  Each certificate representing the OP Units
(and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) shall bear the following
legend:

     THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
     ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
     ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE COMPANY
     AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE
     PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT
     REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE
     SKY" LAWS.

               In addition, the Common Stock for which the OP Units might be
exchanged shall also bear a legend which generally provides the following:

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON
     BENEFICIAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE
     CORPORATION'S MAINTENANCE OF ITS STATUS AS A REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST
     UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").  SUBJECT
     TO CERTAIN FURTHER RESTRICTIONS AND EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE
     CORPORATION'S CHARTER, (1) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OWN OR CONSTRUCTIVELY
     OWN SHARES OF THE CORPORATION'S COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF 9.0% (BY VALUE OR
     BY NUMBER OF SHARES, WHICHEVER IS MORE RESTRICTIVE) OF THE OUTSTANDING
     COMMON STOCK OF THE CORPORATION; (2) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OR
     CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE CORPORATION BEING
     "CLOSELY HELD" UNDER SECTION 856(H) OF THE CODE OR OTHERWISE CAUSE THE
     CORPORATION TO FAIL TO QUALIFY AS A REIT; AND (3) NO PERSON MAY TRANSFER
     COMMON STOCK IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD RESULT IN THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE
     CORPORATION BEING OWNED BY FEWER THAN 100 PERSONS.  ANY PERSON WHO
     BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWNS OR ATTEMPTS TO BENEFICIALLY OR
     CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK WHICH CAUSES OR WILL CAUSE A PERSON TO
     BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF THE ABOVE


                                     D-7

<PAGE>



     LIMITATIONS MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE CORPORATION.  IF ANY OF THE
     RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OR OWNERSHIP ARE VIOLATED, THE COMMON STOCK
     REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY TRANSFERRED TO A TRUSTEE OF A
     TRUST FOR THE BENEFIT OF ONE OR MORE CHARITABLE BENEFICIARIES.  IN
     ADDITION, THE CORPORATION MAY REDEEM SHARES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
     SPECIFIED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION IF THE BOARD OF
     DIRECTORS DETERMINES THAT OWNERSHIP OR A TRANSFER OR OTHER EVENT MAY
     VIOLATE THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE.  FURTHERMORE, UPON THE OCCURRENCE
     OF CERTAIN EVENTS, ATTEMPTED TRANSFERS IN VIOLATION OF THE RESTRICTIONS
     DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY BE VOID AB INITIO.  ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS IN THIS
     LEGEND HAVE THE MEANINGS DEFINED IN THE CHARTER OF THE CORPORATION, AS THE
     SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH, INCLUDING THE
     RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP, WILL BE FURNISHED TO EACH HOLDER OF
     COMMON STOCK ON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.  REQUESTS FOR SUCH A COPY MAY
     BE DIRECTED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

          2.10 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  In connection with the conduct of the
Properties, to Knowledge, the Partnerships have complied and on the date hereof
do substantially comply in all material respects with all applicable laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations, whether federal, state or local, foreign,
statutory or common, and neither the Partnerships nor, to Knowledge, any third
party have been informed of any material violation of any such laws, rules or
regulations, or that any investigation has been commenced or is contemplated
respecting any such possible violation.

          2.11 EMINENT DOMAIN.  There is no existing or, to Knowledge, proposed
or threatened condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding, or private
purchase in lieu of such a proceeding, which would affect the Properties in any
material respect and of which the Contributor has knowledge.

          2.12 LICENSES AND PERMITS.  To Knowledge, all material notices,
licenses, permits, certificates and authority required in connection with the
construction, use, occupancy, management, leasing and operation of the
Properties have been obtained, are in full force and effect, are in good
standing and (to the extent required pursuant to the transactions contemplated
hereby) are assignable to the Operating Partnership.  Neither the Partnerships,
nor, to Knowledge, any third party has taken any action that would (or failed to
take any action the omission of which would) result in the revocation of such
notices, licenses, permits, certificates and authority, that would have a
material adverse effect, nor has any of them received any written notice of
violation from any Governmental Entity or written notice of the intention of any
entity to revoke any of them, that in each case has not been cured or otherwise
resolved to the satisfaction of such Governmental Entity.


                                     D-8

<PAGE>


          2.13 TAXES.  For federal income tax purposes, the Partnerships are,
and at all times during their existence have been, partnerships (rather than
associations or publicly traded partnerships taxable as corporations).  The
Partnerships have filed all tax returns required to be filed by them and have
paid all taxes required to be paid by them.  The transactions contemplated
hereby will not result in any tax liability to the Partnerships, the Company or
the Operating Partnership.  No tax lien or other charge exists or will exist
upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to any
Property except such tax liens for which the tax is not due and has been
reserved for payment by the Partnerships or tax liens or other charges which
individually or in the aggregate are immaterial in amount.

          2.14 MECHANICS' LIENS.  All material bills and claims for labor
performed and materials furnished to or for the benefit of the Properties have
been paid in full (or otherwise provided for), and there are no material
mechanics' or materialmen's liens (whether or not perfected) affecting the
Properties.

          2.15 REAL PROPERTY.

          (a)  None of the Contributor, the Partnerships, nor, to Knowledge, any
     other party to any agreement affecting any portion of the Properties, has
     given or received any notice of default with respect to any material term
     or condition of any agreement affecting the Properties, including, without
     limitation any ground lease which would have a material adverse effect,
     and, no event has occurred or, to Knowledge, is threatened, which would
     have a material adverse effect and which through the passage of time or the
     giving of notice, or both, would constitute a material default thereunder
     or would cause the acceleration of any material obligation of any party
     thereto or the creation of a Lien upon any asset of the Contributor or the
     Partnerships, except for Permitted Liens.  For purposes of this ARTICLE
     2.15, the term "material agreement" shall be defined with reference to the
     Property to which such agreement relates, and shall include, without
     limitation, any agreement which is not terminable by the Company upon 90
     days prior written notice.  To Knowledge, such agreements are valid and
     binding and in full force and effect, have not been materially amended,
     modified or supplemented since such time as such agreements were made
     available to the Company, except for such amendments, modifications and
     supplements delivered to the Company, and there are no other material
     agreements with any third parties affecting the Properties which will
     survive the Closing and be binding on the Company.

          (b)  All permits which are necessary for the operation of the
     Properties upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in
     all material respects (i) shall remain in full force and effect and (ii)
     permit the Properties to be operated in compliance with all laws, rules,
     codes and regulations.

          (c)  As presently conducted, the operation of the buildings, fixtures
     and other improvements located on the Properties is not in violation in any
     material respect of any applicable building code, zoning ordinance or other
     law or regulation, except for any 


                                     D-9

<PAGE>


     such violations which individually or in the aggregate would not have a 
     material adverse effect on the Operating Partnership.

          (d)  Except for Known Contamination (i) to Knowledge there is
     presently no noncompliance, liability or other Claim (as defined herein) in
     connection with Environmental Laws relating to the Properties; (ii) no
     notices of any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws
     relating to the Properties or their use have been received by any present
     owner, or, to Knowledge, by any prior owner, operator or occupant of the
     applicable Property, and (iii) there are no writs, injunctions, decrees,
     orders or judgments outstanding, or any Claims pending or threatened,
     relating to the ownership, use, maintenance or operation of the Properties.
     Any instances of noncompliance, notices of violations, and writs,
     injunctions, decrees, orders or judgments which may exist or may be
     outstanding are of the type that individually or in the aggregate would not
     have a material adverse effect on the Operating Partnership.

          (e)  All material reports of environmental surveys, audits,
     investigations and assessments relating to the Properties, including, but
     not limited to, the Environmental Reports in the possession or control of
     the Contributor or its affiliates have been disclosed to the Operating
     Partnership.

          (f)  Except as has been disclosed in writing to the Operating
     Partnership prior to the Closing, to Knowledge and except as would not have
     a material adverse effect, all material permits and licenses required under
     any Environmental Laws in respect of the operation of the Properties have
     been obtained or are in the process of being obtained, and the Properties
     are in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions
     of such permits and licenses.

          2.16 TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES; PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.

          (a)  There are no actions or other judicial or administrative
     proceedings involving any of the Contributor, the Partnerships, or the
     Properties pending, or to Knowledge, threatened, that concern any
     copyrights, copyright application, trademarks, trademark registrations,
     trade names, service marks, service mark registrations, trade names and
     trade name registrations or any trade secrets being transferred to the
     Operating Partnership hereunder (the "PROPRIETARY RIGHTS").  There are no
     patents or patent applications relating to the operations of the Properties
     as conducted prior to the Closing.

          (b)  The Contributor has the right and authority to use each
     Proprietary Right necessary in connection with the operation of the
     Properties in the manner in which it is currently used, and to convey such
     right and authority to the Operating Partnership at the Closing.  The
     current use of the Proprietary Rights does not, and to Knowledge, such use
     did not, conflict with, infringe upon or violate any copyright, trade
     secret, trademark or registration of any other person.


                                     D-10

<PAGE>


          (c)  There are no outstanding or, to Knowledge, threatened disputes or
     disagreements with respect to any Proprietary Right or any license,
     contract, agreement or other commitment, written or oral, relating to the
     same.

          2.17 LITIGATION AND CLAIMS.  

          (a) There are no Claims which could reasonably be anticipated to
     result in damages in excess of $50,000 pending or, to Knowledge, threatened
     that directly or indirectly affect the Contributor, the Partnerships, the
     Properties or the Formation Transactions, nor has any such claim been
     pending or, to Knowledge, threatened as of the Closing.

          (b) None of the Contributor, the Partnerships or the Properties are
     operating under, subject to or in default with respect to any decision,
     order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or federal, state or
     municipal entity or other Governmental Entity.

          2.18 NO BROKERS.  Neither the Contributor nor any of its respective
officers, directors or employees has employed or made any agreement with any
broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the
obligation of the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates to pay any
finder's fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection
with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

          2.19 SOLVENCY.  The Contributor has been and will be solvent at all
times prior to and immediately following the transfer of the Partnership
Interest to the Operating Partnership.

          2.20 NO MISREPRESENTATIONS.  No representation, warranty or statement
made, or information provided, by the Contributor in the Contribution Agreement
or in any other document or instrument furnished or to be furnished by or on
behalf of the Contributor pursuant hereto or as contemplated hereby (i) contains
or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or (ii) omits or will
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein
or therein not misleading.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, materiality
shall be determined with reference to the total portfolio of real properties and
other interests to be transferred pursuant to the Portfolio Agreements.

          2.21 TITLE TO ASSETS.  Upon consummation of the Formation
Transactions, the Operating Partnership's title to the Properties will be free
and clear of any Liens, encumbrances, debts, charges, liabilities or obligations
except for Permitted Liens.   

          2.22 PARTNERS/MEMBERS.  The Contributor has made available to the
Operating Partnership a true and accurate list of all of the Partners or
members, as applicable, of the Partnerships that own, directly or indirectly, an
interest in any of the Properties, together with their percentage interests in
each Partnership.


                                     D-11

<PAGE>


          2.23 CONDITION OF PROPERTY.  To Knowledge, and except as set forth in
the structural reports prepared for the Properties and delivered to the
Operating Partnership in connection with the Formation Transactions, there is no
material defect in the condition of any Property, the improvements thereon, the
structural elements thereof and the mechanical systems thereon, nor any material
damage from casualty or other cause, nor any soil condition of any Property that
will not support all of the improvements thereon without the need for unusual or
new subsurface excavations, fill, footings, caissons or other installations,
except for any such defect, damage or condition that has been corrected or will
be corrected in the ordinary course of the business of the Property as part of
its scheduled annual maintenance and improvement program.  To Knowledge, there
have been no alterations to the exteriors of any of the buildings or other
improvements on any Property that would render any surveys provided to the
Company in connection with the Formation Transactions grossly inaccurate or
otherwise reflect a material deficiency in title to such improvements.


                           ARTICLE 3 - INDEMNIFICATION

          3.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; REMEDY FOR BREACH.

          (a)  Subject to ARTICLE 3.6, all representations and warranties
contained in this EXHIBIT D or in any Schedule or certificate delivered pursuant
hereto shall survive the Closing.

          (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contribution
Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, no party hereto shall be liable under this EXHIBIT
D or the Contribution Agreement for monetary damages (or otherwise) for breach
of any of its representations and warranties contained in this EXHIBIT D or the
Contribution Agreement, or in any Schedule, certificate or affidavit delivered
by it pursuant thereto, other than pursuant to the succeeding provisions of this
ARTICLE 3.

          3.2  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Operating
Partnership, the Company, and their affiliates and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (each of
which is an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and all claims, losses,
damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid
in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of investigation and
remediation, costs of investigative, judicial or administrative proceedings or
appeals therefrom, and costs of attachment or similar bonds (collectively,
"LOSSES"), asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Party
in connection with or as a result of any breach of a representation or warranty
of the Contributor contained in the Contribution Agreement or in any Schedule,
certificate or affidavit delivered by the Contributor pursuant to the
Contribution Agreement.


                                     D-12

<PAGE>


          (b)  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified
Parties from and against any and all Losses, asserted against, imposed upon or
incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with or as a result of:

               (i)  any liabilities or obligations (other than the liabilities
     assumed by the Indemnified Parties under the Contribution Agreement)
     incurred, arising from or out of, in connection with or as a result of any
     Claims made or Actions brought by or against the Operating Partnership or
     any Indemnified Party that arise from or out of, in connection with or as a
     result of the operation or ownership of the Properties prior to the Closing
     Date, to the extent that such Losses arise from or are related to events,
     conditions, actions or omissions occurring prior to the Closing Date,
     exclusive of any Losses resulting directly or indirectly from
     Contamination;

               (ii) all fees and expenses of the Contributor in connection with
     the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement; 

               (iii)     any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising from
     or out of, in connection with or as a result of the failure of the
     Contributor to obtain all consents required to consummate the transactions
     contemplated by the Contribution Agreement; or

               (iv) any liabilities or obligations of the Contributor or the
     Partnerships arising from or out of or in connection with or as a result of
     the operation or ownership of any property or asset, other than the
     Properties, including properties or assets which may have been owned and
     sold by the Contributor or the Partnerships prior to the date hereof.

          3.3  PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION.  The Contributor may satisfy its
obligations hereunder by the prompt delivery (paid promptly as and when expenses
are incurred) to an Indemnified Party of OP Units, subject to the limits on
ownership and transfer of REIT shares set forth in the Company's articles of
incorporation.  Any OP Units delivered to an Indemnified Party hereunder shall
be valued based upon the initial public offering price of the Company's Common
Stock.

          3.4  NOTICE AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS.  As soon as reasonably practicable
after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability or claim
incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is subject to
indemnification under this ARTICLE 3, the Indemnified Party shall give notice
thereof to the Contributor, including liabilities or claims to be applied
against the indemnification baskets established pursuant to ARTICLE 3.5 hereof. 
The Indemnified Party may at its option demand indemnity under this ARTICLE 3 as
soon as a claim has been threatened by a third party, regardless of whether an
actual Loss has been suffered, so long as the Indemnified Party shall in good
faith determine that such claim is not frivolous and that the Indemnified Party
may be liable for, or otherwise incur, a Loss as a result thereof and shall give
notice of such determination to the Contributor.  The Indemnified Party shall
permit 


                                     D-13

<PAGE>


the Contributor, at its option and expense, to assume the defense of any such 
claim by counsel selected by the Contributor and reasonably satisfactory to 
the Indemnified Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnified Party may at all times participate in 
such defense at its expense; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the 
Contributor shall not, in defense of any such claim, except with the prior 
written consent of the Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute discretion, 
consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does 
not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or 
plaintiff in question to the Indemnified Party and its affiliates a release 
of all liabilities in respect of such claims, or that does not result only in 
the payment of money damages.  If the Contributor shall fail to undertake 
such defense within 30 days after such notice, or within such shorter time as 
may be reasonable under the circumstances, then the Indemnified Party shall 
have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such 
liability or claim on behalf of and for the account of the Contributor.

          3.5  LIMITATIONS ON AND THRESHOLD FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER ARTICLE
               3.2.

          (a)  The Contributor shall not be liable under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof
unless and until the aggregate amount recoverable from Indemnifying Parties
under the indemnification provisions substantially identical to ARTICLE 3.2 in
one or more of the Portfolio Agreements exceeds $200,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that once the total amount recoverable from Indemnifying Parties under such
provisions exceeds $200,000 in the aggregate, the Contributor's obligation under
ARTICLE 3.2 hereof shall be for the full amount of such obligation.

          (b)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
Contributor shall not be liable or obligated to make payments under this ARTICLE
3 with respect to any Property or Partnership Interest to the extent such
payments in the aggregate would exceed the value of the OP Units (based upon the
initial public offering price of the Common Stock) received by the Contributor
at the Closing.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
Indemnified Parties shall look first to the Contributor's OP Units for
indemnification under this ARTICLE 3 and then to the Contributor's other assets.

          3.6  LIMITATION PERIOD.

          (a)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for indemnification
under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the Indemnified Party,
stating the nature of the Losses and the basis for indemnification therefor:

               (i)  within one year after the Closing in the case of a claim
     under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof (other than a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(a) based
     upon a breach of the representations, and warranties of the Contributor set
     forth in ARTICLE 2.13 hereof as specified below; and


                                     D-14

<PAGE>


               (ii) prior to the expiration of the applicable statutes of
     limitations in the case of a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(a) based upon a breach
     of the representations and warranties of the Contributor set forth in
     ARTICLE 2.13 hereof.

          (b)  If so asserted in writing prior to the applicable expiration
date, such claims for indemnification shall survive until resolved by mutual
agreement between the Contributor and the Indemnified Party or by judicial
determination.  Any claim for indemnification not so asserted in writing prior
to the applicable expiration date shall not thereafter be asserted and shall
forever be waived.

          3.7  RESERVATION OF CONTRIBUTOR RIGHTS.

          Notwithstanding anything else in this Contribution Agreement or any
Portfolio Agreement to the contrary, the Contributor reserves unto itself all
rights and remedies (including rights to seek contribution) against any third
party indemnitors, prior property owners or occupants, and contributors to any
Contamination, for which the Partnerships have been indemnified by the
Contributor hereunder.  To the extent the Contributor's rights against any such
third party owners, occupants, indemnitors or contributors may be materially
prejudiced by actions or inactions by any owner or occupant of the Properties
after the Closing, the Contributor's indemnity obligation shall be reduced in
accordance with the effect of the actions or inactions which so prejudiced the
Contributor's rights.




                                     D-15
<PAGE>

                           ATTACHMENT 1 (TO EXHIBIT D)


                              PORTFOLIO AGREEMENTS

(1)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden Century
     Associates, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group
     Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17,
     1996.

(2)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden LAOP Two, LLC, a
     Nevada limited liability company, and Arden Realty Group Limited
     Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(3)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden Sawtelle
     Associates, a California general partnership, and Arden Realty Group
     Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17,
     1996.

(4)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Coleman Enterprises,
     Inc., a California corporation, and Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership,
     a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(5)  That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Victor J. Coleman and
     Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership,
     dated as of June 17, 1996.


<PAGE>

                                 [LETTERHEAD]




                                 June 20, 1996


BY FACSIMILE
- ------------

Mr. David Zimmerman, Esq.
Vice President and Associate General Counsel
National Hockey League
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020

    Re: Pledge of Interest in Kings by Roski
        ------------------------------------

Dear David:

    As we discussed by telephone last week, in connection with the 
development of a new arena in Los Angeles, Edward P. Roski, Jr. ("Roski") 
will pledge and grant a security interest in both his limited partner 
interest in The Los Angeles Kings Hockey Club, L.P. ("Club") and his stock in 
Majestic L.A. Venture, Inc. ("Majestic L.A."), as security for a $2.5 million 
loan to be made by affiliates of Philip F. Anschutz to affiliates of Roski. 
Roski is a 48% limited partner of Club and owns 100% of the stock of Majestic 
L.A. which is a 1% general partner of Club. Anschutz L.A. Venture, Inc. 
("Anschutz L.A."), the beneficiary of the foregoing pledge, is a 49% general 
partner and 2% limited partner of Club.

    Attached as Exhibit A hereto is a form of consent letter pursuant to 
which the NHL would grant its consent to the pledge and grant of security 
interest in Roski's interest in Club to Anschutz L.A. A copy of the Security 
Agreement pursuant to which the pledge by Roski will be effected is attached 
as an exhibit to the form of consent letter.

<PAGE>

Jeffrey Pash
June 20, 1996
Page 2


    If you have any questions regarding the proposed transaction or the form 
of consent letter attached hereto, please call me at your earliest 
convenience.

                                       Very truly yours,


                                       David B. Rogers
                                       of LATHAM & WATKINS

cc: Jeffrey Pash
    Edward P. Roski, Jr.
    Robert J. Sanderman
    G. Kevin Conwick

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.19

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT





                                 by and between



                                        
                                  MICHELE BYER,
                                  an individual




                                       and




                     ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         a Maryland limited partnership






                            Dated as of June 17, 1996




- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

RECITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

1.   CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS. . . . .   2

     1.1  Contribution Transaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.2  Minimum Consideration and Exchange of OP Units . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.3  Additional Consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.4  Adjusted Consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.5  Authorization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.6  Contribution of Certain Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.7  Prorations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.8  Treatment as Contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

2.   CLOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

     2.1  Conditions Precedent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     2.2  Time and Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.3  Closing Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.4  Closing Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

     3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Operating Partnership. . . .   6
     3.2  Representations and Warranties of Contributor. . . . . . . . . . .   7
     3.3  Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     5.1  General Release of Operating Partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     5.2  General Release of Contributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     5.3  Waiver of Section 1542 Protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     5.4  Waiver of Rights Under Partnership Agreement . . . . . . . . . . .   9

6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

     6.1  Grant of Power of Attorney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     6.2  Limitation on Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

7.   MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     7.1  Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     7.2  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     7.3  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     7.4  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11


                                         i
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT LIST

                                                                   SECTION FIRST
EXHIBITS                                                             REFERENCED
                                                                   -------------

   A Constituent Interests of Contributor's Partnership Interest . . . Recital D

   B Contribution and Assumption Agreement   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1

   C Form of Quitclaim   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1

   D Representations and Warranties of Contributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2

   E Assignment and Assumption Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1


                                           ii

<PAGE>
                                 CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

     THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the "CONTRIBUTION
AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of June 17, 1996 by and between Arden
Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership (the "OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP"), and Michele Byer, an individual (the "CONTRIBUTOR").


RECITALS

     A.  The Operating Partnership desires to consolidate the ownership of a
portfolio of office properties (the "PARTICIPATING PROPERTIES") located in
Southern California through a series of transactions (the "FORMATION
TRANSACTIONS") whereby the Operating Partnership will acquire direct interests
in certain of the Participating Properties (the "PROPERTY INTERESTS") and all of
the interests in certain limited partnerships, certain limited liability
companies and certain other entities (collectively the "PARTICIPATING
PARTNERSHIPS AND LLCS") which currently own directly or indirectly the
Participating Properties (the "CONSOLIDATION"). 

     B.  The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial public
offering (the "PUBLIC OFFERING") of the common stock of Arden Realty Group,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "COMPANY"), which will operate as a self-
administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT") and will be
the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

     C.  The owners of the Property Interests and the partners and members of 
the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer their Property 
Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs to the 
Company in exchange for cash (the "CASH PARTICIPANTS") or contribute such 
interests directly to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an interest in 
the Operating Partnership (the "OP PARTICIPANTS").

     D.  The Contributor owns interests in certain of the Participating
Partnerships and LLCs as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" (the "PARTNERSHIPS") which
Partnerships own directly or indirectly interests in certain of the
Participating Properties also as set forth on Exhibit A (the "PROPERTY" or the
"PROPERTIES").  As used herein, "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the partnership
agreement or membership agreement, as applicable, under which each such
Partnership was formed.

     E.  The Contributor desires to, and the Operating Partnership desires the
Contributor to, contribute to the Operating Partnership, all of its right, title
and interest, as a partner (or member) of the Partnerships, including, without
limitation, all of its voting rights and interests in the capital, profits and
losses of the Partnerships or any property distributable therefrom, constituting
all of its interests in the Partnerships (such right, title and interest are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST") and all of
its right, title and interest in a certain property management agreement as set
forth in ARTICLE 1.1 hereof, in


<PAGE>

exchange for partnership units in the Operating Partnership (the "OP UNITS"), 
on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and
the mutual undertakings set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                               TERMS OF AGREEMENT

     1.  CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS

         1.1 CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION

         At the Closing (as defined in ARTICLE 2.2 herein) and subject to the 
terms and conditions contained in this Contribution Agreement, the Contributor 
shall transfer to the Operating Partnership, absolutely and unconditionally, 
all of its Partnership Interest (as such term is defined in Recital B herein) 
and all of its right, title and interest in that certain Property Management 
Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1994, by and among 5000 Spring Associates, 
LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, Arthur Gilbert as Trustee of the 
Arthur Gilbert and Rosalinde Gilbert 1982 Trust, and Contributor, as Owners 
and Arden Realty Group, Inc., a California corporation, as Manager (the 
"PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT").  The contribution of the Contributor's  
Partnership Interest shall be evidenced by a "CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION 
AGREEMENT" for each of the Partnerships in substantially the form of EXHIBIT 
"B" attached hereto.  The Contributor shall execute and have duly acknowledged 
an individual quitclaim deed in the form of EXHIBIT "C" quitclaiming to the 
Operating Partnership any direct or indirect ownership interest in and to the 
Properties. Furthermore, the contribution of the Property Management Agreement 
shall be evidenced by an "ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" in 
substantially the form of EXHIBIT "E" attached hereto.  The parties shall take 
such additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be 
required by the Partnership Agreement and the Agreement of Limited Partnership 
of the Operating Partnership (the "OP AGREEMENT") in order to effect the 
transactions contemplated hereby.

         1.2  MINIMUM CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE OF OP UNITS.

         Subject to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 below, the Operating Partnership 
shall, in exchange for the Partnership Interest and Contributor's interest in 
the Property Management Agreement, transfer to the Contributor the number of 
OP Units having a value, based on one OP Unit being equal in value to the 
Public Offering price for one share of the Company's common stock, equal to 
the value indicated on Exhibit A as Contributor's "Total Minimum 
Consideration."  The transfer of the OP Units to the Contributor shall be 
evidenced by either an amendment (the "AMENDMENT") to the OP Agreement or by 
certificates relating to such units (the "CERTIFICATES") in either case, as 
shall be acceptable to the Contributor.  The parties shall take such 
additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be


                                   2

<PAGE>

required by the Partnership Agreement and the OP Agreement in order to effect 
the transactions contemplated hereby.

         1.3  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION

         Subject to ARTICLE 1.4 below, in the event that, at Closing the 
aggregate value (determined as provided in ARTICLE 1.2) of the OP Units 
available to all OP Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum 
Consideration values (after all adjustments set forth in ARTICLE 1.4) of all 
OP Participants (the "ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION"), then the Additional 
Consideration or a portion thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the OP 
Participants (including the Contributor) based upon the relative values of the 
Contributor's Partnership Interest and the interests contributed by each of 
the other OP Participants, in each case as determined by Richard S. Ziman, in 
his sole discretion.

         1.4  ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION

     The Operating Partnership reserves the right not to acquire any 
particular interest that constitutes part of the Partnership Interest, if in 
good faith the Operating Partnership determines that the ownership of such 
interest or the underlying Property would be inappropriate for the Operating 
Partnership for any reason whatsoever.  Contributor hereby agrees that, in 
such event, the Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration may be reduced by an 
amount determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion, to reflect the 
reduction in total value of the Partnership Interest ultimately contributed by 
the Contributor.

         1.5  AUTHORIZATION

         Contributor hereby authorizes Richard S. Ziman to make any and all 
determinations to be made by him pursuant to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 hereof, and 
any and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all parties.

         1.6  CONTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

         Effective upon the Closing, the Contributor hereby contributes to the 
Operating Partnership all of its rights and interests, if any, including 
rights to indemnification in favor of the Contributor, if any, under the 
agreements pursuant to which the Contributor or its affiliates initially 
acquired the Partnership Interest transferred pursuant to this Contribution 
Agreement.

         1.7  PRORATIONS

         At the Closing, or as promptly as practicable following the Closing, 
to the extent such matters are not the right or responsibility of all tenants 
of a given Property, all revenue and all charges that are customarily prorated 
in transactions of this nature, including accrued rent currently due and 
payable, overpaid taxes or fees, real and personal property


                                      3

<PAGE>

taxes, common area maintenance charges and other similar periodic charges 
payable or receivable with respect to such Property shall be ratably prorated 
between the partners of the Partnership which holds such Property prior to the 
Closing and the Operating Partnership on and after the Closing, effective as 
of the Closing.  After providing for such prorations, (i) if the Partnership 
has a resultant cash surplus, the value of the Contributor's Partnership 
Interest shall be increased in proportion to Contributor's ratable share of 
such cash surplus and additional OP Units (based on the initial Public 
Offering price of the Company's common stock) shall be issued to the 
Contributor as a valuation adjustment to the Contributor's Total Minimum 
Consideration, and (ii) if the Partnership has a resultant cash deficit, the 
value of the Contributor's Partnership Interest shall be reduced in proportion 
to Contributor's ratable share of such cash deficit, and fewer OP Units shall 
be issued to the Contributor as a valuation adjustment to the Contributor's 
Total Minimum Consideration, unless such deficit is cured prior to Closing.

         1.8  TREATMENT AS CONTRIBUTION

         The transfer, assignment and exchange of interests effectuated with 
respect to the Operating Partnership, pursuant to this Contribution Agreement 
shall constitute, a "Capital Contribution" pursuant to Article 4 of the OP 
Agreement and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").

     2.  CLOSING

         2.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         The effectiveness of the Company's registration statement filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-11 (the "REGISTRATION 
STATEMENT") is a condition precedent to the obligations of all parties to this 
Contribution Agreement to effect the transactions contemplated by this 
Contribution Agreement on the Closing Date (as defined below).

         The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the 
transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following additional 
conditions:

         (a)  The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained 
in this Contribution Agreement shall have been true and correct in all 
material respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, 
and shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as 
if made at and as of such date;

         (b)  Each of the obligations of the Contributor to be performed by it 
shall have been duly performed by it on or before the Closing Date;


                                      4

<PAGE>

         (c)  Concurrently with the Closing, the Contributor shall have 
executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to 
be delivered pursuant to SECTION 2.3 hereof;

         (d)  The Contributor shall have obtained all necessary consents or 
approvals of governmental authorities or third parties to the consummation of 
the transactions contemplated hereby;

         (e)  The Contributor shall not have breached any of its covenants 
contained herein in any material respect;

         (f)  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, 
injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, 
entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or 
governmental or regulatory authority or instrumentality that prohibits the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no litigation or 
governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened;

         (g)  There shall not have occurred between the date hereof and the 
Closing Date any material adverse change in the Partnerships' businesses;

         (h)  All existing management agreements with respect to the 
Properties shall have been contributed to the Operating Partnership prior to 
or simultaneously with the Closing; and

         (i)  All management functions with respect to the Properties 
presently conducted by Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation, shall 
be assumed by the Operating Partnership.

         The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership 
in its sole and absolute discretion.

         2.2  TIME AND PLACE

         The date, time and place of the transactions contemplated hereunder 
shall be the day the Operating Partnership receives the proceeds from the 
Public Offering from the underwriter(s), at 10:00 a.m. in the office of Latham 
& Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Sixth Floor, Los Angeles, California (the 
"CLOSING" or "CLOSING DATE").  The transfers described in ARTICLES 1.1 AND 1.2 
of this Contribution Agreement, and all closing deliveries, and the 
consummation of the Public Offering, shall be deemed concurrent for all 
purposes.

         2.3  CLOSING DELIVERIES

         At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and 
deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered through the 
Attorney-in-Fact (see


                                      5

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 6.1 below), the legal documents and other items (collectively the 
"CLOSING DOCUMENTS") necessary to carry out the intention of this Contribution 
Agreement, which Closing Documents and other items shall include, without 
limitation, the following:

         (i)   A Contribution and Assumption Agreement for each of the 
     Partnerships;

         (ii)  An individual quitclaim deed for each Property fully executed
     and duly acknowledged from each of the individual constituent partners
     and/or members of the Contributor, as required by the Operating
     Partnership;

         (iii) An Assignment and Assumption Agreement duly executed and 
     delivered by the Contributor and the Operating Partnership, whereby the
     Contributor assigns its rights under the Property Management Agreement to
     the Operating Partnership;

         (iv)  The Amendment or the Certificates evidencing the transfer of OP
     Units to the Contributor;

         (v)   An American Land Title Assurances ("ALTA") policy of title
     insurance with appropriate endorsements and levels of reinsurance for the
     Property issued as of the Closing Date or endorsements or other assurances
     that the existing policy or policies of title insurance are sufficient for
     purposes of this Contribution Agreement, which the Contributor shall cause
     the tite company to issue to the Operating Partnership in a form acceptable
     to the Operating Partnership (the "TITLE POLICIES") including satisfaction
     by the Contributor of any and all title company requirements applicable to
     it;

         (vi)  The Partnerships' books and records and securities or other
     evidences of ownership held by the Contributor; and

         (vii) An affidavit from the Contributor, stating under penalty of
     perjury, the Contributor's United States Taxpayer Identification Number
     and that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to section
     1445(b)(2) of the Code and a comparable affidavit satisfying California
     and any other withholding requirements. 

         2.4  CLOSING COSTS

         The Operating Partnership shall pay any documentary transfer taxes, 
escrow charges, title charges and recording taxes or fees incurred in 
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                        6

<PAGE>

     3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

         3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

         The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to and 
covenants with the Contributor that:

              (a)  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Operating Partnership has been
     duly formed and is validly existing with requisite power to enter this
     Contribution Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby.  The
     persons and entities executing this Contribution Agreement and all
     agreements contemplated hereby on behalf of the Operating Partnership have
     the power and authority to enter into this Contribution Agreement and such
     other contemplated agreements; and

              (b)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance
     by the Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution
     Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby will not contravene any
     provision of applicable law, the OP Agreement, charter, declaration of
     trust or other constituent document of the Operating Partnership, or any
     agreement or other instrument binding upon the Operating Partnership or 
     any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court 
     having jurisdiction over the Operating Partnership, and no consent, 
     approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any 
     governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the 
     Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution 
     Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby.

         3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

        The Contributor represents and warrants to and covenants with the 
Operating Partnership as provided in EXHIBIT "D" attached hereto, and 
acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions 
contained therein.

         3.3  INDEMNIFICATION

         The Operating Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the 
Contributor (the "INDEMNIFIED CONTRIBUTOR PARTY") from and against any and all 
claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without 
limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of 
investigation and remediation, costs of investigative judicial or 
administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom and costs of attachment or 
similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES") asserted against, imposed upon or 
incurred by the Indemnified Contributor Party in connection with: (i) any 
breach of a representation or warranty of the Operating Partnership contained 
in this Contribution Agreement; (ii) any liabilities or obligations incurred, 
arising from or out of, in connection with or as a result of


                                       7

<PAGE>

any claims made or actions brought by or against the Contributor, the 
Partnerships, the Properties or an Indemnified Contributor Party, that arise 
from or out of, in connection with or as a result of any Contamination (as 
defined in Exhibit D hereto) of the Properties regardless of when or how 
occurring, except to the extent, and only to the extent, such Losses arise 
from or constitute a breach of a representation and warranty of Contributor 
under Exhibit D; and (iii) all fees, costs and expenses of the Operating 
Partnership in connection with the transactions contemplated by the 
Contribution Agreement, including without limitation any and all costs 
associated with the transfers contemplated herein.

     4.  COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR

         (a)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
not:

              (i)  Sell or transfer all or any portion of the Partnership 
     Interest; or

              (ii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become 
     encumbered) all or any portion of the Partnership Interest.

         (b)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
permit each of the Partnerships to conduct its business in the ordinary course,
consistent with past practice, and shall not permit any of the Partnerships to:

              (i)   Enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary 
     course of business;

              (ii)  Sell or transfer any assets of the Partnerships;

              (iii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become 
     encumbered) any assets of the Partnerships, except (x) liens for taxes 
     not due, (y) purchase money security interests and (z) mechanics' liens 
     being disputed by the Partnerships in good faith and by appropriate 
     proceedings;

              (iv)  Amend, modify or terminate any material agreements or other 
     instruments to which the Partnerships are a party;

              (v)   Materially alter the manner of keeping the Partnerships' 
     books, accounts or records or the accounting practices therein reflected; 
     or

              (vi)  Make any distribution to its partners.

         (c)  The Contributor shall use its good faith diligent efforts to 
obtain any approvals, waivers or other consents of third parties required to 
effect the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.


                                       8


<PAGE>

     5.  RELEASES AND WAIVERS

         Each of the releases and waivers enumerated in this ARTICLE 5 shall 
become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the 
Partnership Interest pursuant to ARTICLES 1 AND 2 herein.

         5.1  GENERAL RELEASE OF OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

         As of the Closing, the Contributor irrevocably waives, releases and 
forever discharges the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership's 
affiliates, partners (including Richard S. Ziman and Victor J. Coleman), 
agents, attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, 
complaints, claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses 
and costs of any nature whatsoever (collectively, "CONTRIBUTOR CLAIMS"), known 
or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to any of the 
Partnership Agreements, this Contribution Agreement or any other matter which 
exists at the Closing, except for Contributor Claims arising from the breach 
of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this 
Contribution Agreement. 

         5.2  GENERAL RELEASE OF CONTRIBUTOR

         As of the Closing, the Operating Partnership irrevocably waives, 
releases and forever discharges the Contributor and Contributor's agents, 
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, 
complaints, claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses 
and costs of any nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP 
CLAIMS"), known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or 
relating to any of the Partnership Agreements, this Contribution Agreement or 
any other matter which exists at the Closing, except for Operating Partnership 
Claims arising from the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or 
obligation under this Contribution Agreement. 

         5.3  WAIVER OF SECTION 1542 PROTECTIONS

         As of the Closing, the Contributor and the Operating Partnership each 
expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits afforded by Section 
1542 of the California Civil Code and do so understanding and acknowledging 
the significance and consequence of such specific waiver of Section 1542 which 
provides:

         A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does
         not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing
         the release, which if known by him must have materially affected the
         settlement with the debtor.


                                         9

<PAGE>

         5.4  WAIVER OF RIGHTS UNDER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

         As of the Closing, the Contributor waives and relinquishes all rights 
and benefits otherwise afforded to Contributor under the Partnership 
Agreements including, without limitation, any right to consent to or approve 
of the sale or contribution by the other partners (or members) of the 
Partnerships of their partnership interests to the Company or the Operating 
Partnership.

    6.  POWER OF ATTORNEY

        6.1  GRANT OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Contributor does hereby irrevocably appoint the Operating Partnership 
(or its designee) and each of them individually and any successor thereof from 
time to time (such Operating Partnership or designee or any such successor of 
any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney-in-fact pursuant 
hereto, the "ATTORNEY-IN FACT") as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and 
agent of Contributor, to act in the name, place and stead of Contributor to 
make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other contracts, orders, 
receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, consents, letters and 
other writings (including without limitation the execution of any Closing 
Documents or other documents relating to the acquisition by the Operating 
Partnership of Contributor's Partnership Interest), to provide information to 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and others about the transactions 
contemplated hereby and, in general, to do all things and to take all actions 
which the Attorney-in-Fact in its sole discretion may consider necessary or 
proper in connection with or to carry out the transactions contemplated by 
this Contribution Agreement, as fully as could Contributor if personally 
present and acting.  Further, Contributor hereby grants to Attorney-in-Fact a 
proxy (the "PROXY") to vote Contributor's Partnership Interest on any matter 
related to the Formation Transactions presented to the partners of any of the 
Partnerships for a vote, including, but not limited to, the transfer of 
interests in the Partnership by the other partners.

         Each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy and all authority granted 
hereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable 
and shall not be terminated by any act of Contributor, by operation of law or 
by the occurrence of any other event or events, and if any other such act or 
events shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by 
this Contribution Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be 
authorized and directed to complete all such transactions as if such other act 
or events had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Contributor 
agrees that, at the request of Operating Partnership it will promptly execute 
a separate power of attorney and proxy on the same terms set forth in this 
ARTICLE 6, such execution to be witnessed and notarized.  Contributor hereby 
authorizes the reliance of third parties on each of the Power of Attorney and 
Proxy.


                                        10

<PAGE>


         Contributor acknowledges that the Operating Partnership has, and any 
designee or successor thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an economic 
interest in the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

         6.2  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

         It is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact assumes no responsibility 
or liability to any person by virtue of the Power of Attorney or Proxy granted 
by Contributor hereby.  The Attorney-in-Fact makes no representations with 
respect to and shall have no responsibility for the Formation Transactions or 
the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the Partnership Interest by the 
Operating Partnership and shall not be liable for any error or judgement or 
for any act done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law except for its 
own gross negligence or bad faith.  Contributor agrees to indemnify the 
Attorney-in-Fact for and to hold the Attorney-in-Fact harmless against any 
loss, claim, damage or liability incurred on its part arising out of or in 
connection with it acting as the Attorney-in-Fact under the Power of Attorney 
or Proxy created by Contributor hereby, as well as the cost and expense of 
investigating and defending against any such loss, claim, damage or liability, 
except to the extend such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to the gross 
negligence or bad faith of the Attorney-in-Fact.  Contributor agrees that the 
Attorney-in-Fact may consult with counsel of its own choice (who may be 
counsel for Operating Partnership or its successors or affiliates), and it 
shall have full and complete authorization and protection for any action taken 
or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the opinion 
of such counsel.  It is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact may, without 
breaching any express or implied obligation to Contributor hereunder, release, 
amend or modify any other power of attorney or proxy granted by any other 
person under any related agreement.

     7.  MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Contributor shall take such other 
actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the 
Operating Partnership may reasonably request in order to effect the 
transactions contemplated hereby.

         7.2  COUNTERPARTS.  This Contribution Agreement may be executed in 
one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all 
of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         7.3  GOVERNING LAW.  This Contribution Agreement shall be governed by 
the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of 
laws provisions thereof.

         7.4  NOTICES.  Any notice to be given hereunder by any party to the 
other shall be given in writing by personal delivery or by registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed 
communicated as of the date of personal delivery (including delivery by 
overnight courier).  Mailed notices shall be


                                        11

<PAGE>

addressed as set forth below, but any party may change the address set forth 
below by written notice to other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

     To the Contributor:

     Michele Byer
     c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
     9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
     Beverly Hills, CA 90212

     To the Operating Partnership:

     Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership
     c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
     9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
     Beverly Hills, CA 90212


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution Agreement
as of the date first written above.

                              "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"

                              ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                              a Maryland limited partnership

                              By:   ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                    a Maryland Corporation,
                                    general partner


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------


                              "CONTRIBUTOR"

                              MICHELE BYER,
                              an individual


                              By:
                                 -------------------------------------


                                        12

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

           CONSTITUENT INTERESTS OF CONTRIBUTOR'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Partnerships                    Property Held by the             Minimum
   and Management Agreement                  Partnerships              Consideration
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     --------------
<S>                                    <C>                             <C>
1950 Sawtelle Associates, L.P.         1950 Sawtelle Boulevard           $ 56,134
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
5000 Spring Associates, LLC            5000 East Spring Street           $ 33,917
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
Arden LAOP Two, LLC                    Anaheim City Center;              $  2,408
                                       425 West Broadway 
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
Arden LAOP Three, LLC                  16000 Ventura Boulevard;          $ 12,621
                                       Bristol Plaza 
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
LAOP IV, LLC                           5601 Lindero Canyon;              $276,066
                                       Westwood Terrace; 
                                       Calabasas Commerce Center;
                                       The New Wilshire; 
                                       70 South Lake; 
                                       Skyview Center; 
                                       4811 Airport Plaza Drive; 
                                       4900/10 Airport Plaza Drive
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
LAOP V, LLC                            5832 Bolsa Avenue;                $ 85,936
                                          400 Corporate Pointe; 
                                       9665 Wilshire Boulevard; 
                                       Imperial Bank Tower 
Arden Broadway
Associates, LLC                        100 West Broadway                 $347,139
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
Management Agreement for 5000                                            $ 34,376
East Spring Street
- -----------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
                                                    Total Minimum
                                                    Consideration        $848,597
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
    
                                        A-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B 
                                        to
                              CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                     CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

         FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of 
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers, 
contributes and conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland 
limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), its entire legal and 
beneficial right, title and interest in and to 5000 Spring Associates, LLC, a 
Nevada limited liability company (the "Partnership"), including, without 
limitation, all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and 
to the assets of the Partnership and the right to receive distributions of 
money, profits and other assets from the Partnership, presently existing or 
hereafter at any time arising or accruing (such right, title and interest are 
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Partnership Interest"), TO HAVE 
AND TO HOLD the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and 
assigns, forever.

         Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership 
assumes all obligations in respect of the Partnership Interest.

         The Partnership owns certain real property as described in Attachment 
"1" attached hereto.

Executed:  _____ __, 1996

                                       By:   /s/ Michele Byer
                                          ----------------------
                                               Michele Byer


                                         B-1

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT C
                                         to
                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


Order No.
Escrow No.
Loan No.

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: 


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO:                 SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE
 
                                        DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX  $ ........... 
 
                                        .....  Computed on the consideration or
                                               value of property conveyed; OR 

                                        .....  Computed on the consideration or
                                               value less liens or encumbrances
                                               remaining at time of sale. 

                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Signature of Declarant of Agent 
                                            determining tax - Firm Name 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                QUITCLAIM DEED

FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, 



do(es) hereby REMISE, RELEASE and FOREVER QUITCLAIM to

Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership

the real property in the City of ____________, County of  ____________, State of
California, described as


Dated ______________________               _____________________________
STATE OF CALIFORNIA        }               _____________________________
                           }               _____________________________
COUNTY OF ________________ }               _____________________________

On ______________ before me,
___________________________,
personally appeared ________
____________________________

personally known to me (or proved to
me on the basis of satisfactory evidence)
to be the person(s) whose names(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they
executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ies), and that by
his/her/their signature(s)  on the
instrument the person(s) or the entity
upon behalf of which the person(s) acted,
executed the instrument. 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature ________________________        (This area for official notarial seal)



                                        C-1

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D
                                       TO
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES


                       ARTICLE 1- ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS

          For purposes of this EXHIBIT D, the following terms have the meanings
set forth below.  Terms which are not defined below shall have the meaning set
forth for those terms as defined in the Contribution Agreement to which this
EXHIBIT D is attached:

          ACTIONS:  Means all actions, complaints, charges, accusations,
investigations, petitions, suits or other proceedings, whether civil or
criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity.

          CLAIMS:  Means claims, disputes, actions, suits, arbitrations,
proceedings or investigations (collectively "Claims") pending or, to Knowledge,
threatened that directly or indirectly affect any of the Contributor, the
Partnerships or the Properties.

          CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:  Means the Contribution Agreement to which
this EXHIBIT D is attached.

          KNOWLEDGE:  Means, with respect to any representation or warranty so
indicated, the actual knowledge, upon reasonable investigation and inquiry in
good faith, of the signatory to the Contribution Agreement.

          LIENS:  Means, with respect to any real and personal property, all
mortgages, pledges, liens, options, charges, security interests, restrictions,
prior assignments, encumbrances, covenants, encroachments, assessments, rights
of others, licenses, easements, liabilities or claims of any kind or nature
whatsoever, direct or indirect, including, without limitation, interests in or
claims to revenues generated by such property.

          OP UNITS:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.

          PERMITTED LIENS:  Means (a) Liens, or deposits made to secure the
release of such Liens, securing taxes, the payment of which is not delinquent or
the payment of which is actively being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued;

          (b)  Zoning laws and ordinances generally applicable to the districts
in which the Properties are located which are not violated by the existing
structures or present uses thereof;


                                    D-1

<PAGE>


          (c)  Liens imposed by laws, such as carriers', warehousemen's and
mechanics' liens, and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of
business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past due or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
pursued; 

          (d)  non-exclusive easements for public utilities that do not have a
material adverse effect upon, or interfere with the use of, the Properties; and

          (e)  any exceptions contained in the Title Policies.

          PERSON:  Means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or governmental entity.

          PROSPECTUS:  Means the Company's Form S-11 Registration Statement.

          REIT SHARES:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.


          ARTICLE 2 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

          The Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership
as set forth below in this ARTICLE 2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Contribution Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, the Contributor makes
representations, warranties and indemnities only with respect to the interests
in the Partnerships to be transferred by the Contributor identified on EXHIBIT A
to the Contribution Agreement.

          2.1  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Contributor (A) if a natural
person, has the legal capacity to enter the Contribution Agreement; if not a
natural person, is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the
extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and (B)
has all requisite power and authority to own, lease or operate its property and
to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the extent required
under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in
each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its
property make such qualification necessary.

          2.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
the Contribution Agreement by the Contributor has been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary action of the Contributor.  This Contribution
Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by
or on behalf of the contributor pursuant to this contribution Agreement
constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Contributor, each enforceable against the
Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited
by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.


                                  D-2

<PAGE>

          2.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  No consent, waiver, approval or
authorization of any third party is required to be obtained by the Contributor
in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Contribution
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing
that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

          2.4  OWNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.  The Contributor is the
sole owner of the Partnership Interest and has good and valid title to such
Partnership Interest, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

          2.5  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.  The Partnership Interest constitutes all
of the issued and outstanding interests owned by the Contributor in the
Partnerships.  The Partnership Interest is validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable, and was not issued in violation of any preemptive rights.  The
Partnership Interest has been issued in compliance with applicable law and the
relevant Partnership Agreements (as then in effect).  There are no rights,
subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights, preemptive rights or
agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or to otherwise acquire any of
the interests which comprise the Partnership Interest or any securities or
obligations of any kind convertible into any of the interests which comprise the
Partnership Interest or other equity interests or profit participation of any
kind in the Partnerships.  At the Closing, upon receipt of the consideration,
the Contributor will have transferred the Partnership Interest free and clear of
all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, claims and
equities to the Operating Partnership.

          2.6  NO VIOLATION.  None of the execution, delivery or performance of
the Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby does or
will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) violate,
conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under or give to
others any right of termination or cancellation of (A) the organizational
documents, including the charters and bylaws, if any, of the Contributor, (B)
any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a
party or by which the Contributor or its Partnership Interest is bound or (C)
any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of any
governmental or regulatory authority binding on the Contributor or by which the
Contributor or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject or (ii)
result in the creation of any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon the
Partnership Interest.

          2.7  NON-FOREIGN STATUS.  The Contributor is not a foreign person,
foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as
defined in the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the provisions of the
Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons.

          2.8  WITHHOLDING.  The Contributor shall execute at Closing such
certificates or affidavits reasonably necessary to document the inapplicability
of any federal or state withhoding provisions, including those referred to in
ARTICLE 2.7 above and similar provisions under California law.  If Contributor
fails to provide such certificates or affidavits, the Operating


                                 D-3

<PAGE>

Partnership may withhold a portion of any payments otherwise to be made to the 
Contributor as required by the Code or California law.

          2.9  INVESTMENT PURPOSES.  The Contributor acknowledges his, her or 
its understanding that the offering and sale of the OP Units to be acquired 
pursuant to the Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations in effect 
thereunder (the "ACT").  In furtherance thereof, the Contributor represents 
and warrants to the Company as follows:

               2.9.1  INVESTMENT.  The Contributor is acquiring the OP Units 
solely for his, her or its own account for the purpose of investment and not 
as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for 
offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof.  The 
Contributor agrees and acknowledges that he, she or it will not, directly or 
indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise 
dispose of (hereinafter, "TRANSFER") any of the OP Units unless (i) the 
Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and 
qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state 
securities laws, or (ii) counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be 
reasonably acceptable to the Operating Partnership) shall have furnished the 
Operating Partnership with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and 
substance to the Operating Partnership, to the effect that no such 
registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from 
registration under the Act and qualification or other compliance under 
applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

               2.9.2  KNOWLEDGE.  The Contributor is knowledgeable, 
sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters; the 
Contributor has previously invested in securities similar to the OP Units and 
fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by the Federal 
securities laws and as described in the Contribution Agreement.  The 
Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the OP Units for an 
indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of his, her or its 
investment in the OP Units; the Contributor has received and reviewed all 
information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the Operating 
Partnership, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating 
Partnership and the issuance of the OP Units as the Contributor deems 
necessary or desirable, and has been given the opportunity to obtain any 
additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers 
about such information and documents, the Company, the Operating Partnership, 
the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating Partnership and 
the OP Units which the Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate 
the merits and risks related to his, her or its investment in the OP Units; 
and the Contributor understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors 
related to the purchase of the OP Units.

               2.9.3  HOLDING PERIOD.  The Contributor acknowledges that he, 
she or it has been advised that (i) the OP Units and the common stock of the 
Company into which the OP Units may be exchanged in certain circumstances (the 
"COMMON STOCK") must be held indefinitely, and the Contributor must continue 
to bear the economic risk of the investment in the OP Units (and any Common 
Stock that might be exchanged therefor) unless they are subsequently 
registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available, 
(ii)

                                      D-4

<PAGE>

a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the 
certificates representing the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might be 
exchanged therefor), and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate 
records of the Operating Partnership (and the Company) indicating that the OP 
Units (and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) are subject to 
restrictions on transfer.

               2.9.4  ACCREDITED INVESTOR.  If the Contributor is an 
individual, such individual is an "accredited investor" (as such term is 
defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act) and as such:

               (i)   is a director or executive officer of the Company; or

               (ii)  has an individual net worth, or joint net worth with his or
     her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000; or

               (iii) had an individual annual adjusted gross income in
     excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably
     expects to have annual adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 in
     the current year; or

               (iv)  had a joint income with his spouse in excess of $300,000 in
     each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects to have an annual
     adjusted gross income, with his spouse, in excess of $300,000 in the
     current year.

     If the Contributor is not an individual, it is an "accredited investor" 
(as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act).

               2.9.5 LEGENDING.  Each certificate representing the OP Units 
(and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) shall bear the 
following legend:

     THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
     ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
     ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE COMPANY
     AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE
     PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT
     REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE
     SKY" LAWS;

               In addition, the Common Stock for which the OP Units might be
exchanged shall also bear a legend which generally provides the following:

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
     RESTRICTIONS ON BENEFICIAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP AND


                                           D-5

<PAGE>


     TRANSFER FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE CORPORATION'S MAINTENANCE OF ITS STATUS AS 
     A REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, 
     AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").  SUBJECT TO CERTAIN FURTHER RESTRICTIONS AND 
     EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE CORPORATION'S CHARTER, (1) NO PERSON 
     MAY BENEFICIALLY OWN OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN SHARES OF THE CORPORATION'S 
     COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF 9.0% (BY VALUE OR BY NUMBER OF SHARES, 
     WHICHEVER IS MORE RESTRICTIVE) OF THE OUTSTANDING COMMON STOCK OF THE 
     CORPORATION; (2) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON 
     STOCK THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE CORPORATION BEING "CLOSELY HELD" UNDER 
     SECTION 856(H) OF THE CODE OR OTHERWISE CAUSE THE CORPORATION TO FAIL TO 
     QUALIFY AS A REIT; AND (3) NO PERSON MAY TRANSFER COMMON STOCK IF SUCH 
     TRANSFER WOULD RESULT IN THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CORPORATION BEING OWNED 
     BY FEWER THAN 100 PERSONS.  ANY PERSON WHO BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY 
     OWNS OR ATTEMPTS TO BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK WHICH 
     CAUSES OR WILL CAUSE A PERSON TO BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN 
     COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY 
     THE CORPORATION.  IF ANY OF THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OR OWNERSHIP ARE 
     VIOLATED, THE COMMON STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY 
     TRANSFERRED TO A TRUSTEE OF A TRUST FOR THE BENEFIT OF ONE OR MORE 
     CHARITABLE BENEFICIARIES.  IN ADDITION, THE CORPORATION MAY REDEEM SHARES 
     UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN ITS 
     SOLE DISCRETION IF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS DETERMINES THAT OWNERSHIP OR A 
     TRANSFER OR OTHER EVENT MAY VIOLATE THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE.  
     FURTHERMORE, UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS, ATTEMPTED TRANSFERS 
     IN VIOLATION OF THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY BE VOID AB INITIO.  
     ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS IN THIS LEGEND HAVE THE MEANINGS DEFINED IN THE 
     CHARTER OF THE CORPORATION, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, 
     A COPY OF WHICH, INCLUDING THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP, 
     WILL BE FURNISHED TO EACH HOLDER OF COMMON STOCK ON REQUEST AND WITHOUT 
     CHARGE.  REQUESTS FOR SUCH A COPY MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE 
     CORPORATION.

          2.10 NO BROKERS.  Neither the Contributor nor any of its respective 
officers, directors or employees has employed or made any agreement with any 
broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the 
obligation of the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates to pay any 
finder's fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection 
with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

                                         D-6

<PAGE>

          2.11 SOLVENCY.  The Contributor has been and will be solvent at all 
times prior to and immediately following the transfer of the Partnership 
Interest to the Operating Partnership.

          2.12 NO MISREPRESENTATIONS.  No representation, warranty or 
statement made, or information provided, by the Contributor in the 
Contribution Agreement or in any other document or instrument furnished or to 
be furnished by or on behalf of the Contributor pursuant hereto or as 
contemplated hereby (i) contains or will contain any untrue statement of a 
material fact or (ii) omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

          2.13 TAXES.  For federal income tax purposes, the Partnerships are, 
and at all times during their existence have been, partnerships (rather than 
associations or publicly traded partnerships taxable as corporations).  The 
Partnerships have filed all tax returns required to be filed by them and have 
paid all taxes required to be paid by them.  The transactions contemplated 
hereby will not result in any tax liability to the Partnerships, the Company 
or the Operating Partnership.  No tax lien or other charge exists or will 
exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect 
to any Property except such tax liens for which the tax is not due and has 
been reserved for payment by the Partnerships or tax liens or other charges 
which individually or in the aggregate would not have a material adverse 
effect on the Operating Partnership.  

                           ARTICLE 3 - INDEMNIFICATION

          3.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; REMEDY FOR BREACH.

          (a) Subject to ARTICLE 3.6, all representations and warranties
contained in this EXHIBIT D or in any Schedule or certificate delivered pursuant
hereto shall survive the Closing.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contribution
Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, no party hereto shall be liable under this EXHIBIT
D or the Contribution Agreement for monetary damages (or otherwise) for breach
of any of its representations and warranties contained in this EXHIBIT D or the
Contribution Agreement, or in any Schedule, certificate or affidavit delivered
by it pursuant thereto, other than pursuant to the succeeding provisions of this
ARTICLE 3.

          3.2  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a) The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Operating
Partnership, the REIT, and their affiliates and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (each of
which is an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and all claims, losses,
damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid
in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of investigation and
remediation, costs of investigative, judicial or administrative proceedings or
appeals therefrom, and costs of


                                     D-7

<PAGE>

attachment or similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES"), asserted against, 
imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with or as a 
result of any breach of a representation or warranty of the Contributor 
contained in the Contribution Agreement or in any Schedule, certificate or 
affidavit delivered by the Contributor pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

          (b) The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified
Parties from and against any and all Losses, asserted against, imposed upon or
incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with or as a result of:

               (i)  all fees and expenses of the Contributor in connection with
     the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement; 

               (ii) any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising from or out
     of, in connection with or as a result of the failure of the Contributor to
     obtain all consents required to consummate the transactions contemplated by
     the Contribution Agreement.

          3.3  PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION.  The Contributor may satisfy its 
obligations hereunder by the prompt delivery (paid promptly as and when 
expenses are incurred) to an Indemnified Party of OP Units, subject to the 
limits on ownership and transfer of REIT shares set forth in the Company's 
articles of incorporation.  Any OP Units delivered to an Indemnified Party 
hereunder shall be valued based upon the initial public offering price of the 
Company's Common Stock.

          3.4  NOTICE AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS.  As soon as reasonably 
practicable after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability 
or claim incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is subject 
to indemnification under this ARTICLE 3, the Indemnified Party shall give 
notice thereof to the Contributor, including liabilities or claims to be 
applied against the indemnification baskets established pursuant to ARTICLE 
3.5 hereof. The Indemnified Party may at its option demand indemnity under 
this ARTICLE 3 as soon as a claim has been threatened by a third party, 
regardless of whether an actual Loss has been suffered, so long as the 
Indemnified Party shall in good faith determine that such claim is not 
frivolous and that the Indemnified Party may be liable for, or otherwise 
incur, a Loss as a result thereof and shall give notice of such determination 
to the Contributor.  The Indemnified Party shall permit the Contributor, at 
its option and expense, to assume the defense of any such claim by counsel 
selected by the Contributor and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified 
Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that 
the Indemnified Party may at all times participate in such defense at its 
expense; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the Contributor shall not, in 
defense of any such claim, except with the prior written consent of the 
Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to the entry of 
any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an 
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff in question 
to the Indemnified Party and its affiliates a release of all liabilities in 
respect of such claims, or that does not result only in the payment of money 
damages.  If the Contributor shall fail to undertake such defense within 30 
days after such notice, or within such shorter time as may be reasonable under 
the circumstances, then the Indemnified Party shall

                                      D-8

<PAGE>

have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such 
liability or claim on behalf of and for the account of the Contributor.

          3.5  LIMITATIONS ON AND THRESHOLD FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER 
ARTICLE 3.2.

          (a) The Contributor shall not be liable under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof
unless and until the total amount recoverable by the Indemnified Parties under
ARTICLE 3.2 exceeds $200,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that once the total amount
recoverable by the Indemnified Parties under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof exceeds $200,000
in the aggregate, the Contributor's obligation under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof shall be
for the full amount of such obligation.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
Contributor shall not be liable or obligated to make payments under this ARTICLE
3 with respect to any Partnership Interest to the extent such payments in the
aggregate would exceed the value of the OP Units (based upon the initial public
offering price of the Common Stock) received by the Contributor at the Closing. 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Indemnified
Parties shall look first to the Contributor's OP Units for indemnification under
this ARTICLE 3 and then to the Contributor's other assets.

          3.6  LIMITATION PERIOD.

          (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for indemnification under
ARTICLE 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the Indemnified Party, stating
the nature of the Losses and the basis for indemnification therefor:

               (i)  within one year after the Closing in the case of a claim
     under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof (other than a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(A) based
     upon a breach of the representations, and warranties of the Contributor set
     forth in ARTICLE 2.13 hereof as specified below; and

               (ii) prior to the expiration of the applicable statutes of
     limitations in the case of a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(A) based upon a breach
     of the representations and warranties of the Contributor set forth in
     ARTICLE 2.13 hereof.

          (b) If so asserted in writing within one year after the Closing, such
claims for indemnification shall survive until resolved by mutual agreement
between the Contributor and the Indemnified Party or by judicial determination. 
Any claim for indemnification not so asserted in writing within one year after
the Closing shall not thereafter be asserted and shall forever be waived.

          3.7  RESERVATION OF CONTRIBUTOR RIGHTS.

          Notwithstanding anything else in this Contribution Agreement to the
contrary, the Contributor reserves unto itself all rights and remedies
(including rights to seek contribution)


                                     D-9

<PAGE>

against any third party indemnitors and prior property owners or occupants for 
which the Partnerships have been indemnified by the Contributor hereunder.  To 
the extent the Contributor's rights against any such third party indemnitors, 
owners or occupants may be prejudiced by actions or inactions by any owner or 
occupant of the Properties after the Closing, the Contributor's indemnity 
obligation shall be reduced in accordance with the effect of the actions or 
inactions which so prejudiced the Contributor's rights.


                                    D-10

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT E
                                      to
                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                      ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

          FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of 
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers and 
conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited 
partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), its entire legal and beneficial 
right, title and interest in and to that certain Property Management 
Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1994, by and among 5000 Spring Associates, 
LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, Arthur Gilbert as Trustee of the 
Arthur Gilbert and Rosalinde Gilbert 1982 Trust, and Contributor, as Owners 
and Arden Realty Group, Inc., a California corporation, as Manager, TO HAVE 
AND TO HOLD the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and 
assigns, forever.

Executed:  __________ __, 1996               MICHELE BYER, an individual


                                             By:
                                                ------------------------


                                     E-1



<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT





                                    by and between




                              ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                               a California corporation




                                         and




                       ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                            a Maryland limited partnership






                              Dated as of June 17, 1996



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----

RECITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

TERMS OF AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

1.  CONTRIBUTION OF MANAGEMENT ASSETS AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS. . . . . . . 2

    1.1  Contribution Transaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
    1.2  Minimum Consideration and Exchange of OP Units. . . . . . . . . .   2
    1.3  Additional Consideration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
    1.4  Adjusted Consideration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.5  Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.6  Contribution of Certain Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.7  Treatment as Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

2.  CLOSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

    2.1  Conditions Precedent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    2.2  Time and Place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    2.3  Closing Deliveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
    2.4  Closing Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

    3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Operating Partnership . . .   5
    3.2  Representations and Warranties of Contributor . . . . . . . . . .   6

4.  COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

5.  RELEASES AND WAIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

    5.1  General Release of Operating Partnership. . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
    5.2  General Release of Optionor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
    5.3  Waiver of Section 1542 Protections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

6.  POWER OF ATTORNEY

    6.1  Grant of Power of Attorney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
    6.2  Limitation on Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9


                                          i
<PAGE>

7.  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

    7.1  Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
    7.2  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
    7.3  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
    7.4  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10













                                          ii
<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT LIST


                                                                   SECTION FIRST
EXHIBITS                                                             REFERENCED
- --------                                                           -------------

A   Management Assets to be Contributed. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Recital D

B   Assignment and Assumption Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1.1

C   Bill of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1.1

D   Representations and Warranties of Contributor. . . . . . . . . . . .   3.2














                                         iii
<PAGE>

                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

         THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the
"CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of June 17, 1996 by and
between Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership
(the "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"), and Arden Realty Group, Inc., a California
corporation (the "CONTRIBUTOR").


                                       RECITALS

         A.   The Operating Partnership desires to consolidate the ownership of
a portfolio of office properties (the "PARTICIPATING PROPERTIES") located in
Southern California through a series of transactions (the "FORMATION
TRANSACTIONS") whereby the Operating Partnership will acquire direct interests
in certain of the Participating Properties (the "PROPERTY INTERESTS") and all of
the interests in certain limited partnerships, certain limited liability
companies and certain other entities (collectively the "PARTICIPATING
PARTNERSHIPS AND LLCS") which currently own directly or indirectly the
Participating Properties (the "CONSOLIDATION").

         B.   The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial public
offering (the "PUBLIC OFFERING") of the common stock of Arden Realty Group,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "COMPANY"), which will operate as a
self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT")
and will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

         C.   The owners of the Property Interests and the partners and members
of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer their Property
Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs to the
Company in exchange for cash (the "CASH PARTICIPANTS") or contribute such
interests directly to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an interest in
the Operating Partnership (the "OP PARTICIPANTS").

         D.   As part of the Formation Transactions, the Contributor desires
to, and the Operating Partnership desires the Contributor to, contribute to the
Operating Partnership, all of its right, title and interest, in certain assets,
personal property and management contracts as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" that
relate to its property management and leasing business (the "MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS")(such right, title and interest are hereinafter collectively referred
to as the "MANAGEMENT ASSETS"), in exchange for partnership units in the
Operating Partnership (the "OP UNITS"), on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein.

    NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the
mutual undertakings set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:


<PAGE>

                                  TERMS OF AGREEMENT

    1.   CONTRIBUTION OF MANAGEMENT ASSETS AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS

         1.1  CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION

         At the Closing (as defined in ARTICLE 2.2 herein) and subject to the
terms and conditions contained in this Contribution Agreement, the Contributor
shall transfer to the Operating Partnership, absolutely and unconditionally, all
of its Management Assets (as such term is defined in Recital D herein and as
enumerated on Exhibit A attached hereto) which consist primarily of certain
property management agreements (the "Management Agreements"), contractual rights
to purchase certain office properties (the "Contractual Rights") and certain
office-use personal property assets (the "Office Personal Property").  The
contribution of the Contributor's Management Agreements and Contractual Rights
shall be evidenced by an "ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" in substantially
the form of EXHIBIT "B" attached hereto and the contribution of the
Contributor's Office Personal Property shall be evidenced by a "BILL OF SALE" in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT "C" attached hereto.  The parties shall take
such additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be
required by the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership
(the "OP AGREEMENT") in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

         1.2  MINIMUM CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE OF OP UNITS

         Subject to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 below, the Operating Partnership
shall, in exchange for the Partnership Interest, transfer to the Contributor the
number of OP Units having a value, based on one OP Unit being equal in value to
the Public Offering price for one share of the Company's common stock, equal to
the value indicated on Exhibit A as Contributor's "Total Minimum Consideration."
The transfer of the OP Units to the Contributor shall be evidenced by either an
amendment (the "AMENDMENT") to the OP Agreement or by certificates relating to
such units (the "CERTIFICATES") in either case, as shall be acceptable to the
Contributor.  The parties shall take such additional actions and execute such
additional documentation as may be required by the OP Agreement in order to
effect the transaction contemplated hereby.

         1.3  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION

         Subject to ARTICLE 1.4 below, in the event that, at Closing the
aggregate value (determined as provided in ARTICLE 1.2) of the OP Units
available to all OP Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum
Consideration values (after all adjustments set forth in ARTICLE 1.4) of all OP
Participants (the "ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION"), then the Additional Consideration
or a portion thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the OP Participants
(including the Contributor) based upon the relative values of the Contributor's
Management

                                          2

<PAGE>


Assets and the interests contributed by each of the other OP Participants, in
each case as determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion.

         1.4  ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION

         The Operating Partnership reserves the right not to acquire any
particular asset that constitutes part of the Management Assets, if in good
faith the Operating Partnership determines that the ownership of such asset
would be inappropriate for the Operating Partnership for any reason whatsoever.
Contributor hereby agrees that, in such event, the Contributor's Total Minimum
Consideration may be reduced by an amount determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his
sole discretion, to reflect the reduction in total value of the Management
Assets ultimately contributed by the Contributor.

         1.5  AUTHORIZATION

         Contributor hereby authorizes Richard S. Ziman to make any and all
determinations to be made by him pursuant to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 hereof, and
any and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all parties.

         1.6  CONTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

         Effective upon the Closing, the Contributor hereby contributes to the
Operating Partnership all of its rights and interests, if any, including rights
to indemnification in favor of the Contributor, if any, under the Management
Contracts and any agreements underlying the Contractual Rights transferred
pursuant to this Contribution Agreement.

         1.7  TREATMENT AS CONTRIBUTION

         The assignment and exchange of interests effectuated with respect to
the Operating Partnership, pursuant to this Contribution Agreement shall
constitute, a "Capital Contribution" pursuant to Article 4 of the OP Agreement
and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").

    2.   CLOSING

         2.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         The effectiveness of the Company's registration statement filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-11 (the "REGISTRATION
STATEMENT") is a condition precedent to the obligations of all parties to this
Contribution Agreement to effect the transactions contemplated by this
Contribution Agreement on the Closing Date (as defined below).



                                          3

<PAGE>

         The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the
transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following additional
conditions:

         (a)  The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained
in this Contribution Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material
respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and shall be
true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as if made at and
as of such date;

         (b)  Each of the obligations of the Contributor to be performed by it
shall have been duly performed by it on or before the Closing Date;

         (c)  Concurrently with the Closing, the Contributor shall have
executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to be
delivered pursuant to ARTICLE 2.3 hereof;

         (d)  The Contributor shall have obtained all necessary consents or
approvals of governmental authorities or third parties to the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby;

         (e)  The Contributor shall not have breached any of its covenants
contained herein in any material respect;

         (f)  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction,
stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated
or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or governmental or regulatory
authority or instrumentality that prohibits the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such
an order shall be pending or threatened; and

         (g)  There shall not have occurred between the date hereof and the
Closing Date any material adverse change in the Contributor's Management
Business.

         The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership in
its sole and absolute discretion.

         2.2  TIME AND PLACE

         The date, time and place of the transactions contemplated hereunder
shall be the day the Operating Partnership receives the proceeds from the Public
Offering from the underwriter(s), at 10:00 a.m. in the office of Latham &
Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Sixth Floor, Los Angeles, California (the
"CLOSING" or "CLOSING DATE").  The transfers described in ARTICLES 1.1 AND 1.2
of this Agreement, and all closing deliveries, and the consummation of the
Public Offering, shall be deemed concurrent for all purposes.



                                          4

<PAGE>

         2.3  CLOSING DELIVERIES

         At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and
deliver, or cause to be delivered, the legal documents and other items
(collectively the "CLOSING DOCUMENTS") necessary to carry out the intention of
this Contribution Agreement, which Closing Documents and other items shall
include, without limitation, the following:

         (i)  A Contribution and Assumption Agreement for the Contributor's
    Management Assets;

         (ii) The Amendment or the Certificates evidencing the transfer of OP
    Units to the Contributor;

         (iii)     The Contributor's books and records and securities or other
    evidences of ownership held by the Contributor; and

         (iv) An affidavit from the Contributor, stating under penalty of
    perjury, the Contributor's United States Taxpayer Identification Number and
    that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to section 1445(b)(2)
    of the Code and a comparable affidavit satisfying California requirements.

         2.4  CLOSING COSTS

         The Operating Partnership shall pay any documentary transfer taxes,
escrow charges, title charges and recording taxes or fees incurred in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

    3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

         The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to and
covenants with the Contributor that:

              (a)  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Operating Partnership has been
    duly formed and is validly existing with requisite power to enter this
    Contribution Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby.  The persons
    and entities executing this Contribution Agreement and all agreements
    contemplated hereby on behalf of the Operating Partnership have the power
    and authority to enter into this Contribution Agreement and such other
    contemplated agreements; and



                                          5

<PAGE>

              (b)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance
    by the Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution
    Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby will not contravene any
    provision of applicable law, the OP Agreement, charter, declaration of
    trust or other constituent document of the Operating Partnership, or any
    agreement or other instrument binding upon the Operating Partnership or any
    judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
    jurisdiction over the Operating Partnership, and no consent, approval,
    authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body or
    agency is required for the performance by the Operating Partnership of its
    obligations under this Contribution Agreement and all other agreements
    contemplated hereby.

         3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

         The Contributor represents and warrants to and covenants with the
Operating Partnership as provided in EXHIBIT "D" attached hereto and
acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions contained
therein.

    4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR

         (a)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
not:

              (i)  Sell or transfer all or any portion of the Management
    Business or Management Assets; or

              (ii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
    encumbered) all or any portion of the Management Business or the Management
    Assets.

         (b)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
permit  the Management Business to conduct its business in the ordinary course,
consistent with past practice, and shall not permit the Management Business to:

              (i)  Enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary
    course of business;

              (ii) Sell or transfer any assets of the Management Business;

              (iii)     Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
    encumbered) any assets of the Management Business except (x) liens for
    taxes not due, (y) purchase money security interests and (z) mechanics'
    liens being disputed by the Management Business in good faith and by
    appropriate proceedings;



                                          6

<PAGE>

              (iv) Amend, modify or terminate any material agreements which
    constitute Management Assets as defined herein or other instruments to
    which the Management Business is a party except such agreements or
    instruments that may terminate pursuant to their own terms prior to Closing
    independent of any amendments or modifications;

              (v)  Materially alter the manner of keeping the Management
    Business' books, accounts or records or the accounting practices therein
    reflected; or

              (vi) Make any distribution to its shareholders.

         (c)  The Contributor shall use its good faith diligent efforts to
obtain any approvals, waivers or other consents of third parties required to
effect the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

    5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS

         Each of the releases and waivers enumerated in this ARTICLE 5 shall
become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the
Partnership Interest pursuant to ARTICLES 1 AND 2 herein.

         5.1  GENERAL RELEASE OF OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

         As of the Closing, the Contributor irrevocably waives, releases and
forever discharges the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership's
affiliates, partners (including Richard S. Ziman and Victor J. Coleman), agents,
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, complaints,
claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and costs of any
nature whatsoever (collectively, "CONTRIBUTOR CLAIMS"), known or unknown,
suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to this Contribution
Agreement or any other matter which exists at the Closing, except for
Contributor Claims arising from the breach of any representation, warranty,
covenant or obligation under this Contribution Agreement.

         5.2  GENERAL RELEASE OF OPTIONOR

         As of the Closing, the Operating Partnership irrevocably waives,
releases and forever discharges the Contributor and Contributor's agents,
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, complaints,
claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and costs of any
nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP CLAIMS"), known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to this
Contribution Agreement or any other matter which exists at the Closing, except
for Operating Partnership Claims arising from the breach of any representation,
warranty, covenant or obligation under this Contribution Agreement.




                                          7

<PAGE>

         5.3  WAIVER OF SECTION 1542 PROTECTIONS

         As of the Closing, the Contributor and the Operating Partnership each
expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits afforded by Section
1542 of the California Civil Code and do so understanding and acknowledging the
significance and consequence of such specific waiver of Section 1542 which
provides:

         A general release does not extend to claims which the
         creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at
         the time of executing the release, which if known by him
         must have materially affected the settlement with the
         debtor.

    6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

         6.1  GRANT OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

         Contributor does hereby irrevocably appoint the Operating Partnership
(or its designee) and each of them individually and any successor thereof from
time to time (such Operating Partnership or designee or any such successor of
any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney-in-fact pursuant
hereto, the "ATTORNEY-IN FACT") as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent of Contributor, to act in the name, place and stead of Contributor to
make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other contracts, orders,
receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, consents, letters and
other writings (including without limitation the execution of any Closing
Documents or other documents relating to the acquisition by the Operating
Partnership of Contributor's Management Assets), to provide information to the
Securities and Exchange Commission and others about the transactions
contemplated hereby and, in general, to do all things and to take all actions
which the Attorney-in-Fact in its sole discretion may consider necessary or
proper in connection with or to carry out the transactions contemplated by this
Contribution Agreement, as fully as could Contributor if personally present and
acting.

         The Power of Attorney and all authority granted hereby shall be
coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and shall not be
terminated by any act of Contributor, by operation of law or by the occurrence
of any other event or events, and if any other such act or events shall occur
before the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Contribution
Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be authorized and directed to
complete all such transactions as if such other act or events had not occurred
and regardless of notice thereof.  Contributor agrees that, at the request of
the Operating Partnership it will promptly execute a separate power of attorney
on the same terms set forth in this ARTICLE 6, such execution to be witnessed
and notarized.  Contributor hereby authorizes the reliance of third parties on
the Power of Attorney.




                                          8

<PAGE>

         Contributor acknowledges that the Operating Partnership has, and any
designee or successor thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an economic
interest in the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

         6.2  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

         It is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact assumes no responsibility
or liability to any person by virtue of the Power of Attorney granted by
Contributor hereby.  The Attorney-in-Fact makes no representations with respect
to and shall have no responsibility for the Formation Transactions or the Public
Offering, or the acquisition of the Management Assets by the Operating
Partnership and shall not be liable for any error or judgement or for any act
done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law except for its own gross
negligence or bad faith.  Contributor agrees to indemnify the Attorney-in-Fact
for and to hold the Attorney-in-Fact harmless against any loss, claim, damage or
liability incurred on its part arising out of or in connection with it acting as
the Attorney-in-Fact under the Power of Attorney created by Contributor hereby,
as well as the cost and expense of investigating and defending against any such
loss, claim, damage or liability, except to the extend such loss, claim, damage
or liability is due to the gross negligence or bad faith of the
Attorney-in-Fact.  Contributor agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact may consult with
counsel of its own choice (who may be counsel for Operating Partnership or its
successors or affiliates), and it shall have full and complete authorization and
protection for any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with the opinion of such counsel.  It is understood that the
Attorney-in-Fact may, without breaching any express or implied obligation to
Contributor hereunder, release, amend or modify any other power of attorney
granted by any other person under any related agreement.

    7.   MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Contributor shall take such other
actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the
Operating Partnership may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         7.2  COUNTERPARTS.  This Contribution Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         7.3  GOVERNING LAW.  This Contribution Agreement shall be governed by
the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of
laws provisions thereof.








                                          9

<PAGE>

         7.4  NOTICES.  Any notice to be given hereunder by any party to the
other shall be given in writing by personal delivery or by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed
communicated as of the date of personal delivery (including delivery by
overnight courier).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but
any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other
parties in accordance with this paragraph.

                   To the Contributor:

                   Arden Realty Group, Inc.
                   9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
                   Beverly Hills, CA 90212

                   To the Operating Partnership:

                   Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership
                   c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
                   9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
                   Beverly Hills, CA 90212

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                       "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"

                                       ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                       a Maryland limited partnership

                                       By:  ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                            a Maryland corporation,
                                            general partner


                                            By:/s/Ziman
                                               --------------------------------



                                       "CONTRIBUTOR"

                                       ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                       a California corporation

                                       By:/s/Ziman
                                          -------------------------------------




                                          10

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT A
                                          to
                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                         MANAGEMENT ASSETS TO BE CONTRIBUTED

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS:

1.  Management Agreement dated August 6, 1991 by and between HN REALTY
    ASSOCIATES, L.P. and ARDEN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT GROUP regarding the operation
    and management of 8631 Hayden Place, Culver City, California.

2.  9911 West Pico Boulevard First Amendment to Property Management Agreement
    dated December 30, 1993 by and between THE ARTHUR GILBERT AND ROSALINDE
    GILBERT 1982 TRUST, as successor in interest to GRAMPIAN ASSOCIATES, and
    ARDEN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC. regarding the operation and management
    of Century Park Center, Los Angeles, California.

3.  Property Management Agreement dated November 21, 1994 by and between 222
    HARBOR ASSOCIATES, LLC and ARDEN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC. regarding
    the operation and management of 222 South Harbor Boulevard, Anaheim,
    California.

4.  5000 East Spring Street Property Management Agreement dated December 14,
    1994, by and among 5000 SPRING ASSOCIATES, LLC, ARTHUR GILBERT as TRUSTEE
    OF THE ARTHUR GILBERT AND ROSALINDE GILBERT 1982 TRUST, ANAHEIM PROPERTIES
    COMPANY, LLC and ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC. regarding the operations and
    management of 5000 East Spring Street, Long Beach, California.

5.  Property Management Agreement dated December 23, 1994 by and between 222
    HARBOR ASSOCIATES, LLC and ARDEN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC. regarding
    the operation and management of 425 West Broadway, Glendale, California.

6.  Management Agreement dated March 27, 1996 by and between MED
    PARTNERS/MULLIKIN, INC. and ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC. regarding the
    management of Building "B", 5001 Airport Plaza Drive, Long Beach
    California.





                                         A-1

<PAGE>

7.  Management Agreement dated March 27, 1996 by and between BOARD OF DIRECTORS
    OF THE AIRPORT PLAZA OWNERS ASSOCIATION and ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.
    regarding the operations and management of the common area grounds and
    parking facilities located at the Long Beach Airport Business Park, Airport
    Plaza Drive, Long Beach, California.

8.  Management Agreement dated April 29, 1996 by and between LONG BEACH AIRPORT
    BUSINESS PARK II and ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC. regarding the management of
    Building "E", 4801 Airport Plaza Drive, Long Beach, California.


              CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS (TO PURCHASE THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES):

1.  303 North Glenoaks Boulevard, Burbank

2.  12501 East Imperial Highway, Norwalk


OFFICE PERSONAL PROPERTY:

1.  Office Furniture and Equipment

2.  Telephone System Equipment

3.  Data Processing System and Equipment

4.  Deposits


   
          TOTAL MINIMUM CONSIDERATION       $13,953,535
                                            -----------
                                            -----------
    









                                         A-2

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B
                                          to
                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                         ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

         FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers and
conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited
partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), its entire legal and beneficial
right, title and interest in and to the Management Agreements and the
Contractual Rights (as described in Attachment "1" hereto), TO HAVE AND TO HOLD
the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, forever.

         Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership
assumes all obligations in respect of the Management Agreements and the
Contractual Rights.



Executed:  __________ __, 1996              ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC., a
                                            California corporation


                                       By: ____________________________________

                                       Name: __________________________________

                                       Title: _________________________________







                                         B-1

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT C
                                          to
                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                     BILL OF SALE

         FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged and acting pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement
dated as of June 17, 1996 (the "Contribution Agreement"), by and between Arden
Realty Group, Inc., a California corporation and Arden Realty Group Limited
Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, subject to the terms of the
Contribution Agreement, Arden Realty Group, Inc. hereby conveys, transfers,
assigns, sells and delivers to Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership all of its
right title and interest in and to the following tangible and intangible assets:

         (a)  the equipment and other Office Personal Property assets (as
referred to in Section 1.1 of the Contribution Agreement) set forth on Schedule
1 to this Bill of Sale; and

         (b)  the accounts receivable set forth on Schedule 2 to this Bill of
Sale.



Dated effective as of _______ ___, 1996.



                                  ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                  a California corporation


                                  By:_____________________________

                                  Its:____________________________




                                         C-1
<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT D
                                          to
                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                     REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES


ARTICLE 1 - ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS

         For purposes of this EXHIBIT D, the following terms have the meanings
set forth below.  Terms which are not defined below shall have the meaning set
forth for those terms as defined in the Contribution Agreement to which this
EXHIBIT D is attached:

         ACTIONS:  Means all actions, complaints, charges, accusations,
investigations, petitions, suits or other proceedings, whether civil or
criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity.

         CLAIMS:  Means claims, disputes, actions, suits, arbitrations,
proceedings or investigations (collectively "Claims") pending or, to Knowledge,
threatened that directly or indirectly affect the Contributor, the Management
Business or the Management Assets.

         CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:  Means the Contribution Agreement to which
this EXHIBIT D is attached.

         KNOWLEDGE:  Means, with respect to any representation or warranty so
indicated, the actual knowledge, upon reasonable investigation and inquiry in
good faith, of the signatory to the Contribution Agreement.

         LIENS:  Means, with respect to any real and personal property, all
mortgages, pledges, liens, options, charges, security interests, restrictions,
prior assignments, encumbrances, covenants, encroachments, assessments, rights
of others, licenses, easements, liabilities or claims of any kind or nature
whatsoever, direct or indirect, including, without limitation, interests in or
claims to revenues generated by such property.

         OP UNITS:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.

         PERMITTED LIENS:  Means (a) Liens, or deposits made to secure the
release of such Liens, securing taxes, the payment of which is not delinquent or
the payment of which is actively being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued; and

         (b)  Liens imposed by laws, such as carriers', warehousemen's and
mechanics' liens, and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of
business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past due or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
pursued.



                                         D-1
<PAGE>

         PERSON:  Means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or governmental entity.

         PROSPECTUS:  Means the Company's Form S-11 Registration Statement.

         REIT SHARES:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.


ARTICLE 2 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

         The Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership
as set forth below in this ARTICLE 2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Contribution Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, the Contributor makes
representations, warranties and indemnities only with respect to the Management
Assets to be transferred by the Contributor identified on EXHIBIT A to the
Contribution Agreement.

         2.1  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Contributor (A) if a natural
person, has the legal capacity to enter the Contribution Agreement; if not a
natural person, is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the
extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and (B)
has all requisite power and authority to own, lease or operate its property and
to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the extent required
under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in
each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its
property make such qualification necessary.

         2.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
the Contribution Agreement by the Contributor has been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary action of the Contributor.  The Contribution
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Contributor and
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contributor,
enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable
principles.

         2.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  No consent, waiver, approval or
authorization of any third party is required to be obtained by the Contributor
in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Contribution
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing
that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

         2.4  OWNERSHIP OF THE MANAGEMENT ASSETS.  The Contributor is the sole
owner of the Management Assets and has not pledged, assigned, hypothecated or
otherwise encumbered such Management Assets.

         2.5  MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS.  To the knowledge of the Contributor, a
true and correct copy of all of the contracts or other understandings, to which
the Contributor is a party or by which the Contributor is bound that relate to
its Management Business (as defined


                                         D-2
<PAGE>

in Recital D), except for contracts or understandings that are not material to
the business and operations of the Management Business (collectively, the
"MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS") has been delivered to or made available to the Operating
Partnership. Each of the Management Contracts is valid and binding on the
Operating Partnership  and is in full force and effect in all material respects.
To the knowledge of the Contributor, no party to the Management Contracts has
breached or defaulted under the terms of any Management Contract, except for
such breaches or defaults that would not have a material adverse effect on the
condition, financial or otherwise, or on the earnings, assets, business affairs
or business prospects of the Operating Partnership.

         2.6  PERMITS.  To the knowledge of the Contributor, the Contributor
has such franchises, certificates, licenses, permits and other authorizations
from government political subdivisions or regulatory authorities (collectively
"PERMITS") as are necessary for the ownership, use, operation and licensing of
the Management Business, except for any Permits for which the failure to possess
would not have a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or
otherwise, or on the earnings, assets, business affairs or business prospects of
the Operating Partnership, and the Contributor is not in violation of any Permit
in any material respect.

         2.7  NON-FOREIGN STATUS.  The Contributor is not a foreign person,
foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as
defined in the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the provisions of the
Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons.

         2.8  WITHHOLDING.  The Contributor shall execute at Closing such
certificates or affidavits reasonably necessary to document the inapplicability
of any federal or state withholding provisions, including those referred to in
ARTICLE 2.7 above and similar provisions under California law.  If Contributor
fails to provide such certificates or affidavits, the Operating Partnership may
withhold a portion of any payments otherwise to be made to the Contributor as
required by the Code or California law.

         2.9  INVESTMENT PURPOSES.  The Contributor acknowledges his, her or
its understanding that the offering and sale of the OP Units to be acquired
pursuant to the Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations in effect
thereunder (the "ACT").  In furtherance thereof, the Contributor represents and
warrants to the Company as follows:

              2.9.1 INVESTMENT.  The Contributor is acquiring the OP Units
solely for his, her or its own account for the purpose of investment and not as
a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or
sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof.  The Contributor
agrees and acknowledges that he, she or it will not, directly or indirectly,
offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
(hereinafter, "TRANSFER") any of the OP Units unless (i) the Transfer is
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification
or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, or (ii)
counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Operating Partnership) shall have furnished the Operating Partnership with an
opinion,


                                         D-3
<PAGE>

reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Operating Partnership, to
the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of
an exemption from registration under the Act and qualification or other
compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

              2.9.2 KNOWLEDGE.  The Contributor is knowledgeable, sophisticated
and experienced in business and financial matters; the Contributor has
previously invested in securities similar to the OP Units and fully understands
the limitations on transfer imposed by the Federal securities laws and as
described in the Contribution Agreement.  The Contributor is able to bear the
economic risk of holding the OP Units for an indefinite period and is able to
afford the complete loss of his, her or its investment in the OP Units; the
Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or
pertaining to the Company, the Operating Partnership, the business and prospects
of the Company and the Operating Partnership and the issuance of the OP Units as
the Contributor deems necessary or desirable, and has been given the opportunity
to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and
receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the Operating
Partnership, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating
Partnership and the OP Units which the Contributor deems necessary or desirable
to evaluate the merits and risks related to his, her or its investment in the OP
Units; and the Contributor understands and has taken cognizance of all risk
factors related to the purchase of the OP Units.

              2.9.3 HOLDING PERIOD.  The Contributor acknowledges that he, she
or it has been advised that (i) the OP Units and the common stock of the Company
into which the OP Units may be exchanged in certain circumstances (the "COMMON
STOCK") must be held indefinitely, and the Contributor must continue to bear the
economic risk of the investment in the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might
be exchanged therefor) unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or
an exemption from such registration is available, (ii) a restrictive legend in
the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the certificates representing
the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor), and (iii)
a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Operating Partnership
(and the Company) indicating that the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might
be exchanged therefor) are subject to restrictions on transfer.

              2.9.4 ACCREDITED INVESTOR.  If the Contributor is an individual,
such individual is an "accredited investor" (as such term is defined in Rule
501(a) of Regulation D under the Act) and as such:

              (i)  is a director or executive officer of the Company; or

              (ii) has an individual net worth, or joint net worth with his or
her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000; or

              (iii)had an individual annual adjusted gross income in excess of
$200,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects to have
annual adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 in the current year; or



                                         D-4
<PAGE>

              (iv) had a joint income with his spouse in excess of $300,000 in
each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects to have an annual
adjusted gross income, with his spouse, in excess of $300,000 in the current
year.

         If the Contributor is not an individual, it is an "accredited
investor" (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the
Act).

              2.9.5 LEGENDING.  Each certificate representing the OP Units (and
any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) shall bear the following
legend:

    THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
    ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
    ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE COMPANY
    AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE
    PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT
    REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE
    SKY" LAWS;

              In addition, the Common Stock for which the OP Units might be
exchanged shall also bear a legend which generally provides the following:

    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON
    BENEFICIAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE
    CORPORATION'S MAINTENANCE OF ITS STATUS AS A REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST
    UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").  SUBJECT
    TO CERTAIN FURTHER RESTRICTIONS AND EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE
    CORPORATION'S CHARTER, (1) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OWN OR CONSTRUCTIVELY
    OWN SHARES OF THE CORPORATION'S COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF 9.0% (BY VALUE OR
    BY NUMBER OF SHARES, WHICHEVER IS MORE RESTRICTIVE) OF THE OUTSTANDING
    COMMON STOCK OF THE CORPORATION; (2) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OR
    CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE CORPORATION BEING
    "CLOSELY HELD" UNDER SECTION 856(H) OF THE CODE OR OTHERWISE CAUSE THE
    CORPORATION TO FAIL TO QUALIFY AS A REIT; AND (3) NO PERSON MAY TRANSFER
    COMMON STOCK IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD RESULT IN THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE
    CORPORATION BEING OWNED BY FEWER THAN 100 PERSONS.  ANY PERSON WHO
    BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWNS OR ATTEMPTS TO BENEFICIALLY OR
    CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK WHICH CAUSES OR WILL CAUSE A PERSON TO
    BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF THE ABOVE



                                         D-5

<PAGE>

    LIMITATIONS MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE CORPORATION.  IF ANY OF THE
    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OR OWNERSHIP ARE VIOLATED, THE COMMON STOCK
    REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY TRANSFERRED TO A TRUSTEE OF A
    TRUST FOR THE BENEFIT OF ONE OR MORE CHARITABLE BENEFICIARIES.  IN
    ADDITION, THE CORPORATION MAY REDEEM SHARES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
    SPECIFIED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION IF THE BOARD OF
    DIRECTORS DETERMINES THAT OWNERSHIP OR A TRANSFER OR OTHER EVENT MAY
    VIOLATE THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE.  FURTHERMORE, UPON THE OCCURRENCE
    OF CERTAIN EVENTS, ATTEMPTED TRANSFERS IN VIOLATION OF THE RESTRICTIONS
    DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY BE VOID AB INITIO.  ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS IN THIS
    LEGEND HAVE THE MEANINGS DEFINED IN THE CHARTER OF THE CORPORATION, AS THE
    SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH, INCLUDING THE
    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP, WILL BE FURNISHED TO EACH HOLDER OF
    COMMON STOCK ON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.  REQUESTS FOR SUCH A COPY MAY
    BE DIRECTED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

         2.10 NO BROKERS.  Neither the Contributor nor any of its respective
officers, directors or employees has incurred or will incur any liability for
any brokerage fees, commissions or finders' fees that have been paid or may
become payable by the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates to any
broker or finder engaged by or on behalf of any of them or any of their
officers, directors or employees in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

         2.11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Contributor has not received any
written or other notice of any violation and, to the knowledge of the
Contributor, there are no such violations, of any applicable zoning regulation
or ordinance, or of any employment, environmental, or other regulatory law,
order, regulation, or requirement relating to the Management Business which,
individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the
condition, financial or otherwise, or on the earnings, assets, business affairs
or business prospects of the Operating Partnership.

         2.12 INSURANCE.  The Contributor currently has in place the public
liability, casualty and other insurance coverage with respect to the Management
Business as is customary for the conduct of similar businesses.  To the
knowledge of the Contributor, each of the insurance policies with respect to the
Management Business is in full force and effect and all premiums due and payable
thereunder have been fully paid when due.  The Contributor has not received from
any insurance company any notices of cancellation or intent to cancel any
insurance.






                                         D-6

<PAGE>

         2.13 TAXES.  The Contributor has filed all tax returns required to be
filed by it and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it.  The transactions
contemplated hereby will not result in any tax liability to the Company or the
Operating Partnership.  No tax lien or other charge exists or will exist upon
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the
Property except such tax liens for which the tax is not due and has been
reserved for payment by the Contributor or tax liens or other charges which
individually or in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect on the
Operating Partnership.

         2.14 NO VIOLATION.  None of the execution, delivery or performance of
the Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby does or
will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) violate,
conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under or give to
others any right of termination or cancellation of (A) the organizational
documents, including the charters and bylaws, if any, of the Contributor, (B)
any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a
party or by which the Contributor or its Management Assets are bound or (C) any
term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of any
governmental or regulatory authority binding on the Contributor or by which the
Contributor or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject or (ii)
result in the creation of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, upon the
Management Assets.

         2.15 SOLVENCY.  The Contributor has been and will be solvent at all
times prior to and immediately following the transfer of the Management Assets
to the Operating Partnership.

         2.16 NO MISREPRESENTATIONS.  No representation, warranty or statement
made, or information provided, by the Contributor in the Contribution Agreement
or in any other document or instrument furnished or to be furnished by or on
behalf of the Contributor pursuant hereto or as contemplated hereby (i) contains
or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or (ii) omits or will
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein
or therein not misleading.


                             ARTICLE 3 - INDEMNIFICATION

         3.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; REMEDY FOR BREACH.

         (a)  Subject to ARTICLE 3.6, all representations and warranties
contained in this EXHIBIT D or in any Schedule or certificate delivered pursuant
hereto shall survive the Closing.

         (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contribution
Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, no party hereto shall be liable under this EXHIBIT
D or the Contribution Agreement for monetary damages (or otherwise) for breach
of any of its representations and warranties contained in this EXHIBIT D or the
Contribution Agreement, or in any Schedule,



                                         D-7

<PAGE>

certificate or affidavit delivered by it pursuant thereto, other than pursuant
to the succeeding provisions of this ARTICLE 3.

         3.2  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a)  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Operating
Partnership, the REIT, and their affiliates and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (each of
which is an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and all claims, losses,
damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid
in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of investigation and
remediation, costs of investigative, judicial or administrative proceedings or
appeals therefrom, and costs of attachment or similar bonds (collectively,
"LOSSES"), asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Party
in connection with or as a result of any breach of a representation or warranty
of the Contributor contained in the Contribution Agreement or in any Schedule,
certificate or affidavit delivered by the Contributor pursuant to the
Contribution Agreement.

         (b)  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified
Parties from and against any and all Losses, asserted against, imposed upon or
incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with or as a result of:

              (i)  all fees and expenses of the Contributor in connection with
    the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement;

              (ii) any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising from or out
    of, in connection with or as a result of the failure of the Contributor to
    obtain all consents required to consummate the transactions contemplated by
    the Contribution Agreement.

         3.3  PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION.  The Contributor may satisfy its
obligations hereunder by the prompt delivery (paid promptly as and when expenses
are incurred) to an Indemnified Party of OP Units.  Any OP Units delivered to an
Indemnified Party hereunder shall be valued based upon the initial public
offering price of the Company's Common Stock.

         3.4  NOTICE AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS.  As soon as reasonably practicable
after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability or claim
incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is subject to
indemnification under this ARTICLE 3, the Indemnified Party shall give notice
thereof to the Contributor, including liabilities or claims to be applied
against the indemnification baskets established pursuant to ARTICLE 3.5 hereof.
The Indemnified Party may at its option demand indemnity under this ARTICLE 3 as
soon as a claim has been threatened by a third party, regardless of whether an
actual Loss has been suffered, so long as the Indemnified Party shall in good
faith determine that such claim is not frivolous and that the Indemnified Party
may be liable for, or otherwise incur, a Loss as a result thereof and shall give
notice of such determination to the Contributor.  The Indemnified Party shall
permit the Contributor, at its option and expense, to assume the defense of any
such claim by counsel


                                         D-8

<PAGE>

selected by the Contributor and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified
Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the Indemnified Party may at all times participate in such defense at its
expense; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the Contributor shall not, in
defense of any such claim, except with the prior written consent of the
Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to the entry of
any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff in question
to the Indemnified Party and its affiliates a release of all liabilities in
respect of such claims, or that does not result only in the payment of money
damages.  If the Contributor shall fail to undertake such defense within 30 days
after such notice, or within such shorter time as may be reasonable under the
circumstances, then the Indemnified Party shall have the right to undertake the
defense, compromise or settlement of such liability or claim on behalf of and
for the account of the Contributor.

         3.5  LIMITATIONS ON AND THRESHOLD FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER ARTICLE
3.2.

         (a)  The Contributor shall not be liable under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof
unless and until the total amount recoverable by the Indemnified Parties under
ARTICLES 3.2 hereof exceeds $200,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that once the total
amount recoverable by the Indemnified Parties under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof exceeds
$200,000 in the aggregate, the Contributor's obligation under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof
shall be for the full amount of such obligation.

         (b)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
Contributor shall not be liable or obligated to make payments under this ARTICLE
3 with respect to any Management Assets to the extent such payments in the
aggregate would exceed the value of the OP Units (based upon the initial public
offering price of the Common Stock) received by the Contributor at the Closing.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Indemnified
Parties shall look first to the Contributor's OP Units for indemnification under
this ARTICLE 3 and then to the Contributor's other assets.

         3.6  LIMITATION PERIOD.

         (a)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for indemnification
under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the Indemnified Party,
stating the nature of the Losses and the basis for indemnification therefor
within one year after the Closing.

         (b)  If so asserted in writing within one year after the Closing, such
claims for indemnification shall survive until resolved by mutual agreement
between the Contributor and the Indemnified Party or by judicial determination.
Any claim for indemnification not so asserted in writing within one year after
the Closing shall not thereafter be asserted and shall forever be waived.




                                         D-9

<PAGE>

         3.7  RESERVATION OF CONTRIBUTOR RIGHTS.

         Notwithstanding anything else in this Contribution Agreement to the
contrary, the Contributor reserves unto itself all rights and remedies
(including rights to seek contribution) against any third party owner, occupier,
indemnitor or contributor arising from or occurring out of events relating to
any of the Management Assets prior to Closing for which the Operating
Partnership has been indemnified by the Contributor hereunder.

















                                         D-10

<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT





                                    by and between



                          BROAD BASE INVESTMENTS TWO, LLC,
                          a Nevada limited liability company





                                         and




                        ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                            a Maryland limited partnership






                              Dated as of June 17, 1996





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
RECITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

1.  CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS . . . .   2

    1.1  Contribution Transaction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
    1.2  Minimum Consideration and Exchange of OP Units. . . . . . . . . .   2
    1.3  Additional Consideration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.4  Adjusted Consideration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.5  Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.6  Contribution of Certain Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.7  Prorations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    1.8  Treatment as Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

2.  CLOSING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

    2.1  Conditions Precedent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    2.2  Time and Place  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
    2.3  Closing Deliveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
    2.4  Closing Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

    3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Operating Partnership . . .   6
    3.2  Representations and Warranties of Contributor . . . . . . . . . .   7
    3.3  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

4.  COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

5.  RELEASES AND WAIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

    5.1  General Release of Operating Partnership  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
    5.2  General Release of Contributor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
    5.3  Waiver of Section 1542 Protections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
    5.4  Waiver of Rights Under Partnership Agreement  . . . . . . . . . .   9

6.  POWER OF ATTORNEY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

    6.1  Grant of Power of Attorney  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
    6.2  Limitation on Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

7.  MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

    7.1  Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
    7.2  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
    7.3  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
    7.4  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11


                                       i


<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT LIST

EXHIBITS                                                         SECTION FIRST
                                                                   REFERENCED
                                                                --------------


  A  Constituent Interests of Contributor's Partnership Interest . . Recital D

  B  Contribution and Assumption Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1

  C  Form of Quitclaim   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1

  D  Representations and Warranties of Contributor . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2

     Attachment 1  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  List of Portfolio Agreements





































                                      ii


<PAGE>


          THIS PARTNERSHIP INTEREST CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter 
referred to as the "CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of 
June 17, 1996 by and between Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a 
Maryland limited partnership (the "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"), and Broad Base 
Investments Two, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (the "CONTRIBUTOR").

                                   RECITALS


          A.  The Operating Partnership desires to consolidate the ownership 
of a portfolio of office properties (the "PARTICIPATING PROPERTIES") located 
in Southern California through a series of transactions (the "FORMATION 
TRANSACTIONS") whereby the Operating Partnership will acquire direct 
interests in certain of the Participating Properties (the "PROPERTY 
INTERESTS") and all of the interests in certain limited partnerships, certain 
limited liability companies and certain other entities (collectively the 
"PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS AND LLCS") which currently own directly or 
indirectly the Participating Properties (the "CONSOLIDATION"). 

         B.  The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial public 
offering (the "PUBLIC OFFERING") of the common stock of Arden Realty Group, 
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "COMPANY"), which will operate as a 
self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT") and 
will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

         C.  The owners of the Property Interests and the partners and 
members of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs will either transfer their 
Property Interests and interests in the Participating Partnerships and LLCs 
to the Company in exchange for cash (the "CASH PARTICIPANTS") or contribute 
such interests directly to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an 
interest in the Operating Partnership (the "OP PARTICIPANTS").

         D.  The Contributor owns interests in certain of the Participating 
Partnerships and LLCs as set forth on EXHIBIT "A" (the "PARTNERSHIP") which 
Partnership owns directly or indirectly interests in certain of the 
Participating Properties also as set forth on Exhibit A (the "PROPERTY" or 
the "PROPERTIES"). As used herein, "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the 
partnership agreement or membership agreement, as applicable, under which the 
Partnership was formed.

         E.  The Contributor desires to, and the Operating Partnership 
desires the Contributor to, contribute to the Operating Partnership, all of 
its right, title and interest, as a partner (or member) of the Partnership, 
including, without limitation, all of its voting rights and interests in the 
capital, profits and losses of the Partnership or any property distributable 
therefrom, constituting all of its interests in the Partnership (such right, 
title and interest are


<PAGE>

hereinafter collectively referred to as the "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST"), in 
exchange for partnership units in the Operating Partnership (the "OP UNITS"), 
on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and 
the mutual undertakings set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                               TERMS OF AGREEMENT

     1.  CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS

         1.1  CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION

         At the Closing (as defined in ARTICLE 2.2 herein) and subject to the 
terms and conditions contained in this Contribution Agreement, the 
Contributor shall transfer to the Operating Partnership, absolutely and 
unconditionally, all of its Partnership Interest (as such term is defined in 
Recital B herein).  The contribution of the Contributor's  Partnership 
Interest shall be evidenced by a "CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" in 
substantially the form of EXHIBIT "B" attached hereto. Furthermore, the 
Contributor shall cause each of its individual constituent partners and/or 
members (as applicable) to execute and have duly acknowledged an individual 
quitclaim deed for each Property in the form of EXHIBIT "C" quitclaiming to 
the Operating Partnership any direct or indirect ownership interest in and to 
the Properties. The parties shall take such additional actions and execute 
such additional documentation as may be required by the Partnership Agreement 
and the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership (the 
"OP AGREEMENT") in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

         1.2  MINIMUM CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE OF OP UNITS.

         Subject to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 below, the Operating Partnership 
shall, in exchange for the Partnership Interest, transfer to the Contributor 
the number of OP Units having a value, based on one OP Unit being equal in 
value to the Public Offering price for one share of the Company's common 
stock, equal to the value indicated on Exhibit A as Contributor's "Total 
Minimum Consideration." The transfer of the OP Units to the Contributor shall 
be evidenced by either an amendment (the "AMENDMENT") to the OP Agreement or 
by certificates relating to such units (the "CERTIFICATES") in either case, 
as shall be acceptable to the Contributor. The parties shall take such 
additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be 
required by the Partnership Agreement and the OP Agreement in order to effect 
the transactions contemplated hereby.




                                       2


<PAGE>

         1.3  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION

         Subject to ARTICLE 1.4 below, in the event that, at Closing the 
aggregate value (determined as provided in ARTICLE 1.2) of the OP Units 
available to all OP Participants exceeds the sum of the Total Minimum 
Consideration values (after all adjustments set forth in ARTICLE 1.4) of all 
OP Participants (the "ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION"), then the Additional 
Consideration or a portion thereof, if any, shall be allocated among the OP 
Participants (including the Contributor) based upon the relative values of 
the Contributor's Partnership Interest and the interests contributed by each 
of the other OP Participants, in each case as determined by Richard S. Ziman, 
in his sole discretion.

         1.4  ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION

         The Operating Partnership reserves the right not to acquire any 
particular interest that constitutes part of the Partnership Interest, if in 
good faith the Operating Partnership determines that the ownership of such 
interest or the underlying Property would be inappropriate for the Operating 
Partnership for any reason whatsoever. Contributor hereby agrees that, in 
such event, the Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration may be reduced by 
an amount determined by Richard S. Ziman, in his sole discretion, to reflect 
the reduction in total value of the Partnership Interest ultimately 
contributed by the Contributor.

         1.5  AUTHORIZATION

         Contributor hereby authorizes Richard S. Ziman to make any and all 
determinations to be made by him pursuant to ARTICLES 1.3 AND 1.4 hereof, and 
any and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all parties.

         1.6  CONTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

         Effective upon the Closing, the Contributor hereby contributes to 
the Operating Partnership all of its rights and interests, if any, including 
rights to indemnification in favor of the Contributor, if any, under the 
agreements pursuant to which the Contributor or its affiliates initially 
acquired the Partnership Interest transferred pursuant to this Contribution 
Agreement.

         1.7  PRORATIONS

         At the Closing, or as promptly as practicable following the Closing, 
to the extent such matters are not the right or responsibility of all tenants 
of a given Property, all revenue and all charges that are customarily 
prorated in transactions of this nature, including accrued rent currently due 
and payable, overpaid taxes or fees, real and personal property taxes, common 
area maintenance charges and other similar periodic charges payable or 
receivable with respect to such Property shall be ratably prorated between 
the partners of the Partnership which holds such Property prior to the 
Closing and the Operating Partnership on


                                       3


<PAGE>

and after the Closing, effective as of the Closing. After providing for such 
prorations, (i) if the Partnership has a resultant cash surplus, the value of 
the Contributor's Partnership Interest shall be increased in proportion to 
Contributor's ratable share of such cash surplus and additional OP Units 
(based on the initial Public Offering price of the Company's common stock) 
shall be issued to the Contributor as a valuation adjustment to the 
Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration, and (ii) if the Partnership has a 
resultant cash deficit, the value of the Contributor's Partnership Interest 
shall be reduced in proportion to Contributor's ratable share of such cash 
deficit, and fewer OP Units shall be issued to the Contributor as a valuation 
adjustment to the Contributor's Total Minimum Consideration, unless such 
deficit is cured prior to Closing.

         1.8  TREATMENT AS CONTRIBUTION

         The transfer, assignment and exchange of interests effectuated with 
respect to the Operating Partnership, pursuant to this Contribution Agreement 
shall constitute, a "Capital Contribution" pursuant to Article 4 of the OP 
Agreement and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").

     2.  CLOSING

         2.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         The effectiveness of the Company's registration statement filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-11 (the "REGISTRATION 
STATEMENT") is a condition precedent to the obligations of all parties to 
this Contribution Agreement to effect the transactions contemplated by this 
Contribution Agreement on the Closing Date (as defined below).

         The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the 
transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following additional 
conditions:

         (a)  The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained
in this Contribution Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material
respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and shall be
true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as if made at and
as of such date;

         (b)  Each of the obligations of the Contributor to be performed by 
it shall have been duly performed by it on or before the Closing Date;

         (c)  Concurrently with the Closing, the Contributor shall have 
executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to 
be delivered pursuant to SECTION 2.3 hereof;


                                       4


<PAGE>

         (d)  The Contributor shall have obtained all necessary consents or 
approvals of governmental authorities or third parties to the consummation of 
the transactions contemplated hereby;

         (e)  The Contributor shall not have breached any of its covenants 
contained herein in any material respect;

         (f)  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, 
injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, 
entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or 
governmental or regulatory authority or instrumentality that prohibits the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no litigation or 
governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened;

         (g)  There shall not have occurred between the date hereof and the 
Closing Date any material adverse change in the Partnership's businesses;

         (h)  All existing management agreements with respect to the 
Properties shall have been contributed to the Operating Partnership prior to 
or simultaneously with the Closing; and

         (i)  All management functions with respect to the Properties 
presently conducted by Arden Realty Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation, 
shall be assumed by the Operating Partnership.

         The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership 
in its sole and absolute discretion.

         2.2  TIME AND PLACE

         The date, time and place of the transactions contemplated hereunder 
shall be the day the Operating Partnership receives the proceeds from the 
Public Offering from the underwriter(s), at 10:00 a.m. in the office of 
Latham & Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Sixth Floor, Los Angeles, California 
(the "CLOSING" or "CLOSING DATE"). The transfers described in ARTICLES 1.1 
AND 1.2 of this Contribution Agreement, and all closing deliveries, and the 
consummation of the Public Offering, shall be deemed concurrent for all 
purposes.

         2.3  CLOSING DELIVERIES

         At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and 
deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered through 
the Attorney-in-Fact (see ARTICLE 6.1 below), the legal documents and other 
items (collectively the "CLOSING DOCUMENTS") necessary to carry out the 
intention of this Contribution Agreement, which Closing Documents and other 
items shall include, without limitation, the following:


                                       5


<PAGE>

         (i)  A Contribution and Assumption Agreement for the Contributor's
    Partnership Interest;

         (ii)  An individual quitclaim deed for each Property fully executed 
    and duly acknowledged from each of the individual constituent partners 
    and/or members of the Contributor, as required by the Operating 
    Partnership;

         (iii)  The Amendment or the Certificates evidencing the transfer of
    OP Units to the Contributor;

         (iv) American Land Title Assurances ("ALTA") policies of title 
    insurance with appropriate endorsements and levels of reinsurance for the 
    Properties issued as of the Closing Date or endorsements or other 
    assurances that the existing policy or policies of title insurance are 
    sufficient for purposes of this Contribution Agreement, which the 
    Contributor shall cause the title company to issue to the Operating 
    Partnership in a form acceptable to the Operating Partnership (the "TITLE 
    POLICIES") including satisfaction by the Contributor of any and all title 
    company requirements applicable to it;

         (v)  The Partnership's books and records and securities or other
    evidences of ownership held by the Contributor; and

         (vi) An affidavit from the Contributor, stating under penalty of 
    perjury, the Contributor's United States Taxpayer Identification Number and 
    that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to section 1445(b)(2) 
    of the Code and a comparable affidavit satisfying California and any other 
    withholding requirements. 

         2.4  CLOSING COSTS

         The Operating Partnership shall pay any documentary transfer taxes, 
escrow charges, title charges and recording taxes or fees incurred in 
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

         3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

         The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to and
covenants with the Contributor that:

              (a)  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY. The Operating Partnership has been
    duly formed and is validly existing with requisite power to enter this
    Contribution Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby. The persons
    and entities executing this Contribution Agreement and all agreements
    contemplated hereby on


                                       6


<PAGE>

    behalf of the Operating Partnership have the power and authority to enter 
    into this Contribution Agreement and such other contemplated agreements; and

              (b)  DUE AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance
    by the Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution
    Agreement and all agreements contemplated hereby will not contravene any
    provision of applicable law, the OP Agreement, charter, declaration of
    trust or other constituent document of the Operating Partnership, or any
    agreement or other instrument binding upon the Operating Partnership or
    any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court
    having jurisdiction over the Operating Partnership, and no consent,
    approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental
    body or agency is required for the performance by the Operating
    Partnership of its obligations under this Contribution Agreement and all
    other agreements contemplated hereby.

         3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

         The Contributor represents and warrants to and covenants with the
Operating Partnership as provided in EXHIBIT "D" attached hereto, and
acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions contained
therein.

         3.3  INDEMNIFICATION

         The Operating Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Contributor and its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and
affiliates (each of which is an "INDEMNIFIED CONTRIBUTOR PARTY") from and
against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including
without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees,
costs of investigation and remediation, costs of investigative judicial or
administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom and costs of attachment or
similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES") asserted against, imposed upon or
incurred by the Indemnified Contributor Party in connection with: (i) any breach
of a representation or warranty of the Operating Partnership contained in this
Contribution Agreement; (ii) any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising
from or out of, in connection with or as a result of any claims made or actions
brought by or against the Contributor, the Partnership, the Properties or an
Indemnified Contributor Party, that arise from or out of, in connection with or
as a result of any Contamination (as defined in Exhibit D hereto) of the
Properties regardless of when or how occurring, except to the extent, and only
to the extent, such Losses arise from or constitute a breach of a representation
and warranty of Contributor under Exhibit D; and (iii) all fees, costs and
expenses of the Operating Partnership in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, including without limitation any and
all costs associated with the transfers contemplated herein.

    4.   COVENANTS OF CONTRIBUTOR

         (a)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
not:

                                       7

<PAGE>


              (i)   Sell or transfer all or any portion of the Partnership
    Interest; or

              (ii)  Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
    encumbered) all or any portion of the Partnership Interest.

         (b)  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Contributor shall
permit the Partnership to conduct its business in the ordinary course,
consistent with past practice, and shall not permit the Partnership to:

              (i)   Enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary
    course of business;

              (ii)  Sell or transfer any assets of the Partnership;

              (iii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (or permit to become
    encumbered) any assets of the Partnership, except (x) liens for taxes not
    due, (y) purchase money security interests and (z) mechanics' liens being
    disputed by the Partnership in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

              (iv)  Amend, modify or terminate any material agreements or other
    instruments to which the Partnership is a party;

              (v)   Materially alter the manner of keeping the Partnership's
    books, accounts or records or the accounting practices therein reflected;
    or

              (vi)  Make any distribution to its partners.

         (c)  The Contributor shall use its good faith diligent efforts to
obtain any approvals, waivers or other consents of third parties required to
effect the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

    5.   RELEASES AND WAIVERS

         Each of the releases and waivers enumerated in this ARTICLE 5 shall
become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the
Partnership Interest pursuant to ARTICLES 1 AND 2 herein.

         5.1  GENERAL RELEASE OF OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

         As of the Closing, the Contributor irrevocably waives, releases and
forever discharges the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership's
affiliates, partners (including Richard S. Ziman and Victor J. Coleman), agents,
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, complaints,
claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and costs of any
nature whatsoever (collectively, "CONTRIBUTOR 

                                       8

<PAGE>


CLAIMS"), known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or 
relating to the Partnership Agreement, this Contribution Agreement or any 
other matter which exists at the Closing, except for Contributor Claims 
arising from the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or 
obligation under this Contribution Agreement. 

         5.2  GENERAL RELEASE OF CONTRIBUTOR

         As of the Closing, the Operating Partnership irrevocably waives,
releases and forever discharges the Contributor and Contributor's agents,
attorneys, successors and assigns of and from, any and all charges, complaints,
claims, liabilities, damages, actions, causes of action, losses and costs of any
nature whatsoever (collectively, "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP CLAIMS"), known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising out of or relating to the Partnership
Agreement, this Contribution Agreement or any other matter which exists at the
Closing, except for Operating Partnership Claims arising from the breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this Contribution
Agreement. 

         5.3  WAIVER OF SECTION 1542 PROTECTIONS

         As of the Closing, the Contributor and the Operating Partnership each
expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits afforded by Section
1542 of the California Civil Code and do so understanding and acknowledging the
significance and consequence of such specific waiver of Section 1542 which
provides:

         A general release does not extend to claims which the
         creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at
         the time of executing the release, which if known by him
         must have materially affected the settlement with the
         debtor.

         5.4  WAIVER OF RIGHTS UNDER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

         As of the Closing, the Contributor waives and relinquishes all rights
and benefits otherwise afforded to Contributor under the Partnership Agreement
including, without limitation, any right to consent to or approve of the sale or
contribution by the other partners (or members) of the Partnership of their
partnership interests to the Company or the Operating Partnership.

    6.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

         6.1  GRANT OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

         Contributor does hereby irrevocably appoint the Operating Partnership
(or its designee) and each of them individually and any successor thereof from
time to time (such Operating Partnership or designee or any such successor of
any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney-in-fact pursuant
hereto, the "ATTORNEY-IN FACT") as the true and lawful 

                                       9

<PAGE>

attorney-in-fact and agent of Contributor, to act in the name, place and 
stead of Contributor to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other 
contracts, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, 
consents, letters and other writings (including without limitation the 
execution of any Closing Documents or other documents relating to the 
acquisition by the Operating Partnership of Contributor's Partnership 
Interest), to provide information to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and others about the transactions contemplated hereby and, in general, to do 
all things and to take all actions which the Attorney-in-Fact in its sole 
discretion may consider necessary or proper in connection with or to carry 
out the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement, as fully as 
could Contributor if personally present and acting.  Further, Contributor 
hereby grants to Attorney-in-Fact a proxy (the "PROXY") to vote Contributor's 
Partnership Interest on any matter related to the Formation Transactions 
presented to the Partnership's partners for a vote, including, but not 
limited to, the transfer of interests in the Partnership by the other 
partners.

         Each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy and all authority granted
hereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and
shall not be terminated by any act of Contributor, by operation of law or by the
occurrence of any other event or events, and if any other such act or events
shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by this
Contribution Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be authorized
and directed to complete all such transactions as if such other act or events
had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Contributor agrees that, at
the request of Operating Partnership it will promptly execute a separate power
of attorney and proxy on the same terms set forth in this ARTICLE 6, such
execution to be witnessed and notarized.  Contributor hereby authorizes the
reliance of third parties on each of the Power of Attorney and Proxy.

         Contributor acknowledges that the Operating Partnership has, and any
designee or successor thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an economic
interest in the transactions contemplated by this Contribution Agreement.

         6.2  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

         It is understood that the Attorney-in-Fact assumes no responsibility 
or liability to any person by virtue of the Power of Attorney or Proxy 
granted by Contributor hereby.  The Attorney-in-Fact makes no representations 
with respect to and shall have no responsibility for the Formation 
Transactions or the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the Partnership 
Interest by the Operating Partnership and shall not be liable for any error 
or judgement or for any act done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law 
except for its own gross negligence or bad faith.  Contributor agrees to 
indemnify the Attorney-in-Fact for and to hold the Attorney-in-Fact harmless 
against any loss, claim, damage or liability incurred on its part arising out 
of or in connection with it acting as the Attorney-in-Fact under the Power of 
Attorney or Proxy created by Contributor hereby, as well as the cost and 
expense of investigating and defending against any such loss, claim, damage 
or liability, except to the extend such loss, claim, damage or liability is 
due to the gross negligence or bad faith of the 

                                      10

<PAGE>


Attorney-in-Fact.  Contributor agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact may consult 
with counsel of its own choice (who may be counsel for Operating Partnership 
or its successors or affiliates), and it shall have full and complete 
authorization and protection for any action taken or suffered by it hereunder 
in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.  It is 
understood that the Attorney-in-Fact may, without breaching any express or 
implied obligation to Contributor hereunder, release, amend or modify any 
other power of attorney or proxy granted by any other person under any 
related agreement.

    7.   MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Contributor shall take such other
actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the
Operating Partnership may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         7.2  COUNTERPARTS.  This Contribution Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         7.3  GOVERNING LAW.  This Contribution Agreement shall be governed by
the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of
laws provisions thereof.

         7.4  NOTICES.  Any notice to be given hereunder by any party to the
other shall be given in writing by personal delivery or by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed
communicated as of the date of personal delivery (including delivery by
overnight courier).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but
any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other
parties in accordance with this paragraph.

         To the Contributor:

         Broad Base Investments Two, LLC
         9536 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 420
         Beverly Hills, CA 90212


         To the Operating Partnership:

         Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership
         c/o Arden Realty Group, Inc.
         9100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700E
         Beverly Hills, CA 90212

                                      11

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                      "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"

                                      ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, 
                                      a Maryland limited partnership

                                      By:  ARDEN REALTY GROUP, INC.,
                                           a Maryland Corporation, 
                                           general partner


                                           By:   /s/ Richard S. Ziman  
                                                 -------------------------------
                                           Name:                    
                                                 -------------------------------
                                           Title:     
                                                 -------------------------------


                                      "CONTRIBUTOR"

                                      BROAD BASE INVESTMENTS TWO, LLC, 
                                      Nevada limited liability company   

                                      By: /s/ Arthur Gilbert    
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Arthur Gilbert


                                      By:  Gilbert Foundation

                                           /s/ Arthur Gilbert
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Arthur Gilbert
                                           President


                                       12

<PAGE>


                                      EXHIBIT A
                                          to
                                Contribution Agreement



             CONSTITUENT INTERESTS OF CONTRIBUTOR'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST



   Partnership                Properties Held by the                 Minimum
                                   Partnership                    Consideration

Arden LAOP Three,             16000 Ventura Boulevard          $750,359
LLC                           Bristol Plaza
- -----------------             -----------------------          ----------------

                                        Total Minimum
                                        Consideration          $750,359
                                                               ----------------
                                                               ----------------


                                      A-1

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B 
                                         to
                                Contribution Agreement



                        CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of 
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby assigns, transfers, 
contributes and conveys to ARDEN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland 
limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), its entire legal and 
beneficial right, title and interest in and to ARDEN LAOP THREE, LLC, a 
Nevada limited liability company (the "Partnership"), including, without 
limitation, all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and 
to the assets of the Partnership and the right to receive distributions of 
money, profits and other assets from the Partnership, presently existing or 
hereafter at any time arising or accruing (such right, title and interest are 
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Partnership Interest"), TO HAVE 
AND TO HOLD the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and 
assigns, forever.

     Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership assumes
all obligations in respect of the Partnership Interest.

     The Partnership owns certain real property as described in Attachment "1"
attached hereto.


Executed:  _____ __, 1996
                                       BROAD BASE INVESTMENTS
                                       TWO, LLC, a Nevada limited 
                                       liability company



                                       By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Arthur Gilbert

                                       By: Gilbert Foundation


                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Arthur Gilbert
                                           President

                                      B-1

<PAGE>


                                      EXHIBIT C
                                         to
                                Contribution Agreement


Order No.
Escrow No.
Loan No.

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO:                   SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR
                                          RECORDER'S USE

                                       DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX  $..............

                                       ...... Computed on the consideration or 
                                              value of property conveyed; OR

                                       ...... Computed on the consideration or 
                                              value less liens or encumbrances 
                                              remaining at time of sale.


                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Signature of Declarant of Agent 
                                       determining tax - Firm Name
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         
                                  QUITCLAIM DEED

FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, 

do(es) hereby REMISE, RELEASE and FOREVER QUITCLAIM to

Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership

the real property in the City of ___________________, County of ______________, 
State of California, described as


Dated __________________________         ______________________________________

STATE OF CALIFORNIA                   }  ______________________________________
                                      }
COUNTY OF ___________________________ }  ______________________________________

On ________________________ before me,  _______________________________________

_______________________________________,

personally appeared ___________________  

_______________________________________
personally known to me (or proved to me
on the basis of satisfactory evidence)
to be the person(s) whose names(s)
is/are subscribed to the within
instrument and acknowledged to me that
he/she/they  executed the same in
his/her/their authorized capacity(ies),
and that by his/her/their signature(s) 
on the instrument the person(s) or the
entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the
instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature ______________________________  (This area for official notarial seal)


                                      C-1

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT D
                                     to
                            Contribution Agreement

                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES


                      ARTICLE 1 - ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS

               For purposes of this EXHIBIT D, the following terms have the 
meanings set forth below.  Terms which are not defined below shall have the 
meaning set forth for those terms as defined in the Contribution Agreement to 
which this EXHIBIT D is attached:

               ACTIONS:  Means all actions, complaints, charges, accusations, 
investigations, petitions, suits or other proceedings, whether civil or 
criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental 
Entity.

               CLAIMS:  Means claims, disputes, actions, suits, arbitrations, 
proceedings or investigations (collectively "Claims") pending or, to 
Knowledge, threatened that directly or indirectly affect any of the 
Contributor, the Partnership or the Properties.

               CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:  Means the Contribution Agreement to 
which this EXHIBIT D is attached.

               INDEMNIFYING PARTY:  Means any party required to indemnify any 
other party under ARTICLE 3.2 of this EXHIBIT D or under the indemnification 
provisions substantially identical to ARTICLE 3.2 hereof in the other 
Portfolio Agreements.

               KNOWLEDGE:  Means, with respect to any representation or 
warranty so indicated, the actual knowledge, upon reasonable investigation 
and inquiry in good faith, of the signatory to the Contribution Agreement.

               LIENS:  Means, with respect to any real and personal property, 
all mortgages, pledges, liens, options, charges, security interests, 
restrictions, prior assignments, encumbrances, covenants, encroachments, 
assessments, rights of others, licenses, easements, liabilities or claims of 
any kind or nature whatsoever, direct or indirect, including, without 
limitation, interests in or claims to revenues generated by such property.

               OP UNITS:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP 
Agreement.

                                      D-1

<PAGE>


               PERMITTED LIENS:  Means (a) Liens, or deposits made to secure 
the release of such Liens, securing taxes, the payment of which is not 
delinquent or the payment of which is actively being contested in good faith 
by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued;

               (b)  Zoning laws and ordinances generally applicable to the 
districts in which the Properties are located which are not violated by the 
existing structures or present uses thereof;

               (c)  Liens imposed by laws, such as carriers', warehousemen's 
and mechanics' liens, and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course 
of business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past 
due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings 
diligently pursued; 

               (d)  non-exclusive easements for public utilities that do not 
have a material adverse effect upon, or interfere with the use of, the 
Properties; and

               (e)  any exceptions contained in the Title Policies.

               PERSON:  Means any individual, corporation, limited liability 
company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, 
unincorporated organization or governmental entity.

               PORTFOLIO AGREEMENTS:  Means the agreements, including the 
Contribution Agreement, listed on ATTACHMENT "1" hereto, which contemplate 
the transfer of partnership and/or limited liability company membership 
interests in certain of the Participating Partnerships and LLCs from any 
entity directly or indirectly owned by Contributor to the Company and the 
Operating Partnership.

               PROSPECTUS:  Means the Company's Form S-11 Registration 
Statement.

               REIT SHARES:  Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP 
Agreement.

        ARTICLE 2 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

               The Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating 
Partnership as set forth below in this ARTICLE 2.  Notwithstanding any other 
provision of the Contribution Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, the Contributor 
makes representations, warranties and indemnities only with respect to the 
interests in the Partnership to be transferred by the Contributor identified 
on EXHIBIT A to the Contribution Agreement.

                                      D-2

<PAGE>


               2.1  ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.  The Contributor (A) if a 
natural person, has the legal capacity to enter the Contribution Agreement; 
if not a natural person, is duly formed, validly existing and in good 
standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its 
formation, and (B) has all requisite power and authority to own, lease or 
operate its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted and, 
to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business and 
is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business 
or the character of its property make such qualification necessary.

               2.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and 
performance of the Contribution Agreement by the Contributor has been duly 
and validly authorized by all necessary action of the Contributor.  This 
Contribution Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed 
and delivered by or on behalf of the contributor pursuant to this 
contribution Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will 
constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contributor, each 
enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such 
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable 
principles.

               2.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  No consent, waiver, approval or 
authorization of any third party is required to be obtained by the 
Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the 
Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any 
of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

               2.4  OWNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.  The Contributor 
is the sole owner of the Partnership Interest and has good and valid title to 
such Partnership Interest, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted 
Liens.

               2.5  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.  The Partnership Interest 
constitutes all of the issued and outstanding interests owned by the 
Contributor in the Partnership. The Partnership Interest is validly issued, 
fully paid and non-assessable, and was not issued in violation of any 
preemptive rights.  The Partnership Interest has been issued in compliance 
with applicable law and the Partnership Agreement.  There are no rights, 
subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights, preemptive rights or 
agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or to otherwise acquire any of 
the interests which comprise the Partnership Interest or any securities or 
obligations of any kind convertible into any of the interests which comprise 
the Partnership Interest or other equity interests or profit participation of 
any kind in the Partnership.  At the Closing, upon receipt of the 
consideration, the Contributor will have transferred the Partnership Interest 
free and clear of all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, 
encumbrances, claims and equities to the Operating Partnership.

               2.6  NO VIOLATION.  None of the execution, delivery or 
performance of the Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated 
hereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or 
both, (i) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a 
default under or give to others any right of termination or cancellation of 
(A) the organizational documents, including the charters and bylaws, if any, 
of the Contributor, (B) any 

                                       D-3

<PAGE>
material agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a 
party or by which the Contributor or its Partnership Interest is bound or (C) 
any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of 
any governmental or regulatory authority binding on the Contributor or by 
which the Contributor or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject 
or (ii) result in the creation of any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon 
the Partnership Interest.

               2.7  NON-FOREIGN STATUS.  The Contributor is not a foreign 
person, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign 
estate (as defined in the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the 
provisions of the Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to 
foreign persons.

               2.8  WITHHOLDING.  The Contributor shall execute at Closing 
such certificates or affidavits reasonably necessary to document the 
inapplicability of any federal or state withhoding provisions, including 
those referred to in ARTICLE 2.7 above and similar provisions under 
California law.  If Contributor fails to provide such certificates or 
affidavits, the Operating Partnership may withhold a portion of any payments 
otherwise to be made to the Contributor as required by the Code or California 
law.

               2.9  INVESTMENT PURPOSES.  The Contributor acknowledges his, 
her or its understanding that the offering and sale of the OP Units to be 
acquired pursuant to the Agreement are intended to be exempt from 
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and 
regulations in effect thereunder (the "ACT").  In furtherance thereof, the 
Contributor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

                    2.9.1  INVESTMENT.  The Contributor is acquiring the OP 
Units solely for his, her or its own account for the purpose of investment 
and not as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or 
for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof.  The 
Contributor agrees and acknowledges that he, she or it will not, directly or 
indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise 
dispose of (hereinafter, "TRANSFER") any of the OP Units unless (i) the 
Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and 
qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state 
securities laws, or (ii) counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be 
reasonably acceptable to the Operating Partnership) shall have furnished the 
Operating Partnership with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and 
substance to the Operating Partnership, to the effect that no such 
registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from 
registration under the Act and qualification or other compliance under 
applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

                    2.9.2  KNOWLEDGE.  The Contributor is knowledgeable, 
sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters; the 
Contributor has previously invested in securities similar to the OP Units and 
fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by the Federal 
securities laws and as described in the Contribution Agreement.  The 
Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the OP Units for an 
indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of his, her or its 
investment in the OP Units; the Contributor has received and reviewed all 
information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the Operating 
Partnership, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating 
Partnership and the issuance of the OP Units as the Contributor deems 
necessary or desirable, and has been 

                                      D-4

<PAGE>

given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and 
to ask questions and receive answers about such information and documents, 
the Company, the Operating Partnership, the business and prospects of the 
Company and the Operating Partnership and the OP Units which the Contributor 
deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks related to his, 
her or its investment in the OP Units; and the Contributor understands and 
has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the purchase of the OP 
Units.

                    2.9.3  HOLDING PERIOD.  The Contributor acknowledges that 
he, she or it has been advised that (i) the OP Units and the common stock of 
the Company into which the OP Units may be exchanged in certain circumstances 
(the "COMMON STOCK") must be held indefinitely, and the Contributor must 
continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the OP Units (and any 
Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) unless they are subsequently 
registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available, 
(ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on 
the certificates representing the OP Units (and any Common Stock that might 
be exchanged therefor), and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate 
records of the Operating Partnership (and the Company) indicating that the OP 
Units (and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) are subject to 
restrictions on transfer.

                    2.9.4  ACCREDITED INVESTOR.  If the Contributor is an 
individual, such individual is an "accredited investor" (as such term is 
defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act) and as such:

                    (i)  is a director or executive officer of the Company; or

                   (ii)  has an individual net worth, or joint net worth with 
his or her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000; or

                  (iii)  had an individual annual adjusted gross income 
in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably 
expects to have annual adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 in the 
current year; or

                   (iv)  had a joint income with his spouse in excess of 
$300,000 in each of the two most recent years and reasonably expects to have 
an annual adjusted gross income, with his spouse, in excess of $300,000 in 
the current year.

               If the Contributor is not an individual, it is an "accredited 
investor" (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the 
Act).

                    2.9.5 LEGENDING.  Each certificate representing the OP 
Units (and any Common Stock that might be exchanged therefor) shall bear the 
following legend:

          THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 
          SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE 


                                      D-5

<PAGE>


          SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR 
          OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE
          TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
          TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR 
          OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT 
          AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAWS;

                    In addition, the Common Stock for which the OP Units 
might be exchanged shall also bear a legend which generally provides the 
following:

          THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO 
          RESTRICTIONS ON BENEFICIAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER 
          FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE CORPORATION'S MAINTENANCE OF ITS STATUS AS A 
          REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986,
          AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").  SUBJECT TO CERTAIN FURTHER RESTRICTIONS AND
          EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE CORPORATION'S CHARTER, (1) NO 
          PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OWN OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN SHARES OF THE 
          CORPORATION'S COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF 9.0% (BY VALUE OR BY NUMBER 
          OF SHARES, WHICHEVER IS MORE RESTRICTIVE) OF THE OUTSTANDING COMMON 
          STOCK OF THE CORPORATION; (2) NO PERSON MAY BENEFICIALLY OR 
          CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE CORPORATION 
          BEING "CLOSELY HELD" UNDER SECTION 856(H) OF THE CODE OR OTHERWISE 
          CAUSE THE CORPORATION TO FAIL TO QUALIFY AS A REIT; AND (3) NO PERSON
          MAY TRANSFER COMMON STOCK IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD RESULT IN THE 
          CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CORPORATION BEING OWNED BY FEWER THAN 100 
          PERSONS.  ANY PERSON WHO BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWNS OR 
          ATTEMPTS TO BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN COMMON STOCK WHICH 
          CAUSES OR WILL CAUSE A PERSON TO BENEFICIALLY OR CONSTRUCTIVELY OWN 
          COMMON STOCK IN EXCESS OF THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MUST IMMEDIATELY 
          NOTIFY THE CORPORATION.  IF ANY OF THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OR 
          OWNERSHIP ARE VIOLATED, THE COMMON STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE 
          AUTOMATICALLY TRANSFERRED TO A TRUSTEE OF A TRUST FOR THE BENEFIT OF 
          ONE OR MORE CHARITABLE BENEFICIARIES.  IN ADDITION, THE CORPORATION 
          MAY REDEEM SHARES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED BY THE 
          BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION IF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
          DETERMINES THAT OWNERSHIP OR A TRANSFER OR OTHER EVENT MAY VIOLATE 
          THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE.  FURTHERMORE, UPON THE OCCURRENCE 
          OF CERTAIN EVENTS, ATTEMPTED TRANSFERS IN VIOLATION OF THE 
          RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY BE VOID AB INITIO.  ALL CAPITALIZED 
          TERMS IN THIS 

                                      D-6

<PAGE>

          LEGEND HAVE THE MEANINGS DEFINED IN THE CHARTER OF THE CORPORATION, 
          AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH, 
          INCLUDING THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP, WILL BE 
          FURNISHED TO EACH HOLDER OF COMMON STOCK ON REQUEST AND WITHOUT 
          CHARGE.  REQUESTS FOR SUCH A COPY MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE SECRETARY OF
          THE CORPORATION.

               2.10  NO BROKERS.  Neither the Contributor nor any of its 
respective officers, directors or employees has employed or made any 
agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm 
which will result in the obligation of the Operating Partnership or any of 
its affiliates to pay any finder's fee, brokerage fees or commissions or 
similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by the 
Contribution Agreement.

               2.11  SOLVENCY.  The Contributor has been and will be solvent 
at all times prior to and immediately following the transfer of the 
Partnership Interest to the Operating Partnership.

               2.12  NO MISREPRESENTATIONS.  No representation, warranty or 
statement made, or information provided, by the Contributor in the 
Contribution Agreement or in any other document or instrument furnished or to 
be furnished by or on behalf of the Contributor pursuant hereto or as 
contemplated hereby (i) contains or will contain any untrue statement of a 
material fact or (ii) omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.  For 
purposes of the preceding sentence, materiality shall be determined with 
reference to the total portfolio of real properties and other interests to be 
transferred pursuant to the Portfolio Agreements.

               2.13 TAXES.  For federal income tax purposes, the Partnership 
is, and at all times during its existence has been, a partnership (rather 
than an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a 
corporation).  The Partnership has filed all tax returns required to be filed 
by them and has paid all taxes required to be paid by them.  The transactions 
contemplated hereby will not result in any tax liability to the Partnership, 
the Company or the Operating Partnership.  No tax lien or other charge exists 
or will exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with 
respect to any Property except such tax liens for which the tax is not due 
and has been reserved for payment by the Partnership or tax liens or other 
charges which individually or in the aggregate would not have a material 
adverse effect on the Operating Partnership.  

                             ARTICLE 3 - INDEMNIFICATION

               3.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; REMEDY FOR 
                    BREACH.

               (a) Subject to ARTICLE 3.6, all representations and warranties 
contained in this EXHIBIT D or in any Schedule or certificate delivered 
pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing.

                                      D-7

<PAGE>


               (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 
Contribution Agreement or this EXHIBIT D, no party hereto shall be liable 
under this EXHIBIT D or the Contribution Agreement for monetary damages (or 
otherwise) for breach of any of its representations and warranties contained 
in this EXHIBIT D or the Contribution Agreement, or in any Schedule, 
certificate or affidavit delivered by it pursuant thereto, other than 
pursuant to the succeeding provisions of this ARTICLE 3.

               3.2  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.

               (a) The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the 
Operating Partnership, the REIT, and their affiliates and each of their 
respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and 
affiliates (each of which is an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and 
all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without 
limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs of 
investigation and remediation, costs of investigative, judicial or 
administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom, and costs of attachment or 
similar bonds (collectively, "LOSSES"), asserted against, imposed upon or 
incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with or as a result of any 
breach of a representation or warranty of the Contributor contained in the 
Contribution Agreement or in any Schedule, certificate or affidavit delivered 
by the Contributor pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

               (b) The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the 
Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses, asserted against, 
imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with or as 
a result of:

                    (i)  all fees and expenses of the Contributor in 
          connection with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution 
          Agreement; 

                    (ii) any liabilities or obligations incurred, arising from 
          or out of, in connection with or as a result of the failure of the 
          Contributor to obtain all consents required to consummate the 
          transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

               3.3  PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION.  The Contributor may satisfy 
its obligations hereunder by the prompt delivery (paid promptly as and when 
expenses are incurred) to an Indemnified Party of OP Units, subject to the 
limits on ownership and transfer of REIT shares set forth in the Company's 
articles of incorporation.  Any OP Units delivered to an Indemnified Party 
hereunder shall be valued based upon the initial public offering price of the 
Company's Common Stock.

               3.4  NOTICE AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS.  As soon as reasonably 
practicable after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability 
or claim incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is 
subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE 3, the Indemnified Party shall 
give notice thereof to the Contributor, including liabilities or claims to be 
applied against the indemnification baskets established pursuant to ARTICLE 3.5
hereof.  The Indemnified Party may at its option demand indemnity under 
this ARTICLE 3 as soon as a claim 

                                      D-8

<PAGE>

has been threatened by a third party, regardless of whether an actual Loss 
has been suffered, so long as the Indemnified Party shall in good faith 
determine that such claim is not frivolous and that the Indemnified Party may 
be liable for, or otherwise incur, a Loss as a result thereof and shall give 
notice of such determination to the Contributor.  The Indemnified Party shall 
permit the Contributor, at its option and expense, to assume the defense of 
any such claim by counsel selected by the Contributor and reasonably 
satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of 
the same; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnified Party may at all times 
participate in such defense at its expense; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, 
that the Contributor shall not, in defense of any such claim, except with the 
prior written consent of the Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute 
discretion, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement 
that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the 
claimant or plaintiff in question to the Indemnified Party and its affiliates 
a release of all liabilities in respect of such claims, or that does not 
result only in the payment of money damages.  If the Contributor shall fail 
to undertake such defense within 30 days after such notice, or within such 
shorter time as may be reasonable under the circumstances, then the 
Indemnified Party shall have the right to undertake the defense, compromise 
or settlement of such liability or claim on behalf of and for the account of 
the Contributor.

               3.5  LIMITATIONS ON AND THRESHOLD FOR INDEMNIFICATION UNDER 
                    ARTICLE 3.2.

               (a) The Contributor shall not be liable under ARTICLE 3.2 
hereof unless and until the aggregate amount recoverable from Indemnifying 
Parties under the indemnification provisions substantially identical to 
ARTICLE 3.2 in one or more of the Portfolio Agreements exceeds $200,000; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that once the total amount recoverable from Indemnifying 
Parties under such provisions exceeds $200,000 in the aggregate, the 
Contributor's obligation under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof shall be for the full 
amount of such obligation.

               (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, 
the Contributor shall not be liable or obligated to make payments under this 
ARTICLE 3 with respect to any Partnership Interest to the extent such 
payments in the aggregate would exceed the value of the OP Units (based upon 
the initial public offering price of the Common Stock) received by the 
Contributor at the Closing. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the 
contrary, the Indemnified Parties shall look first to the Contributor's OP 
Units for indemnification under this ARTICLE 3 and then to the Contributor's 
other assets.

               3.6  LIMITATION PERIOD.

               (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for 
indemnification under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the 
Indemnified Party, stating the nature of the Losses and the basis for 
indemnification therefor:

                    (i)  within one year after the Closing in the case of a 
          claim under ARTICLE 3.2 hereof (other than a claim under 
          ARTICLE 3.2(a) based upon a breach of the 

                                      D-9

<PAGE>

          representations, and warranties of the Contributor set forth in 
          ARTICLE 2.13 hereof as specified below; and

                    (ii) prior to the expiration of the applicable statutes of
          limitations in the case of a claim under ARTICLE 3.2(a) based upon a 
          breach of the representations and warranties of the Contributor set 
          forth in ARTICLE 2.13 hereof.

               (b) If so asserted in writing within one year after the Closing,
such claims for indemnification shall survive until resolved by mutual 
agreement between the Contributor and the Indemnified Party or by judicial 
determination.  Any claim for indemnification not so asserted in writing 
within one year after the Closing shall not thereafter be asserted and shall 
forever be waived.

               3.7  RESERVATION OF CONTRIBUTOR RIGHTS.

               Notwithstanding anything else in this Contribution Agreement 
or any Portfolio Agreement to the contrary, the Contributor reserves unto 
itself all rights and remedies (including rights to seek contribution) 
against any third party indemnitors and prior property owners or occupants 
for which the Partnership has been indemnified by the Contributor hereunder.  
To the extent the Contributor's rights against any such third party 
indemnitors, owners or occupants may be prejudiced by actions or inactions by 
any owner or occupant of the Properties after the Closing, the Contributor's 
indemnity obligation shall be reduced in accordance with the effect of the 
actions or inactions which so prejudiced the Contributor's rights.      

                                      D-10

<PAGE>



                          ATTACHMENT 1 (TO EXHIBIT D)

                             PORTFOLIO AGREEMENTS

(1)   That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Arden LAOP Two, LLC, a
      Nevada limited liability company, and Arden Realty Group Limited 
      Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(2)   That certain Partnership Interest Contribution Agreement by and between 
      the Arthur and Rosalinde Gilbert 1982 Trust and Arden Realty Group 
      Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of 
      June 17, 1996.

(3)   That certain Contribution Agreement by and between the Arthur and 
      Rosalinde Gilbert 1982 Trust and Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, 
      a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of June 17, 1996.

(4)   That certain Option Agreement by and between Broad Base Investments 
      Two, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, and Arden Realty Group 
      Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of 
      June 17, 1996.

(5)   That certain Contribution Agreement by and between Broad Base Investments
      Two, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, and Arden Realty Group 
      Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, dated as of 
      June 17, 1996.


                                      D-11




<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 21

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


Arden Realty Group Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
    We  consent to the reference of our  firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use  of our  reports on  the Arden  Predecessors (as  defined in  the  Notes
thereto) dated April 10, 1996, 16000 Ventura dated April 10, 1996, 1950 Sawtelle
dated April 10, 1996, Westwood Terrace, Skyview Center, 4811 and 4900/10 Airport
Plaza  Drive  and New  Wilshire  dated September  10,  1996, 70  South  Lake and
Calabasas Commerce Center  dated April  10, 1996, the  1996 Acquired  Properties
dated April 10, 1996, the Acquisition Properties dated April 19, 1996, and Arden
Realty,  Inc., a Maryland corporation, dated May  1, 1996, in Amendment No. 3 to
the Registration  Statement filed  by  Arden Realty,  Inc.  on Form  S-11  dated
September 30, 1996 and the related Prospectus.
    
 
                                               /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Los Angeles, California
September 30, 1996
    

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996             DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1996             DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                           24554                   16702
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     5766                    4709
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 30320                   21411
<PP&E>                                          354587                  258733
<DEPRECIATION>                                  (8954)                  (6651)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  380290                  277643
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                             7963                    7903
<BONDS>                                         353394                  253996
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                             0                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                           0                       0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    380290                  277643
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 15054                   78582
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                     5675                   11644
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  2396                    4373
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                8832                   13780
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (1849)                  (1215)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (1849)                  (1215)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (1849)                  (1215)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission